ICT Information and Communications Technology

Release: 8.1

Contents

ICT Information and Communications Technology	42

ICT20120 Certificate II in Applied Digital Technologies	43

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation	46

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology	51

ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology	58

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation	63

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology	70

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology	79

ICT41119 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design	89

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology	95

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology	102

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology	114

ICTSS00118 User Experience Design Skill Set	123

ICTSS00119 Advanced Data Analytics Skill Set	125

ICTSS00120 Artificial Intelligence Skill Set	127

ICTSS00121 Extended Reality Skill Set	129

ICTSS00122 Industrial Automation Skill Set	131

ICTSS00123 Software Automation Skill Set	133

ICTSS00124 Cloud Infrastructure Skill Set	135

ICTSS00125 Cloud Security Skill Set	137

ICTSS00126 Advanced Cyber Incident Threat Detection and Prevention Skill Set	139

ICTSS00127 Cloud Programmer Skill Set	141

ICTSS00128 Network Security and System Protection Skill Set	143

ICTSS00129 DevOps System Administration Skill Set	145

ICTSS00130 Intermediate Digital Skills for Small Business Skill Set	147

ICTSS00131 Introduction to Assistive Technologies Skill Set	149

ICTSS00132 Core Technical IT Skills for Introductory Roles Skill Set	151

ICTSS00133 Core Transferable IT Skills for Introductory Roles Skill Set	153

ICTSS00134 Database Development for Introductory Roles Skill Set	155

ICTSS00135 Database Maintenance for Introductory Roles Skill Set	157

ICTSS00136 Gaming Development for Introductory Roles Skill Set	159

ICTSS00137 Networking for Introductory Roles Skill Set	161

ICTSS00138 Programming Skills for Introductory Roles Skill Set	163

ICTSS00139 Systems Administration Support Skills for Introductory Roles Skill Set	165

ICTSS00140 Web Development for Introductory Roles Skill Set	167

ICTSS00141 Core Technical IT Skills for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	169

ICTSS00142 Core Transferable IT Skills for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	171

ICTSS00143 Networking Skills for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	173

ICTSS00144 Programming Skills for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	175

ICTSS00145 Back End Web Development for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	177

ICTSS00146 Business Analysis for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	179

ICTSS00147 Cloud Architecture for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	181

ICTSS00148 Cloud Engineering for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	183

ICTSS00149 Cyber Security for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	185

ICTSS00150 Database and Data Management for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	187

ICTSS00151 Front End Web Development for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	189

ICTSS00152 Game Art and Design for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	191

ICTSS00153 Game Programming for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	193

ICTSS00154 Systems Administration for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	195

ICTSS00155 Systems Analysis for Intermediate ICT Roles Skill Set	197

ICTSS00156 Telecommunications Network Engineering for Intermediate Roles Skill Set	199

ICTSS00157 Core Technical IT Skills for Advanced Roles Skill Set	201

ICTSS00158 Core Transferable IT Skills for Advanced Roles Skill Set	203

ICTSS00159 Data Management Information Skills for Advanced Roles Skill Set	205

ICTSS00160 Cyber Security for Advanced Roles Skill Set	207

ICTSS00161 Full Stack Web Development for Advanced Roles Skill Set	209

ICTSS00162 Programming Skills for Advanced Roles Skill Set	211

ICTSS00163 IT Strategy and Organisational Development for Advanced Roles Skill Set	213

ICTSS00164 Systems Development and Analysis for Advanced Roles Skill Set	215

ICTSS00165 Telecommunications Network Engineering for Advanced Roles Skill Set	217

ICTSS00166 Application Development Specialist Skill Set	219

ICTSS00167 Basic Application Development Programmer Skill Set	221

ICTSS00168 Basic Web Development Specialist Skill Set	223

ICTSS00169 Certified Network Associate Technology Specialist Skill Set	225

ICTSS00170 Certified Network Professional Specialist - Voice and Wireless Skill Set	227

ICTSS00171 Security and Network Architect Specialist Skill Set	229

ICTSS00172 Certified Technology Specialist - Graphical User Interfaces Skill Set	231

ICTSS00173 Certified Web Design Specialist Skill Set	233

ICTSS00174 Hardware Technician Skill Set	235

ICTSS00175 Internetworking Systems Coordinator - Administrator Skill Set	237

ICTSS00176 Interactive Content Specialist Skill Set	239

ICTSS00177 System and Hardware Technician Skill Set	241

ICTSS00178 System and Network Plus Technician Skill Set	243

ICTSS00179 Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set	245

ICTSS00180 Visual Communications Specialist Skill Set	247

ICTSS00181 Website Administration Specialist Skill Set	249

ICTSS00182 Enterprise Desktop Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set	251

ICTSS00183 Enterprise Server Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set	253

ICTSS00184 Advanced ICT Sustainability Skill Set	255

ICTSS00185 Basic ICT Sustainability Skill Set	257

ICTSS00186 Civil Works - Installation of Pit and Pipe and FDH Skill Set	259

ICTSS00187 Commercial Digital Television Antenna Systems Installation Skill Set	261

ICTSS00188 Network Designer and Installation Skill Set	263

ICTSS00189 Digital Antenna System and Component Installation Skill Set	265

ICTSS00190 Convergence Installation in Small to Medium Networks Skill Set	267

ICTSS00191 Wireless LAN and IP Network Installation Skill Set	269

ICTAII401 Identify opportunities to apply artificial intelligence, machine learning and deep learning	271

Assessment Requirements for ICTAII401 Identify opportunities to apply artificial intelligence, machine learning and deep learning	274

ICTAII501 Automate work tasks using machine learning	276

Assessment Requirements for ICTAII501 Automate work tasks using machine learning	279

ICTAII502 Train and evaluate machine learning models	282

Assessment Requirements for ICTAII502 Train and evaluate machine learning models	285

ICTAII503 Build natural language processing models and pipelines	287

Assessment Requirements for ICTAII503 Build natural language processing models and pipelines	290

ICTAUT401 Design business process automation solutions	292

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT401 Design business process automation solutions	295

ICTAUT402 Apply robotic desktop automation	298

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT402 Apply robotic desktop automation	301

ICTAUT403 Conduct software quality assurance testing	303

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT403 Conduct software quality assurance testing	306

ICTAUT501 Manage robotic process automation	308

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT501 Manage robotic process automation	311

ICTAUT502 Evaluate automated industrial manufacturing processes	313

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT502 Evaluate automated industrial manufacturing processes	316

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments	318

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments	321

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments	323

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments	326

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	328

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	332

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components	334

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components	338

ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system	340

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system	343

ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building	345

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building	349

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems	351

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems	354

ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable	356

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable	359

ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable	361

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable	364

ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system	366

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system	369

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	371

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	376

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	379

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	385

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable	389

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable	393

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work	395

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work	398

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable	400

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable	404

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins	406

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins	410

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable	412

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable	416

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure	418

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure	421

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network	423

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network	426

ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable	428

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable	432

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises	434

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises	438

ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises	440

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises	444

ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises	446

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises	449

ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network	451

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network	454

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network	456

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network	459

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications	461

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications	465

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects	467

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects	471

ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment	473

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment	477

ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults	480

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults	483

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications	486

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications	490

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit	492

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit	495

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports	497

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports	500

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet	502

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet	506

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services	508

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services	511

ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services	513

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services	516

ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans	519

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans	522

ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure	524

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure	527

ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure	529

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure	532

ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure	534

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure	537

ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code	539

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code	542

ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments	544

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments	547

ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms	549

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms	552

ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments	554

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments	557

ICTCLD509 Manage cloud identity and access	559

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD509 Manage cloud identity and access	562

ICTCLD510 Manage cloud threat detection systems	564

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD510 Manage cloud threat detection systems	568

ICTCLD511 Protect cloud infrastructure and data	570

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD511 Protect cloud infrastructure and data	573

ICTCLD512 Respond to cloud security incidents	576

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD512 Respond to cloud security incidents	579

ICTCLD513 Develop cloud-based microservices architecture using containers	581

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD513 Develop cloud-based microservices architecture using containers	584

ICTCLD514 Create and test cloud-based serverless applications	586

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD514 Create and test cloud-based serverless applications	589

ICTCLD515 Build and deploy cloud-based applications using CI and CD pipelines	591

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD515 Build and deploy cloud-based applications using CI and CD pipelines	594

ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses	596

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses	599

ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment	601

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment	604

ICTCLD603 Design hybrid cloud-based network architectures	606

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD603 Design hybrid cloud-based network architectures	609

ICTCLD604 Manage data in cloud environments	611

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD604 Manage data in cloud environments	614

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule	616

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule	619

ICTCMP502 Conduct radio communications site audits	621

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP502 Conduct radio communications site audits	624

ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation	626

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation	629

ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents	631

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents	634

ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation	636

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation	639

ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation	641

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation	644

ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans	646

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans	649

ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents	651

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents	654

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data	656

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data	659

ICTCYS408 Research and source cryptocurrency technologies for organisational needs	661

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS408 Research and source cryptocurrency technologies for organisational needs	664

ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations	666

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations	669

ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations	671

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations	674

ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations	676

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations	679

ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management	681

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management	684

ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law	686

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law	689

ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data	691

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data	694

ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments	696

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments	699

ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices	701

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices	704

ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations	706

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations	709

ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations	711

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations	714

ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations	716

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations	719

ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture	721

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture	724

ICTCYS614 Analyse cyber security insider risks and threats and devise recommendations	726

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS614 Analyse cyber security insider risks and threats and devise recommendations	729

ICTCYS615 Detect and respond to cyber security insider risks and threats	732

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS615 Detect and respond to cyber security insider risks and threats	735

ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation	738

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation	740

ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data	742

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data	745

ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs	747

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs	750

ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests	752

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests	755

ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering	757

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering	760

ICTDAT601 Develop data integration strategies	762

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT601 Develop data integration strategies	765

ICTDAT602 Review data lifecycles	767

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT602 Review data lifecycles	770

ICTDAT603 Assess advanced data processes	772

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT603 Assess advanced data processes	775

ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases	777

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases	780

ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems	782

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems	785

ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases	787

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases	790

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems	792

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems	795

ICTDBS506 Design databases	797

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS506 Design databases	800

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites	802

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites	805

ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses	807

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses	810

ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies	812

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies	815

ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability	817

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability	820

ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media	822

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media	825

ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations	827

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations	830

ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images	832

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images	835

ICTDMT407 Incorporate video assets into media presentations	837

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT407 Incorporate video assets into media presentations	840

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment	842

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment	846

ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems	848

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems	852

ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system	854

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system	857

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises	859

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises	862

ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes	864

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes	868

ICTDSN401 Design digital user interfaces	870

Assessment Requirements for ICTDSN401 Design digital user interfaces	873

ICTDSN402 Develop digital user interfaces	875

Assessment Requirements for ICTDSN402 Develop digital user interfaces	878

ICTDSN403 Apply innovative thinking and practices in digital environments	880

Assessment Requirements for ICTDSN403 Apply innovative thinking and practices in digital environments	883

ICTGAM304 Develop three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games	885

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM304 Develop three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games	888

ICTGAM305 Apply simple textures and shading to three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games	890

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM305 Apply simple textures and shading to three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games	894

ICTGAM306 Review and apply traditional animation principles	896

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM306 Review and apply traditional animation principles	899

ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games	901

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games	905

ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles	907

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles	910

ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games	912

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games	915

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development	917

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development	920

ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games	922

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games	925

ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games	927

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games	931

ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games	933

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games	936

ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets	938

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets	941

ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games	943

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games	946

ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games	948

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games	951

ICTGAM430 Design interactive media	953

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM430 Design interactive media	956

ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models	958

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models	961

ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games	963

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games	967

ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes	969

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes	972

ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media	974

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media	977

ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games	979

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games	983

ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions	985

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions	988

ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media	990

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media	993

ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling	996

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling	999

ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes	1001

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes	1004

ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media	1006

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media	1009

ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments	1011

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments	1014

ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments	1016

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments	1019

ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects	1021

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects	1025

ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games	1027

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games	1030

ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences	1032

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences	1035

ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements	1037

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements	1040

ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations	1042

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations	1045

ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components	1047

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components	1050

ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games	1052

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games	1055

ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments	1057

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments	1060

ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments	1062

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments	1065

ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments	1067

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments	1070

ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games	1072

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games	1075

ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games	1077

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games	1080

ICTGAM553 Integrate database with online games	1082

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM553 Integrate database with online games	1085

ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices	1087

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices	1090

ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments	1092

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments	1095

ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games	1097

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games	1100

ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments	1102

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments	1105

ICTICT206 Install software applications	1107

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT206 Install software applications	1110

ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware	1112

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware	1115

ICTICT214 Operate application software packages	1117

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT214 Operate application software packages	1120

ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages	1122

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages	1125

ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents	1127

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents	1130

ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients	1132

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients	1135

ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies	1137

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies	1140

ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users	1142

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users	1145

ICTICT223 Install software applications	1147

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT223 Install software applications	1150

ICTICT224 Integrate commercial computing packages	1152

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT224 Integrate commercial computing packages	1155

ICTICT225 Operate accounting applications	1157

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT225 Operate accounting applications	1160

ICTICT226 Operate simple database applications	1162

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT226 Operate simple database applications	1165

ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation	1167

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation	1170

ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies	1172

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies	1175

ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications	1177

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications	1180

ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications	1182

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications	1184

ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments	1186

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments	1188

ICTICT314 Connect internal hardware components	1190

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT314 Connect internal hardware components	1193

ICTICT315 Implement system software changes	1195

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT315 Implement system software changes	1198

ICTICT316 Implement new technology	1200

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT316 Implement new technology	1203

ICTICT317 Maintain standard operating environments	1205

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT317 Maintain standard operating environments	1208

ICTICT318 Validate test cases and develop proof of concepts	1210

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT318 Validate test cases and develop proof of concepts	1213

ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements	1215

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements	1218

ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design	1220

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design	1223

ICTICT408 Create technical documentation	1225

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT408 Create technical documentation	1229

ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace	1231

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace	1234

ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs	1236

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs	1239

ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements	1241

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements	1244

ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies	1246

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies	1249

ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning	1251

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning	1254

ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design	1256

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design	1259

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces	1261

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces	1264

ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards	1266

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards	1269

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation	1271

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT435 Create technical documentation	1274

ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	1276

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	1279

ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews	1281

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews	1284

ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools	1286

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools	1289

ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements	1291

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements	1294

ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions	1296

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions	1299

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry	1301

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry	1304

ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces	1306

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces	1309

ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components	1311

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components	1314

ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles	1316

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles	1319

ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments	1321

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments	1324

ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work	1326

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work	1329

ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments	1331

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments	1334

ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger	1336

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger	1339

ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments	1341

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments	1344

ICTICT452 Support the implementation of assistive technologies	1346

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT452 Support the implementation of assistive technologies	1349

ICTICT453 Evaluate accessibility of organisational systems, programs and software	1351

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT453 Evaluate accessibility of organisational systems, programs and software	1354

ICTICT454 Assess organisational systems using assistive technologies	1357

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT454 Assess organisational systems using assistive technologies	1360

ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations	1362

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations	1365

ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications	1367

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications	1370

ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems	1372

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems	1375

ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model	1377

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model	1380

ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment	1382

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment	1385

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements	1387

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements	1390

ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations	1392

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations	1395

ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies	1397

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies	1400

ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements	1402

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements	1405

ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions	1407

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions	1410

ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts	1412

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts	1415

ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects	1417

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects	1420

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions	1422

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions	1425

ICTICT531 Test network using virtual instruments	1427

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT531 Test network using virtual instruments	1430

ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments	1432

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments	1435

ICTICT533 Conduct quality audit of IT system design specifications	1437

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT533 Conduct quality audit of IT system design specifications	1440

ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans	1442

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans	1445

ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance	1447

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance	1450

ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies	1452

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies	1455

ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation	1457

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation	1460

ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies	1462

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies	1465

ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice	1467

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice	1470

ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies	1472

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies	1475

ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments	1477

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments	1480

ICTICT818 Develop knowledge management strategies	1482

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT818 Develop knowledge management strategies	1485

ICTICT819 Lead analysis of information and communications technology business strategy	1487

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT819 Lead analysis of information and communications technology business strategy	1490

ICTICT822 Manage automated ICT system applications	1492

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT822 Manage automated ICT system applications	1495

ICTIOT501 Install IoT devices and networks	1498

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT501 Install IoT devices and networks	1501

ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices	1503

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices	1506

ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks	1508

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks	1511

ICTNPL412 Apply business acumen to network planning	1513

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL412 Apply business acumen to network planning	1516

ICTNPL413 Evaluate networking regulations and legislation for the telecommunications industry	1518

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL413 Evaluate networking regulations and legislation for the telecommunications industry	1521

ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration	1523

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration	1526

ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems	1528

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems	1531

ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems	1533

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems	1536

ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals	1538

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals	1541

ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols	1543

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols	1546

ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking	1548

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking	1552

ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies	1554

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies	1557

ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers	1559

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers	1562

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity	1564

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity	1567

ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks	1569

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks	1572

ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks	1574

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks	1577

ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services	1579

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services	1581

ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments	1583

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments	1586

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking	1588

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking	1591

ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks	1593

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks	1596

ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers	1598

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers	1601

ICTNWK431 Create network documentation	1603

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK431 Create network documentation	1606

ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network	1608

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network	1611

ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network	1613

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network	1616

ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies	1618

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies	1621

ICTNWK435 Create secure virtual private networks	1623

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK435 Create secure virtual private networks	1626

ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies	1629

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies	1632

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes	1634

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes	1637

ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions	1639

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions	1642

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers	1644

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers	1648

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services	1651

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services	1654

ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers	1656

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers	1659

ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches	1661

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches	1664

ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks	1666

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks	1669

ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security	1671

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security	1674

ICTNWK546 Manage network security	1676

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK546 Manage network security	1679

ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems	1681

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems	1684

ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions	1686

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions	1689

ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks	1691

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks	1694

ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls	1696

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls	1699

ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language	1701

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language	1704

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices	1706

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices	1709

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments	1711

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments	1714

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments	1716

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments	1719

ICTNWK555 Determine best-fit topologies for local networks	1721

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK555 Determine best-fit topologies for local networks	1724

ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems	1727

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems	1730

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments	1732

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments	1735

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments	1737

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments	1740

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment	1742

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment	1745

ICTNWK560 Determine best-fit topologies for wide area networks	1747

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK560 Determine best-fit topologies for wide area networks	1750

ICTNWK561 Design enterprise wireless local area networks	1753

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK561 Design enterprise wireless local area networks	1757

ICTNWK562 Configure internet gateways	1759

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK562 Configure internet gateways	1762

ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system	1764

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system	1768

ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security	1770

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security	1773

ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security	1775

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security	1778

ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure	1780

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure	1783

ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors	1785

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors	1789

ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security	1791

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security	1794

ICTNWK624 Configure advanced internetwork routing solutions	1796

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK624 Configure advanced internetwork routing solutions	1799

ICTNWK625 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions	1802

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK625 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions	1805

ICTNWK627 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks	1808

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK627 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks	1811

ICTNWK628 Design and build integrated VoIP networks	1813

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK628 Design and build integrated VoIP networks	1816

ICTNWK629 Configure and manage storage area networks	1819

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK629 Configure and manage storage area networks	1822

ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components	1825

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components	1829

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system	1832

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system	1835

ICTOPN507 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing optical networks	1837

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN507 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing optical networks	1840

ICTOPN508 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical networks	1842

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN508 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical networks	1845

ICTOPN509 Plan for optical system upgrades	1847

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN509 Plan for optical system upgrades	1850

ICTOPN510 Test and commission dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems	1852

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN510 Test and commission dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems	1855

ICTOPN511 Test performance of specialised optical devices	1857

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN511 Test performance of specialised optical devices	1860

ICTOPN512 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices	1862

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN512 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices	1865

ICTOPN605 Manage optical ethernet transmission	1867

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN605 Manage optical ethernet transmission	1870

ICTOPN606 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems	1872

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN606 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems	1875

ICTOPN607 Design dense wavelength division multiplexing systems	1877

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN607 Design dense wavelength division multiplexing systems	1880

ICTOPN608 Analyse optical transmission systems	1882

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN608 Analyse optical transmission systems	1885

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation	1887

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation	1890

ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team	1892

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team	1895

ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects	1897

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects	1900

ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects	1902

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects	1905

ICTPMG506 Prepare network project briefs	1907

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG506 Prepare network project briefs	1910

ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation	1912

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation	1915

ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning	1917

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning	1920

ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery	1922

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery	1925

ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure	1927

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure	1930

ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation	1932

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation	1935

ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects	1937

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects	1940

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques	1942

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques	1945

ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs	1947

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs	1950

ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases	1952

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases	1955

ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications	1957

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications	1959

ICTPRG433 Test software developments	1961

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG433 Test software developments	1964

ICTPRG434 Automate processes	1966

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG434 Automate processes	1969

ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications	1971

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications	1973

ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications	1975

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications	1978

ICTPRG437 Build a user interface	1980

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG437 Build a user interface	1983

ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases	1985

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases	1988

ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components	1990

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components	1993

ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages	1995

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages	1998

ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design	2000

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design	2002

ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development	2004

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development	2007

ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages	2009

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages	2012

ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements	2014

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements	2017

ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review	2019

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review	2022

ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language	2024

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language	2027

ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools	2029

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools	2032

ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications	2034

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications	2036

ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments	2038

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments	2041

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces	2043

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces	2046

ICTPRG536 Design application architecture	2048

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG536 Design application architecture	2051

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications	2053

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications	2056

ICTPRG538 Create mashups	2058

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG538 Create mashups	2061

ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software	2063

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software	2066

ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems	2068

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems	2071

ICTPRG542 Review developed software	2073

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG542 Review developed software	2076

ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems	2078

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems	2081

ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems	2083

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems	2086

ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots	2088

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots	2091

ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications	2093

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications	2096

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language	2098

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language	2101

ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications	2103

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications	2106

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills	2108

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills	2111

ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions	2113

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions	2116

ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development	2118

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development	2121

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs	2123

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs	2126

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores	2128

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores	2132

ICTPRG555 Implement Object Relational Mapping Framework for data persistence	2134

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG555 Implement Object Relational Mapping Framework for data persistence	2137

ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework	2139

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework	2142

ICTPRG557 Develop applications using agile methods	2144

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG557 Develop applications using agile methods	2147

ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications	2149

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications	2152

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications	2154

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications	2157

ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services	2159

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services	2162

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network	2164

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network	2168

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements	2171

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements	2174

ICTRFN504 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements	2176

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN504 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements	2179

ICTRFN505 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance	2181

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN505 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance	2184

ICTRFN506 Evaluate radio frequency signal coverage plots	2186

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN506 Evaluate radio frequency signal coverage plots	2189

ICTRFN603 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to cellular mobile networks	2191

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN603 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to cellular mobile networks	2194

ICTRFN804 Produce radio link budgets	2196

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN804 Produce radio link budgets	2199

ICTRFN805 Analyse cellular mobile network systems	2201

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN805 Analyse cellular mobile network systems	2204

ICTRFN806 Analyse satellite communications systems	2206

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN806 Analyse satellite communications systems	2209

ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports	2211

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports	2214

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions	2216

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions	2220

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions	2222

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions	2225

ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports	2227

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports	2230

ICTSAD510 Manage risks when implementing new technologies	2232

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD510 Manage risks when implementing new technologies	2235

ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis	2237

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis	2240

ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment	2242

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment	2245

ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements	2247

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements	2250

ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions	2252

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions	2255

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation	2257

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation	2261

ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services	2263

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services	2266

ICTSAD614 Lead ICT requirements elicitation	2269

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD614 Lead ICT requirements elicitation	2272

ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories	2274

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories	2277

ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems	2279

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems	2282

ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests	2284

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests	2287

ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems	2289

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems	2292

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software	2294

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software	2297

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets	2299

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets	2302

ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables	2304

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables	2307

ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network	2309

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network	2312

ICTSAS218 Obtain and connect hardware peripherals	2314

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS218 Obtain and connect hardware peripherals	2317

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software	2319

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software	2322

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network	2324

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network	2327

ICTSAS311 Maintain computer hardware	2329

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS311 Maintain computer hardware	2332

ICTSAS312 Provide basic system administration	2334

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS312 Provide basic system administration	2337

ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients	2339

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients	2342

ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems	2344

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems	2347

ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development	2349

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development	2352

ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients	2354

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients	2357

ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system	2359

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system	2362

ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status	2364

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status	2367

ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance	2369

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance	2372

ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures	2374

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures	2377

ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements	2379

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements	2382

ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems	2384

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems	2387

ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software	2389

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software	2392

ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support	2394

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support	2397

ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications	2399

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications	2402

ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures	2404

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures	2407

ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software	2409

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software	2412

ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems	2414

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems	2417

ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures	2419

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures	2422

ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests	2424

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests	2427

ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms	2429

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms	2432

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan	2434

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan	2437

ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests	2439

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests	2442

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans	2444

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans	2447

ICTSAS527 Manage client problems	2449

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS527 Manage client problems	2452

ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies	2454

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies	2457

ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests	2459

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests	2462

ICTSAS530 Use network tools	2464

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS530 Use network tools	2467

ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes	2469

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes	2472

ICTSUS502 Install and test virtual infrastructure	2474

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS502 Install and test virtual infrastructure	2477

ICTSUS603 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects	2479

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS603 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects	2482

ICTSUS604 Prepare business cases for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects	2484

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS604 Prepare business cases for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects	2487

ICTSUS811 Conduct and manage life cycle assessments for sustainability	2489

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS811 Conduct and manage life cycle assessments for sustainability	2492

ICTSUS812 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability	2494

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS812 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability	2497

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools	2499

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools	2502

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks	2504

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks	2507

ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure	2509

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure	2512

ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment	2514

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment	2516

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment	2518

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment	2522

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults	2524

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults	2527

ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system	2529

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system	2532

ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling	2534

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling	2537

ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults	2541

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults	2544

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors	2547

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors	2550

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit	2552

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit	2556

ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system	2558

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system	2561

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment	2563

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment	2567

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network	2569

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network	2573

ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations	2575

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations	2579

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment	2581

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment	2584

ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment	2586

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment	2589

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks	2591

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks	2594

ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems	2596

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems	2599

ICTTEN519 Design network building projects	2602

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN519 Design network building projects	2605

ICTTEN520 Commission network equipment	2607

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN520 Commission network equipment	2610

ICTTEN521 Integrate network systems and equipment	2612

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN521 Integrate network systems and equipment	2615

ICTTEN522 Cut over new and replacement network equipment	2617

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN522 Cut over new and replacement network equipment	2620

ICTTEN523 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex system equipment faults	2622

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN523 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex system equipment faults	2625

ICTTEN524 Diagnose and organise repair of complex equipment faults	2627

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN524 Diagnose and organise repair of complex equipment faults	2630

ICTTEN525 Install, configure and test local area network switches	2632

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN525 Install, configure and test local area network switches	2635

ICTTEN526 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system	2637

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN526 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system	2640

ICTTEN527 Plan wireless mesh networks	2642

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN527 Plan wireless mesh networks	2645

ICTTEN613 Assess integration of international network equipment into Australian networks	2647

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN613 Assess integration of international network equipment into Australian networks	2650

ICTTEN614 Conduct network system optimisation and administration	2652

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN614 Conduct network system optimisation and administration	2655

ICTTEN615 Manage network traffic	2657

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN615 Manage network traffic	2661

ICTTEN616 Rectify client services following network outages and faults	2663

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN616 Rectify client services following network outages and faults	2666

ICTTEN617 Manage common channel signalling networks	2668

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN617 Manage common channel signalling networks	2671

ICTTEN618 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex networks	2673

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN618 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex networks	2676

ICTTEN619 Test new software and hardware releases	2678

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN619 Test new software and hardware releases	2681

ICTTEN620 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks	2683

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN620 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks	2686

ICTTEN621 Design and configure IP-MPLS networks with virtual private network tunnelling	2688

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN621 Design and configure IP-MPLS networks with virtual private network tunnelling	2691

ICTTEN622 Produce ICT network architecture designs	2693

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN622 Produce ICT network architecture designs	2696

ICTTEN623 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network	2698

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN623 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network	2701

ICTTEN817 Plan transmission networks	2703

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN817 Plan transmission networks	2706

ICTTEN818 Align systems with product and technology strategy	2708

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN818 Align systems with product and technology strategy	2711

ICTTEN819 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs	2713

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN819 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs	2716

ICTTEN820 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains	2718

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN820 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains	2721

ICTTEN821 Manage solution architecture and impacts	2723

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN821 Manage solution architecture and impacts	2726

ICTTEN822 Manage application layer solutions	2728

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN822 Manage application layer solutions	2731

ICTTEN823 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions	2733

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN823 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions	2736

ICTTEN824 Manage network testing strategies	2738

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN824 Manage network testing strategies	2741

ICTTEN825 Investigate applications of cloud networks in network switching	2743

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN825 Investigate applications of cloud networks in network switching	2746

ICTTEN826 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communication systems	2748

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN826 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communication systems	2751

ICTTEN827 Produce engineering solutions	2753

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN827 Produce engineering solutions	2756

ICTTEN828 Manage development and application of testing artefacts	2758

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN828 Manage development and application of testing artefacts	2761

ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages	2763

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages	2766

ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web	2768

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web	2770

ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media	2772

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media	2775

ICTWEB432 Design website layouts	2777

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB432 Design website layouts	2780

ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites	2782

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites	2785

ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites	2787

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites	2790

ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance	2792

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance	2795

ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports	2797

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports	2799

ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures	2801

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures	2804

ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites	2806

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites	2809

ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security	2811

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security	2814

ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools	2816

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools	2819

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script	2821

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script	2824

ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation	2826

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation	2829

ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations	2831

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations	2834

ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts	2836

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts	2839

ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems	2841

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems	2844

ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies	2846

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies	2849

ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools	2851

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools	2854

ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards	2856

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards	2859

ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability	2861

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability	2864

ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service	2866

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service	2869

ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases	2871

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases	2874

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document	2876

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document	2879

ICTWEB453 Optimise websites for mobile devices	2881

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB453 Optimise websites for mobile devices	2884

ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites	2886

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites	2889

ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages	2891

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages	2894

ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs	2896

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs	2898

ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language	2900

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language	2903

ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts	2905

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts	2908

ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets	2910

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets	2913

ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems	2915

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems	2918

ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture	2920

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture	2923

ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools	2925

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools	2928

ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags	2930

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags	2933

ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites	2935

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites	2938

ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services	2940

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services	2943

ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends	2945

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends	2947

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace	2949

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace	2953

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry	2956

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry	2959

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers	2961

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers	2965

ICTXRE401 Apply augmented reality solutions in organisations	2967

Assessment Requirements for ICTXRE401 Apply augmented reality solutions in organisations	2970

ICTXRE402 Apply virtual reality solutions in organisations	2973

Assessment Requirements for ICTXRE402 Apply virtual reality solutions in organisations	2976

ICTXRE403 Design mixed reality solutions	2978

Assessment Requirements for ICTXRE403 Design mixed reality solutions	2981

BSBCRT201 Develop and apply thinking and problem solving skills	2983

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT201 Develop and apply thinking and problem solving skills	2985

BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills	2987

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills	2991

BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes	2993

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes	2997

BSBCRT411 Apply critical thinking to work practices	2999

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT411 Apply critical thinking to work practices	3002

BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts	3004

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts	3007

BSBCRT611 Apply critical thinking for complex problem solving	3009

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT611 Apply critical thinking for complex problem solving	3012

BSBESB301 Investigate business opportunities	3014

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB301 Investigate business opportunities	3017

BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures	3019

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures	3022

BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures	3024

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures	3027

BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures	3029

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures	3032

BSBINS201 Process and maintain workplace information	3034

Assessment Requirements for BSBINS201 Process and maintain workplace information	3036

BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents	3038

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents	3041

BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness	3043

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness	3046

BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships	3048

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships	3051

BSBLDR601 Lead and manage organisational change	3053

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR601 Lead and manage organisational change	3056

BSBOPS201 Work effectively in business environments	3058

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS201 Work effectively in business environments	3061

BSBOPS202 Engage with customers	3063

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS202 Engage with customers	3066

BSBOPS203 Deliver a service to customers	3068

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS203 Deliver a service to customers	3071

BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies	3073

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies	3076

BSBPEF201 Support personal wellbeing in the workplace	3078

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF201 Support personal wellbeing in the workplace	3080

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management	3082

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management	3085

BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities	3087

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities	3090

BSBPMG430 Undertake project work	3092

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG430 Undertake project work	3095

BSBPMG530 Manage project scope	3097

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG530 Manage project scope	3100

BSBPMG532 Manage project quality	3102

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG532 Manage project quality	3105

BSBPMG536 Manage project risk	3107

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG536 Manage project risk	3110

BSBPMG537 Manage project procurement	3112

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG537 Manage project procurement	3115

BSBPMG539 Manage project governance	3117

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG539 Manage project governance	3120

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	3122

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	3127

BSBSTR601 Manage innovation and continuous improvement	3129

Assessment Requirements for BSBSTR601 Manage innovation and continuous improvement	3133

BSBSUS211 Participate in sustainable work practices	3135

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS211 Participate in sustainable work practices	3137

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	3139

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	3143

BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan	3145

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan	3148

BSBSUS411 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	3150

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS411 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	3153

BSBSUS511 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability	3155

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS511 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability	3158

BSBTEC101 Operate digital devices	3160

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC101 Operate digital devices	3163

BSBTEC201 Use business software applications	3165

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC201 Use business software applications	3167

BSBTEC202 Use digital technologies to communicate in a work environment	3169

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC202 Use digital technologies to communicate in a work environment	3172

BSBTEC203 Research using the internet	3174

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC203 Research using the internet	3176

BSBTEC301 Design and produce business documents	3178

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC301 Design and produce business documents	3181

BSBTEC302 Design and produce spreadsheets	3183

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC302 Design and produce spreadsheets	3186

BSBTEC303 Create electronic presentations	3188

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC303 Create electronic presentations	3190

BSBTEC405 Review and maintain organisation's digital presence	3192

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC405 Review and maintain organisation's digital presence	3195

BSBTEC501 Develop and implement an e-commerce strategy	3197

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC501 Develop and implement an e-commerce strategy	3200

BSBTWK201 Work effectively with others	3202

Assessment Requirements for BSBTWK201 Work effectively with others	3205

BSBTWK502 Manage team effectiveness	3207

Assessment Requirements for BSBTWK502 Manage team effectiveness	3210

BSBWHS211 Contribute to the health and safety of self and others	3212

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS211 Contribute to the health and safety of self and others	3215

BSBXCS301 Protect own personal online profile from cyber security threats	3217

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS301 Protect own personal online profile from cyber security threats	3220

BSBXCS302 Identify and report online security threats	3222

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS302 Identify and report online security threats	3224

BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information	3226

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information	3228

BSBXCS401 Maintain security of digital devices	3230

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS401 Maintain security of digital devices	3232

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices	3234

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices	3236

BSBXCS403 Contribute to cyber security threat assessments	3238

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS403 Contribute to cyber security threat assessments	3241

BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management	3243

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management	3246

BSBXCS405 Contribute to cyber security incident responses	3248

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS405 Contribute to cyber security incident responses	3251

BSBXTW301 Work in a team	3253

Assessment Requirements for BSBXTW301 Work in a team	3256

BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team	3258

Assessment Requirements for BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team	3261

CPCCBC4004 Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects	3263

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4004 Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects	3266

CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools	3268

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools	3271

CPCCDE3014 Remove non-friable asbestos	3273

Assessment Requirements for CPCCDE3014 Remove non-friable asbestos	3277

CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos	3279

CPCCLDG3001 Licence to perform dogging	3291

Assessment Requirements for CPCCLDG3001 Licence to perform dogging	3295

CPCCLRG3001 Licence to perform rigging basic level	3300

Assessment Requirements for CPCCLRG3001 Licence to perform rigging basic level	3304

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry	3310

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	3321

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	3325

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	3329

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	3332

CPCPCM2043A Carry out WHS requirements	3334

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court	3344

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court	3347

CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options	3350

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options	3353

CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans	3356

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans	3360

CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans	3363

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans	3366

CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems	3369

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems	3372

CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations	3375

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations	3379

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	3381

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	3385

CUAANM412 Create digital visual effects	3387

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM412 Create digital visual effects	3390

CUACAM311 Shoot material for screen productions	3392

Assessment Requirements for CUACAM311 Shoot material for screen productions	3396

CUADIG211 Maintain interactive content	3398

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG211 Maintain interactive content	3401

CUADIG212 Develop digital imaging skills	3403

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG212 Develop digital imaging skills	3406

CUADIG301 Prepare video assets	3408

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG301 Prepare video assets	3411

CUADIG302 Author interactive sequences	3413

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG302 Author interactive sequences	3416

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	3418

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	3422

CUADIG304 Create visual design components	3424

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG304 Create visual design components	3427

CUADIG311 Prepare video assets	3429

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG311 Prepare video assets	3432

CUADIG312 Author interactive sequences	3434

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG312 Author interactive sequences	3437

CUADIG401 Author interactive media	3439

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG401 Author interactive media	3443

CUADIG512 Design digital applications	3445

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG512 Design digital applications	3448

CUADIG513 Design e-learning resources	3450

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG513 Design e-learning resources	3453

CUADIG517 Design digital simulations	3455

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG517 Design digital simulations	3458

CUAPHI524 Prepare digital images for pre-press processing	3460

Assessment Requirements for CUAPHI524 Prepare digital images for pre-press processing	3463

CUAPOS211 Perform basic vision and sound editing	3465

Assessment Requirements for CUAPOS211 Perform basic vision and sound editing	3468

CUAPOS411 Edit digital content for fast turnaround	3470

Assessment Requirements for CUAPOS411 Edit digital content for fast turnaround	3473

CUAPOS412 Manage media assets	3475

Assessment Requirements for CUAPOS412 Manage media assets	3478

CUAPPM417 Create storyboards	3480

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPM417 Create storyboards	3483

CUASOU212 Perform basic sound editing	3485

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU212 Perform basic sound editing	3488

CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets	3490

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets	3493

CUASOU417 Edit sound	3495

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU417 Edit sound	3498

CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings	3500

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings	3504

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs	3506

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs	3510

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises	3512

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises	3516

ICTCBL205 Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises	3518

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL205 Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises	3521

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure	3523

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure	3526

ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports	3528

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports	3531

ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit	3533

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit	3537

ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule	3539

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule	3545

ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation	3547

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation	3551

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable	3553

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable	3557

ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment	3559

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment	3562

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults	3564

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults	3568

ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises	3570

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises	3574

ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment	3576

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment	3580

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network	3582

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network	3586

ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable	3589

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable	3593

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network	3595

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network	3599

ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation	3601

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation	3604

ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project	3606

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project	3610

ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers	3612

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers	3616

ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults	3618

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults	3621

ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards	3623

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards	3626

ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation	3628

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation	3631

ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements	3633

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements	3636

ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore	3638

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore	3641

ICTDBS415 Build a database	3643

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS415 Build a database	3646

ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse	3648

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse	3652

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults	3654

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults	3658

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system	3660

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system	3664

ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment	3666

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment	3670

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology	3672

Assessment Requirements for ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology	3675

ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation	3677

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation	3681

ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements	3683

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements	3686

ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices	3688

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices	3691

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions	3693

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions	3696

ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation	3698

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation	3701

ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level	3703

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level	3707

ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning	3709

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning	3713

ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures	3715

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures	3719

ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry	3721

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry	3725

ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate	3727

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate	3731

ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines	3733

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines	3736

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security	3738

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security	3741

ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks	3744

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks	3748

ICTNWK536 Plan, implement and test enterprise communication solutions	3750

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK536 Plan, implement and test enterprise communication solutions	3753

ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks	3755

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks	3758

ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation	3760

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation	3763

ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation	3765

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation	3769

ICTPMG202 Plan, organise and undertake work activities	3771

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG202 Plan, organise and undertake work activities	3774

ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment	3776

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment	3779

ICTPMG403 Manage the delivery of network infrastructure	3781

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG403 Manage the delivery of network infrastructure	3785

ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief	3787

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief	3791

ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques	3793

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques	3796

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills	3798

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills	3801

ICTPRG531 Prepare for application development using current methods	3803

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG531 Prepare for application development using current methods	3806

ICTPRG532 Apply advanced object-oriented language skills	3808

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG532 Apply advanced object-oriented language skills	3811

ICTRFN201 Install a satellite antenna	3814

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN201 Install a satellite antenna	3818

ICTRFN202 Install a terrestrial antenna	3820

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN202 Install a terrestrial antenna	3823

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline	3825

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline	3829

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device	3831

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device	3834

ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment	3836

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment	3840

ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications	3842

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications	3845

ICTRFN405 Install radio communications base station equipment	3847

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN405 Install radio communications base station equipment	3851

ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance	3853

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance	3857

ICTSAD501 Model data objects	3859

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD501 Model data objects	3862

ICTSAD502 Model data processes	3864

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD502 Model data processes	3867

ICTSAD604 Manage and communicate ICT solutions	3869

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD604 Manage and communicate ICT solutions	3873

ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients	3875

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients	3879

ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests	3881

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests	3884

ICTSAS502 Establish and maintain client user liaison	3886

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS502 Establish and maintain client user liaison	3889

ICTSAS512 Review and manage delivery of maintenance services	3891

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS512 Review and manage delivery of maintenance services	3894

ICTSAS518 Install and upgrade operating systems	3896

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS518 Install and upgrade operating systems	3899

ICTSAS519 Perform systems tests	3901

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS519 Perform systems tests	3904

ICTSAS520 Develop detailed test plans	3906

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS520 Develop detailed test plans	3909

ICTSAS522 Manage the testing process	3911

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS522 Manage the testing process	3914

ICTSMB401 Set up and operate a contractor business	3916

Assessment Requirements for ICTSMB401 Set up and operate a contractor business	3920

ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware	3922

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware	3925

ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software	3927

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software	3930

ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet	3932

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet	3935

ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures	3937

Assessment Requirements for ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures	3941

ICTTEN203 Install and configure a home or small office network	3944

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN203 Install and configure a home or small office network	3947

ICTTEN204 Install and configure a small to medium business network	3949

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN204 Install and configure a small to medium business network	3952

ICTTEN205 Build and maintain a secure network	3954

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN205 Build and maintain a secure network	3957

ICTTEN206 Operate new media software packages	3959

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN206 Operate new media software packages	3962

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks	3964

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks	3968

ICTTEN301 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network equipment	3970

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN301 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network equipment	3974

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment	3976

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment	3980

ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation	3982

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation	3985

ICTTEN403 Assign a transmission path	3987

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN403 Assign a transmission path	3990

ICTTEN404 Install and configure a wireless mesh network	3992

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN404 Install and configure a wireless mesh network	3996

ICTTEN406 Effect changes to existing customer premises equipment systems and equipment	3998

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN406 Effect changes to existing customer premises equipment systems and equipment	4002

ICTTEN408 Complete equipment and software upgrades	4004

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN408 Complete equipment and software upgrades	4008

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system	4010

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system	4014

ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults	4016

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults	4019

ICTTEN411 Monitor, analyse and action telecommunications network alarms	4021

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN411 Monitor, analyse and action telecommunications network alarms	4025

ICTTEN412 Undertake routine maintenance of the telecommunications network	4027

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN412 Undertake routine maintenance of the telecommunications network	4031

ICTTEN413 Undertake remote diagnosis and repair of network faults	4033

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN413 Undertake remote diagnosis and repair of network faults	4037

ICTTEN414 Repair telecommunication system faults	4039

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN414 Repair telecommunication system faults	4043

ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network	4045

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network	4049

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router	4051

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router	4055

ICTTEN418 Install and test a radio frequency identification system	4057

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN418 Install and test a radio frequency identification system	4061

ICTTEN419 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches	4063

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN419 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches	4067

ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork	4069

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork	4073

ICTTEN421 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design	4075

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN421 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design	4079

ICTTEN422 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching	4081

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN422 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching	4085

ICTTEN423 Install and maintain a wide area network	4087

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN423 Install and maintain a wide area network	4091

ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network	4093

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network	4097

ICTTEN426 Design network projects	4099

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN426 Design network projects	4103

ICTTEN427 Conduct site surveys to identify carrier installation requirements	4105

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN427 Conduct site surveys to identify carrier installation requirements	4109

ICTTEN429 Estimate and quote for carrier telecommunications equipment installations	4111

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN429 Estimate and quote for carrier telecommunications equipment installations	4115

ICTWEB430 Produce server-side script for dynamic web pages	4117

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB430 Produce server-side script for dynamic web pages	4120

ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents	4122

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents	4125

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs	4127

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs	4131

ICTWHS202 Work safely in a radio frequency electromagnetic radiation environment	4134

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS202 Work safely in a radio frequency electromagnetic radiation environment	4137

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures	4139

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures	4144

ICTWOR301 Organise resources	4148

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR301 Organise resources	4151

ICTWOR302 Organise material supply	4153

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR302 Organise material supply	4156

ICTWOR303 Schedule resources	4158

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR303 Schedule resources	4161

ICTWOR304 Manage spare parts	4163

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR304 Manage spare parts	4167

ICTWOR305 Supervise worksite activities	4169

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR305 Supervise worksite activities	4172

ICTWOR306 Resolve technical enquiries using multiple information systems	4174

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR306 Resolve technical enquiries using multiple information systems	4178

ICTWOR307 Collect and analyse technical information	4180

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR307 Collect and analyse technical information	4184

ICTWOR401 Undertake a civil site survey	4186

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR401 Undertake a civil site survey	4189

BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers	4191

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers	4194

BSBDES401 Generate design solutions	4196

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES401 Generate design solutions	4200

BSBDES402 Interpret and respond to a design brief	4202

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES402 Interpret and respond to a design brief	4206

BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice	4208

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice	4212

BSBDES501 Implement design solutions	4214

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES501 Implement design solutions	4217

BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	4219

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	4223

BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	4225

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	4229

BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace	4231

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace	4235

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	4237

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	4240

FSKDIG002 Use digital technology for routine and simple workplace tasks	4242

Assessment Requirements for FSKDIG002 Use digital technology for routine and simple workplace tasks	4244

FSKDIG003 Use digital technology for non-routine workplace tasks	4246

Assessment Requirements for FSKDIG003 Use digital technology for non-routine workplace tasks	4248

HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation	4250

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation	4252

HLTAID011 Provide First Aid	4255

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID011 Provide First Aid	4257

ICPDMT3460 Incorporate video into multimedia presentations	4261

Assessment Requirements for ICPDMT3460 Incorporate video into multimedia presentations	4264

ICPPRP4840 Set up and operate automated workflow	4266

Assessment Requirements for ICPPRP4840 Set up and operate automated workflow	4269

PSPPCM023 Manage strategic contracts	4271

Assessment Requirements for PSPPCM023 Manage strategic contracts	4274

RIICCM202D Identify, locate and protect underground services	4276

Assessment Requirements for RIICCM202D Identify, locate and protect underground services	4279

RIICCM202E Identify, locate and protect underground services	4282

Assessment Requirements for RIICCM202E Identify, locate and protect underground services	4285

RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces	4289

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces	4292

RIIWHS202E Enter and work in confined spaces	4295

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS202E Enter and work in confined spaces	4298

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights	4302

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights	4305

RIIWHS204E Work safely at heights	4308

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS204E Work safely at heights	4311

RIIWHS205D Control traffic with stop-slow bat	4315

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS205D Control traffic with stop-slow bat	4317

RIIWHS205E Control traffic with stop-slow bat	4320

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS205E Control traffic with stop-slow bat	4323

RIIWHS302D Implement traffic management plan	4327

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS302D Implement traffic management plan	4330

RIIWHS302E Implement traffic management plans	4333

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS302E Implement traffic management plans	4336

SIRXCEG006 Provide online customer service	4340

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCEG006 Provide online customer service	4343

SIRXMKT002 Use social media to engage customers	4346

Assessment Requirements for SIRXMKT002 Use social media to engage customers	4349

TLID2010 Operate a forklift	4353

Assessment Requirements for TLID2010 Operate a forklift	4356

UEPOPS423 Plan a scheduled outage	4358

Assessment Requirements for UEPOPS423 Plan a scheduled outage	4361

UETDREL006 Work safely in the vicinity of live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker	4363

Assessment Requirements for UETDREL006 Work safely in the vicinity of live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker	4366

UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker	4369

ICT Information and Communications Technology	4383

ICTSS00077 Telecommunications Linesworker Copper Skill Set	4422

ICTSS00078 Telecommunications Linesworker Fibre Skill Set	4424

ICTSS00080 Copper Cable Jointer Skill Set	4426

ICTSS00083 Underground Installations Skill Set	4428

ICTSS00084 Basic Open Cabler Registration Skill Set	4430

ICTSS00085 Basic Restricted Cabler Registration Skill Set	4432

ICTSS00086 ACMA Advanced Cabler Registration Skill Set	4434

ICTSS00087 Basic Technician Network Build and Operate Skill Set	4436

ICTSS00091 Radio Technician Skill Set	4438

ICTSS00092 Technical Help Desk Support Skill Set	4440

ICTSS00093 Telecommunications Linesworker HFC Skill Set	4442

ICTSS00094 Technician Fibre Skill Set	4444

ICTSS00095 Fibre Splicer Skill Set	4446

ICTSS00096 Technician Hybrid Fibre Coaxial Skill Set	4448

ICTSS00097 Telecommunications Customer Service Technician - HFC Technician Skill Set	4450

ICTSS00098 Network Technician HFC Skill Set	4452

ICTSS00099 Cloud Design and Configuration Skill Set	4454

ICTSS00100 Cloud Implementation and Maintenance Skill Set	4456

ICTSS00101 Cyber Incident Response Skill Set	4458

ICTSS00102 Cyber Incident Threat Detection and Prevention Skill Set	4460

ICTSS00103 Cyber Security Strategy and Governance Skill Set	4462

ICTSS00104 Data Analysis Skill Set	4464

ICTSS00105 Internet of Things Developer Skill Set	4465

ICTSS00106 Introductory Tools and Applications Skill Set	4467

ICTSS00107 Introductory Help Desk Skill Set	4469

ICTSS00108 Digital Skills for Small Business Skill Set	4471

ICTSS00109 Entry to Tech Skill Set	4473

ICTSS00110 Radio Frequency Skill Set	4475

ICTSS00111 Optical Networking Skill Set	4476

ICTSS00113 Telecommunications Networking Management Skill Set	4477

ICTSS00114 Advanced Telecommunications Networking Skill Set	4479

ICTSS00115 XG Cellular Network Infrastructure Rollout Skill Set	4481

ICTSS00116 XG Cellular Network Implementation Skill Set	4483

ICTSS00117 Cyber Security Insider Risks and Threats Skill Set	4485

ICT Information and Communications Technology

Copyright Statement
© 2022 Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the ICT Information and Communications Technology Release 8.1.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Education and Training or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education and Training, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	PwC’s Skills for Australia

Release Date:	February 2022

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT20120 Certificate II in Applied Digital Technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. 9 units of competency have been replaced with their relevant superseding unit.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Qualification Description

This pathways qualification provides the foundation skills and knowledge to use basic applied digital technologies in varied contexts.

The qualification is designed for those developing the necessary digital and technology skills in preparation for work.

These individuals carry out a range of basic procedural and operational tasks that require digital and technology skills. They perform a range of mainly routine tasks using limited practical skills and knowledge in a defined context. The qualification is suitable for someone generally performing under direct supervision.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

6 core units plus

6 elective units, of which:

at least 3 must be from Group A

of the remaining electives:

all may be from the electives listed below

up to 2 may be from elsewhere in this or any other currently endorsed training package qualification or accredited course at AQF Level 1, 2 or 3.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid industry-supported vocational outcome.

Core units

BSBSUS211 Participate in sustainable work practices

BSBTEC202 Use digital technologies to communicate in a work environment

BSBWHS211 Contribute to the health and safety of self and others

ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware

ICTICT214 Operate application software packages

ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages

Elective units

Group A - Digital and technology skills

BSBTEC101 Operate digital devices

BSBTEC201 Use business software applications

BSBTEC203 Research using the internet

BSBTEC301 Design and produce business documents

BSBTEC302 Design and produce spreadsheets

BSBTEC303 Create electronic presentations

BSBXCS301 Protect own personal online profile from cyber security threats

BSBXCS302 Identify and report online security threats

BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information

ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents

ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients

ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies

ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users

ICTICT223 Install software applications

ICTICT224 Integrate commercial computing packages

ICTICT225 Operate accounting applications

ICTICT226 Operate simple database applications

ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories

ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems

ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests

ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables

ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network

ICTSAS218 Obtain and connect hardware peripherals

ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media

Group B - ‘Work ready’ skills

BSBCRT201 Develop and apply thinking and problem solving skills

BSBINS201 Process and maintain workplace information

BSBOPS201 Work effectively in business environments

BSBOPS202 Engage with customers

BSBOPS203 Deliver a service to customers

BSBPEF201 Support personal wellbeing in the workplace

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management

BSBTWK201 Work effectively with others

CUADIG211 Maintain interactive content

CUADIG212 Develop digital imaging skills

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

CUAPOS211 Perform basic vision and sound editing

CUASOU212 Perform basic sound editing

FSKDIG002 Use digital technology for routine and simple workplace tasks

FSKDIG003 Use digital technology for non-routine workplace tasks

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT10115 Certificate I in Information, Digital Media and Technology and ICT20115 Certificate II in Information, Digital Media and Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. The following units of competency were replaced with the relevant superseding unit of competency as requested by the Department of Education, Skills and Employment: HLTAID003 Provide First Aid updated to HLTAID011 Provide First Aid HLTAID001 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation updated to HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This is an entry-level qualification for telecommunications linesworkers working on the construction and maintenance of high-speed national broadband network (NBN) infrastructure.

Linesworkers may:

perform cable and infrastructure work underground, which may involve civil and construction work such as site preparation, building of enclosures, installing mounting brackets and hauling underground cables

work above ground to install fibre or metallic aerial cable and infrastructure, which may also include installing aerial lead-in cables to customer premises and providing traffic management.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used may be subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Cabling on the customer side of the network termination device must be carried out according to requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and relevant industry registration bodies, and in line with the specifications of the access network owner.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

5 core units, plus

7 elective units

The elective units selected may consist of:

up to 7 units from Group A Cabling

up to 4 units from Group B Telecommunications

up to 3 units from Group C General

up to 2 units from this Training Package or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) level 2 or 3 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome. This could be achieved by selecting a specialisation (see below) or by selecting an appropriate mix of electives from Groups A, B and C.

Units selected from other training packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Elective units

Group A Cabling

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

Group B Telecommunications

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Group C General

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools*

CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos*

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

CPCPCM2043A Carry out WHS requirements

HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation

OR

HLTAID011 Provide first aid

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

OR

UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos	CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

Specialisations

One of the following three specialisations must be undertaken to ensure worker skills meet the required safety practices for each specialisation.

Telecommunications Linesworker Hybrid Fibre Coaxial

Six of the following elective units must be selected:

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

Plus:

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

OR

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

Telecommunications Linesworker Fibre

The following 7 elective units must be selected:

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Telecommunications Linesworker Copper

The following 6 elective units must be selected:

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Telecommunications Linesworker Hybrid Fibre Coaxial)

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Telecommunications Linesworker Fibre)

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Telecommunications Linesworker Copper)

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT20215 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operate.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. The following units of competency were replaced with the relevant superseding unit of competency: HLTAID001 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation HLTAID003 Provide first aid ICTICT206 Install software applications ICTSAS203 Connect hardware peripherals UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker. The following superseded units of competency, listed in the Group D Rigging specialisation in ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology were replaced with their current versions in this update as directed by the Department of Education, Skills and Employment: CPCCLDG3001A Licence to perform dogging CPCCLRG3001A Licence to perform rigging basic level.
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: ICTTCR201 Use rigging practices and systems on telecommunications network structures ICTTCR202 Use operational safety in a telecommunications rigging environment. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This is an entry-level qualification for telecommunications technology operators who may:

install telecommunications equipment, data cabling and cabling products on customer premises

perform fault-finding on a limited range of digital reception equipment for both cable television and free-to-air television reception, for either a customer or an enterprise

install and maintain telecommunications radio communications equipment in base stations and connect wireless base stations

install and maintain telecommunications equipment on high structures including radio towers or for installation and connection of wireless base stations.

The qualification is suited to an individual undertaking work experience, or in a probationary period in employment.

It is particularly applicable to school-based delivery as an entry-level pathway to employment and is suitable as an Australian traineeship or apprenticeship pathway, except for the units of competency that involve high-risk work age restrictions.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Cabling at the customer premises must be carried out according to requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and relevant industry registration bodies, and in line with the specifications of the access network owner.

High risk work (HRW) licences are required for dogging work and rigging as outlined on the Safe Work Australia website.

The model WHS Regulations require people performing HRW to be over 18 years of age and to hold the right HRW licence. HRW licences are issued by state/territory governments: refer to the relevant body to ensure compliance with regulations.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 13

7 core units, plus

6 elective units

The elective units selected may consist of:

up to 6 units from any group of elective units listed below according to the specialisation packaging rules, outlined below, where a specialisation is the required outcome

up to 2 units from this Training Package or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Level 2 or 3 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

Elective units

Group A Cabling

ICTCBL205 Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises

ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system

ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports

ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems

ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable

ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable

ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule*

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule*

Group B Networking

ICTTEN203 Install and configure a home or small office network

ICTTEN204 Install and configure a small to medium business network

ICTTEN205 Build and maintain a secure network

ICTTEN206 Operate new media software packages

Group C Radio Communications

ICTRFN201 Install a satellite antenna

ICTRFN202 Install a terrestrial antenna

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device

Group D Rigging

CPCCLDG3001 Licence to perform dogging

CPCCLRG3001 Licence to perform rigging basic level*

ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures

Group E General

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation

OR

HLTAID011 Provide First Aid

ICTICT223 Install software applications

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

ICTPMG202 Plan, organise and undertake work activities

ICTSAS218 Obtain and connect hardware peripherals

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

ICTWHS202 Work safely in a radio frequency electromagnetic radiation environment

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

OR

UETDREL006 Work safely in the vicinity of live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
CPCCLRG3001 Licence to perform rigging basic level	CPCCLDG3001 Licence to perform dogging
ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule	ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule OR ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems and ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable and ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable and ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

cabling

networking

radio communications

rigging

telecommunications cabling.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Cabling)

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Telecommunications Cabling)

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Networking)

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Radio Communications)

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Rigging).

Cabling

Select 6 elective units from Group A Cabling.

Telecommunications Cabling

Select the following 2 elective units from Group A Cabling:

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule*

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule*

Select 4 further elective units from the remaining elective units in Group A Cabling.

Networking

Select the 4 elective units from Group B Networking.

Radio Communications

Select the 4 elective units from Group C Radio Communications.

Select at least 1 elective unit from Group D Rigging.

Rigging

Select the 3 elective units from Group D Rigging.

Note: This specialisation is not suitable for school-based delivery due to high-risk work age restrictions.

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT20315 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. The following newly created unit of competency was added to elective Group F IT Work Ready Skills. ICTICT318 Validate test cases and develop proof of concepts. The following unit of competency was updated with minor editorial corrections: ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols. 15 units of competency have been replaced with their relevant superseding unit.
Release 2	Correcting an error. No change to qualification content.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who are competent in a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) roles, including animation, basic cloud computing, basic cyber awareness, digital media skills, generalist IT support services, networking, programming, systems and web development.

Individuals who work in these fields apply broad sets of skills, including foundational knowledge in critical thinking and customer service skills, to support a range of technologies, processes, procedures, policies, people and clients in a variety of work contexts.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

6 core units plus

6 elective units, of which:

at least 4 units must be selected from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be selected from the remaining listed elective units or from this or any other currently endorsed training package qualification or accredited course at Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Level 2, 3 or 4.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Core units

BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills

BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information

BSBXTW301 Work in a team

ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients

Elective units

Group A Animation

CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations

ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations

ICTGAM304 Develop three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games

ICTGAM305 Apply simple textures and shading to three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games

ICTGAM306 Review and apply traditional animation principles

Group B Basic Cloud Computing

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services

Group C Basic Cyber Security Awareness

BSBXCS301 Protect own personal online profile from cyber security threats

BSBXCS302 Identify and report online security threats

BSBXCS401 Maintain security of digital devices

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

BSBXCS403 Contribute to cyber security threat assessments

BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management

BSBXCS405 Contribute to cyber security incident responses

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems

Group D Digital Media

CUADIG211 Maintain interactive content

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

CUADIG304 Create visual design components

CUADIG311 Prepare video assets

CUADIG312 Author interactive sequences

CUAPOS211 Perform basic vision and sound editing

CUASOU212 Perform basic sound editing

Group E Generalist IT Support

BSBTEC201 Use business software applications

ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients

ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies

ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users

ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies

ICTICT314 Connect internal hardware components

ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests

ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

ICTSAS311 Maintain computer hardware

Group F IT Work Ready Skills

ICPDMT3460 Incorporate video into multimedia presentations

ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages

ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents

ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation

ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications

ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications

ICTICT316 Implement new technology

ICTICT318 Validate test cases and develop proof of concepts

ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Group G Networking

ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration

ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems

ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems

ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals

ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols

Group H Programming

ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications

Group I Systems

ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware

ICTICT214 Operate application software packages

ICTICT315 Implement system software changes

ICTICT317 Maintain standard operating environments

ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories

ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems

ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems

ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables

ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

ICTSAS312 Provide basic system administration

Group J Web Development

ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages

ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web

ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media

ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICT30118 Certificate III in Information, Digital Media and Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. The following units of competency were replaced with the relevant superseding unit of competency as requested by the Department of Education, Skills and Employment: HLTAID001 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation updated to HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification is for telecommunications operators working on the construction and maintenance of high-speed national broadband network (NBN) infrastructure, and on required technology.

Telecommunications technology operators may:

perform equipment and system installation work on a customer network to enable efficient access and interconnection to the NBN services, including connecting and jointing of copper cable, diagnosing and rectifying copper cable system faults, and migrating, remediating and augmentation of copper services to maximise benefits of the high-speed broadband connection

splice, test and fault-find on live fibre cable in the NBN fibre distribution network

perform equipment and system installation work on a customer network to enable efficient access and interconnection to the NBN services, including diagnosing and rectifying fibre system faults, working with active equipment, and performing integration and commissioning activities to maximise benefits of the high-speed broadband connection

perform underground and aerial equipment and system installations from the tap to the optical node to enable efficient access and interconnection to the NBN services, including connecting and terminating hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) cabling, diagnosing and rectifying HFC system faults

install, activate and assure HFC equipment and systems from the last connection point of the network to the customer premises – tap to network termination device (NTD) – to enable efficient access and interconnection to the NBN services.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Cabling at the customer premises downstream of the NTD must be carried out according to requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and relevant industry registration bodies, and in line with the specifications of the access network owner.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

6 core units, plus

8 elective units

The elective units selected may consist of:

up to 8 units from Group A Copper Cabling, or Group B Fibre Cabling, and/or Group C HFC Cabling

up to 5 units from Group D General

up to 2 units from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 3 or 4 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system

ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Elective units

Group A Copper Cabling

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable

ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet

Group B Fibre Cabling

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network*

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

Group C HFC Cabling

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises*

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

Group D General

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools*

CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos*

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

CPCPCM2043A Carry out WHS requirements

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule*

ICTCBL247 Install maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule*

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

OR

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

OR

UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

ICTWOR305 Supervise worksite activities

RIICCM202D Identify, locate and protect underground services

RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces

RIIWHS205D Control traffic with stop-slow bat

RIIWHS302D Implement traffic management plan

TLID2010 Operate a forklift

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos	CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry
ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network	ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects
ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises	ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

copper cable jointer

fibre splicer

fibre technician

HFC technician

telecommunications customer service technician – HFC technician.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Copper Cable Jointer)

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Fibre Splicer)

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Fibre Technician)

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (HFC Technician)

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Telecommunications Customer Service Technician – HFC Technician).

Copper Cable Jointer

Select the following 6 elective units:

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Fibre Splicer

Select the following 6 elective units:

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network*

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for carriers and service projects

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Technician Fibre

Select the following 7 elective units:

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

Technician Hybrid Fibre Coaxial (HFC)

Select the following 5 elective units:

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Plus

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

or

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

Telecommunications Customer Service Technician – HFC Technician

Select the following 8 elective units:

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises*

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT30415 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operate.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 4	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. 21 units of competency have been replaced with their relevant superseding unit.
Release 3	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. The following elective units of competency have been reinstated as directed by the AISC: ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems.
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems ICTRFN302 Install mobile telecommunications in motor vehicles ICTRFN303 Install WiMAX customer premises equipment broadband wireless access equipment ICTTCR201 Use rigging practices and systems on telecommunications network structures ICTTCR202 Use operational safety in a telecommunications rigging environment ICTTCR301 Build a telecommunications radio structure ICTTCR302 Install radio plant and equipment on telecommunications structures ICTTCR303 Protect against electromagnetic radiation and systems hazards when working on telecomms radio sites ICTTEN307 Repair and replace telecommunications network hardware ICTTEN319 Recover customer premises equipment. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification is for telecommunications technology operators who assess installation requirements, plan and perform installations, test installed equipment, and fault-find when issues arise with installed equipment.

Telecommunications technology operators may work on:

customer cabling networks

digital reception technology

optical networks

premises cabling

radio communications

rigging, which also involves installing and maintaining radio antennas on high structures such as radio towers, and building and mounting sections of radio masts for a complete radio structure

telecommunications networking

wireless networks.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Cabling at the customer premises must be carried out according to requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and relevant industry registration bodies, in line with the specifications of the access network owner.

High risk work (HRW) licences are required for dogging work and rigging as outlined on the Safe Work Australia website.

The model WHS Regulations require people performing high risk work to be over 18 years of age and to hold the right HRW licence. HRW licences are issued by state/territory governments: refer to the relevant body to ensure compliance with regulations.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

6 core units, plus

10 elective units

The elective units selected must consist of:

at least 1 elective unit from Group A Workplace Technical Practice.

The remaining required elective units selected may consist of:

up to 2 elective units from Group B General Workplace

up to 8 elective units from any of the elective groups with no more than 2 of these units from Group G Work Health and Safety

up to 3 units from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 3 or 4 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system

ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Elective units

Group A Workplace Technical Practice

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

Group B General Workplace

BSBESB301 Investigate business opportunities

BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures

BSBSUS411 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

CPCCBC4004 Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology

ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

ICTWOR301 Organise resources

ICTWOR302 Organise material supply

ICTWOR303 Schedule resources

ICTWOR304 Manage spare parts

ICTWOR305 Supervise worksite activities

ICTWOR306 Resolve technical enquiries using multiple information systems

ICTWOR307 Collect and analyse technical information

Group C Telecommunications Cabling

ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule*

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule*

ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises

ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable

ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network*

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises

ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises

ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports

Group D Digital Reception Technology

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises*

ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation

ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

Group E ICT Use

ICTICT314 Connect internal hardware components

ICTICT315 Implement system software changes

ICTICT316 Implement new technology

ICTICT317 Maintain standard operating environments

ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests

ICTSAS311 Maintain computer hardware

ICTSAS312 Provide basic system administration

Group F Optical Networks

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Group G Work Health and Safety

CPCCDE3014 Remove non-friable asbestos*

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

OR

RIICCM202E Identify, locate and protect underground services

RIIWHS202E Enter and work in confined spaces

RIIWHS204E Work safely at heights

RIIWHS205E Control traffic with stop-slow bat

RIIWHS302E Implement traffic management plans

UETDREL006 Work safely in the vicinity of live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker

Group H Radio Communications

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device

ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Group I Telecommunications Network

ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment

ICTTEN301 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit

ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

Group J Telecommunications Rigging

ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
CPCCDE3014 Remove non-friable asbestos	CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network	ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects
ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises	ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

digital reception technology

optical networks

radio communications

telecommunications cabling

telecommunications networks

telecommunications rigging

wireless networks.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Digital Reception Technology)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Optical Networks)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Radio Communications)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Telecommunications Cabling)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Telecommunications Networks)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Telecommunications Rigging)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Wireless Networks).

Digital Reception Technology

Select the following 4 elective units from Group D Digital Reception Technology:

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Optical Networks

Select the following 5 elective units from Group F Optical Networks:

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

Radio Communications

Select at least 4 elective units from Group H Radio Communications.

Telecommunications Cabling

Select the following 4 elective units from Group C Telecommunications Cabling:

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule*

ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

Telecommunications Networking

Select the following 3 elective units from Group A Workplace Technical:

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

Telecommunications Rigging

Select the 3 elective units in Group J Telecommunications Rigging.

Wireless Networks

Select the following 3 elective units from Group H Radio Communications:

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline

ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT30515 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 4	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. 18 newly created units of competency added to Group H General Electives. 10 units of competency have been replaced with their relevant superseding unit. The following unit of competency was updated with minor editorial corrections: ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments.
Release 3	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. Minor updates made to the modification history table, unit grid and packaging rules.
Release 2	Correcting an error and adding the following elective units of competency: ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who are job ready and competent in a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) roles and apply a broad range of skills in varied work contexts, using problem solving skills and effective communication with others.

The skills required for these roles may include, but are not restricted to:

database development: interpreting specifications, technical designs and flow charts, modifying software applications, constructing technical specifications from models and testing, and writing technical documents

database maintenance: managing, cleaning, storing and verifying organisational data, and evaluating compliance with internal and external data ethics regulations and legislation

gaming development: creating 2D and 3D modelling and animation software through scripts and storyboards

networking: installing, configuring and testing networks and servers in organisations

programming: building, testing and applying basic object-oriented language skills, user interfaces and software developments

systems administration support: implementing maintenance procedures and support to help troubleshoot system applications

web development: designing website layouts through textual and visual content transfer, search engine optimisation and simple markup language documents.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 20

7 core units plus

13 elective units, of which:

at least 9 units must be selected from the elective units listed below

up to 4 units may be selected from the remaining listed elective units or from this or any other currently endorsed training package qualification or accredited course at Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Level 3, 4 or 5.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules above can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed at the qualification end.

Database development

Database maintenance

Gaming development

Networking

Programming

Systems administration support

Web development

Core units

BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes

BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management

ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems

Elective units

Group A Database Development Specialisation

ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation

ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements

ICTDBS415 Build a database

ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases

ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases

Group B Database Maintenance Specialisation

ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation

ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data

ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore

ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Group C Gaming Development Specialisation

ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation

ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games

ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles

ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games

ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Group D Networking Specialisation

ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks

ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

Group E Programming Specialisation

ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG433 Test software developments

ICTPRG437 Build a user interface

ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages

Group F Systems Administration Support Specialisation

ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components

ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status

ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures

ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software

ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support

ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications

Group G Web Development Specialisation

ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents

ICTWEB432 Design website layouts

ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites

ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites

ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations

ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

Group H General electives

Artificial Intelligence

ICTAII401 Identify opportunities to apply artificial intelligence, machine learning and deep learning

ICTAII501 Automate work tasks using machine learning

ICTAII502 Train and evaluate machine learning models

ICTAII503 Build natural language processing models and pipelines

Assistive Technologies

ICTICT452 Support the implementation of assistive technologies

ICTICT453 Evaluate accessibility of organisational systems, programs and software

ICTICT454 Assess organisational systems using assistive technologies

Automation

ICTAUT401 Design business process automation solutions

ICTAUT402 Apply robotic desktop automation

ICTAUT403 Conduct software quality assurance testing

ICTAUT502 Evaluate automated industrial manufacturing processes

Cloud Computing

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

Cyber Security Incident Response

ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation

ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents

ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation

ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation

ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans

ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems

Data and Information Management

ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse

ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger

ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

Design Thinking

ICTDSN401 Design digital user interfaces

ICTDSN402 Develop digital user interfaces

ICTDSN403 Apply innovative thinking and practices in digital environments

Digital Media

CUAANM412 Create digital visual effects

CUACAM311 Shoot material for screen productions

CUAPOS411 Edit digital content for fast turnaround

CUAPOS412 Manage media assets

CUAPPM417 Create storyboards

CUASOU212 Perform basic sound editing

CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets

ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media

ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations

ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images

Extended Reality

ICTXRE401 Apply augmented reality solutions in organisations

ICTXRE402 Apply virtual reality solutions in organisations

ICTXRE403 Design mixed reality solutions

Gaming Art and Development

ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games

ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games

ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games

ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games

ICTGAM430 Design interactive media

ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models

ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games

ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes

IT Support Services

ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace

ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs

ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements

ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning

ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products

ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions

ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles

ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients

ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development

ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients

ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

IT Work Ready Skills

BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities

ICTCYS408 Research and source cryptocurrency technologies for organisational needs

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements

ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work

ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports

Networking

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks

ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services

ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers

ICTNWK431 Create network documentation

ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network

ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network

ICTNWK435 Create secure virtual private networks

Project Management

ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments

ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects

Programming

ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs

ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases

ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications

ICTPRG434 Automate processes

ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications

ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications

ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components

ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design

ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development

ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements

ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review

ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language

ICTSAD501 Model data objects

ICTSAD502 Model data processes

Systems and Software Design

ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies

ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design

ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools

ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces

ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies

ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software

ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router

ICTTEN418 Install and test a radio frequency identification system

ICTTEN419 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches

ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork

ICTTEN525 Install, configure and test a local area network switch

Systems Development and Maintenance

ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards

ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system

ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance

ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements

ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures

ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware

ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software

ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet

Web design and development

ICTWEB430 Produce server-side script for dynamic web pages

ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance

ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports

ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures

ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites

ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security

ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation

ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts

ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems

ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies

ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools

ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards

ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability

ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases

ICTWEB453 Optimise websites for mobile devices

Specialisations

As stated above, where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules at qualification outset can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed below.

The achievement of more than one specialisation may be indicated on the same testamur as follows:

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Database Development)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Database Maintenance)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Gaming Development)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Networking)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Programming)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Systems Administration Support)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Web Development).

Packaging rules to achieve a specialisation

Database Development

Select all 5 elective units from Group A Database Development Specialisation

Database Maintenance

Select all 5 elective units from Group B Database Maintenance Specialisation

Gaming Development

Select all 6 elective units from Group C Gaming Development Specialisation

Networking

Select all 7 elective units from Group D Networking Specialisation

Programming

Select all 5 elective units from Group E Programming Specialisation

Systems Administration Support

Select all 6 elective units from Group F Systems Administration Support Specialisation

Web Development

Select all 7 elective units from Group G Web Development Specialisation

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICT40118 Certificate IV in Information Technology

ICT40215 Certificate IV in Information Technology Support

ICT40315 Certificate IV in Web-Based Technologies

ICT40418 Certificate IV in Information Technology Networking

ICT40518 Certificate IV in Programming

ICT40815 Certificate IV in Digital Media Technologies

ICT40915 Certificate IV in Digital and Interactive Games

ICT41015 Certificate IV in Computer Systems Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT41119 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: ICTNPL403 Evaluate the capability of access networks ICTNPL404 Evaluate the planning requirements for provisioning a telecommunications building facility ICTNPL405 Develop provisioning of telecommunications building works project ICTNPL406 Evaluate core network architectures ICTNPL407 Plan the deployment of core network ICTNPL408 Produce planning specifications for end-to-end service delivery ICTNPL411 Apply compliance requirements to telecommunications work ICTRFN404 Undertake radio communications signals monitoring ICTSMB402 Operate a contractor business with employees ICTTEN407 Cut over customer premises equipment major upgrades ICTTEN430 Design infrastructure for telecommunications network installations ICTTEN431 Design a dense wavelength division multiplexing system. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a technician with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of the access, building and core networks, and client capabilities of the service provider. It prepares people to work in telecommunications infrastructure network design, for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

Graduates with this qualification will be able to design:

the customer access network

the building network

the core network for the service provider and asset owner

carrier equipment infrastructure.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licencing, legislative or certification requirements.

Entry Requirements

Entry into this qualification requires:

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in telecommunications from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or the ICT10 Integrated Telecommunications Training Package and certified evidence of at least 700 hours of work experience within the related scope of this qualification, which may have occurred concurrent with or after the qualification was achieved

or

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in electrotechnology from the UEE Electrotechnology Training Package and certified evidence of at least 700 hours of work experience within the related scope of this qualification, which may have occurred concurrent with or after the qualification was achieved

or

a current unrestricted electrical licence from any Australian state or territory electrical regulator

or

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in telecommunications from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or the ICT10 Integrated Telecommunications Training Package and enrolment in this Certificate IV as part of a traineeship or apprenticeship program or concurrently employed within the ICT industry

or

open registration as an ACMA registered cabler with certified evidence of at least 2100 hours of work experience within customer premises doing cabling or telecommunications carrier work.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

6 core units, plus

10 elective units

The elective units selected must consist of:

up to 1 elective unit from Group A Workplace

at least 4 elective units from Groups B Design and D Network Planning.

The remaining required elective units selected may consist of:

up to 3 elective units from Groups C ICT Use, E Optical Networks, F Project Management, G Radio Communications, H Sustainability or I Network Engineering

up to 4 elective units from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Level 4 or above qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTICT408 Create technical documentation

ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry

ICTTEN426 Design network projects

ICTTEN427 Conduct site surveys to identify carrier installation requirements

ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations

ICTTEN429 Estimate and quote for carrier telecommunications equipment installations

Elective units

Group A Workplace

BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships

BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements

ICTSMB401 Set up and operate a contractor business

ICTWOR401 Undertake a civil site survey

Group B Design

BSBDES401 Generate design solutions

BSBDES402 Interpret and respond to a design brief

BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice

BSBDES501 Implement design solutions

BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief

Group C ICT Use

ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking

ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies

ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

Group D Network Planning

ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning

ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures

ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate

ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

Group E Optical Networks

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

Group F Project Management

ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment

ICTPMG403 Manage the delivery of network infrastructure

ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief

Group G Radio Communications

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Group H Sustainability

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan

Group I Network Engineering

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation

ICTTEN403 Assign a transmission path

ICTTEN406 Effect changes to existing customer premises equipment systems and equipment

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router

ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork

ICTTEN421 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design

ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems*

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT41115 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. 19 units of competency have been replaced with their relevant superseding unit.
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: ICTCBL402 Schedule and supply cabling installation ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes ICTRFN303 Install WiMAX customer premises equipment broadband wireless access equipment ICTRFN403 Test and repair cellular network equipment ICTRFN404 Undertake radio communications signals monitoring ICTSMB402 Operate a contractor business with employees ICTTEN407 Cut over customer premises equipment major upgrades ICTTEN424 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a service provider network ICTWOR402 Schedule equipment maintenance. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of an advanced technician (technical officer), team leader or supervisor with a wide range of telecommunications skills. The skills required for this role may include, but are not restricted to, the ability to install and maintain:

enterprise networks in emerging and converging technologies

optical and wireless equipment for high speed broadband network infrastructure

internet protocol (IP) based network telecommunications equipment

IP based networks in home networks and small and medium enterprises

telecommunications, data cabling and cabling products in line with the specifications of the access network owner

telecommunications access network cabling and infrastructure, systems and customer equipment.

The qualification enables technicians to assess installation requirements of converging voice, video and data IP networks, plan and perform installations and test installed equipment and fault find.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Entry Requirements

Entry into this qualification requires:

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in telecommunications from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or the ICT10 Integrated Telecommunications Training Package and certified evidence of at least 700 hours of work experience within the related scope of the qualification, which may have occurred concurrent with or after the qualification was achieved

or

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in electrotechnology from the UEE Electrotechnology Training Package and certified evidence of at least 700 hours of work experience within the related scope of the qualification, which may have occurred concurrent with or after the qualification was achieved

or

a current unrestricted electrical licence from any Australian State or Territory electrical regulator

or

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in telecommunications from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package and enrolment in the ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology as part of a traineeship or apprenticeship program or concurrently employed within the ICT industry

or

open registration as an ACMA registered cabler with certified evidence of at least 2100 hours of work experience within the customer premises doing cabling or telecommunications carrier work.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 17

5 core units, plus

12 elective units

The elective units selected may consist of:

up to 1 elective unit from Group A Workplace

up to 12 elective units from Groups B General, C IT Use, D Network Engineering, and E Radio Communications

up to 4 elective units from this and any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 4 or above qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults

ICTTEN414 Repair telecommunication system faults

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems*

Elective units

Group A Workplace

BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures

BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures

BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness

BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies

ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project

ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements

ICTSMB401 Set up and operate a contractor business

ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation

Group B General

BSBSUS411 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults

ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks

ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation

ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware

ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet

ICTTEN403 Assign a transmission path

ICTTEN404 Install and configure a wireless mesh network

ICTTEN406 Effect changes to existing customer premises equipment systems and equipment

ICTTEN408 Complete equipment and software upgrades

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system

ICTTEN412 Undertake routine maintenance of the telecommunications network

ICTTEN413 Undertake remote diagnosis and repair of network faults

ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router

ICTTEN419 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches

ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment

Group C IT Use

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

Group D Network Engineering

ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation

ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers

ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment

ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers

ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network

ICTNWK435 Create secure virtual private networks

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

ICTPMG403 Manage the delivery of network infrastructure

ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software

ICTTEN301 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system

ICTTEN411 Monitor, analyse and action telecommunications network alarms

ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork

ICTTEN421 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design

ICTTEN422 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching

ICTTEN423 Install and maintain a wide area network

Group E Radio Communications

ICTCMP502 Conduct radio communications site audit

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device

ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment

ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications

ICTRFN405 Install radio communications base station equipment

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTRFN505 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

ICTTEN418 Install and test a radio frequency identification system

ICTWOR401 Undertake a civil site survey

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

network engineering

optical networks

radio communications

smart device installation

telecommunications network technician – hybrid fibre coaxial.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Network Engineering)

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Optical Networks)

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Radio Communications)

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Smart Device Installation)

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Telecommunications Network Technician – Hybrid Fibre Coaxial).

Network Engineering

Select 7 elective units from Group D Network Engineering.

Optical Networks

Select the following 3 elective units from Group B General:

ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation

ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

Radio Communications

Select the following 5 elective units:

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device

ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Smart Device Installation

Select the following 6 elective units:

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network

ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network

Telecommunication Network Technician – Hybrid Fibre Coaxial

Select the following 6 elective units:

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system

ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT41215 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. 12 newly created units of competency were added to Group O General Electives. 16 units of competency have been replaced with their relevant superseding unit. The following unit of competency was updated with minor editorial corrections: ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals in a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) roles who have established specialised skills in a technical ICT function.

Individuals in these roles carry out moderately complex tasks in a specialist field, working independently, as part of a team or leading a deliverable with others. They may apply their skills across a wide range of industries, business functions and departments, or as a business owner (sole trader/contractor).

The skills required for these roles may include, but are not restricted to:

advanced networking: configuring and managing virtual computing environments, and security within ICT networks

advanced programming: applying intermediate and advanced programming skills, managing data and building advanced user interfaces to manage organisational requirements

back end web development: developing and maintaining website information architecture and data

business analysis: designing and implementing technical requirements, quality assurance processes and contingency plans for businesses

cloud architecture: developing, improving and designing cloud infrastructure, including disaster recovery plans

cloud engineering: building, implementing and managing cloud infrastructure and virtual networks

cyber security: protecting sensitive data and information through security architecture and developing disaster recovery and contingency plans

database and data management: creating, designing and monitoring systems that store data and optimise organisational knowledge management

front end web development: designing dynamic and complex websites, user experience solutions and documents using extensible mark-up languages

game art and design: creating complex 2D and 3D modelling and animation software through scripts and storyboards

game programming: creating complex 2D and 3D interactive games and media, building graphical user interfaces and applying artificial intelligence in game development

systems administration: reviewing maintenance procedures and support to help troubleshoot system applications

systems analysis: modelling and testing data objects, data processes and preferred ICT system solutions

telecommunications network engineering: managing logistics, organisational specifications, regulations and legislative requirements across network projects.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 20

6 core units plus

14 elective units, of which:

at least 10 units must be selected from the elective units listed below

up to 4 units may be selected from the remaining listed elective units or from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 4, 5 or 6 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules above can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed at the qualification end.

Advanced networking

Advanced programming

Back end web development

Business analysis

Cloud architecture

Cloud engineering

Cyber security

Database and data management

Front end web development

Game art and design

Game programming

Systems administration

Systems analysis

Telecommunications network engineering.

Core units

BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team

ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation

ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

ICTSAS527 Manage client problems

Elective units

Group A Advanced Networking Specialisation

ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks

ICTNWK536 Plan, implement and test enterprise communication solutions

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

ICTNWK546 Manage network security

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Group B Advanced programming specialisation

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework

Group C Back end web development specialisation

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture

ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites

Group D Business analysis specialisation

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports

ICTSAS502 Establish and maintain client user liaison

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Group E Cloud architect specialisation

ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans

ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure

ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure

ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure

Group F Cloud engineer specialisation

ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code

ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments

ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms

ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments

Group G Cyber security specialisation

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations

ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Group H Database and data management specialisation

ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

ICTDBS506 Design databases

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

ICTSAD502 Model data processes

Group I Front end web development specialisation

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites

ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages

ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language

ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts

ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets

Group J Game art and design specialisation

ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments

ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games

ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences

ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations

ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games

Group K Game programming specialisation

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games

ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Group L Systems administration specialisation

ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation

ICTSAS512 Review and manage delivery of maintenance services

ICTSAS518 Install and upgrade operating systems

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

Group M Systems analysis specialisation

ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions

ICTSAD501 Model data objects

ICTSAD502 Model data processes

ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures

ICTSAS520 Develop detailed test plans

Group N Telecommunications network engineering specialisation

ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications

ICTNPL413 Evaluate networking regulations and legislation for the telecommunications industry

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects

ICTTEN519 Design network building projects

Group O General electives

Advanced IT Support

ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations

ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems

ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model

ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations

ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies

ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements

ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts

ICTICT533 Conduct quality audit of IT system design specifications

ICTSAS519 Perform systems tests

ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests

ICTSAS522 Manage the testing process

ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms

ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies

ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests

ICTSAS530 Use network tools

Artificial Intelligence

ICTAII401 Identify opportunities to apply artificial intelligence, machine learning and deep learning

ICTAII501 Automate work tasks using machine learning

ICTAII502 Train and evaluate machine learning models

ICTAII503 Build natural language processing models and pipelines

Automation

ICTAUT501 Manage robotic process automation

Blockchain Solutions

ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions

Business Management

BSBPMG537 Manage project procurement

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

PSPPCM023 Manage strategic contracts

ICTSAD510 Manage risks when implementing new technologies

Cloud Computing

ICTCLD509 Manage cloud identity and access

ICTCLD510 Manage cloud threat detection systems

ICTCLD511 Protect cloud infrastructure and data

ICTCLD512 Respond to cloud security incidents

ICTCLD513 Develop cloud-based microservices architecture using containers

ICTCLD514 Create and test cloud-based serverless applications

ICTCLD515 Build and deploy cloud-based applications using CI and CD pipelines

Data Engineering

ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs

ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests

ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering

Design

CUADIG512 Design digital applications

CUADIG513 Design e-learning resources

CUADIG517 Design digital simulations

CUAPHI524 Prepare digital images

Digital Media

CUAPOS411 Edit digital content for fast turnaround

CUASOU417 Edit sound

CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings

ICTDMT407 Incorporate video assets into media presentations

Gaming Development

ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media

ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions

ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling

ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media

ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments

ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects

ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements

ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components

ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games

ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments

ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments

ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games

ICTGAM553 Integrate databases with online games

ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices

ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments

ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games

ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

Internet of Things

ICTIOT501 Install IT devices and networks

ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices

ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks

Networking

ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers

ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches

ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security

ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems

ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks

ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls

ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

ICTNWK560 Determine best-fit topologies for wide area networks

ICTNWK561 Design enterprise wireless local area networks

ICTNWK562 Configure internet gateways

ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security

Programming

ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools

ICTPRG531 Prepare for application development using current methods

ICTPRG532 Apply advanced object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications

ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments

ICTPRG536 Design application architecture

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

ICTPRG538 Create mashups

ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software

ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems

ICTPRG542 Review developed software

ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems

ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems

ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots

ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications

ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions

ICTPRG555 Implement object relational mapping framework for data persistence

ICTPRG557 Develop applications using agile methods

ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications

Project Management

BSBPMG532 Manage project quality

BSBPMG536 Manage project risk

BSBPMG539 Manage project governance

ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects

ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects

Systems and Software Design

ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications

ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development

Telecommunications Network Engineering General

ICTICT531 Test network using virtual instruments

ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment

ICTPMG506 Prepare network project briefs

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests

ICTSUS502 Install and test virtual infrastructure

ICTTEN426 Design network projects

ICTTEN520 Commission network equipment

ICTTEN521 Integrate network systems and equipment

ICTTEN522 Cut over new and replacement network equipment

ICTTEN523 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex system equipment faults

ICTTEN524 Diagnose and organise repair of complex equipment faults

ICTTEN525 Install, configure and test local area network switches

ICTTEN526 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system

ICTTEN527 Plan wireless mesh networks

UEPOPS423 Plan a scheduled outage

Telecommunications Network Engineering Networking

ICTNWK555 Determine best-fit topologies for local networks

ICTNWK628 Design and build integrated VoIP networks

Telecommunications Network Engineering Optical Networks

ICTOPN507 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing optical networks

ICTOPN508 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical networks

ICTOPN509 Plan for optical system upgrades

ICTOPN510 Test and commission dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems

ICTOPN511 Test performance of specialised optical devices

ICTOPN512 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices

Telecommunications Network Engineering Radio Communications

ICTCMP502 Conduct radio communications site audits

ICTRFN504 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements

ICTRFN505 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

ICTRFN506 Evaluate radio frequency signal coverage plots

ICTRFN603 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to cellular mobile networks

Web Design and Development

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs

ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems

ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools

ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags

ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services

ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends

Specialisations

As stated above, where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules at qualification outset can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed below.

The achievement of more than one specialisation may be indicated on the same testamur as follows:

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Advanced Networking)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Advanced Programming)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Back End Web Development)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Business Analysis)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Cloud Architecture)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Cloud Engineering)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Cyber Security)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Database and Data Management)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Front End Web Development)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Game Art and Design)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Game Programming)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Systems Administration)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Systems Analysis)

ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology (Telecommunications Network Engineering).

Packaging rules to achieve a specialisation

Advanced Networking

Select all 6 elective units from Group A Advanced networking specialisation

Advanced Programming

Select all 5 elective units from Group B Advanced programming specialisation

Back End Web Development

Select all 5 elective units from Group C Back end web development specialisation

Business Analysis

Select all 5 elective units from Group D Business analysis specialisation

Cloud Architecture

Select all 4 elective units from Group E Cloud architect specialisation

Cloud Engineering

Select all 4 elective units from Group F Cloud engineers specialisation

Cyber Security

Select all 5 elective units from Group G Cyber security specialisation

Database and Data Management

Select all 5 elective units from Group H Database and data management specialisation

Front End Web Development

Select all 6 elective units from Group I Front end web development specialisation

Game Art and Design

Select all 5 elective units from Group J Game art and design specialisation

Game Programming

Select all 5 elective units from Group K Game programming specialisation

Systems Administration

Select all 4 elective units from Group L Systems administration specialisation

Systems Analysis

Select all 5 elective units from Group M Systems analysis specialisation

Telecommunications Network Engineering

Select all 6 elective units from Group N Telecommunications network engineering specialisation.

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology

ICT51015 Diploma of Telecommunications Engineering

ICT51115 Diploma of Telecommunications Planning and Design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. 5 newly created units of competency were added to Group H General Electives. 12 units of competency have been replaced with their relevant superseding unit. The following unit of competency was updated with minor editorial corrections: ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites.
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. Version created to add the following units of competency in the elective list: ICTCYS614 Analyse cyber security insider risks and threats and devise recommendations ICTCYS615 Detect and respond to cyber security insider risks and threats. Minor editorial corrections made to the packaging rules.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals in a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) roles who have significant experience in specialist technical skills, or managerial business and people management skills.

Individuals in these roles carry out complex tasks in a specialist field, working independently, leading a team or a strategic direction of a business. They apply their skills across a wide range of industries and business functions, or as a business owner (sole trader/contractor).

The skills required for these roles may include, but are not restricted to:

advanced data management information: creating, designing and monitoring complex systems that store data, and optimising organisational knowledge management

cyber security: protecting sensitive data and information through security architecture, and developing disaster recovery and contingency plans

full stack web development: building advanced user interfaces, developing representational state transfer application program interfaces (REST APIs) and designing user experience solutions

further programming: applying advanced ICT languages to maintain security and manage data

IT strategy and organisational development: managing and communicating strategic ICT business solutions

systems development and analysis: modelling and testing data objects, data processes and preferred ICT system solutions

telecommunications network engineering: managing logistics, organisational specifications, regulations and legislative requirements across network projects.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

6 core units plus

10 elective units, of which:

at least 7 units must be selected from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be selected from the remaining listed elective units or from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 5 or 6 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules above can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed at the qualification end.

Advanced data management information

Cyber security

Full stack web development

Further programming

IT strategy and organisational development

Systems development and analysis

Telecommunications network engineering.

Core units

BSBCRT611 Apply critical thinking for complex problem solving

BSBTWK502 Manage team effectiveness

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level

ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment

Elective units

Group A Advanced data management information specialisation

ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses

ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies

ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

Group B Cyber security specialisation

ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management

ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation’s compliance with cyber security standards and law

ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments

ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations

Group C Full stack web development specialisation

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

Group D Further programming specialisation

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Group E IT Strategy and organisational development specialisation

ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans

ICTSAD604 Manage and communicate ICT solutions

ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis

ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions

Group F Systems development and analysis specialisation

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services

Group G Telecommunications network engineering specialisation

ICTNPL413 Evaluate networking regulations and legislation for the telecommunications industry

ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks

ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning

ICTTEN615 Manage network traffic

ICTTEN622 Produce ICT network architecture designs

Group H General electives

Advanced Cloud Computing

ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses

ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

ICTCLD603 Design hybrid cloud-based network architectures

ICTCLD604 Manage data in cloud environments

Advanced Cyber Security

ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations

ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data

ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

ICTCYS614 Analyse cyber security insider risks and threats and devise recommendations

ICTCYS615 Detect and respond to cyber security insider risks and threats

Application and Software Development

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications

ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services

Cyber Security Network Operations

ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations

ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations

ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations

Data Management

ICTDAT601 Develop data integration strategies

ICTDAT602 Review data lifecycles

ICTDAT603 Assess advanced data processes

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

Project Management

BSBPMG532 Manage project quality

BSBPMG536 Manage project risk

BSBPMG539 Manage project governance

ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects

ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation

ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery

ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure

ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation

ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects

ICTSAS522 Manage the testing process

IT Work Ready Skills

ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance

ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies

ICTSAD614 Lead ICT requirements elicitation

ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice

ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies

ICTSUS603 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects

PSPPCM023 Manage strategic contracts

Network Security

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court

CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options

CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans

CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans

CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems

ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks

ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation

ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system

ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security

ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security

ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure

ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors

ICTNWK624 Configure advanced internetwork routing solutions

ICTNWK625 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions

ICTNWK627 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks

ICTNWK628 Design and build integrated VoIP networks

ICTNWK629 Confiture and manage storage area networks

ICTSAS530 Use network tools

Strategy and Business Management

BSBLDR601 Lead and manage organisational change

BSBSTR601 Manage innovation and continuous improvement

BSBPMG537 Manage project procurement

ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation

ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes

Telecommunications Network Engineering General

BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships

BSBPMG530 Manage project scope

BSBPMG430 Undertake project work

ICTICT818 Develop knowledge management strategies

ICTICT819 Lead analysis of information and communications technology business strategy

ICTICT822 Manage automated ICT system applications

ICTPMG506 Prepare network project briefs

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

ICTSUS604 Prepare business cases for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects

ICTSUS811 Conduct and manage life cycle assessments for sustainability

ICTSUS812 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability

ICTTEN613 Assess integration of international network equipment into Australian networks

ICTTEN614 Conduct network system optimisation and administration

ICTTEN616 Rectify client services following network outages and faults

ICTTEN617 Manage common channel signalling networks

ICTTEN618 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex networks

ICTTEN619 Test new software and hardware releases

ICTTEN620 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks

ICTTEN621 Design and configure IP-MPLS networks with virtual private network tunnelling

ICTTEN623 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network

ICTTEN817 Plan transmission networks

ICTTEN818 Align systems with product and technology strategy

ICTTEN819 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs

ICTTEN820 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains

ICTTEN821 Manage solution architecture and impacts

ICTTEN822 Manage application layer solutions

ICTTEN823 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions

ICTTEN824 Manage network testing strategies

ICTTEN825 Investigate applications of cloud networks in network switching

ICTTEN826 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communication systems

ICTTEN827 Produce engineering solutions

ICTTEN828 Manage development and application of testing artefacts

Telecommunications Network Engineering Networking

ICTNPL412 Apply business acumen to network planning

ICTNWK546 Manage network security

ICTNWK560 Determine best-fit topologies for wide area networks

ICTNWK561 Design enterprise wireless local area networks

Telecommunications Network Engineering Optical Networks

ICTOPN605 Manage optical ethernet transmission

ICTOPN606 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems

ICTOPN607 Design dense wavelength division multiplexing systems

ICTOPN608 Analyse optical transmission systems

Telecommunications Network Engineering Radio Communications

ICTRFN804 Produce radio link budgets

ICTRFN805 Analyse cellular mobile network systems

ICTRFN806 Analyse satellite communications systems

Specialisations

As stated above, where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules at qualification outset can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed below.

The achievement of more than one specialisation may be indicated on the same testamur as follows:

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Advanced Data Management Information)

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Cyber Security)

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Full Stack Web Development)

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Further Programming)

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (IT Strategy and Organisational Development)

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Systems Development and Analysis)

ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Telecommunications Network Engineering).

Packaging rules to achieve a specialisation

Advanced Data Management Information

Select all 4 elective units from Group A - Advanced data management information specialisation

Cyber Security

Select all 4 elective units from Group B - Cyber security specialisation

Full Stack Web Development

Select all 4 elective units from Group C - Full stack web development specialisation

Further Programming

Select all 3 elective units from Group D - Further programming specialisation

IT Strategy and Organisational Development

Select all 4 elective units from Group E - IT strategy and organisational development specialisation

Systems Development and Analysis

Select all 4 elective units from Group F - Systems development and analysis specialisation

Telecommunications Network Engineering

Select all 5 elective units from Group G - Telecommunications network engineering specialisation.

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology

ICT60615 Advanced Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering

ICT80315 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications

ICT80415 Graduate Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering

ICT80515 Graduate Diploma of Telecommunications and Strategic Management

ICT80615 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications Network Engineering.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSS00118 User Experience Design Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to design and create user interfaces (UIs) in digital environments, and promote innovative thinking and practices to enhance the user experience (UX) across workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTDSN401 Design digital user interfaces

ICTDSN402 Develop digital user interfaces

ICTDSN403 Apply innovative thinking and practices in digital environments

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in UI and UX roles, including information technology strategy developers, and other related roles responsible designing the user experience and related components to innovate workplace contexts.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for designing, developing, and applying components of user experience and innovation in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00119 Advanced Data Analytics Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to manage and contextualise large volumes of data to be applied in a range of workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTDAT601 Develop data integration strategies

ICTDAT602 Review data lifecycles

ICTDAT603 Assess advanced data processes

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who independently work in information technology data roles, including experienced data analysts, strategy managers and other related roles responsible for developing data integration strategies, reviewing data lifecycles and assessing advanced data processes.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for developing, reviewing and assessing data integration strategies, lifecycles and processes in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00120 Artificial Intelligence Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to identify opportunities to implement artificial intelligence (AI) technologies, and to develop components of AI and AI subsets to improve workplace productivity. This includes AI that use machine learning (ML) and deep learning (DL) technologies.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTAII401 Identify opportunities to apply artificial intelligence, machine learning and deep learning

ICTAII501 Automate work tasks using machine learning

ICTAII502 Train and evaluate machine learning models

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in artificial intelligence, including support technicians, programmers, and cloud computing engineers, and other related roles responsible for reviewing artificial intelligence, machine learning and deep learning models and processes to improve workplace productivity.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for identifying opportunities where artificial intelligence (AI) can be implemented, and for developing components of AI and AI subsets in a range of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00121 Extended Reality Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to identify and apply extended reality solutions to improve a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) functions and processes.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTXRE401 Apply augmented reality solutions in organisations

ICTXRE402 Apply virtual reality solutions in organisations

ICTXRE403 Design mixed reality solutions

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in information and communications technology (ICT) roles, such as software developers and designers, who contribute to activities required for implementing extended reality solutions and building virtual workplaces in workplace contexts.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for designing and applying augmented, virtual and mixed reality solutions in a range of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00122 Industrial Automation Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to implement change management processes into organisations and identify opportunities where robotic and procedural automation can be applied.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology, ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTAII502 Train and evaluate machine learning models

ICTAUT501 Manage robotic process automation

ICTAUT502 Evaluate automated industrial manufacturing processes

ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in industrial automation roles, including systems engineers, automation technicians and automation mechatronics, and related roles responsible for evaluating, managing and implementing solutions to automate industrial manufacturing processes.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for supporting the automation of industrial manufacturing processes in a range of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00123 Software Automation Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to identify opportunities where automation can be applied to improve procedural processes, activities, transitions and tasks in workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, and other qualifications from the ICP Printing and Graphic Arts and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICPPRP4840 Set up and operate automated workflow

ICTAUT401 Design business process automation solutions

ICTAUT402 Apply robotic desktop automation

ICTAUT403 Conduct software quality assurance testing

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in supervised software automation roles, including programming and systems administration support personnel who assist workflow automation engineers, automation test engineers and software engineers, and other related roles responsible for setting up, designing, applying and assuring the quality of software automation solutions.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICP Printing and Graphic Arts and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements for designing and applying software automation solutions and for conducting software quality assurance testing in a range of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00124 Cloud Infrastructure Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to design hybrid networks, manage diverse data security controls, and maintain privacy and legal compliance when implementing cloud services across information and communications technology (ICT) environments.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

ICTCLD603 Design hybrid cloud-based network architectures

ICTCLD604 Manage data in cloud environments

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in cloud development roles, including cloud architects, network architects, specialist solution architects and other related roles responsible for designing hybrid networks, managing data and deploying secure services in cloud environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for managing compliance, hybrid networks, and data in cloud environments in a range of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00125 Cloud Security Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to manage the integrity of cloud services and to protect cloud infrastructure through monitoring threat detection systems and responding to information and communications technology (ICT) incidents in workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCLD509 Manage cloud identity and access

ICTCLD510 Manage cloud threat detection systems

ICTCLD511 Protect cloud infrastructure and data

ICTCLD512 Respond to cloud security incidents

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in cloud security roles, including security engineers, cloud developers and architects, information security officers and other related roles responsible for managing threat detection systems to protect cloud infrastructure and respond to cloud incidents.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for managing and protecting the security of cloud infrastructure in a range of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00126 Advanced Cyber Incident Threat Detection and Prevention Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to respond to complex cyber security risks in organisations in information and communications technology (ICT) environments.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents

ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations

ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations

ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data

ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in cyber security roles, including network and server administrators, cyber security architects, network security specialists, cyber security engineers, and other related roles responsible for maintaining cyber security and responding to cyber incidents.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for advanced cyber incident threat detection and prevention in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00127 Cloud Programmer Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop and manage cloud-based microservices, serverless applications, and data persistence; and to deploy continuous pipelines across information and communications technology (ICT) environments using virtual networks.

Entry Requirements

Entry to this skill set is limited to those who have completed the following or equivalent units of competency or who are able to demonstrate equivalent competence.

ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans

ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure

ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure

ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology, ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCLD513 Develop cloud-based microservices architecture using containers

ICTCLD514 Create and test cloud-based serverless applications

ICTCLD515 Build and deploy cloud-based applications using CI and CD pipelines

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in cloud programmer roles, including software engineers, DevOps engineers, solution architects, cloud engineers, and other related roles responsible for programming cloud-based applications.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for programming cloud-based applications in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00128 Network Security and System Protection Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to protect, configure and design critical cyber security processes and network infrastructure in organisations.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology, ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations

ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations

ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in network security and system protection roles, including cyber security analysts, security engineers, network engineers, and other related roles responsible for maintaining network security.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for managing network security and systems protection in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00129 DevOps System Administration Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to install, configure, implement and maintain container orchestration services, microservices, and lifecycles in information and communications technology (ICT) environments.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in DevOps roles, including senior software developers, computer system architects, senior system administrators, and other related roles responsible for administering DevOps systems.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for administering DevOps systems in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00130 Intermediate Digital Skills for Small Business Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to support the digital capabilities of small businesses, through evaluating and implementing a variety of strategies, technologies, and practices while maintaining security.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards BSB50120 Diploma of Business, ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology, ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBTEC501 Develop and implement an e-commerce strategy

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

ICTICT318 Validate test cases and develop proof of concepts

ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices

ICTICT452 Support the implementation of assistive technologies

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in small businesses, including small business operators and other related roles responsible for applying practices to manage digital operations in small workplace contexts.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements for supporting and improving the digital capabilities of small businesses in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00131 Introduction to Assistive Technologies Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to equip learners with skills across in-demand technologies.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to identify, implement, evaluate and improve assistive technologies and related components to enhance organisational capabilities that support inclusion and accessibility for all stakeholders, including persons with disabilities.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTICT452 Support the implementation of assistive technologies

ICTICT453 Evaluate accessibility of organisational systems, programs and software

ICTICT454 Assess organisational systems using assistive technologies

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in a range of roles across all industries, including inclusion officers, disability access officers, and other related roles responsible for improving organisational inclusion and accessibility capabilities across learning, working and operational functions for persons with disabilities.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for evaluating and enabling organisational inclusion and accessibility through supporting the advancement of assistive technologies in workplace contexts.

ICTSS00132 Core Technical IT Skills for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the core technical skills and knowledge required to maintain workplace compliance, enhance workplace processes and support introductory technical capabilities in information and communications technology (ICT) contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management

ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices

ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in technical support roles, including administrators, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for applying and maintaining ICT systems and components.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements to support the introductory technical capabilities of workplaces in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00133 Core Transferable IT Skills for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the core transferable skills and knowledge required to improve client-based workplace processes and solve a range of introductory problems in information and communications technology (ICT) contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBCRT411 Apply critical thinking to work practices

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in a variety of client-based ICT support roles, including administrators, end user technicians, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for solving client-based problems, using a variety of transferable ICT skills, techniques, practices and procedures.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements for supporting clients using transferable skills in introductory ICT contexts.

ICTSS00134 Database Development for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Database development in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to create and monitor databases and components to be applied in a range of introductory information and communications technology (ICT) workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in database development in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation

ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements

ICTDBS415 Build a database

ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases

ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in information technology database development roles, including data analysts, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for developing databases, monitoring database functions and adjusting databases to enhance data processes.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for developing and monitoring databases in introductory ICT contexts.

ICTSS00135 Database Maintenance for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Database maintenance in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to iteratively clean, protect, monitor and maintain database functionality and compliance in a range of introductory roles in a range of workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in database maintenance in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation

ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data

ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore

ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in information technology data maintenance roles, including data maintenance officers, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for cleaning, protecting and monitoring databases, to maintain database functionality and compliance.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for maintaining compliant and secure databases, including evaluating organisational compliance with data ethics legislation; cleaning, verifying and backing up data; resolving common database performance problems; and managing data persistence using noSQL data stores in introductory ICT contexts.

ICTSS00136 Gaming Development for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Gaming development in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop and produce digital games containing models contextualised for three-dimensional (3D) environments in a range of introductory roles in information and communications technology (ICT) workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in gaming development in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation

ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games

ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles

ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games

ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in game development roles, including concept artists, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for designing, programming and building content that supports the production of interactive games.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for developing digital games and models contextualised for three-dimensional (3D) environments in a range of introductory ICT workplace contexts.

ICTSS00137 Networking for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Networking in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to install, configure, manage and test networks in a range of introductory roles in information and communications technology (ICT) workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in networking in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks

ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in networking roles, including computer system and network support technicians, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for installing, configuring, managing and testing secure networks.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for supporting the development of secure networks in introductory ICT contexts.

ICTSS00138 Programming Skills for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Programming in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to build interfaces and applications using basic programming languages in a range of introductory roles in information and communications technology (ICT) workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in programming in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG433 Test software developments

ICTPRG437 Build a user interface

ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in programming roles, including application programmers, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for supporting the building and testing activities for programming components using basic programming languages.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for supporting programming activities using basic programming languages in introductory ICT contexts.

ICTSS00139 Systems Administration Support Skills for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Systems administration support in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to connect, configure and implement technical components in simple systems in a range of introductory roles in information and communications technology (ICT) workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in systems administration support in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components

ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status

ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures

ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software

ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support

ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in system administration roles, including technical administrators, help desk technicians, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for supporting administration activities to maintain ICT systems.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for supporting system administration in introductory ICT contexts.

ICTSS00140 Web Development for Introductory Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Web development in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required design, create, and transfer content to websites in a range of introductory roles in information and communications technology (ICT) workplace contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in web development in ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents

ICTWEB432 Design website layouts

ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites

ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites

ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations

ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in website development roles, including website administrators, and other related introductory roles, who are responsible for evaluating, developing, and maintaining simple websites to enable optimal functionality and accessibility.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for developing simple websites and related components in introductory ICT contexts.

ICTSS00141 Core Technical IT Skills for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the core technical skills and knowledge required to develop and apply concepts to maintain security, privacy and ethics in intermediate roles across a range of workplace environments.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core technical units of ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in technical support roles, including network administrators, digital media technicians, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently producing concepts to maintain and promote security, privacy and ethics across information and communications technology (ICT) systems and components.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that maintain security, privacy and ethics to create secure digital environments in workplace contexts.

ICTSS00142 Core Transferable IT Skills for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the core transferable skills and knowledge required in intermediate roles to lead workplace teams, manage and devise strategies, and solve organisational and client-based needs.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team

ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation

ICTSAS527 Manage client problems

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in a variety of intermediate ICT support roles, including technical strategy managers, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently leading teams in strategically solving ICT problems.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that manage teams and client expectations in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00143 Networking Skills for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Advanced networking in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to install, configure, manage and test networks in intermediate roles to ensure secure virtual computing environments for enterprises.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in advanced networking in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks

ICTNWK536 Plan, implement and test enterprise communication solutions

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

ICTNWK546 Manage network security

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in intermediate networking roles, including senior network technicians, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently completing advanced networking activities, including installing, configuring, managing and testing virtual computing environments across complex networks.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that install, configure, manage and test networks to ensure secure virtual computing environments in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00144 Programming Skills for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Advanced programming in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to build interfaces and models using a diverse range of programming languages in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in advanced programming in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in intermediate programming roles, including advanced application programmers, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently completing advanced programming activities using a diverse range of programming languages.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that conduct programming activities using diverse programming languages in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00145 Back End Web Development for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Back end web development in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop and integrate databases, information architecture, and interface components for websites in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in back end web development in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture

ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in intermediate website development roles, including senior website developers, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently completing back end web development activities for a variety of websites.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that develop back end components for websites in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00146 Business Analysis for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Business analysis in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to analyse, identify and coordinate ICT business analysis activities in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in business analysis in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports

ICTSAS502 Establish and maintain client user liaison

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in business analytic roles, including business relationship managers, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for leading business analysis activities in various ICT-enabled workplace contexts.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that produce and interpret analysis insights for business activities in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00147 Cloud Architecture for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Cloud architecture in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to design, develop and iteratively maintain cloud architecture to support secure and scalable workloads in high availability cloud environments in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in cloud architecture in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans

ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure

ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure

ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in cloud development roles, including cloud architects, cloud engineers and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently developing and maintaining cloud environments using a variety of cloud platforms.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that develop and maintain cloud architecture in a range of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00148 Cloud Engineering for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Cloud engineering in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to use code to build, implement, and maintain cloud-based platforms and environments across virtual networks in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in cloud engineering in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code

ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments

ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms

ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in cloud engineering roles, including cloud architecture engineers, cloud technicians, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for implementing and maintaining cloud-based infrastructure and virtual networks, as well as building and deploying resources on cloud platforms.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate cloud engineering roles in workplace contexts.

ICTSS00149 Cyber Security for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Cloud security in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to evaluate threat data, develop security architecture and iteratively update incident response plans to protect organisational infrastructure in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in cloud security in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations

ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in intermediate cyber security roles, including senior cyber security architects, network security specialists, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently supporting the evaluation of cyber security threats and developing response plans to protect critical infrastructure.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that support cyber security incident threat response in workplace contexts.

ICTSS00150 Database and Data Management for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Database and data management in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to create, design, and model data processes and components to improve knowledge management systems in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in database and data management in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

ICTDBS506 Design databases

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

ICTSAD502 Model data processes

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in systems administration roles, including database integration officers, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently creating, designing and modelling data processes and components, and iteratively maintaining knowledge management systems.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that create, design and model data processes and components to improve knowledge management systems in workplace contexts.

ICTSS00151 Front End Web Development for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Front end web development in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required develop, create, and transfer content to websites with complex styles and page layouts in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in front end web development in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites

ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages

ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language

ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts

ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in complex website development roles, including website developers, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently developing content to improve and maintain user experiences through complex websites.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that develop complex front-end components for websites in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00152 Game Art and Design for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Game art and design in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to produce intricate game art, designs and complex characters to develop advanced three-dimensional (3D) digital games in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in game art and design in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments

ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games

ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences

ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations

ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in game design and production roles, including senior concept artists, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently completing art and design activities to produce advanced digital games.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that produce and manage game art and design components for complex three-dimensional (3D) environments in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00153 Game Programming for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Game programming in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop artificial intelligence and three-dimensional (3D) software for interactive games in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in game programming in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games

ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in game programming roles, including senior concept technicians, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently completing complex programming activities for multifaceted digital games.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that apply complex programming techniques across gaming platforms in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00154 Systems Administration for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Systems administration in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop, install, and manage technical components of multifaceted systems, including their servers, in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in systems administration in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation

ICTSAS512 Review and manage delivery of maintenance services

ICTSAS518 Install and upgrade operating systems

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in intermediate systems administration roles, including senior technical administrators, help desk technicians, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently completing administration activities to maintain ICT systems and servers.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that develop, install and manage multifaceted systems and their servers.

ICTSS00155 Systems Analysis for Intermediate ICT Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Systems analysis in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to model and update content for complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems analysis activities in intermediate ICT roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in systems analysis in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions

ICTSAD501 Model data objects

ICTSAD502 Model data processes

ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures

ICTSAS520 Develop detailed test plans

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in systems analysis roles, including system technicians, and in other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently completing analysis activities for complex systems in ICT-enabled workplace contexts.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate roles that model and update content for complex ICT systems analysis activities.

ICTSS00156 Telecommunications Network Engineering for Intermediate Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Telecommunications network engineering in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to produce and manage network telecommunications components for ICT projects in intermediate roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in telecommunications network engineering in ICT50220 Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications

ICTNPL413 Evaluate networking regulations and legislation for the telecommunications industry

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects

ICTTEN519 Design network building projects

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in telecommunication roles, including senior network specialists, and other related intermediate roles, who are responsible for independently supporting telecommunications network engineering activities when managing ICT projects in workplace environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of intermediate ICT roles that complete diverse telecommunications network engineering activities for ICT projects.

ICTSS00157 Core Technical IT Skills for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the core technical skills and knowledge required to lead intellectual property (IP), ethics and privacy procedures, promote cyber security awareness, and manage business analysis activities in advanced roles within information and communications technology (ICT) contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in advanced technical leadership roles, including senior security technicians, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently leading and maintaining best practices to secure ICT systems and components.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that lead the secure management of systems and components stored across complex environments in ICT contexts.

ICTSS00158 Core Transferable IT Skills for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the core transferable skills and knowledge required to manage teams and clients to apply critical thinking, manage team effectiveness, and interact with clients within information and communications technology (ICT) contexts.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise some of the core units of ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBCRT611 Apply critical thinking for complex problem solving

BSBTWK502 Manage team effectiveness

ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in advanced roles managing ICT clients, including senior technicians, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently leading teams to interact and solve client-based ICT problems in diverse business environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that solve complex problems by managing teams and clients in ICT workplace contexts.

ICTSS00159 Data Management Information Skills for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Advanced data management information in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to evaluate data insights and lead data management activities to determine business requirements, build data warehouses, and develop scalable knowledge management strategies in advanced roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in advanced data management information in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses

ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies

ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in advanced systems operations roles, including senior database managers, line managers, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently leading activities to ensure compliance with database standards, evaluating business requirements, and producing effective knowledge management strategies for workplaces.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that evaluate data insights and lead data management activities to determine business requirements, build data warehouses, and develop scalable knowledge management strategies in advanced roles.

ICTSS00160 Cyber Security for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Cyber security in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to manage threat response activities, manage cyber security protection, and review organisational cyber security compliance across virtual infrastructure in advanced roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in cyber security in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management

ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law

ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments

ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in cyber security management roles, including senior cyber security architects, cyber security managers, and other related advanced roles, who are responsible for independently managing cyber security protection activities and safeguarding cyber security compliance.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that manage cyber security protection and compliance in virtual infrastructure.

ICTSS00161 Full Stack Web Development for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Full stack web development in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop user experience (UX) solutions and user interfaces (UIs), create representational state transfer (REST) application program interfaces (APIs) and use containerisation practices in advanced roles in ICT environments.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in full stack web development in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in advanced computer systems architect roles, including senior software developers, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently creating sustainable, flexible and cost-efficient ICT environments using a range of programming, DevOps, and systems analysis and design practices.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that develop user experience (UX) solutions and user interfaces (UIs), create representational state transfer (REST) application program interfaces (APIs) and use containerisation practices in advanced roles in ICT environments.

ICTSS00162 Programming Skills for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Further programming in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to manage data persistence and complex programming activities using a diverse range of programming languages in advanced roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in further programming in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in advanced programming roles, including advanced application programmers, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently leading advanced programming activities and implementing security controls, using a diverse range of programming languages.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that manage data persistence and complex programming activities using a diverse range of programming languages.

ICTSS00163 IT Strategy and Organisational Development for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in IT strategy and organisational development in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to manage the development, review, communication and validation of ICT strategic business plans and solutions in advanced roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in IT strategy and organisational development in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans

ICTSAD604 Manage and communicate ICT solutions

ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis

ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in advanced ICT management roles, including senior strategic planners, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently managing the development and validation of strategic plans and ICT solutions.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that manage ICT solutions in workplace contexts.

ICTSS00164 Systems Development and Analysis for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Systems development and analysis in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to analyse stakeholder requirements, manage the development of technical solutions, and manage the lifecycle of containers and related systems analysis activities in dynamic environments in advanced roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in systems development and analysis in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in advanced systems analysis and design roles, including senior software developers, and other related roles, who are responsible for independently managing stakeholder requirements, and systems analysis and development activities in dynamic environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that manage advanced systems analysis and design activities in workplace contexts.

ICTSS00165 Telecommunications Network Engineering for Advanced Roles Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created to serve as a stackable skill set that builds towards attaining ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in Telecommunications network engineering in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to manage telecommunications, evaluate the applicability of regulations and legislation to work activities, and troubleshoot advanced integrated IP networks across diverse ICT projects in advanced roles.

Pathways Information

The units provide credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units. The units in this skill set comprise the mandatory units required for a specialisation in telecommunications network engineering in ICT60220 Advanced Diploma in Information Technology. Users are advised to consult the skill set pathways section of the current version of ICT Companion Volume Implementation Guide to confirm the currency of this information and for further guidance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNPL413 Evaluate networking regulations and legislation for the telecommunications industry

ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks

ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning

ICTTEN615 Manage network traffic

ICTTEN622 Produce ICT network architecture designs

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in telecommunication management roles, including senior network designers, and other related advanced roles, who are responsible for independently supporting telecommunications network engineering activities when managing ICT projects in workplace environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for a range of advanced ICT roles that manage telecommunications network engineering activities in diverse ICT contexts.

ICTSS00166 Application Development Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.1. Correction to Skill Set Mapping.
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00031 Commercial Digital Television Antenna Systems Installation Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to perform specialist application development activities, including applying various programming languages, interfaces and applications to develop user interfaces.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTPRG532 Apply advanced object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

ICTPRG536 Design application architecture

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in application development roles, including application programmers, software developers, and other related roles, who are responsible for designing, building and implementing programming components.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet industry requirements for working as software development specialists.

ICTSS00167 Basic Application Development Programmer Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00032 Basic Application Development Programmer Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to use basic programming applications and a range of programming languages.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components

ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages

ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in application programming roles, including basic application programmers, and other related roles, who are responsible for using and applying programming components and languages.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for basic application programmers.

ICTSS00168 Basic Web Development Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00034 Basic Web Development Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop and maintain simple websites.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards BSB40320 Certificate IV in Entrepreneurship and New Business, ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology, ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBTEC405 Review and maintain organisation’s digital presence

ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages

ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites

ICTWEB453 Optimise websites for mobile devices

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in basic web development roles, including website developers and other related roles, who are responsible for reviewing digital activities, building web pages, and transferring web content to maintain simple websites.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet industry requirements for skills in developing and maintaining a simple website in a variety of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00169 Certified Network Associate Technology Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00036 Certified Network Associate Technology Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required at an associate level to manage and troubleshoot networks, routers and switches.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers

ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in IT support desk roles, including help desk technicians, network support technicians, and other related roles, who are responsible for configuring, installing, operating and troubleshooting networks, routers and switches.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for associate level skills in networking contexts.

ICTSS00170 Certified Network Professional Specialist - Voice and Wireless Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00037 Certified Network Professional Specialist - Voice and Wireless Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required for network professionals specialising in wireless and voice networks.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security

ICTNWK624 Configure advanced internetwork routing solutions

ICTNWK627 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in specialist networking roles, including voice and wireless certified network professional specialists, and other related roles, who are responsible for designing, configuring and implementing applications over wireless networks.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for skills working as network professionals specialising in voice and wireless networks.

ICTSS00171 Security and Network Architect Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00040 Certified Security and Architect Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to manage complex ICT security and network architecture solutions.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

ICTNWK546 Manage network security

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in specialist networking roles, including security and network architect technology specialists, and other related roles, who are responsible for installing, maintaining and managing network security.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for skills working as security and network architect technology specialists and other related roles.

ICTSS00172 Certified Technology Specialist - Graphical User Interfaces Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00042 Certified Technology Specialist - Graphical User Interfaces Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to configure and manage user interface graphics.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in certified technology specialist roles, including graphical user interface specialists, and other related roles, who are responsible for configuring and managing desktop network and data integrity.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for skills working as certified technology professionals, including graphical user interface specialists.

ICTSS00173 Certified Web Design Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00043 Certified Web Design Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required for skills in the designing websites using a variety of scripts, tools and equipment.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation

ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in website maintenance roles, including website animators, website developers, and other related roles, who are responsible for designing websites and related components.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for skills working as website designers.

ICTSS00174 Hardware Technician Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00048 Hardware Technician Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to install and configure client hardware.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTICT314 Connect internal hardware components

ICTICT317 Maintain standard operating environments

ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients

ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in technology support roles, including hardware technicians, ICT advisors, and other related roles, who are responsible for installing and configuring ICT hardware.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for skills in installing and configuring hardware.

ICTSS00175 Internetworking Systems Coordinator - Administrator Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00049 Internetworking Systems Coordinator - Administrator Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to coordinate and administer internetworking systems and solutions.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks

ICTNWK624 Configure advanced internetwork routing solutions

ICTNWK628 Design and build integrated VoIP networks

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in internetworking support roles, including internetworking systems administrators and coordinators, and other related roles, who are responsible for designing, configuring, and troubleshooting internetworking components and solutions.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for skills in coordinating and administering internetworking solutions.

ICTSS00176 Interactive Content Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00050 Rich Interactive Content Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to design and apply interactive digital media, including three-dimensional (3D) models and components.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards CUA31120 Certificate III in Visual Arts, ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

CUADIG304 Create visual design components

ICTGAM304 Develop three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games

ICTGAM305 Apply simple textures and shading to three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in digital media roles, including digital component and model designers, and other related roles, who are responsible for designing digital media models and applying components.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the CUA Creative Arts and Culture and ICT Information and Communications Technology training packages meet competency requirements for skills in interactive digital media in a variety of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00177 System and Hardware Technician Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00051 System and Hardware Plus Technician Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to administer technical support to a variety of systems and hardware.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards BSB40120 Certificate IV in Business, ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology, ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBSUS411 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements

ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software

ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in ICT support roles, including computer system and hardware technicians, and other related roles, who are responsible for maintaining, configuring, troubleshooting and monitoring computer systems and hardware.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet competency requirements for skills in computer system and hardware support in a variety of workplace contexts.

ICTSS00178 System and Network Plus Technician Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00052 System and Network Plus Technician Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to configure, operate and maintain systems and networks.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology, ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers

ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in ICT support roles, including computer system and network support technicians, and other related roles, who are responsible for installing, configuring, and securing computer systems and networks.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for skills in technical computer system and network support.

ICTSS00179 Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00053 Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to configure virtualisation components in virtual computing environments.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in virtualisation roles, including senior networkers, and other related roles, who are responsible for configuring, managing and installing virtual computing environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for skills in configuring, managing and installing virtual computing environments.

ICTSS00180 Visual Communications Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00054 Visual Communications Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop visual communications content, specialising in video and digital image components.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards CUA31120 Certificate III in Visual Arts, ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

CUADIG304 Create visual design components

CUADIG311 Prepare video assets

ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in virtualisation roles, including visual content specialists, and other related roles, who are responsible for developing video assets and digital images for web purposes.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the CUA Creative Arts and Culture and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet competency requirements for skills in developing visual components for websites.

ICTSS00181 Website Administration Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00055 Website Administration Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to complete and monitor specialist administrative activities for a variety of websites.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance

ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports

ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures

ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites

ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in website administration roles, including website developers, website maintenance technicians, and other related roles, who are responsible for completing administrative tasks to secure and maintain websites.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for specialist skills in website administration.

ICTSS00182 Enterprise Desktop Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00056 Enterprise Desktop Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to manage a range of complex desktop virtualisation activities for enterprise desktop technologies.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT60220 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in desktop virtualisation roles, including professional desktop virtualisation technology specialists, and other related roles, who are responsible for developing and monitoring the operations and security of desktop virtualisation technologies in enterprise environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements as network professionals specialising in virtualisation technology.

ICTSS00183 Enterprise Server Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00057 Enterprise Server Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to configure specialist enterprise servers and computers when managing virtualisation activities.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in server virtualisation roles, including professional server virtualisation technology specialists, and other related roles, who are responsible for leading the deployment and maintenance of virtual computing environments using virtualisation servers.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements as network professionals specialising in virtualisation technology.

ICTSS00184 Advanced ICT Sustainability Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00059 Advanced ICT Sustainability Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to use internet protocol convergence and virtualisation technologies for the safe and sustainable maintenance of advanced ICT networks.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards BSB51319 Diploma of Work Health and Safety, ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology, ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBSUS511 Develop workplace policies and procedures for sustainability

ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet

ICTSUS502 Install and test virtual infrastructure

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in telecommunication roles, including network specialists, and other related roles, who are responsible for maintaining sustainable ICT networks in workplace environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the BSB Business Services and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet competency requirements for the sustainable maintenance of networks.

ICTSS00185 Basic ICT Sustainability Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00061 Basic ICT Sustainability Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to use energy conservation technologies for the safe and sustainable maintenance of basic ICT networks.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology, ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware

ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in telecommunication roles, including network technicians, and other related roles, who are responsible for deploying and testing technologies that reduce energy consumption in workplace environments.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for basic sustainable maintenance of energy conservation technologies.

ICTSS00186 Civil Works - Installation of Pit and Pipe and FDH Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00065 Civil Works - Installation of Pit and Pipe and FDH Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to construct and maintain National Broadband Network (NBN) technologies and related components.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards CPC10120 Certificate I in Construction, ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation, ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this skill set may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Skill Set Requirements

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in National Broadband Network (NBN) construction roles, including network developers, and other related roles, who are responsible for safely deploying NBN technologies and components.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services, HLT Health and ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Packages meet competency requirements for constructing and maintaining National Broadband Network technologies and components in various workplace contexts.

ICTSS00187 Commercial Digital Television Antenna Systems Installation Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00066 Commercial Digital Television Antenna Systems Installation Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to install commercial digital television systems and their components; and operate and maintain complex antennas, including Master Antenna TV (MATV) and Communal Antenna TV (CATV) systems.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation, ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in digital television reception roles, including domestic antenna installation programmers, and other related roles, who are responsible for installing complex commercial antenna systems and components.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for installing complex commercial digital television antennas in telecommunications contexts.

ICTSS00188 Network Designer and Installation Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00068 Designer Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to design and install components to develop ICT access networks.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation, ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology, ICT41119 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design, ICT50220 Diploma of Information Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications

ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in telecommunication design roles, including access network designers, and other related roles, who are responsible for designing and installing telecommunication components for access networks.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for designing and installing telecommunications components for access networks.

ICTSS00189 Digital Antenna System and Component Installation Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00069 Domestic Digital Television Antenna Installation Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to install and maintain terrestrial antenna systems and components.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation, ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology, ICT41119 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

ICTRFN202 Install a terrestrial antenna

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in telecommunication roles, including digital receptionists, and other related roles, who are responsible for installing and maintaining terrestrial antenna systems and associated digital reception equipment.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for installing and maintaining terrestrial antenna systems and their components.

ICTSS00190 Convergence Installation in Small to Medium Networks Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00071 IP Convergence Installations for Home and SME Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to operate and install internet protocol (IP) convergence technologies in small-to-medium enterprises and home networks.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTTEN203 Install and configure a home or small office network

ICTTEN204 Install and configure a small to medium business network

ICTTEN205 Build and maintain a secure network

ICTTEN206 Operate new media software packages

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in telecommunication roles, including telecommunication network installers, and other related roles, who are responsible for operating and installing IP convergence technologies in small-to-medium enterprises and home networks.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for installing, securing and maintaining telecommunication networks in small to medium enterprise and home networks.

ICTSS00191 Wireless LAN and IP Network Installation Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSS00076 Wireless LAN and IP Network Installation Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to install secure wireless local access networks (LAN) and associated networking elements.

Pathways Information

This skill set provides credit towards ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology, ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation, ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology, and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

ICTWHS202 Work safely in a radio frequency electromagnetic radiation environment

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals who work in networking roles, including network designers, technicians, field officers, and other related roles, who are responsible for installing equipment including cable, optical fibre, radio, microwave, satellite telecommunications and associated networking components to configure and maintain wireless enterprise networks.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package meet competency requirements for installing equipment including cable, optical fibre, radio, microwave, satellite telecommunications, and associated networking components to configure and maintain wireless enterprise networks.

ICTAII401 Identify opportunities to apply artificial intelligence, machine learning and deep learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify opportunities where artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML) and deep learning (DL) can be applied to support the automation of work tasks and improve organisational productivity.

The unit applies to individuals who may work across a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) roles, including support technicians, system administrators, programmers and cloud systems administration support workers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Artificial intelligence

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish organisational AI, ML and DL objectives	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Confirm organisational goals for automating work tasks and improving productivity with required personnel 1.3 Identify existing organisational AI, ML and DL technologies and processes 1.4 Research and confirm application procedures for AI, ML and DL technologies according to work brief
2. Develop organisational recommendations for AI, ML and DL	2.1 Document AI, ML and DL options according to organisational requirements 2.2 Document advantages and disadvantages of AI, ML and DL technologies according to work brief 2.3 Identify and document implementation risks for AI, ML and DL technologies in consultation with required personnel 2.4 Explicitly reference selected AI, ML and DL technologies in required documentation
3. Finalise recommendations	3.1 Seek feedback from required supervisor on recommendations 3.2 Record and implement feedback across recommendations where required 3.3 Submit final recommendations to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information in a range of workplace procedures essential to identifying organisational automation opportunities
Writing	Completes required documentation using organisational formats
Oral communication	Discusses ideas with required supervisors using appropriate language and responds clearly to enquiries
Problem solving	Applies problem-solving processes to identify actions required to support resolution of organisational problems
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and follows organisational protocols and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAII401 Identify opportunities to apply artificial intelligence, machine learning and deep learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

report on at least one opportunity for each of the following technologies that may be applied in a workplace or organisation:

artificial intelligence (AI) technologies

machine learning (ML) technologies

deep learning (DL) technologies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

make comparisons between the AI, ML and DL technologies

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of industry-recognised AI, ML and DL technologies used in organisations

tasks and processes commonly automated in similar organisations, including:

creating and managing email campaigns

using chatbots and automated messaging platforms

analysing trends within datasets

hiring and recruitment

employee help desk support services

generating customer support logs and tickets

key advantages and disadvantages of AI, ML and DL technologies

key implementation risks for AI, ML and DL technologies

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry-recognised AI, ML and DL technologies that may be implemented

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTAII501 Automate work tasks using machine learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use machine learning (ML) principles and techniques to support the automation of procedural tasks and improve organisational productivity.

The unit applies to individuals who may work across a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) roles, including support technicians, system administrators, programmers and cloud computing engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Artificial intelligence

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise required ML dataset	1.1 Confirm ML work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Compare structured, unstructured, labelled and unlabelled machine training data according to work brief 1.3 Randomise, deduplicate and check machine training data for imbalances and biases 1.4 Analyse unbiased and biased dataset considerations according to work brief 1.5 Divide data into training subset and evaluation subset according to work brief
2. Review data algorithms	2.1 Confirm that data is correctly grouped as labelled or unlabelled 2.2 Analyse regression algorithms, decision trees or neural net algorithms for labelled data, where required 2.3 Analyse clustering, association, instance-based or neural network algorithms for unlabelled data, where required 2.4 Document analysis findings according to organisational policies and procedures 2.5 Select algorithm for dataset according to analysis findings
3. Create ML model	3.1 Confirm expected ML outputs with required personnel 3.2 Run variables through selected algorithm according to work brief 3.3 Compare expected and actual ML outputs 3.4 Adjust algorithm and re-run variables through selected algorithm according to work brief 3.5 Confirm that new algorithm outputs yield accurate output results 3.6 Compare expected and final outputs with required personnel
4. Use ML model for scoring	4.1 Configure ML model into existing systems according to organisational policies and procedures 4.2 Run organisational data through algorithm according to work brief 4.3 Secure and save ML model according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets meaning from a range of texts to assist in promoting work-related ML
Writing	Uses appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and conventions when developing documentation
Oral communication	Asks questions and actively listens to share and compare outputs with others Explains information using structure and language appropriate to audience
Problem solving	Applies problem-solving processes to identify actions required to support organisational productivity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAII501 Automate work tasks using machine learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one machine learning (ML) model to automate organisational work task

use an algorithm to produce variable outputs on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adapt ML principles and techniques to suit specific organisational problems

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

tasks and processes commonly automated in similar organisations, including:

creating and managing email campaigns

using chatbots and automated messaging platforms

analysing trends within datasets

hiring and recruitment

employee help desk support services

generating customer support logs and tickets

common organisational processes and technologies where ML principles can be applied to improve productivity

industry-recognised ML principles and techniques

functions and features of machine training datasets in relation to automating work tasks

characteristics and functions of structured, unstructured, labelled and unlabelled data

characteristics of unbiased and biased datasets

processes for generating randomised, deduplicated and unbiased data

differences between training subsets and evaluation subsets

key algorithms used to run labelled data, including:

regression algorithms

decision trees

instance-based algorithms

neural network algorithms

key algorithms used to run unlabelled data, including:

clustering algorithms

association algorithms

neural network algorithms

processes for operating and running variables through algorithms

characteristics of semi-supervised, supervised, unsupervised and reinforcement learning

basic functions and operations of common programming languages for algorithms

characteristics of key logic in algorithms

method to compare expected and actual ML outputs

secure and safe practices to develop ML models in organisational contexts

key methods to determine ML deployment requirements for end users, including:

cross-industry standard process for data mining (CRISP-DM) methodology

software development methodology

organisational policies and procedures, legislative requirements and frameworks relating to work tasks, including:

behavioural science

data governance

ethics

human rights

Australia’s Artificial Intelligence Ethics Framework.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational processes and technologies where ML principles can be applied to improve productivity

work brief, organisational policies and procedures, legislative requirements and frameworks required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTAII502 Train and evaluate machine learning models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to train and evaluate the operations of machine learning (ML) models when processing previously unseen data.

The unit applies to individuals who may work across a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) roles, including support technicians, system administrators, programmers and cloud computing engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Artificial intelligence

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate data requirements	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse ML requirements according to cross-industry standard process for data mining (CRISP-DM) methodology, where required 1.3 Confirm input machine training data source according to work brief 1.4 Confirm that data attribute names contain target according to work brief 1.5 Review data transformation instructions according to work brief 1.6 Confirm that default and non-default training parameters control required learning algorithm according to work brief
2. Arrange machine training datasets	2.1 Set machine training data parameters according to work brief 2.2 Select model size according to work brief 2.3 Use selected parameter and feature engineering on required training data 2.4 Finalise machine training data procedures according to work brief
3. Arrange validation datasets	3.1 Set validation data parameters according to work brief 3.2 Select model size according to work brief 3.3 Use selected parameter and feature engineering on required validation data 3.4 Identify any functionality issues of parameters 3.5 Refine ML parameters according to work brief
4. Arrange test datasets	4.1 Set test data parameters according to work brief 4.2 Select model size according to work brief 4.3 Use selected parameter and feature engineering on required test data 4.4 Identify and rectify any functionality issues in test dataset 4.5 Finalise test data procedures according to work brief
5. Finalise ML evaluations	5.1 Review target data outputs according to work brief 5.2 Adjust model based on any discrepancies of outputs, where required 5.3 Record predictive accuracy of ML model according to work brief 5.4 Run variables through ML model and record outputs 5.5 Compare outputs returned by ML model against target data outputs 5.6 Document metrics and accuracy of ML data predictions according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Extracts, interprets and comprehends statistical data in the context of training and evaluating ML models Calculates data inputs and outputs to interpret metric results and outputs and evaluate accuracy
Reading	Interprets technical information presented in graphic, diagrammatic and visual form Interprets information from tables and charts
Writing	Compiles documentation with input from a range of data sources and outputs
Problem solving	Applies problem-solving processes to identify actions required to support resolution of organisational problems
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and follows organisational protocols and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAII502 Train and evaluate machine learning models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

train at least one machine learning (ML) model, where the work must include one of the following:

training using unsupervised ML techniques

training using supervised ML techniques

evaluate the operations of at least one the above trained ML models, where the evaluation must include one of the following:

unsupervised ML techniques

supervised ML techniques.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce documentation of all performed work tasks in required organisational formats

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features and functions of supervised and unsupervised ML techniques

key features and functions of ML, including:

data sources

training, validation and test data

attribute names

target data

default and non-default parameters

feature engineering

learning algorithms

model sizes

metrics

procedures for training, testing and validating data parameters

key methods to determine ML deployment requirements for end users, including:

cross-industry standard process for data mining (CRISP-DM) methodology

software development methodology

method to determine predictive accuracy of ML models using target data

method to compare predictions returned by ML models against known target values

key features and functions of industry-recognised ML models that may be trained and evaluated

organisational formats used for documenting ML model evaluations

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry-recognised ML models that may be trained and evaluated

software in which ML models can be trained, validated, tested and evaluated

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTAII503 Build natural language processing models and pipelines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and apply routine natural language processing (NLP) pipelines to support the configuration of organisational computers to decode, interpret and manipulate human speech and text.

The unit applies to individuals who work across a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) roles, including support technicians, system administrators, programmers and cloud computing engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Artificial intelligence

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create NLP process	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Establish requirements for morphological, lexical, syntactic and semantic analysis, disclosure integration and pragmatic analysis 1.3 Obtain human language data sources according to work brief
2. Extract, model and predict language tokens	2.1 Identify fields and blocks of language content 2.2 Source tokenizer according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Identify and mark sentence, phrase and paragraph boundaries 2.4 Normalise and tag acronyms in document according to work brief 2.5 Predict parts of speech for each generated token
3. Process texts and pipeline tokens	3.1 Lemmatise text in required document according to work brief 3.2 Identify and filter out stop words in document 3.3 Assign grammatical components with dependency parsing tags 3.4 Define relationships between parent words and other words in required document 3.5 Identify noun phrases according to work brief 3.6 Conduct named entity recognition (NER) and label nouns with real-world concepts 3.7 Create pipeline and run each token through NER tagging model 3.8 Run coreference algorithm on each token
4. Finalise NLP pipeline and required documentation	4.1 Review and apply security classifications and required security level in consultation with required personnel 4.2 Secure and save NLP pipeline according to organisational policies and procedures 4.3 Seek and implement feedback on processes from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Extracts, interprets and comprehends statistical data in the context of developing NLP pipelines Calculates data inputs and outputs to interpret metric results and outputs and evaluate accuracy
Reading	Interprets technical information presented in graphic, diagrammatic and visual form
Writing	Compiles reports with input from a range of sources
Problem solving	Applies problem-solving processes to identify actions required to support resolution of organisational problems
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and follows organisational protocols and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAII503 Build natural language processing models and pipelines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

build at least two natural language processing (NLP) models and pipelines.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce documentation for all performed work tasks in required organisational formats

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

requirements and techniques for analysing NLP models and pipelines, including:

natural language understanding (NLU)

natural language generation (NLG)

key functions and features of components used to build NLP models and pipelines, including:

tagging

data sources

tokenizers

boundaries

language fields and blocks

acronyms

speech prediction

parameters

common types of morphological, lexical, syntactic and semantic analysis, disclosure integration and pragmatic analysis

key techniques and features of text processing, including:

filtering stop words

lemmatising texts

procedures for securing and saving NLP pipelines

industry-recognised software and resources required to build NLP pipelines

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software and resources required to build NLP pipelines

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTAUT401 Design business process automation solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design scalable, business process automation (BPA) solutions to enhance organisational efficiency. It includes designing and recommending workflow automation solutions to create, improve, and integrate business processes across multiple departments.

The unit applies to individuals working in information and communications technology (ICT) roles who contribute to design activities required for automating processes across a range of workplace departments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Automation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design BPA solutions	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify opportunities where processes and organisational areas can be automated, in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Evaluate existing organisational workflows and determine suitability for BPA according to work brief 1.4 Research BPA advantages and disadvantages 1.5 Select organisational process-mapping software according to work brief 1.6 Create process map of tasks and events according to work brief
2. Plan and prepare BPA components	2.1 Review business objectives for workflow automation in consultation with required personnel 2.2 Confirm business expectations for workflow automation in consultation with required personnel 2.3 Document workflow automation plan according to work brief 2.4 Develop timeline according to work brief 2.5 Confirm that timeline aligns with business priorities, resource availability, and process map
3. Research and develop BPA strategies	3.1 Research automated workflow system configuration procedures and automation impacts on key personnel 3.2 Identify integration points for workflow automation systems and legacy systems 3.3 Research BPA configuration tools for workflow automation according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Select workflow automation systems according to findings 3.5 Report on selected workflow automation system according to organisational policies and procedures 3.6 Confirm that BPA stages, strategies, systems and organisational impacts are documented in required format
4. Make BPA recommendations	4.1 Compile required documentation to guide BPA recommendations 4.2 Confirm that BPA recommendations include sound rationale on how the solution will create, improve, and integrate business processes 4.3 Present recommended BPA solution and seek feedback from required personnel 4.4 Review and implement feedback from required personnel 4.5 Gain final approval from required personnel 4.6 Develop implementation guide for recommended BPA solution and finalise required documentation 4.7 Submit required documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses developed listening, observational and questioning skills to understand stakeholder perspectives and clarify requirements
Reading	Interprets documentation, guidelines and specifications to determine and confirm requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation in correct format according to organisational requirements
Problem solving	Initiates standard procedures when responding to problems in the immediate context
Technology	Considers the strategic and operational potential of current and emerging digital trends Implements measures to monitor and control access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT401 Design business process automation solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and recommend at least one business process automation (BPA) solution to enhance organisational efficiency, where the work must include one of the following for each solution:

workflow automation plan

BPA strategy

BPA implementation guide.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

distinguish between different BPA solutions, components and strategies

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

types and features of BPA solutions, including:

BPA components

BPA strategies

BPA systems

advantages and disadvantages of BPA

integration points for workflow automation systems and legacy systems

functions and features of workflow automation software tools, including:

data connections

events

executes

inputs and outputs

formats

workflow automation design considerations, including:

commission sign-off

process mapping

service quote approvals

review procedures

leave request approvals

common types of documents that may be automated in different workplace departments

key organisational areas that are commonly automated, including:

inventory management

billing and credit services

courier services

human resources

internal operations

customer relationship management (CRM) services

types of web service integrations, including:

enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems

ecommerce platforms

CRM systems maps

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

BPA software, tools, and information

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTAUT402 Apply robotic desktop automation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to automate single server processes, activities, transactions and tasks through hybrid robotic processing and human intervention strategies. It includes reviewing automation parameters to configure robotic desktop automation (RDA) in organisations.

The unit applies to individuals working in information and communications technology (ICT) roles who may contribute to configuration activities required for workplace automation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Automation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for RDA	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify required single server procedural processes and roles according to work brief 1.3 Document required hybrid automation tasks according to work brief 1.4 Select and obtain required RDA software in consultation with technical personnel 1.5 Select and source required service deployment components
2. Review automation parameters	2.1 Analyse legacy systems and compatibility matrix 2.2 Configure single server authentication requirements according to analysis 2.3 Create operator account and apply prerequisites according to work brief 2.4 Review and update required employee and RDA software integration strategy components with required personnel according to work brief 2.5 Confirm that integration strategy aligns with employee needs 2.6 Seek and implement feedback from required personnel
3. Configure RDA	3.1 Confirm work brief hardware and software requirements 3.2 Program defined set of tasks on RDA software 3.3 Deploy single server RDA software on single machine 3.4 Confirm single user access according to organisational policies and procedures 3.5 Run required command line arguments
4. Finalise RDA	4.1 Test RDA software functionality and rectify any faults 4.2 Seek and implement feedback from required personnel 4.3 Document changes and actions completed 4.4 Gain final approval from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses developed listening, observational and questioning skills to understand others’ perspectives and clarify requirements
Reading	Interprets documentation, guidelines and specifications to determine and confirm requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of work tasks in a format appropriate to organisational requirements
Planning and organising	Plans tasks and strategies in detail, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during RDA development and implementation
Problem solving	Determines a range of solutions when responding to sometimes complex problems
Technology	Considers the strategic and operational potential of current and emerging digital trends Implements measures to monitor and control access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT402 Apply robotic desktop automation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deploy at least two robotic desktop automation (RDA) software programs for a single server.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

distinguish between different types of RDA software in work environments

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key functions and features of RDA software and systems

key types, operations and processes of robotic automation and components

key considerations when implementing RDA into daily activities, operations and processes

types of installation methods and components, including:

server configuration

cloud instance

virtual machine

compatibility matrices

industry-recognised methods for configuring single server authentication

types of web service integrations, including:

enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems

ecommerce platforms

customer relationship management (CRM) systems

organisational areas and tasks applicable for hybrid RDA, including:

billing, accounting and credit services

reporting and file transformation

customer service

call centres

courier services

human resources

internal operations

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

procedural processes where RDA may be implemented

required automation and deployment components, equipment and tools

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTAUT403 Conduct software quality assurance testing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create software quality assurance (SQA) test plans and to troubleshoot organisational software as part of the software development lifecycle. It includes troubleshooting software development methods, processes, technologies and tools.

The unit applies to individuals working in information and communications technology (ICT) roles, such as SQA testers and assistants to software engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Automation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for SQA testing	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Obtain and analyse software lifecycle documentation in the context of organisational requirements 1.3 Create software test script according to vendor specifications and work brief 1.4 Create software test case according to vendor specifications and work brief 1.5 Seek approval on test script and case from authorising personnel
2. Develop test environments	2.1 Execute test script and test case, and document results in required format 2.2 Research and report on automatic SQA testing 2.3 Analyse organisational hardware, software and operating system 2.4 Select and source continuous integration tools 2.5 Configure test environment according to analysis
3. Conduct SQA testing	3.1 Create software issues register according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Create SQA test plan according to analysis 3.3 Troubleshoot software according to test plan 3.4 Document any issues in register 3.5 Consult with software developers, and identify and record potential solutions 3.6 Confirm that test results and proposed solutions are documented in required location and format
4. Finalise SQA testing	4.1 File and store SQA test results in required location 4.2 Present SQA test plan and seek feedback from required personnel 4.3 Implement feedback and document changes, where required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets a range of technical specifications and other information and determines solutions according to requirements
Writing	Creates files, scripts and plans using software and applicable technical language
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in other contexts and redesigns them according to situation
Planning and organising	Uses systematic processes for goal setting and information gathering and evaluates options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Contributes to continuous improvement of digital processes by applying basic principles of analytical thinking
Self-management	Makes some critical and non-critical decisions to develop and test, functional processes and procedures according to requirements
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools Applies principles, concepts, language and practices applicable to digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT403 Conduct software quality assurance testing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two software quality assurance (SQA) test plans

troubleshoot at least one type of organisational software using created SQA test plan.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

update and adhere to SQA test plans

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry-recognised automatic and manual SQA processes

key functions and features of software development lifecycles and documentation, including:

test cases

test scripts

functions and features of test environments

types of continuous integration tools

troubleshooting procedures required when conducting SQA testing

functions and features of SQA test plans

key stages of SQA testing procedures, including:

unit testing

integration testing

function testing

system testing

acceptance testing

installation testing

functions and features of software issue registers

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software, tools and equipment to enable SQA to be conducted

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTAUT501 Manage robotic process automation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills need

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the autonomous transformation of preconfigured organisational processes, activities, transactions, tasks and areas by limiting human intervention through the implementation of robotic process automation (RPA).

The unit applies to individuals who may independently be working in roles such as digital migration engineers, design transformation technicians and automation engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Automation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan for RPA	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify and document procedural tasks, processes and organisational areas that may require RPA 1.3 Identify web service integrations according to work brief 1.4 Select RPA method and plan stages according to work brief 1.5 Select and source software deployment components according to organisational policies and procedures 1.6 Confirm software deployment component serviceability
2. Automate organisational systems	2.1 Analyse legacy systems and support matrix 2.2 Configure authentication requirements according to analysis 2.3 Create operator account and apply prerequisites 2.4 Authenticate user access and permissions 2.5 Install RPA software in operational applications according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Implement RPA into ways of working	3.1 Deploy RPA software according to work brief 3.2 Program defined set of tasks on RPA software 3.3 Test RPA software according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Rectify any RPA software functionality issues
4. Finalise RPA	4.1 Seek feedback on RPA implementation from required personnel 4.2 Implement and document feedback from required personnel 4.3 Gain final approval from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses highly developed listening, observational and questioning skills to understand others’ perspectives and clarify requirements
Reading	Interprets specialised documentation, guidelines and specifications to determine and confirm requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation in a format appropriate to organisational requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Follows established protocols in changing contexts
Planning and organising	Plans work stages in detail, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation
Problem solving	Uses analytical thinking to investigate complex issues and determine appropriate solutions
Technology	Investigates the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks Troubleshoots technology for functionality and serviceability

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT501 Manage robotic process automation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills need

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement at least one robotic process automation (RPA) software into at least one organisation or work area

confirm RPA software functionality for at least two different organisational processes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select reliable sources of information to identify automation opportunities

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of RPA software, systems and components

considerations when applying automation of cross-department applications, including:

server configuration

cloud instance

virtual machines

compatibility matrix

functions and features of authentication and prerequisites

key types of web service integrations, including:

enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems

ecommerce platforms

customer relationship management (CRM) systems

types of processes, activities and transactions that can be automated with RPA

key industrial manufacturing tasks applicable for RPA, including:

machine tool tending

material handling and removal

welding and gas metal arc welding

assembly

key organisational areas applicable for RPA, including:

inventory management

back office operations

CRM services

claim and invoice processing

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required RPA hardware, software, deployment components, equipment and tools as outlined in work brief

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTAUT502 Evaluate automated industrial manufacturing processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse automated industrial manufacturing processes to solve operational problems and increase industrial efficiency. It includes identifying automated industrial manufacturing processes, reviewing organisational specifications and delivering recommended solutions to improve procedural processes.

The unit applies to individuals who may work as automation technicians supporting the automation of industrial manufacturing processes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Automation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify automated industrial manufacturing process solutions	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse existing industrial manufacturing processes potentially suitable for automation according to work brief 1.3 Document manufacturing processes suitable for automation according to analysis 1.4 Research automated industrial manufacturing processes according to work brief 1.5 Identify and document industrial automation considerations
2. Review organisational specifications	2.1 Evaluate organisational scalability requirements according to work brief 2.2 Research requirements for organisational process volume and variety 2.3 Evaluate organisational facility layout according to work brief 2.4 Analyse and document findings in required format
3. Develop organisational recommendations	3.1 Select automated industrial manufacturing process solution according to documented research findings 3.2 Analyse potential implementation risks according to work brief 3.3 Assess potential solutions to identified risks 3.4 Document implementation recommendations according to work brief 3.5 Confirm that recommendations report contains rationale, research findings and risk analyses
4. Deliver organisational recommendations	4.1 Present recommendations to required personnel 4.2 Seek feedback from required personnel 4.3 Apply feedback and implement required changes 4.4 Obtain approval on recommendations from required personnel 4.5 Distribute approved recommendations to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Presents recommendations and issues according to organisational requirements and uses required conventions, protocols, and language appropriate to audience
Reading	Interprets a range of technical information and determines solutions according to organisational requirements
Writing	Documents recommendations using industry-specific and technical language
Problem solving	Applies principles of analytical thinking to identify organisational issues and select appropriate solutions
Self-management	Makes some critical and non-critical decisions to develop recommendations
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools Applies principles, concepts, language and practices applicable to automated industrial manufacturing processes

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTAUT502 Evaluate automated industrial manufacturing processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

recommend at least two automated industrial manufacturing process solutions to streamline two different organisational processes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document research findings and recommendations in required styles, formats and layouts

select reliable sources of information to synthesise information and suggest recommendations

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of industry-recognised automated and procedural industrial manufacturing processes

functions and features of automation tools and techniques in industrial manufacturing processes

advantages and disadvantages of automated industrial manufacturing process solutions

key types and characteristics of automated industrial manufacturing processes, including:

process scalability

process volume and variety

organisational facility layouts

key implementation considerations required when automating manufacturing processes

functions and features of risk analyses

methodologies used to identify and mitigate risks when automating manufacturing processes

features of documentation and recommendation reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required industrial manufacturing processes and automated solutions as outlined in work brief

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up and use radio frequency (RF) communications instruments to perform installations, upgrades and fault-finding on RF equipment and networks.

It applies to telecommunications lines workers who only use RF measuring instruments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Broadband and Wireless Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare to use RF measuring instruments	1.1 Obtain approval for site access with customer or site owner prior to site entry 1.2 Identify purpose of test and type of RF measurement required 1.3 Select industry standard/approved tools and instruments according to required measurement 1.4 Check test instruments to ensure calibration is within acceptable time frames 1.5 Identify safety hazards, assess risks and implement risk control measures in consultation with appropriate personnel
2 Conduct RF measurements	2.1 Set-up test equipment according to manufacturer instructions, industry standards and safe industry practices 2.2 Use appropriate testing techniques to assess overall system performance 2.3 Record and interpret test results, and compare with standard test specifications
3 Complete RF measurement process	3.1 Make recommendations, based on test result interpretations, to achieve optimum performance 3.2 Notify customer of work completion 3.3 Clean work area and make safe according to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications instructions and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Interprets and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes enterprise documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with key personnel using appropriate, clear and detailed language to exchange information, ideas or solutions Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements where identified the implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	Uses a range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment Complies with work instructions and contributes effectively to work group discussions
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Type of RF measurement must include:	determining relative RF power level (in dB) determining relative RF voltage (in dBmV).
Instruments must include:	RF signal level meter with and without tone generator RF leakage detector.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

comply with site-specific safety requirements and enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures

comply with all job requirements and WHS regulations, standards and work practices

check and confirm calibration within appropriate dates of tools and instruments

operate the following equipment:

radio frequency (RF) signal level meter (SLM)

RF leakage meter

perform the following RF measurements:

determine relative RF power level (in dB)

determine relative RF voltage (in dBmV)

determine RF signal quality (MER and BER).

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

instruments used in measuring RF frequencies including:

RF signal level meter with and without tone generator

RF leakage detector

types of RF measurements and their respective interpretation for RF frequencies including:

determining relative RF power level (in dB)

determining relative RF voltage (in dBmV)

consequences of poorly terminated RF connections

data recording using the unit decibels (in dBmV)

variations between RF connector adaptor types

potential WHS hazards, risks and control measures when working with RF frequency measuring equipment

RF industry spectrum and limits, and allocations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where measuring instruments can be used

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up and use hand-held optical communications instruments to perform installations, upgrades and fault-finding on optical equipment.

It applies to telecommunications lines workers who only use hand-held optical measuring instruments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Broadband and Wireless Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use optical measuring instruments	1.1 Obtain approval for site access with customer or site owner prior to site entry 1.2 Identify purpose of test and type of optical measurement required 1.3 Select appropriate tools and instruments according to required measurement 1.4 Check test instruments to ensure calibration is within acceptable time frames 1.5 Identify safety hazards, assess risks and implement risk control measures in consultation with appropriate personnel
2. Conduct optical measurements	2.1 Set up test equipment according to manufacturer and enterprise instructions, and safe industry practices 2.2 Test optical patch cords are functional 2.3 Inspect and clean optical connectors 2.4 Use appropriate testing techniques to assess overall system performance 2.5 Record and interpret test results, and compare with standard test specifications
3. Complete optical measurement process	3.1 Make recommendations, based on test result interpretations, to achieve optimum performance 3.2 Notify customer of work completion 3.3 Clean work area and make safe according to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, instructions and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Interprets and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes enterprise documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with key personnel using appropriate, clear and detailed language to exchange information, ideas or solutions Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements where identified the implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	Uses a range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment Complies with work instructions and contributes effectively to work group discussions
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities Makes decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Type of optical measurement must include:	detecting the presence of an active optical network terminal (ONT) determining absolute optical power (in dBm) determining insertion loss (in dB) determining relative optical power level (in dB)
Instruments must include:	hand-held optical power meter hand-held optical source handheld optical fibre identifier (OFI-FTTx) active optical network termination (ONT) detector optical loss test set (OLTS) passive optical network (PON) meter

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

comply with all job requirements and work health and safety (WHS) regulations, standards and work practices

confirm calibration within appropriate dates of instruments

operate the following equipment:

hand-held optical power meter

hand-held optical source

handheld optical fibre identifier (OFI-FTTx)

active optical network termination (ONT) detector

optical loss test set (OLTS)

passive optical network (PON) meter

perform the following optical measurements:

detect the presence of an active ONT

determine absolute optical power (in dBm)

determine insertion loss (in dB)

determine relative optical power level (in dB).

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

site-specific safety requirements and enterprise WHS processes and procedures

instruments used in measuring optical power levels including:

hand-held optical power meter

hand-held optical source

handheld OFI-FTTx

active ONT detector

OLTS

PON meter

types of measurements and their respective interpretation for optical wavelengths

consequences of mating contaminated optical connectors

data recording using unit decibels (dBm)

variations between optical connector adaptor types

optical spectrum limits and allocations

safe handling procedures with optical fibres.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where measuring instruments can be used

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work safely on a live optical fibre installation to test and commission a wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) system and to connect a splitter for fibre to the x (FTTx) deployment.

It applies to fibre technicians who engage in safe work practices as members of a team using emerging technologies to deliver very high-speed broadband capacity through the access network for the national broadband network (NBN) initiative.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Broadband and Wireless Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Set up and prepare to work with live fibre	1.1 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel, and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.2 Identify hazards, assess work health and safety (WHS) risks, and implement control measures according to workplace procedures 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified worksite safety hazards 1.4 Determine FTTx equipment, components of optical distribution network (ODN) and WDM components, from project plan, for testing and commissioning 1.5 Obtain required tools, safety equipment and materials to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.6 Select and use required personal protective equipment, and make site safe and secure for commissioning work
2. Connect splitter input fibre to feeder cable	2.1 Identify and avoid disconnection of other services 2.2 Monitor implementation of control measures and revise as necessary 2.3 Locate feeder fibre port to be connected 2.4 Ensure power is turned off at source 2.5 Connect connectorised splitter input fibres according to manufacturer specifications 2.6 Arrange for power to be turned back on to newly connected feeder port
3. Perform live WDM commission testing of ODN installation used in FTTx network	3.1 Locate appropriate test points in ODN from manufacturer instructions for WDM testing 3.2 Test live wavelengths for WDM tests according to safety precautions 3.3 Test optical signal strengths for operating wavelengths incoming into optical network termination (ONT) and determine if signal strengths are within range of acceptable power levels 3.4 Test losses between WDM outputs and individual line multiplexers (LM) for each wavelength, and determine if within maximum and minimum power losses 3.5 Conduct all manufacturer specified acceptance tests 3.6 Record and tabulate all test results for commissioning requirements
4. Complete installation process	4.1 Seal and secure any enclosures and cabinets 4.2 Remove waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 4.3 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with key personnel using appropriate, clear and detailed language to exchange information, ideas or solutions
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures
Interact with others	Complies with work instructions and contributes to work group discussions using accepted conventions Supervises other cablers in training
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Operating wavelengths must include:	1310 nm 1490 nm 1550 nm.
Range of acceptable power levels must include:	-20 to + 2 dBm @ 1310 nm -26 to -6 dBm @ 1490 nm -11.5 to +5 dBm @ 1550 nm.
Maximum and minimum power losses must include:	23.3 dB to 15.0 dB @1310 nm 21.6 dB to 8.0 dB @1490 nm 20.9 dB to 9.5 dB @1550 nm.
Acceptance tests must include:	delay dispersion optical attenuation and loss measurements optical power levels phase.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTBWN304 Work safely with live fibre to test the x installation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundations skills, and to:

comply with all job requirements and work health and safety (WHS) regulations, standards and work practices, and environmental requirements

use optical power test equipment

evaluate test results

safely connect input and output optical fibres to the splitter

conduct live tests measuring optical signals at three wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) wavelengths on optical devices

conduct acceptance tests for commissioning that cover:

delay

dispersion

optical attenuation and loss measurements

optical power levels

phase

complete connection recording.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes and standards for compliance that impact on work activities

relevant organisational policies and procedures

personal safety issues

propagation of light in optical communication systems

role of transmitters and receivers in optical communication systems

critical aspects of site engineering

specific WHS risks and controls relating to the handling of optical fibre and the use of laser light sources

WDM applications.

Assessment Conditions

This unit of competency falls into the definition of high risk work and should be delivered and assessed in accordance with the national standard.

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

a WDM system and relevant optical splitter

tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors of high risk units in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test optical communication systems and components in the field using portable test instruments.

It applies to installation contractors, technical staff and field officers from telecommunications service providers or other private and public organisations or regulatory authorities.

These workers combine technical skills with organisational and administrative skills when working on broadband passive optical networks (PON), fibre to the x (FTTx) networks, hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) networks and dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) systems during installation, maintenance, commissioning and troubleshooting phases.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Broadband and Wireless Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use optical measuring instruments	1.1 Notify client about site access, security arrangements and location details for optical system and test purpose 1.2 Identify site hazards and notify appropriate personnel to make site safe according to enterprise requirements 1.3 Devise and implement risk control and safety measures when using high power laser test instruments and optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR) associated with launch fibres, patch cords or enclosure adaptors 1.4 Prepare testing plan in consultation with client, indicating type of measurement at nominated wavelength, based on equipment specifications 1.5 Select appropriate tools and test instruments according to required measurement and enterprise practice
2. Conduct optical measurements	2.1 Set up test instrument according to manufacturer instructions, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Test patch cords and/or launch/receive fibres are functional 2.3 Inspect and clean optical connectors 2.4 Use appropriate testing techniques to assess performance of optical system or component 2.5 Record test results and compare with standard test specifications according to manufacturer and enterprise guidelines 2.6 Evaluate test results and report on functionality of optical component or equipment, and performance of optical system
3. Complete optical measurement process	3.1 Make recommendations, based on test result interpretations, about optimising component and system performance 3.2 Clean work site and make safe according to enterprise requirements and customer satisfaction 3.3 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion for sign off and present test documentation, according to enterprise requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from relevant sources to plan and identify all job requirements
Writing	Accurately completes relevant reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements, and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions Uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and clients
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures, and explores and implements, where identified, the implicit expectations of policies and procedures Understands roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions about work completion parameters
Interact with others	Uses a limited range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment Recognises common cultural and other differences of people in the work context and accommodates these differences appropriately
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Instruments/devices to be used must include:	laser light source including visual laser light source laser power meter passive optical network (PON) meter optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)
Optical measurements to be taken and recorded must include:	optical power levels insertion loss of a passive device end-to-end fibre loss (bi-directional) splice loss distance to fault, event, end of fibre using an (OTDR)

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTBWN301 Perform tests on optical communication system and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

carry out work according to job specifications and work health and safety (WHS) regulations

determine and plan optical tests and measurements

use the following optical measuring instruments and devices:

laser light source including visual laser light source

laser power meter

passive optical network (PON) meter

optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

perform and record optical measurements for:

optical power levels

insertion loss of a passive device

end-to-end fibre loss (bi-directional)

splice loss

distance to fault, event, end of fibre using an (OTDR)

assess and make recommendations from the test results

document and present test outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required for the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes and standards that impact on work activities

consequences of mating contaminated optical connectors

downstream and upstream signals

dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) metro and long\--haul system architecture

hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) architecture (optical section)

logarithmic power levels (decibels and dBm)

optical connector types

optical fibre and laser safety, practices, handling and application

optical spectrum limits and wavelengths used in various applications and the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) grid

role of optical transmitters and receivers

passive optical network (PON) architecture

transmission system line rates:

optical ethernet

synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)

wavelength division multiplexing (WDM), coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) and DWDM principles, and optical multiplexers.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of supporting infrastructure can be conducted

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to alter existing services to a voice or data cable system within a client's premises and use formal documentation procedures.

It applies to technical staff who alter services to existing cable systems for indoor and outdoor installation within domestic, commercial or industrial installations of communications applications including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

All client cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to alter services to existing cable system	1.1 Arrange access to site according to client instructions and required procedures 1.2 Survey site to determine system alteration requirements to existing cable system 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards on worksite 1.4 Organise equipment and materials to meet required industry standards and ensure compatibility with existing system
2. Alter cable system	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements for given work and according to industry standards 2.2 Alter cabling system, conforming to client system specifications and according to industry standards and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards
3. Restore and test cable system	3.1 Confirm compatibility of alterations with existing cabling systems and client equipment 3.2 Test new work in isolation and when integrated with existing cabling systems and client equipment 3.3 Rectify any cabling faults or escalate client equipment faults to authorised person
4. Complete records and clean up site	4.1 Update plans and documents to show revised cabling systems accurately and clearly, or create new plans as appropriate 4.2 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 4.3 Reinstate site according to client and company requirements 4.4 Complete requisite Telecommunications Advice Form and sign off with client to record satisfaction

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises when unknown words are essential to meaning and uses a range of decoding strategies to identify them
Writing	Uses a legible handwriting style or a computer font appropriate to the audience and purpose
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected terms Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system (Release 2)	ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system (Release 2)	Updates to performance evidence and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine alteration requirements and document specifications and cable plan

identify conductor types in, or adjacent to, telecommunications work

alter, restore and test cable system according to industry standards

rectify cable faults

complete documentation to industry and company standards

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Competency Requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

required legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

a range of cabling options for customer premises including optical and coaxial

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, test methods and performance requirements

test methods and performance requirements

typical cable systems

common types of alterations that can be expected for existing cable systems

typical issues, hazards, access difficulties and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

testing equipment currently used in industry

regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on alteration activities.

Note: Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume for recommended assessor details.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install a telecommunications service to a building to provide a new service or a service upgrade.

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles that require bringing a telecommunications service from the broader network to a client’s premises using metallic or optical cable or wireless connection.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare service installation	1.1 Arrange access to site with client and obtain job specifications 1.2 Notify supervisor of identified safety hazards at worksite according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 1.3 Use installation specifications to determine type of services, network cables and equipment required for installation 1.4 Select cables and equipment that comply with functionality and compatibility of existing installation 1.5 Select and obtain tools and equipment to carry out installation activity
2. Install cable and equipment to building	2.1 Locate, connect and check cables at entry into network for transmission quality and continuity where service to building exists 2.2 Install cable and equipment, and seal cable entry to building in safe manner according to installation plans and Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) standards 2.3 Test overall functionality of new service to meet installation specifications 2.4 Rectify faults if required and minimise interruption to existing service in agreement with client 2.5 Install lightning protection, where required, according to enterprise guidelines and industry practice
3. Complete records and clean up site	3.1 Label cable pairs clearly to provide accurate identification according to manufacturer's, industry and client standards 3.2 Update records and plans with installation details to provide accurate record according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 3.3 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 3.4 Complete Telecommunications Cabling Advice (TCA) forms and present to client to obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for the environment Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients, internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Applies standard diagnostic practices to identify and rectify faults

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building (Release 2)	ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building (Release 1)	Updates to element knowledge evidence and foundation skills. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and install cable and equipment to a building complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA), enterprise and government regulations

conduct tests related to transmission quality and continuity of cables at network entry point

label and document installation work, complying with industry codes of practice

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

features and operating requirements of test equipment

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

WHS requirements and work practices associated with cable provision, including:

adequate warning signs

protective clothing and personal safety items

safety devices

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where telecommunications services may be installed

installation and testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install support systems for cable infrastructure for new installations or upgrades to existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial premises.

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles planning cable routes and selecting and installing support structures for communications applications including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare cable support installation	1.1 Access site according to customer requirements, required procedures and site security arrangements 1.2 Confirm site capacities for storage and location of cable feeders or establish alternative methods 1.3 Determine customer specifications, and manufacturer and enterprise requirements for cable support 1.4 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite 1.5 Plan cable route, identifying and avoiding other services and remote power feeding services operating at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) on site in commercial buildings 1.6 Select tools and materials for installation of support system from work specifications and schedules
2. Determine cable routes	2.1 Review relevant plans and verify cable locations 2.2 Select cable routes appropriate to location of building services, providing access to all outlets and enabling cable to be supported to outlet point 2.3 Plan safe and efficient installation by accurately identifying structural building requirements and site constraints 2.4 Identify cable and services segregation clearances to ensure cable route complies with manufacturer specifications, enterprise and legislative requirements, and industry codes of practice
3. Determine support method	3.1 Select appropriate support system for planned cable route and identified site constraints 3.2 Prepare support system for capability to meet planned concentration of cable in any location to facilitate ready access for maintenance and to allow for future expansion
4. Mark out and install fixings and support structure	4.1 Mark out and install fixings and structures securely in a safe manner to manufacturer specifications, ensuring cable weight can be supported in all operating conditions 4.2 Align support structure correctly to enable cable to be installed evenly, in sequence and without damage 4.3 Install protective earthing to industry standards 4.4 Conduct work with minimal disruption to ongoing customer activity
5. Complete support installation	5.1 Check and adjust installed supports to ensure cable will not be exposed to damage during installation and operation 5.2 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 5.3 Complete enterprise documentation to record work completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Uses clear language and concepts, and tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Selects and uses appropriate tools and equipment to perform tasks

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL201 Install customer cable support systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

interpret plans and schematic drawings to verify cable layout

install three different support structures:

catenary wire

ducts and/or trays

frame back-mounts

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

building construction methods for commercial buildings as they relate to routing cables

features and operating requirements of cable installation equipment

services that may impact on cable installations

cable installation support methods and their performance features

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity, in particular:

wiring rules

communications cabling manual

mandatory and voluntary technical standards

typical safety issues and challenges that occur on a commercial installation site

cable types – purpose, construction, characteristics

cable screening

recognition of colour

basic telephony including operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where customer cable support systems can be installed

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install customer cable infrastructure. It involves selecting cable route, setting up cable dispensers, and placing and securing cable.

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles and who may be required to do new installations or to upgrade existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial premises. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task and identify cable route	1.1 Arrange access to site according to customer instructions, required procedures and site security arrangements 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite 1.3 Plan cable route, identifying and avoiding other services and remote power feeding services operating at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) on site in commercial buildings 1.4 Select cable route to maintain required clearances and segregations according to cable plan and relevant industry standards 1.5 Confirm cable route and requirements with customer 1.6 Select tools, equipment and cables for installation of support system from work specifications and schedules
2. Set-up cable dispensers	2.1 Determine feeder locations to minimise wastage of cable and efficiency 2.2 Set-up feeders in locations that provide ease of access during hauling of cable 2.3 Secure feeder locations to minimise safety risks during installation 2.4 Label hauling end of cable with unique identifier prior to placement
3. Install cable	3.1 Haul and place cable in safe manner within clearances required by industry standards, and manufacturer and work specifications 3.2 Place cable in neat, orderly and methodical manner, allowing sufficient excess at cable ends to facilitate termination 3.3 Inspect cable to maintain separations according to regulations 3.4 Install barriers to achieve separations where sufficient spatial separation cannot be met with other services 3.5 Install and trim, securing anchors promptly to restrain cable movement according to manufacturer specifications
4. Complete cable installation	4.1 Update records and cable plans promptly and accurately 4.2 Store records and plans according to customer and enterprise requirements 4.3 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information Reads and interprets plans to help to determine cable layout
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Provides information using appropriate language for the environment and purpose Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL202 Place and secure customer cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

plan cable placement and discuss the installation requirements with appropriate personnel

organise tools, equipment and materials for cable installation according to specifications

set up cable dispensers for internal or external premises structures or aerial and underground cabling between premises

haul and install cables on support structures and building faces for both internal and external locations, applying relevant regulations and standards

install securing products in accordance with manufacturer specifications and industry standards

complete records and relevant statutory forms.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules and other formal agreements that impact on cable installation, in particular:

wiring rules

mandatory and voluntary technical standards

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to cable installation and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on cable installation sites

construction of cabling in commercial buildings

cable and services segregation clearances to ensure cable route complies with legislation and industry codes of practice, manufacturer specifications, and enterprise requirements

features and operating requirements of equipment required to place and secure cable

information required to operate appropriate equipment according to specifications

installation methods and performance requirements

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

common methods of hauling cable and typical damage that can occur to cable when it is hauled incorrectly

purpose, construction, and characteristics of types of cable used in performance evidence

cable screening types

recognition of colour codes

switching systems, including customer switching services, system distribution frames/test point frames, power failures and line interface requirements

basic telephony, including operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where placing and securing customer cable can be conducted

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to terminate metallic conductor cable or to join cable in a terminating block for a new cable installation or upgrade of cable capacity for an existing network or subsystem, or cabling infrastructure for convergence to next generation networks (NGNs).

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles carrying out indoor and outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial installations for all communications applications, digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare cable termination	1.1 Access site according to customer and worksite requirements 1.2 Prepare for cable terminating work according to regulatory environment, cabling environment, cable type, cable identification, termination systems, earthing and protection, and records 1.3 Select correct termination tools and materials for installation 1.4 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite 1.5 Identify remote power feeding services that operate at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) inside customer premises 1.6 Contact customer where risks with remote power feed are identified 1.7 Remove all contaminants from worksite that may adversely affect termination and prepare worksite to ensure adequate visibility to minimise errors and to reduce eye strain 1.8 Design cable and block location within frame, with capacity for expansion where possible 1.9 Segregate incoming and outgoing cables for ease of access and to minimise overlaying and backtracking of cable
2. Terminate cable	2.1 Remove cable sheath to allow for conductor length and installation requirements 2.2 Fan out cable pair groups to manufacturer coding system to ensure correct terminating sequence and unique identification as required 2.3 Install over-voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component as required 2.4 Install terminating modules to frame according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Fan cable pairs neatly to termination equipment to facilitate accurate termination 2.6 Terminate cable using correct tool, according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and manufacturer specifications 2.7 Earth cable shield to manufacturer specifications and industry standards
3. Test termination	3.1 Conduct visual inspection to confirm termination colour code sequence has been followed 3.2 Test termination to satisfy performance specifications and record results as required
4. Complete records and clean-up site	4.1 Label cable pairs clearly to provide an accurate identification according to manufacturer specifications, industry standards and customer requirements 4.2 Update records and plans with cabling details to provide accurate record according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 4.3 Complete telecommunications cabling advice (TCA) forms 4.4 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with customers, colleagues or supervisors
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL203 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

terminate systems at both distributor and outlet locations

terminate one jumperable distributor (campus distributor or building distributor) with a capacity of 100 pair or greater and one non-jumperable distributor (local distributor) and a patch panel

terminate at least one 50 pair, one 4 pair ethernet unshielded twisted pair (UTP) data cable and one ethernet shielded twisted pair (STP) data cable, and accurately complete installation records, drawing alterations and compliance forms

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

use correct methods to terminate a range of cables

conduct and interpret cable test results on a minimum of three different lead-in faults

update records and plans to show cable locations according to industry standards.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and rules that impact on work, in particular:

AS/NZS 3000:2018 Electrical installations known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules.

mandatory and voluntary technical standards

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

purpose, construction, and characteristics of types of cable used in performance evidence

recognition of colour

basic telephony including operations

strategies to manage cabling infrastructure when terminating cables

features and operating requirements of testing

operation of termination tools to manufacturer guidelines

procedures for installing and maintaining cabling products in line with manufacturer guidelines

termination methods and performance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where metallic conductor cable can be terminated

colour codes for visual inspections or wire-mappers for 4 pair cable tests

relevant regulatory and cabling documentation that impacts on cable terminating activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install telecommunications earthing system to metallic frames, utilised for telecommunications systems that include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

It applies to telecommunications technicians and field officers who install indoor or outdoor earthing systems for domestic, small office home office (SOHO), commercial or industrial multi-storey and multi-site locations within customer premises.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications earthing systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install telecommunications earthing system	1.1 Access site according to customer and individual site requirements 1.2 Select earth wire for purpose intended according to specifications and current Australian Standards 1.3 Establish location of earthing applications, eliminating risks posed by contact with remote power feeding services 1.4 Select route to minimise interference to system performance and according to safe work practices 1.5 Select earthing materials to comply with relevant industry standards
2. Install and secure earth cable	2.1 Maintain cable separations to meet performance requirements of application environment 2.2 Check earth cable insulation is undamaged to ensure integrity of earth provided 2.3 Connect the main protective earth (PE) cable to the nearest electrical switch board then isolate PE cable, beyond the main distribution frame (MDF) link bar from functional earth and telecommunication reference conductors (TRC) at all times to ensure operation according to industry standards 2.4 Install and secure cable according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturer specifications and industry standards
3. Terminate and test earth cable installation	3.1 Terminate earth with connectors recommended by manufacturer and according to industry standards 3.2 Maintain earth continuity at all times to ensure safe and reliable system operation 3.3 Maintain correct interface requirements with electrical systems according to industry standards 3.4 Test earthing system according to ACMA wiring rules in safe manner 3.5 Rectify earth system faults, as required, prior to re-testing
4. Complete task and documentation	4.1 Label earthing systems according to industry regulations 4.2 Complete documentation, including test records 4.3 Clean up and restore worksite 4.4 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises when unknown words are essential to meaning and uses a range of decoding strategies to identify them Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of text types
Writing	Produces a range of text types (familiar and some unfamiliar) with appropriate structures
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL204 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

evaluate earthing needs for cable systems on customer premises

determine potential earthing locations

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and work practices

determine earth route and support system

install earth to a backmount, rack or enclosure

manage remote power feed services.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

wiring rules

mandatory and voluntary technical standards

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

national and state/territory WHS requirements

workplace and worksite requirements

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

types of location in which installations may be required

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

test methods and performance requirements

purpose, construction, and characteristics of types of cable used in performance evidence

cable screening types

recognition of colour codes

electrical earthing applications including electrical bonding and equipotential bonding

earth systems with functionality including elimination of interference from electromagnetic, radio frequency (RF) and power sources, and reduction of interference from electromagnetic RF and power sources.

switching systems earthing requirements

basic telephony including operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

a relevant telecommunications earthing system

cable plans and records.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely install, maintain and modify communications cabling, according to the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) ‘restricted’ Cabling Provider Rules, on customer premises for cabling terminated on sockets and network termination devices (NTDs) of indoor and external metallic cable in either aerial or underground situations.

It applies to individuals who connect telecommunications devices including telephony systems, security alarm panels and fire control panels in either a new cable installation or upgrade of cable capacity for an existing network or subsystem for convergence to next generation network (NGN) applications.

Customer premises are typically domestic, small offices, home offices and small businesses. Large commercial and industrial premises are generally excluded, except in special circumstances where the cabling is behind a compliant device and is not via jumperable distributors or patch panels.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an ACMA accredited registrar.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan restricted cabling work	1.1 Identify building infrastructure that places critical constraints on cabling 1.2 Apply organisational strategies to manage other infrastructure in relation to cabling 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling work site
2. Manage remote power feed	2.1 Identify and avoid risks posed by contact with remote power feeding services when performing cabling activity 2.2 Make site safe by identifying remote power feeding services that operate at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) inside customer premises
3. Install cables and protective earth wires	3.1 Install cables according to manufacturer application specifications, including tension and bending stress requirements 3.2 Identify and avoid sources of possible damage to cable, including hot pipes, sharp edges and cable burn 3.3 Allow sufficient excess at cable ends to facilitate termination 3.4 Place and secure cable to maintain safety and interference segregation according to legislative and industry standards 3.5 Install cable fasteners with correct tension to prevent cable sheath damage or transmission impairment and trimmed flush to prevent risk of personal damage 3.6 Use appropriate underground cable installation techniques associated with minimum depth of cover and segregation from hazardous electrical and other services according to current Australian Standards 3.7 Identify issues surrounding underground cables (excluding blown fibre tube systems) to incorporate a blocking agent within the cable to prevent the ingress of water 3.8 Use appropriate aerial cable installation techniques associated with minimum clearance, segregation from hazardous electrical and other services and minimum height requirements according to current Australian Standards 3.9 Install over-voltage protection devices to all cable pairs according to Australian Standards, as required, to suppress voltage surges and protect from earth potential rise (EPR) hazards and protectively earth the devices 3.10 Protect earth wire insulation against damage and segregate protective earths according to relevant legislative and industry standards
4. Terminate and test cables and earth wires	4.1 Remove cable sheath to allow for correct termination length and without damage to underlying conductors and their insulation 4.2 Install cable modules according to manufacturer specifications, and cable pairs neatly and sequentially fan for termination 4.3 Terminate conductors according to recommended colour code sequence using appropriate termination tools according to manufacturer specifications 4.4 Earth cable shield, as required, according to manufacturer specifications, relevant industry codes of practice and Australian Standards 4.5 Conduct visual inspection to confirm termination colour code sequence has been followed prior to end-to-end testing of wire and pair termination integrity 4.6 Terminate earth wire according to industry codes of practice and Australian Standards 4.7 Ensure earth wire continuity throughout and observe interface requirements with electrical systems 4.8 Test earthing installation for continuity, insulation resistance and conductive resistance according to industry standards and Australian Standards 4.9 Confirm compatibility of alterations with existing systems and test new work both in isolation and when integrated with existing systems
5. Inspect cable route to ensure correct separations	5.1 Inspect separations along the entirety of the cable route and rectify separations that do not comply with regulations 5.2 Install barriers to achieve separations where sufficient spatial separation cannot be met
6. Create records	6.1 Provide customer with a job sign-off telecommunications cabling advice form at the completion of each cabling task 6.2 Complete NTD record cards for work undertaken
7. Monitor work activity	7.1 Supervise unregistered cablers undertaking work in line with scope of own role and organisational procedures 7.2 Ensure cabling activity is according to legislative requirements for safety and network integrity including the relevant Australian Standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and responds to some conventions of complex texts Recognises when unknown words are essential to meaning and uses a range of decoding strategies to identify them
Writing	Uses a legible handwriting style or a computer font appropriate to the audience and purpose
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Relies substantially on hands-on (concrete) and real life materials, personal experience and prior knowledge to make estimations and check the reasonableness of processes Identifies appropriate tools and uses them to take measurements Interprets information based on results of technical tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Termination systems must include:	network termination device Australian modular socket Mode 3 alarm socket RJ45, RJ12 or RJ11 modular socket (Note: jumperable distributors are not included in this requirement)
Earthing and protection must include:	earthing for protection surge suppression

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL236 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

complete a cabling installation and termination for:

three different types of telephone sockets:

Australian modular socket

RJ45, RJ12 or RJ11 modular socket

Mode 3 alarm socket

one network termination device (NTD), including the completion of TCA1 compliance forms and NTD records

apply cable conductor identification codes to connector pins

conduct tests and interpret cable test results

interpret and apply standards and regulations

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

meet Australian Communications and Media Authority's (ACMA) requirements

install earthing to suit cabling conditions

identify and rectify faulty cabling

use appropriate personal protective equipment when performing cabling tasks.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules, cabling registrars, cabler registration rules, regulations and standards

current Australian Standards including AS/CA S009:2013 Installation requirements for customer cabling (Wiring Rules)

national and state/territory WHS requirements

workplace and worksite requirements

cabling environment, cable type, cable identification, termination systems, earthing and protection, records

ACMA certified components list

labelling requirements

basic electrical principles of:

insulation, resistance

capacitance

impedance – as causes of, impedance, attenuation and cross-talk

cable conductor – types of codes

customer switching systems and services

printed circuit boards

cable screening types

colour codes

various cable types, their identifiers, termination systems, separations, support systems and fastening techniques used for communications cabling

features and operating requirements of recognised cabling specific industry test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

test methods and performance requirements

installation requirements for underground and aerial cables including:

minimum depth of cover (below ground)

segregation from hazardous electrical and other services

earthing requirements

design parameters for underground cables with regards to the purpose they will serve and the prevention of water ingress.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which communications cabling activities can be carried out

cabling and field equipment currently used in industry

licensing requirements and other site related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling according to the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) ‘open’ Cabling Provider Rules for small installations connected to sockets, and larger commercial and industry installations involving many lines, multi-pair cables, backbone cabling, multi-story buildings and advanced termination modules and distributors.

It applies to individuals who provide services in telephony, carrier modems or multiplexers, private modems or data systems operating over a category one or two twisted pair metallic customer cable in a specific customer location. Individuals may install, maintain or modify new cable or upgrade cable capacity either, indoor, external, underground or aerial cabling on private and public property for an existing network or subsystem, or cabling infrastructure for convergence to next generation networks (NGNs).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an ACMA accredited registrar.

Where aerial and underground cabling are used to supply services to the public, the specialist competencies as indicated in the ACMA Cabling Provider Rules – Pathways to cabling registration publication must be attained to undertake that work.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan open cabling work	1.1 Identify building infrastructure that places critical constraints on cabling 1.2 Apply organisational strategies to manage other infrastructure in relation to cabling 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite
2 Manage remote power feed	2.1 Identify and avoid risks posed by contact with remote power feeding services when performing cabling activity 2.2 Make site safe by identifying remote power feeding services that operate at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) inside customer premises
3 Install and modify cable support, earthing and termination infrastructure	3.1 Install fixings and cable support structures of adequate strength, safely and aligned with the environment according to manufacturer and customer specifications 3.2 Secure catenary supports to building structure and tension, as required, to ensure cable weight can be carried in operating conditions with interference and safety segregation maintained according to current Australian Standards 3.3 Install protective earthing of metal work to industry standards, as required 3.4 Inspect installed support structure to ensure cable will not be exposed to damage during installation and general operation 3.5 Position terminating equipment and fixing according to industry codes of practice, standards and customer requirements 3.6 Inspect back-mount and outlet layout for compliance to manufacturer specifications, and allow adequate work space for ease of access and avoid overlaying 3.7 Segregate incoming and outgoing cables for ease of access and avoid overlaying
4 Install cables and earth wires	4.1 Install cables according to manufacturer specifications, including tension and bending stress requirements 4.2 Identify and avoid sources of possible damage to cable, including hot pipes, sharp edges, cable burn, kinks, crushing or stretching 4.3 Allow sufficient excess at cable ends to facilitate termination 4.4 Label telecommunication outlet ends of cable uniquely to match identifier at originating location 4.5 Place and secure cable to maintain safety and interference segregation according to legislative and industry standards 4.6 Install cable fasteners with correct tension, and trim or fit them flush to prevent cable sheath damage, transmission impairment or risk of personal damage 4.7 Use appropriate aerial cable installation techniques associated with supported catenaries in external environment to meet minimum above ground clearances and segregation from hazardous electrical services, according to current Australian Standards 4.8 Use appropriate underground cable installation techniques associated with minimum depth of cover and segregation from hazardous electrical and other services, according to current Australian Standards 4.9 Identify issues surrounding underground cables (excluding blown fibre tube systems) to incorporate a blocking agent within the cable to prevent the ingress of water 4.10 Install over-voltage protection devices to all cable pairs according to current Australian Standards, as required, to suppress voltage surges with the over-voltage devices connected to protective earth 4.11 Conduct a visual inspection to verify telecommunications reference conductor (TRC) / communications earthing system (CES)/earth wire insulation is protected against damage and is segregated according to relevant industry, legislative and Australian Standards
5 Terminate and test cables and earth wires	5.1 Remove cable sheath to allow for correct termination length without damage to underlying conductors and their insulation 5.2 Install terminating modules to different telecommunications cables according to manufacturer specifications, and cable pairs neatly and sequentially fan for termination 5.3 Terminate conductors according to recommended colour code sequence using appropriate termination tools according to manufacturer specifications 5.4 Earth cable shield, as required, according to manufacturer specifications, relevant industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 5.5 Conduct visual inspection to confirm termination colour code sequence has been followed prior to end-to-end testing of wire and pair termination integrity 5.6 Terminate earth wires with connectors recommended by manufacturer according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 5.7 Ensure earth wire continuity throughout and observe interface requirements with electrical systems 5.8 Test earthing installation for continuity and conductive resistance according to industry standards 5.9 Confirm compatibility of alterations with existing systems and test new work both in isolation and when integrated with existing systems 5.10 Conduct testing of installed cable continuity after termination
6 Inspect cable route to ensure correct separations	6.1 Inspect separations along the entirety of the cable route and rectify separations that do not comply with regulations 6.2 Install barriers to achieve separations where sufficient spatial separation cannot be met
7 Evaluate earthing needs for cable systems on customer premises	7.1 Locate existing earthing systems in customer premises and analyse earthing needs of cable products 7.2 Calculate upper and lower limits of resistance for a variety of cable system earths using relevant cable characteristics
8 Label earthing systems	8.1 Identify label requirements for telecommunications earthing systems 8.2 Attach label to earthing systems according to industry regulations
9 Create or update cable plans and records	9.1 Document installation details on record sheets and plans, and store according to customer requirements 9.2 Label cable pairs clearly as required to provide an accurate identification according to manufacturer specifications, industry standards and customer requirements 9.3 Record cabling details in cable pair record books to provide an accurate record, according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 9.4 Complete telecommunications cabling advice (TCA) forms
10 Monitor work activity	10.1 Supervise unregistered cablers undertaking work in line with scope of own role and organisational procedures 10.2 Ensure installation and maintenance activity comply with legislative requirements and industry standards for safety and network integrity

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of familiar text types
Writing	Sequences writing to produce cohesive text and uses layout consistent with text type
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages when measuring and preparing cables for installation
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL237 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

complete a cabling installation and termination for:

three different types of telephone sockets:

Australian modular socket

RJ45, RJ12 or RJ11 modular socket

Mode 3 alarm socket

one network termination device (NTD), including the completion of TCA1 compliance forms and NTD records

read and interpret drawings related to cable layouts, outlet location, cable coding system, and identifiers and distributor locations

comply with all work, health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

meet Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) requirements

apply cable conductor identification codes to connector pins

conduct tests and interpret cable test results

identify the correct telecommunications cable by its colour identifier

terminate systems at both distributor and outlet locations

install and terminate two jumperable distributors (campus distributor or building distributor) with a capacity of 100 pair or greater

terminate one non-jumperable distributor (local distributor)

terminate both cable ends for at least one 50 pair cable, 10 or 20 pair cable and one 4 pair data cable, including accurate completion of installation records, drawing alterations and compliance forms

place cables on support structures and building faces for both internal and external locations

secure cables with appropriate fasteners for the above locations

apply work practices that avoid cable damage

install at least one common type of earthing system used in customer premises for cabling systems

interpret and apply relevant legislation, regulations, codes, and standards

install earthing to suit cabling conditions

identify and rectify faulty cabling

use appropriate personal protective equipment when performing cabling tasks.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules, cabling registrars, cabler registration rules, regulations and standards

current Australian Standards including AS/CA S009:2013 Installation requirements for customer cabling (Wiring Rules)

national and state/territory WHS requirements

workplace and worksite requirements

cabling environment, cable type, cable identification, termination systems, earthing and protection, records

ACMA certified components list

labelling requirements

basic electrical principles of:

insulation, resistance

capacitance

impedance – as causes of, impedance, attenuation and cross-talk

cable screening types

colour codes

cable conductor – types of codes

customer switching systems and services

printed circuit boards

customer cabling environment for which cabling registration may be required for internal, external, above ground or below ground installation

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

various cable types, their identifiers, termination systems (including jumperable and non-jumperable distributor), separations, support systems and fastening techniques used for telecommunications cabling

documentation and records required when cabling

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

earthing and protection strategies and technologies relevant to different cabling applications

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site

installation requirements for underground and aerial cables including:

minimum depth of cover (below ground)

segregation from hazardous electrical and other services

earthing requirements

design parameters for underground cables with regards to the purpose they will serve and the prevention of water ingress

devices for a range of telecommunications cabling applications, including, ethernet data systems, audio and video systems, security systems and fire protection systems

integral bearer wires and application according to current Australian Standards

cable blocking agents used to prevent the ingress of water underground (excluding blown fibre tube systems)

features of cables designed for underground use that may be laid in conduit trenches or directly buried

responsibilities and process for communications installation works.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which communications cabling activities can be carried out

two jumperable distributors (campus distributor or building distributor) with a capacity of 100 pair or greater

one non-jumperable distributor (LD) and a patch panel

a 50 pair and 4 pair and one ethernet cable

cabling and field equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and site related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, splice and terminate hard-line coaxial cable in the customer access network (CAN) environment for emerging technologies.

It applies to technical staff who splice and terminate hard-line coaxial cable used in all telecommunications applications including convergence technologies of telephony, data, video and multimedia as part of next generation networks (NGNs).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications earthing systems. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install and splice hard-line coaxial cable	1.1 Confirm site access approval prior to site entry and comply with site security arrangements 1.2 Read and interpret installation specifications and physical conditions at site to determine job layout 1.3 Locate and identify adjoining other services according to industry guidelines, and work health and safety (WHS) practices 1.4 Test for and respond to presence of dangerous gases in underground enclosures according to industry guidelines 1.5 Test relevant aerial metallic fittings for live voltage and respond according to industry guidelines 1.6 Install equipotential bonding according to design 1.7 Undertake approved alterations to design, as required, according to industry guidelines 1.8 Select appropriate hard-line coaxial cable type according to installation requirements 1.9 Select and obtain all materials required for cable termination including passive and active devices and connectors
2. Verify placement and secure coaxial cable	2.1 Use safety equipment to protect self and public according to industry guidelines and WHS requirements 2.2 Protect integrity of coaxial cable (sheath, shield and centre conductor) to ensure no loss of performance 2.3 Form cable into position with sufficient lengths by using approved forming tools that allow termination and maintain minimum bend radius according to manufacturer specifications 2.4 Follow installation design to install cable safely without damage to cable and ensure cable flow in pits and manholes is according to carrier standards and work instructions 2.5 Maintain radio frequency (RF) signal strength by installing cable lengths within manufacturer or design specifications 2.6 Locate securing hardware to reduce cumulative effect on cable wave shape properties 2.7 Use correct lashing machine and techniques to attach aerial cable to catenary wire
3. Splice coaxial cable	3.1 Strip and core hard-line coaxial cable, according to specifications, to required length using appropriate tools 3.2 Select appropriate kit to match type of hard-line coaxial cable in use and splice according to manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Seal all splices according to industry specifications
4. Terminate coaxial cable	4.1 Prepare coaxial cable for termination, according to specifications, using appropriate tools 4.2 Select connectors to match type of coaxial cable in use and terminate according to industry standards 4.3 Install network device chassis/housing in correct orientation according to design 4.4 Prepare centre pins of cable and connector, and cut according to vendor specifications 4.5 Terminate connectors to torque according to manufacturer recommendations to prevent RF leakage, and ensure seizure screws are tightened 4.6 Seal all terminations according to industry specifications
5. Complete installation operation	5.1 Place cables in pit and/or mount on aerial strand according to manufacturer instructions and industry guidelines, and check that no safety hazards are evident 5.2 Attach fitted off device aerially or underground according to manufacturer specifications or work instructions 5.3 Reinstate site, and remove waste and debris for disposal according to environmental requirements and maintain safe worksite conditions
6. Complete installation administration	6.1 Complete reports according to telecommunications carrier network policy 6.2 Update plans and records using appropriate symbols with details of installation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads familiar texts fluently, automatically recognising most everyday words and some specialised vocabulary
Writing	Sequences writing to produce cohesive text and uses layout consistent with text type
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages Selects and uses appropriate tools, hand-held devices, computers and technological processes
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for decisions regarding when and how to complete tasks, and coordinate with or delegate to others Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, makes slight adjustments if necessary, and addresses unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

determine installation requirements

prepare site for hard-line coaxial cable installation

identify hard-line coaxial cable types

perform an in-line splice

terminate hard-line coaxial cable using specialised hand or power tools and equipment

terminate hard-line coaxial cable to network devices using:

a pin connector

90- or 180-degree adaptors

housing to housing adaptor

determine and achieve pin connector centre pin lengths on a device per device basis

heat shrink hard-line splice or termination using the clean, abrade, flame-brush method

waterproof jointed cable using heat shrinkage

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

conduct continuity tests

fit spliced coaxial cable in suitable housing (underground/aerial strand) and attach fitted off devices to:

pit or manhole wall, according to manufacturer specifications or carrier work instructions, taking care not to cause damage to co-located cables or joints

catenary according to manufacturer specifications or carrier work instructions, ensuring all clearances, separations and segregations from other cables or pole hardware is maintained

confirm installation complies with industry and manufacturer specifications and warranties while:

maintaining all clearances separations and segregations from other cables or pole hardware

taking care not to cause damage to co-located cables or joints

mark-up as-built plans and document work according to industry requirements.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

RF common and RF design symbols

RF design and other associated plans

coaxial cables and connectors, and their application

equipment and processes to perform a continuity test

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment and tools relevant to working with coaxial cable

typical issues and challenges that occur on site including:

recycling of old connectors for use with existing devices resulting in incompatibility issues due to incorrect centre pin length leading to intermittent or ongoing faults

WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, including site security

relevant legislation, codes and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

updating of records to report on completed works.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where splicing and terminating of coaxial broadband cable can be conducted

testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant legislation, work instructions and equipment documentation that impacts on cable splicing, terminating and testing activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to haul underground cable for maintenance, new installations or upgrades in access networks or customer premises.

It applies to technicians who install and recover cables, including multi-pair, coaxial and optical fibre for domestic, commercial or industrial situations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for safe underground cable hauling	1.1 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.2 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards on worksite 1.3 Confirm hauling location of proposed cable according to appropriate plan specifications obtained from authorised personnel 1.4 Obtain information about proposed locations of other services from relevant authorities 1.5 Set up tools and equipment required for safe work practice according to enterprise guidelines 1.6 Check for dangerous gases and place guards around open manholes according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements
2 Construct aerial to underground transition	2.1 Install cable protection on pole for transition using approved hardware according to industry standards and asset owner requirements 2.2 Connect conduit to pits or manholes as designed according to industry standards and asset owner requirements
3 Haul cable	3.1 Handle existing cables in a way that avoids cable damage 3.2 Use roping techniques to prove that underground conduit is clear for hauling 3.3 Attach cable to rope for hauling, lubricate cable as required and haul at correct tension, maintaining smooth passage between dispenser and hauler 3.4 Haul cable through conduit to facilitate aerial to underground transition /underground to aerial transition, as required by the design 3.5 Maintain cable and services separations in parallel runs and crossovers to meet manufacturer and regulatory requirements 3.6 Maintain sufficient cable length allowance for jointing and ensure cable is laid up and bent within bending radius tolerance for cable materials in underground enclosure
4 Terminate, seal and test cable	4.1 Seal cables according to enterprise requirements to ensure no sheath damage 4.2 Tag cable for future identification 4.3 Test cable for continuity 4.4 Record and report test results for escalation
5 Complete works on site	5.1 Record any approved alteration to original design using correct symbols and return to appropriate personnel 5.2 Complete and sign reports, as required, according to enterprise policy 5.3 Reinstate site to customer satisfaction and dispose of waste in an environmentally safe manner 5.4 Notify appropriate personnel about job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Uses language and non-verbal features appropriate to context
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients, internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL207 Haul underground cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan the works and prepare the site

read and interpret drawings and designs to interpret installation requirements

haul cable applying related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

transition cable from aerial to underground or underground to aerial

use cable dispensing equipment

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment for hauling cable safely

test the installation, document and escalate the test result

prepare all reports and records to industry and enterprise standards.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, enterprise requirements and other formal agreements that impact on hauling cable

specific WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules competency requirements

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer recommendations for correct hauling of cables

safety precautions when working with laser-based systems

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site

cable protection guards

hardware to secure cables.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of underground cable can be conducted

installation equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install aerial cables in customer and access networks. It involves installing, terminating and securing cables. Aerial cable installation may be for a new cable, a cable upgrade, or a cable in need of repair.

It applies to telecommunications lines workers and line installers who use support anchors and catenaries for new installations and upgrades, or to maintain existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial installations to deliver services in x-digital subscriber line (xDSL), fibre to the X (FTTx) and hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) networks.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems and working at heights. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for aerial cable installation	1.1 Obtain construction plan from appropriate personnel to scope work and arrange for site access 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified hazards at cabling worksite 1.3 Determine cable route and type of cable from construction plan, identifying and avoiding other services 1.4 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.5 Perform pole inspection before climbing and/or making attachment according to industry standards and asset owner requirements
2. Construct aerial to underground transition	2.1 Install cable protection on pole for transition, using approved hardware according to industry standards and asset owner requirements 2.2 Connect conduit to pits or manholes as designed according to telecommunications industry standards and asset owner requirements
3. Install aerial cable	3.1 Use tools according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) regulations 3.2 Install catenary wire, gantry wire or integral bearer cable (IBC) and tension to required specifications 3.3 Position hauling hardware including rollers, hauling guides to ensure no damage is caused and that physical characteristics of cable are maintained 3.4 Haul cable at correct tension according to current Australian Standards and enterprise guidelines, ensuring that no damage is caused and that physical characteristics of cable are maintained 3.5 Secure cable permanently to support structure using aerial fixing devices according to manufacturer specifications and enterprise guidelines
4. Terminate, seal and secure aerial cable	4.1 Terminate, seal and label cables according to manufacturer specifications and enterprise guidelines 4.2 Loop and secure cable on support structure adhering to h bend radius tolerances to reduce damage likelihood or to prevent damage 4.3 Test cable for continuity 4.4 Record and report test results for escalation to other team members or supervisors as required
5. Complete project	5.1 Complete reports about installation and design amendments and file according to enterprise requirements 5.2 Recover obsolete materials and equipment, and return to appropriate point for disposal 5.3 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and to customer satisfaction 5.4 Notify appropriate personnel about job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to designs using industry relevant terminology
Oral Communication	Uses language and non-verbal features appropriate to context
Numeracy	Interprets scales and ratios on plans Performs basic calculations required to take accurate measurements
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal, regulatory and enterprise requirements relevant to own work context
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with customers and internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Implements actions according to plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems Determines and uses appropriate equipment

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL214 Fix aerial cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan the works and prepare the site

read and interpret drawings and construction designs to interpret installation requirements

use cable dispensing equipment

haul aerial cable using hauling hardware

transition cable from aerial to underground /underground to aerial

secure and seal aerial cable

apply work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices relating to hauling and fixing the above cables, including:

identifying safe support structures from pole status markings, visual inspection or approved testing procedures

completing documentation associated with installing aerial cable pole and ladder safety

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment for installing aerial cable safely

test the installation, document and escalate the test result.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, enterprise requirements, authorisations and other formal agreements that impact on hauling and fixing aerial cables

specific WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

features and operating requirements of cable test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

procedures for installing a range of aerial cable types

manufacturer recommendations for correct hauling of cables

relevant licence requirements for working at heights

manufacturer specifications and industry requirements for safe operation of equipment

test methods and performance requirements

required authorisations for pole access.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where aerial cable can be installed

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry to erect aerial cable

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on aerial cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install indoor and outdoor aerial and underground lead-ins for a new metallic or optical cable installation, or upgrade of an existing network or subsystem, or cabling infrastructure for convergence to next generation networks (NGN), digital reception and broadband.

Cable installation may be for a new cable, a cable upgrade or a cable in need of repair. It can be applied to new installations and upgrades of telecommunications cabling projects in domestic, commercial and industrial customer installations.

It applies to technical staff who haul underground or fixed aerial cable lead-in to deliver services in x-digital subscriber line (xDSL), fibre to the home (FTTH) and hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) networks. This work may require the use of tension meters and hauling equipment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cable installation	1.1 Obtain construction plan from appropriate personnel to scope work and arrange for site access 1.2 Access site according to enterprise procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards and safety constraints on worksite 1.4 Obtain cable installation plan and set up installation equipment according to manufacturer requirements 1.5 Identify existing ‘other’ services by analysing drawings and following Dial Before You Dig (DBYD) protocols 1.6 Determine cable route and type of cable from construction plan, identifying and avoiding other services 1.7 Select suitable protective clothing, tools and equipment, and safety equipment, and confirm support structures are safe
2 Install aerial cable lead-in	2.1 Use safe support structures and appropriate tools 2.2 Select required type of cable bearer and determine need for separate catenary wire or self-supporting installation 2.3 Install and secure catenary wire, integral bearer cable (IBC) or self-supporting cable permanently to support structure using aerial fixing devices, and adjust tension to meet relevant height and minimum sag requirements to required specifications 2.4 Secure cable safely, leaving cable loop on support structure 2.5 Install mid-span fly offs according to cable configuration, using approved hardware 2.6 Install cable ensuring no damage is caused 2.7 Maintain physical characteristics of cable leaving cable loop on support structure according to cable configuration 2.8 Terminate and test cable continuity in customer enclosure and aerial enclosure 2.9 Label cables according to industry guidelines and authorisations
3 Install underground cable lead-in	3.1 Ensure pipe or conduit is not blocked and is clear of debris 3.2 Run push rod through pipe and attach cable for hauling 3.3 Haul cable using lubricant, cable slippers or rollers to ensure no sheath damage when hauling at correct tension into and out of enclosures 3.4 Provide sufficient cable allowance in enclosures for jointing and maintenance requirements 3.5 Terminate cable in customer enclosure and pit enclosure
4 Seal and secure cable	4.1 Seal cable ends to prevent entrance of foreign material according to manufacturer specifications and industry standards 4.2 Secure cable loop on support structure to minimise damage to conductors 4.3 Weatherproof building entry points as required 4.4 Fit over voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component as required
5 Complete tasks on site	5.1 Record any approved alteration to original design and return to appropriate personnel 5.2 Complete appropriate records and sign reports as required according to industry policy 5.3 Restore site to original condition and dispose of waste in environmentally safe manner 5.4 Notify appropriate personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Uses a range of strategies to facilitate comprehension
Writing	Completes records according to enterprise requirements
Oral Communication	Use language and non-verbal features appropriate to context
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends a range of everyday mathematical information that is embedded in familiar and routine texts
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL220 Install a cable lead-in.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan the works and prepare the site

install at least two types of aerial cable and one type of underground cable, including placing and securing cables on support structures and building faces for both internal and external locations

install at least one mid-span fly offs utilising industry specific/approved hardware

haul, secure and terminate, continuity test and seal cables

perform visual inspection to identify safe support structures from pole status markings

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment for safely installing aerial and underground cable

terminate cables at the customer and network ends of aerial and underground installations

complete and provide a report, documenting the installation for the customer

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements, industry standards, authorisations and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes, enterprise procedures and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

codes, standards, industry guidelines and authorisations for cable installation and cabling

specific WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

relevant regulatory requirements for working at heights and working underground

common types of cable used in telecommunications

manufacturer requirements for selection and safe operation of tools and equipment

safety equipment, both personal and worksite related, required for safe work practices

required fixing devices and hardware used in cable lead-in work

termination methods and performance requirements that include cable continuity of installed cables

typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site, including issues relating to the safe use of support structures

purpose of records and documentation required for work activity.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where aerial and underground cable lead-ins can be conducted

plant, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

special purpose tools, equipment and materials currently used in industry such as continuity testing equipment

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, joint and terminate coaxial cable in the customer access network (CAN) environment for emerging technologies using high speed broadband and the delivery of cable television services on customer premises for domestic, commercial or industrial installations.

It applies to technical staff who joint and terminate coaxial cable used in all telecommunications applications, including convergence technologies of telephony, data, video and multimedia as part of next generation networks (NGNs).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install and joint coaxial cable	1.1 Confirm approval for site access with customer prior to site entry 1.2 Read and interpret customer installation specifications and physical conditions at site to determine layout of job 1.3 Locate and identify adjoining other services according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) practices 1.4 Test for and respond to presence of dangerous gases in underground enclosures according to enterprise guidelines 1.5 Undertake approved alterations to design according to enterprise guidelines
2. Verify placement and secure coaxial cable	2.1 Use safety equipment to protect self and public 2.2 Maintain coaxial cable segregation to industry standard requirements 2.3 Protect integrity of coaxial shield cable to ensure no loss of performance 2.4 Place cable in position with sufficient slack to allow termination and maintain minimum bend radius according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Follow installation designs to install cable safely without damage to cable or customer premises 2.6 Maintain radio frequency (RF) signal strength by installing cable lengths within manufacturer or design specifications 2.7 Locate securing hardware to reduce cumulative effect on cable wave shape properties and attach cable ties to minimise cable damage
3. Joint coaxial cable	3.1 Strip coaxial cable, according to specifications, to required length using appropriate tools 3.2 Select appropriate kit to match type of coaxial cable in use and jointing method according to manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Joint cable and ensure jointing fitting retains segregation of conductor and shield 3.4 Seal all joints according to manufacturer specifications
4. Terminate coaxial cable	4.1 Prepare coaxial cable for termination according to specifications using appropriate tool 4.2 Select connectors to match type of coaxial cable in use and use terminating method recommended by manufacturer 4.3 Verify connector fitting retains segregation of conductor and shield 4.4 Terminate connectors to torque as recommended by manufacturer to prevent RF leakage 4.5 Test connectors to mating specifications using gauge tester 4.6 Maintain continuous ground on terminations and waterproof seal to preserve cable integrity
5. Complete installation operation	5.1 Place cables in enclosure and lay up according to manufacturer instructions and enterprise guidelines, and check that no safety hazards are evident 5.2 Place other services including cables according to enterprise guidelines 5.3 Reinstate site, remove waste and debris for disposal, and maintain safe worksite conditions
6. Complete installation administration	6.1 Complete reports according to enterprise policy 6.2 Note alterations to plans using appropriate symbols

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads familiar texts fluently, automatically recognising most everyday words and some specialised vocabulary
Writing	Sequences writing to produce cohesive text and uses layout consistent with text type
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages Selects and uses appropriate tools, hand-held devices, computers and technological processes
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for decisions regarding when and how to complete tasks, and coordinate with or delegate to others Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, makes slight adjustments if necessary, and addresses unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL209 Joint and terminate coaxial cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

determine installation requirements, and check and prepare the site ready for coaxial cable installation

perform an in-line splice

perform jointing and termination of coaxial cable using specialised hand or power tools and equipment

complete waterproof jointed cable using heat shrinkage

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

conduct signal strength tests and interpret results

fit jointed coaxial cable in suitable housing

check and adjust cable segregations

verify the installation complies with enterprise and manufacturer specifications and warranties

document work according to enterprise requirements.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards, enterprise guidelines, formal agreements and contracts that impact on the work activity

specific WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions, including site security and typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

range of coaxial cables and connectors and their application

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

features and operating requirements of test equipment

manufacturer requirements for selection, installation and safe operation of equipment

test methods and performance requirements

impact that other services may have on installation work

operation of tools relevant to working with coaxial cable

environmental requirements for waste and debris disposal.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where jointing coaxial broadband cable can be conducted

special purpose tools, equipment and materials currently used in industry such as joint testing equipment

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable jointing and testing activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct underground telecommunications infrastructure, made up of conduits and enclosures, for cabling provisioning.

It applies to individuals in technical roles in civil construction who install pits and pre-built enclosures with connecting pipes for underground telecommunications infrastructure, predominantly in greenfield sites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to construct underground work	1.1 Obtain construction design plan from appropriate personnel to scope work and arrange for site access 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards and other services that will need to be considered 1.3 Obtain plant, tools and safety equipment to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.4 Determine type of underground pit/manhole required for project as specified in construction design plan
2. Install enclosure	2.1 Use tools according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) regulations 2.2 Determine excavation meets specification of design plan 2.3 Place foundation of suitable material to provide safe and stable footing prior to installing underground enclosure in excavation 2.4 Place recognised barrier over construction where enclosure is to be installed over power cables according to enterprise requirements or agreements with other authorities 2.5 Install earth mat facility under enclosure as required by enterprise 2.6 Install enclosure specified in construction design plan according to manufacturer specifications using specified materials
3. Install connecting pipe works	3.1 Install conduit in trench to enterprise specifications 3.2 Connect conduit to enclosure according to manufacturer specifications and industry practice
4. Complete project	4.1 Complete reports and record alterations to plans using appropriate symbols, according to enterprise policy 4.2 Complete all labelling requirements according to industry standard 4.3 Recover obsolete materials and equipment, and return to appropriate point for disposal 4.4 Restore site according to enterprise or approving authority requirements and to customer satisfaction 4.5 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Numeracy	Interprets scales and ratios on plans Performs basic calculations appropriate to measuring and estimating size
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients, internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL213 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

interpret and apply design plans and prepare for construction

install enclosures including pipe, pit and prefabricated manholes

construct in two different soil types: sand, rock, soil or combination soil types

shore an excavation site to meet enterprise and regulatory requirements

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment normally used for excavation, pipe, conduit installation and site restoration safely

complete and document specified work

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices associated with excavation, enclosure installation and site restoration.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes, enterprise guidelines and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity, including excavation

specific WHS requirements and environmental guidelines relating to the activity and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

civil construction elements including:

operation of construction plant, tools and equipment

methods of enclosure construction

methods for laying foundations

construction design plans

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

relevant licence requirements for equipment used in constructing underground infrastructure.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where enclosure construction can be conducted

construction equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on construction.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to joint metallic, conductor cable on the service provider side of the network boundary in communications applications, including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

It applies to individuals working in technical roles who joint metallic conductor cable for indoor and outdoor installations on new installations and cable upgrades, and maintain infrastructure in domestic, commercial and industrial situations for service providers and asset owners.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for jointing metallic conductor cable for access network	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant legislation, regulations, codes, and standards 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.4 Review site plans and documentation 1.5 Select cable type and appropriate connectors for cable joint 1.6 Set up tools, equipment and materials required for safe work practice 1.7 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities
2. Joint metallic conductor cable for access network	2.1 Joint metallic cable following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Ensure joint is sealed to industry specifications 2.3 Perform relevant cable tests to ensure joint complies with site specifications, manufacturer specifications, and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 2.4 Rectify cable faults 2.5 Record cable tests and required modifications 2.6 Label and tag cable joint according to enterprise guidelines and industry practice
3. Protect and alarm cable	3.1 Pressurise cable and check for leakage 3.2 Reconnect alarms, as required, according to enterprise guidelines 3.3 Remove waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements, to maintain safe worksite conditions
4. Complete records and clean-up site	4.1 Complete required records including alterations and notify customer 4.2 Clean-up and reinstate site according to customer and company requirements 4.3 Present all records to appropriate personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to records using industry relevant terminology
Numeracy	Takes measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal, regulatory and enterprise requirements relevant to own work context
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients and internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL215 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

joint cable with appropriate connectors and according to specifications

apply work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices associated with the jointing of metallic cable, including documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes, enterprise guidelines and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

safety precautions when working with cables

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where jointing metallic conductor cable can be performed

cable testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable jointing activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to modify an infrastructure to cutover new cables into an existing indoor and outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial cabling installation including communications applications in telephony, broadband, data, video, radio frequency (RF) equipment, security and computer networks, including local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

It applies to field officers, technicians or lineman installers from carriers, contractors or other service providers who upgrade coaxial or optical fibre cables as part of a hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) network, a broadband access network or a large client private network.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cable modification and cutover	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for given work 1.2 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at worksite 1.4 Determine cable route and type of cable from project plan, and identify and avoid other services 1.5 Obtain plant, tools and safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.6 Prepare implementation plan with cutover tasks based on identified nature of job and seek client approval 1.7 Notify client and network carrier of proposed cutover details and proposed disruption to services 1.8 Undertake additional preparatory non-jointing work, as required, according to enterprise guidelines and site conditions 1.9 Select labour support required according to cutover tasks and available skills 1.10 Select technical equipment for cutover to suit materials being used, cable type and joint enclosure
2. Joint and cutover cable	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements for given work 2.2 Joint cable according to sequencing plan, materials, joint type, location, and enterprise and manufacturer’s guidelines 2.3 Test cable for performance and rectify any faults relating to cutover according to location, materials available and industry practice 2.4 Seal all joints according to cable type, location, and enterprise and manufacturer’s guidelines
3. Complete project documentation	3.1 Record test results for future reference, complete reports on cutover installation and design amendments to reflect existing cable layout according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and to client satisfaction 3.4 Notify appropriate personnel completion of cutover and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Make calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable (Release 2)	ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable (Release 1)	Updates to knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare for cutover

rearrange cable

conduct tests to determine success of cutover

interpret results and rectify faults occurring as a result of cutover

apply regulations and standards related to the cable rearrangement

comply with all related health and safety requirements, work practices and service level agreements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

cutover of cable on the client's equipment

health and safety requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

test methods and performance requirements

features and operating requirements of test equipment

typical issues and challenges that occur on the worksite

purpose of warranties and service level agreements (SLA).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

systems and equipment involving cutover

installation equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises for communications applications using a range of terminations that may include direct termination, fusion splicing and mechanical splicing.

It applies to technical staff who place, secure and terminate optical fibre cable in new installations and upgrades or maintain existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial installations. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of optical fibre cable	1.1 Access site according to enterprise procedures 1.2 Inform appropriate personnel of identified worksite hazards 1.3 Organise tools, cabling products, equipment and materials for given work 1.4 Match optical fibre cable type and connectors to installation environment and customer requirements 1.5 Check proposed route and bend ratios according to manufacturer specifications and industry standards 1.6 Test fibres in the cable on the drum for optical continuity as required 1.7 Use personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, when working with bare fibre stripping/cleaving and utilise sharps disposal containers for bare fibre off cuts 1.8 Place fibre patch leads in support pathway, avoiding pressure, crushing and bending
2 Clean and inspect connectors	2.1 Test patch leads, before use, for continuity with a visible light source and inspect and clean connector end faces 2.2 Test fibre connectors ensuring the circuit has no infra-red transmission (dark fibre) 2.3 Ensure that associated equipment is labelled to inform others not to switch the equipment on or reconnect patch leads 2.4 Remove connector dust cover and inspect for dust and damage using an optical microscope or video microscope 2.5 Clean connectors with recommended cleaning tools, using wet and dry methods as required and re-inspect 2.6 Replace connectors or patch cords when inspection reveals irreparable damage or contamination cannot be cleaned off 2.7 Place fibre patch leads in support pathway avoiding pressure, crushing and bending
3. Install indoor/outdoor cables and pigtails to an indoor enclosure	3.1 Undertake work in a controlled environment 3.2 Strip loose tube fibre cable and fit cable and fibres to an indoor enclosure 3.3 Prepare pigtails on workstation in an orderly manner matching cable fibre colour codes to pigtail colour codes as required
4. Terminate or fusion-splice cable	4.1 Prepare fibre for splicing, cleaning and cleaving 4.2 Splice prepared fibres 4.3 Shrink splice protective sleeve to spliced fibres and allow to cool
5.Terminate fibre using direct connectorisation	5.1 Prepare fibre (250 um and/or 900 um fibres) for mechanical splicing, cleaning and cleaving 5.2 Connect mechanical splice connector
6.Test circuit joints	6.1 Use visible light sources safely to determine continuity of patch cords and fusion/mechanical splices 6.2 Test each fibre circuit joint for transmission loss with a light source and power meter, and re-terminate joint or connector when transmission loss exceeds industry standards and manufacturer specifications 6.3 Record all measurements in dBm for customer handover
7. Remove fibre hazards from work area	7.1 Clean work area thoroughly to minimise risk of injury from glass fibre off-cuts 7.2 Dispose of waste safely according to relevant environmental requirements 7.3 Restore worksite to customer satisfaction
8. Document installation	8.1 Update plans and records with details of installation and test results 8.2 Notify customer of work completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of familiar text types
Writing	Chooses appropriate text type to communicate relevant information and/or ideas effectively
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices in register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems Understands when to take responsibility and when to notify others

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL302 Install and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

install, terminate and test optical fibre cable, applying safety precautions when working with laser-based systems

prepare workstation to provide for fibre preparation, cleaving, fusion splicing, enclosure fit out, cleaning pads and tools, sharps and waste disposal

ensure workstation is located in a dust free environment with adequate ventilation, lighting and power

install and test single mode and multimode cable

perform direct field termination

provide customer report documenting installation and test results

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and work practices

install a mechanical splice connector and fusion splice a pigtail to cable fibre

complete relevant documentation to manufacturer and design requirements.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes and standards for optical fibre

specific WHS requirements and enterprise procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

various types of optical fibre cable and associated connectors, enclosures and required equipment

features and operating requirements of optical fibre cable test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of optical fibre equipment

safety precautions when working with laser-based systems

hazards associated with working with optical cable including:

bare fibres

hazardous laser light

test methods and performance requirements

issues relating to environmental work practices and the disposal of waste

techniques for types of termination, including:

direct termination

fusion splicing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation and termination of optical fibre cable can be conducted

special purpose tools, equipment and materials currently used in industry such as optical fibre testing equipment

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on optical fibre cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Note: All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test the performance of copper, optical fibre and telecommunications cable on customer premises for the purpose of commissioning, fault identification or routine maintenance. It includes ensuring a safe and secure work environment while work is being undertaken.

It applies to field officers, technicians or technical supervisors working for cablers, technicians, contractors or other service providers who carry out domestic, commercial or industrial installations in indoor and outdoor environments. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs), power over ethernet (PoE) cable installations and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cable and system test	1.1 Establish purpose of test to be conducted on cables and systems based on customer complaints of faulty or poor system performance operations 1.2 Confirm ACMA (Australian Communications and Media Authority) requirements and methods for compliance with relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 1.3 Select required tests according to site conditions, customer complaint documentation and manufacturer specifications 1.4 Arrange access to site and confirm service is available for testing 1.5 Select test equipment, tools and materials according to required industry testing standards
2. Perform tests	2.1 Use tools and test equipment according to manufacturer specifications and undertake tests required after initial analysis of customer complaints 2.2 Perform work safely to remove risk of injury to operator, other users and equipment 2.3 Perform checks and adjustments to ensure operating environmental factors will not prejudice test results 2.4 Perform optical time domain reflectometer testing to determine fibre and event characteristics according to meet customer or enterprise specifications and manufacturer warranties 2.5 Perform structured cabling certification testing to determine cable system characteristics according to customer or enterprise specifications and manufacturers warranties 2.6 Evaluate PoE circuits, cable lengths, copper conductor sizes, resistance versus power losses, environmental temperatures and likely power levels to ensure circuit current, voltage and power to the receiving device
3. Interpret test results and determine action	3.1 Read test results accurately and compare with manufacturer and site specifications for cable performance 3.2 Evaluate test results, taking into account measurement error margins against a known reference as required 3.3 Assess test results fairly and accurately using verifiable data 3.4 Rectify faults or escalate to appropriate person
4. Complete records and clean up site	4.1 Document test results and ensure test results remain current 4.2 Verify test results and provide to customer as required 4.3 Update site and installation files to ensure information on system performance is traceable including PoE standards 4.4 Reinstate site according to customer and company requirements 4.5 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads, analyses and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation relevant to cable and systems testing
Writing	Prepares written technical reports and documentation for test results Records notes on communications and provides written feedback to customers
Oral Communication	Discuss parameters for the tests and provide oral feedback on results as required, using language appropriate to the understanding of the customer
Numeracy	Carries out calculations and analyses results as appropriate for the tests being performed
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for implementing implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements, particularly as they apply to safety
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL304 Perform cable and system test on customer premises.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

perform certification tests on copper ethernet cables to cover common ethernet cable faults including:

crosstalk, attenuation to crosstalk ratio (ACR), delays, wiremaps, attenuation, length

perform optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) tests on fibre cables to cover common fibre cable faults and common waveforms for standard fibre cabling events, including:

breaks, distance, connectors, Numerical Aperture mismatches, end of fibre, ghosts, splitters

check capabilities of ethernet cables for power over ethernet (PoE)

provide power calculations and evaluation of viability and safety of cables providing PoE

interpret test results

use appropriate methods to escalate cable faults affecting service delivery

report on completed cable and system test.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes, enterprise requirements, and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

specific WHS requirements and environmental factors relating to the activity and site conditions

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

single-mode (SM) and/or multi-mode (MM) optical fibre links in point-to-point networks

connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment, such as main distribution frame (MDF) or customer interface units (CIU) or network termination device (NTD)

electrical and/or optical properties to be measured

PoE potential hazards and performance specifications

remote power feed method and system

test results derived from test equipment and interpretation of test results against expected cable system performance specifications

typical performance parameters and faults that may be encountered in customer cabling and related connection and transmission equipment

types of equipment and manufacturer specifications suitable for tests to be carried out.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where cable and system tests can be conducted

cable and system testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and cable specifications that impact on cable and system testing installation activities, including PoE on new and legacy cabling.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut over new or upgraded systems and equipment on customer premises. This may include indoor or outdoor installations of communications applications in telephony, broadband, data, video, radio frequency (RF) equipment, security and computer networks, including local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia systems.

It applies to telecommunications trade workers carrying out new installations or upgrades to domestic, commercial or industrial systems and equipment at customer premises.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare system and equipment cut over	1.1 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access according to security arrangements 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified worksite hazards 1.3 Determine cable route, and type of cable and equipment required from project plan, and identify and avoid other services 1.4 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and materials to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.5 Prepare implementation plan with cut over tasks based on identified nature of job, and seek customer approval 1.6 Notify customer and network carrier of proposed cut over details and arrange for customer representation and agreement
2. Cut over system or equipment into service	2.1 Perform cut over tasks and connect network facilities according to approved plan 2.2 Test all cable connections, equipment and facilities according to technical manuals and specifications 2.3 Evaluate test results to ensure proper system operation and performance, and rectify as required
3. Complete project documentation	3.1 Record test results for future reference, complete reports on cut over installation and design amendments according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and equipment, and return to customer or appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to enterprise or approving authority requirements and customer satisfaction 3.4 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Documents outcomes of tests and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges, using active listening and questioning to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Applies problem solving processes for determining solutions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL312 Cutover new systems and equipment on customer premises.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

read and interpret project plans and specifications

develop and implement a cut over work plan

install customer premises equipment and cabling

configure and test cabling systems and equipment

apply relevant regulations and standards.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

health, safety and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

equipment requiring cut over at customer premises

selection of test methods and performance requirements

features and operating requirements of test equipment for cut over.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of systems and equipment can be conducted

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain indoor or outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial cable network on customer premises or service provider access networks. This may include communications applications in telephony, broadband, data, video, radio frequency (RF) equipment, security and computer networks, including local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

It applies to technicians and lines workers who install and maintain network cable equipment within the broadband infrastructure deployment. They may upgrade a coaxial or optical fibre cable as part of a hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) network, a broadband access network or a large customer private network.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for cable maintenance	1.1 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access according to security arrangements 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified worksite hazards 1.3 Determine cable route and type of cable from schedule, and identify and avoid other services 1.4 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently
2 Maintain cables, cable supports and enclosures	2.1 Clean area of debris, vegetation and foreign matter as required 2.2 Conduct visual inspections of cable infrastructure, enclosures and carrier interfaces for assessment of evident damages according to enterprise guidelines, and notify appropriate personnel 2.3 Check customer interface units for correct operation and rectify identified faults 2.4 Undertake remedial action on damages according to warranties and service level agreements, prior to maintenance routine 2.5 Perform maintenance tasks and tests in a safe manner and note activities on maintenance schedule
3 Complete maintenance documentation	3.1 Record test results, maintenance activities and corrective actions for future reference and complete maintenance schedule attendance chart according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to enterprise or approving authority requirements and customer satisfaction 3.4 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Oral Communication	Conveys and clarifies information effectively to a range of personnel using collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning Presents complex information in formal situations using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for maintenance works Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies, reads verbal and non-verbal signals, establishes a sense of connection and builds rapport with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining solutions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL315 Maintain cable network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

test cables and equipment and interpret results

undertake remedial action on damages

safely use specialised hand or power tools and equipment

apply regulations and standards related to maintenance

comply with all related health, safety and environmental requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment, such as main distribution frame (MDF) or customer interface units (CIU)

maintenance requirements of equipment at customer premises

electrical and optical properties to be measured

health, safety and environmental considerations including:

electrical safety and lifting hazards

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

typical safety issues and challenges that occur on the worksite

test methods and performance requirements for the maintenance work

purpose of warranties and service level agreements in relation to maintenance work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where maintenance of network cable can be conducted

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on maintenance activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut over and rearrange new and existing distribution cables in the telecommunications access network.

It applies to lines workers, jointers or technicians working for carriers, contractors or other service providers who work on new or existing copper cables in the access network.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used may be subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for cable modification and cut over	1.1 Obtain project plan from appropriate personnel and use plan to scope work for job 1.2 Arrange for access to worksite, according to local government or other authority requirements 1.3 Inspect site to develop a work health and safety (WHS) plan and notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards 1.4 Determine cable route and type of cable from project plan, taking into account the location of other services 1.5 Obtain required plant, tools, safety equipment and materials 1.6 Prepare detailed plan of cut over tasks according to project plan, job scope, legislative and other requirements, and obtain necessary approvals 1.7 Notify customer and network carrier of proposed cut over activity and proposed disruption to services that may impact on their service level agreements (SLAs) 1.8 Undertake additional preparatory non-jointing work, as required, according to customer practices and site conditions
2 Joint and cut over cable	2.1 Prepare cabinet, joint enclosure and jointing chambers for cable handling, entry and sealing requirements 2.2 Joint cable according to manufacturer guidelines 2.3 Test cable for performance and rectify cut over faults relating to cut over according to location, materials available and customer practices 2.4 Record test results for future reference 2.5 Seal all joints according to cable type, location, customer practices and manufacturer guidelines
3 Clean-up worksite and complete documentation	3.1 Complete reports on cut over installation and design amendments to reflect existing cable layout and according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Place and secure correctly labelled cables to supports in jointing chamber or cabinet according to customer practices 3.3 Mark-up as-built plans for return to customer for their records 3.4 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.5 Notify appropriate personnel about completion of cut over and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from various sources Consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using appropriate language, and listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations required for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate effectively with colleagues, customers and others
Get the work done	Plans, sequences and carries out tasks to meet required outcomes Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Uses problem solving processes to address less predictable problems, referring to standard procedures to determine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL317 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

set up the site for a cabling cut over job

use project plan to determine cable route and necessary fittings for installation

use project plan to prepare detailed cut over plan including any anticipated outages that may affect service level agreements (SLAs)

follow customer practices for the placement and sealing of cables

separate, label and joint cable units and pairs according to industry practices

test cable, rectify faults, record results and take appropriate action

seal all joints and cabinets according to enterprise agreements

comply with relevant work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements

place and secure cables and mark-up as-built plans

handover completed job to customer.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

requirements of legislation, regulations, codes, standards and customer practices relevant to work activity, in particular:

WHS requirements and environmental requirements relating to setting up an outdoor site and accessing underground facilities

project plans and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

interpretation and methods to mark-up as-built plans

common cabling types, connectors and cabling structures (including conductor identification/cable colour coding)

manufacturer jointing and sealing guidelines and practices

process of cutting over a cable for various scenarios including:

aerial lead-in

underground lead-in

features and operating conditions of test equipment and how the equipment is used to measure cable performance

typical issues and challenges that may cause delays in job completion, and how these could be addressed

purpose of warranties and SLAs

mark-up as-built plans.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

cable systems and jointing equipment required to cut over cable

cabling infrastructure required for installation

regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install underground cable for all communications applications in access networks or customer premises.

It applies to technical staff who install cable for new installations and upgrades to telecommunications cabling infrastructure for communications applications including broadcasting or reception (digital video broadcasting – terrestrial [DVB-T], satellite [DVB-S], long term evolution [LTE]), closed-circuit television (CCTV), digital and analog, telephony, data, video, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs), fibre optic networks and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used may be subject to regulatory requirements and/or the carrier’s guidelines. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for underground cable hauling	1.1 Access site according to required enterprise procedures 1.2 Verify cable installation requirements from plans and recognise constraints 1.3 Identify from plans, correct duct to be hauled 1.4 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.5 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities 1.6 Select suitable tools, equipment and protective equipment to meet required industry standards 1.7 Check for dangerous gases and place guards around open manholes following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 1.8 Confirm correct duct/conduit to be utilised for hauling at site and access to intermediate manholes/pits along the hauling route 1.9 Rod and rope the conduit/duct to be hauled 1.10 Set-up cable installation equipment according to manufacturer requirements and enterprise guidelines 1.11 Clean debris and obstructions from conduit using appropriate mandrels 1.12 Seal cable ends to exclude entrance of foreign matter
2. Haul underground cable	2.1 Run hauling feeder through conduit to enable cable hauling 2.2 Use rodding techniques to prove that conduit is clear for hauling 2.3 Attach cable to hauling feeder according to manufacturer specifications 2.4 Employ cable slippers or rollers to ensure no sheath damage when hauling into and out of enclosures 2.5 Lubricate cable and haul evenly at correct tension to reduce risk of cable damage 2.6 Maintain sufficient cable length allowance for jointing and ensure cable is housed within bending radius tolerance for cable materials in an underground enclosure 2.7 Maintain cable and services separations in parallel runs and crossovers according to manufacturer and regulatory requirements
3. Seal and secure cable and complete all documentation	3.1 Tag all cables to enable future identification 3.2 Seal cable ends according to enterprise requirements to prevent entrance of foreign material 3.3 Place cable on supports in enclosures to reduce damage to conductors and enable ease of access for maintenance 3.4 Fit voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component as required 3.5 Complete installation reports and design amendments accurately, and file promptly according to customer requirements 3.6 Reinstate site to customer satisfaction and dispose of waste in environmentally safe manner as required 3.7 Notify appropriate personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from plans, specifications, standards and regulations to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology
Oral Communication	Uses collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning, to convey and clarify information and to confirm understanding Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for hauling
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task, and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies and reads verbal and non-verbal signals, establishes a sense of connection and builds rapport with clients and workmates
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Accepts responsibility for addressing less predictable problems and initiates procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL308 Install underground cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

use the correct type of rope for cable hauling

use various rodding, roping and mandrel techniques as prior requirements to hauling cable

haul underground cable by applying work health and safety (WHS) requirements, work practices and industry standards

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment for hauling cabling safely

read and interpret plan drawings

restore site and complete documentation

comply with all related safety requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) regulatory requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact on hauling

rodding, roping and mandrel techniques

features and operating requirements of hauling equipment

industry and manufacturer requirements for safe operation of hauling equipment

health, safety and environmental requirements relating to hauling and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on worksites

precautions associated with over-hauling through occupied conduits.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of underground cable can be conducted

installation equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to splice and terminate optical fibre cable within an optical telecommunications transmission environment for new installations or upgrades of an optical backbone or access network, to achieve greater bandwidth and capacity required by emerging technology convergence for next generation networks (NGNs).

It applies to technical staff who splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects for commercial or industrial fibre to the premises (FTTP) non-mechanical splicing installations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Cablers working with live optical fibre must obtain enterprise certification before commencing splicing work.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for splicing	1.1 Select safety equipment to protect self and public according to industry guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) practices 1.2 Confirm layout of installation according to physical conditions at site and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of identified worksite hazards 1.4 Locate other services from relevant authorities according to industry guidelines and safe practices 1.5 Test for dangerous gases and place guards around open manholes according to WHS and environmental requirements 1.6 Obtain approval for alterations to design according to industry guidelines
2. Check existing optical fibre cable	2.1 Verify that cable is installed according to installation plan 2.2 Visually inspect cable for signs of sheath damage and seek instructions from service provider when damage is identified 2.2 Maintain minimum bend ratios according to manufacturer specifications to prevent cable damage and signal degradation 2.3 Secure cable according to safe industry practice to avoid cable and sheath damage
3. Splice optical fibre cable	3.1 Maintain safe work practices when using equipment to identify and verify fibre is not live before commencing splicing 3.2 Seek instructions from service provider where fibre is live and, on receipt of required enterprise certification, follow service provider instructions accordingly 3.3 Prepare cable end to expose optical fibres according to splicing method and manufacturer specifications 3.4 Prepare and splice fibres using safe industry practice according to industry specifications 3.5 Install and clean optical connectors with recommended cleaning material and re-inspect 3.6 Test completed links for proof of performance according to industry standards
4. Terminate optical fibre cable	4.1 Select connector unit to suit terminating frame according to design specifications 4.2 Terminate cable according to design method and manufacturer specifications 4.3 Test termination for transmission loss and light levels, and re-terminate if transmission loss exceeds industry standard 4.4 Install protection devices on connectors to protect from exposure and contaminants 4.5 Label and lay up cables in enclosure according to manufacturer instructions and industry guidelines
5. Finish job and report	5.1 Remove waste and reinstate site according to industry guidelines 5.2 Prepare reports, including test results and alterations to plans, according to telecommunications industry or enterprise policies 5.3 Notify appropriate personnel of work completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Understands familiar texts of limited complexity that may incorporate graphs, tables and charts Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of familiar text types
Writing	Interrelates ideas and information and some support material when writing about familiar topics
Oral Communication	Demonstrates an awareness of the need to vary structure, style, tone and vocabulary to meet the requirements of the audience, context and purpose
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for decisions about when and how to complete tasks and coordinate with others Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context
Interacts with others	Takes responsibility to obtain customer sign-off for work completed

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL208 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for carriers and service providers.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

splice, terminate and test optical fibre cable, applying safety precautions when working with laser-based systems and ensuring that required enterprise certification is first obtained if working with live fibre

splice at least 12 fibres and house in industry recognised enclosures and underground closures according to manufacturer instructions

install a pigtail that is fusion spliced to cable fibre

inspect and clean optical connectors

complete relevant documentation according to manufacturer and design requirements

provide customer report documenting installation and test results, according to industry standards

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, including hazardous gases

relevant safety standards applicable to the operation of laser products

safety precautions when working with laser-based systems

industry and enterprise policies and procedures when splicing optical fibre cable

causes of signal strength loss in optical fibre

colour coding of fibres

features and operating requirements of test equipment for optical fibre cable

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

optical fibre equipment and manufacturer requirement for safe operation

techniques for types of termination, including:

direct termination

fusion splicing

mechanical splicing

test methods and performance requirements

types of optical cable

relevant authorities that may be involved in optical fibre installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where splicing and termination of optical fibre cable can be conducted

special purpose tools, equipment and materials currently used in industry such as optical fibre testing equipment

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on optical fibre cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required for fault-finding and testing for the presence of an operational subscriber line at network termination devices (NTDs). These lines are crucial in connecting customer equipment to the carrier for the purposes of providing telephony and internet protocol (IP) data services. These network providers use convergent technologies to deliver services of next generation networks (NGNs).

It applies to technicians and cable installers who install and maintain IP-based equipment for customer and service providers for services, such as internet protocol TV (IPTV), IP security, digital home networks, IP-based cable access, TV (CATV), IP core and access networks, home automation, interactive TV, smart grids and cloud computing

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) cabling registration applies to maintaining or installing new cable elements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to locate and rectify basic faults	1.1 Arrange site access according to enterprise procedures and customer requirements 1.2 Obtain information from customer about nature of the fault 1.3 Obtain suitable tools and test equipment 1.4 Obtain appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) 1.5. Identify requirements for basic identification and fault-finding of cabling from network termination device (NTD) to customer equipment and seek assistance as required
2. Identify and confirm customer and NTD equipment in place	2.1 Identify type of NTD used and its application to satellite, fibre, fixed radio, hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) or digital subscriber line (DSL) telecommunications network/s 2.2 Identify and document typical equipment connected to NTD 2.3 Confirm correct equipment is being used for installed NTD
3. Identify and inspect NTD and customer equipment cables and patch cords	3.1 Check that NTD equipment and customer equipment are interconnected utilising cables and patch cords 3.2 Ensure all cabling sockets are visually intact and undamaged 3.3 Ensure all patch cords are visually intact and undamaged 3.4 Complete wire mapping to ensure new work is completed correctly and is in good working order 3.5 Ensure all cable, patch cords and cabling products are of the same signal bandwidth category 3.6 Obtain NTD and customer equipment user guides 3.7 Utilise NTD and customer equipment user guides to determine correct light-emitting diode (LED) status that indicates the equipment is operating correctly 3.8 Identify and record visual status of all customer equipment and NTD equipment prior to any investigative process
4. Repair faults found in NTD and customer equipment	4.1 Follow appropriate user guide fault tables to remedy equipment status according to equipment manufacturer guidelines 4.2 Conduct basic fault-finding using methodical and safe practices suitable for system and problem type 4.3 Ensure cabling or patch cord elements are correctly terminated utilising wire mapping testers according to industry standards 4.4 Correct faulty cabling by re-terminating sockets, replacing sockets and re-terminating cable or replacing damaged cable elements 4.5 Correct faulty patch cords by re-terminating plugs or replacing with new patch cords 4.6 Power down equipment for 30 seconds and reboot equipment as a remedy to problem/s 4.7 Report failure of equipment to obtain normal working status to customer/supervisor and/or NTD owner for a determination to replace faulty equipment or to have equipment repaired 4.8 Ensure test equipment power adaptors are providing correct voltage to equipment, using an appropriate test device, and replace power adaptors as required 4.9 Ensure NTD equipment and customer equipment is communicating with internet by exploring internet with a computer browser gaining correct page displays from a website 4.10 Ensure customer device is connected to a wi-fi modem using service set identifier (SSID) and password
5. Complete documentation and clean-up worksite	5.1 Advise customer of successful fault clearance and obtain sign-off for customer agreement once fault is resolved and for invoicing purposes 5.2 Complete all records as required 5.3 Complete reports to justify fault diagnosis and rectification methodology as required 5.4 Remove all waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 5.5 Restore changes made to worksite during fault repair, according to industry standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, plans and implements strategies to manage gaps in technical knowledge
Writing	Recognises when unknown words are essential to meaning and uses a range of decoding strategies to identify them Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Oral Communication	Uses clear language and concepts, and tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	Articulates information clearly, using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey recommendations and provide verbal reports Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Interact with others	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to do this on at least one of the following network termination device (NTD)/customer equipment systems:

satellite modem/ethernet/telephony

fixed wireless modem/ethernet/telephony

fibre optic TX-RX/ethernet/telephony

hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) modem/ethernet/telephony

digital subscriber line (DSL) modem/ethernet/telephony.

Depending on the system/s the candidate works on, the candidate must demonstrate the ability to:

connect NTDs to customer equipment

set-up and operate test instruments

gather appropriate instrument test cables and adaptors

determine status of cables/equipment to be tested such as safety and live or inactive status

identify different cable types and their association with NTD/customer equipment

identify whether or not NTD/customer equipment is operating correctly

search the internet for equipment user guides

replace faulty cable or patch cords after testing or identifying damage

replace or re-terminate faulty sockets or connectors

perform a browser search of a web page to confirm system is working.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards and associated industry guidelines, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) regulations

work health and safety (WHS) regulations for electrical, fibre optic and electromagnetic telecommunications systems

hazard identification such as laser light and safety signs used for telecommunications equipment

typical equipment connected to NTD including:

personal computer devices including:

desktop/mobile computing devices

smartphone

printers

other devices

wi-fi modem/switch/router

DSL filters

internet service provider (ISP) gateway switch/router (ISP or retailer)

internet protocol TV (IPTV)

IP security, digital home networks

IP-based cable access TV (CATV)

IP core and access networks

home automation

interactive TV

smart grids

cloud computing

basic interconnection concepts for NTD and customer equipment application including:

fibre optic

fixed radio

satellite

HFC

DSL twisted pair

cable types used for NTD/customer equipment connections including:

Cat 5e unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable

Cat 6 UTP cable

Cat 6/7 shielded twisted pair (STP) cable

RG6 coaxial cable (quad shielded)

fibre optic and other cable types for recognition/demonstration of the NTD network side

appropriate connectors for testing cables

appropriate adaptors and test leads for test instruments and cables to be tested

common basic tests utilised with each NTD/customer equipment system using:

structured cabling certifiers

structured cabling verification/qualification tester

wire mapper

oscillator and probe

multimeter

RF power measurement (RX)

time-domain reflectometer (TDR), available in SC certifiers

ADSL/VDSL test instruments

other appropriate test equipment

NTD or customer equipment user guides

purpose and use of test results

fault escalation enterprise processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

satellite modem/ethernet/telephony

fixed wireless modem/ethernet/telephony

fibre optic TX-RX/ethernet/telephony

HFC modem/ethernet/telephony

DSL modem/ethernet/telephony.

As a minimum, customer equipment may also require a portable computer, wi-fi modems, switch/router or devices that combine these parameters

Cable segments that use passive devices will also require access to RF splitters or DSL filters.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques according to all safety requirements and work practices commonly used in fault remediation.

It applies to copper cable jointers who install and maintain telecommunications cable networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fault- finding activity	1.1 Determine, from documentation or discussion with appropriate personnel, work to be undertaken, including reported fault location 1.2 Access site according to workplace and/or enterprise procedures 1.3 Identify existing and potential site hazards, assess risks and implement risk control measures 1.4 Prepare testing in consultation with others affected by the proposed work and sequence work appropriately 1.5 Obtain required materials for testing, reporting and rectification work according to enterprise procedures and job/work ticket requirements 1.6 Obtain required tools, equipment and testing devices according to enterprise procedures and check for correct operation and safety
2. Conduct activities to test and locate cable faults	2.1 Establish nature of fault through analysis of source, history and available information 2.2 Select and use appropriate test equipment to locate, diagnose and analyse fault 2.3 Conduct tests according to selected test equipment operating instructions and safety requirements, and ensure diagnostic process aligns to customer service requirements 2.4 Identify and test for fault efficiently and sustainably 2.5 Evaluate test results to determine cause of fault/s using appropriate methods and processes
3. Rectify fault	3.1 Carry out work health and safety (WHS) activities prior to entering a pit or manhole and protect underground assets prior to excavation 3.2 Physically locate fault position in a length of cable or buried joint 3.3 Rectify fault or escalate to appropriate level 3.4 Discuss and document established methods for dealing with unexpected situations with appropriate personnel 3.5 Confirm that current standard of performance for copper cables will be viable after fault remediation work 3.6 Confirm integrity of repaired fault using appropriate carrier testing processes
4. Report fault-findings and rectification	4.1 Report fault identification and fault clearance 4.2 Update fault records 4.3 Restore worksite to customer satisfaction and acceptable industry standards 4.4 Notify customer and/or relevant parties to obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation to determine important information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to develop basic reports and in all written tasks
Oral Communication	Liaises with customers about technical requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data for specifications
Navigate the world of work	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own role Seeks advice about expectations when preparing for work
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Diagnoses and implements standard solutions to for routine problems, seeking assistance from more experienced colleagues when required Understands purposes and specific functions of common fault location equipment and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

discuss faults with customers and appropriate personnel

identify a minimum of three different types of faults when testing telecommunications cables

analyse test results and identify and rectify a minimum of three different types of faults

use systematic, logical and appropriate fault-finding techniques for field-testing situations

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

WHS and environmental requirements

basic communications testing and measuring devices and techniques including:

types and applications of testing/measuring devices including voltage testers, multimeters, copper time domain reflectometers (TDRs), bridge meggers, continuity testers and insulation resistance testers

features of testing/measuring devices including user calibration, parameter and range settings

safety procedures

circuit arrangement of test/measuring devices

readings

storage, maintenance and care of test/measuring devices

Australian Standard quality assurance requirements for test equipment calibration certification

carrier copper network, architecture and cable layout including:

seven different types of fault conditions that may affect a customer service in terms of how information is carried

continuity of a circuit to facilitate a customer service

types of network components and terminal points such as cabinets, pillars, main distribution frames, internal distribution frames, pits, manholes and joints

different types of joints (inline, single-ended, pressurised and unpressurised)

performance parameters associated with copper cables including:

electrical circuit characteristics of voltage, current and resistance/impedance

open circuit, short circuit and pair continuity

split legs, reversed legs, contacts, earths and foreign battery

attenuation

insulation resistance (leakage)

loop resistance

characteristic impedance

how to evaluate test results for compliance with carrier requirements for copper cables including:

tests required to evaluate a given performance parameter

test equipment and leads needed to evaluate a given performance parameter

operation of test equipment for correct evaluation of specific cable performance parameters and to obtain accurate and reliable results

transmission performance requirements

behaviour of faulty cable network elements, including symptoms and impact on cable network

systematic and logical fault-finding

interpretation of test results and cable network element/system specifications

possible fault positions in a length of cable or buried joint including:

joint in a pit

manhole

buried.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which copper cable network testing and fault-finding can be conducted

line transmission and measurement equipment currently used in industry

system documentation and other site-related documentation required to conduct tests and fault-finding investigations for a minimum of three different types of faults.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install aerial cable in domestic, commercial or industrial communications applications that include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs), master antenna television (MATV), cable television (CATV), closed-circuit television (CCTV), long-term evolution (LTE) and multimedia.

It applies to technical staff installing aerial cable for customer and carrier networks. Installations are completed outdoors on customer premises using basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for aerial cable installation	1.1 Access site according to required procedures 1.2 Verify location, cable bearer type and specific requirements of the proposed aerial cable installation according to appropriate plans and recognised constraints 1.3 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities 1.4 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.5 Select tools and equipment required for safe work practice 1.6 Erect barriers according to safety requirements 1.7 Assess support structure safety according to standard working conditions and proceed according to this assessment 1.8 Identify and set up traffic management plan as required 1.9 Set-up cable installation equipment according to manufacturer requirements and enterprise guidelines
2. Attach aerial cable to catenary	2.1 Select type of cable bearer 2.2 Use basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights 2.3 Secure pole hardware permanently to support structure using safe installation practices, according to specifications 2.4 Haul and secure cable following health and safety requirements, manufacturer specifications and environmental requirements 2.5 Ensure minimum sag heights are achieved
3.Install self-supporting aerial cable	3.1 Select type of cable for installation 3.2 Use basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights 3.3 Secure pole hardware permanently to support structure using safe installation practices according to specifications 3.4 Haul and secure cable following health and safety requirements, manufacturer specifications and environmental requirements 3.5 Ensure minimum sag heights are achieved
4. Seal and secure aerial cable	4.1 Seal cable ends to prevent entrance of foreign material 4.2 Secure cable loop, as required, on support structure and ensure equipment is left in a tidy manner to reduce damage to conductors or fibres and to enable ease of access for effective maintenance 4.3 Weatherproof building entry points, as required 4.4 Fit over-voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component as required 4.5 Complete installation reports and design amendments accurately and file promptly according to industry requirements
5. Restore site and complete documentation	5.1 Restore worksite to customer satisfaction 5.2 Complete reports on installation work and provide to appropriate personnel 5.3 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses plans, regulations and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and workmates
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL310 Install aerial cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, and to:

prepare site for installation, ensuring all relevant authorities have been notified and approvals obtained prior to commencement

install various aerial cable using effective practices including:

integral bearer

self-supporting

stranded support (catenary)

comply with all related health and safety requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, authorisations and other formal agreements that impact on aerial cabling, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules as they apply to aerial cable

minimum sag heights

health, safety and environmental requirements relating to aerial cabling and working at heights

appropriate authorisations for pole access

features and operating requirements of equipment used for aerial cabling and rigging

manufacturer and industry requirements for safe operation of installation and rigging equipment

basic traffic management plans

typical worksite issues and challenges.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where aerial cable installation can be conducted

aerial installation equipment currently used in industry

aerial cables including:

integral bearer

self-supporting

stranded support (catenary)

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on aerial cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install underground enclosures and conduit, either direct buried or in pits, for new or cable maintenance tasks in access networks for outdoor installations within customer premises or in public locations permitted by the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA).

It applies to technical staff who install underground infrastructure for new and upgraded telecommunications cabling for domestic, commercial or industrial customers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of underground enclosure and conduit	1.1 Obtain construction design plan from appropriate personnel and determine and obtain type of underground enclosure specified 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required enterprise procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.4 Verify location of proposed installation according to appropriate plans obtained from authorised personnel 1.5 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities 1.6 Organise plant, tools and equipment for given work and safe work practice 1.7 Place recognised barriers during construction according to safety and enterprise requirements
2. Install enclosure and conduit	2.1 Excavate site, maintaining stability and allowing ease of access 2.2 Install enclosure or pit according to design specifications, and work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.3 Install conduit according to specifications and manufacturer requirements, ensuring internal surfaces are free from impediments and sharp edges for cable hauling 2.4 Seal conduit entry into enclosure against foreign matter 2.5 Install cable support structure and access facilities in pits according to specifications
3. Restore site and complete documentation	3.1 Complete backfill safely using suitable soil and materials that ensure conduit protection 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and equipment and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and customer satisfaction 3.4 Complete reports on installation and design amendments accurately and file promptly according to enterprise requirements 3.5 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Critically analyses plans and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Accurately records and completes information in enterprise systems
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Takes measurements and uses them for work layout and construction Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and workmates Identifies and explores differences in a diverse range of people in the work context and makes adjustments to communication in recognition of these differences
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL307 Install underground enclosures and conduit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, and to:

interpret and apply design plans and prepare for construction

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment normally used for excavation, pipe, pit and conduit installation and site restoration, safely

excavate for installation of an enclosure and conduit according to industry standards, applying related health and safety requirements and work practices

install enclosure and conduit according to specifications and industry standards.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

features and operating requirements of excavation and installation to select appropriate equipment

existing underground services

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

construction design plans

specific work health and safety and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

components required for enclosures, pits and conduit

methods of installing enclosures and conduit as they apply to manufacturer specifications and regulatory requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of underground enclosures and conduit can be conducted

installation pits, enclosures and conduit currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install aerial cable supports in domestic, commercial or industrial communications applications, including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, master antenna television (MATV), cable television (CATV), closed-circuit television (CCTV), long-term evolution (LTE) computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

It applies to technical staff installing aerial cable for customers and carrier networks. Installations are completed outdoors on customer premises using basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems and working at heights. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare site for installation	1.1 Access site according to required enterprise procedures 1.2 Verify aerial cable support installation requirements according to approved designs, and recognise and plan for constraints 1.3 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities 1.4 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.5 Assess support structure safety according to standard working conditions and proceed according to this assessment 1.6 Set up cable support installation equipment according to manufacturer requirements and enterprise guidelines
2. Install aerial support structures	2.1 Select type of aerial cable support for catenary wire or integrated bearer or self-supporting cable installation 2.2 Use basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights 2.3 Erect barriers and signage according to safety requirements 2.4 Construct support foundations to specifications and provide for safe and secure operation of support structure 2.5 Install aerial cable supports securely and safely according to plan, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and authorisations
3. Restore site and complete documentation	3.1 Undertake quality check on completed installation 3.2 Reinstate site to identified requirements 3.3 Complete reports on installation and design amendments and record according to telecommunications industry requirements 3.4 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses plans and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine construction requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes enterprise documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Takes measurements and use them for work layout and construction Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Seeks advice and clarification for new activities
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and work colleagues
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Accepts responsibility for addressing less predictable problems and applies problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL309 Construct aerial cable supports.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, and to:

prepare site for aerial cable support construction, ensuring all relevant authorities have been notified and approvals obtained prior to commencement

install aerial support structures using pole and wall supports, applying all related health and safety requirements and work practices and manufacturer requirements

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, and standards and other formal agreements that impact on aerial cable supports, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) regulatory requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules as they apply to aerial cabling

features and operating requirements of cable supports and installation equipment and authorisations

requirements for safe operation of equipment

safety precautions required when working at heights and on pole infrastructure

other health and safety and environmental requirements relating to the activity, equipment types and site conditions

typical worksite issues and challenges.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where construction of aerial cable supports can be conducted

aerial support installation equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on aerial cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and cut over a new metallic conductor cable to an access network distribution cabinet. The cable types are typically up to 200 pair copper cables in the carrier access network. The cabinet types may be mixed mode bearer cabinets in the access network and cross connect units (CCUs) or pillars.

It applies to lines workers, field officers or technicians working for carriers, contractors or other service providers who install and rearrange copper cables in the carrier network.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Obtain project plan to scope work and gain approval from customer on key features of installation 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required enterprise procedure 1.3 Inspect site to develop work health and safety (WHS) plan and notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards 1.4 Determine cable route and type of network cable equipment from project plan, considering the location of other services 1.5 Obtain required plant, tools, safety equipment and materials for cabinet entry 1.6 Coordinate with other parties to minimise disruption to services and down time 1.7 Segregate incoming and outgoing cables to facilitate access and avoid overlaying and backtracking of cable 1.8 Notify stakeholders of proposed cut over details and proposed disruption to services 1.9 Undertake additional preparatory non-jointing work, as required, according to customer practices and site conditions
2. Install required cable and termination modules	2.1 Evaluate existing termination module type and capacity 2.2 Install additional termination modules, as required, and modify existing housing capacity according to manufacturer specifications and industry practice 2.3 Determine cable route between parent jointing chamber and cable termination blocks according to customer practices, site limitations, equipment specifications and regulations 2.4 Select entry port and sealing arrangements 2.5 Install cable to cabinet 2.6 Arrange and distribute cable fan out and routing according to industry practice 2.7 Label cabinets, cables and joints according to industry standards
3. Joint, jumper and cut over cable	3.1 Joint cable according to jointing standards, materials, joint type, location, customer practices and manufacturer guidelines 3.2 Install jumpers and cut away tails according to industry practice and to minimise service outages 3.3 Test cable for performance and rectify faults relating to cut over according to location, materials available and industry practice 3.4 Seal all joints and cabinet according to cable type, location, customer practices and manufacturer guidelines
4. Perform tests	4.1 Visually check that all connections and interconnections are firm and sound 4.2 Electrically test all terminations for continuity according to customer practices 4.3 Reseal and pressurise cables
5. Complete site restoration and project documentation	5.1 Supply test results to customer for future reference 5.2 Complete cut over report and design amendments report that shows final cable layout as part of as-built documentation 5.3 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 5.4 Restore site according to customer practices or approving authority requirements 5.5 Notify appropriate personnel about completion of cut over and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from various sources Consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using appropriate language, listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations required for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate effectively with co-workers, customers and others
Get the work done	Plans, sequences and carries out tasks according to meet required outcomes Analyses task requirements to select appropriate equipment and practices Uses problem solving processes and standard procedures to determine solutions to less predictable problems

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL318 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

interpret project plan to determine cable route, required plant, tools, safety equipment and materials

communicate with other stakeholders to arrange site access and to confirm safety requirements

prepare cabinet and cable for cable entry according to customer practices

install cable, label and fan out for termination

terminate pairs to termination modules following customer practices

run jumpers and cut over services with minimum outages

complete required documentation related to cut over

follow and comply with WHS and environmental requirements.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity, in particular:

health, safety and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

manufacturer requirements for the operation of jointing equipment

process for the cut over of a cabinet entry cable

features and operating conditions of test equipment and how the equipment is used to measure cable performance

typical worksite issues and challenges that may cause delays in project construction activities, and how these could be addressed

purpose of warranties and service level agreements (SLAs).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

systems and equipment used for cut over

installation equipment currently used in industry

regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake a basic review and analysis of cloud computing delivery and deployment models to support the needs of a business.

The unit applies to individuals engaged in the basic review of a cloud computing solutions for a business or enterprise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to review cloud technology solutions and services	1.1 Identify data handling organisational policies and procedures required for cloud computing solutions and services 1.2 Identify cloud computing solutions and services according to organisational needs 1.3 Identify and confirm business and industry technology terminology, characteristics and concepts 1.4 Identify organisational roles affected by implementation of cloud services and solutions and their impact on cloud computing solutions and services 1.5 Identify requirements to transferring to cloud computing solutions and services according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Review cloud delivery and deployment models	2.1 Identify and review capability and characteristics of different cloud service platforms and delivery models against business requirements 2.2 Research and identify emerging cloud deployment models 2.3 Discuss differences, advantages and disadvantages between cloud cost models and different hybrid deployment models 2.4 Identify the most suitable cloud service and delivery platform according to organisational needs
3. Finalise evaluation	3.1 Identify and document benefits of adopting best cloud solutions and services according to business needs 3.2 Identify and document challenges of adopting cloud solutions and services according to business needs 3.3 Finalise cloud solutions and services evaluation and seek and respond to evaluation feedback according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Communicate outcomes of evaluation to required personnel 3.5 Save and lodge evaluation document to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness
Writing	Records required information and prepares documentation outlining findings and analysis succinctly
Oral communications	Obtains and responds to information and feedback from required personnel using succinct verbal language
Learning	Identifies ideas for other applications and considers them in current contexts
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities
Self-management skills	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions and evaluates effectiveness of outcome

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK306 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

determine at least one suitable cloud computing solution and associated services according to business needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collate information on the business’ need for cloud technology

articulate total cost of ownership for cloud computing solution as it applies to business needs

document finalised evaluation findings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

technology trends in cloud computing

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

functions and features of cloud computing solutions and services vendor products

principles and functions of cloud computing solutions, models and technologies, including:

Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)

Platforms as a Service (PaaS)

Software as a Service (SaaS)

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application

different cost models and cloud economic theories as they apply to different cloud services, and benefits to each

uses and different features of private, hybrid and public cloud deployment models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational and industry standards, guidelines and legislation required to inform business cloud computing requirements

information and data sources

industry standard information and telecommunications equipment required to capture and store data

a variety of cloud solutions and services and their specifications

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure core cloud services including compute, storage, databases and autoscaling according to business needs and workload.

The unit applies to cloud computing architects, developers and cloud engineers utilising cloud services and those engaged in deploying cloud computing solutions for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and secure access to cloud environment	1.1 Discuss and compare different cloud computing solutions, models and services according to business requirements and needs 1.2 Identify impact of shared security responsibility models 1.3 Select best cloud computing solution and service according to business requirements and needs 1.4 Access account on cloud platform according to business requirements and needs 1.5 Identify user access protocols and policies according to business requirements and needs 1.6 Configure access functions within cloud environment according to users, groups and required permissions 1.7 Identify and assign security responsibilities according to security policies, business protocols and work function 1.8 Define workload according to business requirements and needs
2. Deploy virtual network	2.1 Create users and groups to create and manage infrastructure according to business requirements and needs 2.2 Create virtual multi-tier network to support core services and autoscaling 2.3 Create virtual machine according to business processing and operating system requirements 2.4 Define, add and expand storage on virtual machine according to business requirements and needs 2.5 Deploy a managed database within virtual network according to business requirements and needs 2.6 Test external network access and access between resources within virtual network and fix errors
3. Set up automatic scaling	3.1 Configure and apply autoscaling to virtual machines to scale according to business defined metrics 3.2 Test automatic scaling and fix errors as required
4. Finalise virtual network infrastructure	4.1 Document and communicate work to required personnel 4.2 Seek and respond to feedback as required 4.3 Save and store user documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness
Writing	Records required information and prepares documentation outlining work performed using appropriate language
Learning	Identifies ideas for other applications and considers them in current contexts
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities
Self-management skills	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates effectiveness of outcome

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

build at least one simple virtual network capable of supporting a workload using cloud services

configure compute, storage, database and autoscaling resources within virtual network

conduct simple tests to confirm access to resources.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

principles and functions of cloud computing solutions and technologies, including:

Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)

Platforms as a Service (PaaS)

Software as a Service (SaaS)

different cost models and cloud economic theories as they apply to different cloud services and non-cloud services, and benefits to each

functions, features and uses of different virtual machine, networking and scaling options, including:

virtual machine sizing including CPU, memory, storage and network bandwidth

load balancing and autoscaling

performance monitoring and alarms

storage backups and lifecycle

virtual networks and traffic routing

functions, benefits and differences of:

vertical and horizontal scaling

virtual and physical machines

relational, data warehouse and no SQL databases

self-hosted, managed and cloud-native database solutions

storage options including:

block storage

object storage

archive storage

network filesystems

user, business and vendor responsibilities according to shared security responsibility models

user access protocols and policies according to organisation hierarchy and job function

security policies, protocols and mechanisms as they relate to cloud technologies and methodologies including:

securities as it applies to limiting network traffic within virtual networks

security responsibilities as it applies to different work functions and user access

purpose of domain name system (DNS) required to connect remote servers when web browsing

functions, uses and differences of cloud models, including:

on-premise and private cloud

hybrid cloud

public cloud.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

internet and web browser

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNe - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a cloud disaster recovery plan. It involves identifying current and potential risk factors, including impact, likelihood, duration and cost of disruption in the cloud computing environment.

The unit applies to Chief Information Officers (CIOs), cloud architects, cloud network engineers, cloud consultants and those involved in cloud disaster recovery plans for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop plan	1.1 Identify disaster recovery plan requirements according to business needs and requirements 1.2 Determine existing organisational recovery plans 1.3 Identify vendor disaster recovery plan and service level agreements
2. Conduct impact analysis	2.1 Determine time and recovery point objectives according to business needs 2.2 Assess potential risks plan exclusions according to business requirements 2.3 Estimate amount of data and security level of data managed 2.4 Evaluate severity of impact and disruption of risk events 2.5 Document outcomes of impact analysis according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Develop disaster recovery solutions	3.1 Develop range of disaster recovery solutions according to business requirements 3.2 Determine vendor protections and prioritise risks 3.3 Assess external insurance protection levels and their suitability requirements 3.4 Identify other disaster recovery solution components
4. Finalise disaster recovery plan	4.1 Align disaster recovery risk potential according to business requirements 4.2 Outline steps of disaster recovery plan including timelines, key features, service providers and any other aspect 4.3 Document disaster recovery plan according to business needs and requirements
5. Test cloud disaster recovery plan	5.1 Conduct verbal walkthrough of cloud disaster recovery plan with required personnel 5.2 Seek and respond to feedback as required 5.3 Lodge cloud disaster recovery plan according to organisation and legislative protocol 5.4 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language in cloud computing and risk environment
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the cloud and digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology
Planning and organising	Uses a broad range of strategies to evaluate and resolve risk events in cloud and technical environment and demonstrates the knowledge that design choices will influence the security of virtually stored information
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common threats in the cloud and technical environment

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

develop and evaluate a cloud disaster recovery plan that includes at least three major risk events.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine likelihood and impact of risk event to assist in the development of one cloud disaster recovery plan

document disaster recovery plan and ways the plan reaches Recovery Time Objective (RTO) and Recovery Point Objective (RPO) targets.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

risk environments in cloud/ICT environment

data analysis methodologies to determine risk environment

disaster recovery techniques applicable to cloud environments

ISO270001, ISO27002 and ISO 27031 standards

Recovery Time Objective (RTO) and Recovery Point Objective (RPO) standards and techniques

techniques and methods to monitor and create alerts in cloud environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

data required to assess current and future risk events in specified environment

legislation applicable to risk type

reporting standards for documenting and communicating disaster recovery plan.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement fault tolerant and scalable workloads to achieve high availability in a cloud environment.

The unit applies to cloud computing architects, cloud developers, cloud engineers and those engaged in designing and implementing cloud computing solutions for a business. It applies to individuals in Information Communications Technology (ICT) professions involved in systems design and systems architecture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify high-availability requirements	1.1 Determine reliability, recoverability and service levels required for application 1.2 Determine cloud infrastructure according to business needs 1.3 Identify level of shared security responsibility models according to business needs
2. Evaluate architecture availability	2.1 Review architecture of traditional multi-tier web application in non-cloud environment and identify high availability requirements 2.2 Identify any single points of failure 2.3 Estimate recovery objectives for multi-tier web components and for overall architecture 2.4 Determine components that must scale vertically and the potential impact on system availability 2.5 Document architecture review findings according to business needs
3. Design cloud-based architecture for high availability	3.1 Design equivalent architecture for high availability using cloud services 3.2 Identify and remove single points of failure as required 3.3 Estimate recovery objectives for each component and overall architecture 3.4 Determine components that must scale vertically and the potential impact on system availability 3.5 Document architecture design according to business needs
4. Implement cloud-based architecture for high availability	4.1 Implement architecture design in cloud environment 4.2 Demonstrate connectivity between resources at all tiers 4.3 Monitor and measure availability of resources 4.4 Simulate failures of component and confirm that infrastructure is fault tolerant 4.5 Simulate resizing components likely to impact performance and measure availability impact 4.6 Compare and document simulation findings according to documented design
5. Finalise cloud infrastructure	5.1 Adjust and improve availability of architecture according to simulations as required 5.2 Confirm, seek and respond to feedback with required personnel 5.3 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design and implement at least one fault tolerant cloud infrastructure on a cloud platform resilient to networking, compute, storage, database and data centre failures

design and deploy automated infrastructure scaling for at least one business need

simulate failures of at least one component and demonstrate is fault tolerant.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, software development kits or command line tools

define, monitor and record resource availability in cloud environment, including:

reliability

recoverability

service levels

scalability.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

current industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

different cloud cost models as they relate to scalability of cloud infrastructure

definitions, functions, features and uses of different cloud infrastructure resources as they apply in cloud architecture to high availability, including:

fault tolerance and single points of failure

reliability as defined by mean time to failure (MTTF), to repair (MTTR) and between failures (MTBF)

recoverability as measured by recovery time (RTO) and recovery point (RPO) objectives

service level agreements (SLAs)

vertical and horizontal scalability

testing and debugging techniques, including techniques to avoid single point failures

tools and techniques to measure availability impact

features of cloud services, including differences between built-in fault tolerance and infrastructure designed for fault tolerance

purpose and features of load balancing and autoscaling as related to improve availability within cloud environment

techniques, methods and industry standard metrics used to monitor performance of cloud resources.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and deploy cloud infrastructure to support highly-scalable web applications.

The unit applies to cloud computing architects, cloud developers, cloud engineers and those engaged in designing and implementing cloud computing solutions for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design scalable web-application cloud infrastructure	1.1 Determine and confirm cloud web-scaling needs 1.2 Review architecture for web application according to business needs 1.3 Identify cloud services required to scale web application 1.4 Design architecture changes using cloud services and check design scales network, compute and storage as utilisation increases 1.5 Determine architecture changes to scale for a global user base 1.6 Check availability and security of application is maintained with design changes and review design as required 1.7 Document and justify architecture changes
2. Design scalable microservice architecture for a simple application	2.1 Identify microservices and data transactions required to meet business needs 2.2 Determine cloud services to support microservice architecture 2.3 Design microservice architecture using cloud services 2.4 Document and justify architecture design
3. Implement scalable microservice using cloud services	3.1 Review microservice design and code components for application 3.2 Deploy and configure cloud services to implement the application 3.3 Test microservice components and confirm that the application is functioning 3.4 Troubleshooting and fix errors as required
4. Finalise cloud infrastructure	4.1 Set up metrics and trigger scaling alarms according to design specifications 4.2 Confirm, seek and respond to feedback with required personnel 4.3 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops complex documentation in required formats using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations Writes and edits code, and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and ensuring flow
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design at least one architecture that will scale networking, compute and storage for a multi-tier web application

design at least one microservice architecture for implementing a simple web application

deploy a microservice application utilising cloud serverless technologies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management consoles, software development kits or command line tools

apply web-scaling principles and technologies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

functions, benefits and differences of web-scale cloud components, including:

structured query language (SQL) and NoSQL databases

monolithic and microservice architectures

virtual, container and serverless compute models

content delivery networks and in-memory data stores

definitions, functions, features and uses of web-scale cloud infrastructure, including:

highly cohesive and loosely coupled systems

database and storage services for persistent data storage

application program interface (API), messaging and queuing services

testing and debugging techniques

web-scaling principles and technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

cloud serverless environment

pre-prepared code elements for microservice deployment

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess, design, improve and monitor cloud architecture on a cloud platform, including security, reliability, scalability and cost optimisation impacts for a business.

The unit applies to cloud computing architects, cloud developers, cloud engineers and those engaged in gathering requirements, designing and implementing cloud computing solutions for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse cloud architecture on a cloud platform	1.1 Identify and review business’s cloud architecture design 1.2 Evaluate cloud architecture and identify business impact of design decisions 1.3 Identify design patterns and architectural options 1.4 Determine and assess benefits and differences of cloud computing and architectural design against current business model and needs 1.5 Confirm system design decisions according to business needs 1.6 Set business goals as they relate to security, reliability, high-performance and cost efficiencies of cloud architecture according to business requirements and needs
2. Design and improve architecture on a cloud platform	2.1 Evaluate and confirm performance metrics for business applications according to business needs 2.2 Select and improve compute, storage, database and network resources according to business needs 2.3 Review and improve architecture required to enhance security, reliability, scalability and cost optimisation 2.4 Document and present proposed architecture for review to required personnel 2.5 Obtain sign off to proceed to deployment with required personnel
3. Deploy, monitor and test architecture on cloud platform	3.1 Deploy approved architecture on cloud platform 3.2 Monitor and measure architecture against performance metrics and business goals 3.3 Test and demonstrate security, reliability, scalability and cost optimisation of deployed resources 3.4 Apply short-term refinements to deployed resources according to test results
4. Finalise improvements on a cloud platform	4.1 Document as-deployed architecture and test results, and highlight changes and improvements from approved design 4.2 Describe long-term improvement strategies and their benefits as applied to deployed resources 4.3 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts Presents proposed solutions to required personnel using appropriate industry language
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

assess, identify and improve cloud architecture on a cloud platform, according to design decisions

deploy, test and measure at least one architecture design, against architecture principles, metrics and business goals.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine performance metrics and business goals

use cloud management consoles, software development kits or command line tools

create documentation of deployment and testing steps.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application

methods and impacts of cloud adoption as they relate to IT system changes

design principles for cloud applications

migrating principles for cloud applications

use of object storage for static web sites

testing and debugging techniques, including techniques to avoid single point failures

tools and uses of security layers and security-focused content within cloud services

features of cloud services, including techniques to improve security, reliability, scalability and costs

techniques, methods and industry standard metrics and business goals used to monitor performance of cloud resources.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

cloud management console, software development kit or command line tools

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and implement cloud infrastructure as code using cloud platform templates. This includes creating templates, then using the templates to create and update cloud infrastructure.

The unit applies to cloud engineers, cloud systems administrators and those who work within cloud computing operations to program, implement and maintain cloud computing solutions for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to update cloud infrastructure as code	1.1 Identify and review benefits of infrastructure as code according to business needs 1.2 Determine ways automation leverages cloud platforms according to business needs 1.3 Determine and assess potential issues and errors when implementing infrastructure as code 1.4 Evaluate and select infrastructure as code service compatible with selected cloud platform and business requirements
2. Deploy cloud infrastructure as code templates	2.1 Learn template syntax of selected cloud infrastructure as code service 2.2 Review pre-defined templates and determine what resources they create and any dependencies 2.3 Utilise the cloud infrastructure as code service tools to deploy, update and delete resources using predefined templates as required 2.4 Confirm deployments of cloud resources and configure resources using cloud platform console or command line tools 2.5 Remove deployed resources using cloud infrastructure as code tools and delete templates as required 2.6 Test and troubleshoot template errors as required
3. Develop and update infrastructure as code templates	3.1 Learn template syntax of selected cloud infrastructure as code service 3.2 Create and deploy template to provision a set of related cloud resources according to business needs 3.3 Update and redeploy template to modify previously deployed resources and add new resources 3.4 Confirm deployment of cloud resources and configure resources using the cloud platform console or command line tools 3.5 Parameterise and deploy template to reuse configuration with a modified resource configuration 3.6 Remove deployed resources using cloud infrastructure as code tools and delete templates as required 3.7 Test and troubleshoot template errors
4. Finalise cloud infrastructure as code	4.1 Create user documentation including cloud infrastructure as code templates 4.2 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and matters using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares user documentation detailing developed cloud infrastructure in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

deploy, update and remove cloud infrastructure using cloud platform templates

create, run and update at least one own template required to deploy and modify cloud infrastructure.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits or command line tools

create user documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

benefits of deploying infrastructure as code compared to manual provisioning in a console

different infrastructure as code services that can be used on a cloud platform

syntax of selected infrastructure as code service templates

tooling required to execute cloud infrastructure templates

testing and debugging techniques, including common issues and errors relating to deploying cloud infrastructure as code

parameterisation of templates to support configuration and code reuse

industry standard practices to define infrastructure as code

uses and methods to create, manage, provision and update cloud resources and templates

techniques, methods and industry standard metrics used to leverage cloud platform capabilities and deploy and manage templates.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud vendor or 3rd party infrastructure as code service

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances

cloud management console, cloud software development kit or command line tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and configure a virtual network according to networking requirements for a multi-tiered application on a cloud platform.

The unit applies to cloud engineers, cloud systems administrators and those who work within cloud computing operations to program, implement and maintain cloud computing solutions to support a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design and configure virtual networks	1.1 Gather multi-tier application networking requirements according to business needs 1.2 Identify business and industry requirements for virtual network in cloud environment 1.3 Research and identify available security options for virtual network
2. Design and configure virtual networks	2.1 Design virtual network according to networking and business requirements for a multi-tier application 2.2 Allocate virtual network and subnets for documented IP ranges 2.3 Enable network gateways and its service as required 2.4 Configure route tables and routing targets as required 2.5 Configure security controls to support test environment 2.6 Check expected network traffic is permitted into, through and out of virtual network 2.7 Collect and monitor network traffic logs and metrics 2.8 Test external connectivity to a resource within virtual network and demonstrate only permitted traffic reaches the resource 2.9 Troubleshoot and fix errors as required
3. Configure virtual network peering	3.1 Establish peering connection between two virtual networks 3.2 Adjust routing tables to direct traffic between both networks 3.3 Demonstrate network connectivity between hosts in each network 3.4 Test and troubleshoot network peering configuration
4. Document virtual networks	4.1 Document work, including a network diagram, and submit to required personnel as required 4.2 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares user documentation detailing work in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design and deploy virtual network to support a multi-tier application in a cloud environment

modify at least one network configuration to peer with another virtual network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

enable security controls and confirm that controls accurately affect network traffic as required

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits or command line tools

create user documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

roles and principles of virtual networks in cloud environments

uses and purpose of routing, routing targets, subnets, networking security controls, virtual private network (VPN) and IP address ranges

uses of technology to connect to resources within a virtual network, including secure shell (SSH), virtual private network (VPN) and peering

uses and differences between:

public and private subnets

networking gateways

routing targets

network security controls

testing and debugging techniques

methodology and techniques to collect and analyse network traffic metrics and traffic logs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure, deploy and monitor a range of technology resources of core cloud computing service on a cloud platform.

The unit applies to cloud engineers, cloud systems administrators and those who work within cloud computing operations to provision, implement and maintain cloud computing solutions for a business with little guidance or supervision. These ICT professionals may work from designs developed by cloud architects and focus on operational concerns, including automation and maintaining cloud resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to deploy a cloud resource	1.1 Review and confirm deploying and configuring a cloud resource task according to business needs 1.2 Determine cloud computing technology resources according to business needs 1.3 Identify organisational policies and procedures required for cloud technology resources 1.4 Identify and confirm business purpose, use and plan of different cloud resources according to business needs
2. Deploy and configure the cloud resource	2.1 Identify interfaces and tools required to perform task that is repeatable and automatable 2.2 Define steps required to provision resource 2.3 Confirm and document testing required to demonstrate successful completion of task 2.4 Deploy and configure cloud resource 2.5 Configure required monitoring for cloud resource
3. Test the cloud resource	3.1 Execute test plan and demonstrate cloud resource meets task requirements and business need 3.2 Troubleshoot and resolve issues as required
4. Document and finalise task	4.1 Document procedure and results 4.2 Recommend further steps to reduce manual elements of the procedure through automation 4.3 Submit to required personnel 4.4 Communicate outcomes and obtain final task sign off from required personnel as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares and develops complex documentation in required formats using clear succinct and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and language and ensuring flow
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

deploy and configure at least 6 of the following different types of cloud resources, including but not limited to

virtual machines

container services

load balancers and autoscaling

serverless functions

API gateways

block or object storage

managed databases

DNS

content delivery networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits or command line tools

develop and execute test plans and demonstrate successful task completion

consider procedural improvements to produce repeatable and automated deployments by reducing manual processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and applications

testing and debugging techniques of cloud resources and technologies

purpose, benefits and features of cloud-based:

virtual machines and containers services

API gateways and serverless computing

load balancing and autoscaling

block and object storage

managed databases

DNS and content delivery networks

resource logging, monitoring and alerting tools

repeatable and automated provisioning with

software development kits

command line tools

infrastructure as code services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure, monitor, maintain and update resources running in a cloud environment.

It applies to cloud engineers, cloud systems administrators and those who work within cloud computing environments and responsible for the day-to-day running of cloud resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to manage cloud resources	1.1 Determine complex cloud computing technology resources according to business requirements, needs and cloud environment 1.2 Identify and confirm business purpose, use and plan of different cloud resources according to business needs and efficiencies
2. Inventory and change management of cloud resources	2.1 Identify tagging policy and categorise resources according to business needs 2.2 Update resources according to tagging policy and build and maintain inventory of cloud resources 2.3 Generate report of resources based on category 2.4 Conduct maintenance with resources in specific category 2.5 Document resource tagging and inventory management according to business needs
3. Audit and change management of cloud resources	3.1 Identify configuration policy for cloud resources according to business needs 3.2 Enable logging of cloud-based events 3.3 Collect and track changes to cloud resource configuration 3.4 Apply configuration policy to resource and alert for non-conformance 3.5 Utilise audit logs and determine details and changes from configuration 3.6 Document cloud audit and change management configuration
4. Monitoring, logging and alarming	4.1 Define capacity limits for cloud resources according to business needs 4.2 Configure metrics and alarm when limits are exceeded 4.3 Capture and store resource and system logs 4.4 Test capacity to trigger alarms and review logs of incident 4.5 Manage capacity of resource to remove alarm 4.6 Document run book for actions according to configured alarm
5. Manage storage lifecycle	5.1 Identify data retention policy according to business needs and cloud resource 5.2 Configure storage to automatically comply with retention policy 5.3 Confirm that retention policy is applied to target storage 5.4 Document storage configuration according to business needs
6. Monitor and track complex cloud resources	6.1 Document mechanisms to automate tasks as required 6.2 Finalise user documentation and submit to required personnel as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing analysis, work performed and results using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies, where appropriate Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirms that the organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

monitor and manage inventory, changes and lifecycle of at least one cloud resource.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits or command line tools

collect and analyse cloud and system data and adjust resources accordingly

summarise ways system operations in cloud environments can be automated to minimise manual intervention.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and applications

purpose, benefits and features of cloud services that enable:

resource inventory and change management

performance, capacity and availability monitoring and alerting

snapshots and backups

user, service and resource permissions

access management, monitoring and auditing

system patching and update services

security mechanisms

repeatable and automated maintenance of cloud resources with:

console-based management services

software development kits

command line tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements as well as retention/lifecycle business policy, as required

retention/lifecycle policy example as it relates to managing cloud infrastructure

internet and web browser

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD509 Manage cloud identity and access

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to securely authenticate and maintain cloud-based identity and access management (IAM) systems in organisations. It includes developing, implementing and evaluating secure cloud computing solutions.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as security engineers, cloud developers and architects, and information security officers. It also includes individuals responsible for managing operational concerns across cloud environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to manage cloud identity and access	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify required protocols, platforms and networks in cloud-based infrastructure and confirm interoperability with organisational systems 1.3 Review password and multi-factor authentication requirements 1.4 Discuss limitations of existing cloud-based IAM configuration with required personnel 1.5 Confirm new IAM entities that will be required to complete work brief 1.6 Identify required protocols, platforms and networks in cloud-based infrastructure and confirm interoperability with organisational systems
2. Create and secure new IAM users	2.1 Authenticate cloud-based IAM service used by organisation according to work brief 2.2 Modify password policy and enforce password complexity and expiry according to work brief 2.2 Define updated security policies and roles according to work brief 2.3 Create user accounts and associate with required permissions following organisational naming conventions 2.4 Securely share user access credentials with organisational staff 2.5 Enforce multi-factor authentication according to work brief 2.6 Confirm that required staff can access specified account and reset credentials according to organisational processes and procedures
3. Configure machine resource permissions	3.1 Identify cloud-based machine resources requiring IAM permissions according to work brief 3.2 Define and confirm required security policies meet organisational needs 3.3 Check that machine resources have required permissions 3.4 Apply permissions to identified machine resources according to work brief 3.5 Confirm that machine can be accessed by other resources and services as per work brief 3.6 Document changes according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Periodically review IAM configuration	4.1 Track members, activities and permissions in centralised location 4.2 Review activity and recommend permission changes 4.3 Delete permissions and entities that are no longer required 4.4 Document changes according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares documentation using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirm that organisational policies and procedures are being met

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD509 Manage cloud identity and access

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage cloud identity and access for at least five different users.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review cyber security requirements

use cloud management consoles, software development kits and command line tools

reduce unused privileges

apply legislative requirements; governance, risk and compliance (GRC) measures; and organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of identity and access management (IAM) systems and GRC measures

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

tools and functions of security layers and security-focused content in cloud services

principle and implementation of least privilege

differences in management of human and machine identities

advantages of centralised identity providers in organisational environments

applications of user authentication methods and technologies, including:

multi-factor authentication (MFA)

password-based authentication

certificate-based authentication

security assertion markup language (SAML)

single sign-on (SSO)

security benefits of using temporary rather than permanent credentials

best practices for storage, rotation and audit of permanent credentials

IAM and resource policy definitions for granting or removing permissions, including:

role-based access controls (RBACs)

attribute-based access controls (ABACs)

permission boundaries to delegate maximum set of permissions

cross-account, project, subscription, third-party and public access

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

IAM systems and user accounts that may be managed

cloud-based applications, software and hardware

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD510 Manage cloud threat detection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure, detect and investigate unexpected or unwanted behaviour and changes in cloud-based systems that may threaten organisational security.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as security engineers, cloud developers and architects, and information security officers. It also includes individuals responsible for managing operational concerns across cloud environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise data sources and data collection methods	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Confirm organisational security strategies and cloud security requirements 1.3 Identify and review existing cloud security strategies 1.4 Identify and analyse data sources with highest value and cost-benefit ratios 1.5 Select required data collection methods according to analysis findings 1.6 Document selected methods and findings according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Set up resource configuration policies	2.1 Identify organisational resource configuration policies 2.2 Enable resource configuration monitoring and implement organisational policies 2.3 Enable resources out of compliance and confirm resources are identified 2.4 Reconfigure resources to meet organisational policies and confirm compliance 2.5 Document configuration according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Set up intrusion detection controls	3.1 Identify cloud-based intrusion detection system (IDS) 3.2 Deploy security sensors if required by IDS and monitor organisational resources 3.3 Enable IDS and configure controls as defined in work brief 3.4 Generate activity and test IDS according to work brief 3.5 Confirm that activity is detected by IDS 3.6 Document configuration according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Centralise security logs and configure analytics	4.1 Identify logs sources that may include security-related activity as specified in work brief 4.2 Configure centralised collection of logs and identify latest updates 4.3 Review log formats and define patterns to match and extract relevant metrics as per work brief 4.4 Test log analytics according to work brief 4.5 Analyse event management, alerting processes, dashboards, graphs and tables specified in work brief 4.6 Configure required event management, and analysis and alerting processes according to work brief 4.7 Confirm functionality of event management, and analysis and alerting processes
5. Configure monitoring dashboard	5.1 Identify cloud-based dashboard service 5.2 Identify relevant metrics and alerts from resource configuration, intrusion detection and log analysis tools 5.3 Configure dashboard and display metrics in required formats 5.4 Share dashboard with required personnel and collect feedback according to organisational policies and procedures 5.5 Update and improve dashboard based on feedback, where required 5.6 Document configuration according to organisational policies and procedures
6. Configure alerts for security events	6.1 Identify required personnel and alert method according to work brief 6.2 Implement alarm for resource configurations and confirm alert is received for a misconfigured cloud resource 6.3 Implement alarm for IDS and confirm alert is received for a relevant event in cloud environment 6.4 Implement alarm for log metrics that reach a threshold defined in work brief, and confirm alert is received 6.5 Rectify any issues encountered in implementing and testing alerts 6.6 Document configuration according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares technical documentation detailing analysis, work performed and results using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirm that organisational policies and procedures are being met
Technology	Demonstrates skills that reflect sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and cloud-based threats

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD510 Manage cloud threat detection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement at least one configuration management service to enforce organisational security controls on resources created in cloud environments

configure at least one intrusion detection system (IDS) that monitors cloud-based resources for unexpected or unwanted behaviour and changes

centralise collection and analysis of logs from at least one cloud service, at least one network, at least one operating system and at least one application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits and command line tools

collect and analyse data and adjust processes as required

produce repeatable and automated system deployments

disseminate important information and its severity

test log analytics by generating an event, and triggering a rule and a metric

rectify issues according to organisational policies and procedures

apply legislative requirements; governance, risk and compliance (GRC) measures; and organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common threats in cloud-based organisations

methods for collecting, analysing and extracting meaningful findings from logs from industry-recognised sources

common procedures for presenting metrics in dashboards and reports based on log findings

common methods to generate automated alarms based on metrics from log findings

functions and features of cloud-based:

configuration management services

IDS

security information and event management (SIEM) tools

tools for vulnerability scanning cloud-based resources

methods for integrating third-party threat detection tools and sensors in a cloud environment

functions and features of GRC measures

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud-based systems that may be monitored for threats

required software and hardware to configure cloud threat detection systems

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief, security strategy, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD511 Protect cloud infrastructure and data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to protect networks and resources, and compute both at rest and in transit data in cloud environments.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as security engineers, cloud developers and architects, and information security officers. It also includes individuals responsible for managing operational concerns, including automation and maintaining cloud resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review cloud usage and risks	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Locate sensitive and regulated data identified in work brief 1.3 Assess data sensitivity and potential risk to organisation 1.4 Review existing data processing services and assess potential risk to organisation 1.5 Review data processing service configuration and identify opportunities to improve security and reduce risk to organisation 1.6 Document findings according to organisational policies and procedures, and prioritise recommendations.
2. Implement resource protection controls	2.1 Confirm work brief for network security controls 2.2 Access cloud platform and implement change to environment 2.3 Test security controls and confirm resources are being protected as expected 2.4 Confirm functionality of network resources and rectify any issues 2.5 Document configuration changes according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Implement data encryption at rest	3.1 Confirm work brief for data encryption controls 3.2 Generate and secure encryption key in cloud platform according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Encrypt sensitive data with encryption key 3.4 Where practical, demonstrate that data is unreadable without access and use of encryption key 3.5 Demonstrate that encryption key is only accessible by required personnel and services in cloud environment 3.6 Document configuration changes according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Implement data protection controls	4.1 Confirm work brief related to data protection controls 4.2 Identify cloud-based data loss protection (DLP) service 4.3 Enable and configure DLP across organisation’s storage and identify sensitive information 4.4 Review DLP reports, document findings and recommend system improvements 4.5 Document configuration changes according to organisational policies and procedures
5. Recommend updates to organisational policies and procedures	5.1 Summarise required changes for organisational policies and procedures 5.2 Present summary to required personnel 5.3 Obtain approval from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares technical documentation detailing analysis, work performed and results using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a flexible, efficient and effective context and diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirm that organisational policies and procedures and regulatory requirements are being met
Technology	Demonstrates skills that reflect sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and cloud-based threats

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD511 Protect cloud infrastructure and data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure at least three network controls to protect a web-based application running in a cloud environment, which must include at least one of the following types of controls:

web application firewall

content delivery network

load balancer

network access control lists

host-based firewalls

generate and securely manage at least one encryption key used to encrypt data at rest in the cloud

implement at least one data loss prevention (DLP) system to identify and provide visibility to sensitive data

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits and command line tools

collect and analyse cloud data and adjust resources as required

consider procedural improvements to produce repeatable and automated deployments by reducing manual processes

report unusual cloud-based activities within required timeframes

apply legislative requirements; governance, risk and compliance (GRC) measures; and organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of GRC measures

methods to create and defend network layers between resources, including:

distributed denial of service (DDoS) protection

content distribution networks (CDNs)

types of network security controls to manage inbound and outbound network traffic and service endpoints

functions and features of firewalls

common processes to harden virtual machine images and containers prior to deployment

common processes to manage vulnerabilities of live resources through patching and configuration rules

common patterns and services to minimise interactive access to compute resources, including bastion hosts

common types and key characteristics of sensitive and regulated data

functions and capabilities of data loss protection (DLP) systems

methods to implement attribute-based access controls (ABACs) for different data classifications

data retention policies and how they can be implemented

methods for managing encryption keys generated by cloud providers

storage services that support encryption at rest and how this can be monitored and enforced

services for tracking and auditing access to sensitive data and encryption keys

secure certificate management and deployment on external network resources, including CDNs, load balancers and application programming interface (API) gateways

methods to configure networks and application to enforce data encryption in transit

methods to conduct risk assessments and compliance assessments

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud infrastructure and data that must be protected

required software and hardware to configure cloud systems

work brief, resources, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD512 Respond to cloud security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to respond to a range of security incidents in cloud-based environments. It includes defining response objectives and simulating security incidents.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as security engineers, cloud developers and architects, and information security officers. It also includes individuals responsible for managing operational concerns, including automation and maintaining cloud resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to respond to cloud security incident	1.1 Confirm work brief, risk framework and work tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify organisational IT assets, host and network security, and related risk assessments 1.3 Identify domains exposed to potential security incident according to work brief 1.4 Confirm attack vector and impact of incident in consultation with required personnel 1.5 Create cloud incident plan according to work brief
2. Detect and analyse cloud security incident	2.1 Simulate security incident according to work brief 2.2 Confirm incident detection by monitoring systems 2.3 Record security incident information according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Review cloud incident findings according to organisational policies and procedures 2.5 Implement log capture and replication of relevant data to secure repository with appropriate retention policy 2.6 Determine functional impact, information impact and recoverability from incident 2.7 Notify required organisational personnel of incident
3. Contain, eradicate and recover from cloud security incident	3.1 Implement containment strategy to minimise impact according to cloud incident plan 3.2 Identify and document source and method of attack 3.3 Implement plan to eradicate security threat 3.4 Confirm recovery plan, impact to services and loss of data with required personnel 3.5 Implement recovery plan for resources and data 3.6 Build automated mechanisms for programmed cloud incident triage and response
4. Complete post-incident activities	4.1 Conduct review of incident with required personnel 4.2 Identify and document opportunities for improving automated detection, containment, eradication and/or recovery for security incident 4.3 Update cloud incident response document and store in required location according to organisational policies and procedures 4.4 Recommend updates to organisational policies and procedures to reflect best practice cloud incident response methods 4.5 Present recommendations for improving organisational policies and procedures to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares technical documentation detailing analysis, work performed and results using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a flexible, efficient and effective context and diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirm that organisational policies and procedures and regulatory requirements are being met
Technology	Demonstrates skills that reflect sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and cloud-based threats

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD512 Respond to cloud security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

respond to at least three different cloud security incidents and update a cloud incident response document for at least one of those incidents.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collect and analyse cloud and system data

consider procedural improvements to produce repeatable and automated deployments and reduce manual processes

report unusual cloud-based activities within required timeframes

apply legislative requirements; governance, risk and compliance (GRC) measures; and organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

NIST 800-61 Computer Security Incident Handling Guide

common causes and impacts of cloud incidents in organisations

key components of cloud security incident response documentation

common goals of responding to cloud incident response objectives in organisations, including:

recovering affected resources

preserving data for forensics

data attribution

methods to prepare for cloud security incidents, including:

identifying key personnel and supporting resources

developing incident response plans

granting provisional access

using incident response tools

best practices for regularly simulating security incidents to train staff, and improve configurations and operating procedures

methods for automating containment of a cloud security incidents and/or affected resources

functions and features of GRC measures

types of evidence used in cloud incident investigations, including:

cloud service, network, operating system and application logs

storage snapshots

resource configuration changes

methods to apply redeployment mechanisms in response to cloud security incidents

techniques to automate triage and response mechanisms for cloud security incidents

key information and data required to summarise cloud incident responses

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud infrastructure that has been exposed to at least three different types of incidents and requires protection controls

software and hardware required to demonstrate the performance evidence

opportunities for interaction with stakeholders

work brief, resources, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD513 Develop cloud-based microservices architecture using containers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop cloud-based microservices architecture using containers. It includes using software composed of small independent services that communicate over well-defined application programming interfaces (APIs).

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as software engineers, DevOps engineers and solution architects. It also applies to individuals responsible for making organisational applications accelerated and scalable.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to build cloud-based microservices architecture	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks for microservices architecture according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Confirm organisation’s container technology for use in cloud environments 1.3 Establish organisational API preferences, semantics and versioning schemes 1.4 Obtain required application documentation and source code according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Identify required services	2.1 Review application documentation and source code, and determine microservice candidates 2.2 Select independent services to avoid duplication of business logic across multiple services
3. Prepare APIs	3.1 Define suitable API for each microservice 3.2 Use API gateways in microservices according to work brief 3.3 Adjust service code as needed to support defined API 3.4 Adjust application code to call service APIs according to work brief
4. Build and deploy cloud-based microservices architecture	4.1 Define and build containers for each service using modified source code 4.2 Deploy containers in cloud-based platform 4.3 Configure cloud environment components 4.4 Confirm that applications and services can communicate according to work brief
5. Test and document cloud-based microservice architecture	5.1 Test application and demonstrate working functionality 5.2 Troubleshoot problems in testing and update services until application is functioning as expected 5.3 Update application documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Planning and organising	Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a flexible, efficient and effective context and diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirm that organisational policies and procedures, and regulatory requirements are being met

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD513 Develop cloud-based microservices architecture using containers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop an application with at least two cloud-based microservices using containers

extract and deploy services from a monolithic application using containers.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

build and deploy containers using application code provided in work brief

demonstrate that services and applications are communicating and working as intended

troubleshoot and rectify issues across deployed services

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

characteristics of cloud-based microservices architecture, including:

smart endpoints and dumb pipes

decentralised governance

decentralised data management

design for failure

infrastructure automation

advantages and disadvantages of microservices compared to monolithic architectures

benefits of using containers in microservices architecture

industry-standard tools for building and deploying containers in a cloud environment

common methods of defining application programming interfaces (APIs) for a service endpoint

industry-recognised software and hardware required to configure cloud-based microservices architecture, including container technology

methods for migrating monolithic application to a microservice architecture

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

code, software and hardware required to configure cloud-based microservices architecture, including container technology

work brief, resources, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD514 Create and test cloud-based serverless applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and test cloud-based serverless applications. It includes the preparation required to create, test and update serverless applications.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles that include cloud computing operators, product managers, software engineers and DevOps engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm work tasks and set up serverless functions	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Confirm that application software is appropriate for selected cloud platform according to work brief 1.3 Identify serverless function event triggers and predict serverless application behaviour 1.4 Package application software in correct cloud platform format 1.5 Create serverless functions in cloud platform 1.6 Configure event triggers and invoke required serverless functions according to work brief 1.7 Upload and deploy packaged software into serverless functions
2. Test serverless functions	2.1 Define test events for required serverless functions 2.2 Execute test events and confirm functionality 2.3 Rectify any functionality issues
3. Test serverless application	3.1 Configure event trigger for serverless functions 3.2 Execute event trigger for serverless functions 3.3 Analyse application responses, persistent data stores and function logs for accuracy, where required 3.4 Troubleshoot any application issues 3.5 Confirm application functionality according to analysis findings
4. Update application	4.1 Review application update requirements for serverless functions according to work brief 4.2 Deploy update to cloud platform according to work brief 4.3 Predict and test application behaviour change 4.4 Troubleshoot any function issues
5. Finalise documentation	5.1 Complete required documentation according to work brief and organisational policies and procedures 5.2 Save serverless applications in required location according to work brief and organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Planning and organising	Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a flexible, efficient and effective context and diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirm that organisational policies and procedures and regulatory requirements are being met

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD514 Create and test cloud-based serverless applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and test at least two different serverless applications using different event triggers.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

report unusual serverless application activities within required timeframes

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of serverless applications technologies, including:

application programming interfaces (APIs)

event-driven architectures and applications

programming languages

software development kits

hypertext transfer protocols (HTTPs)

uniform resource identifiers (URIs)

functions and features of event triggers supported by cloud platforms, including:

API gateways

data streams

message queues

notifications and alarms

object storage

methods to configure, test and manage serverless applications

types of serverless packaging and deployment tools supported by cloud platforms

methods to operate serverless packaging and deployment tools

types of software and related requirements for serverless applications, including:

cloud platform concurrency

execution limits

functionality and performance review

cost models

log monitoring

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a platform where serverless applications may be created and deployed

work brief, resources, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD515 Build and deploy cloud-based applications using CI and CD pipelines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build and deploy cloud-based applications using continuous integration (CI) and continuous delivery (CD) pipelines in a range of contexts. It includes using each stage of the CI/CD automation process to build, test and merge applications, specifically in cloud-based environments.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in a variety of roles, including software engineers, cloud engineers and test automation engineers responsible for automatically delivering code changes to customers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for deployment	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify source repository according to work brief 1.3 Assess and source deployment code according to work brief 1.4 Review build and deployment procedures defined in work brief
2. Develop and run CI phase	2.1 Review pipeline requirements according to work brief 2.2 Configure pipeline and related components according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Pull code from source repository using pipeline according to work brief 2.4 Build software using pipeline according to work brief 2.5 Run pipeline and analyse outcomes 2.6 Rectify any issues and confirm pipeline can store build artefacts according to work brief 2.7 Manually deploy build artefacts and confirm functionality
3. Configure feature branch	3.1 Identify features in source repository according to work brief 3.2 Create branch for new features and update code according to work brief 3.3 Update CI pipeline set-up to build from new feature branch 3.4 Discuss build errors with development team and identify root cause, where required 3.5 Rectify any build errors 3.6 Repeat CI pipeline with code updates and confirm any build issues are rectified, according to work brief 3.7 Manually deploy build artefacts and confirm new feature functionality in application
4. Develop and run CD phase	4.1 Configure CD pipeline for artefact deployment according to organisational policies and procedures 4.2 Run CD pipeline and analyse artefact deployment outcomes 4.3 Rectify any deployment issues and confirm application is working in target environment according to work brief 4.4 Repeat CD pipeline using a feature branch and confirm any deployment issues are rectified, according to work brief 4.5 Confirm new feature functionality in target environment 4.6 Complete required documentation according to work brief and organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Writes clear, sequenced instructions for using CI and CD technologies
Oral Communication	Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Planning and organising	Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a flexible, efficient and effective context and diverse environment exposed to competing demands

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD515 Build and deploy cloud-based applications using CI and CD pipelines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use at least one continuous integration (CI) pipeline to build a cloud-based application

use at least one continuous delivery (CD) pipeline to deploy the above cloud-based application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

consider procedural improvements to CI and CD pipelines

report unusual CI and CD activities within required timeframes

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key functions and features of CI and CD pipelines, including:

integration of building and testing software

delivery of packaged software

deployment of packaged software into production environments

source and artefact repositories

manual and automated triggers

approval processes

functions and features of:

new branches and branch pipelines

source control mains

build archetypes

CI and CD platforms, tools, technologies and components required in work brief

characteristics and common types of application malfunctions

common methods to identify and rectify application errors

methods to integrate security tools into CI and CD pipelines

techniques to detect and respond to build errors in consultation with development teams

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

CI and CD platforms, tools, technologies and components required in work brief

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief, software, hardware, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a cloud computing strategy to establish cloud computing services to improve a business.

It applies to those who work in senior management, including strategic business analysts and chief information officers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse existing business ICT system assets	1.1 Review business assets and identify required assets for cloud deployment 1.2 Evaluate each asset’s risk tolerance according to business needs
2. Select deployment and delivery model	2.1 Map assets to required cloud deployment models 2.2 Review and select required delivery model for each asset according to business needs 2.3 Document business security risks for business
3. Develop cloud implementation strategy	3.1 Develop a cloud implementation plan, and confirm that deployment and delivery models are in line with business requirements 3.2 Develop costing for technology requirements implementation proposal 3.3 Develop processes for the periodic review of cloud service metrics according to implementation proposal and business need 3.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing analysis and recommended cloud computing implementation strategy using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies, where appropriate Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirms that the organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies, for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse and document a cloud computing implementation strategy that meets business needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research cloud computing options in the marketplace according to business needs

analyse the effectiveness of existing cloud computing deployment and delivery models.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business processes and cloud service sources

cloud computing concepts, processes and trends

require business policies and legislation that impact business operations and privacy legislation

legal, ethical and security issues relating to cloud computing

organisational change-management theory and methods

risk tolerance issues for developing cloud computing strategies

methods of deploying cloud technology strategies

security issues relevant to a business.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a complex business environment

required enterprise strategic documentation, including:

strategic planning

financial documentation

ICT infrastructure

business objectives and policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage cloud security controls, privacy and legal compliance when implementing cloud services for an enterprise.

It applies to those with managerial responsibility of a business’ IT infrastructure, including cloud engineers, systems engineers and experienced security technical specialists, security analysts, security consultants.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify information security risks for cloud service	1.1 Identify cloud security risks for different cloud delivery and deployment models 1.2 Identify and review legal, privacy and contractual issues, organisational policies, procedures and requirements 1.3 Map responsibilities between organisation and cloud vendor 1.4 Review compliance controls of cloud vendor 1.5 Identify risks and identify risks that are organisation’s responsibility
2. Manage cloud security controls	2.1 Identify security controls provided by the cloud vendor for cloud service 2.2 Map security controls to organisation risks 2.3 Configure security controls to mitigate risk according to business needs 2.4 Document configuration of security control and risk mitigation
3. Manage cloud privacy compliance	3.1 Identify required data storage compliance regulations 3.2 Determine data privacy risks associated with cloud service 3.3 Determine and implement business continuity and data recovery plan requirements 3.4 Review user access policies and configuration to data 3.5 Identify, secure and maintain, logs and audit trails according to business requirements 3.6 Document data privacy risk mitigation
4. Implement information security compliance enhancements	4.1 Implement and integrate required changes into organisations risk register and business continuity plans (BCP) 4.2 Establish and document performance measurement program and evaluate security effectiveness of implemented security controls 4.3 Submit documentation changes to required personnel 4.4 Obtain final task sign of from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Explores and incubates, new and innovative ideas, through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking, to develop and improve the organisation’s goals
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and complex concepts using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas, and information, from a wide range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing cloud security control and privacy mitigation and recommended enhancements using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment, exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes
Problem solving	Makes high-impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision- making strategies, where appropriate
Self-management	Works autonomously making high-level decisions to achieve, and improve, organisational goals Develops and implements strategies, that confirms that organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK616 Manage security, privacy and compliance of cloud service deployment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, manage and implement cloud security controls and document requirements on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business and commercial issues relating cloud security management

cloud shared security responsibility models

legislation, organisational and jurisdictional policy and procedures that impact management areas including:

data privacy and sovereignty issues

codes of ethics and conduct

equal employment opportunity, equity and diversity principles

financial management requirements

governance requirements

industry standard management tools and techniques suited to a range of complex project activities

key organisational context, policies and procedures and required to manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

information security compliance standards, including ISO2700x

information security compliance constructs, including risk, controls and risk mitigation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud information and communications technology (ICT) business specifications

cloud ICT security assurance specifications

cloud-focused security environment, including threats to security that are, or are held to be, present in the environment

security environment information, including:

laws or legislation

existing enterprise security policies

enterprise expertise

risk analysis tools and methodologies currently used in industry

documented organisational work health safety (WHS) requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD603 Design hybrid cloud-based network architectures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan the connection of traditional on-premises infrastructure to resources in specified vendor programs, through developing hybrid cloud-based network architectures. It includes designing a hybrid network architecture and selecting appropriate hybrid network solutions to support a cloud-based computing environment.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in a variety of roles, including hybrid cloud architects, network architects and specialist solution architects who independently design hybrid network architectures in various contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create network integration plan	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify existing and proposed on-premises and cloud-based resources in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Research vendor and hybrid network technologies 1.4 Record research findings in network integration plan according to work brief 1.5 Select and source hybrid network technologies according to work brief and organisational policies and procedures 1.6 Record functions and features of hybrid network architectures in network integration plan
2. Set up on-premise hybrid connectivity	2.1 Identify advantages and disadvantages of extension program options 2.2 Select preferred option according to work brief in consultation with required personnel 2.3 Review program components according to work brief 2.4 Determine reference architecture 2.5 Confirm required network configurations 2.6 Outline procedures to confirm connection between on-premise network and selected program
3. Finalise documentation	3.1 Document capability matrix according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Save applications in required locations according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Confirm that documentation includes required components according to work brief 3.4 Securely file documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Analyses hybrid network architecture diagrams and uses advanced numeracy to calculate capability matrix components
Reading	Interprets a range of specialised documentation and diagrams, and identifies solutions according to requirements
Writing	Completes workplace records, documentation and forms accurately and legibly using correct technical and enterprise-specific vocabulary
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a flexible, efficient and effective context and diverse environment exposed to competing demands

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD603 Design hybrid cloud-based network architectures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design at least two hybrid network architectures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and compare available hybrid network architecture options

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of integration plans and capability matrices

methods to design hybrid network architecture and integration plans

key functions and features of hybrid network architectures, including:

virtual machine connections

bandwidth requirements

computers, hardware and hybrid topologies

network traffic

private connections and reference architecture

virtual private network (VPN) configurations and gateways

system and custom routing tables

key types of industry-recognised network topologies, including:

site-to-site

multi-site

point-to-site

network-to-network

methods to calculate bandwidth

industry-recognised technologies and resources used in designing hybrid network architectures

industry-recognised hybrid network architecture vendors

types of communication methods between resources and datacentres

types of extension programs to extend on-premise network over private connections

methods to establish dedicated, high-speed connection between networks and programs

methods to secure and save applications

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technologies and resources to design hybrid network architectures

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD604 Manage data in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out best practice data integration activities to effectively manage data in cloud environments. It includes preparing data infrastructure and managing datasets with project teams.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in a variety of roles, including senior data engineers and infrastructure engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise task requirements and prepare data	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Establish structure and purpose of data in specified cloud environment 1.3 Confirm data consistency across required platforms 1.4 Consult with required personnel and confirm data management objectives
2. Prepare infrastructure	2.1 Select data integration method according to work brief 2.2 Identify and source data integration tools according to work brief and organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Configure infrastructure according to according to selected data integration method 2.4 Confirm that cloud environment is connected as required in work brief 2.5 Validate data quality, data speeds, and master and metadata
3. Supervise data integration technologies to service data	3.1 Check data staging and landing processes according to work brief 3.2 Confirm that data management toolset supports protocols and interfaces of major cloud-based platforms and applications 3.3 Check on-demand and real-time data processes according to work brief 3.4 Distribute serviced data integration technologies to project team
4. Update data management policies and procedures	4.1 Review related data management policies and procedures and recommend suitable updates to articulate best practice 4.2 Seek and integrate input from project team into recommended updates 4.3 Obtain any required approval to implement recommendations 4.4 Make required amendments to data management policies and procedures 4.5 Distribute and store amended data management policies and procedures according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Oral communication	Leads discussions to explore data management policies and procedures and iteratively confirms team member understanding Uses developed listening, observational and questioning skills to communicate ideas and understand others’ perspectives
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Planning and organising	Identifies key factors that impact decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a flexible, efficient and effective context and diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirm that organisational policies and procedures and regulatory requirements are being met

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD604 Manage data in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement and manage the servicing of at least two different datasets in a cloud environment

update at least one data management policy and one data management procedure as a result of above servicing.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research industry-recognised data management processes and procedures

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of data components, including:

data quality

data speeds

master and metadata

data volume

uses of cloud technologies in storing data

types and applications of data integration technologies

methods to identify risks in data management

types of industry-recognised:

data management processes and procedures

information and communications technology (ICT) controls, infrastructure and tools used to integrate data in cloud environments

functions and features of integration tools

methods to prepare cloud infrastructure

methods to update and finalise documentation, including organisational policies and procedures

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud environments where data may be managed

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install simple point-to-point broadband cabling on customer premises.

The unit applies to technical staff who install and terminate new installations or upgrades, or maintain existing networks in domestic premises. These may include small offices, home offices and small commercial premises that do not have a main distribution frame (MDF) or jumperable distributor as the network boundary point.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule

OR

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems

and ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable

and ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable

and ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Compliance

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Access site according to enterprise procedures 1.2 Organise tools and equipment for specialised broadband cabling for restricted cabling work 1.3 Review site according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and identify hazards 14 Determine cable route and cabling environment meet manufacturer specifications, industry standards and regulatory requirements
2. Install broadband cable	2.1 Place and secure correct cable type according to accepted industry practice, relevant regulations and standards 2.2 Maintain cable and service separations in runs and crossovers to meet manufacturer specifications and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 2.3 Fit over-voltage protection devices to cables and metallic components as required
3. Terminate and test broadband cable	3.1 Terminate cable according to accepted industry practice and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 3.2 Maintain correct twist ratio to optimise system performance at rated level 3.3 Conduct verification and qualification testing of cable installation and termination with suitable tester and record results 3.4 Supply system performance documents to customer and outline results 3.5 Complete cabling records and telecommunications cabling advice forms (TCA1) according to industry standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates information and products from a variety of sources to ensure appropriateness to customer needs and specifications
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language, correct spelling and accurate terminology
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for installations
Navigate the world of work	Understands rights and responsibilities and complies with legal and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, seeking assistance in setting priorities Responds to predictable routine problems and implements solutions Makes decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCMP202 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

review site and determine cable requirements for installation

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

install and terminate fixed broadband cable according to industry standards and manufacturer specifications

terminate point-to-point data and cable

verify installed network is working and able to access the internet

perform a data rate qualification test and record test results

provide report to customer, documenting installation and test results, according to industry standards.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) cabling provider rules, cabler registration rules, regulations and standards

hazards and work health and safety (WHS) regulations and environmental requirements relating to cabling activities and site conditions

types of cable test methods and system performance requirements

types of cabling situations and the resultant installation requirements

features and operating requirements of applicable test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

techniques for terminating data cable

typical installation issues and challenges that may occur on cabling worksites

tools and equipment required for cabling works

cable separations and over-voltage protection requirements necessary for specific cable installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation and termination of cabling can be conducted

current tools, testing equipment and personal protective equipment used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCMP502 Conduct radio communications site audits

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct radio communications site audits and assess compliance of radiofrequency transmissions.

It applies to individuals who are field officers from regulatory authorities and other private and public organisations. They combine technical radiocommunications skills with broader organisational and administrative skills to conduct audits in commercial and community contexts and environments, make recommendations for improvement and follow up by monitoring resulting actions.

Work functions in occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the required regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Compliance

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for radio communications site audit	1.1 Discuss need for site audit, arrange approval for formal site access with relevant personnel and determine audit requirements according to required legislation, safety and security arrangements, organisational standards and procedures 1.2 Access existing knowledge management systems that contain required site information 1.3 Prepare documents that contains audit site information and validation lists to be used at the audit site 1.4 Identify staff, equipment and material resource requirements for audit 1.5 Confirm that equipment has been correctly calibrated and labelled for site audit
2. Execute radio communications site audit	2.1 Validate specific site location according to database information 2.2 Perform audit tasks according to organisational policies and procedures and meet authorised personnel on site during agreed timeframes 2.3 Perform transmission and radiofrequency tests against approved specifications 2.4 Check transmitters for licensing conditions 2.5 Check transmission radiofrequency against database list 2.6 Obtain permission to check and alter transmission and radiofrequency 2.7 Determine whether defined site equipment labelling complies with Australian legislation, standards and regulations for conducting radio communications site audits
3. Complete radio communications site audit	3.1 Discuss audit findings with authorised personnel 3.2 Discuss recommended actions that help promote audit compliance 3.3 Issue enforcement actions as required 3.4 Finalise audit administration according to organisational policies and procedures 3.5 Return equipment and resources according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Records and completes organisational documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral communication	Presents complex information in formal situations using clear language, tone and pace required for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to interpret complex tests results and information Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation and regulations Identifies and resolves key business issues, processes and practices that may have legal implications
Teamwork	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Initiative and enterprise	Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on the cause of a problem rather than the symptom

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCMP501 Undertake radio communications site audit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP502 Conduct radio communications site audits

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct at least three radiocommunications site audits with different licensing requirements at each site.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine the need for a site audit and gain access approvals from relevant personnel

conduct transmission and radiofrequency tests

monitor non-compliances to confirm actions completed

document enforcement actions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of test equipment, including:

digital radio communications measuring equipment

modulation analyser

power meter

radiofrequency termination

spectrum analyser

licensing database features

information required to prepare and conduct network site audits

transmission lines, transmitter and receiver architecture and their impact on radiocommunications audits

required field measurements, including:

carrier frequency

harmonics

intermodulation distortion products

modulation

radiofrequency power

specific issues related to antenna installations and their impact on radio communications interference

types of adjustments that need to be made to audit procedures to meet requirements of particular sites and environmental conditions

typical issues and challenges that occur in networking site audits and how these are addressed

legislation, codes, regulations and standards, and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which audits may be conducted

use of field measurement equipment currently used in industry

required databases, licensing requirements and other site related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up network security infrastructure scalable to a medium to large organisation.

It applies to individuals who work as networking engineers and cloud engineers and specialise in cyber security in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and digital team environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design and implement network security infrastructure	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from required personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Establish security threats impacting organisation with required personnel and assess its likelihood 1.3 Confirm and document established requirements and risks according to organisational procedures
2. Design network security infrastructure	2.1 Establish requirements and features of network security infrastructure 2.2 Identify and evaluate a range of industry standard network security providers 2.3 Discuss and confirm selected network security provider with required personnel according to infrastructure requirements
3. Implement network security infrastructure	3.1 Establish and create secure network boundaries 3.2 Implement server, application and user security technologies according to network security requirements 3.3 Confirm required levels of user access throughout organisation 3.4 Establish maintenance and alert processes for risk and security threats according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise and monitor network security infrastructure	4.1 Test deployment of network security infrastructure and its components according to organisational testing procedures 4.2 Gather and review test results and logs and adjust accordingly 4.3 Confirm completion of requirements with required personnel 4.4 Document work performed and results according to organisational procedures 4.5 Conduct routine reviews of network security infrastructure according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to business, infrastructure and network
Reading	Selects and applies network infrastructure features and procedures suited to job requirements and system design from range of routine texts
Writing	Uses required and industry specific terminology in documenting research findings and network security policies
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in designing and implementing network security infrastructure Applies skills in systems administration, network security, applications and programming

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and implement a network security infrastructure according to organisational requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify at least three security risks and at least three threats impacting business

identify and evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of at least two industry standard network security providers suitable to infrastructure being designed and implemented.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

network infrastructure features, including:

connectivity

routing and switching capabilities

network security

access control

organisational business processes and applicable organisational, infrastructure, network and security requirements in each area

organisational procedures applicable to designing and implementing network security infrastructure, including:

documenting established requirements, risks and work performed

establishing requirements and features of network security infrastructure

establishing maintenance and alert processes

conducting routine reviews of network security infrastructure

testing methods and procedures

security risks, and tolerance of risk in an organisation

industry standard network security providers

industry standards and regulations applicable to implementing network security infrastructure in an organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and its components

organisational procedures and policies applicable to network security infrastructure

required network security providers and solutions

site server

application and user security technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, confirm and report cyber security incidents in an organisation.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security, and gather logs from systems, networks and applications to identify the occurrence of incidents in any business environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify cyber security incidents	1.1 Identify and review legislative requirements and organisational procedures and policies applicable to cyber security incidents and incident response plans 1.2 Obtain and analyse system, network and application infrastructure and logs according to organisational security procedures 1.3 Analyse and test application and confirm assumptions of incidents according to organisational security procedures 1.4 Discuss differences between network and systems incidents with required personnel
2. Confirm cyber security incidents	2.1 Confirm whether incidents are network or systems related 2.2 Discuss and confirm incident with required personnel 2.3 Identify and discuss potential changes required to system, network and application
3. Report and document cyber security incidents	3.1 Report cyber security incident to required personnel, according to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Document exposed vulnerability and changes, solutions and actions discussed according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to business, systems, network and infrastructure
Oral communication	Uses effective communication techniques to discuss details of cyber security incidents using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets information in a range of formats when identifying cyber security incidents Reads and applies information of relevance to cyber security incident and suggests potential changes
Writing	Uses required and industry specific terminology in documenting cyber security incidents and proposed actions and solutions
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in identifying and confirming cyber security incidents

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and confirm occurrence of at least:

one network incident

one system incident

one wireless or Wi-Fi incident

one application incident.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

discuss and contribute at least one potential change to each incident

adhere to legislative requirements and organisational security procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different types of cyber security incidents and attacks, including:

security vulnerabilities and malware

denial-of-service attack (DDOS)

SQL injection (SQLi)

cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks

scripted attacks

hardware attacks

attacks against Wi Fi

cyber security risks

methods of testing systems, networks and applications and confirming incidents

common procedures in:

following organisational cyber security incident response plans

responding to cyber security incidents

legislative requirements applicable to identifying and reporting cyber security incidents

organisational policies and procedures applicable to cyber security incidents, including:

documenting established requirements, incidents and work performed

security procedures

obtaining and analysing system, network and application information

cyber security incident response processes and plans

establishing reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and its components

system, network and application infrastructure and logs

the internet

organisational security procedures including incident response plans.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop an information security and risk management strategy (ISRM) within an organisation that supports business processes.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security and have the knowledge and skills in cyber security to support business functions in planning and implementing information security strategies. In this instance, the individual may work internally within an organisation, or be engaged externally in supporting organisations with their development of information security strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan information security strategies	1.1 Discuss implementation opportunities for organisational information security strategies with required personnel 1.2 Gain management buy in and approval in planning and implementing information security strategy 1.3 Identify and confirm organisational policies including password policies, bring your own device (BYOD) and on boarding processes with required personnel 1.4 Analyse organisational environments, processes and risk profile requirements 1.5 Identify legislation and industry requirements to implement information security strategies in an organisation
2. Design and implement information security strategy	2.1 Develop action plan with specific goals and objectives of information security strategy according to organisational needs 2.2 Design secure network infrastructure and security strategy according to organisational needs 2.3 Analyse data classifications and levels of access in operational processes and integrate with strategy 2.4 Document designed information security strategy according to organisational procedures 2.5 Implement information security strategy according to design and organisational needs
3. Test and finalise information security strategy	3.1 Establish security baselines and metrics according to organisational needs 3.2 Perform testing procedures and confirm information security strategy addresses organisational needs 3.3 Record and compare test results to established metrics and benchmarks 3.4 Finalise documentation and report information security strategy outcomes to required personnel 3.5 Obtain feedback from required personnel and amend information security strategy accordingly 3.6 Review final information security strategy and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to business, organisational security and environment
Numeracy	Uses tools when developing security baselines and metrics
Reading	Selects and applies procedures and strategies required in developing information security strategies after reading required texts
Writing	Uses required and industry specific terminology in documenting action plans and information security strategies
Teamwork	Works collaboratively with required personnel and interdisciplinary teams in developing information security strategies
Planning and organising	Manages development of information security strategies using logical sequencing
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in planning and implementing information security strategies Applies skills in systems administration, network security, applications and programming

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and implement an information security strategy according to organisational needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

establish at least three security baselines and at least three testing metrics

comply with legislation and industry requirements

follow organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

function of information security strategy testing procedures, including:

vulnerability tests

basic penetration tests

key organisational environment and business processes required to plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation

network and cyber security features and principals

types of data and classifications including sensitivity levels

advantages and importance of implementing information security strategies

organisational procedures applicable to developing information security strategies, including:

documentation processes

designing secure network infrastructure

establishing requirements and features of information security strategies

establishing baselines and metrics

testing methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and its components

information and documents applicable to organisational procedures and processes

information security strategy testing software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to run vulnerability assessments and basic penetration tests to identify potential threats to an organisation. It includes the ability to minimise risk and remediate vulnerabilities to confirm that the security of an organisation is maintained.

It applies to individuals who work as penetration tester and security consultants in any business environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to run vulnerability assessment	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from required personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Discuss and evaluate scanning tools and select according to vulnerability assessment requirements 1.3 Establish testing regime and schedule, and documentation requirements according to organisational needs
2. Run vulnerability assessment and penetration test	2.1 Perform vulnerability assessment according to organisational procedures 2.2 Identify and document vulnerabilities arising from vulnerability assessment according to organisational procedures 2.3 Run a simple penetration test according to organisational procedures 2.4 Identify and document potential threats arising from penetration test according to organisational procedures 2.5 Contribute and develop ideas in addressing vulnerabilities
3. Finalise vulnerability assessment process	3.1 Discuss vulnerabilities identified in vulnerability assessment and penetration testing with required personnel 3.2 Contribute ideas with required personnel and remediate vulnerabilities identified according to organisational procedures 3.3 Escalate unresolved vulnerabilities to required personnel 3.4 Document identified vulnerabilities and work performed according to organisational procedures 3.5 Report to management and confirm vulnerability assessment with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to business, systems and network
Numeracy	Measure and record data and interpret testing results using tools
Reading	Interprets information from a range of sources when establishing vulnerability assessment procedures
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing vulnerability assessments according to organisational requirements using concise industry specific terminology applicable to cyber security
Planning and organising	Prepares and manages vulnerability assessment process logically and sequentially
Problem solving	Uses problem solving skills when interpreting the nature and threat of vulnerabilities identified
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in identifying potential threats in an organisation

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform at least one vulnerability test assessment

define and run at least one basic penetration test.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assess web based, network based and hardware-based vulnerabilities

adhere to organisational procedures

document and report activities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

security risks and vulnerabilities in software systems

tools used in testing a network for vulnerabilities including scanning tools

basic level penetration testing of a system

methods and tools used to protect data in an organisation

risk mitigation strategies that may be used running vulnerability assessments for an organisation

organisational procedures applicable to running vulnerability assessments, including:

establishing goals and objectives of vulnerability assessments

defining scope of testing and establishment of testing regime

documenting established requirements

establishing penetration testing procedures

documenting findings, threats and work performed

key organisational environments, systems and networks required to run vulnerability assessments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required software testing packages

required hardware and its components

vulnerability scanning tools

a server

text-editing software

information applicable to organisational environment, systems and network

required organisation network, systems or applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan for and develop a response plan for cyber security incidents.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security, including network and security specialists, and apply a range of cyber security threat skills and knowledge to support all business functions plans for incidents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan incident response plans	1.1 Identify and gather information on organisational environment, procedures and processes and cyber security threats 1.2 Discuss and confirm ideas and plans with management and gain approval in developing response plans 1.3 Establish response committee and roles and responsibilities of each individual according to organisational procedures 1.4 Identify required services and assets in developing test plans
2. Develop and confirm incident response plans	2.1 Establish and confirm recovery time objective (RTO) and recovery point objective (RPO) in disaster recovery according to organisational requirements 2.2 Discuss and establish test scenarios 2.3 Establish and confirm test frequency according to organisational requirements 2.4 Develop test baselines and metrics according to organisational procedures 2.5 Confirm and document draft test plans with required personnel and respond to feedback accordingly 2.6 Test cyber security incident response plan according to testing procedures 2.7 Identify, address and report errors noted in testing phase, within scope of own role
3. Finalise incident response plans	3.1 Discuss lessons learnt in testing response plans and adjust test plans accordingly 3.2 Obtain sign-off with required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Record, document and store test plans according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to organisational procedures and developing response plans
Numeracy	Uses tools to measure and record data and interpret test plan results
Reading	Identifies and analyses information from a broad range of sources in determining required incident response plans suited to an organisation
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing response plans using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Technology	Uses required technology tools and software in testing cyber security response plans

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a plan in response to cyber security incidents for each of the following areas:

organisation’s network

organisation’s system

Wi-Fi network

an application

a human error.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

establish at least two test scenarios in each plan

develop at least two test metrics and at least two baselines in each plan

adhere to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and principals of networking, Wi-Fi networks and applications

procedures in testing cyber security incident test plans

metrics and baselines used in cyber security incident test plans

roles and responsibilities of test committees

organisational procedures and requirements applicable to developing cyber security incident response plans, including:

documenting established requirements and incident response plans

establishing response committees

testing methodologies

establishing baselines and metrics

cyber incidents and scenarios.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software required in testing cyber security incident response plans

required hardware and its components

Wi-Fi network

an application

text-editing software

information applicable to organisational environment, processes and previous cyber security incidents.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in the Knowledge Evidence.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and respond to cyber security incidents in an organisation, and evaluate actions performed to mitigate risk of future incidents.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security, including network specialists and security, to support all business functions responding to cyber incidents. These individuals have a broad range of knowledge and skills in cyber security, networks and systems. In this context, the individual works as an internal function for an organisation, however, the same can be applied in the context of an external security specialist advising and implementing the response and action items of a cyber-attack to an external client.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish cyber security incident	1.1 Establish and confirm occurrence and nature of cyber security incident 1.2 Identify legislative requirements, organisational policies and procedures and cyber security incident response plans 1.3 Analyse and assess source, impact and consequences of incident according to organisational response plans 1.4 Notify and explain cyber incident to required personnel according to legislative requirements and communications plans
2. Activate cyber security incident response plan	2.1 Activate incident response plan and confirm cyber incident is contained 2.2 Escalate and involve third party services and specialists as required according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Confirm no further risks exist according to legislative requirements and organisational response procedures 2.4 Discuss solutions with required personnel and action accordingly 2.5 Test solution implemented, and escalate as required according to organisational security procedures
3. Perform post cyber security incident response procedures	3.1 Evaluate actions taken and confirm incident is fixed and secure according to organisational procedures 3.2 Document cyber security incident, actions performed and solution, according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Discuss and document lessons learnt with required personnel 3.4 Discuss and implement preventative measures and mitigation methods as required 3.5 Amend incident response plan accordingly 3.6 Share documentation and communicate with required personnel according to organisational communications plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to organisational procedures and incident response procedures
Numeracy	Measures and records mathematical data and uses tools when interpreting results
Reading	Identifies and interprets information from incident response plans, and extracts applicable areas when dealing with cyber security incidents
Writing	Uses required industry specific terminology when documenting cyber security incidents and solutions
Problem solving	Uses problem solving skills when identifying the nature and impact of cyber security incidents
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in responding to cyber security incidents Applies skills in systems administration, network security, applications and programming

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in the Knowledge Evidence.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

respond to at least two different cyber security incidents in at least two different business functions

develop and follow a basic communications plan.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisational cyber security incident response plan

adhere to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of incident response plans

cyber security incidents and the source and causes of these incidents

types of attacks, including:

denial-of-service attack (DoS)

SQL injection (SQLi)

cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks

scripted attacks

hardware attacks

attacks against Wi Fi

cyber security incident detection methodologies

preventative measures and mitigation methods applicable to cyber security incidents

documentation processes that may be used in the process of responding to cyber security incidents

organisational policies and procedures applicable to cyber security incident response, including procedures for:

determining nature and location of incidents

containing incidents, including installation of security patches and disabling network access

notifying and reporting to required personnel

encryptions

assessing impact on business function and other areas

procedures in developing communications plans.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisation cyber security incident response plan

required hardware and software

text-editing software

legislative requirements and organisational procedures and policies applicable to cyber security incident.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather data from various sources, analyse, and interpret information for threats, inconsistencies and discrepancies.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security, including network and security specialists, and gather logs from devices, check abnormalities and respond accordingly. These individuals are responsible for supporting and preventing cyber threats attacking data in all business functions and in any industry context.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather threat data	1.1 Identify legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures to gather, analyse and interpret threat data 1.2 Identify security equipment on network and data sources 1.3 Discuss and confirm data log requirements and strategy to process data with required personnel 1.4 Collect information from alerts, logs and reported events and create a dataset according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Analyse threat data	2.1 Ingest data logs into analytic platform according to user instructions 2.2 Obtain and analyse results for reliability and consistency 2.3 Check for false positives and false negative results 2.4 Detect and describe discrepancies and inconsistencies in data
3. Interpret and finalise threat data	3.1 Discuss and review threat data and results with required personnel 3.2 Discuss and assess identified threats, risks and their likelihood of occurrence and impacts of risks, 3.3 Suggest and confirm lessons learnt, action steps, recommendations and mitigation strategies with required personnel 3.4 Document results, findings and recommendations into report according to organisational procedures 3.5 Distribute documentation to required personnel and store according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to organisational procedures and threat data
Numeracy	Uses tools when measuring and recording data, and interprets results through mathematical data
Reading	Interprets information from different sources in a range of formats when identifying threat data
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing research findings and recommendations using required structure, layout and technical language
Planning and organising	Uses problem solving skills when interpreting the nature and impact of threat data
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

gather, log and create dataset from a single security device or whole organisation device, including:

basic router info

firewall info

systems

identify and describe at least three different inconsistencies or discrepancies within data

document finding, recommendations and outcomes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interpret meaning from dataset and suggest action items.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

data recognition software tools

data sources, including:

firewalls

intrusion detection systems (IDS)

access control systems

security and event management systems (SIEM)

basic troubleshooting processes related to cyber security threats

network and cyber security features and principals

types of attacks, including:

denial-of-service attack (DDOS)

SQL injection (SQLi)

cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks

scripted attacks

hardware attacks

attacks against Wi Fi

legislative requirements applicable to gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data

common cyber security threats and their impacts on business functions

organisational policies and procedures applicable to gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data, including:

documentation established requirements, findings and recommendations

establishing security equipment and data sources

information collection processes

processes in obtaining and analysing results.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and digital devices

required analytic platform and applicable user instructions

data recognition software

single security device and whole organisation device

legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures applicable to gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS408 Research and source cryptocurrency technologies for organisational needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research cryptocurrency technologies, such as blockchain. It includes researching and identifying the advantages and disadvantages of industry-recognised cryptocurrency technologies in meeting organisational requirements. It also includes sourcing cryptocurrency technologies from required third-party vendors.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in a variety of entry-level cryptocurrency roles across multiple industries, including as assistants to cyber security technicians, cryptocurrency developers, analysts, traders and brokers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish organisational cryptocurrency technology requirements	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Confirm available research platforms and methods for identifying potential cryptocurrency technologies 1.3 Inspect existing organisational software, financial and accounting records, asset registers, and information technology (IT) controls according to work brief, and confirm cryptocurrency needs
2. Review and report on cryptocurrency technologies	2.1 Research available cryptocurrency technologies and compare their advantages and disadvantages 2.2 Summarise characteristics of cryptocurrency platforms across selected cryptocurrency technologies according to work brief 2.3 Summarise advantages, disadvantages and risks of using researched cryptocurrencies according to work brief 2.4 Present summary report to required personnel and seek feedback 2.5 Implement required feedback in summary report as required 2.6 Select and recommend required cryptocurrency technologies according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Source cryptocurrency technologies	3.1 Seek approval of recommended cryptocurrency technologies according to procurement policies and procedures 3.2 Request selected cryptocurrency technologies from required third-party vendors according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises basic information about cryptocurrencies
Oral communication	Uses effective listening and questioning techniques and technical terminology to elicit information and make the correct component selection
Reading	Identifies, interprets and evaluates documentation containing some complex IT-related concepts
Writing	Uses correct spelling, grammar and plain English together with ICT-specific terminology and diagrams to convey recommendations and requirements and complete organisational documentation

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS408 Research and source cryptocurrency technologies for organisational needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, select and source at least two different industry-recognised cryptocurrency technologies for two separate organisations.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research cryptocurrency options in the marketplace according to organisational needs

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common types and characteristics of industry-recognised cryptocurrency technologies

common sources of cryptocurrency technologies

characteristics of blockchain and how it enables the existence of cryptocurrency

methods for inspecting organisational platforms and records, including:

operating software

financial and accounting records

asset registers

information technology (IT) controls

key characteristics, advantages and disadvantages of third-party cryptocurrency technologies, including:

platform security

vendor authenticity

customer-support services

fees and charges

coin options

local and international exchange rates

spreads

liquidity

key risks and methods of using and sourcing third-party cryptocurrency technologies

basic methods to compare cryptocurrency transactions

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a platform to research industry-recognised cryptocurrency technologies

opportunities for simulated or in-person interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in the Assessment Conditions.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, plan and implement cyber security standards for an organisation.

It applies to those who work in information technology security in roles including cyber security analysts and specialists, business development managers, cyber risk and assurance managers responsible for creating cyber security standards for an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine cyber security needs	1.1 Identify and document organisational cyber security needs 1.2 Identify existing organisational cyber security standards framework 1.3 Identify external cyber security standards according to organisational requirements 1.4 Identify core components and implementation tiers of framework according to organisational requirements 1.5 Identify and document cyber security framework profile according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Create standards framework	2.1 Determine and document objectives of standards framework 2.2 Document standards framework according to organisational and cyber security standards requirements 2.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and respond to required changes
3. Implement cyber security standards	3.1 Distribute cyber security framework to required personnel 3.2 Lodge documentation according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Finalise and monitor cyber security standards	4.1 Analyse organisation’s adherence to cyber security standards 4.2 Detect areas of non-compliance and resolve according to organisational requirements 4.3 Analyse recovery strategies according to cyber standards requirements 4.4 Confirm completion of requirements from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and applicable language
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses provided context to identify recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in the Assessment Conditions.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create, implement and monitor cyber security standards for an organisation on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

advanced features of network security

organisational business processes applicable to creating cyber security standards including:

documenting established standards and requirements

establishing requirements and features of network security infrastructure

establishing maintenance and alert processes

conducting routine reviews of network security infrastructure

testing methods and procedures

security risks, and tolerance of risk in an organisation

industry standard network security providers

industry standards and regulations applicable to implementing network security infrastructure in an organisation

key organisation, infrastructure and network requirements required to create cyber security standards for organisations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software and its components related to creating cyber security standards

standards for Cyber security ISO/IEC 27000 series, Information security management systems standards

network security providers and solutions required for creating cyber security standards

application and user security technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, implement and monitor cyber security operations.

It applies to those in cyber security roles including network and server administrators and cyber security architects working in security operations within an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess organisational cyber security operations	1.1 Identify existing organisational cyber security operations 1.2 Identify organisational cyber security requirements 1.3 Analyse effectiveness of organisations existing cyber operations against organisational requirements 1.4 Document findings of analysis according to organisational requirements
2. Determine and document organisational operations	2.1 Determine and document required updates to existing organisational operation 2.2 Determine and document service disruption and task requirements for implementing cyber operations 2.3 Distribute document to required personnel in preparation for required implementation
3. Implement organisational cyber security operations	3.1 Initiate implementation of cyber security operations according to task requirements 3.2 Implement required operational and analytical processes 3.3 Implement personnel requirements according to task requirements 3.4 Implement incident reporting and escalating procedures 3.5 Implement required hardware and software support requirements
4. Test and finalise	4.1 Test operational processes of cyber security operations and determine alignment to requirements 4.2 Analyse performance and document required operational changes 4.3 Update cyber security operations according to analysis results and determine required alignment to task requirements 4.4 Review final cyber security strategy and document and lodge document according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing analysis, findings and recommendations using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Develops information security strategies using logical sequencing
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital and cyber world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, implement and test cyber security operations on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

establish existing operational environment within organisation

analyse effectiveness of existing operations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

inherent requirements of cyber security operations environment

organisational procedures applicable to implementing cyber security operations, including:

documentation processes

establishing requirements and features of cyber security operations strategies

testing methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software and its components applicable to implementing cyber security operations

network security providers and solutions required to implement cyber security operations

site server

standards for Cyber security ISO/IEC 27000 series, Information security management systems standards

application and user security technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a range of methodologies to simulate an attack on an organisation’s information and security systems and report the results back to the organisation.

It applies to those who work as network security specialists or administrators and conduct a simulated attack on an organisation’s cyber assets to determine the effectiveness of the organisation’s cyber security measures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for penetration testing	1.1 Analyse organisation’s existing cyber security environment, systems and network requirements 1.2 Identify individual data types and level of security requirements 1.3 Establish and outline goal and objectives of performing penetration testing 1.4 Evaluate scanning tools and select according to vulnerability assessment requirements 1.5 Establish and document testing regime and schedule, and requirements according to organisational procedures
2. Conduct penetration tests	2.1 Perform penetration test according to testing plan and procedures 2.2 Identify and document vulnerabilities arising from vulnerability assessment 2.3 Identify and document potential threats arising from penetration test according to organisational and testing procedures
3. Conduct follow up activities	3.1 Remediate identified vulnerabilities according to testing procedures 3.2 Determine and document improvement plan 3.3 Evaluate penetration testing effectiveness against testing plan and procedures 3.4 Escalate unresolved vulnerabilities to required personnel 3.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to determine requirements for penetration testing
Reading	Identifies information from technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation findings, threats and work performed using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital and cyber world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and implement penetration testing and resolve queries and vulnerabilities on at least three vulnerabilities.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify weaknesses as part of penetration testing process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

security risks and vulnerabilities in software systems

tools used in testing a network for vulnerabilities including scanning tools

advanced level penetration testing of a system

methods and tools used to protect data in an organisation

risk mitigation strategies

organisational procedures applicable to undertaking penetration testing, including:

establishing goals and objectives of penetration testing

defining scope of testing and establishment of testing regime

documenting established requirements

establishing penetration testing procedures

documenting findings, threats and work performed

key organisational environments, systems and networks required to undertake penetration testing for organisations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and digital devices required to undertake penetration testing

analytic platform and applicable user instructions

data recognition software

single security device and an organisation device

legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures applicable to undertaking penetrations testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, confirm and implement best practices for identity management in the cyber environment to minimise threats, risks and cybercrime attacks.

It applies to those who work as network security specialists or administrators and are responsible for overseeing and implementing an organisation’s best practices to confirm safe cyber security management of personal and identifiable information.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse organisation’s identity management best practices	1.1 Identify and summarise organisation’s identity management practices 1.2 Analyse organisation’s identity management environment, processes and requirements 1.3 Identify legislation and industry requirements required to implementing best practices for identity management
2. Design and implement best practices	2.1 Develop and document strategy for identity management best practices plan 2.2 Develop and document implementation strategy in consideration of technical, personnel, performance benchmarks and timeline requirements, according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Distribute documents to required personnel in preparation for implementation 2.4 Conduct implementation of best practices strategy according to organisational requirements and implementation plan
3. Finalise implementation of strategy	3.1 Analyse organisation’s performance against best practices benchmark 3.2 Summarise outcomes of analysis and identify areas risk and high vulnerability 3.3 Update plan with suggested remediation strategy for identified areas of risk and vulnerability 3.4 Submit finalised documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.5 Lodge all documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Obtains information applicable to organisational procedures and identity management standards and principles Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Reading	Interprets information from different sources in a range of formats when identifying best practices and interpreting how these standards apply to the organisation
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Uses problem solving skills to identify anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement and analyse best practices for identity management in an organisation on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify an organisation’s operating environment

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisation’s operating and cyber environment applicable to identity management

identity management methodologies required in the cyber environment

best practices and legislation required to implement best practices for identity management

organisational procedures applicable to implementing best practices for identity management including:

documentation processes

designing secure network infrastructure

establishing requirements and features of information security strategies

establishing baselines and metrics

testing methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and digital devices required to undertake identity management tasks

software that identifies data categorise and access privilege

legislation and policies and procedures required to identity management best practices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify cyber security standards and laws and evaluate an organisation’s working practices and compliance to these standards and laws as well as determine changes required to continue compliance.

It applies to those who work in an internal audit function, including those who specialise in cyber security and compliance and are responsible for implementing and monitoring an organisation’s compliance to cyber security standards and laws both locally and internationally.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research existing security standards and laws	1.1 Identify standards and laws required for organisations cyber security operations and summarise findings 1.2 Analyse and align required laws and standards to organisational cyber operations 1.3 Obtain and analyse organisation’s existing cyber security compliance strategies and document outcomes according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Determine time periods and benchmarking of compliance evaluation requirements
2. Analyse compliance activities	2.1 Conduct compliance assessment according to organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Document assessment findings according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Identify and document areas of non-compliance and near misses
3. Align organisation’s activities to required standards	3.1 Develop and document all compliance requirements 3.2 Distribute requirements to required personnel in preparation to realign business activities to requirements 3.3 Develop an evaluation strategy according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Submit all documents to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Obtains information applicable to legislative requirements and organisational procedures and identity management standards and principles Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Reading	Interprets information from different sources in a range of formats when identifying best practices and interpreting how these standards apply to the organisation
Writing	Uses industry specific terminology in documenting research findings, recommendations and best practice implementation
Planning and organising	Uses problem solving skills to identify anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify cyber security standards and laws and analyse an organisation’s operations and compliance to required laws and standards on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and summarise findings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

security risks, and tolerance of risk in an organisation

cyber security standards, regulations and laws applicable to the organisation

organisational business processes and applicable cyber security requirements in each area

principles of cyber security

methods of identifying cyber security incidents

different types of cyber security incidents including security vulnerabilities and malware.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

standards outlining cyber security standards and laws applicable to the organisation

software required to implement cyber security standards and laws.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to acquire, extract and analyse data from devices and workstations, including mobile devices, networked devices, smart devices, Internet of Things (IoT) devices and microcontrollers, USBs, applications, networks and systems. It applies to skills needed to extract evidence pertaining to either a forensic investigation directly caused on a computer, or as part of evidence relating to a crime or e-crime.

It applies to those working in cyber and forensic roles including, digital forensic examiners, incident responders and corporate investigators and are responsible for forensic data retrieval.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm incident and prepare to acquire data	1.1 Confirm and gather initial information on reported incident according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Research and assess occurrence according to organisational forensic data extraction requirements 1.3 Research and identify all laws and legislation required for data extraction tasks 1.4 Discuss and confirm if acquisition is required with required personnel 1.5 Consult and gather key incident information from required personnel 1.6 Identify device and components pertaining to incident according to task requirements 1.7 Develop and document data extraction plan and information gathered according to organisational requirements 1.8 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Acquire forensic data	2.1 Contact and gather information from required personnel 2.2 Seize device pertaining to incident according to incident and legislation 2.3 Access and open device according to data extraction task requirements 2.4 Secure device’s networks, data logs, firewalls and hashing according to task requirements 2.5 Initiate data extraction according to task requirements and confirm that no data is tampered or deleted 2.6 Confirm completion of retrieval according to task requirements 2.7 Verify the hash according to task requirements 2.8 Document observations and findings and methodology
3. Analyse forensic data	3.1 Analyse data and verify against incident scope, information, devices and evidence 3.2 Document findings and analysis and submit to required personnel 3.3 Discuss abnormalities and confirm further evidence, devices and information needed 3.4 Make additional extractions according to task and technical requirements 3.5 Analyse network conversations according to task requirements 3.6 Verify chain of custody according to hash according to task requirements 3.7 Update findings and methodology in documentation according to organisational needs
4. Finalise data acquisition	4.1 Prepare data extracts and documentation for submission according to organisational and legislative requirements 4.2 Submit data extracts and analysis according to organisational and legislative requirements 4.3 Retrieve sign off from required personnel and gather feedback according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from technical, manufacturer, organisational and legislative documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops workplace and legislative documentation for a specific audience, using detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Develops a strategic plan form task specification that include developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during data extraction tasks, and identifying and addressing issues as they arise
Problem solving	Initiates ways to engage in strategic problem-solving approaches that incorporates linear and non-linear methodologies
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, acquire and analyse digital forensic data from at least three device types, according to a reported incident.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document analysis findings

adhere to required organisational and legislative guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard legislation and organisational procedures relating to acquiring digital forensic data, including

privacy standards and policies

data standards and policies

internet and user identification protocols

mobile technology protocols

data extraction methodologies and seizure techniques on a variety of devices, including how not to damage or destroy digital evidence

features and markers of hashing

communication investigation techniques

functions and features of computer systems and data stores

data logs, including server, network and firewall logs

function and features of system back ups

data extraction and forensic copying techniques

file formats including structures, locations and file systems

data acquisition, identification and extraction methodologies including:

industry standard forensic tools

non-invasive and invasive methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

three or more devices with data required for data extraction tasks

forensic software tools required to extract data from device

legislative and organisational procedures and requirements relating to the acquisition of digital forensic data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct a risk assessment and analysis in a business environment. The risk assessment requires the identity and alignment of an organisation’s operating environment to their required risk register and the realignment of their operations.

It applies to those who work in risk functions of an organisation, including ICT risk managers, cyber security engineers, network engineers, DevOps engineers and cyber security solutions architects, and are responsible for designing security solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to perform risk assessment	1.1 Analyse organisations risk culture and document findings according to organisational requirements 1.2 Research and document legislative and organisational cyber security risk requirements 1.3 Obtain and analyse organisation’s risk register and determine its currency against organisational legislative requirements 1.4 Develop and document risk assessment plan according to organisational requirements 1.5 Communicate risk assessment plan with required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Perform risk assessment	2.1 Initiate risk assessment according to plan 2.2 Document process and outcomes of risk assessment according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Finalise risk assessment	3.1 Analyse and document findings against risk register and determine operations outside of organisation’s risk appetite 3.2 Develop and document operational measures to align operations against risk register requirements 3.3 Communicate risk assessment findings to required personnel and highlight areas of non-compliance and solutions 3.4 Lodge documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and applies technical, legislative and organisational documentation to determine and confirm compliance and job requirements and compliance
Writing	Develops workplace and legal documentation for a specific audience, using detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during assessment procedure, and identifies and addresses issues of non-compliance
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct a cyber security risk assessment on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and analyse an organisation’s risk appetite and risk register against their daily operations

research cyber security legislation and align organisational risk assessment to require legislation

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

risk assessment methodologies and processes required in cyber security

methodologies of identifying and measuring risk culture and risk appetite in the cyber environment

sources of legislative requirements required in cyber security

organisational procedures applicable to conducting a cyber security risk assessment including,

documenting risk assessment processes and findings

establishing requirements and features of cyber security risk assessment processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software required to conduct a risk assessment

legislative documentation required to conduct a cyber security risk assessment

information applicable to organisational environment, culture and operations required to conduct a cyber security risk assessment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather Internet of Things (IoT) devices and data from various sources and evaluate and identify threats and vulnerabilities.

It applies to those who work as IoT developers or cyber security and risk analysts and are responsible for cyber security activities including the evaluating IoT devices for threats and vulnerabilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop evaluation strategy	1.1 Research and determine an organisation’s requirements for evaluation of IoT devices 1.2 Research organisational operations, environment and culture and determine perceived threats and vulnerabilities 1.3 Develop and document evaluation strategy according to organisational requirements, policies and procedures 1.4 Submit evaluation strategy to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Prepare to valuate IoT devices	2.1 Prepare devices for evaluation according to technical specifications 2.2 Secure data and networks according to technical specifications
3. Conduct evaluation	3.1 Run evaluation according to documented strategy and organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Confirm and document identified vulnerabilities and threats according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Document evaluation results according to organisational guidelines and requirements
4. Interpret and finalise findings	4.1 Analyse evaluation findings and determine completeness and accuracy 4.2 Categorise negative findings into threats and vulnerability and determine level of potential impact to operational activities 4.3 Develop and document recommendations to remediate threat potential and lessen vulnerabilities 4.4 Document finalised results and recommendations according to organisational requirements 4.5 Lodge documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to determine requirements for evaluating quantitative findings
Reading	Identifies technical, manufacturer and organisational from documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during assessment procedure, and identifies and addresses issues of non-compliance
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital and cyber world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research and analyse an organisation’s internal and external operating culture, systems and networks to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices and interpret findings from at least three different IoT devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

security risks and vulnerabilities in software systems

security risks and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

tools used in testing a network for vulnerabilities of IoT devices

tools used in testing a network for threats and vulnerabilities

penetration testing methodologies required to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

risk mitigation strategies

organisational procedures applicable to running vulnerability and threat assessments for IoT devices, including:

establishing goals and objectives of vulnerability assessments

defining scope of testing and establishment of testing regime

documenting established requirements

establishing penetration testing procedures

documenting findings, threats and work performed

key organisational environments, systems and networks required to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and IoT devices required to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities

required analytic platform and applicable user instructions

data recognition software required to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities

organisational policies and procedures applicable to gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse an organisation’s critical cyber operations and develop and implement a critical protections strategy that addresses the needs of the organisation.

It applies to those who work as senior network and server administrators, cyber security analysts, security engineers, network engineers other cyber security related roles and are responsible for cyber security activities, including researching, developing and implementing protection strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research critical infrastructure need for an organisation	1.1 Research organisation’s need for critical infrastructure protection and document findings according to organisational requirements 1.2 Analyse organisation’s existing critical infrastructure protection plan 1.3 Determine effectiveness and alignment of existing plan to organisational requirements 1.4 Identify operational systems, critical assets, segmentation and legislative requirements 1.5 Determine level of protection, vulnerability, risk and mitigation according to organisational requirements
2. Develop protection strategy	2.1 Consolidate research findings and map critical processes according to organisational requirements 2.2 Develop and document critical infrastructure protection plan according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Submit protection plan to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Implement protection strategy	3.1 Backup data according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Secure devices according to protection plan and technical requirements 3.3 Implement network segmentation according to protection plan and technical requirements 3.4 Apply software patches according to technical requirements 3.5 Implement additional protection plan requirements and asset management processes
4. Test implementation outcomes	4.1 Test deployment of protection plan according to organisational policies and procedures 4.2 Obtain and analyse results according to organisational policies and procedures 4.3 Determine and document additional protection methods for critical infrastructure protection 4.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies technical, manufacturer and organisational from documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during strategy development and implementation, and identifies and addresses issues challenges as they arise
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital and cyber world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, develop, implement and test an organisation’s critical protection infrastructure plan.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse operating environment

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

critical infrastructure sectors and assets

cyber security methodologies required to protect infrastructure for organisations

legislative requirements applicable to researching, analysing and developing critical infrastructure protection policies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and components

organisational operating environments, networks and systems

organisational style guides required for presenting documented processes, procedures and findings.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement the device security configuration on WAN links and DMZs for a medium to large size organisation.

It applies to those who work in senior cyber security roles including, senior network and senior server administrators, network engineers and security architects, and are responsible for the configuration and implementation of security for required devices.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare configuration of security devices	1.1 Conduct a needs analysis and determine organisation’s needs to configure security devices 1.2 Determine devices required for configuration according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine network and system security requirements 1.4 Obtain and review manufacturing and technical requirements for devices 1.5 Research and document device risk threats and vulnerabilities according to organisational requirements
2. Design configuration plan	2.1 Develop and document configuration plan according to organisational requirements 2.2 Submit plan to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 2.3 Finalise plan and communicate to required personnel in preparation for configuration
3. Configure security devices	3.1 Isolate devices according to technical specification and configuration plan 3.2 Configure virtual networks according to specifications and plan 3.3 Configure secure site-to-site connectivity and VPN requirements 3.4 Implement required encryption according to specifications and plan 3.5 Implement a DMZ according to specifications and plan
4. Test configured devices	4.1 Test configuration capabilities against requirements 4.2 Conduct penetration test and record outcomes according to organisational requirements 4.3 Document and communicate test findings to required personnel and implement any required configuration changes 4.4 Lodge documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts Uses a range of strategies to build and maintain understanding throughout complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during strategy development and implementation, and identifies and addresses issues challenges as they arise
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design a security configuration plan and implement device configuration for at least three different security devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct cyber security needs analysis

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

procedures for configuring, verifying and troubleshooting security devices

cyber security device configuration methodologies

conducting cyber security needs analysis

configuring security networks required to configure security devices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and components

devices required for configuration

risk appetite of organisation required to configure security devices

organisational operating environments, networks and systems

organisational style guides required for presenting documented processes, procedures and findings.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, design, implement and test virtualised cyber security infrastructure in a small to medium sized organisation.

It applies to those who work in senior systems administrator roles including, network engineers and systems engineers, and are responsible for the design and implementation of virtualised cyber security infrastructures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design infrastructure	1.1 Analyse organisation’s operations to determine cyber security needs 1.2 Research and identify industry standard network security options and security technologies 1.3 Determine data types, security levels, mission-critical network servers and secure boundary requirements
2. Design and plan infrastructure	2.1 Design and document infrastructure requirements according to organisational requirements 2.2 Determine and document implementation plan and timeframes 2.3 Obtain tools, network access and data according to organisational requirements 2.4 Plan and document network security monitoring strategy according to organisational requirements 2.5 Distribute documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Implement infrastructure	3.1 Establish and create network boundaries according to infrastructure plan requirements 3.2 Implement network and server technologies according to infrastructure plan requirements 3.3 Implement user security technologies according to infrastructure plan requirements 3.4 Set security levels and user access according to organisational requirements 3.5 Establish network security monitoring strategy according to plan requirements
4. Test infrastructure	4.1 Test deployment of security infrastructure and its components according to technical specifications and infrastructure plan requirements 4.2 Obtain and analyse test results, logs and user feedback 4.3 Adjust implemented technologies according to organisational requirements and user feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and requirements using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and findings using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail of an activity in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a developed understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and implement cyber security infrastructure and review results against organisational needs on at least two different occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify an organisation’s vulnerabilities, cyber security needs and data protection requirements

document findings, plan and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and implementation methodologies of cyber security

cyber security infrastructure features including:

application security

business continuity planning

disaster recovery planning

operational security (OPSEC)

threat vectors

organisational business processes and applicable cyber security requirements design and implementation

organisational procedures applicable to designing and implementing cybersecurity infrastructure, including:

documenting established requirements, risks and work performed

establishing requirements and features of cyber security infrastructure

establishing maintenance and alert processes

testing methods and procedures

security risks, and tolerance of risk in an organisation

industry standard cyber security providers

industry standards and regulations applicable to implementing cyber security infrastructure in an organisation

organisation, infrastructure and cyber security requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and its components required in the design and implementation of cyber security infrastructure

an organisation’s operational details required for determining cyber security requirements

application and user security technologies require for the design and implementation of cyber security infrastructure

industry standard cyber security providers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design security architecture to organisation requirements, utilising specific design methodologies.

It applies to those who work in roles as senior network systems and server administrators,cyber security engineers, DevOps engineers and cyber security solutions architects and are responsible for designing security solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design security infrastructure	1.1 Analyse an organisation’s operation and infrastructure to identify security requirements 1.2 Research and identify industry standard design methodologies utilised in security architecture design 1.3 Determine required security level and perimeters, security features and security mode 1.4 Establish all data types to be included in security architecture 1.5 Document all security architecture findings and confirm with required personnel
2. Design security architecture	2.1 Establish and document specific requirements and features of security requirements 2.2 Design and document security solution according to organisational requirements 2.3 Submit documentation to required personnel for initial feedback
3. Finalise security architecture	3.1 Demonstrate security design utilises major industry standard design methodologies 3.2 Demonstrate security design addresses organisational cyber security requirements 3.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing findings and solutions using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use methodologies to design at least one cyber security solution for an organisation on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and analyse industry standard design methodologies for designing security architecture

document finalised security solution.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard cyber security design methodologies

principles of cyber security

principles of security architecture

different types of cyber security risks required to design security architecture

presenting security architecture in document form.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational data

organisational operating structure

organisational procedures applicable to designing security architecture including:

documentation processes

establishing requirements and features of security strategies

establishing baselines and metrics

testing methodologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS614 Analyse cyber security insider risks and threats and devise recommendations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse intentional and unintentional cyber security insider risks and threats, devise recommendations to minimise those risks and threats, and recommend organisational training responses to them.

The unit applies to those who work in information technology security roles, including cyber security analysts and specialists, cyber risk and assurance managers, and other related roles that are responsible for analysing cyber security insider risks and threats.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine cyber security insider risks and threats in organisation or workplace context	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from required personnel and arrange for access to required technology in compliance with organisational security arrangements and required legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Evaluate and apply privacy requirements according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Identify systems of critical nature to business and key data logs for detection of cyber security insider risk and threat activity 1.4 Determine high-risk data using organisational risk framework 1.5 Monitor organisational behaviour patterns to identify cyber security insider risks and threats
2. Complete model-based analysis of cyber security insider risks and threats	2.1 Identify model required to analyse cyber security insider risks and threats 2.2 Analyse sensors and data logs and perform risk assessment to identify high-risk users and behaviours 2.3 Perform a model-based analysis of cyber security insider risks and threats
3. Devise and distribute recommendations arising from analysis	3.1 Prioritise risks and threats based on analysis according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Develop recommendations to minimise or eliminate insider risks and threats based on analysis findings 3.3 Seek and integrate feedback of required personnel on draft recommendations 3.4 Distribute information and documentation to required personnel according to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures
4. Review organisational training response to cyber security insider risks and threats	4.1 Review identified cyber security insider risks and threats to identify training requirements 4.2 Develop recommendations for training to address cyber security insider risks and threats 4.3 Seek feedback on training recommendations from required personnel 4.4 Finalise and distribute training recommendations according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and applicable language
Oral communication	Presents information in a clear manner using language appropriate to target audience
Problem solving	Uses understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for identifying and considering organisational policies, procedures, protocols and requirements
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of digital principles, concepts, language and practices

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS614 Analyse cyber security insider risks and threats and devise recommendations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform one model-based analysis of cyber security insider risks and threats within an organisation or workplace context.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document analysis findings that identify at least two intentional and two unintentional cyber security insider risks and threats

devise and distribute recommendations that minimise workplace vulnerability

recommend organisational training response relating to the findings of the above cyber security insider risk and threat analysis.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key requirements of legislation, codes, regulations and standards relating to analysing cyber security insider risks and threats

organisational policies and procedures, including:

data loss mitigation controls

risk framework

security arrangements

security control standards

types of cyber security insider risks and threats, including:

careless insiders

compromised insiders

expired users with valid credentials

malicious insiders

misinformed insiders

key intentional and unintentional cyber security insider risks and threats

key organisational behavioural patterns that indicate cyber security insider risks and threats

key features of different data classifications, including:

classified

confidential

private

protected

public

secret

sensitive

strictly for internal use

top secret

key data loss mitigation controls

key types of model-based insider risk and threat analysis and tools

sensitive locations containing data logs and sensors at risk of cyber security insider risks and threats

strategies for minimising and eliminating cyber security insider risks and threats in an organisation

procedures for assessing risks, including for identifying different types of high-risk users

technology protocols used for user identification.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislative, regulatory and contractual requirements and organisational policies and procedures applicable to cyber security insider risks and threats, including organisational security procedures

organisational framework to guide analysis of high-risk sensitive data

required hardware and software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS615 Detect and respond to cyber security insider risks and threats

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to detect and respond to intentional and unintentional cyber security insider risks and threats, including the configuration of tools.

The unit applies to those who work in information technology security roles, including cyber security analysts and specialists, cyber risk and assurance managers, and other related roles that are responsible for detecting and responding to cyber security insider risks and threats.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to detect organisational cyber security insider risks and threats	1.1 Obtain work details from required personnel 1.2 Evaluate and apply privacy requirements according to organisational policies and procedures, legislation, codes, regulations, standards and security arrangements 1.3 Analyse type of behaviours that indicate cyber security insider risks and threats 1.4 Analyse sources of sensitive data and business processes that are vulnerable to cyber security insider risks and threats 1.5 Select required cyber security insider risk and threat detection tools according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Configure and monitor cyber security insider risk and threat detection tools	2.1 Configure cyber security insider risk and threat detection tools into organisation’s operations and infrastructure 2.2 Use behavioural analysis and cyber security insider risk and threat detection tools 2.3 Monitor potential breaches identified by tool and abnormal outputs from behavioural analysis 2.4 Locate source of breaches and determine extent of cyber security insider risks, threats and their organisational impact 2.5 Maintain custody chain according to legislative requirements and organisational security procedures
3. Respond to cyber security insider risks and threats	3.1 Consult with required personnel to determine suitable course of action to mitigate identified risks and threats, and restrict user access where required 3.2 Implement determined course of action according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Test course of action according to organisational security procedures and escalate test findings to required personnel, where required
4. Finalise response to cyber security insider risks and threats	4.1 Evaluate course of action taken and confirm that risks and threats have been contained 4.2 Document exposed data and implemented course of action according to organisational requirements 4.3 Gather feedback on risk and threat detection and response process from personnel involved in the incident 4.4 Develop and submit report on threat detection and response according to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and applicable language
Oral communication	Presents information in a clear manner using language appropriate to target audience
Problem solving	Uses understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for identifying and considering organisational policies, procedures, protocols and requirements
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of digital principles, concepts, language and practices

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS615 Detect and respond to cyber security insider risks and threats

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

detect and respond to at least three different insider cyber security risks and/or threats in an organisation or workplace context.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select and configure a cyber security insider risk and threat detection tool suited to the detected risk or threat

report on detected insider cyber security risks and threats.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key requirements of legislation, codes, regulations, standards and security arrangements relating to detecting and responding to cyber security insider risks and threats

key security controls

organisational policies and procedures applicable to cyber security insider risk and threat detection and response, including those for:

assessing impact and rectifying damage imposed by insider risks and threats

containing risks and threats, including disabling user access and maintaining custody chain

determining nature of detected risks and threats

determining user identification protocols

identifying location of sensitive data

reporting risks and threats to required personnel

types of cyber security insider risks and threats, including:

careless insiders

compromised insiders

expired users with valid credentials

malicious insiders

misinformed insiders

key intentional and unintentional cyber security insider risks and threats

key behavioural patterns that indicate cyber security insider risks and threats

causes and sources of cyber security insider risks and threats

strengths and limitations of cyber security insider risk and threat detection methodologies and tools

key information in data logs, including server, network and firewall information

key features of different data classifications, including:

classified

confidential

private

protected

public

secret

sensitive

strictly for internal use

top secret

technology protocols used for user identification

strategies for minimising and eliminating cyber security insider risks and threats in an organisation

methods to configure cyber security insider risk and threat detection tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cyber security insider risk and threat detection tools required for configuration

legislative, regulatory and contractual requirements and organisational policies and procedures applicable to cyber security insider risks and threats, including organisational security procedures

required hardware and software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and confirm that an organisation meets the legal obligations of data ethics legislation.

It applies to data analytics specialists who work in higher-level positions within in a broad range of industries and are responsible for ethical and legal aspects of data handling.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm required data ethics legislation	1.1 Identify data ethics legislation according to industry legal requirements 1.2 Identify voluntary codes and industry standard best practices according to organisational requirements 1.3 Document all identified regulations that impact organisation’s operations according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Review organisation’s compliance to identified legislation	2.1 Review and determine organisational compliance with required data-related legislation, policies and procedures 2.2 Document compliance review findings of non-compliance according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Develop and document non-compliance corrective action plan according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Finalise organisation’s evaluation	3.1 Submit non-compliance corrective action plan to required personnel 3.2 Seek and respond to non-compliance corrective action plan 3.3 Communicate review schedule and legislative changes to required personnel 3.4 Present documented review findings to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm task requirements and articulate complex concepts using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational impacts relating to data ethics legislation
Writing	Prepares documentation using industry-related terminology
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing stages in modifying standards relating to data ethics Prioritises tasks and own workload for required outcomes
Self-management	Implements standard procedures and makes decisions for routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review and improve an organisation-wide review of data-related policies and procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm compliance with data ethics legislation

communicate review schedule and legislative changes

document review outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements and standards relating to protecting data integrity, including data protection, privacy laws and regulations

organisational policies, procedures and protocols relating to protecting data integrity including for:

data accuracy

verifying data security

data discrepancies between different sources

identifying data breaches

ethical management and governance of data, including balancing data availability and data confidentiality

compliance requirements and regulations relating to data loss and documentation procedures and corrective actions relating to non-compliance

policy review procedures

codes of practice relating to data management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information and data sources to inform data analysis

information and telecommunications equipment required to analyse data

industry standards, organisational procedures, and legislative requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to clean and verify data obtained from a variety of sources. It involves the use of analytics and review to ensure data quality for an organisation is according to industry practices and organisational policies, procedures and protocols.

It applies to data analytics specialists who work within in a broad range of industries and are responsible for processing data sets for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare data sets	1.1 Identify data sets and establish task requirements according to business needs 1.2 Unify data from different sets according to task requirements 1.3 Review data and confirm accuracy of input and restriction to numerical values
2. Review and clean data set	2.1 Identify and remove incorrect data input and formulate data according to task requirements 2.2 Confirm required data set parameter range according to task requirements 2.3 Run analytics and confirm that data set consistency according to task requirements 2.4 Remove any data values that are outside upper and lower threshold of acceptable range
3. Verify data set	3.1 Confirm consistency between digitally entered data and manually entered data 3.2 Identify and review over-writes according to organisational requirements 3.3 Review data set and confirm analytical suitability according to task requirements 3.4 Store data set securely according to organisational procedures, legislative requirements and industry standard practices 3.5 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Numeracy	Interprets mathematical data and applies interpretation to task outcomes Completes complex calculations and records mathematical data
Planning and organising	Sequences stages in cleaning and verifying data efficiently and logically Prioritises tasks and own workload for required outcomes
Problem solving	Identifies and resolves barriers to successful delivery of cyber security infrastructure Demonstrates an understanding of how to address less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response
Self-management	Implements standard procedures and makes decisions for routine tasks
Technology	Uses technology platforms to assist with data analysis

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

combine at least two data sets from different sources

confirm accuracy of the two combined data sets.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements relating to data capture and storage, including data protection, security and privacy laws and regulations

organisational policies, procedures and protocols relating to protecting data integrity for:

data accuracy

identification of data over-writes

verifying data security

monitoring data discrepancies between different sources

digital versus manual data entry

monitoring data integrity

identifying where data breaches have occurred

ethical management and governance of data, including determining availability of data and confidentiality of data

compliance requirements and regulations relating to data loss

key components of policies in place for protecting confidential and private business information and intellectual property in data assets, including:

privacy policies

security policies

intellectual property policies

data analytics including feature extraction procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information and data sources to inform data analysis

information and telecommunications equipment required to analyse data

industry standards, organisational procedures, and legislative requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather, analyse, test and verify data from different source inputs.

It applies to those who work in data analytics roles in the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment and are responsible for identifying data from a range of source inputs, analysing and investigating abnormalities and reporting against an organisation’s requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Plan for data extraction and gathering	1.1 Analyse organisation’s structure, operations and data, and identify need for data analysis 1.2 Determine required data sources, data types and extraction techniques 1.3 Plan and document data extraction methods according to task requirements 1.4 Determine and document organisational impact of data gathering 1.5 Communicate data extraction activities to required personnel
2. Gather and prepare data for analysis	2.1 Secure data and prepare for extraction according to task requirements 2.2 Initiate data extraction on required data sources 2.3 Extract data according to task requirements 2.4 Determine completeness of data extraction according to task requirements
3. Analyse and verify data	3.1 Normalise data according to analysis requirements 3.2 Conduct analysis according to task requirements 3.3 Obtain analysis results and collate information according to task requirements 3.4 Compare results to analysis specifications and requirements and conduct any further data extraction and analysis requirements
4. Finalise reporting activities	4.1 Determine organisation’s reporting format and structure 4.2 Report details on analysis activities and results according to task requirements 4.3 Submit report to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops documentation conveying explicit information, requirements and recommendations for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Analyses context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes end-to-end responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and articulates associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

gather information from two different types of data sources in order to conduct analysis and report on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and conduct data normalising methodologies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

data extraction methodologies

data normalising methodologies used in data analysis and data reporting

methodologies of securing and preparing data for data extraction

industry standard data analysis methodologies

technical requirements used in extracting different types of data.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

different types of data required for extraction and analysis

hardware and software and components required for data extraction and analysis tasks

organisational data reporting style guide and reporting processes required for data reporting

a site where activities can be carried out

data required for testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and test data against an organisation’s requirements.

It applies to individuals who work in roles including, data analysts and data scientists, and run hypothesis testing on big data in a medium or large sized organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to conduct significance test	1.1 Analyse organisational requirements for significance testing and determine hypothesis for testing 1.2 Determine testing boundaries and data validation methods 1.3 Select all required data and its sources 1.4 Plan and document data extraction procedure 1.5 Plan and document significance testing activities according to organisational requirements
2. Conduct testing	2.1 Extract and secure data according to task requirements 2.2 Normalise and structure data according task requirements 2.3 Initiate data analysis and determine correct progression 2.4 Manipulate variables within data according to task requirements 2.5 Obtain testing results from required sources
3. Report test findings	3.1 Analyse test findings and determine testing has been completed according to test plan and task requirements 3.2 Analyse test findings and conclude hypothesis 3.3 Document testing activities and findings according to task requirements 3.4 Communicate findings with required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.5 Lodge documents according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to seek and respond to feedback
Reading	Analyses technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit information, requirements and recommendations according to organisational requirements
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and conduct a significance test on extracted and normalised data and conclude finding on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and conduct data normalising methodologies

develop a hypothesis used for significance testing.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

data extraction methodologies

data normalising methodologies used in data analysis and data reporting

methodologies of securing and preparing data for data extraction

industry standard data analysis methodologies

technical requirements used in extracting different types of data

hypothesis development for significance testing

report writing for reporting significance testing in data analytics.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

hardware and software and components required for data analysis tasks

organisational data reporting style guide and reporting processes required for data reporting

a site where activities can be carried out.

data required for testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cluster data extracts from big data following unsupervised machine learning methodologies and report on the findings.

It applies to individuals who work in roles including, data analysts, data scientists, machine learning engineers, developers and programmers, and are responsible for data mining and machine learning activities with big data within medium to large organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Determine data clustering requirements	1.1 Research organisation’s need for data clustering and define problem, objective and outputs 1.2 Determine required machine and input data set according to task requirements 1.3 Define evaluation protocol and accepted measure of success 1.4 Develop and document required benchmark model
2. Prepare data	2.1 Collect data according to task requirements 2.2 Evaluate data quantity, completeness and alignment according to task requirements 2.3 Transform and format data according to specifications 2.4 Finalise data preparation according to task requirements
3. Cluster data	3.1 Input raw data according to task requirements 3.2 Run required algorithm and adhere to required processing time frame 3.3 Obtain output reports and determine completeness of task according requirements
4. Finalise data clustering tasks	4.1 Analyse data report and determine clustering tasks have been completed according to task requirements 4.2 Interpret, summarise and document findings 4.3 Communicate findings to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 4.4 Lodge documentation according to task requirements and finalise task activities according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required measurements, determine values and articulate numerical findings
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to seek and respond to feedback
Reading	Analyses technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing benchmark model and findings using relevant language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

collect, prepare and cluster data using unsupervised machine learning methodologies and report on the findings on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research industry standard approaches and methodologies for machine learning

evaluate and prepare data.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methodologies for data clustering unlabelled data including intra-cluster cohesion and intra-cluster separation

industry standard data clustering methodologies including benchmark modelling techniques for data clustering

report writing methodologies relevant to reporting findings of data clustering activities

industry standard machine learning methodologies relevant to unsupervised learning

methodologies for modelling data relevant to unsupervised learning.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

hardware and software and components required for using unsupervised learning for clustering

organisational data reporting style guide and reporting processes required for unsupervised learning and machine learning

a site where activities can be carried out.

data required for clustering.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT601 Develop data integration strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse complex data in workplace contexts to inform data integration strategies. It includes analysing data trends and contextualising insights according to industry and organisational requirements.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in a variety of roles across a range of industries such as professional, scientific and technical services, who independently analyse complex data in workplace contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to contextualise data insights	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Evaluate data analysis objectives according to work brief 1.3 Analyse circumstances where complex organisational data must be interpreted, processed and shared 1.4 Source analysis documentation for cleansed data from required personnel
2. Analyse data and contextualise insights	2.1 Analyse cleansed data according to work brief 2.2 Finalise data analysis according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Assess reliability, accuracy and validity of data analysis 2.4 Identify trends and patterns in data analysis insights 2.5 Align analysis insights with objectives of specific industries according to work brief
3. Build data integration strategy based on contextualised insights	3.1 Confirm that analysis insights are contextualised appropriately according to work brief 3.2 Produce data integration strategy using contextualised insights for required industry 3.3 Confirm that data integration strategy meets organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Finalise required documentation according to work brief 3.5 Distribute data integration strategy to required industry personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning to convey and clarify information and to confirm understanding
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information in work tasks
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficient and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Develops solutions for advanced data problems in complex and sometimes changing contexts

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT601 Develop data integration strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

contextualise at least one data analysis for at least two different industries or workplace contexts

create at least one data integration strategy for an organisation or work area from that analysis.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

distribute data integration strategy to required work area

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of complex data components, including data:

quality

speeds

volume

sources

industry-recognised methods to reliably research industry trends and data requirements

common types of analysis technologies and resources for advanced data

industry-recognised data lifecycle stages

characteristics of reliable, accurate and valid data analysis

key methods of identifying trends and patterns in advanced datasets

advanced data validity and capture methods

common methods for evaluating the reliability of data sources

characteristics of advanced data integration strategies

methods to contextualise data analysis insights to industry and organisational requirements

methods and technologies used to store organisational data

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technology and resources to analyse advanced data

organisational data storage technologies

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT602 Review data lifecycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to review large volumes of advanced data from multiple sources as part of data lifecycles. It includes confirming workplace needs, assessing information and communications technology (ICT) controls, and maintaining security in organisations.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in a variety of ICT management roles who review data lifecycles in diverse workplace contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to evaluate data lifecycles	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Source data documentation according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Confirm data documentation access and rectify any authentication issues with required personnel
2. Evaluate data controls	2.1 Analyse data documentation according to work brief 2.2 Identify data controls in organisation or work area 2.3 Check data lifecycle documentation process and validate against required evaluation framework 2.4 Check that archived data management processes align with organisational requirements 2.5 Check that disposal procedures for redundant data align with organisational requirements 2.6 Validate checked controls according to work brief
3. Finalise evaluation	3.1 Consult with required personnel on any data lifecycle compliance issues 3.2 Report any recommendations for improvements in workplace documentation 3.3 Approve organisational data lifecycle documentation 3.4 Finalise required documentation according to work brief

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning to convey and clarify information and to confirm understanding
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information in work tasks
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficient and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Initiates proactive procedures when determining solutions in complex contexts, and designs implementation strategies for those solutions
Technology	Uses technologies and systems to access, enter, present and communicate data and information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT602 Review data lifecycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review at least two different data lifecycle processes in an organisation or work area.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

detect and report issues in organisational data lifecycle processes

document and make recommendations to support processes and outcomes

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key functions and features of advanced data documentation, including compliance requirements

key stages of a data lifecycle, including:

creating data

storing data

using data

archiving data

disposing of data

functions and features of data controls

methods to evaluate data controls

methods to safely and securely create, store, use, archive and dispose of data

industry-recognised information and communications technology (ICT) controls

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an established organisational data lifecycle that may be reviewed

organisational data storing technologies and data lifecycle documentation

opportunities for interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT603 Assess advanced data processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess processes and strategies for managing large volumes of advanced data from multiple sources. It includes identifying and recommending strategic improvements in existing data management processes.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) management roles who apply judgement to improve organisational processes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review data management processes	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Request and confirm access to data storing technologies according to work brief 1.3 Identify and obtain required confidentiality and security clearances according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Analyse advantages and limitations of existing data management processes 1.5 Report on strengths and limitations of existing data management processes in required format 1.6 Evaluate effectiveness of existing data hygiene principles
2. Research and consolidate findings on data improvements	2.1 Research and consult on data process improvement options 2.2 Research and summarise improvements to data hygiene principles 2.3 Select preferred data process improvement option according to work brief 2.4 Document potential data process improvements as rationale for data process improvement option 2.5 Record and store findings in required format
3. Develop recommendations for data improvements	3.1 Distribute findings to required project team personnel and seek input according to work brief 3.2 Coordinate development of recommendations for data process improvements 3.3 Present recommendations to required personnel according to work brief and organisational policies and procedures
4. Coordinate implementation of recommendations	4.1 Seek approval of recommendation report from required personnel 4.2 Design implementation strategies for recommended updates and document options 4.3. Develop implementation instructions for options according to work brief 4.4 Advise required personnel of recommended implementation timelines according to designed implementation strategy 4.5 Finalise required documentation according to work brief

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses active listening, clear language and questioning to delegate tasks and confirm team member understanding
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information in work tasks
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficient and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Initiates proactive procedures when determining solutions in vast contexts and designing implementation strategies for solutions
Technology	Uses technologies and systems to access, enter, present and communicate data and information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT603 Assess advanced data processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

recommend at least two strategic improvements to an organisation or work area’s advanced data process

design the implementation of at least one of the above recommendations, where the work must include implementing:

options

instructions

timelines.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with required confidentiality and security clearances

develop recommendations and contribute to the implementation of strategic improvements

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of complex data components, including data:

quality

speeds

volume

sources

methods to evaluate and improve data hygiene principles, including:

eliminate redundant data

consolidate duplicate data

identify and scrub structural errors

identify missing data

standardise data

validate data cleansing processes

follow standard practices when adding or removing data

review third-party data integration tools

types of technical requirements and data extraction methodologies for different data types

methods to assess data processes and strategies

functions and features of common organisational data storing technologies and techniques

data normalising methodologies used in data analysis and data reporting

methods for securing and preparing data for data extraction

common methods for analysing data

confidentiality and security clearance policies related to handling data

features of data management processes

common strategic improvements for data management processes

methods to update and finalise data management documentation

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational data storing technologies and data management documentation

opportunities for interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop and test relational databases to meet specifications.

It applies to individuals who are database support staff, application programmers and web designers who are required to create a simple database to store information for an online, desktop, web or mobile device application, using a simple entity relational database on a web or database server environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create relational database	1.1 Determine organisational database functionality requirements 1.2 Document organisational database requirements 1.3 Gather required data according to task requirements 1.4 Submit document to required personnel and according to organisational policies and procedures 1.5 Seek and respond to documentation feedback according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Design relational database	2.1 Design entity-relationship (ER) diagram to model relationships between entities, including entity attributes according to functionality requirements 2.2 Define primary and foreign keys and implement relationships 2.3 Normalise database model 2.4 Develop data dictionary and detail entity attributes according to functionality requirements 2.5 Document ER diagram and data dictionary, including data model, and submit to required personnel 2.6 Seek feedback from required personnel, and update data model according to feedback
3. Create relational database	3.1 Use required language on web and database server to create relational database according to confirmed task design 3.2 Create tables according to required language and ER diagram 3.3 Populate database fields according to task requirements 3.4 Test and fix database problems on web and database server
4. Finalise relational database and required documentation	4.1 Determine alignment between represented information and task requirements 4.2 Confirm and submit all task documentation to required personnel 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback on task delivery and documentation 4.4 Save changes and obtain final task signoff from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Obtains and responds to information and feedback from required personnel using succinct verbal language
Reading	Analyses textual information to establish requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing requirements, ER diagram and data dictionary using required format and cohesive and language
Teamwork	Applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how, in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine, and some non-routine, tasks, accepting stated goals and required outcomes
Problem solving	Uses formal decision-making process, setting and clarifying goals, gathering information and identifying and evaluating several choices against a limited set of criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling unfamiliar problems, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating options for action
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit procedures and meets expectations associated with own role when submitting documentation for approval and completing task requirements
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when designing and creating a database Uses basic cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain database, hardware, software and internet integrity

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS403 Create basic databases.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a database on a database server, web hosting service or file server with at least three tables, on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

design a database that meets task requirements

test and debug database

save changes to database.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

processes used for creation of entities, attributes, and in populating fields, using software solutions and script-based input

data-modelling techniques

database design, modelling and implementation procedures

naming conventions for database design

security restrictions on servers, incorporating some theoretical concepts

cyber security functions, policies and procedures according to organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, materials, hardware and industry standard software packages

internet access including:

connectivity

different browsers

software for creating entity-relationship (ER) diagrams

software development environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose database problems and to configure and tune the database in order to maintain consistent and optimised performance.

It applies to individuals who are experienced technical support personnel, including help-desk supervisors, database support technicians, Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support technicians, and user-support specialists, who are responsible for maintaining the performance of a database.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Diagnose and resolve database problems	1.1 Determine database performance diagnostic tool, according to organisational database requirements and vendor recommendations 1.2 Run diagnostic test and identify database performance degradation issues 1.3 Determine and record misuse of database and temporary table spaces 1.4 Carry out required fixes according to diagnostic results 1.5 Record issues and actions taken and escalate unresolved issues to required personnel
2. Configure database	2.1 Utilise database (DBMS) tools and design structures to minimise i/o contention according to task requirements 2.2 Apply database backup procedures according to method of data storage 2.3 Reconfigure rollback segments according to task requirements 2.4 Configure database and test performance according to task requirements
3. Optimise the database	3.1 Track module performance according to specifications 3.2 Monitor and tune efficiency of structured query language (SQL) according to task requirements 3.3 Monitor and measure performance of shared pool, blocks and buffers 3.4 Detect, identify and resolve contentions that arise in real-time operation of database 3.5 Reconfigure database according to specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses effective listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and information using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Demonstrates analysis and interpretation of textual information in order to establish performance issues and their corresponding solutions
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context Uses formal, logical process to identify relevant information and risks and to identify and evaluate alternative strategies and resources
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options
Self-management	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against the agreed criteria
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data, code, present information and communicate with others, while maintaining data security and safety at all times

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS404 Identify and resolve common database performance problems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure an optimal performance database with at least three tables for at least one occasion

confirm at least two of the three tables have greater than one hundred rows.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify common database problems

determine required solutions to solve problem

implement solutions to improve database performance

save and back up work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

database design and structured query language (SQL)

database administration procedures

tools and database tuning methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

diagnostic tools

database operating on a network environment or virtual network environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and manage databases including selecting the required database according to organisational requirements. It involves the operation, testing, monitoring and maintenance of a database, in accordance with organisational requirements.

It applies to individuals employed as database support staff who are required to maintain a database, monitor its performance as well as access and administer its security and varying levels of access to users.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and start database	1.1 Identify and select database according to organisational requirements 1.2 Configure database system start-up according to organisational requirements and required vendor guidelines 1.3 Monitor database start-up and operation and check for irregularities according to task requirements
2. Administer database	2.1 Create and document data dictionary and implement data structures according to task requirements 2.2 Maintain data integrity constraints according to organisational requirements 2.3 Create and design indexes, locking options and multiple-field keys according to organisational requirements 2.4 Confirm database backups have been stored and can be accessed by required personnel 2.5 Monitor and update ongoing viability of data storage and resize according to organisational requirements
3. Manage database access	3.1 Allocate and remove access privileges according to user status and organisational requirements 3.2 Monitor network server log-in log file and prevent illegal log-in attempts and security breaches according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Manage system and database administration resources according to task requirements
4. Record and store database maintenance tasks	4.1 Document changes to database processes and start-up procedures according to organisational requirements 4.2 Itemise database management structures and file access authorisations 4.3 Detail required log file monitoring procedures 4.4 Record the procedures to manage systems resources 4.5 Save, back-up and close documentation and database resources

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning skills to confirm information and task requirements
Reading	Analyses textual information to determine start-up and operation irregularities
Writing	Prepares required technical and business documentation conveying changes to database processes and start-up procedures using detailed language
Teamwork	Requests feedback and provides feedback to others in order to improve self or workgroup behaviors Demonstrates professional and respectful behavior with team members and supervisors
Planning and organising	Responds to stated goals during compilation of data dictionary and data structures, and when managing a database, according to business requirements, including deadlines Uses a formal decision-making process, setting or clarifying goals, gathering information, and identifying, and evaluating several choices against a limited set of criteria and deadlines
Self-management	Identifies and adheres to organisational requirements and vendor guidelines
Technology	Demonstrates interpretation of key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS409 Monitor and administer a database.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure, monitor, update and manage a database with at least three tables.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm data integrity

monitor data storage requirements

modify data access privileges

document and save work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

backup and recovery methodologies and procedures

principles of relational database design

database security concepts

organisational procedures referring to database processes and start-up procedures

database server management tools

structured query language (SQL) principles

database administration tasks and procedures

database processes, procedures and concepts of organisations and a vendor.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard relational database management system

an operational database requiring authenticated and authorised access, hosted in a network environment or virtual network environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create improvements to knowledge management systems, as well as distribute and monitor them.

It applies to those who are employed as database or systems administrators and are required to support and maintain existing knowledge management systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to improve knowledge management system	1.1 Identify and document structure and operation of existing organisational knowledge management system 1.2 Determine organisational knowledge management system information requirements 1.3 Determine and document required information structure
2. Create knowledge management system improvements	2.1 Collate all required information from information repositories on the knowledge management system 2.2 Organise information according to organisational requirements 2.3 Determine and document information structure improvement plan according to organisational requirements
3. Distribute and monitor knowledge management system documentation	3.1 Distribute knowledge management system documentation to required personnel 3.2 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel 3.3 Analyse use of knowledge management system and determine its effectiveness against organisational requirements 3.4 Implement required process improvements and confirm organisational requirements are met 3.5 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and requirements using detailed language
Reading	Recognises and interprets textual information to determine client information requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing gathered information and proposed improvements using instructional language
Teamwork	Participates in complex formal and informal conversations relevant to own role, initiating and taking the lead where appropriate in the context of gathering information and feedback from the client and staff
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against the agreed criteria
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS501 Monitor and improve knowledge management system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor and implement at least three improvements to an existing knowledge management system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

define success metrics

track, document and define improvements made.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

practices for information management within an organisation

information sources available within an organisation

industry standard knowledge management systems

database structures and their construction

procedures for monitoring and reviewing knowledge managements systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

organisational databases

information requirements

information repositories

industry standard knowledge management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS506 Design databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish client needs and technical requirements and to design a database that meets identified requirements.

It applies to those who are employed in roles including database administrators or designers who are required to design databases.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine database requirements	1.1 Conduct user-needs analysis with required personnel and determine database functionality requirements 1.2 Determine user-needs analysis technical requirements 1.3 Develop conceptual model of database according to organisational requirements 1.4 Submit conceptual model to required personnel 1.5 Seek and respond to feedback and make required changes
2. Develop logical data model	2.1 Identify attributes and determine data types 2.2 Undertake normalisation of attributes 2.3 Develop entity-relationship (ER) diagram and clarify cardinality of relationships 2.4 Document attributes, normalised data and ER diagram 2.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Design data structures	3.1 Confirm primary and foreign keys according to technical requirements 3.2 Identify referential integrity constraints and organisational business rules 3.3 Establish database management system constraints and incorporate into database design 3.4 Design and develop data validation rules, indexes and data dictionary 3.5 Document database design according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Design queries, screens and reports	4.1 Design database according to organisational requirements 4.2 Design required queries and output reports 4.3 Compare physical design against conceptual model and user-needs analysis 4.4 Incorporate all required changes into database design
5. Design access and security systems	5.1 Review existing business security plan and use as design base 5.2 Design database password and access system 5.3 Identify multiple-user requirements 5.4 Develop required organisational access profiles
6. Confirm database design	6.1 Determine database backup and recovery requirements 6.2 Develop and document database backup and restore procedures 6.3 Submit database and documentation to required personnel 6.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel 6.5 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Makes measurements and performs calculations for work layout, determine field lengths and table size and estimate database size
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing data model and design using appropriate structure, layout and specialised technical and programming language
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks, identify and evaluate alternative strategies and resources
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against the agreed criteria
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS502 Design a database.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS506 Design databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, develop and implement a simple database on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document the database requirements, design plan and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

process for conducting data analysis, data types and data structures, query and report design

data modelling procedures related to conceptual data model development

data redundancy identification methodologies

database management system (DBMS) design phase fundamentals

encryption and authentication database security features

functions and features of data types and data structures, and of databases

logical design concepts, including those for data structures, queries screens and reports

object model design concepts, including those for data structures, queries, screens and reports

database scalability.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard equipment and materials

industry standard database software

network and other systems required for remote or multi-user access

organisational requirements and deliverables

computer-aided software engineering (CASE) or diagramming software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate a database with a website.

It applies to those employed as web software and database developers and responsible for creating data-driven web applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Prepare to connect database	1.1 Determine organisational and user input database data requirements 1.2 Identify technical upgrades and requirements 1.3 Determine and document database integration plan according to organisational requirements 1.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Connect to the database	2.1 Setup database credentials and establish database connection 2.2 Connect to database from web application using web development language 2.3 Transfer data according to database integration plan2.4 Test database connection according to organisation and technical requirements
3. Retrieve and display data	3.1 Retrieve data and use structured query language (SQL) 3.2 Display data using required control 3.3 Format data according to organisational requirements
4. Update database data	4.1 Update existing user input data 4.2 Insert data in the database with user-supplied input 4.3 Identify and delete data stored in database 4.4 Validate data and check for errors

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets textual information from the sources in order to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using correct syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, and establishes the criteria for deciding between different options
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to connect to a database from a web application, retrieving, displaying and updating data

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS504 Integrate database with a website.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate, access, connect and update a database on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

retrieve and display web-based data on at least two different browsers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard database structures

industry standard internet technology for databases

database programming control structures, object-oriented programming and database interfaces including:

structured query language (SQL)

NoSQL programming interfaces

web programming concepts, including:

authentication and web security

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

session management

principles of stateless programming.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard hardware and software required for database integration activities

industry standard software packages

organisational deliverables

organisational policies and procedures that may impact on database integration activities

web server

database

web development environment

different browsers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop and implement a data warehouse within an organisation.

It applies to those who manage knowledge management teams or work in a team based senior role and has line management responsibility, looking after data warehouses.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish database design requirements	1.1 Review organisational database design document, data structures, queries, reports and user interface 1.2 Review organisation business security plan and determine level of alignment to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify big data applications 1.4 Determine database technical specifications 1.5 Design and document database according to technical specifications and organisational requirements
2. Identify data and sources	2.1 Identify enterprise’s knowledge management strategy data requirements 2.2 Identify subject areas for business processes and data requirements 2.3 Analyse and document operational data and define warehouse sources 2.4 Develop warehouse source specifications with reference to existing data tables and files
3. Manage warehouse operational steps and processes	3.1 Develop warehouse targets and align to business processes and data requirements 3.2 Identify system configuration warehouse agents 3.3 Determine and document warehouse steps and processes according to organisational requirements
4. Design and develop warehouse features	4.1 Determine and document warehouse user interface 4.2 Develop and implement warehouse security strategy according to organisational security plan 4.3 Identify dimension tables and fact tables 4.4 Determine technology costs for the implementation of warehouse security strategy 4.5 Develop and document warehouse information catalogue according to organisational requirements
5. Test and implement data warehouse	5.1 Test data warehouse against business and align to organisational requirements 5.2 Recommend changes to business processes, according to compatibility with the data warehouse and the knowledge management strategy 5.3 Implement data warehouse according to organisational requirements 5.4 Benchmark and document performance level of data warehouse 5.5 Develop and document maintenance schedule according to organisational requirements 5.6 Submit all documentation to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses relevant information in completing cost benefit analyses
Oral communication	Uses listening, questioning and summarising techniques to identify needs and articulate complex concepts
Reading	Interprets the textual information obtained from a range of sources, and determines how the content may be applied to the requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing plans and processes using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks, with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals
Problem solving	Develops and implements strategies that ensure that the organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options, against the agreed criteria Uses a systematic process to identify possible solutions to a difficult problem
Self-management	Works autonomously, making high-level decisions to achieve, and improve, organisational goals Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Monitors and reviews the organisation’s policies, procedures, and adherence to legislative requirements, in order to implement and manage change
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to build a data warehouse

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS601 Build a data warehouse.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, develop, test and implement a medium sized data warehouse.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business operating systems related to data sources

database management system (DBMS) fundamentals, including data extraction facilitation

decision-support systems and knowledge management strategies

database encryption and authentication security features

functions and features of dimension tables and fact tables

process for the installation and use of proprietary software

logical database model knowledge required to facilitate data extraction

relationship between databases and data warehouses

levels of technical documentation required for newly developed data management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard hardware and software

industry standard software packages

data in a DBMS

data-warehousing tools

organisational documents, policies and procedures relevant to building a database.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop knowledge management strategies for an organisation. It includes analysing existing systems, determining requirements, and developing a strategy to meet those requirements.

It applies to those who manage a knowledge management team, or who are working as a senior IT professional with line management responsibilities or similar.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse existing knowledge management arrangements	1.1 Identify existing arrangements for capture and use of internal and external sources of knowledge and information 1.2 Determine organisational knowledge management concept requirements 1.3 Evaluate alignment of existing procedures and systems against organisational requirements 1.4 Determine and document knowledge management improvement and upgrade requirements
2. Evaluate knowledge management options	2.1 Investigate industry methods for capturing and using knowledge 2.2 Determine and document organisational benefit of industry standard knowledge management software 2.3 Investigate knowledge managements incentives and reward systems 2.4 Determine non-technical knowledge database maintenance and access requirements
3. Develop knowledge management strategy	3.1 Design and document knowledge management executive and user strategy and support processes according to organisational requirements 3.2 Determine and document implementation strategy technology requirements costs 3.3 Determine and document required periodic review processes 3.4 Submit documentation to required personnel 3.5 Seek and respond to feedback and obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to perform a cost-benefit analysis
Oral communication	Uses listening, questioning and summarising techniques to identify needs and articulate complex concepts
Reading	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources, and determines how this content may be applied to requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing requirements, strategy and implementation plan using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Teamwork	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others before acting
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Self-management	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences, and consider implementation issues and contingencies
Technology	Experiments with the possibilities of new systems, devices, and applications before conducting a more sophisticated analysis of benefits, costs and risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS602 Develop a knowledge management strategy.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a complex knowledge management strategy on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard knowledge management in contemporary organisations

differentiated impacts of organisational culture and traditional business models

database design concepts

internal and external information sources

legal, ethical and security issues relating to knowledge management

records management principles

required government legislation that may affect business operation, including:

workplace health and safety (WHS) policy

environmental issues

equal opportunity

industrial relations

anti-discrimination

organisational structures and business goals.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard equipment and materials

industry standard software packages

sample organisations suitable for the implementation of knowledge management

organisational deliverables and requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and determine use of industry standard business requirements for a database.

It applies to those in senior system-operations, senior database managers or line manager roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine database requirements	1.1 Determine organisational database outcome requirements and database problem from organisational specifications 1.2 Analyse existing database and identify business rules, entities and relationships 1.3 Identify existing and proposed organisational business models 1.4 Identify required big data applications
2. Determine database functionality	2.1 Document existing database and environment according to organisational requirements 2.2 Identify and document database functionality requirements
3. Identify scalability and functionality	3.1 Identify reserve and long-term capacity of the database 3.2 Identify implications of systems architecture, data models, data structures, hardware and software 3.3 Identify organisation and user requirements for scalability 3.4 Compare and document functionality and scalability features of database
4. Prepare database functionality and scalability report	4.1 Document functionality and scalability of database according to organisational requirements 4.2 Submit finalised document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 4.3 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback, to improve plans and processes Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis, and critical thinking, to develop and improve the organisation’s goals
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information relating to specific criteria, to determine the requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing database functionality and scalability system, business expectations and requirements using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Makes high-impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities and decision-making strategies, where appropriate
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations, and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS603 Determine suitability of database functionality and scalability.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine functionality and scalability of a complex database.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document database functionality and scalability system

document business expectations and business requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

architecture of database networks

Australia code of ethics and its relation to the computing industry

systems hardware related to the client, server and database architecture

concept of data modelling

functions and features of databases

definition of data and implications for database design and functionality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard equipment and materials that assist in the determination of suitability of database functionality and scalability

industry standard software packages required to determine database functionality and scalability

industry standard database management system (DBMS)

industry standard sample database and data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create visual design components for media, using industry-standard design tools.

It applies to individuals working in digital media under supervision, in all industries as well as ICT related workplaces who are responsible for producing visual design components for digital media to industry standards. Digital media components in this instance refers to interactive or non-interactive design components for an information technology, digital environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital media technologies

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish requirements for visual design components	1.1 Obtain project brief and documents 1.2 Identify visual design components and copyright requirements for digital media according to organisational standards 1.3 Determine design considerations for designing an interactive and non-interactive visual design component, and their purpose 1.4 Define best practice of design principles and elements of good design
2. Identify and use software packages for creating visual design media	2.1 Identify and review a range of industry-standard graphics software packages available 2.2 Assess and select suitability of software package against design requirements 2.3 Run graphics software package and become familiar with the interface 2.4 Create new files and naming conventions according to file management and version control procedures 2.5 Apply required tools and features used to create visual design components
3. Create visual design components for visual media	3.1 Develop design ideas and graphic components using creative approaches and principles 3.2 Use graphics software to create visual media and required components 3.3 Identify interactivity of required interactive components 3.4 Communicate and confirm design with required personnel 3.5 Save and back up work
4. Demonstrate, finalise and evaluate design components	4.1 Demonstrate implementation and interactive components to required personnel 4.2 Articulate and justify design choices 4.3 Evaluate usability of design components and interactivity against design brief and intended environment 4.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral Communication	Articulates complex designs and graphical requirements using listening and questioning techniques to confirm and evaluate design requirements Responds to feedback and criticism with a professional manner
Reading	Analyses documentation, images, briefs, instructions, technical and conceptual information from a range of sources, in order to inform the implementation of visual design components for interactive media
Writing	Records technical information and prepares required documentation according to organisational standards
Teamwork	Selects and uses conventions and protocols to communicate with co-workers and others in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload
Problem solving	Analyses available information and makes informed decisions on routine and non-routine tasks
Self-management	Identifies and implements improvement opportunities
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT401 Create visual design components for digital media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and produce at least one piece of digital media and its components consistent with a design brief.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate original, innovative approaches to creative development according to design principles and elements

demonstrate integrity of the design brief against specified requirements

construct technical specifications for visual design components and overall usability

confirm copyright and intellectual property legislation and organisational requirements are adhered to

back up and save work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features and uses of graphic software packages and media products, including their purpose, constraints and environments

technical constraints that hardware imposes on software development, graphics requirements and creative visual design

techniques for applying concept development skills and visualisation skills

legislative and organisational requirements, policies and procedures

design principles, processes, and elements required to create components for digital media.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry or similar.

This includes access to:

required hardware

software packages and application, including required digital media tools

design brief

file storage devices and systems

legislative and organisational requirements applicable too creating visual design components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the, skills and knowledge required to create interactive animation for a range of applications, including web pages, e-learning, simulations and advertisements.

It applies to individuals who possess a sound knowledge of digital media and provide support within a team and are independently responsible for the design and development of animations in multiple environments, including graphic design, software, application and website design, as well as multi-media projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital media technologies

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse project requirements	1.1 Determine task requirements for dynamic functionality of animation 1.2 Determine required language to achieve functionality 1.3 Determine and evaluate current requirements for specified application
2. Design animations	2.1 Design animation according to task requirements 2.2 Design animation to meet specifications of sound and interactive functions 2.3 Design animation that enhances the purpose, clarity or useability according to intended audience and context of animation 2.4 Confirm design specifications with required personnel
3. Produce animations	3.1 Create animation according to task requirements 3.2 Research and experiment with a range of animation techniques to enhance user experience 3.3 Test and debug scripts and demonstrate required functionality 3.4 Test and debug scripts on different browsers, operating systems and devices
4. Publish animations	4.1 Publish animation in an acceptable format 4.2 Incorporate animations on required platform or location, including hypertext markup language (HTML) page, application or software 4.3 Document work and confirm function with appropriate personnel 4.4 Save and back up work

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and matters using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Researches technical and conceptual information from a range of sources to identify and evaluate appropriate design elements and animation techniques for a specific audience
Writing	Prepares complex documentation design and work performed using applicable language, layout, format and structure for a specific audience
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions, and protocols, when communicating with co-workers and others in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Uses a logical sequence of steps to identify and solve functional problems relating to animation
Problem solving	Addresses less predictable problems and applies problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses a logical sequence of steps to identify and solve functional problems relating to animation
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT402 Produce interactive animation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and create at least one piece of interactive animation, using different animation techniques

publish animation on at least one accessible location, including a website, application or shared software

test, debug and fix code and useability errors on at least 4 different browsers (if publishing on a website), and on at least 2 different devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

following industry standards and procedures

confirm, document and save work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

internet technology used to inform choice of scripting type

principles of analysis and design that may be used in the process of producing interactive animations

programming control structures including buttons and scripting language

animation programming concepts, including:

acceptable formats for importing assets

component libraries

cross-browser issues

importing and exporting libraries

inserting published work to a hypertext markup language (HTML) or to an extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML) page

internet animation player statistics

masking that may be used in producing interactive animations

movements and automated movements

publishing finished work in applicable web format

shape animation, manipulation, symbols, text manipulation and transparencies

testing and debugging script techniques

version control techniques and file naming standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

animation tools, equipment and materials

industry software packages

the internet and browser access

storage device or cloud system

electronic devices, including

a personal computer (PC)

a smartphone device

tablet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and edit digital images using a range of digital media technologies.

It applies to individuals who possess knowledge of digital media and technologies and may provide support within a team or be independently responsible for producing editing, enhancing and manipulating digital images in any industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital media technologies

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare digital imaging work	1.1 Identify type of image required and environmental considerations 1.2 Identify and address intellectual property requirements 1.3 Determine image capturing device and imaging software requirements 1.4 Prepare plan of digital image capturing steps and equipment according to task requirements 1.5 Set up image capturing device according to task requirements
2. Capture digital image	2.1 Check image capturing device, environmental and other factors are as required and adjust where needed 2.2 Operate image capturing device and capture images according to manufacturer specifications and task requirements 2.3 Save required and delete non required images according to device specifications
3. Finalise digital image editing task	3.1 Download digital images to digital editing platform and save according to task requirements 3.2 Enhance, crop and alter digital images to task requirements 3.3 Combine and integrate digital images into required designated interactive sequence 3.4 Submit digital images to required personnel and seek feedback 3.5 Respond to feedback and obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Demonstrates an understanding of numeracy to identify required technical specifications to achieve the desired digital image outcomes Uses a combination of both formal and informal mathematical language involving knowledge of unity, scale, perspective and balance when considering creating graphics
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm task requirements and articulate information using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex information in a range of texts and critically evaluates numerical and textual information Identifies compatibility and compares technical specifications and solutions to new and emerging issues
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for required outcomes
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of how to address less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response Applies problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Self-management	Implements standard procedures and makes decisions for routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, functions and key features of digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT403 Produce and edit digital images.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, edit and sequence at least three digitally captured images using each of the following types of image capturing devices on at least one occasion, including:

mobile phone devices

smart devices

digital SLR.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate the operation of a digital camera in order to capture a range of images

assemble required tools and procedures required to produce digital images

demonstrate using digital imaging software to prepare high quality digital images that satisfy a range of customer and business requirements

apply copyright and IP requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of a range of delivery platforms

digital photographic techniques

principles of communication through visual design

implications of technology connectivity

work health and safety (WHS) requirements for use of cameras, and computers, and handling and disposing of lithium batteries

procedures for customer and business liaison

copyright and intellectual property legislation, policies and procedures

industry standards relevant to digital images.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools and equipment

materials and industry software packages

image capturing equipment including:

digital camera

mobile phone device with image capturing capacity

smart device with image capturing capacity

digital SLR

industry standard graphics software

copyright information.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDMT407 Incorporate video assets into media presentations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to interpret video-formatting and media presentation specifications to incorporate videos into interactive media presentations. It includes designing, editing and configuring video assets.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as digital media developers and content designers, who may provide support and supervision within a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital media technologies

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to incorporate videos into media presentations	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse advantages and disadvantages of available video-formatting software and media presentation technology 1.3 Identify and source required video assets according to work brief 1.4 Select and source video-formatting and media presentation hardware, software and components
2. Design videos	2.1 Combine video assets using video-editing software 2.2 Control variations in video frame rates according to work brief 2.3 Apply asset time stamping according to organisational requirements 2.4 Save video assets according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Edit videos	3.1 Edit single and multiple video tracks according to work brief 3.2 Join multiple video tracks according to video-formatting and media presentation specifications 3.3 Integrate video tracks with digital effects 3.4 Apply time encoding to single and multiple edited video tracks 3.5 Export video tracks in required media presentation format
4. Add videos to media presentations	4.1 Test edited videos and rectify any issues within scope of own role 4.2 Combine audio, visual and textual effects 4.3 Seek and apply feedback for incorporated video assets from required personnel 4.4 Save media presentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Listens and clarifies instructions and requirements Participates in verbal exchanges to share ideas and express opinions
Reading	Evaluates and integrates textual information to establish and confirm job requirements
Planning and organising	Sequences video tasks, tracks and frames according to work brief and job requirements
Problem solving	Responds to problems requiring resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on the cause of a problem rather than the symptom

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT407 Incorporate video assets into media presentations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare at least two video assets and incorporate them into at least two different interactive media presentations.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare video sequences within production deadlines

interpret, visualise and produce creative concepts

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of video-editing software and hardware

common types of media presentation technology

features of video assets, including:

audio effects

visual effects

textual effects

techniques to safely export and save video assets

key techniques for video editing, including:

cutting

time stamping

sequencing

montaging

controlling video frame rates

functions and features of single and multiple edited video tracks

key electronic and digital language and terminology

key copyright considerations associated with designing and creating video assets

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

video-editing and media presentation software, hardware, components and resources

video-formatting and media presentation specifications

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and configure digital reception equipment (DRE) on a customer’s premises.

It applies to individuals who install and maintain DRE in home or small business networks, and includes integration of many services such as broadband, digital TV, free to air (FTA), subscription TV (pay TV) and internet protocol TV (IPTV).

This unit should only be undertaken by experienced cablers to enhance their cabling skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for compliance when conducting work 1.2 Notify customer to verify installation order and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify supervisor of identified safety hazards at the worksite and complete a job safety analysis (JSA) before commencing work 1.4 Confirm location of digital reception equipment and fittings with customer 1.5 Identify barriers to installation and develop strategies to overcome them within time and budget restrictions 1.6 Select and obtain tools and materials appropriate for the work order
2. Install hardware and equipment	2.1 Measure signal level at wall plate to ensure received signal strength is adequate 2.2 Test customer’s existing equipment for operational condition and reception quality 2.3 Notify customer of detected problems and record remedial actions if required 2.4 Identify interconnection cabling requirements and prepare cables for job requirements 2.5 Affix wall plate to agreed position on wall and secure cable according to specification 2.6 Connect set top unit to customer equipment and connect cabling between wall plate and set top unit following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.7 Power up set top unit and configure it to customer requirements 2.8 Activate customer services to complete hardware installation where required
3. Commission and test installation	3.1 Conduct functional test to assess transmission signal quality 3.2 Conduct tests to ensure quality of all services are being delivered against enterprise quality standards 3.3 Check all interconnected equipment is functional
4. Finalise installation and handover to customer	4.1 Restore site to original condition and customer satisfaction 4.2 Assess damages that may have occurred during installation and arrange with customer for repair or replacement of damaged components 4.3 Remove waste and debris from site and dispose of in a safe and environmentally appropriate manner 4.4 Conduct customer training appropriate to equipment, services and vendor literature
5. Complete contract documentation	5.1 Provide warranties to customer in required format where work and equipment are subject to warranty 5.2 Prepare invoices and other financial documentation, where required, and present to customer 5.3 Obtain authorised signatures on required documentation to confirm acceptance of completed work

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for environment and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for following safe, sustainable, appropriate and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	Liaises with customer Signs-off work when completed to customer's satisfaction
Get the work done	Plans, organises and implements tasks efficiently to meet customer requirements Resolves any problems arising from installation

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment (Release 2)	ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment (Release 1)	Updates to application and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify installation requirements and obtain required approvals

install equipment applying work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

configure set equipment to customer requirements

conduct functionality tests and interpret results

provide customer training appropriate to equipment

complete task and handover to customer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

a range of products used across the industry

contemporary equipment and connection methods

customer service principles, including dealing with customers face to face

enterprise or service specific knowledge of products and services supplied

work health and safety general principles and enterprise specific job safety analysis (JSA) requirements

an overview of:

methods of training customer in product use

radio frequency (RF) theory, principles and safety

telephony principles to support return path awareness

pre-installation enterprise specific requirements

enterprise quality assurance requirements

return path technology

technology on customer premises

test results

reception issues.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site for digital reception equipment installation

digital reception equipment currently used in industry

test equipment required for digital reception equipment installation and testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop integrated digital reception system applications, topologies, devices and capabilities, and system programming methods; as well as use diagnostic tools and documentation of developed systems.

It applies to cablers who install emerging digital reception equipment and cabling systems for domestic and small to medium enterprise information technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop an integrated system	1.1 Determine types and location of loads and control devices from project specifications and customer requirements 1.2 Determine number of control bus networks and current requirements from load calculations for devices on the system 1.3 Determine appropriate placement of system devices to optimise bus network power and load parameters, and maintain system stability 1.4 Develop an integrated system to comply with regulator, safety and manufacturer requirements 1.5 Document take-off of the number of devices and accessories required for the system, using manufacturer's title and ID for each 1.6 Download required programming and diagnostic tools to a compatible PC and check for correct operation and safety
2. Program integrated system devices	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) risk control measures and procedures 2.2 Apply correct modes of programming to develop an integrated system according to manufacturer's programming software instructions 2.3 Follow manufacturer's instructions and recommendations when programming system devices to project requirements 2.4 Program parameters for operation of loads to project requirements and within manufacturer's designated range 2.5 Save and backup the programmed system database according to manufacturer instructions
3. Load and test integrated system	3.1 Follow WHS risk control work measures and procedures 3.2 Transfer database of integrated system program to network 3.3 Test all functions of the integrated system for compliance with project requirements and manufacturer specifications 3.4 Use diagnostic tools to locate system faults, defects and anomalies 3.5 Correct defects and anomalies to comply with project requirements and manufacturer specifications 3.6 Provide copy of documentation of integrated system at handover to customer

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 3.3	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, computer program interface, and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	1.5, 2.4, 3.2	Develops procedural material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1	Effectively participates in verbal exchanges using collaborative and inclusive techniques including active listening and questioning, and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	1.1-1.3	Calculations required for determining design specifications Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.1, 3.1	Understands rights and responsibilities in complying with standards and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.3, 1.6, 2.2-2.5, 3.2-3.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems	ICTDRE3249A Develop integrated digital reception systems	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

Comply with standards, regulations and work health and safety (WHS) procedures and practices when developing an integrated system

communicate with customers

determine the full scope of specifications for an integrated digital reception system

use calculations to correctly determine the number of network and current requirements

place system devices appropriately in system scheme

apply and check appropriate modes of programming and diagnostic tools in the design

program devices and set load operating parameters according to manufacturer specifications

use diagnostic tools to locate and correct system defects, faults and anomalies

document and backup system during appropriate stages of the project.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the applications and advantages of integrated systems

identify the bus system cable type, polarity, length and acceptable topologies

describe the process of controlling digital system integration (DSI) and communicating with digital addressable lighting interface (DALI) electronic ballasts

identify factors that affect control bus stability, including number of units on a network, and current drawn by devices in relation to current output of power supplies

define the operating parameters of integrated systems and programming to an extent indicated by:

importance of project documentation and backup

importance of location of output and input devices and control bus power supplies

describe lighting dimmer capabilities and selection

determine the low voltage (LV) supply overcurrent and surge protection

describe multiple network connectivity

identify the software used for system and device programming, monitoring and control

explain system and device programming, encompassing:

addressing conventions for networks, devices, applications, output groups, types of control and outputs, which include ‘on’, ‘off’, a specific level, and over a specific time

PC programming tools and methods (programming includes configuring network database using addressing tools and objects, function objects, editing, altering and transferring the database to network)

identify and describe system fault-finding processes

determine the system components, encompassing:

support devices for control bus supply and control

support devices for programming, interconnection between networks and integration with third party systems

describe the types and capabilities of input and output devices.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology industry and include access to:

a typical contemporary dwelling into which a digital system will be developed

availability of all functional requirements of a modern home

access to contemporary digital equipment

access to all current standards, codes and regulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, test and commission a cable broadband system within a multi-dwelling unit (MDU).

It applies to technicians who conduct cable broadband installation and service assurance activities within commercial or MDU environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan installation of a broadband service to an end user within an MDU	1.1 Notify customer to arrange access to site and identify customer equipment 1.2 Assess existing design, infrastructure and constraints on installation according to enterprise requirements and customer specifications 1.3 Complete a job safety and environmental analysis (JSEA) by identifying work health and safety (WHS) issues 1.4 Prepare for installation according to relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards
2. Assemble equipment and tools for installation	2.1 Select and obtain materials, tools and equipment for installation 2.2 Identify cable access and select suitable cable pathway 2.3 Install cable according to enterprise design requirements 2.4 Install equipment and devices to operate according to design and manufacturer specifications 2.5 Terminate cables according to design and manufacturer specifications
3. Test and commission system	3.1 Conduct proof of performance testing at required specified locations according to commissioning documentation 3.2 Conduct radio frequency (RF) signal measurement using test equipment 3.3 Record and analyse initial test results for quality of service according to design specifications 3.4 Rectify identified faults and adjust system for optimal operation 3.5 Conduct final RF signal measurement using test equipment to optimise performance
4. Complete administrative tasks	4.1 Record final RF test results and settings according to enterprise requirements 4.2 Complete appropriate records and file according to enterprise policy and procedures 4.3 Inform customer of work completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets text from relevant sources to identify key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Communicates clearly, using appropriate language for environment and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Obtains readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for adhering to safe, sustainable, appropriate and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	Communicates effectively with customers, stakeholders and -team members
Get the work done	Plans, organises and implements tasks efficiently to meet customer requirements Identifies and resolves problems

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

obtain relevant approvals for access to site and equipment

plan, assemble and install equipment

interpret results

action test results to align with enterprise requirements

perform handover with customer

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations and codes relevant to installation of broadband systems

procedures and equipment required for measuring:

radio frequency (RF) signal power forward and return

insertion loss

distance to fault

modulation error rate (MER) and bit error rate (BER) for purpose of signal integrity

features of instruments, test equipment and performance requirements

RF testing of radio communications instruments and equipment

typical issues and challenges that occur in telecommunications broadband installations

safety issues regarding electromagnetic radiation (EMR).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where broadband multi-dwelling unit (MDU) system installation can be undertaken

hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) equipment and devices currently used in industry

test equipment required for HFC broadband installation and testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a smart cable wiring system on customer premises.

It applies to individuals employed in a technical capacity for the emerging information technologies and applications in domestic and small to medium enterprises.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design a wiring system for premises	1.1 Consult customer and visit worksite to determine immediate and future functional needs of the cabling system 1.2 Identify and document immediate and future location of cabling system customer interface elements, and seek confirmation from appropriate persons 1.3 Review technology used to deliver functional needs 1.4 Identify specific service provider requirements and requirements of applicable standards, codes and regulations
2. Design a wiring system for premises	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) procedures when carrying out work 2.2 Transfer functional needs of customer to architectural plans 2.3 Determine size and location of home distributor, security system, carrier and carriage service facilities, antennas and switch boards 2.4 Identify cable pathways and cable support systems 2.5 Select appropriate cable types to meet functional needs 2.6 Develop cable identification method to aid installation
3. Document cable wiring system design	3.1 Document customer interface elements room by room 3.2 Document requirements for home distributor, security system, carrier and carriage service facilities, antennas and switch boards 3.3 Document testing and commissioning requirements 3.4 Specify user documentation required after completion of installation 3.5 Provide customer quote that includes a bill of materials and a project schedule

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Develops procedural material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations Produces plans and specifications to industry standards conveying design function and operation
Oral Communication	Effectively participates in verbal exchanges using collaborative and inclusive techniques including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials and costing Performs mathematical calculations to establish scale and dimensions of design plans
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for tasks and makes decisions on completion parameters and need for coordination with others Explores and implements, where identified, implicit expectations of policies, procedures and regulatory requirements
Interact with others	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols Recognises common cultural and other differences of people in the work context and makes adjustments in addressing differences
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency, and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Identifies ideas for applications and considers them in current contexts

Unit Mapping Information

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDRE304 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

capture customer functional needs for wiring system

apply industry standards, regulations and codes of practice when designing a wiring system for a customer

develop a detailed design in compliance with industry practices, including signal losses and/or expected measurements to be achieved at wall plates

document the design, including a bill of materials, schedule of work and associated costs and submit to customer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

cabling standards, regulations and codes applicable to cable design

building regulations that apply to installation of cabling systems

codes of practice and Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) standards for home wiring

carrier network delivery systems used in single dwelling and multi-dwelling units for:

fibre

fixed wireless

satellite

twisted copper pair

subscription TV

cabling requirements of home technology applications taking into account:

the user needs including age and assisted living conditions

communications

digital home health

energy management

entertainment

intelligent light and power

security and safety

testing and commissioning methods and determine performance requirements for home technologies

customer interface elements commonly considered when designing a wiring system

common service providers clients may specify

safety implications of the design for users

design parameters for cable selection and support system of a wiring system

documentation required when submitting a design to a customer.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology industry and include access to:

a contemporary dwelling design

a specification of a customer's functional requirements

current standards, codes of practice and regulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to connect and configure a media centre that integrates signal for distribution.

It applies to individuals working as installers in the digital reception sector integrating services from multiple sources and in multiple formats (radio frequency, digital, data, and voice) for both inward and outbound signals into complex customer systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate existing customer equipment	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for compliance when conducting work 1.2 Notify customer to verify installation order and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify supervisor of identified safety hazards at worksite and complete job safety analysis (JSA) before commencing work 1.4 Use test equipment to verify customer equipment is operational prior to installation 1.5 Assess equipment capabilities and connection types against customer requirements for suitability 1.6 Assess customer premises against installation plan according to client specifications and by-laws, standards and regulations 1.7 Produce an installation diagram using appropriate drawing symbols to indicate connection details of customer system
2. Design and build a multiple service customer system solution	2.1 Determine connection requirements and pathways for each service to be connected and locate a signal source for each service 2.2 Confirm compatibility for proposed pathway options connections to existing system and for optimal performance 2.3 Produce preliminary connection plan with block diagrams and specifications to optimise system performance 2.4 Evaluate connection plan design to determine any local spectrum management issues arising from multiple services 2.5 Produce final connection design with amendments to eliminate local spectrum management contentions, if required 2.6 Select and connect cables according to connection plan using appropriate materials 2.7 Activate equipment to check network operation 2.8 Resolve connection issues that arise during build phase and modify connection plan
3. Provide enterprise equipment with multiple services	3.1 Determine optimal method of connection to each service source according to client specifications 3.2 Connect service to system following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and test to identify and rectify connection issues 3.3 Notify service provider if problems cannot be rectified locally, and escalate unresolvable connection issues accordingly
4. Configure services and optimise customer system across multiple services	4.1 Conduct client specific and customer set-up operations for each service 4.2 Test performance of enterprise and customer equipment across a range of settings 4.3 Test integrated performance of system across multiple services 4.4 Record and evaluate test results to satisfy manufacturer’s operational margins 4.5 Tune customer equipment for optimal integrated performance across multiple services 4.6 Restore site to original condition and customer satisfaction
5. Train customer and complete contract documentation	5.1 Conduct customer training appropriate to equipment, services and vendor literature 5.2 Complete appropriate records and update administration systems according to enterprise policy 5.3 Record and store test results in appropriate database, leaving copies on site according to enterprise policy 5.4 Provide warranties to customer in required format where work and equipment are subject to warranty 5.5 Prepare invoices and other financial documentation where required and present to customer 5.6 Obtain authorised signatures on required documentation to confirm acceptance of completed work

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4-1.6, 2.4, 3.1, 4.2, 5.1	Interprets textual information from appropriate sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	1.3, 1.7, 2.3, 2.5, 4.4, 5.2, 5.3, 5.5	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 3.3, 5.1	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for environment, and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	4.3, 5.5	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results Uses simple calculations to prepare financial documentation
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 5.4,	Takes responsibility for following safe, sustainable, appropriate, and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	5.6	Liaises with customer to sign-off on completed work when completed to customer's requirements
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.6-2.8, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6	Plans, organises and implements tasks efficiently to meet customer requirements Makes decisions on technical requirements Advises service provider of any problems that cannot be resolved locally

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes	ICTDRE4167A Integrate data delivery modes	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

identify service requirements of a range of contemporary products

design and build a multiple service customer system solution

install and integrate at least two services to a customer system comprised of at least three equipment components applying all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

activate and optimise customer equipment using two or more signal sources

configure services and optimise customer system across multiple services

conduct functionality tests and interpret results

provide customer training appropriate to the equipment.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list contemporary equipment and connection methods

outline customer service principles, particularly dealing with customers face to face

discuss enterprise or service specific knowledge of products and services supplied

describe equipment types:

amplifiers

couplers

taps

splitters

describe home automation

identify functions of home theatre system components

explain modulation techniques

discuss WHS general principles and enterprise specific job safety analysis (JSA) requirements

assess performance adjustments for tuning, balancing and replacing components

summarise quality assurance of enterprise requirements

evaluate security systems

review test analysis and diagnosis (enterprise diagnosis methods)

identify test equipment and signal measurement and other enterprise-specific tools

explain principles of video and audio technologies

explain wireless local area networks (WLANs)

explain wireless technology.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology industry and include access to:

a site for data delivery modes integration

equipment currently used in industry

test equipment required for data delivery integration.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDSN401 Design digital user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design user interfaces (UIs) for a wide range of devices and interactive multimedia in digital environments. It includes identifying user requirements, developing UI prototypes and testing UI designs.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in UI and user experience (UX) design roles who apply information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge to produce UI prototypes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish user requirements	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Review technical parameters for interactive media products and delivery platforms according to work brief 1.3 Identify user characteristics and system architecture specifications 1.4 Create UI mood board according to work brief
2. Produce concept designs	2.1 Select and source required sketching software and tools 2.2 Develop preliminary concept sketches according to work brief 2.3 Source and confirm sketching component serviceability according to work brief 2.4 Obtain sketch components and sketch screen layouts according to organisational policies and procedures 2.5 Develop final concept sketches according to work brief 2.6 Seek feedback from required personnel 2.7 Document UI design specifications according to work brief
3. Develop UI workspaces	3.1 Assess staging relationships in specified digital environment 3.2 Analyse UI toolkits and workspaces 3.3 Confirm and document required UI toolkits according to work brief 3.4 Create UI workspace according to work brief 3.5 Confirm that UI workspace aligns with user requirements and UI concept designs
4. Finalise UI designs	4.1 Develop UI prototype according to work brief 4.2 Plan testing procedures with sample users 4.3 Test UI prototype according to work brief 4.4 Evaluate results of testing and adjust design specifications according to work brief 4.5 Seek and integrate feedback on adjusted UI prototype 4.6 Present final UI prototype to required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets technical information and guidelines to determine work requirements
Writing	Uses specific technical, diagrammatic and visual textual language appropriate to environment to prepare prototype designs
Planning and organising	Uses a range of processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies
Oral communication	Uses clear language, listening and questioning techniques to confirm and clarify design, technical and user information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDSN401 Design digital user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two different user interface (UI) designs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with technical and creative parameters

safely and securely store UIs in required locations

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of industry-recognised UI components and operations

functions, features and specifications of common system architectures for UIs

key characteristics of UIs, including:

concept sketches

screen layouts

design specifications

staging relationships

toolkits

workspaces

prototypes

delivery platforms

principles of digital accessibility

key technical parameters of interactive media products

applications of concept design briefs in designing UIs

key tools and technical parameters required in designing UI components, including:

interactive multimedia products

delivery platforms

industry-recognised tools and techniques to develop UI mood boards, concept sketches and workspaces

industry-specific considerations required when developing UI prototypes

UI prototype testing tools and techniques

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required technologies and resources to design UIs

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief, design specifications, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDSN402 Develop digital user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create user interfaces (UIs) for a wide range of devices and interactive multimedia in digital environments. It includes interpreting and using existing UI designs to produce UIs that meet user requirements.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in UI and user experience (UX) development roles who apply information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge in team environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish user requirements	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Confirm that design specifications align with user requirements according to work brief 1.3 Identify text content and media assets according to work brief 1.4 Select file output format aligned according to technical parameters defined in work brief
2. Identify concept designs	2.1 Analyse concept sketches and document UI design ideas in required format 2.2 Identify and apply logos and trademarks in design ideas according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Identify and obtain required copyright clearances according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Document creative design ideas according to work brief 2.5 Present and seek feedback from required personnel on UI design ideas according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Confirm development approach	3.1 Document and implement UI design feedback according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Identify and select industry-standard graphics software according to work brief 3.3 Identify typographical and visual design elements
4. Produce UIs	4.1 Implement final design concepts in required UI prototype 4.2 Integrate required interactive graphic components 4.3 Apply required UI principles according to work brief 4.4 Document text and presentation styles used in UI development 4.5 Save and store UI output according to technical parameters and organisational policies and procedures 4.6 Review and report on technical feasibility of UI prototype

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets a range of technical information to determine and adhere to organisational requirements and prototype designs
Writing	Develops a broad range of materials, including design documentation, using clear language in order to convey specialised information and requirements
Planning and organising	Uses a range of processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical techniques to identify issues and implement solutions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDSN402 Develop digital user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two different digital user interfaces (UIs) with at least two interactive graphic components in each.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with technical and creative parameters

safely and securely store digital assets in required locations

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features, specifications and requirements of interactive multimedia products, including:

target user

audience

purpose of products

industry-recognised UI designs

common types of text and presentation styles used when developing UIs, including:

style sheets

templates

themes

functions, features and applications of UI principles, including:

communication principles

visual design principles

user-centred design principles

functions and features of trademarks and logos in developing UI design ideas

key tools and technical parameters for developing UI components, including:

interactive multimedia products

delivery platforms

file output formats

tools and techniques to develop UI structures

functions, features and applications of industry-standard graphics software

procedures to evaluate technical feasibility of a prototype

required compliance processes, including adherence to copyright clearance procedures

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required technologies, design specifications, graphic software and resources to create UIs

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDSN403 Apply innovative thinking and practices in digital environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to generate digital solutions to implement innovative thinking and practices in digital environments. It includes identifying strategies, selecting techniques and designing approaches to promote innovation in workplace contexts.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as information technology (IT) strategist, who contribute to innovating digital workplace contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review workplace needs	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Evaluate digital needs and workplace limitations with required personnel 1.3 Identify and analyse conditions that impact innovation in workplace contexts 1.4 Research and report on techniques that remove or minimise conditions that inhibit innovation in workplace contexts according to work brief 1.5 Research and report on workplace innovation drivers and enablers according to work brief
2. Define client needs and problems	2.1 Identify core client problems according to work brief 2.2 Develop human-centred problem statement according to work brief 2.3 Storyboard client needs, experiences, behaviours and goals according to work brief
3. Evaluate digital solutions to meet identified needs	3.1 Confirm required ideation technique according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Implement required ideation technique and brainstorm digital solutions 3.3 Document innovative ideas and practices according to selected ideation technique
4. Prototype digital solutions	4.1 Create scaled-down versions of specified digital solutions according to budget requirements and work brief 4.2 Seek feedback from required personnel 4.3 Review and implement required feedback according to organisational policies and procedures
5. Implement prototyped digital solutions	5.1 Develop digital solution selection criteria according to work brief 5.2 Test digital solutions and assess against selection criteria 5.3 Select digital solution scoring highest against selection criteria 5.4 Confirm required implementation and risk mitigation processes 5.5 Integrate digital solution into workplace context according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and interprets visual and textual information from a range of sources and texts
Writing	Develops a broad range of materials using clear language in order to convey specialised information and requirements
Planning and organising	Uses a variety of processes to identify risks, design solutions and consider implementation issues
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical techniques to identify issues and implement solutions
Technology	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDSN403 Apply innovative thinking and practices in digital environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prototype and test at least two different innovative digital solutions for a workplace

implement the above solutions into the workplace context.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

tailor work tasks to be applied within the parameters of digital environments

iterate, alter and refine prototypes according to feedback from required personnel

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry-recognised in-person and virtual ideation techniques

industry-recognised collaboration tools and techniques that enhance innovative thinking

organisational conditions that impact innovative thinking and creativity

types of innovation drivers and enablers

reliable methods to research organisational trends and digital insights

characteristics of human-centred problem statements

functions and features of:

digital prototypes

digital solution selection criteria

principles of digital accessibility

methods to identify and mitigate implementation risks for digital solutions

organisational policies and procedures, budget requirements and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief, and organisational policies, procedures and financial budget required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM304 Develop three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prototype and refine three-dimensional (3D) object designs for a variety of digital games, using simple modelling techniques and software.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as digital media developers and content designers, who support the design and development stages of basic digital games.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to apply 3D modelling techniques	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify work-flow sequences and production timelines according to work brief 1.3 Select software and resources required to model 3D objects 1.4 Identify and document digital asset management processes and requirements of 3D modelling for digital games
2. Prototype 3D digital models	2.1 Model 3D object prototype according to work brief 2.2 Manipulate software features according to work brief 2.3 Confirm that model topology allows for required deformation 2.4 Check and refine model for integrity 2.5 Confirm that model meets design requirements 2.6 Seek feedback on model from required personnel 2.7 Make adjustments to model, where required
3. Finalise 3D digital models	3.1 Export digital 3D model in required gaming format 3.2 Submit model to required personnel 3.3 Save and store model according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Complete workplace documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses foundational arithmetic when interpreting integers and decimals and when manipulating measurement, scale, and ratio
Oral communication	Listens and responds to instructions and questions and clarifies requirements
Reading	Interprets documentation, diagrams, designs, objects and images to identify required information Identifies and comprehends signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, abbreviations, computer-generated text, numbers and letters to operate modelling application software
Planning and organising	Develops plans for completion with sequenced, prioritised steps and timeframes
Technology	Uses key features of specific digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM304 Develop three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two different three-dimensional (3D) objects for a digital game.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

meet production documentation requirements within production deadlines

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of 3D digital modelling tools and techniques

methods of prototyping, designing, producing and delivering digital 3D models

functions and features of 3D digital model development software, hardware and components

techniques to safely save and store 3D digital models

concepts of geometry that apply to the creation of realistic 3D digital models for digital games

key processes and requirements to create 3D digital gaming models

relevance of scale, form, weight and volume to prototyping 3D digital models for digital games

key copyright considerations associated with designing and creating 3D digital models

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

digital model production hardware, components and resources

industry software packages and game engines

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM305 Apply simple textures and shading to three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess and select simple textures and shaders to be applied to three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games. It includes designing, sourcing and configuring simple textures and shaders according to model requirements.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as digital media developers and content designers, who support the development and refinement stages of basic digital games.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to apply simple textures and shading to 3D models	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify design and technical constraints in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Identify game engine, software and hardware according to work brief 1.4 Analyse media and file formats for digital imagery, texture production and manipulation 1.5 Document and sequence digital texturing activities in production 1.6 Document production pipeline according to work brief
2. Use shaders and textures	2.1 Identify underlying surface characteristics of 3D digital models for gaming to be textured and shaded according to work brief 2.2 Identify shaders and textures with surface characteristics, where required 2.3 Confirm texture libraries with required personnel and identify suitable textures 2.5 Select shaders and textures suitable for the game engine according to work brief 2.6 Confirm that selected shaders and textures are consistent with design requirements in work brief
3. Assign shader attributes to 3D models	3.1 Identify and select shader attributes according to work brief 3.2 Confirm lighting and rendering requirements in consultation with required personnel 3.3 Use design methods and techniques to achieve shading outcomes according to work brief
4. Acquire textures and shaders	4.1 Identify required resolution for textures according to work brief 4.2 Source textures and shaders from available online libraries according to organisational policies and procedures 4.3 Confirm that resolution of acquired textures and shaders meets design requirements
5. Design application process and methods	5.1 Identify and assess nature of surface topology and determine suitable 3D projections 5.2 Simulate natural patterns 5.3 Determine texture-mapping process according to work brief 5.4 Confirm projection-mapping method according to work brief 5.5 Adjust parameters to achieve desired effects according to organisational policies and procedures
6. Apply textures	6.1 Use textures for model according to texture-mapping process 6.2 Layer model textures and apply lighting 6.3 Test reaction of textures and adjust, where required 6.4 Complete test renders in consultation with required personnel
7. Finalise 3D models	7.1 Present test renders to required personnel for approval 7.2 Make adjustments consistent with feedback from required personnel 7.3 Save and archive files in agreed formats and repository

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses foundational arithmetic when interpreting integers and decimals and when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, colour, and shading in the application of texture
Oral communication	Uses questioning and listening techniques, translating digital gaming terminology to plain English Listens, responds to instructions and feedback to ensure that finished results meet design requirements
Reading	Interprets and comprehends information in diagrams, designs, objects and images Identifies and comprehends signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, abbreviations, computer-generated text, numbers and letters to operate digital gaming software
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in design
Planning and organising	Makes decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks
Technology	Uses key features of digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM305 Apply simple textures and shading to three-dimensional (3D) models for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply at least two simple textures to one 3D model for a digital game

apply at least two simple shaders to one 3D model for a digital game.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere to gaming requirements related to file sizes and formats

store completed file components according to organisational policies and procedures

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

types of textures and filters for shading and texturing effects in digital games

features and functions of key game engines, software, and hardware, including:

media and file formats for digital imagery

texture production and manipulation

types of shader attributes

functions of texture mapping and projection

types of techniques used to apply shading and texturing to 3D models for digital games, including:

digital image manipulation

lighting

rendering

scanning

techniques to interpret design, texturing, and shading briefs

functions of digital image capture

functions and features of key models, processes and methods used in digital games, including:

surface topology and nature

3D projections

natural pattern simulation

texture mapping

projection mapping

key copyright considerations associated with designing 3D digital models

organisational formats for documentation

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

digital model production hardware, components and resources, including peripheral devices

models and scenes to be shaded and textured, including style shots

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM306 Review and apply traditional animation principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate existing animation processes, design three-dimensional (3D) animated sequences and apply sequences in short animation, using a variety of modelling and animation software.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as digital media developers and content designers, who may contribute to the maintenance and development stages of basic digital games.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to review animation processes and components	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify design requirements according to work brief 1.3 Research and document traditional animation processes in the production of quality 3D animation 1.4 Analyse the twelve principles of animation in the production of quality 3D animation 1.5 Document 3D animation components according to analysis and work brief
2. Prepare scene layout and storyboarding	2.1 Identify existing scene layout techniques used in traditional animation 2.2 Research improvements to existing scene layout processes 2.3 Identify existing storyboarding techniques used in traditional animation 2.4 Research improvements to existing storyboarding processes
3. Establish animation sequencing	3.1 Analyse traditional animation processes and sequencing according to work brief 3.2 Research sample key poses 3.3 Create sample key poses according to work brief 3.4 Select animation keys for animation sequence according to work brief 3.5 Document animation sequencing decision rationale
4. Apply animated sequences to short animations	4.1 Develop short animation key poses according to design requirements 4.2 Incorporate animated sequence into short animation 4.3 Submit short animations to required personnel 4.4 Save and store short animation in game engine according to organisational requirements 4.5 Complete workplace documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses foundational arithmetic when interpreting integers and decimals and when manipulating measurement, scale, and ratio
Oral communication	Uses industry-specific terminology to describe animation principles and processes
Reading	Identifies and comprehends a large range of signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, abbreviations, computer-generated text, numbers and letters to operate complex animation software
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks
Self-management	Follows clearly defined instructions, monitors own progress and seeks assistance, when necessary
Technology	Uses key features of specific digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM306 Review and apply traditional animation principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two short animations using traditional animation principles.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use a range of 3D modelling and animation software sufficient to meet work brief

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of short animation components, including:

traditional animation principles

animation keys

key poses

scene layouts

storyboarding animation

animation sequencing

techniques to develop animation ideas and concepts

functions and features of key game engines, software and hardware

techniques to safely save and store short animation

methods of storyboard development

types of production scheduling components

key copyright considerations associated with designing and applying animation principles

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

animation design briefs and production documentation

digital model and animation production hardware, components and resources

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce interactive games using an industry standard authoring tool.

It applies to individuals who work in the game development industry and support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify game requirements and component assets	1.1 Obtain project brief and documents 1.2 Identify industry standards and organisational guidelines applicable to game production 1.3 Identify technical specifications and game-production assets needed according to creative and production requirements 1.4 Discuss and evaluate asset formats and issues of asset integration with required personnel 1.5 Select and save all digital assets in required format and store according to organisational procedures 1.6 Determine development sequence of a beta version prototype 1.7 Create a production and testing schedule according to organisational procedures 1.8 Determine strategies in monitoring production progress against schedule
2. Identify, evaluate and select game-engine software and tools	2.1 Identify and review a range of industry standard game-engine software and development tools available 2.2 Assess and evaluate game-engine software and tools applicable to specified game concepts and play requirements with required personnel 2.3 Select the game-engine software and tools according to game and production requirements
3. Create a game-play sequence and prototype using game-engine software	3.1 Load a game engine including sound and game play 3.2 Create and name a new file according to specified task 3.3 Display and use software tools and features required in game production process 3.4 Achieve a unique function using a custom created code 3.5 Import and assemble game-play assets in required sequence, according to creative and technical requirements 3.6 Create and check game-play elements according to creative and technical requirements 3.7 Test and run game-play sequence as a presentation and confirm sequence meets creative, production and technical requirements 3.8 Export to game engine and create a prototype 3.9 Save in required file formats according to organisational procedures
4. Evaluate and reiterate game prototype	4.1 Demonstrate and present initial prototype to required personnel 4.2 Evaluate against criteria including achievement of a creative and user-friendly product 4.3 Discuss and agree on required changes and amend prototype accordingly 4.4 Assist in tests and user trials 4.5 Evaluate feedback from user trials 4.6 Confirm endorsement from required personnel to develop the prototype into a complete product
5. Transform prototype into a final proof-of-concept prototype	5.1 Make required changes as indicated by user trials and develop prototype into complete product 5.2 Integrate all game elements as required by specifications 5.3 Review and perform final checks, confirming all sequences conform to the navigation design 5.4 Save into specified storage systems according to organisational procedures 5.5 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses positive and negative whole numbers, decimals, degrees and percentages when setting measurement, scale, coordinates, colour, shading, timing and other parameters in development of interactive games
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit views, obtain information and presenting solutions using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and comprehends information in diagrams, storyboards, objects and images and identifies required software, resources, assets and user needs Identifies signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, abbreviations, computer generated text, numbers, letters and coding syntax required in operating game engines
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing strategies and game design using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Teamwork	Cooperates with others and contributes to work practices where joint outcomes are required
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in design
Problem solving	Assesses, tests and modifies product according to client and technical requirements
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations Identifies importance of secure information in relation to own work and takes responsibility for data integrity, storage and management
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools and completes routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM401 Produce an interactive game.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create an interactive game using an industry standard game-engine software and development tools.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

follow applicable industry standards and organisational guidelines

apply a variety of strategies in game trialling and testing

implement game development and production strategies

maintain the integrity of design brief and game design document

save final product and obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic programming techniques that may be used for interactive game development

game engine capabilities and constraints

industry standard game-play hardware and software products

technical constraints hardware and software impose on design and development

risk and critical path management, applicable to interactive game development

game production testing and trialling process

the process of evaluating game prototypes from technical, design and game play perspectives

industry standards and organisational guidelines applicable to game production

game-production assets and issues with asset integration.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project briefs

applicable organisational documentation

game-production assets

technical specifications

game production testing and trialling tools

industry standard game-engine software and development tools

required industry-standard hardware, software and peripheral devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and apply principles of games design and game playing.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse and document characteristics of various game genres	1.1 Identify and review game-play elements in various game genres 1.2 Identify objectives of game play in various game genres 1.3 Document findings from game genre analysis
2. Interpret consumer demographics in various games products	2.1 Identify target markets in various types of games 2.2 Interpret choices and patterns of buyers and players 2.3 Review social, emotional and cognitive aspects of contemporary interactive game play
3. Review historical aspects of game play and game design	3.1 Review and describe history of the games industry 3.2 Review game play and design in non-computer-based games 3.3 Identify uses of games in commercial, industrial, education, military training and therapeutic and assessment contexts
4. Identify industry game-design principles	4.1 Research and identify industry game-design principles 4.2 Identify game-design principles in various games
5. Outline development of games	5.1 Identify and outline game design and play strategies 5.2 Outline technical limitations and constraints of industry hardware and software

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical and statistical information applicable to target markets and the games industry
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain required information using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and comprehends technical documentation, specifications, market information, statistics, diagrams, objects and images Analyses various aspects of game play and game design and identifies target markets and interprets consumer demographics
Writing	Produces documentation outlining analysis and game design as required using accurate spelling, grammar and specific technical language
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technologies and accesses, extracts and shares applicable information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM402 Identify and apply principles of games design and game playing.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify games design and game playing principles in at least two games from at least two different game genres.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine methodology used

differentiate game genres and identify differing characteristics

identify consumer demographic for each game product

differentiate game design and play principles

prepare an outline of a game design according to industry and organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D digital model design techniques

procedures and processes in game development

industry standard game-play hardware and software products

technical constraints hardware and software impose on design and development

industry and organisational requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

required hardware and software required in researching games and the games industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create a game concept, develop and document the game specifications.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games and design, develop and use digital media technologies as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research, create and document game concept	1.1 Obtain client brief and identify applicable industry standards 1.2 Research, identify and describe target market, the game genre and its working title according to client brief 1.3 Identify game platform, game engine and operating system according to game requirements 1.4 Prepare initial concept art and establish look and feel of characters, environment and game play according to organisational guidelines 1.5 Document research, ideas and initial concept art according to organisational guidelines
2. Create and document game design specifications	2.1 Develop storylines and levels 2.2 Develop characters and environment artwork 2.3 Identify game-play elements 2.4 Develop graphical user interface (GUI) 2.5 Identify sounds and music applicable to game 2.6 Document game design specifications according to organisational guidelines
3. Create and document technical game specifications	3.1 Determine game mechanics 3.2 Finalise platform, game engine and operating system 3.3 Specify source and purpose of code required including level-specific code 3.4 Determine game physics and artificial intelligence 3.5 Identify sound engineering requirements 3.6 Determine and document game prototype testing procedures
4. Collate game design document	4.1 Define proposed game features in comparison to existing games 4.2 List estimated resources required in game development 4.3 Prepare estimated schedule for game development 4.4 Finalise documentation and collate design information, estimates and proposals into a comprehensive game design document according to organisational guidelines 4.5 Present and obtain sign off on documents to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Outlines parameters and attributes in a wide range of technical specifications using whole numbers, decimals and percentages Interprets financial and statistical information and adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals when researching target market and estimating resources and schedules
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain required information and elicit views and opinions of others using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and comprehends technical documentation, financial information and statistical data Investigates target market and identifies applicable resources
Writing	Prepares documents detailing research and design using appropriate layout and required descriptive language in a cohesive and well-structured manner
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in design
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility in planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations Identifies importance of secure information in relation to own work and takes responsibility in data integrity and management
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems, applications and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM403 Create design documents for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and develop game design documents for at least one interactive game according to required industry standard and consistent with client brief and specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop concept art for characters, environments, splash screens, start screens and game field screens consistent with identified game genre and design specifications

develop technical specifications in game mechanics, artificial intelligence, physics, sound, game play and overall usability

include a list of estimated resources required and a game development schedule.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

game development processes

basic programming techniques that may be used for interactive game development

industry standard game-play hardware and software products

technical constraints hardware and software impose on design and development

techniques in applying concept development and concept visualisation skills

industry standards applicable to creating and developing game design documentation

organisational guidelines, documentation techniques and processes that may apply to creating design documents for interactive games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

client brief

required hardware, software and peripheral devices

games-engine.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, develop and implement artificial intelligence (AI) solutions in games.

It applies to individuals who contribute to the creation of system-controlled objects in games and who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Conduct research on AI strategies	1.1 Research and identify terminology involved in AI applicable to games and its industry 1.2 Identify and analyse range of AI path-finding strategies including required genres and environments and how they influence design and development 1.3 Discuss AI strategies and ideas with required personnel 1.4 Organise research and findings during development process and update required personnel 1.5 Identify industry standards applicable to using AI strategies in game development
2. Design, implement and test AI game strategy	2.1 Generate a range of goals and actions and other factors in design of an AI non-player character (NPC) 2.2 Select technically feasible AI strategies in designing NPCs according to brief and provide creative solutions to design issues 2.3 Design and customise AI strategy according to client brief and game requirements 2.4 Reflect on and assess implications in AI strategies regarding budget, timeline, technical feasibility and user suitability according to brief 2.5 Implement a path-finding algorithm and a NPI AI strategy in a game 2.6 Test implementation of AI strategy and amend as required
3. Evaluate game and confirm with required personnel	3.1 Review game design and AI strategies and confirm design brief is fulfilled 3.2 Discuss, seek feedback and confirm additional requirements and modifications to game design with required personnel 3.3 Apply required amendments according to discussions with required personnel and feedback 3.4 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Outlines parameters using whole numbers and decimals Interprets budgets and adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals and confirms budget, timelines and other brief requirements are met
Oral communication	Obtains information and facilitates discussions using listening and open questioning techniques and relevant industry language
Reading	Investigates, interprets and comprehends technical documentation, diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters when determining AI strategies
Writing	Records research findings and documents solutions and process using relevant programming language, and required code layout, code, diagrams and syntax
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in design
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making and analytical processes in more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM404 Apply artificial intelligence in game development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and analyse at least two artificial intelligence (AI) strategies applicable to a game development brief

design a feasible AI game strategy

implement at least two path finding algorithms and at least two non-player character AI strategies in a game.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review and evaluate AI strategies

comply with industry standards, client brief and game requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic path-finding algorithms implications on game development

major AI terms used in the game industry

the development process of creating AI strategies in non-player characters (NPCs) in a game

applying object-oriented programming practices

overall architecture of a game engine

game development testing processes

industry standards applicable to game development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

research tools

required hardware, software and its component

path-finding libraries

game development testing tools

development tools to implement AI strategies

game design specifications and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and develop storylines, write plot synopses and background stories and develop story components for interactive digital games.

It applies to individuals who are game concept developers, script writers, storyboard artists, game designers, technical designers and other IT professionals working in the game development environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and develop storylines with game potential	1.1 Identify potential storylines in game development and applicable industry standards and regulations 1.2 Discuss, modify and enhance storylines with required personnel according to game environment 1.3 Determine applicable game genre 1.4 Establish and document draft storyline according to game requirements 1.5 Confirm storyline complies with copyright and intellectual property protection regulations
2. Write plot synopsis and background story	2.1 Determine and create character profiles 2.2 Develop environment profiles consistent with storyline 2.3 Develop and document background story and initial plot profile 2.4 Write and develop plot synopsis and options and link to specific game levels
3. Develop story components	3.1 Source initial concept artwork according to game environment and specifications 3.2 Develop level specifications and storylines 3.3 Initiate development of storyboards showing plot development, cinematic and level outlines according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise story components and obtain sign-off	4.1 Seek and respond to feedback on story and concept with required personnel and apply required changes 4.2 Finalise story concept, profiles and other specifications according to organisational procedures and game requirements 4.3 Obtain sign-off from required personnel and confirm inclusion of final story components in game design brief

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Obtains views, information and feedback and presents concepts and storyline using listening, open questioning and other communication techniques
Reading	Identifies and evaluates a variety of texts in aiding concept development
Writing	Develops storylines and plot synopses using appropriate layout and required descriptive language in a cohesive and well-structured manner
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in the story and visual design
Self-management	Identifies and complies with industry and regulatory requirements Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Conducts research, designs work processes and completes work tasks using information and communications technology (ICT) based tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM405 Write story and content for digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one game storyline according to industry standards.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create character profiles according to game environment and storyline

write plot synopsis with a supporting background story

create a storyboard

comply with copyright and intellectual property protection regulations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

budgeting and scheduling considerations in game development

copyright and intellectual property protection regulations applicable to written narrative and concept graphics

different story requirements in particular game genres

role of story writing in game development

research methods used in observing latest changes and narrative development in games

tools and techniques used in developing game narrative

organisational procedures that may be used in the development of story and content in digital games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a range of industry standard games across all platforms and genres

a range of industry standard consoles and hand-held game devices

the internet

word processing software

industry standard game development software

required hardware, software and games engine

file storage and version control environment

copyright and intellectual property legislation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create visual design components for games and interactive media using industry standard authoring tools.

It applies to individuals who contribute and support the design, development and programming of digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify industry standard visual design components in games and interactive media	1.1 Obtain project brief and documents and standards applicable to creating visual design components 1.2 Research and identify features of visual design components in games and interactive media 1.3 Discuss design considerations made in interactive visual design components with required personnel
2. Identify, select and use graphics software packages in creating visual design components	2.1 Identify and review range of industry-standard graphics software available 2.2 Assess software applicable to visual design component requirements 2.3 Discuss technical specifications applicable to rendering and editing processes with required personnel 2.4 Select graphics software package according to project brief and visual design component requirements 2.5 Run graphics software and become familiar with interface 2.6 Create and name new files and organise a file structure according to organisational procedures 2.7 Learn tools and features within graphics software package used in creating visual design components
3. Create visual design components for games and interactive media	3.1 Design a basic graphical user interface (GUI) according to game and interactive media requirements 3.2 Identify and describe interaction processes of GUI elements 3.3 Document design and programming requirements needed in GUI implementation 3.4 Create visual design components for use in GUI using graphics software
4. Evaluate implementation	4.1 Present and demonstrate visual design component to required personnel 4.2 Assess and evaluate usability of design components and confirm project brief and requirements have been fulfilled 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel and identify changes in improving visual design and interactivity of components 4.4 Apply changes to visual design components as required and obtain final sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies, investigates and applies information from a variety of texts containing highly technical language and expands own knowledge of chosen graphics software programs
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, font size, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing design specifications and GUI components
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present design using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and interprets a range of documents containing complex terminology, and applies the information in selecting software and designing the GUI Interprets and comprehends diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary to design a GUI
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing GUI design and programming requirements using comprehensive structure, layout and complex industry language
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of routine activities applicable to gaming design concepts
Initiative and enterprise	Uses a high level of creativity, innovation and initiative in interactive game design
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules Takes responsibility in making decisions and task sequencing
Self-management	Makes decisions and implements procedures in both routine and non-routine tasks using formal decision-making processes Identifies importance of secure information applicable to own work and takes responsibility for data structure, format and management
Technology	Completes tasks using digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM406 Create visual design components for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement and evaluate a graphical user interface (GUI) with basic functionalities according to game and interactive media requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

align visual design components to design brief requirements

evaluate and select a graphics software package

develop concept art and design specifications for splash screens, start screens and game field screens according to design brief

create at least three visual design components and incorporate into GUI

implement game development and production strategies

develop technical specifications applicable to visual design components and overall usability.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

GUI design principles and related programming techniques

human resources required in process of creating visual design components

technology requirements and technical constraints they impose on design and development

techniques in applying concept development skills and concept visualisation skills

organisational procedures and documentation processes that may be used in creating visual design components in interactive games

standards applicable to creating visual design components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a design brief

required hardware, software and peripheral devices applicable in games development

games engine

the internet

industry standard graphics software and included tools and features

file storage

word processing software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, write and test scripts and related content for interactive games.

It applies to individuals who contribute and support the design, development, and programming of digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and develop story and script components	1.1 Identify and confirm game genre and story components with required personnel 1.2 Discuss and propose creative script concepts and ideas 1.3 Develop a script structure consistent with game genre and game design brief 1.4 Develop script components in the main plot, background stories and level and mission stories according to game genre and game design brief
2. Write a draft script	2.1 Write a script synopsis according to game design brief 2.2 Write a draft script and include main characters and their interactions, background stories and level and mission stories, according to design brief, game structure and genre 2.3 Develop character and narrator dialogue 2.4 Initiate storyboards for draft scripts in required format
3. Review script according to feedback	3.1 Present synopsis and storyboards to required personnel and seek feedback 3.2 Collate and respond to comments and feedback 3.3 Revise scripts and storyboards according to feedback 3.4 Undertake focus testing with intended audience
4. Write final script	4.1 Collate and respond to comments and feedback from focus testing 4.2 Review and rewrite script synopsis, script and dialogue where required 4.3 Initiate revised storyboards where required 4.4 Present final script in agreed format to required personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience Presents script using persuasive presentation techniques, plain English (translating games specific terminology where required)
Reading	Interprets and comprehends a range organisational and client documentation and identifies aim of proposed games Reviews feedback containing a wide range of vocabulary and terminology ranging from simple to highly technical depending on source of feedback
Writing	Creates a cohesive and well-structured game script, plot, characters, environment and elements using required spelling and grammar, together with descriptive language
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of routine activities through the explanation and testing of gaming scripts
Initiative and enterprise	Uses a high level of creativity and initiative in writing scripts
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules
Self-management	Makes decisions and implements procedures in routine and non-routine tasks using formal decision-making processes Identifies importance of secure information applicable to own work and takes responsibility in data management
Technology	Writes, sources and analyses information using information and communications technology (ICT) based tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM407 Write scripts for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

write a script according to game design brief and client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify key components of the story

develop script structure and components

communicate and liaise script review with required personnel

prepare a final script and present to required personnel

follow organisational procedures applicable to script writing and development process

comply with copyright and intellectual property standards and legislation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

budgeting and scheduling considerations in game development

components that drive script narrative and engage target audiences

the contribution of script writing to narrative development and engaging game play

focus testing processes and procedures

game genres and narrative structures

industry standard game script formats

research methods in:

competitors’ work in developing stories and scripts in games

factual information as a basis for character, location and narrative development

owners of copyright and intellectual property used in game development

script structures and character profiling in interactive games

scriptwriting techniques and interactive game requirements

seeking permission from copyright owners for use of protected elements in scripts

different storyboarding techniques

copyright and intellectual property standards and legislation

organisational procedures that may be used to write scripts for interactive games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

scriptwriting reference materials

game design brief

the internet

a range of industry standard interactive games across all platforms and genres

a range of industry standard games consoles and hand-held game devices

required hardware, software and peripheral devices

file storage

games engine.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to investigate, customise and use 3-D animation software interfaces and toolsets.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team and gaming environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Locate and identify 3D software navigation controls	1.1 Research and evaluate a range of industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software 1.2 Identify task requirements and select 3-D modelling and animation software applicable to task 1.3 Identify a range of 3-D navigation types, including panning, zooming and rotating around viewport, on chosen 3-D modelling and animation software 1.4 Identify processes of improving user performance including navigation, keyboard hotkeys and input procedures
2. Locate and identify 3D animation toolsets and select required menu categories	2.1 Identify toolsets of industry standard 3-D animation software 2.2 Identify and analyse 3-D software menus and specific category types 2.3 Define and use 3-D software-specific transformation types and toolset types 2.4 Associate menu categories as required according to task requirements 2.5 Consult with required personnel and perform software interaction using application hotkeys
3. Initiate and use software-support materials and customise application interface	3.1 Identify and research range of reference material available in creating 3-D animation and digital effects 3.2 Present reference material required in 3-D animation process to required personnel and team members 3.3 Identify and access animation software support procedures, documents and help files, through hotkey and application menus 3.4 Consult with required personnel and use applicable support materials
4. Identify and plan 3-D application import and export procedures and use application feedback	4.1 Discuss application file-management procedure types with required personnel, including opening, importing, saving and exporting 4.2 Discuss and use application project configuration procedures with required personnel 4.3 Prepare and create projects as required 4.4 Discuss user application feedback with required personnel 4.5 Troubleshoot error scenarios as required using application feedback 4.6 Use feedback with inbuilt support documentation as required
5. Customise application interface	5.1 Identify variation of user interface windows and panels configurations 5.2 Use custom interface according to toolset procedural needs and task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, font size, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing animations
Oral communication	Uses effective listening, questioning and summarising techniques to obtain and present information and solutions using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and interprets information from texts containing complex terminology, acronyms and jargon Interprets and comprehends generated text, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using 3-D animation software
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities and elicits support
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision making processes in more broad and non-routine situations
Technology	Completes routine tasks using digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM408 Use 3-D animation interface and toolsets.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

interact and navigate with at least one 3-D application interface and its toolsets.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

manage files to protocols

execute and use 3-D application native support

use 3-D application user feedback

configure custom panels and window configurations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D animation production protocols

industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software

contents and application of production brief

development process that may be used in 3-D software interface and toolsets

protocols in filing media assets

file management procedures and project configuration procedures that may be used in 3-D software interface and toolsets

fundamental research principles procedures that may be used in 3-D software interface and toolsets

principles of design and colour used in 3-D animation and digital effects environments

procedures for producing a storyboard and script

technical constraints that hardware and software impose on graphics requirements and creative visual design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

reference materials applicable to creating 3-D animation and digital effects

required hardware and software and peripheral devices

games engine

file storage

required 3-D modelling and animation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and build 3-D characters for commercial interactive games.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and implementation of the 3D characters of digital games, as part of a larger development team and gaming environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and discuss character requirements and designs	1.1 Identify client and character requirements and environment and context of interactive game 1.2 Discuss and determine style of characters with required personnel according to client requirements 1.3 Determine and agree on character type, role, name and profile 1.4 Discuss and determine character animations required in game systems implementation 1.5 Compare animations with analysis criteria, game and client requirements
2. Design characters	2.1 Design and develop a concept character illustration according to organisational procedures and client requirements 2.2 Conduct focus testing of concept illustration with required personnel and representatives of target market audience 2.3 Develop character schematics with feedback incorporated and submit to required personnel for approval
3. Develop character models	3.1 Construct a 3-D character model according to character schematics and task requirements 3.2 Construct 3-D costumes, tools and accessories as required by character model 3.3 Shade, texture and light the completed character model 3.4 Implement joints, vertex weighting and character rig to 3-D character model 3.5 Develop animation blocking and in-betweens in consultation with animation personnel and seek their approval 3.6 Compare 3-D models and animations with original concept illustration and confirm quality and conformity to brief 3.7 Submit to required personnel and obtain approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, font size, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables, in developing animations
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain information and present ideas and solutions using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and interprets design briefs and related technical documentation, containing complex animation-specific terminology and acronyms Interprets and comprehends computer-generated text, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using 3-D animation software
Writing	Uses simple and cohesive English when developing focus testing documentation
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities and confirms agreement
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in character design
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules
Self-management	Makes decisions and implements procedures in both routine and non-routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes
Technology	Completes required tasks using digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM409 Create 3-D characters for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and develop at least three game characters using 2-D and 3-D software applications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with games design brief and client requirements

follow organisational procedures

test and seek feedback to character designs with intended audiences and act accordingly.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of 3-D software packages used to create 3-D character models in games

industry standard game design briefs

different character styles and animations

3-D character modelling methods, within the technical parameters and constraints of game development

technical limitations of creating 3-D character models in games

organisational procedures that maybe used to create 3-D character for interactive games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and software

games engine

file storage

character reference materials including models, illustrations, art and design books and character photographs

a range of industry standard games, across all platforms and genres

a range of industry standard consoles and hand-held game devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and to create, 3-D components within a game environment.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm 3-D component requirements within game context	1.1 Obtain game design document and identify definition and purpose of 3-D components, with examples 1.2 Identify context of 3-D component design according to game design document 1.3 Create a list of required 3-D components 1.4 Establish methods of 3-D component loading and usage 1.5 Identify quality assurance standards, evaluation methods and organisational procedures applicable in developing 3-D components
2. Establish content creation pipeline and integration methods within game architecture	2.1 Finalise required 3-D component list 2.2 Discuss 3-D component formats, file extensions and ramifications of choice with required personnel 2.3 Discuss and select hardware and software required in creating 3-D components and assets 2.4 Discuss methods of naming 3-D components and assets and file archiving 2.5 Establish schedule and deadlines in 3-D component creation process
3. Create, integrate and test required 3-D components	3.1 Create required 3-D components and assets according to organisational procedures and client requirements 3.2 Name 3-D components and assets according to methodology discussed 3.3 Confirm 3-D components and assets are in required format and file extensions 3.4 Test and confirm produced 3-D components meet established quality and client requirements 3.5 Seek feedback from required personnel and make changes to 3-D components and assets as required 3.6 Submit finalised assets with required archiving format outlined in the assignment brief and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, font size, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing 3-D components and timelines Defines timeframes in accordance with schedule requirements
Oral communication	Obtains information and expresses ideas and solutions by employing listening and open questioning techniques using plain English and games development terminology
Reading	Identifies and interprets briefs and applicable technical documentation containing complex task-specific terminology Interprets and comprehends computer generated text, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using 3-D application software
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations Evaluates work and implements improvements using a systematic process Identifies importance of file format and takes responsibility in data integrity and management
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM410 Develop 3-D components for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, design and generate at least three 3-D components.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify component integration

establish component development pipeline

follow game design document requirements

use required formats and file extensions

name and store components according to agreed methods and organisational procedures

comply with quality assurance standards

test and analyse component integration.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard game hardware and software products

game-engine architecture and methods used in component importing

3-D components testing methods and processes

processes and techniques applicable to:

the creation of 3-D objects within industry-standard modelling software

the use of industry formats in developing 3-D models and objects

organisational procedures and quality assurance standards that may be used in the development of 3-D components for interactive games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and software

industry-standard modelling software

client requirements documentation

game design document

games engine

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM430 Design interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement technologies relating to human-computer interaction.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team and gaming environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and research human-computer hardware interface devices, event-handling systems and graphical user interface (GUI) widget sets	1.1 Identify standard and game-specific human-computer interaction devices and controls used in their implementation 1.2 Identify and review industry-standard event-handling systems used in application libraries 1.3 Identify human-computer interaction device selection 1.4 Identify widgets and their usage within an application environment 1.5 Identify and review industry-standard graphical user interface libraries and their use within game engine 1.6 Analyse selection of widgets within a game heads-up display (HUD)
2. Design a simple media software device	2.1 Identify task requirements and design a prototype required in developing a custom user interface widget according to organisational procedures 2.2 Confirm custom user interface widget can be used within a game heads up display environment 2.3 Select GUI software required in implementation and discuss ramifications of selection with required personnel
3. Build and implement a simple media software device	3.1 Create and develop a custom user interface widget according to organisational procedures and task requirements 3.2 Integrate all custom widget elements as required by prototype specifications 3.3 Test and confirm interactive media is functional on multiple browsers and digital devices 3.4 Perform final checks and confirm functionality conforms to original design 3.5 Seek feedback from required personnel and incorporate changes as required 3.6 Save into specified storage systems and locations according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, font size, scale, ratio, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing interactive media
Oral communication	Obtains information and expresses ideas and solutions by employing listening and open questioning techniques using plain English and interactive media terminology
Reading	Identifies and evaluates online documentation containing complex technical terminology when conducting research into hardware, existing interactive media and industry standards Interprets and comprehends computer-generated text, code, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using applicable software
Writing	Identifies and uses technical terminology, code, syntax and labelling when conducting research and developing interactive media
Problem solving	Uses systematic processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information and identifies and evaluates options against agreed criteria Uses analytical processes in deciding on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options and seeking input and advice from others before taking action, when required
Self-management	Identifies importance of file integrity and management
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM412 Design interactive media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM430 Design interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create an application, accessing and using technologies and showcasing captured events from hardware devices

create an application using a human-computer interface devices and event-handling call-backs showcasing the captured events with GUI widgets

design a simple application, using required hardware event handling methods, within the context of game environment

produce a custom control.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

present completed project to required deadline

comply with organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

programming techniques applicable to interactive media

specific terminology used by game developers

hardware and software requirements in a human-computer interaction environment

a range of human-computer interaction devices and their application

widgets and their usage

operations in ‘heads-up’ display environments

technical constraints imposed by hardware and software on design and development

file storage and organisational procedures that may be used in designing interactive media.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and software and peripheral devices

human-computer hardware interface devices

a range of event-handling systems

the internet

application libraries

widgets

graphical user interface software and libraries

games engine

a range of browsers and digital devices

client requirements documentation

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and create 3-D models.

It applies to individuals who design, develop and use digital media technologies, working independently and as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and clarify work requirements	1.1 Identify requirements and purpose of designing and creating 3-D digital models with reference to production documentation 1.2 Clarify organisational guidelines, workflow sequences and industry standards applicable to designing and creating 3-D models 1.3 Discuss production schedule deadlines and confirm they are feasible and can be met with required personnel 1.4 Research and select software applicable to type of production and delivery platform of 3-D digital models 1.5 Gather and analyse reference materials applicable to design and visualisation of 3-D models 1.6 Identify and establish documentation requirements according to industry and organisational procedures and guidelines
2. Design 3-D digital models	2.1 Design and sketch concept drafts of a 3-D model according to task requirements 2.2 Create concept art of required 3-D models 2.3 Create prototypes of 3-D models according to organisational guidelines and task requirements 2.4 Discuss prototypes and seek feedback from required personnel 2.5 Apply required changes to prototypes according to feedback
3. Create 3-D digital models	3.1 Confirm topology of models aligns to task requirements 3.2 Block out models and apply shaders using software features and determine required model proportions 3.3 Manipulate software features and apply basic lighting as required 3.4 Refine and check integrity of models until design requirements are met 3.5 Submit models to required personnel and seek comments and feedback on whether production requirements have been met
4. Finalise 3-D digital models	4.1 Respond to feedback from required personnel 4.2 Render and output models in required format and submit them to required personnel by agreed deadlines 4.3 Make backup copies of the files, store in required location and complete workplace documentation according to organisational procedures 4.4 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, scale, form, weight, volume, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing 3-D models
Oral communication	Employs listening and open-questioning techniques to clarify design requirements, project scheduling and obtain feedback
Reading	Identifies and evaluates documentation containing complex technical terminology when interpreting the design brief Conducts research into the design and visualisation of 3-D models Interprets and comprehends computer-generated text, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using applicable software
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility in planning tasks required in achieving outcomes and negotiates key aspects with others
Problem solving	Make decisions directly related to tasks using analytical processes
Self-management	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments as required and addresses unexpected issues Evaluates outcomes of design solutions and improves future responses Selects and supports new ideas on the basis of their contribution to achievement of broader goals
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems and tools Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM413 Design and create 3-D digital models.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, create and store at least two 3-D digital models according to work, design and production requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate with required personnel and clarify initial requirements including deadlines

modify and amend 3-D models in response to feedback from required personnel

comply with organisational guidelines and industry standards applicable to designing and creating 3-D models.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D digital modelling and design principles

stages in model production process, from initial design through to finished product

issues and challenges arising from designing and creating 3-D digital models

roles and responsibilities of project team members in developing digital models

features of a range of delivery platforms

geometry as it applies to the design and creation of realistic 3-D digital models

use of scale, form, weight and volume in the development of 3-D digital models

organisational guidelines and procedures

industry standards applicable to designing and creating 3-D models

range of industry standard 3-D modelling software.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and software

required industry standard 3-D modelling software and features

a range of industry standard delivery platforms

client specification documentation

reference materials applicable to design and visualisation of 3-D models

file storage

3-D product modelling software and delivery platforms.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and manipulate audio assets for digital games, using a variety of tools.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team in a game development environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and document game audio in digital games	1.1 Identify and document trends and evaluate their impact on the future of game audio 1.2 Identify and document different methods of using audio in digital games 1.3 Identify and document role of music in creating mood and atmosphere 1.4 Determine and document how sound effects and vocals are used within digital games
2. Source existing sound effects, music tracks and voice recordings	2.1 Find sources of sound effects, music tracks and voice recordings 2.2 Create and maintain a small collection of audio assets 2.3 Identify different audio formats in audio asset collection 2.4 Differentiate between compressed and uncompressed audio formats 2.5 Identify different genres of music required for digital games 2.6 Identify audio copyright laws and royalty-free audio
3. Record and manipulate game audio	3.1 Identify game context and establish client requirements for game audio 3.2 Evaluate a range of industry standard audio-editing software and select software applicable to game audio requirements 3.3 Record character voices, music and sound effects according to game audio requirements 3.4 Develop a soundtrack using audio-editing, according to game and client requirements 3.5 Rearrange audio samples using audio-editing software and apply required audio effects 3.6 Select required sample format and bit rate 3.7 Normalise audio samples and make volume uniform 3.8 Trim audio samples according to task requirements 3.9 Export audio to required format
4. Create sound effects and music for a game	4.1 Evaluate a range of music production software and select software applicable to game and audio requirements 4.2 Identify digital sound waveforms 4.2 Apply basic music theory to music production software 4.3 Determine required musical notation 4.4 Identify and use musical tools within music production software 4.5 Compose a simple piece of music according to game audio requirements 4.6 Create various sound effects according to game audio requirements
5. Research audioprogramming libraries and integrate sound, music and vocals into digital games	5.1 Identify and compare functional capabilities of a range of industry standard audio-programming libraries 5.2 Explore use of channels and mixing 5.3 Play a mixture of cached and streaming audio sources 5.4 Incorporate music and sound effects into different sections of digital game according to game requirements 5.5 Locate and play positional audio sources 5.6 Present to required personnel and confirm audio integration fulfils client and game requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, pitch, speed, tempo, time, frequency, amplification and other attributes and variables in developing audio
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to gather information and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and evaluates documentation containing complex technical and audio terminology Researches use of audio in games and identifies required hardware, software and assets Interprets and comprehends computer-generated text, audio tracks, abbreviations, symbols, icons, numbers and letters required in using audio-editing software
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing research and sound effects according to organisational requirements
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and implements tasks required and achieves required outcomes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility and adheres to legal and regulatory responsibilities applicable to own work context and copyright laws Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments as required Identifies new ideas and adapts existing ideas to applicable context using exploration, analytical and lateral thinking
Technology	Creates and saves files in required formats using digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM414 Create audio for digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

source and analyse at least three audio resources from at least three different music genres

record and manipulate at least three different pieces of audio

generate at least three sound effects

compose at least one simple music tracks

integrate at least one simple music track and at least three different sound effects into a digital game.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create audio according to game context and game environment

evaluate, select and use audio programming libraries

comply with copyright legislation and applicable industry standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard audio-editing software, music production software and tools

different audio formats and their application to games

capabilities of audio-programming libraries

basic music theory relevant to audio recording for digital game development

copyright legislation and industry standards applicable to audio recordings

music-creation tools and their relation to music theory.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and peripheral devices

specifications documentation detailing game context and environment

digital audio editing software

music production software

audio-programming libraries

games engine

file storage

the internet

a range of digital games

copyright and intellectual property legislation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select applicable rendering software packages and prepare and optimise rendering for 3-D modelling, animation and game development.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse rendering requirements and select rendering software	1.1 Identify project requirements and applicable equipment and media 1.2 Identify and evaluate features of rendering software packages used in the film and games industries 1.3 Analyse design brief and other reference sources and plan and determine rendering requirements 1.4 Select rendering software according to timeframe and budget requirements 1.5 Confirm selection according to brief, system limitations and requirements
2. Prepare rendering software and check render integrity and quality	2.1 Select and apply required image resolutions, image aspect ratio and pixel ratio according to project requirements 2.2 Adjust renderer attributes and obtain required anti-aliasing and other visual effects 2.3 Refine render integrity 2.4 Re-link any missing images and textures 2.5 Test render times for optimising process 2.6 Determine alpha channels and opacity matts 2.7 Identify render layers and passes
3. Optimise images prior to render processes	3.1 Complete pre-rendering optimisation tasks 3.2 Adjust and refine renderer attributes required in optimising render times 3.3 Select required file output format according to project brief 3.4 Identify and determine applicable filenames and output destinations according to organisational procedures
4. Render images and save files according to organisational procedures	4.1 Test and perform rendering processes according to project brief 4.2 Seek feedback from required personnel on rendered images, and amend accordingly 4.3 Store and archive files according to organisational procedures 4.4 Review completed render and confirm compliance with system and brief 4.5 Confirm final rendered image with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, resolution aspect ratio, pixel ratio, scale, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in rendering processes Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations applicable to timelines and budgetary information
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain information about design brief, system limitations, software capabilities and requirements Presents rendering outcomes using industry-specific terminology
Reading	Interprets a design brief containing complex games-design terminology Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text and letters required in using complex rendering software
Teamwork	Collaborates with others as required and confirms required rendering output
Self-management	Applies formal processes when planning rendering requirements, producing plans with logically sequenced steps with awareness of time and resource constraints Implements actions as per plans, making slight adjustments as required Recognises and takes responsibility in addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools
Technology	Manages and maintains files securely in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM416 Prepare and complete image rendering processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

optimise and render at least three images using required rendering software, according to design brief.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use and optimise rendering software components

adhere to requirements related to file sizes and formats

store rendered components according to requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

software features used for:

3-D animation

3-D modelling

lighting

rendering

shading

texturing

file format and size requirements

system requirements

industry standard rendering software packages

pre-rendering optimisation techniques

why rendering is required in 3-D modelling, animation and game development

organisational procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and peripheral devices

graphic rendering software packages

input and output devices

models and scenes requiring rendering

style shots

file storage

project and design briefs, specifications and schedules.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work innovatively in game development, using thoughtful strategies and well-developed technical skills to accommodate specified design briefs.

It applies to those who support the design, development and programming of interactive 3-D media and digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse digital games and 3-D media design concepts	1.1 Obtain project brief and other applicable organisational documents and procedures 1.2 Research and identify design concepts in digital games and interactive 3-D media 1.3 Analyse and interpret design concepts used in digital games and interactive 3-D media 1.4 Discuss design considerations for designing digital games and interactive 3-D media concepts
2. Evaluate and select software packages	2.1 Identify and review applicable industry-standard software available for developing design concepts 2.2 Assess software according to concept design process requirements 2.3 Discuss technical specifications for development process with required personnel 2.4 Select software package according to concept design requirements
3. Use chosen software package	3.1 Run selected software package and navigate user interface according to vendor requirements 3.2 Create new files and organise and develop file structure 3.3 Identify and use tools and components required to create and develop digital games and interactive 3-D media concepts
4. Create concept components for digital game or interactive media	4.1 Identify specific processes for heads-up display elements 4.2 Design heads-up display for a digital game or 3-D interactive media 4.3 Document design and programming processes and requirements applicable to implementing heads-up display according to organisational procedures 4.4 Create and develop visual design elements and components to be used for heads-up display using chosen software package
5. Implement a design concept into a game or 3-D interactive media and evaluate implementation	5.1 Load in required images and write code to implement heads-up display into an existing framework 5.2 Write code and demonstrate heads-up display capabilities with implemented concepts 5.3 Demonstrate implementation to required personnel 5.4 Seek feedback and assess and refine concept as required 5.5 Evaluate usability of concept’s components 5.6 Identify and discuss possible changes to improve visual design and capabilities of components and share findings with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Acquires knowledge needed to use tools and other components for digital games and 3-D media production using a range of investigative and analysis techniques
Reading	Interprets and comprehends a large range of textual and diagrammatic information to inform instructional, technical, and conceptual requirements
Oral Communication	Elicits information using listening and open questioning techniques Speaks clearly and concisely, converting highly technical language and terminology into plain English when providing information
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages, when manipulating software to achieve required technical and design components
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities and elicits support and feedback
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in 3-D design
Self-management	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, taking responsibility for decisions, and sequencing tasks to achieve required outcomes Sources, analyses and evaluates applications with potential to meet 3-D design requirements Evaluates work and implements improvements using a systematic process
Technology	Defines purpose and uses key features of specific digital systems and tools and operates them to complete design tasks Identifies importance of file structure and takes responsibility for data integrity and management

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM501 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop concept art and design specifications consistent with an identified game genre for at least one of each of the following:

heads-up display

splash screen

start screen

game field screen

implement a working heads-up display with at least three basic functionalities.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate original and innovative approaches to the creative development of a game

implement game development and production strategies

maintain integrity of design brief

develop technical specifications for game mechanics, artificial intelligence, physics, sound, game play and overall usability

confirm design concepts are functional on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

evaluate different controller designs required according to different devices digital games and 3-D media.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic programming techniques and language

industry-standard software applicable to developing design concepts

capabilities and constraints of game engines

concept development process and visualisation skills

game development process, including specific terminology

key features of game-play hardware and software products

human resources required in the process of creating games and their respective skills and technology requirements

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to:

ergonomics

electrical safety

risk and critical path management techniques

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

software development

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

organisational procedures applicable to documenting and creating design concepts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to creating design concepts for digital games and 3-D media

games engine

file storage

browsers and digital devices

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to documenting and creating design concepts.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use original and innovative ideas and industry-standard production techniques, to create functional games according to specific design briefs.

It applies to those who support the design, development and programming of interactive 3-D media, and digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create game	1.1 Obtain project brief and other required documents and organisational procedures 1.2 Identify game production assets required to meet creative and production requirements and technical specifications 1.3 Discuss formats of assets and issues of asset integration with required personnel 1.4 Determine sequence for development of beta-version prototype for testing game play 1.5 Create schedule for production and testing 1.6 Determine strategies for monitoring production progress against schedule
2. Evaluate capability of game-engine software and tools	2.1 Identify and review range of industry-standard game-engine software and development tools available 2.2 Assess software and tools related to specified game concept and play requirements 2.3 Discuss considerations for selection of game-engine software with required personnel and confirm selection will meet specified outcomes 2.4 Select game-engine software and development tools
3. Prepare required assets for a game	3.1 Establish environment for project that supports sharing of project assets produced by team members 3.2 Review attributes of assets required in a game project related to game engine 3.3 Create or acquire visual assets for a games project 3.4 Customise asset attributes according to game design and chosen game engine
4. Use game-engine software and development tools	4.1 Create, modify or access scripts or code and combine assets 4.2 Create and check game-play elements according to creative and technical requirements 4.3 Test and run game prototype as a presentation and confirm sequences meet creative, production and technical requirements
5. Evaluate game prototype	5.1 Demonstrate initial prototype to required personnel and seek feedback 5.2 Evaluate prototype against criteria including achievement of a creative and user-friendly product 5.3 Discuss and agree on required changes 5.4 Assist if required in tests and user trials 5.5 Evaluate feedback from user trials 5.6 Confirm endorsement from required personnel and develop prototype into a complete product
6. Transform prototype into final publication	6.1 Make required changes as indicated by user trials 6.2 Integrate all game elements as required by specifications 6.3 Make final checks and confirm sequences conform to navigation design 6.4 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel 6.5 Assemble final publication for distribution according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and comprehends a large range of textual and diagrammatic information, to inform instructional, technical and conceptual requirements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and open questioning techniques to obtain required information and concepts using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating software according to technical and design component requirements Defines timeframes according to schedule requirements
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities to achieve team results, and to confirm that outcomes meet requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in game design
Planning and organising	Plans, organises, and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, taking responsibility for decisions, and sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcomes Plans, organises, and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks
Self-management	Sources, analyses and evaluates applications, tools and assets for their potential to meet creative requirements Uses a systematic process to evaluate work and to implement improvements
Technology	Identifies purposes, and uses key features, of specific digital systems and tools, and operates them in order to complete design tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM503 Create a complex 3-D interactive computer game.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a complex 3-D interactive game according to a design brief, on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply a variety of strategies for game trialling and testing

apply original and innovative approaches to creative development of a 3-D game

collaborate in use of tools and features of software applicable to game-production process

implement game development and production strategies

maintain integrity of the design brief and game design document

communicate, collaborate and participate in a team environment

compare different controller designs required according to different devices

confirm functionality on at least two different browsers and at least two different digital devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic programming techniques and language

capabilities and constraints of game engines

processes used for games development, including specific terminology

production and testing scheduling techniques

key features of game-play hardware and software products

risk and critical path management techniques

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

creative, production and technical requirements of creating 3-D games

asset formats and issues of game asset integration.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to creating 3-D interactive games

project brief

games engine

browsers and digital devices

file storage

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, manage and monitor interactive media or game production teams.

It applies to those who manage personnel in the interactive media or game development industry, including concept artists, designers, programmers, animators and others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare digital media team	1.1 Undertake work placement of production team according to project requirements and business need 1.2 Confirm team requirements according to business need 1.3 Confirm team expectations according to organisation policy and procedures and business need
2. Monitor workplace structure	2.1 Determine duties carried out by various personnel according to project requirements 2.2 Observe lines of reporting and communication 2.3 Determine responsibilities of own department
3. Identify behaviours and attitude	3.1 Identify and document organisational culture according to organisational requirements 3.2 Determine and document model behaviour and communication methodologies 3.3 Engage and communicate with required personnel according to project requirements
4. Report on team workplace experience	4.1 Record team daily activities according to organisational requirements 4.2 Determine and document summary of team workplace experience according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Draws on a repertoire of experience to facilitate understanding of the culture and the environment
Oral communication	Uses listening and open questioning techniques to obtain required information and concepts using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and comprehends instructions, including textual and diagrammatic information to inform job requirements
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities, and to elicit support and feedback Collaborates with others sharing information to build strong connections, demonstrating behaviours reflective of organisational culture
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, taking responsibility for decisions, and scheduling tasks to achieve efficient outcomes
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on the cause of a problem rather than the symptom

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM504 Manage interactive media production.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan assigned tasks and monitor team behaviours in a production environment on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate effective communication, listening and questioning skills with required personnel, including use of industry terminology

operate according to the lines of reporting and required method of communication

allocate tasks to required personnel

document plans and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic 3-D techniques relating to managing interactive media production

budgeting and scheduling considerations for 3-D design

capabilities and constraints of 3-D packages

key features of industry standard game-play hardware and software products

technical constraints that hardware or software imposes on graphics and visual design

process required to produce a 3-D animation sequence or components

roles and responsibilities of team members producing 3-D animations and digital effects

strategies for communicating with production teams and clients.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an environment where interactive media production is carried out

organisational guidelines and policies

personnel required to managing interactive media productions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to employ multiple 3-D frameworks and libraries, build a graphical user interface (GUI) and develop complex 3-D software with documentation generated using applicable tools.

It applies to programmers who support the design, development and programming of 3-D media and digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define 3-D software requirements and prepare to develop software	1.1 Establish complex 3-D software requirements and applicable legislative and organisational standards 1.2 Employ integrated development environment facilities and include existing 3-D, audio and physics libraries applicable to games or interactive media production 1.3 Configure a 3-D environment compatible with specified platform using existing library facilities and applicable language 1.4 Research and select applicable frameworks or games engine applicable to complex 3-D software requirements
2.Use multiple frameworks provided or engines	2.1 Instantiate virtual objects in complex 3-D environment 2.2 Import complex pre-constructed models retrieved from persistent storage into 3-D environment using scripts and library routines 2.3 Animate 3-D objects required by game play and handle collisions between objects in 3-D environment using code 2.4 Generate code and manipulate 3-D objects texturing and other attributes of models during run-time execution 2.5 Incorporate environmental elements and enhance user experience according to project requirements 2.6 Apply functionality to 3D game objects by modifying or extending existing classes 2.7 Select and use exception handling techniques and confirm program stability in complex 3-D environment that uses multiple libraries
3. Create complex GUI for 3-D environment	3.1 Employ integrated development environment facilities and include existing 3-D compatible GUI controls applicable to complex games or interactive media production 3.2 Combine predefined GUI elements and create complex interface for 3-D environment according to project requirements 3.3 Modify scripts and code and customise existing GUI elements according to project requirements 3.4 Write code that processes events raised by complex GUI in 3-D environment 3.5 Create GUI events and modify configuration of complex 3-D environment
4. Debug and finalise complex 3-D software	4.1 Use stand-alone debugging tools and tools provided by integrated development environment and examine variables and trace running code across multiple libraries 4.2 Employ debugging facilities according to organisational procedures 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend as required 4.4 Identify and choose applicable integrated or third-party documentation tools 4.5 Create and maintain code documentation for complex 3-D project using selected integrated or third-party tools 4.6 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and comprehends instructions, briefs, technical and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Writes and customises precise code using specialised language, industry-approved coding techniques and programming practices
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other variables
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks
Self-management	Sources, analyses and evaluates applications and tools with potential to meet development and coding requirements Takes responsibility for data integrity and management
Technology	Identifies purposes and uses key features of specific digital systems and tools and operates them to complete complex development tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM507 Develop intermediate 3-D software for games and interactive media and ICTGAM508 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one complex 3-D software according to client specifications, on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

employ multiple 3-D frameworks, engines and libraries

create mesh primitives using 3-D library routines

generate code and manipulate 3-D objects, including cameras, lights and mesh primitives

use virtual objects in 3-D environments, including:

audio managers

cameras

lights

physics managers

viewports

animate 3-D objects required by game play and:

include animation selection/playback for pre-constructed models

be based on user input

be driven by code

include dynamic camera movement as required by game play

build a complex graphical user interface (GUI) for a 3-D environment

select and deploy documentation tools

create and maintain code documentation using applicable tools

detect logical and coding errors and debug application as required

comply with legislative and organisational standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

processes involved in complex 3-D software development

legislative and organisational standards applicable to development of complex 3-D software

configuration processes for 3-D environments, including:

device selection

game resolution

screen colour depth

output performance including:

anti-aliasing

level of detail

filtering

caustics and refraction

use of scripts and library routines in 3-D software development environments

techniques for using multiple games-oriented libraries

environmental elements in complex 3-D software and impacts on users

handling and debugging techniques used when developing 3-D software for games and interactive media

documentation techniques applicable to 3-D software development process

object-oriented 3-D programming concepts and language

techniques for using a graphical user interface (GUI) to interact with a user.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project brief

software, hardware and 3-D equipment required in developing complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

integrated development environment facilities

integrated or third-party documentation tools

technical manuals and materials applicable to complex 3-D software development

existing multiple frameworks, search engines or games-oriented libraries.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design interactive 3-D applications with applicable environments for scientific and mathematical modelling, according to specifications.

It applies to those with object-oriented programming skills working in any industrial context that requires 3-D computer simulation of a well-defined environment, system or set of relationships.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine and confirm business expectations and needs	1.1 Identify business requirements and verify accuracy of gathered information 1.2 Determine task and user requirements according to business needs 1.3 Determine critical environmental and systemic relationships requiring simulation in 3-D environments 1.4 Identify critical data sources required by simulations or modelling 1.5 Document critical environmental and systemic relationships and data sources requiring simulation in 3-D environments
2. Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling	2.1 Provide proof of concept for environmental and systemic relationships using prototyping tools 2.2 Identify, analyse and select technologies and platforms suitable for deployment of scientific or mathematical modelling 2.3 Design algorithms according to requirements of scientific or mathematical modelling in interactive 3-D environments
3. Design 3-D environment that simulates a scientific and mathematical model	3.1 Select applicable visual representation for elements of a 3-D scientific or mathematical model according to task requirements 3.2 Analyse required interaction between user and 3-D environment according to task requirements 3.3 Design a graphical user interface (GUI) and support required interaction between user and 3-D environment
4. Test and finalise scientific and mathematical model	4.1 Develop and document testing procedures and standards and verify modelling integrity 4.2 Perform testing and evaluate results and confirm model meets task requirements 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend model as required 4.4 Document work performed and obtain final sign-off according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends instructions, briefs, technical and conceptual information to inform job requirements.
Writing	Writes and customises precise code using specialised language, industry-approved coding techniques and programming practices Prepares documentation detailing testing procedures and standards
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other variables during application phase Designs complex algorithms
Get the work done	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks Takes responsibility for decisions regarding end-product evaluation, data integrity and management Identifies purposes and uses key features of specific digital systems and tools and operates them to complete development tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM509 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design an interactive 3-D application according to scientific and mathematical modelling requirements on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with task and user requirements and organisational procedures

confirm interactive 3-D environment reflects scientific and mathematical modelling requirements

confirm functionality of 3-D application for scientific and mathematical modelling on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

documentation techniques applicable to documenting work performed and testing procedures

object-oriented 3-D programming design methodologies and principles

features and functions of different prototyping tools applicable to designing interactive 3-D applications

data sources and business expectations and needs applicable to designing interactive 3-D applications

different interactions between users and 3-D environments

techniques for designing and using a graphical user interface (GUI) to interact with users

organisational and testing procedures applicable to 3-D application design process

procedures for using 3-D technologies to simulate scientific or mathematical models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

applicable 3-D equipment, software and hardware

prototyping tools applicable to designing interactive 3-D applications

technical manuals

examples of scientific or mathematical models

organisational procedures applicable to designing 3-D applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare game packages for delivery across multiple system platforms using applicable cross-platform software and hardware.

It applies to those with games programming skills and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare game package for multiple platforms	1.1 Establish project requirements for pre-existing game according to organisational procedures 1.2 Obtain pre-existing game package 1.3 Research and identify cross-platform specific installation methods and applicable software and hardware according to business needs 1.4 Select and confirm cross-platform specific installation methods according to project requirements 1.5 Package game for multiple platforms using selected installation methods according to vendor requirements
2. Develop cross-platform project	2.1 Compare and select industry standard cross-platform integrated development environments (IDE) according to project requirements 2.2 Identify cross-platform renderer libraries, physics libraries, audio libraries and network libraries applicable to project requirements 2.3 Source and compile cross-platform libraries 2.4 Compile project for multiple platforms 2.5 Test and debug cross-platform project and evaluate results 2.6 Apply changes to cross-platform project as required according to test results
3. Finalise cross-platform project	3.1 Identify and document issues and resolutions in cross-platform development 3.2 Submit cross-platform project to required personnel and obtain final sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Extends knowledge of delivery modes and platforms by incorporating results of trialling and testing
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends complex instructions, briefs, numerical code, technical data and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Produces documentation detailing issues identified and work performed as required using specific technical language
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules
Problem solving	Uses systematic and analytical processes in complex, routine and non-routine situations gathering information, identifying potential solutions and evaluating options
Self-management	Takes responsibility for decisions regarding end-product testing and data integrity and management
Technology	Sources applications or tools with the potential to meet development requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM510 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a cross-platform game project for delivery across, at least three different platforms, according to project requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and use cross-platform integrated development environment (IDE) libraries and installers

use platform-specific input devices

document issues identified and work performed for cross-platform development.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of industry standard cross-platform software, hardware, installation methods and IDEs

evaluation techniques for cross-platform development libraries

research methods for cross-platform development and distribution

different sources of cross-platform libraries

testing and debugging procedures relating to the preparation of game packages for different platforms and delivery modes

industry standard platform-specific input devices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to preparation of game packages for different platforms and delivery modes

project requirements

pre-existing game package

games engine

file storage

digital devices running various operating systems

cross-platform IDEs and libraries

installers for product distribution

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to define requirements and procedures and manage testing of games and interactive media to enable timely product release.

It applies to those who ensure the delivery of well-tested, quality software products in the marketplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine quality requirements statement that will enable product release	1.1 Review product in market and determine high-level requirements provided by product for expected clients 1.2 Define releasable product enable limited release and complete product release according to industry requirements 1.3 Summarise findings into quality requirements statement, according to industry and organisational requirements 1.4 Confirm client requirements and development specifications align with product release requirements
2. Define product test plan according to quality requirements statement	2.1 Identify expected test cycles during software development life cycle according to development methodology in use and product release quality requirements 2.2 Determine types of testing to be performed during test cycles according to quality requirements 2.3 Determine testing methods to be used to implement testing types defined for identified test cycles 2.4 Define testing technique to be used and determine test cases and analyse results 2.5 Perform test cycle and determine acceptable balances of cost, quality and risk, and confirm with upper management and development team 2.6 Select test-support software according to testing requirements 2.7 Define implementation details for agreed testing and team responsible for testing management 2.8 Define reporting details for testing throughout product life cycle 2.9 Confirm test plan completeness using available completeness techniques 2.10 Document defined testing procedures and plan according to industry and organisational standards 2.11 Confirm test plan with development team and management
3. Manage testing processes	3.1 Install and configure selected test-support software according to vendor requirements 3.2 Perform product testing according to defined test plan and organisational procedures 3.3 Manage and report on development of test cases, test cycle status and outstanding bug status 3.4 Report on status of product testing 3.5 Update test plan and schedule according to changing development conditions and notify management as required 3.6 Evaluate results and handle and resolve bugs as required 3.7 Manage test environment, including setup, receipt of test builds and clean-up according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise testing for release	4.1 Document and produce testing results for management review prior to release 4.2 Manage test product freeze for final release and final test run 4.3 Confirm product quality and product release requirements have been met

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends product expectations and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Produces documentation detailing testing plan and procedures as required using specific technical language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain required information using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Interprets budgetary information to enable decision-making during product test-cycle
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcomes
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions systematically in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions
Self-management	Evaluates effectiveness of products to inform strategic decisions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM511 Manage testing of games and interactive media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage testing of a game or interactive media product according to quality requirements on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop a quality requirements statement according to industry and organisational requirements

define quality requirements and test plan

identify bugs and issues and amend accordingly

maintain ongoing management of testing process

report on process to required personnel

document work performed according to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client requirements for platforms, hardware and software

client system requirements, both functional and non-functional

procedures for bug or issue management and identification

legislative and organisational requirements, standards and procedures applicable to games and interactive media testing

industry and organisational criteria for limited product release and complete product release

phases of software development life cycles

different development methodologies applicable to creating games and interactive media

elements of a quality requirements statement and processes of development

test reporting requirements applicable to game and interactive media testing

test plan creation procedures applicable to game and interactive media development

testing techniques, methods, test types, test cases, test cycles and system dissection applicable to game and interactive media development

features and functions of industry standard test-support software

completeness testing techniques

installation and configuration processes for test-support software, including:

bug tracking processes and defining bug description fields

test case management software

test cycle management and reporting software

automated test tools

bug resolution methods in game and interactive media products

documentation techniques and processes used in product testing management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

product undergoing development with specifications

client requirements for product quality requirements

testing support software

test environment

hardware required in product testing processes

organisational procedures applicable to games and interactive media testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and implement designs within the context of a 3-D games environment.

It applies to individuals with highly developed communication and technical skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Prepare to create designs	1.1 Establish task, design and user requirements and analyse game environment according to organisational procedures 1.2 Discuss and select 3-D modelling software for production of designs, and ramifications of using selected software with required personnel 1.3 Discuss and select 2-D image-editing software for textures with required personnel according to task requirements 1.4 Determine and document 3-D production considerations for available hardware 1.5 Create file archiving system for storing 3-D components, models and versions according to organisational procedures 1.6 Establish project development pipeline and production deadlines, according to task requirements
2. Develop designs for 3-D games	2.1 Establish design theme and determine required modelling assets according to design requirements 2.2 Prioritise design components according to task requirements 2.3 Produce new document and create designs according to production pipeline, theme, and deadlines
3. Implement and finalise designs	3.1 Test functionality of designs on different browsers and devices 3.2 Confirm design meets task and user requirements 3.3 Implement design into applicable game environment, according to organisational procedures 3.4 Document work performed according to organisational procedures 3.5 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Prepares documents detailing findings and work performed using appropriate layout and required descriptive language in a cohesive and well-structured manner Develops material regarding the advantages, and limitations of, different technologies using explicit language to convey information and requirements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain required information using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in 3-D game design
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks
Self-management	Sources, analyses, and evaluates applications with potential to meet 3-D game design requirements Uses a systematic process to evaluate work and implement improvements
Technology	Completes design tasks using key features of specific digital systems and tools Identifies importance of file structure and takes responsibility for data integrity and management

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM512 Create and implement designs for a 3-D games environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and implement at least two designs for a specified 3-D games environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

discuss and identify the most applicable technology for 3-D games development

create and develop design documents for 3-D effects, including timelines for completion and file archiving system

identify purpose of games design and establish target audience

discuss and analyse design requirements for at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

render designs on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

concepts of animation techniques and digital effects generation relating to creating designs for 3-D game environments

design principles applicable to 3-D game designs

features of different 3-D game environments

features and functions of industry standard 2-D and 3-D graphics editing software

different modelling assets used in design creation for 3-D environments

project development processes applicable to design creation for 3-D environments

design functionality testing processes

industry standard graphics formats for different 3-D games

organisational procedures applicable to creating and implementing designs for 3-D games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project brief

hardware and software required to create and implement designs

games engine

file storage

browsers and devices

organisational procedures applicable to creating and implementing designs for 3-D games.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and create models for a 3-D and digital effects environment using complex topology, specified geometry surfaces and advanced model builds.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare and plan 3-D modelling process	1.1 Obtain project brief and identify 3-D model requirements and user needs according to organisational procedures 1.2 Research and collect portfolio of reference material according to organisational procedures 1.3 Present portfolio of collected reference material to required personnel 1.4 Evaluate industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software and select according to model requirements 1.5 Develop and design a modelling plan using reference material 1.6 Seek feedback on modelling plan from required personnel and amend as required
2. Analyse resources and design 3-D model	2.1 Research different types of geometry and select most applicable according to 3-D model requirements 2.2 Document selected geometry choice and explain rationale according to organisational procedures 2.3 Evaluate industry standard concept development software and select software according to model requirements 2.4 Construct and test topology plan using chosen concept development software 2.5 Document and explain reasoning for choosing a particular modelling method 2.6 Assess and refine topology plan with required personnel
3. Construct 3-D model	3.1 Build 3-D model in chosen 3-D modelling and animation software according to modelling plan and specifications 3.2 Apply selected geometry choice to 3-D model 3.3 Make changes to geometry selection as required 3.4 Present near-finished product to required personnel and seek feedback 3.5 Evaluate feedback and incorporate into final design 3.6 Assess and refine model with required personnel and confirm model meets task requirements
4. Test and finalise 3-D model	4.1 Test and confirm final model functionality in 3-D and digital effects environments, according to organisational procedures 4.2 Obtain final sign-off on 3-D model from required personnel 4.3 Compose report on experience of working on a 3-D model and share findings

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses, and comprehends conceptual and specification information to inform job requirements Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts to determine which geometry and topology will suit 3-D model
Writing	Prepares documents detailing advantages and limitations of different technologies using appropriate layout and required descriptive language in a cohesive and well-structured manner Develops material about the advantages and limitations of different technologies, using clear language to convey information and requirements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and open questioning techniques to obtain required information using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Develops mathematical representations of three-dimensional surface of objects using whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other 3-D modelling elements Interprets numerical data and deciphers technical charts, diagrams and other specifications
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account
Self-management	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Uses feedback and evaluation of results to inform decisions about future improvement
Technology	Uses a broad range of features in digital applications for specific purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM514 Design and create models for a 3-D and digital effects environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use software and construct an advanced 3-D model according to plan, on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare a topology plan for 3-D model design using:

applicable industry terminology

applicable geometry surfaces

concept development software

feedback from others to refine plan

seek feedback from required personnel and refine model

render designs on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

confirm functionality of model on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

document work performed in designing and creating models.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods of sourcing reference material

key aspects of modelling plans

features and capabilities of different geometry surfaces, including:

NURBS

Sub-D

Polygon

T-splines

digital model development and testing process

technology requirements and human resources required to create 3-D models, and their respective skills

features and functions of box, edge-loop and patch modelling

capabilities and constraints of 3-D modelling and animation packages and software and concept development software

different types of geometry surfaces for models and their features

purposes of scheduling production components in model development process

features of topology plans and topology plan testing methods

uses of storyboards and scripts

organisational procedures applicable to creating 3-D models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to designing and creating 3-D models

games engine

file storage

project brief

the internet

browsers and devices

organisational procedures applicable to creating 3-D models.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and create, advanced simulated effects in a 3D and digital effects environment.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create advanced simulated effects	1.1 Obtain design brief and requirements from required personnel according to organisational procedures 1.2 Analyse design requirements for particle systems, fluids and bodies according to brief and organisational documents 1.3 Identify where advanced simulated effects will fit into production pipeline 1.4 Identify factors influencing design approach to creating advanced simulated effects 1.5 Source and gather reference materials and maintain portfolio of references according to organisational procedures 1.6 Review and analyse media and techniques and gather ideas for simulated effects 1.7 Discuss solutions and approaches to creation of advanced simulated effects for 3-D environments according to design brief and organisational documents 1.8 Present design ideas and design considerations, with justification of choice of advanced simulated effects to required personnel
2. Finalise designs and plan approach to simulated effects	2.1 Adapt and finalise design according to feedback from required personnel 2.2 Identify skills and processes required for creating advanced simulated effects systems according to organisational procedures 2.3 Plan timeline to create advanced simulated effects according to design brief and requirements
3. Produce particles, fluids and bodies	3.1 Assist in production of advanced simulated effects using applicable programming languages and created code 3.2 Create prototype of advanced simulated effects according to finalised design using toolsets 3.3 Discuss implementation of effects with required personnel according to design requirements 3.4 Implement physics and forces to the advanced simulated effects according to design brief and requirements 3.5 Conduct testing of prototype according to organisational procedures 3.6 Review testing results and amend as required 3.7 Present created effects to required personnel for feedback
4. Finalise advanced simulated effects	4.1 Adapt advanced simulated effects and design as required, according to feedback 4.2 Refine advanced simulated effects according to design requirements 4.3 Document work and testing performed in development process according to organisational procedures 4.4 Present finalised advanced simulation effects in requested form, according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Creates a cohesive and well-structured advanced simulation effects and documentation detailing work and testing performed using descriptive language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience Presents finalised advanced simulation effects using persuasive presentation techniques, plain English (translating games specific terminology where required)
Numeracy	Manipulates measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other elements of radical 3-D effects using whole numbers, decimals and percentages
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Deals with complex issues using intuition to identify general problem area and switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues Generates possible solutions using lateral thinking processes Develops and shapes several options before making final choice, using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking to tailor and strengthen ideas according to needs, resources and constraints
Self-management	Takes responsibility for own workload and negotiates some key aspects with others Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages required communication Implements actions according to plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Identifies value of continuous improvement in own work context
Technology	Improves personal productivity and optimises software functions for specific purposes using a broad range of application features Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats and is beginning to establish, maintain and monitor electronic paper trails

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM515 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least three advanced simulation effects according to design brief and requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse design requirements and develop design documents according to organisational procedures

use applicable effects including particles, fluids and rigid or soft bodies

render digital effects on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

maintain portfolio of reference materials

present pre-production portfolio demonstrating project research and development to required personnel

seek evaluation and review from required personnel for finalised advanced simulation effects.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

programming languages and techniques required for creating 3-D digital effects

overview of game development and production processes, including specific terminology

design approaches to creating advanced simulated effects

media and techniques used in designing and creating simulated effects

key features of game-play hardware and software products

technology requirements and human resources required in process of creating digital effects and each team member’s respective skills

methods of maintaining reference portfolios applicable in creating 3-D digital effects

risk and critical path management techniques

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

software development

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

techniques for applying concept development and visualisation skills

methods of creating and testing 3-D digital effect prototypes

documentation processes applicable in 3-D digital effects creation process

creating and presenting pre-production portfolios demonstrating project research and development

organisational procedures applicable to the design and creation of 3-D digital effects.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to designing and creating simulated effects

games engine

IDE

digital devices

file storage

design brief

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to designing and creating simulated effects.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply animation principles to develop an animated character and export character model into a game.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine 3-D character model for animation requirements	1.1 Obtain and analyse animation, storyboard and digital game requirements for 3-D character according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine target environments for 3-D digital character animation according to digital game requirements 1.3 Establish required level of detail for 3-D character model animation 1.4 Determine work-flow sequences, task requirements and confirm production schedule deadlines are met 1.5 Research and select required games engine and platform according to digital game requirements 1.6 Select software tools according to production pipeline and selected games engine and platform
2. Create 3-D animations	2.1 Research and determine animation methodology applicable to task requirements 2.2 Animate first pass, applying animation principles and experimenting with techniques to produce required movements 2.3 Submit first pass to required personnel for feedback and approval 2.4 Adjust as required and refine animation in passes until storyboard requirements are achieved 2.5 Animate facial features with lip-syncing to match audio and design requirements of approved storyboard 2.6 Create primary animations as required according to task requirements
3. Finalise and export animations	3.1 Submit character animations to required personnel for final check 3.2 Finalise projects according to organisational and production procedures 3.3 Export animation and 3-D character model to required game engine 3.4 Test character animations in game engine and on different devices according to organisational procedures 3.5 Evaluate results and apply changes as required 3.6 Obtain final sign-off for character animations from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends workplace documentation and images to aid implementation of job requirements
Writing	Creates required documents outlining complex design information according to industry standards and required formats
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and information using industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Applies numerical skills to develop applications using whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other 3-D elements
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Initiative and enterprise	Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, reviews and changes these according to new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others to improve self and workgroup behaviours
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data and communicate with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM516 Animate a 3-D character for digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two animated character models according to digital game requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select tools compatible with target game engine and platform

render art on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

export animated character model to target game engine according to organisational procedures

test character animations in the game engine and on at least two different devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D animation principles including relevance of anatomy and physical movement

different target environments for animated 3-D digital characters

development processes for animating 3-D characters

capabilities and constraints of game engines

attributes of industry standard game-play hardware and software products

different industry standard animation methodologies

function of a graph curve editor

risk and critical path management techniques applicable to 3-D character animation process

shading, texturing, weight and anticipation techniques relating to animating 3-D characters

transfer methodology, including rotoscope, hand key and motion capture

techniques for applying concept development and visualisation skills

techniques for using storyboard and script production

technology requirements and human resources required in the process of creating games

the importance and advantages of client communication on project work

budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

time management techniques in project development

exporting and testing procedures for 3-D character animations

organisational procedures applicable to 3-D character animation process.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and tools applicable to animating 3-D characters for digital games

games engine and platform

digital devices

file storage

the internet

design brief

organisational procedures applicable to 3-D character animation process.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce a digital animation sequence for the 3-D and digital effects environment and complete a digital editing project.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and source story and concept	1.1 Establish digital animation sequence requirements and applicable documentation for 3-D and digital effects requirements according to organisational procedures 1.2 Research and gather ideas for animation sequence according to organisational procedures 1.3 Produce treatment of an animation sequence according to established requirements
2. Develop plan and determine components required for animation sequence	2.1 Discuss and create production plan with required personnel according to digital animation sequence requirements 2.2 Develop storyboard detailing 3-D animation according to animation sequence requirements 2.3 Create concept drawings and sketches for 3-D models 2.4 Gather and present evidence of reference material used for storyboard and concept drawings to required personnel and seek feedback 2.5 Adjust storyboard and concept drawings as required
3. Produce animation sequence using 3-D software	3.1 Research and select 3-D modelling and animation software according to digital animation sequence requirements 3.2 Create 3-D animation according to production plan 3.3 Select frames per second to use for animation according to animation sequence requirements 3.4 Create assets using references 3.5 Animate components of 3-D environment according to planned animation sequence 3.6 Using 3-D modelling and animation software, produce high-end lighting techniques
4. Render and finalise 3-D animation sequence	4.1 Select required resolution and aspect ratio according to animation sequence requirements 4.2 Render animated sequence using 3-D modelling software 4.3 Review rendered frames against initial storyboard concept and animation sequence requirements 4.4 Present rendered frames to required personnel and seek feedback 4.5 Apply changes as required and obtain final sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends workplace documentation and images to inform job requirements
Writing	Creates required documents incorporating complex design information and ideas according to industry standards and required formats
Numeracy	Applies numerical skills to develop sequences using whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading, and other 3-D elements
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, analysing information and taking a range of factors into account Identifies and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, organising and implementing tasks required to achieve outcomes Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Improves personal productivity and optimises software functions for specific purposes using a broad range of 3-D software application features Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM517 Produce a digital animation sequence.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create 3-D animation sequence with at least 720 frames using 3-D modelling and animation software.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop storyboards and concept drawings for 3-D animation and models according to production plans

apply a variety of strategies to create an animation sequence using a 3-D environment

develop finalised frame of animation in required resolution

render animation sequence on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

digital editing processes and techniques relating to animation sequence production

rendering processes and techniques applicable to animation sequence production

capabilities of digital editing and rendering software

features and functions of different industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software

technology requirements and human resources required to create games, including team member’s skills

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

storyboard development processes

organisational procedures applicable to producing digital animation sequences.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to producing digital animation sequences

animation sequence requirements brief

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to producing digital animation sequences.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to animate the required physical attributes of models and elements using 3-D modelling and animation software tools.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish project requirements and collect and use reference material	1.1 Establish project and animation requirements of models and elements, according to organisational procedures 1.2 Create storyboard sequence of required animation according to organisational procedures 1.3 Determine animation attribute sequence of objects according to created storyboard 1.4 Identify type of production and target platform for which 3-D digital animations are being created and select applicable 3-D modelling and animation software tools 1.5 Research and gather reference material applicable to animation requirements
2. Prepare 3-D digital models using a variety of manipulating techniques	2.1 Research and select applicable animation methodology for required models 2.2 Confirm models’ topology allows required deformation of objects and their parts, according to storyboard animation brief 2.3 Apply a variety of manipulation techniques according to model and element requirements 2.4 Refine animation attributes and confirm integrity of models and elements until storyboard requirements are met 2.5 Submit pre-model animation to required personnel for feedback and confirm storyboard objectives have been met 2.6 Make final adjustments as required according to feedback
3. Create required animations using a variety of animation tools	3.1 Animate object, applying animation principles and techniques to produce required motions 3.2 Submit animation to required personnel for approval 3.3 Make adjustments as required and refine animation in passes until storyboard requirements are achieved
4. Test and render 3-D digital model	4.1 Research and select applicable render engine according to project requirements 4.2 Render component for testing purposes using nominal lighting 4.3 Test against production plan and evaluate results 4.4 Continue manipulation process according to meet required effects 4.5 Evaluate final render, and confirm further client requirements are met 4.6 Prepare required render passes according to animation requirements 4.7 Render required component
5. Evaluate and finalise animation	5.1 Present edited material to required personnel, in applicable format for evaluation 5.2 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel 5.3 Make backup copies of files and complete workplace documentation, according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses reference sources and applies knowledge to project work
Writing	Communicates complex relationships between ideas and information, matching style of writing to purpose and audience when creating storyboard and workplace documentation
Numeracy	Applies manipulation techniques, animates objects and makes adjustments using mathematical and problem-solving strategies
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to determine client requirements and articulate ideas using specific language applicable to audience
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine and non-routine tasks, including collecting resources, determining storyboard sequences and selecting software tools
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account
Self-management	Implements actions as per plans, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features of software applications for specific purposes Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM518 Animate physical attributes of models and elements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two animated models using animation and rendering software, according to animation principles and storyboard requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare pre-model animation for approval using created storyboard sequence

evaluate texture, quality and performance of models using lighting

render 3-D digital models on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

present final 3-D digital models, together with supporting documentation including project brief, documents and concept art for approval

comply with organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles and techniques of 3-D animation, lighting and modelling

features and functions of industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software tools and render engines

types of production and target platforms for which 3-D digital animations are created for

industry standard animation methodology and processes

how anatomy and physical movement is applicable to animation

the importance and advantages of client communication when working on projects

required budgeting and scheduling considerations during animation projects

storyboard creation techniques

script production techniques

manipulation techniques relating to animating models and elements

application of industry standard game-play hardware and software products

purpose of dope sheets

principles of the graph curve editor for smooth animation

physical attributes that create effects, including weight and anticipation

purpose of rendering

shading and texturing techniques applicable to animating physical attributes of models and elements

transfer methodology, including rotoscoping hand key and motion capture

3-D digital model testing procedures

organisational procedures applicable to animating models and elements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project brief

hardware and software relating to animating physical attributes of models and elements

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to animating models and elements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, implement, and manage 3-D animation rigs for objects using structural controls and construct hierarchies to formulate object geometry and skeletal rigs to a defined project brief.

The unit applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess rig requirements	1.1 Determine and document model rigging requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Develop portfolio of reference materials according to rigging requirements 1.3 Determine and document range of model rigging software features 1.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Plan rig	2.1 Analyse inner workings of object and select required skeletal and structural systems 2.2 Analyse bones and joints behaviours and select orientations 2.3 Examine object geometry topologies and select required bone and joint placement 2.4 Analyse critical object movement and select required kinematics and hybrid solution 2.5 Record results for use in rigging implementation phase
3. Implement character skeleton requirements	3.1 Use 3-D software to place and orientate bones and joints according to rigging plan 3.2 Construct FK and IK requirements according to rigging plan 3.3 Construct required hierarchies and pivotal sets 3.4 Trial and refine rotations and movement attributes
4. Employ and implement character attributes and control handles	4.1 Construct specific driven attributes for manipulation purposes 4.2 Create and place control handles with required attributes, link control handles and improve animation procedures 4.3 Trial and refine controls and attributes and negotiate modifications 4.4 Skin and bind object geometry to created skeletal systems and mechanical structures
5. Test and refine rig integrity	5.1 Test and refine, object rig interaction 3 5.2 Test and refine geometry skeleton systems and mechanical structure interaction 5.3 Negotiate modifications with required personnel and action modifications
6. Produce animated sequences	6.1 Create 3-D animations of rigged models according to rigging requirements 6.2 Render completed animated sequences 6.3 Save and store animated sequences and use output file formats, standard naming conventions, and version-control protocols 6.4 Present 3-D animated sequences of rigged models to required personnel for evaluation by agreed deadlines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Undertakes geometric calculations to deduce measurements, relationships between points, lines, angles and figures in space by using assumed properties of space
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present design using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Transforms creative ideas and develops required documentation for specific audiences, using clear and detailed language
Teamwork	Demonstrates an understanding and applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how, when presenting work for evaluation, and negotiating modifications
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication Implements actions as per the plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Manages and maintains files securely in a variety of storage media and formats
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non- critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account when planning, testing and refining rigs
Self-management	Improves personal productivity and optimises software functions for specific purposes using a broad range of application features

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM519 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement and manage rigs for objects according to production documentation and organisational procedures on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use and refine skeleton/structural and animation controls for optimal performance

construct hierarchies to formulate specific controls

combine and refine object geometry to skeletal/structural rigs

create 3-D digital animated sequences of a rigged model

meet production deadlines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic 3-D digital animation methodologies for managing technical art and rigging in 3-D animation

features of a range of delivery platforms applicable to managing technical art and rigging in 3-D animation

geometry topology analysis procedure and methodology

procedures for identifying physical attributes to animate and manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animation

rigged 3-D modelling techniques

theory of anatomy and structural systems in relation to 3-D animation techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

organisational procedures applicable to managing technical art and rigging in 3-D animations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create compound models using industry software applicable to animation production process, according to a defined set of parameters.

It applies to those with high-level technical and analytical skills working as modellers or artists, in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine model creation requirements	1.1 Identify, analyse and follow design and model creation requirements, production documentation and organisational guidelines 1.2 Determine type of production for which 3-D digital models are being created 1.3 Research and select 3-D modelling software tools according to type of production for which 3-D digital models are being created
2. Research and create 3-D digital models using a variety of modelling techniques	2.1 Research and determine applicable modelling methodology 2.2 Apply a variety of modelling techniques according to model creation requirements 2.3 Create 3-D digital models according to model creation requirements 2.4 Seek feedback on 3-D digital models from required personnel and amend as required 2.4 Refine and confirm integrity of models according to organisational procedures
3. Combine 3-D models to create a scene	3.1 Combine 3-D models and create a scene according to design requirements 3.2 Submit models to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Render and finalise 3-D digital models using applicable render engine	4.1 Test rendering scene and adjust settings according to task requirements 4.2 Render final 3-D scene 4.3 Submit finalised model to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
5. Back up work	5.1 Make required backup copies of files 5.2 Complete and lodge workplace documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other elements of 3-D animation
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present information using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information Analyses texts and images to inform implementation of specifications
Writing	Develops workplace documentation using industry specific language
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks required to meet required outcomes
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account Analyses and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking when creating a concept
Self-management	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features in 3-D software applications for specific purposes Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM520 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, build and combine at least two 3-D models to an organisation’s specifications on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

combine 3-D models to build a scene that meets design requirements

produce, circulate and store the final render of the scene.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D software interfaces for to creating and combining 3-D digital games and components

capabilities and constraints of game engines

game-play hardware and software products

process of computer game development applicable to creating and combining 3-D digital games and components

application of anatomy and physical movement to 3-D components

graph curve editor and its application to 3-D digital component design

physical attributes required to create effects, including weight and anticipation

risk and critical path management applicable to creating and combining 3-D digital games and components

techniques for applying concept-development skills

techniques for applying concept-visualisation skills

transfer methodology, including rotoscope, hand key and motion capture

technology requirements and human resources required in the process of creating a game, including team members’ skills

budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software

design brief

games engine

file storage

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to coordinate the design and technical elements of a smooth-running interactive 3-D environment.

It applies to those with high-level organisation and technical skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Obtain design documents for 3-D environment and select software tools	1.1 Identify and confirm project brief, design requirements for 3-D environment and other applicable documents according to organisational procedures 1.2 Conceptualise design requirements according to project brief and other applicable documents 1.3 Discuss and determine design considerations and generate concept art for final environment design 1.4 Confirm all requirements are considered and included in design according to project brief 1.5 Identify and select applicable texturing tools, including painting, shading and texturing software according to 3-D environment requirements 1.6 Research and select applicable audio tools 1.7 Analyse and select 3-D modelling and animation software to be used 1.8 Document, explain and justify design decisions according to organisational procedures
2. Create 3-D environment	2.1 Implement basic geometry, flow and layout according to design requirements 2.2 Separate each section of environment into key parts and choose focal point for environment 2.3 Incorporate detail into focal point of level 2.4 Set reference for rest of environment using focal points 2.5 Integrate geometry and texturing and place models according to project brief 2.6 Carry out detailed pass of entire environment 2.7 Set up exterior and interior lighting 2.8 Incorporate sound and particle effects and perform optimisation as required 2.9 Perform final pass and finalise elements
3. Test and finalise 3D environment	3.1 Test and debug 3-D environment and confirm functionality on different digital devices 3.2 Present finished 3-D environment to required personnel and amend according to feedback 3.2 Document and report how design decisions have met 3-D environment design requirements 3.4 Incorporate feedback in final design as required and obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing process and final design using comprehensive structure, layout and complex industry language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present design using industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Undertakes geometric calculations to deduce measurements, relationships between points, lines, angles and figures in space by using assumed properties of space
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, organising and implementing tasks required to achieve outcomes
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non- critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account Identifies and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Self-management	Implements actions as per the plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features in 3-D software applications for specific purposes Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM521 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deliver a final 3-D environment for a digital game, according to project brief, including:

production of concept art

documentation justifying and explaining design decisions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement design requirements into a working 3-D environment

create working interactions between user and the environment

render 3-D environment on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

digital game development processes

concept art generation processes for 3-D environments

capabilities of industry standard texturing and audio tools

features and functions of industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software

optimisation techniques applicable to creating interactive 3-D environments for digital games

technology requirements and human resources required to create games, including the team’s respective skills

industry standard game-play hardware and software products, including constraints that products impose on graphics and code development and creative visual design

testing and debugging procedures applicable to 3-D environment creation process

organisational procedures applicable to creating interactive 3-D environments for digital games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software required in creating interactive 3-D environments for digital games

project and design brief

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to edit a sequence in a 3-D environment and finalise the edit in required video format.

It applies to those with high-level technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research digital editing techniques and software	1.1 Research industry-standard digital editing techniques according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine required techniques applying in various scenarios 1.3 Research industry standard digital editing software 1.4 Identify and document technical limitations and constraints of rendering and editing processes
2. Prepare to perform digital editing for 3-D environment	2.1 Identify and confirm project requirements according to research and organisational requirements 2.2 Obtain or develop storyboard for sequence 2.3 Obtain or create 3-D animation sequence in frames according to project requirements 2.4 Use suitable naming scheme for rendered frames and organise files into applicable folder structure
3. Apply digital editing techniques	3.1 Edit rendered frames and additional graphics into sequence outlined in storyboard 3.2 Apply program functions to create and insert graphics, transitions and special effects into animation 3.3 Implement sounds and music at required frame locations 3.4 Confirm file management process and requirements are maintained during editing process
4. Finalise digitally edited production	4.1 Resolve sound and transition errors using editing software 4.2 Test and evaluate final edit, and amend as required according to organisational procedures 4.3 Confirm production meets project requirements on different digital devices 4.4 Present finalised edit to required personnel in applicable video format 4.5 Receive and incorporate feedback as required 4.6 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing process and work performed using comprehensive structure, layout and complex industry language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present finalised edit using industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other elements of a 3-D environment
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, organising and implementing tasks required to achieve required outcomes
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for evaluating options and taking a range of factors into account
Self-management	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features in editing software applications for specific purposes Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM522 Complete digital editing for the 3-D and digital effects environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

edit a 3-D sequence by inserting graphics, special effects, sounds and music according to a storyboard.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and select digital editing techniques and software

develop final version in required video format using editing software and feedback from others

test 3-D sequence meets project requirements on at least one small device and one large device, and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

digital editing and rendering processes and techniques

capabilities and constraints of industry standard digital editing and rendering software

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

software development

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

storyboard development process in 3-D environments

program functions used to create and insert graphics, transitions and special effects into animation

sound and music implementation techniques used in digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

testing procedures applicable to digital editing processes

organisational procedures applicable to digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

project brief

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and implement the design of an interactive 3-D game in a team environment.

It applies to those with high-level technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and plan design process	1.1 Establish project and 3-D game design requirements according to organisational needs 1.2 Research and select project planning methodology according to project requirements 1.3 Discuss and identify design practices and considerations in collaboration with other team members 1.4 Identify team roles and responsibilities applicable to level creation and design processes 1.5 Plan and implement a design process using timemanagement principles 1.6 Document stages of design process according to organisational procedures
2. Conceptualise 3-D environment design in collaboration with team	2.1 Identify key level specifications and purpose of 3-D environment 2.2 Gather and analyse reference materials in collaboration, and assist with visualisation of 3-D environment 2.3 Catalogue required objects of level environment 2.4 Research and select 3-D modelling and animation software, and painting, shading and texturing software required to create 3-D environment 2.5 Document design decisions made before and during design conceptualisation, according to organisational procedures 2.6 Produce concept art of designed environment according to project brief
3. Present conceptualised environment to peers and finalise project	3.1 Present conceptualised environment to peers and receive feedback 3.2 Report on how design decisions have met requirements for game-play elements 3.3 Justify why certain design decisions were made to required personnel 3.4 Evaluate and incorporate peer feedback to design as required 3.5 Implement and apply quality assurance principles to design according to organisational procedures 3.6 Finalise design decision documents in preparation for creating 3-D environment

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, instructions and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing decision-making process, design and instruction for specific audiences, using clear and detailed language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present conceptualised environment to peers using relevant industry language
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others to achieve shared outcomes
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks required to achieve outcomes, including coordinating tasks with others
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, using analytical processes to evaluate and choose applicable options Analyses and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Technology	Identifies ways in which digital systems and tools are used, or could be used, to achieve work goals for modelling and animation Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM523 Collaborate in the design of 3-D game levels and environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

collaborate with others to plan and implement the design process for creating an interactive 3-D environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce and present draft design documents to produce an interactive 3-D environment

gather reference materials and visualise 3-D environment, including environment profiles, game genre, game design and game-play elements

gather feedback from peers to review and modify designs to create a finalised design for a 3-D environment

render design on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

capabilities and constraints of industry standard game engines

features and functions of industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software, and painting, shading and texturing software

process used for digital game development

industry standard project planning methodology and processes

design practices and considerations applicable to designing 3-D game levels and environments

applicable time-management principles

3-D environment visualisation techniques

quality assurance principles applicable to 3-D design processes

industry standard game-play hardware and software products, together with technical constraints that products impose on graphics and code development and creative visual design

different team member roles and responsibilities required in designing 3-D game levels and environments

technology and human resources required in the process of creating a game, including the team’s respective skills

organisational procedures applicable to designing 3-D game levels and environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to designing 3-D game levels and environments

project and design brief

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to designing 3-D game levels and environments.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments.

It applies to those with high-level technical and communication skills, working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to integrate elements into interactive 3-D environment	1.1 Identify and confirm interactive 3-D environment requirements 1.2 Research and identify data sources that can be integrated into interactive 3-D environments according to organisational procedures 1.3 Obtain or create data sources according to interactive 3-D environment requirements 1.4 Identify tools and libraries required for integration of identified elements into 3-D environment 1.5 Research, review and document how tools work according to organisational procedures
2. Integrate sources into interactive 3-D environment	2.1 Create prototypes and integrate elements into interactive 3-D environment using identified tools 2.2 Test integration of elements according to organisational procedures 2.3 Test functionality of 3-D environment on different digital devices 2.4 Review test results and amend interactive 3-D environment as required 2.5 Confirm elements’ integrity is maintained during implementation
3. Evaluate and finalise completed 3-D environment	3.1 Present interactive 3-D environment to required personnel 3.2 Review feedback from presentation and adjust interactive 3-D environment as required 3.3 Evaluate and justify implementation and document use of data sources, tools and libraries according to organisational procedures 3.4 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, instructions and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Documents tools functionality according to organisational procedures using required language for specific audiences
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present conceptualised environment to peers using relevant industry language
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in 3D design
Planning and organising	Evaluates work and implements improvements using a systematic process
Self-management	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and takes responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks Sources, analyses and evaluates data sources with potential to meet 3D design requirements
Technology	Uses key features of specific digital systems and tools to complete design tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM524 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and test prototypes that integrate at least one data source into a working interactive 3-D environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and obtain data sources, tools and libraries needed to integrate elements into an interactive 3-D environment

select data sources to integrate according to the following:

3-D environment

game design

game genre

game mechanics

game-play elements

level specifications

test functionality of interactive 3-D environment on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

deliver 3-D environment with working interactions including all data sources and documented reasons for its implementation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard data sources for different 3-D environments

how game design, genre and mechanics, game-play elements and level specifications affect choice of data source

key features of game-play hardware and software products used for interactive 3-D environments, including any technical constraints imposed on design and development

technology requirements and human resources required in the process of creating a game, including team members’ respective skills

data source creation processes applicable to interactive 3-D environments

prototype development processes applicable to integrating elements into 3-D environments

testing processes applicable to developing 3-D environments

industry standard tools and libraries used to integrate elements into 3-D environments

organisational procedures applicable to integration of multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software, tools and libraries applicable to integrating multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments

digital devices

data sources

the internet

3-D environment requirements

games engine

file storage

organisational procedures applicable to integration of multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, select techniques and apply industry standard graphic software tools to digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical, interpretive and communication skills, working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research industry practices	1.1 Research and identify methods of texture creation and texture mapping according to organisational requirements 1.2 Select graphics software to create textures according to organisational requirements 1.3 Document design considerations for texturing a 3-D environment according to organisational requirements
2. Create 3-D environments	2.1 Use 3-D modelling and animation software according to task requirements 2.2 Create simple 3-D objects 2.3 Place objects in a 3-D environment 2.4 Apply inbuilt lighting effects to 3-D environment
3. Create multiple textures	3.1 Create textures according to task requirements 3.2 Establish the look and the feel of the 3-D environment 3.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel
4. Apply multiple texture effects	4.1 Load textures into 3-D animation and modelling software according to task requirements 4.2 Colour 3-D objects and environment 4.3 Create multiple texture effects for single 3-D object 4.4 Render image of 3-D environment according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, resolution aspect ratio, pixel ratio, scale, coordinates, colour, shading, and other attributes/variables in the application of digital effects
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Researches common industry practices to interpret technical design terminology Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters, necessary to use complex design software
Writing	Uses applicable spelling and grammar, plain English, specific terminology and required document layout when documenting methodologies and design considerations
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes tasks according to defined requirements and schedules
Problem solving	Makes decisions directly related to completion of required tasks Uses creativity and initiative to visualise concepts Sources, analyses and evaluates methodologies and software with the potential to meet 3-D texturing requirements
Technology	Uses key features of specific digital systems and software to complete

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM525 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, select and document suitable techniques and software to create texturing for a 3-D environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use graphics software to create multiple textures for a 3-D environment

produce a final rendered image of a 3-D environment that incorporates multiple texture effects for a single 3-D object.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technology and human resources required in the process of creating textures for the 3-D environment

capabilities and constraints of graphics software for texturing

methods of texture creation and texture mapping

design considerations for texturing including resource limitations and constraints, and target markets.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

the internet for research purposes.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, and implement, a design for complex 3-D characters for games.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical, interpretive and communication skills, working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Identify design requirements according to project brief and documents 1.2 Conceptualise game environment characters, design, level specifications and genre according to project brief 1.3 Gather and analyse materials required to design and visualisation of 3-D character models 1.4 Identify texturing tools, including painting, shading and texturing software and 3-D modelling tools
2. Conceptualise 3-D character design	2.1 Determine and document design decisions according to project requirements 2.2 Determine and document key attributes of characters 2.3 Examine design considerations and generate 3-D characters concept art
3. Create complex 3-D characters	3.1 Create base 3-D character models according to design specifications 3.2 Refine and polish character models 3.3 Create and map 3-D character models textures 3.4 Refine textures and apply shaders according to design specifications 3.5 Check integrity and modify 3-D characters according to design specifications
4. Finalise 3D character creation tasks	4.1 Present finished 3-D characters to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 4.2 Report on how design decisions have met 3-D character’s design requirements 4.3 Present 3-D model to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, resolution aspect ratio, pixel ratio, scale, coordinates, colour, shading, and other attributes/variables in the application of digital effects
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, instructions and conceptual information, to inform the design of environment specifications Interprets large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary to use complex design software
Writing	Communicates software and graphics requirements and code development to others, using applicable spelling and grammar, plain English, and industry terminology
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to project brief and schedules, sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcomes Sources and analyses reference materials to support 3-D character design
Problem solving	Uses creativity and initiative in 3D character design and creation Uses systematic, analytical processes in routine and non-routine

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM526 Create complex 3-D characters for games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and manage design process for creating at least two 3-D character models according required design brief.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

incorporate design specifications and create complex 3-D character models

produce and deliver documentation, showing evidence of concepts creation and design decisions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

process used for computer game development

industry standard game-play hardware and software products, including technical constraints imposed on design and development

technology and human resources required in the process of creating a game and outline the team members’ respective skills.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM553 Integrate database with online games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate a database with an online game, where the relationship between the game server and the database server is also considered a client-server relationship on a local area network.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical and problem-solving skills working as programmers, analyst programmers and game programmers responsible for the development of code to connect a computer game to a database.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Install application programming interfaces	1.1 Research application programming interfaces (APIs) according to client requirements 1.2 Identify specific APIs required for game architecture and data source provider 1.3 Install nominated APIs on game development computers according to technical specifications
2. Define and use connection to data source	2.1 Define required game data source connection parameters 2.2 Store connection parameters in required external text-based configuration file 2.3 Open and close connection to game data source
3. Configure and use connection pooling	3.1 Configure connection pooling in the database management system 3.2 Define connection pool parameters for minimum connections, maximum connections, and idle connections 3.3 Minimise use of database resources through connection pooling 3.4 Test and verify use of connection pooling according to organisational requirements
4. Pass embedded non/structured query language (SQL) to a database	4.1 Define database connection property 4.2 Compose structured query language (SQL) or non-SQL statement to be passed to database 4.3 Test, debug and execute the statement according to organisational requirements
5. Execute stored procedures	5.1 Call stored procedure on database and use command callable statement 5.2 Define and pass parameters to stored procedure 5.3 Test, debug and execute database stored procedure according to organisational requirements
6. Modify database data	6.1 Retrieve result sets from the database into game application domain 6.2 Insert new records into database 6.3 Update existing database records 6.4 Integrate data from forward-only and read-only cursor into game application domain 6.5 Incorporate data from updateable cursor into game application domain
7. Test and debug database integration code	7.1 Test database integration code and document results according to organisational requirements 7.2 Determine errors and exceptions and document solutions 7.3 Debug all errors and exceptions 7.4 Assess data modifications, identify and fix errors 7.5 Submit all documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Identifies and evaluates documents containing complex technical terminology to identify which APIs are suited to the game application domain and the game architecture
Writing	Uses programming code, syntax and conventions to update, test and de-bug the database integration code Documents test results and technical solutions, using applicable industry terminology
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to project brief and schedules, sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcome
Problem solving	Sources and analyses reference materials related to database integration Uses creativity and initiative in database assessment and design Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, routine and non-routine situations, gathering information, evaluating options, and identifying solutions to coding problems
Technology	Uses key features, of specific digital systems and software effectively to complete defined tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM527 Integrate database with online game.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM553 Integrate database with online games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate, test and modify two sets of database data provided by game-play input and document all errors and solutions on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine and install application programming interfaces (API) for games development

define and add database functionality to an online game.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

relational database methodologies, including;

creating and testing stored procedures

‘embedded’ structured query language (SQL) and assigning parameters in code for filtering

implementing relationships between tables

retrieving data from multiple tables using SQL

how inserts to tables in parent/child relationships can be implemented using artificial (auto-generated) primary key values

implementing cascading updates and deletes

principles of game development applicable to integrating databases with online games

principles of integrated development environments, including:

data access APIs and associated classes, required for the integration of a database with an online game

online help and documentation required for research and debugging code

user authentication and authorisation management

methodologies and techniques required for effective and well-factored object-oriented program (OOP) code, including:

class implementation

control of logic flow

use of collections and lists

use of OOP concepts, including inheritance, encapsulation and overloading

implications of web development on games integration.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the game design specification and requirements documentation

a game server

a database server

integrated development environment software and hardware

browsers for game engine for console-based games.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use innovative game development strategies to create games for mobile devices.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical, creative and communication skills working as concept artists, games designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and document mobile gaming device technologies	1.1 Research and document mobile devices suitable for games 1.2 Identity required mobile device according to project requirements 1.3 Identify technical limitations and constraints of the mobile gaming device 1.4 Research and identify tools and technology for creating applications for the mobile device 1.5 Identify a suitable tool for the mobile gaming device
2. Plan project	2.1 Determine requirements from organisational project brief and documents 2.2 Identify game production assets according to creative and production requirements and technical specifications 2.3 Define and document developer roles and skills according to project requirements 2.4 Create and document schedule for production and testing 2.5 Determine and document strategies for monitoring production progress against schedule
3. Develop a game prototype	3.1 Create graphics, music and sound assets 3.2 Develop game prototype according to technical specifications 3.3 Create and check game-play elements, according to creative and technical requirements 3.4 Test and run game play on mobile devices and determine alignment to plans 3.4 Identify whether game meets creative, production and technical requirements
4. Evaluate game prototype	4.1 Demonstrate initial prototype to required personnel 4.2 Evaluate prototype performance against criteria 4.3 Seek and respond to user feedback 4.4 Confirm endorsement from required personnel to develop the prototype into complete product
5. Transform prototype into a final proof-of-concept prototype	5.1 Make finalised changes to prototype according to evaluation and feedback 5.2 Integrate all game elements as required by specifications 5.3 Polish the game according to project requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex ideas using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and analyses briefs, instructions, and conceptual information to inform design specifications Interprets large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers, and letters necessary to use complex programming software
Writing	Uses plain English and industry terminologies when documenting plans and schedules Develops an interactive product using complex programming language
Teamwork	Collaborates with others as part of familiar routine activities to achieve requirements
Planning and organising	Plans work schedules and organises and completes tasks required to achieve outcomes
Problem solving	Uses creativity and initiative in game design Uses systematic, analytical processes in routine and non-routine situations, conducting evaluations, gathering information and assessing potential solutions
Self-management	Sources information, applications and tools with the potential to meet the development requirements
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM528 Create games for mobile devices.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce and demonstrate an original working game on a mobile device.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans and schedules applicable to game development

implement game development and production strategies

apply strategies for trialling and testing game prototypes

evaluate whether games meet design brief, creative and technical requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

leading industry standard mobile game devices

leading tools and technologies needed for creating applications on mobile devices products

technical constraints that mobile devices place on design and development of games

suitable programming languages for mobile devices

budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

importance of risk assessment and critical path planning applicable to creating games for mobile devices

human resources required in the process of creating a game for a mobile device and outline the team members’ respective skills.

techniques for concept visualisation and development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

integrated development environments

mobile devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research the digital games industry climate and analyse business opportunities.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical, creative and communication skills working as concept artists, games designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine Australian digital games industry	1.1 Identify large and small organisations in Australian digital games industry and their recent projects 1.2 Identify target market and determine key traits and habits of users 1.3 Identify methods of marketing to identified target market 1.3 Identify resources required to produce a digital game in a small business environment 1.4 Determine process of subcontracting production elements to other small businesses according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Determine structure gamedevelopment team	2.1 Identify roles of engineers, artists, game designers, producers and personnel requirements 2.2 Identify required skill set to occupy each role in game development team 2.3 Determine interaction and collaboration between identified roles
3. Investigate process of starting an independent game development business	3.1 Identify major factors involved in starting a small business in the digital games industry 3.2 Identify legal requirements, environmental impact, sustainability considerations and financial management of operating a small business 3.3 Identify legal protection of small business operator and dissolution procedures for a small business
4. Evaluate role of government and organisations related to digital game production	4.1 Identify role of Australian government and other organisations affecting the digital games industry 4.2 Identify influence of Australian government in game production and marketing 4.3 Determine effect of rating standards on digital game production and marketing
5. Review and document copyright and intellectual property laws	5.1 Determine copyright and intellectual property laws related to digital game development 5.2 Review and determine state of national and international copyright pertaining to digital game assets 5.3 Incorporate conventions of copyright related to production of a digital game project 5.4 Lodge all documentation according to organisational policies and procedures, as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies, confirms and incorporates legislative requirements of business operations Investigates new and innovative ideas to identify business opportunities
Numeracy	Analyses the budgetary requirements for the creation of a digital game in a small business environment
Reading	Interprets and analyses information from a range of relatively complex sources, including legislation
Writing	Documents results of research, analysis and reviews to inform analysis of business opportunities and requirements
Planning and organising	Systematically plans tasks to gather required information to build understanding of the digital games environment
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions in complex situations, taking a range of variables into consideration
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM529 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research and document at least five factors when starting up and operating a small business in the digital games industry on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research key organisations and types of projects undertaken in the digital games industry

document resources, roles and skills requirements of a gaming development team, and the interaction required between team members

document business models and revenue ideas for commercial game.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

sources of information about the Australian digital games industry

process of subcontracting

various methods that could be used to allow interaction and collaboration between different members of a development team

how rating standards affect digital game production and marketing

risk and critical-path management relating to analysing business opportunities in the digital games environments

copyright and intellectual property laws as they pertain to the development of digital games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

the internet for research purposes

legislation, including copyright and intellectual property legislation, and work health and safety legislation applicable to analysing business opportunities in the digital games environments.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate a physics, and rendering, engine into a 3-D digital game.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical and mathematical skills working as game engine developers, gameplay programmers and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop a game world system	1.1 Develop code and create instances of rendering engine 1.2 Develop scene manager and physics engine’s world objects 1.3 Constrain frame rate to a desired frame rate
2. Develop components	2.1 Create and implement game physics system requirements 2.2 Implement game object primitives 2.3 Use physics debugger and show collision frames
3. Develop constraint dynamics	3.1 Generate required game objects and physics bodies constrained by joints and springs 3.2 Build ragdoll using game physics system
4. Develop physics interactivity	4.1 Ray cast scene 4.2 Implement player-controlled model 4.3 Implement and develop required game physics system models
5. Develop an interactive scene	5.1 Build scene 5.2 Use trigger volumes to fire off events 5.3 Capture the collision events with call-backs 5.4 Respond to collision events
6. Compile a report	6.1 Build class diagrams for required objects 6.2 Document methodologies used to create interactivity 6.3 Document inventory of utilised objects and how they were used 6.4 Document libraries used 6.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses complex physics to simulate the world by creating mathematical models which measure mass Computes algorithms to regulate time and speed Interprets matrix-related functions to determine rate and scale Completes algorithmic geometry to determine the relationship between points, angles, lines, surfaces and solids
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Creates cohesive and well-structured documents using required spelling and grammar, together with required programming code, syntax and conventions
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules
Problem solving	Uses the key features of, specific digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete design tasks Uses creativity and initiative in the application of game physics Uses a systematic process to evaluate work, implement improvements and solve problems
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM530 Develop and implement physics in a 3-D digital game.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, evaluate, and develop one interactive game that implements game physics on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use and document a physics library.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic programming techniques needed to develop game objects

integration issues of common physics concepts in games design

industry standard game-play hardware and software products, including any technical constraints they impose on design and development

human resources required in the process of creating a game

techniques for applying concept development and visualisation skills.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

suitable development environment

physics libraries

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine design requirements, plan, create and store composite photographic and 3-D digital effects elements.

The unit applies to those with high-level information technology skills working as compositors, matte painters, concept artists, modellers, animators, game designers, directors and other personnel working in the film, television and game development industries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm compositing requirements	1.1 Determine and document compositing brief from organisational specifications and requirements 1.2 Plan and schedule compositing work according to design requirements 1.3 Identify software tools, equipment and media required for compositing work 1.4 Determine and document technical aspects of proposed compositing 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and obtain conformation of specifications
2. Prepare elements for compositing	2.1 Select resolution and aspect ratio for final composited output according to design requirements 2.2 Identify and obtain source plates and layers, images and other elements required for compositing 2.3 Modify elements and create additional elements, as required 2.4 Generate mattes according to design requirements
3. Composite images	3.1 Track and stabilise required images 3.2 Match cameras, lighting and shadows, and add motion blur to composite 3.3 Integrate plates, layers, elements and incorporate grain 3.4 Present test composites to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Finalise composite image tasks	4.1 Optimise composited images and complete rendering 4.2 Store rendered files in specified output format 4.3 Review completed render and align quality and compliance with system 4.4 Present final composited images to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Determines the proportional relationship between the width, height and ratio of the final output
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and analyses brief, instructions, technical and conceptual documentation and images to a 3-D and digital games environment
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing work performed using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Teamwork	Negotiates in a variety of contexts, with suppliers, colleagues or clients
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined brief and schedules
Problem solving	Uses creativity and initiative in compositing Uses a systematic process to evaluate work, implement improvements and solve problems
Self-management	Sources, analyses and evaluates applications, tools and media with the potential to meet compositing requirements
Technology	Uses key features of specific digital systems and tools to complete compositing tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM531 Complete compositing to create elements for the 3-D and digital effects environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a compositing brief, schedule compositing work and complete composting tasks to predetermined specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate with others to discuss requirements and technical aspects of the job

complete compositing tasks to the required level of quality, according to the brief

refine elements for consistency, optimal image quality and visual impact

adhere to system requirements related to file size, format and storage.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D modelling, animation and visual effects development required to completing compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

aspect ratios for image output

camera, lighting and shadow matching applicable to completing compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

efficient sizes and required formats for composited files

requirements for scheduling and sequencing production and post-production tasks

range of compositing software available

rendering principles applicable to completing compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

compositing and output documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT206 Install software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, install or upgrade basic commercial software applications.

It applies to individuals who require basic information and communications technology (ICT) skills to undertake related tasks under supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine software or software upgrade requirements	1.1 Document client requirements and report to appropriate person 1.2 Act on instructions to meet client requirements, according to organisational requirements
2. Obtain software or software upgrade	2.1 Investigate and select a software application program that best conforms to requirements and organisational policies 2.2 Obtain application program under instruction from appropriate person 2.3 Determine licensing requirements and record, according to organisational guidelines 2.4 Ensure target computer conforms to the minimum hardware and operating system requirements of the application program
3. Install or upgrade software	3.1 Install new or upgraded software application program according to appropriate person or organisational instructions 3.2 Complete the installation process efficiently and effectively to minimise disruption 3.3 Carry out testing and acceptance, according to organisational guidelines, paying particular attention to possible effect on other systems 3.4 Ensure client requirements are satisfied 3.5 Refer outstanding client issues to appropriate person as necessary

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.3	Uses available literature to appropriately address requirements Interprets and responds to complex text to ascertain and confirm requirements
Writing	1.1, 2.3	Records key information relevant to requirements, using basic punctuation, text and correct spelling
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding of requirements Uses clear and specific language to convey requirements
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to organisational requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT206 Install software applications	ICAICT206A Install software applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT206 Install software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

install software applications through operating system instructions

configure computer to accept new software or upgrade

carry out testing and acceptance according to organisational guidelines.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe a typical client business domain

identify typical hardware storage devices

identify typical input and output devices

describe key licensing arrangements and responsibilities to ensure they are adhered to

identify operating systems supported by the organisation

describe the organisational guidelines for purchasing

identify the installation requirements for key software application packages

describe typical software copyright responsibilities.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) where software installation may be performed

application software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational testing and acceptance policy and procedures.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, install, configure and use computer operating systems and basic computer hardware. This involves configuring the operating system to work with a variety of hardware peripherals and types of information and communications technology (ICT) equipment.

It applies to those who work under supervision and provide support to others. This includes individuals who apply a range of configuration skills to use and solve issues in operating systems and hardware.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify operating system and hardware components	1.1 Identify and discuss differences between industry standard computer operating systems 1.2 Determine ICT organisational requirements and specifications 1.3 Identify and select operating system and application software according to required task 1.4 Identify internal and external hardware components
2. Install and configure operating system, application software and hardware components	2.1 Identify relationship between application software, operating system and hardware 2.2 Install and configure operating system according to organisational requirements 2.3 Identify functions associated with operating system and associated boot process 2.4 Use graphical user interface and command line interface and perform basic tasks according to task requirements 2.5 Install and configure application software on operating system 2.6 Configure operating system to work with required hardware components according to organisational procedures
3. Optimise operating system and hardware components and seek feedback	3.1 Optimise operating system using tools and vendor utilities 3.2 Customise graphical user interface and command line interface using command line techniques 3.3 Install identified hardware drivers and check functionality 3.4 Seek review and feedback from required personnel and confirm actions were completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and reviews both on-line and hard-copy text with terminology applicable to ICT industry and applies this knowledge in using and configuring computer operating systems Interprets and comprehends diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters required in installing and configuring operating systems, software and hardware
Writing	Inputs commands using systems related syntax, text and numbers Uses required terminology, text, letters and numbers in responding to computer generated prompts
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing and timing
Technology	Identifies purposes and uses specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT201 Use computer operating systems and hardware.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select, install, configure and use a computer operating system

install, configure and run at least one application software and at least one supporting hardware component

optimise at least one operating system using tools, drivers and vendor utilities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic specifications of operating systems, hardware and applications software products

compatibility and functions of operating systems, in respect to other versions

operating system optimisation tools and vendor utilities

functions and features of boot process

command line techniques

vendor utilities

organisational guidelines, procedures requirements and specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware components including required software and drivers

industry standard operating system and application software

software configuration guides.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT214 Operate application software packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Minor typographical correction in Knowledge Evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, select and operate commercial software packages, including a word-processing and a spreadsheet application package.

It applies to individuals who utilise different software applications within a small to large office environment to produce diverse documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to operate software packages	1.1 Set up workstation according to work health and safety standards and organisational requirements 1.2 Determine word-processing software task requirements 1.3 Determine spreadsheet software task requirements 1.4 Determine software application according to task requirements 1.5 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements and clarify with required personnel
2. Use word-processing software	2.1 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements and clarify with required personnel 2.2 Determine text-based business document style guide requirements 2.3 Finalise documents using software and technical functions and formatting according to task requirements 2.4 Name, save and print to a Portable Document Format (PDF) according to task requirements
3. Use spreadsheet software	3.1 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements and clarify with personnel as required 3.2 Enter formulas and functions and customise spreadsheet settings according to task requirements 3.3 Name, save and print to PDF document according to task requirements
4. Use third application software package	4.1 Select software application package according to task requirements 4.2 Determine purpose, audience and presentation requirements 4.3 Use technical functions, other data and formatting to finalise document 4.4 Name, save and print to PDF document according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals, identifying and selecting formulas and functions to use Applies order of operations in calculations
Oral communication	Clarifies work requirements using required language, questioning and active listening techniques
Reading	Interprets textual information and determines organisational standards and job requirements Identifies and applies symbols, icons and text associated with applications software
Writing	Enters both written and verbally received information and data into a format applicable to software application Selects vocabulary, syntax, terminology, labelling and naming conventions applicable to program
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing
Self-management	Follows routine procedures in using digital technology and enters, stores and retrieves information directly applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies and evaluates purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools Operates digital systems and tools in completing routine tasks and adapting some functions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT203 Operate application software packages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT214 Operate application software packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Minor typographical correction in Knowledge Evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce three workplace documents using three different software packages including word processing, spreadsheets and one additional software application package on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply workplace health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities

follow organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational application software packages

technical terminology applicable to reading help files and responding to system help prompts

industry standard business practices applicable to preparing reports

features and functions of commercial computing packages and of the industry standard software

functions and features of Portable Document Formats (PDFs)

import and export software functions

document linking functions

WHS principles and responsibilities

purpose of input and output devices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware device

industry standard software

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

data required in developing software application documents.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, select and use a digital media package and supporting technologies to produce a variety of media rich documents.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision within a small to large office environment and have responsibility in completing designated tasks, using a range of practical skills and basic technical knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to operate a digital media package	1.1 Set up workstation according to work health and safety standards and organisational requirements 1.2 Identify requirements of design brief and user environment 1.3 Determine required digital media package 1.4 Determine required data set according to task requirements
2. Operate digital media package	2.1 Manipulate and adapt data according to task requirements 2.2 Incorporate graphics, moving images and sound according to task requirements 2.3 Name and save document in file and folder
3. Review digital media design	3.1 Test digital media presentation incorporated graphics, moving images and sound 3.2 Present digital media package to required personnel 3.3 Seek and respond to digital media package presentation feedback from required personnel 3.4 Review final product against design brief and obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Adds and subtracts whole numbers, fractions and decimals in calculating time, audio output, graphic dimensions and file size
Oral communication	Uses plain English, listening and questioning techniques Presents information to audience using tone, grammar and syntax
Reading	Interprets textual and diagrammatic information Interprets systems related icons, text and diagrams
Writing	Enters written and verbally received information and data into a format required by digital media package Selects vocabulary, syntax, terminology, labelling and naming conventions in program and design requirements
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility in adhering to legal and regulatory requirements Follows routine procedures in using digital technology and enters, stores and retrieves information directly applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies and evaluates purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools Operates basic digital systems and tools in completing routine tasks and adapting some functions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT204 Operate a digital media technology package.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and define data set, incorporate data set into media technology package and present output on one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interpret basic requirements of a design brief

meet organisational requirements using digital media package

apply workplace health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities

use help manuals and online support.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles of visual design

functions and features of digital media packages and technologies

graphic design and stylistic language conventions

WHS principles and responsibilities

principles of digital imaging and file formats, video and sound file formats, file management and transfer systems

vendor product directions in digital media hardware and software

creative information, scripts (text) and images

basic principles of legal and regulatory requirements that apply to operating digital media technology packages.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required industry standard hardware and software

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

data required in developing software application documents.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in Performance Criteria 2.1.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, create and produce basic organisational documents using application software according to organisational guidelines and procedures.

It applies to those who use foundation information and communications technology (ICT) skills to produce documents in a wide range of varying industry occupations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop organisational documents	1.1 Establish and confirm document requirements according to business need 1.2 Determine applicable organisational document and style guidelines and procedures 1.3 Research and select application software according to organisational procedures
2. Develop organisational documents	2.1 Design and configure document template using application software according to task specifications 2.2 Create organisational document using a range of features from application software 2.3 Edit and amend document design according to business need 2.4 Finalise, save and back up document according to organisational procedures
3. Evaluate organisational documents and incorporate feedback	3.1 Review document and obtain feedback from required personnel 3.2 Incorporate feedback and update document according to business need 3.3 Save and close working documents and tools according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Takes measurements and performs calculations for document layout
Oral communication	Clarifies work requirements and obtains feedback using required language, questioning and active listening techniques
Reading	Identifies and interprets text in determining organisational guidelines and requirements and application software specifications
Writing	Uses required language and organisational procedures when designing required workplace documents
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing
Technology	Follows routine procedures in using digital technology and enters, stores and retrieves information directly applicable to own role Interprets purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools and operates them in completing routine tasks and adapting functions Completes work tasks and accesses information using the main features and functions of digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT205 Design basic organisational documents using computing packages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in Performance Criteria 2.1.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and produce at least two required organisational documents, with minimal design instruction.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

edit documents according to at least two different feedback suggestions

save documents and back up in a different location

comply with style guidelines and organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

application software tools and features

organisational style guidelines and procedures

organisational storage and retrieval procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational guidelines

required hardware devices, application software and its features.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide routine Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support to clients in a professional manner.

It applies to individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in frontline technical support. It applies to those who exercise discretion and judgement to provide assistance to clients in an ICT environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to interact with clients	1.1 Determine ICT clients and communication methods according to organisational requirements 1.2 Establish and confirm nature of client’s ICT query 1.3 Lodge client query according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine query and complaint management process 1.5 Determine remediation options according to organisational requirements
2. Respond to client queries	2.1 Determine required remediation actions according to task requirements 2.2 Refer and escalate client query to required personnel 2.3 Plan resolution process according to task requirements 2.4 Seek and respond to resolution process plan feedback from required personnel
3. Finalise client query process	3.1 Document and record resolution process according to organisational requirements 3.2 Communicate client query resolution with client according to task requirements 3.3 Respond and rectify client feedback 3.4 Seek final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques to elicit information and clarify client queries, concerns and complaints
Reading	Evaluates textual information containing ICT specific terminology to establish proactive training needs
Writing	Prepare documentation outlining client query and resolution process according to organisational requirements using required grammar and language and applicable ICT terminology
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine and some non-routine tasks, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them on time
Problem solving	Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems
Self-management	Follows explicit protocols immediately related to own role
Technology	Uses main features and functions of basic digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT209 Interact with ICT clients.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, record and document at least one client query

remediate and communicate at least one solution to a client.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisational requirements

follow escalation procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware and software products and their general features and capabilities

ICT client business domain and business critical functions

organisational systems and working environment that may assist in interacting and resolving queries with ICT clients

organisational policies that may assist in interacting and resolving queries with ICT clients.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware devices, software and documentation

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to engage in a basic ongoing review and research of industry specific technologies in order to identify and apply these technologies and techniques to improve aspects of an organisation’s activities.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision and are involved in ensuring that the quality of business processes are maintained at a high level through application of industry specific technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use industry specific technologies	1.1 Identify organisational technology upgrades and advancement requirements 1.2 Identify technologies required to meet organisational requirements 1.3 Classify industry specific technologies according to organisational requirements
2. Implement industry specific technologies	2.1 Implement and test industry specific technologies according to task requirements 2.2 Use features and functions of industry specific technologies according to task requirements 2.3 Access and use sources of information according to task requirements
3. Evaluate performance of basic industry specific technology	3.1 Evaluate performance, usability and benefit to organisation of implemented technologies 3.2 Determine and document environmental considerations of implemented technologies 3.3 Seek and respond to user according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of technical texts to expand own knowledge and identify industry specific technologies
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain information and feedback and identify and evaluate industry specific technologies
Reading	Interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams Interprets technical information to identify industry specific technologies and determines environmental considerations
Self-management	Organises own workload aligned to organisational expectations and follows explicit protocols and procedures Identifies priorities and sequences involved in defined tasks and assembles required resources
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools and operates them

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, implement and evaluate at least three industry standard technologies

use at least one feature and at least one function of each industry standard technology above.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with task and organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard technology trends and directions in Information and Communications Technology (ICT), and major industry technology standards used in specified area

vendor product directions

industry standard hardware and software products and their general features and capabilities

information gathering methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required industry standard technologies, features and functions that may assist in identifying and using specific industry standard technologies

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, identify and collaboratively discuss ICT solutions that meet the specific needs of Indigenous users.

It applies to Indigenous and non-Indigenous individuals who work with Indigenous individuals and communities and use a range of knowledge of Indigenous learning styles and cultural systems to provide advice on ICT solutions. ICT solutions refers to hardware and electronic resources including software applications, Wi-Fi, connected networks and online websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Note: delivery and assessment against this unit of competency must comply with Indigenous community protocols and guidelines and be supported by Elders and custodians of Country. The unit recognises that there is no single Australian Indigenous culture and emphasises the importance of culturally appropriate behaviour and local community consultation.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify uses of ICT systems and resources for Indigenous users	1.1 Identify Indigenous user requirements 1.2 Confirm industry standard communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions used with required Indigenous users and community stakeholders
2. Identify and review uses of specific ICT resources required for Indigenous users	2.1 Identify a range of methods of accessing electronic resources for an Indigenous user 2.2 Identify alternative electronic resources, software and hardware solutions 2.3 Review and confirm a range of electronic resources and solutions
3. Share ICT solutions that meets needs of Indigenous users	3.1 Discuss required ICT solutions with Indigenous user according to task requirements 3.2 Communicate and demonstrate function and use of an ICT solution to Indigenous user 3.3 Communicate purpose and intent of ICT solutions in Indigenous contexts 3.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies culturally specific information and applies information to benefit Indigenous users
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques to clarity and present information using culturally appropriate communication skills and language
Reading	Identifies and interprets hard copy and on-line texts from Indigenous and non-Indigenous sources
Planning and organising	Identifies and assembles resources required in undertaking tasks
Technology	Interprets purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools and operates them in completing routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT212 Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into ICT environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assess and demonstrate use of at least three different communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions

Identify information for at least one Australian Indigenous user and their community, in a culturally appropriate way.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify specific Indigenous customs and practices impacting use of an ICT solution

consult with Indigenous community members including local community organisations, including Indigenous personnel, community organisations, agencies and other required bodies

identify Indigenous laws, family relationships and languages.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features and uses of required hardware, software products, applications and websites

customs and practices of Indigenous users and communities Indigenous cultural communications attributes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware device and software applications

the internet, including connectivity, internet browser and website access.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT223 Install software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT206 Install software applications.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and install basic software applications on systems. It includes identifying software requirements, integrating applications and developing testing schedules.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as digital developers and support desk technicians and who contribute to the installation of software applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install software applications	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify installation, workflow and delivery requirements according to work brief 1.3 Identify software application constraints in consultation with required personnel
2. Obtain installation software	2.1 Investigate software application options applicable for system 2.2 Select software application option according to work brief 2.3 Source software application components 2.4 Record application licensing requirements according to organisational policies and procedures 2.5 Confirm that system conforms with minimum hardware and operating system requirements of software application
3. Integrate and test software	3.1 Incorporate software application into system according to installation requirements outlined in work brief 3.2 Confirm that installation process is compliant according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Test system application and raise any issues with required personnel 3.4 Document any outstanding issues and distribute to required personnel 3.5 Complete workplace documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to identify requirements Uses clear language to convey ideas and questions
Reading	Uses available literature to appropriately address requirements Interprets and responds to texts to determine and confirm requirements
Writing	Records key information using basic punctuation and grammar
Initiative and enterprise	Takes some personal responsibility for meeting organisational requirements
Planning and organising	Plans some routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes
Technology	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT206 Install software applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT223 Install software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT206 Install software applications.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install at least two different software applications, where each application must be installed on a different computer system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

configure systems to accept new or upgraded application software

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of basic hardware and software applications in relation to computer systems and other common system components

standard software application requirements for hardware and operating systems

methods to incorporate applications into systems

configuration instructions and techniques for software application operations, including:

installation

workflow

delivery

testing and acceptance procedures for systems

common types of software application constraints

types of operating systems supported by the organisation

organisational formats for documentation

organisational procedures relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a computer and additional system on which software can be installed

software applications to be installed

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT224 Integrate commercial computing packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manipulate and convert data into a secure format that can be integrated between multiple software applications contained in commercial computing packages.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as digital developers and support desk technicians and who contribute to the integration of computing packages.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to modify data for commercial computing packages	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify data integration, workflow and delivery requirements according to work brief 1.3 Identify data manipulation, conversion and integration constraints in consultation with required personnel 1.4 Select software and file formats according to work brief
2. Modify data and integrate computing packages	2.1 Create mail merge list for packages according to work brief 2.2 Source software application package and configuration components 2.3 Convert data file format and save according to work brief 2.4 Import and modify original software application objects according to work brief 2.5 Export modified software application objects into computing package 2.6 Document link between the original and new software application package according to work brief
3. Securely store modified data	3.1 Save data in required location according to work brief 3.2 Review modified data contained in required location and escalate any access issues to required personnel 3.3 Safely close stored data according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Complete workplace documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and responds to texts to determine and confirm requirements
Writing	Records key information using basic punctuation and grammar
Planning and organising	Follows protocols and sequences steps involved in clearly defined and familiar tasks
Problem solving	Identifies and responds to predictable routine issues and problems Accesses user help documentation to rectify basic difficulties with software application packages
Technology	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT224 Integrate commercial computing packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate data between at least two different commercial computing packages.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of:

commercial computing packages in relation to computer systems

computer software components in commercial computing packages

common data storage locations

methods and techniques to incorporate computing packages into computer systems, including:

database comparisons

mail-merge list development technologies

document linking technologies

import and export software application objects

types of file formats and conversion activities

configuration instructions and techniques for computing package operations, including:

installation

workflow

delivery

types of software and systems supported by the organisation

types of software application constraints

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a computer on which commercial computing packages can be integrated

commercial computing packages

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT225 Operate accounting applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to automate financial operations using accounting software packages. It involves applying accounting applications to organise and secure financial records in organisations, while complying with required procedures that reflect international and domestic accounting standards.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as assistants of financial accountants and auditors, who contribute to financial statement preparation and audit compliance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review financial information and software	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Review general ledger account codes and titles in financial documents for accuracy according to organisational requirements 1.3 Check that customers, suppliers, inventory items, and processes are disclosed in financial statements 1.4 Confirm that information is exportable in secured formats for use by internal and external personnel and escalate any issues to required personnel
2. Set up information technology (IT) controls	2.1 Analyse available and existing IT controls according to work brief 2.2 Identify constraints in existing IT controls according to policies and procedures 2.3 Identify options for new IT controls according to work brief 2.4 Select and apply new IT controls according to policies and procedures 2.5 Test new IT controls and rectify any issues within scope of own role, or escalate as required 2.6 Seek approval of new IT controls with required personnel
3. Apply accounting application to transactions	3.1 Generate invoices using accounting application according to organisational requirements 3.2 Update customer details according to work brief 3.3 Check tracked customer purchases according to work brief 3.4 Identify and report any discrepancies in transactions in accounting application according to work brief
4. Secure accounting application platform	4.1 Save reviewed financial information to required platform 4.2 Document location of accounting application platform 4.3 Confirm that required personnel can access accounting applications using required platform 4.4 Report any access issues to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual and numerical financial information
Writing	Creates workplace documentation to capture financial information
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks
Technology	Identifies purpose, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT225 Operate accounting applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review at least three different types of financial transactions

implement at least three information technology (IT) controls

generate at least one document using an accounting application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create and maintain financial records according to organisational and legislative requirements

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic accounting concepts involved in payment processes

common types of basic accounting devices, including:

accounts

general ledgers

trial balances

invoices

transaction and purchase journals

functions and features of financial reports, including:

balance sheet

statement of comprehensive income

statement of cash flows

statement of changes in equity

business activity statements

operations of accounting software

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies, procedures and standards relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

device, software, accounting application and platform for producing financial reports

financial information, data and documentation from the organisation

work brief and organisational procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT226 Operate simple database applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT210 Operate database applications. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, customise and review relational databases using pre-existing data. It includes performing simple data operations to document insights in the form of a data report.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as support desk technicians, who use simple database applications in established contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Set up database settings	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Adjust page layout to meet user requirements 1.3 Identify and compare different toolbar options 1.4 Format font for the purpose of database entries
2. Prepare forms	2.1 Confirm type of form, field lists, design and layouts 2.2 Create simple form according to work brief 2.3 Open database and modify records through the simple form 2.4 Rearrange objects in simple form according to work brief
3. Execute and evaluate database queries	3.1 Run database query according to work brief 3.2 Review query outputs according to work brief 3.3 Confirm that outputs present data in logical sequences
4. Retrieve information	4.1 Locate required database records according to work brief 4.2 Run database applications and document outputs 4.3 Display outputs as required according to work brief 4.4 Save outputs in secure location according to organisational requirements
5. Create and store data reports	5.1 Develop report from outputs according to work brief 5.2 Confirm that data report contains required information according to work brief 5.3 Confirm that report presents data in logical sequences 5.4 Format and distribute reports to required personnel 5.5 Seek and implement feedback from required personnel 5.6 Finalise and store data report according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and analyses a wide range of forms and reports
Writing	Uses database-related terminology and protocols when designing tables, queries, reports and forms Uses clear plain English appropriate for end users
Initiative and enterprise	Takes responsibility for routine, low-impact decisions in familiar situations
Planning and organising	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Plans a range of routine tasks
Problem solving	Identifies and implements standard solutions for routine problems
Technology	Identifies purposes and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT210 Operate database applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT226 Operate simple database applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT210 Operate database applications. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate and customise at least two components of a database

create at least one data report.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select, input, and customise data to gather meaningful outputs

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of simple database applications and components, including:

basic database design principles

database reports

database forms

data queries

types of layouts for databases and pages

methods of logically sequencing data

functions and features of simple forms with multiple criteria, including:

field lists

design requirements

layout options

methods for adding, modifying, deleting and rearranging database records and objects

types of relationships between tables in databases

common types of database software

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational procedures relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a device that can operate simple database applications and software

cleansed data suitable for database applications

work brief and organisational procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create clear and coherent user documentation that is easy to navigate and apply.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision with responsibilities for the development of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) user documentation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to produce user documentation	1.1 Discuss and determine user documentation requirements with required personnel 1.2 Investigate and determine industry standard user documentation requirements applicable to task 1.3 Identify the required ICT system, software, hardware and application or network to be documented with required personnel 1.4 Design and develop user documentation template using required software, according to applicable industry standards 1.5 Submit user documentation requirements and template to required personnel, according to organisational procedures 1.6 Obtain approval from required personnel and action required changes according to feedback
2. Produce user documentation	2.1 Conduct a review of the required ICT system, hardware, software program and network 2.2 Document characteristics and functions of applicable components in ICT system, according to user documentation requirements 2.3 Access and examine applicable technical, design, user specification and supporting documentation 2.4 Design draft user documentation and obtain internal feedback from required personnel 2.5 Create user documentation according to template and operation of applicable components in ICT system
3. Review user documentation and obtain sign-off	3.1 Submit user documentation to target audience and seek feedback 3.2 Gather and respond to feedback 3.3 Implement user documentation changes and improvements 3.4 Submit user documentation to required personnel and obtain approval and sign-off
4. Finalise user documentation creation procedures	4.1 Confirm all documentation and approval procedures have been performed 4.2 Review and assess impact of implementing user documentation 4.3 Evaluate and report on user documentation creation procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual, numeric and diagrammatic information with ICT specific syntax, terminology and formatting in determining job requirements
Writing	Develops user and supporting documentation using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language in required format
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain and confirm information, feedback and requirements
Initiative and Enterprise	Takes some personal responsibility and adheres to legal and regulatory requirements
Self-management	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing and timing
Technology	Identifies purpose, specific functions and key features of industry standard digital systems and tools and operates them in completing routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT301 Create user documentation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a user document for an ICT system or product, including software, hardware, application or network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access and examine existing technical, design, user specification and supporting documentation

gather and respond to feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

user documentation features and requirements

industry standard documentation requirements

user documentation design and usability

intent of web-based user documentation

user documentation templates and style guides

features of technical user documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required ICT system, hardware, software program and networks

user documentation standards

required software tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, research and apply industry specific technologies, and assist in enhancing and maintaining an end-to-end business process at its highest quality possible.

It applies to individuals who work under minimal supervision and support information technology activities in the workplace across a wide range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) areas, including technical support, network administration, web technologies, software applications and digital media technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use technologies	1.1 Identify and evaluate industry specific technologies, according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine required industry specific technologies according to task requirements 1.3 Develop implementation plan for industry specific technology, detailing process and expected outcomes according to required specifications
2. Implement and test technologies	2.1 Test industry specific technologies according to plan and task requirements 2.2 Implement industry specific technology according to task requirements 2.3 Use features and functions of industry specific technology according to task requirements
3. Evaluate industry specific technology performance	3.1 Evaluate and document performance, usability and benefit of industry standard specific technologies according to organisational procedures 3.2 Seek and respond to performance and usability feedback from required personnel, according to organisational procedures 3.3 Lodge document according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts and expands own knowledge
Oral communication	Requests information and feedback using listening and questioning techniques and identifies and evaluates industry specific technologies
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams Identifies industry specific technologies that will benefit organisation and determines environmental impacts
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility in adhering to legal and regulatory responsibilities applicable to own work context
Technology	Identifies and applies general design and operating principles of digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT305 Identify and use current industry specific technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and determine compatibility of at least three industry specific technologies in one organisational area

use and test features and functions of identified industry specific technologies to industry standards in one organisational area.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere to legislative and organisational standards and requirements applicable to industry specific technologies

evaluate capabilities of identified industry specific technologies

assist in adapting implementation of identified industry specific technologies to organisational environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard technology trends in Information and Communications Technology (ICT)

industry technology standards used in specified ICT area

vendor product instructions applicable to specified ICT area

general features, capabilities and application of industry standard hardware and software products

information gathering techniques applicable to identifying industry specific technologies

legislative and organisational procedures, standards and requirements applicable to using industry specific technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard specific technologies used in industry

documents detailing work health and safety (WHS) standards, environmental guidelines and organisational procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse, design, implement and review the customisation of packaged software applications delivered to clients, using features and plugins of the packaged software applications.

It applies to those who work under minimal supervision as Information and Communications Technology (ICT) users and support personnel for software application activities in the workplace. Clients, in this instance, refers to internal as well as external teams and projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements	1.1 Discuss and determine client requirements according to organisational procedures 1.2 Confirm and document client and technical specifications with required personnel, according to organisational procedures 1.3 Determine level of user and technical documentation needed to meet client requirements
2. Develop and apply customisation to packaged software applications	2.1 Design packaged software application according to client requirements given system limitations 2.2 Customise software applications using simple programming constructs 2.3 Obtain feedback from required personnel and amend accordingly 2.4 Apply and implement customised packaged software applications 2.5 Document changes according to organisational procedures
3. Provide support for customised applications	3.1 Review work and finalise documentation according to organisational procedures 3.2 Produce documentation and user guides and submit to required personnel 3.3 Obtain client evaluation and feedback on supporting documentation 3.4 Evaluate work with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and interprets various sources of technical information
Oral communication	Elicits and evaluates information using listening and questioning techniques Identifies and confirms requirements, liaises with clients and obtains feedback using simple and required language
Reading	Identifies and interprets text and determines organisational and security requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing customised software application designed using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language according to organisational procedures
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility in planning and organising own workload and identifies ways of sequencing and combining elements
Self-management	Takes responsibility in outcomes of routine decisions applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of industry standard digital systems and tools Tests and operates industry standard digital tools and systems and completes routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

customise at least two package software applications according to two different client briefs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interpret and document client requirements to customise software applications

design, analyse, implement and review at least one packaged software applications

produce documentation of customised software application designed above

obtain feedback and confirm requirements have been met.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

general features and capabilities of industry standard hardware and software products

basic functions and features of software applications applicable to client

Information and Communications Technology (ICT) structure and system infrastructure

organisational policy and procedures applicable to customising software

organisational security procedures and requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard customisable software applications

client requirements documentation

organisational and security requirements

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use computer applications employing advanced features in the preparation and presentation of data. It involves manipulating data and accessing support resources to solve routine problems.

It applies to individuals who work under minimal supervision and support information technology activities in software applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use advanced features	1.1 Establish required computer application and task requirements 1.2 Identify advanced features required and confirm with required personnel 1.3 Access vendor documentation for computer applications
2. Manipulate data using advanced features	2.1 Transfer data between applications, linking and embedding required data files 2.2 Create and employ objects and templates in routine activities 2.3 Use keyboard shortcuts and features in computer applications
3. Confirm application features are used to full capability	3.1 Review and establish whether use of advanced features are applicable according to task requirements 3.2 Seek feedback on use of application according to task requirements
4. Access and use support resources	4.1 Solve task problems using support resources including online help, manuals and training booklets 4.4 Access and apply technical support in addressing system problems, using troubleshooting results and alert messages

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and discussed identified problems
Reading	Identifies and interprets a variety of hard copy, online and software generated technical information Interprets software specific language, syntax and code and applies features and functions of applications when solving problems
Self-management	Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology
Problem-solving	Uses problem-solving techniques to overcome routine problems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use at least three different computer applications employing advanced features and import and export capacities

solve at least three routine problems using support resources.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

advanced features and functions of applicable industry standard application software, keyboard shortcuts and features

vendor applications, directions and their features

methods of data transferral between applications

organisational procedures applicable to using advanced features of applications

available support resources for technical support and troubleshooting.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard applications with advanced features and their functions

documents and information containing data required in demonstrating advanced features of applications

support resources, including online, manuals and training booklets.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist with the protection and lawful use of intellectual property (IP) and observing relevant organisational ethics and privacy policies.

It applies to individuals who are required to use intellectual property held by other people or organisations, to assist with the maintenance of organisational ethics and privacy policies and procedures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify principles underpinning organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures	1.1 Locate and access the organisations IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 1.2 Identify own role in observing and adhering to organisation’s IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures to avoid IP and privacy infringement 1.3 Determine the purpose and intention of organisation’s IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 1.4 Identify and understand different ethical theories and approaches
2. Understand and apply principles underpinning organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures	2.1 Identify the purpose in developing and implementing organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures to prevent IP infringement 2.2 Determine the principles applied in the organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures
3. Assist with non-compliance incident identification and recommendations	3.1 Identify organisational risk assessment and identification process 3.2 Assist with identifying and observing internal and external non-compliance infringements of the organisations IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures 3.3 Identify principles that could assist with overcoming non-compliance incidents with relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Provides information using language and terminology required for audience Obtains information from others by listening and questioning
Reading	Interprets and comprehends organisational texts required for IP requirements

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify at least three different types of intellectual property (IP) within the organisation

identify and support the maintenance and improvement of organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures on at least two occasions

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify organisation risk assessment and identification process

identify principles underpinning the maintenance and improvement of organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures

assist with identifying the non-compliance incidents and risks within an organisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key legislation related to the use of IP in the ICT industry

key policies, procedures and documentation in the ICT industry, including those related to:

organisational IP policies and procedures

codes of ethics pertinent to the ICT industry

copyright

privacy

key organisational communication processes and procedures related to identifying IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required organisational policies, codes of practice, legislation and standards documentation

workplace documentation and resources

IP case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT314 Connect internal hardware components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and configure internal hardware components and evaluate the modified system according to client and user requirements.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in responsible roles such as support desk technicians and who provide assistance in configuring internal hardware components in devices.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install internal hardware components	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify hardware installation requirements according to work brief 1.3 Categorise device types requiring installation by characteristics according to work brief 1.4 Determine suitability of devices aligned with hardware components according to work brief
2. Organise components	2.1 Analyse existing internal hardware components 2.2 Confirm user component requirements with required personnel 2.3 Obtain technical vendor specifications for hardware components according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Analyse component options according to work brief 2.5 Select and source components according to policies and procedures 2.6 Prepare components for installation according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Install components	3.1 Plan for installation of components with minimum disruption to existing systems 3.2 Confirm that plan includes prioritised tasks and contingency arrangements 3.3 Seek approval for installation plan according to organisational requirements 3.4 Configure hardware components according to plan 3.5 Test components for functionality and document issues 3.6 Identify solutions and rectify any issues within scope of own role and according to work brief 3.7 Test system performance against organisational benchmarks
4. Evaluate modified system	4.1 Review evaluation criteria for internal hardware components according to organisational requirements 4.2 Seek feedback from required personnel on modified components 4.3 Implement feedback from required personnel 4.4 Complete workplace documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Converts technical language and terminology into plain English to communicate ideas and plans, and gather feedback from required personnel Uses active listening, questioning techniques and technical terminology to elicit information and make decisions
Reading	Identifies, interprets and evaluates documentation containing complex terminology, acronyms and concepts
Writing	Uses correct spelling, grammar, plain English, information and communications technology (ICT)-specific terminology and diagrams to convey recommendations and requirements, and complete organisational documentation
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and follows established protocols, and meets expectations associated with own role
Problem solving	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems in immediate context
Technology	Understands some general design and operating principles of digital tools and uses knowledge to support modification and troubleshooting of systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT314 Connect internal hardware components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

connect at least one device with at least two newly configured internal hardware components.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

configure devices to accept newly connected internal hardware components

document installation process for each configured component

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of:

common internal hardware components

technical vendor specifications for internal hardware components

hardware configuration and installation plans

methods to prepare required internal hardware components for configuration

configuration instructions and techniques for connecting and operating internal hardware components on devices

types of devices and their suitability for different internal hardware components

common methods to test system performance against organisational benchmarks

common methods to review evaluation criteria for internal hardware components

common types of hardware constraints

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a device on which internal hardware components are to be installed

technical specifications and tools for installation and configuration

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT315 Implement system software changes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT304 Implement system software changes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply system software changes and deliver modified systems to a variety of operational areas.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as digital maintenance technicians who monitor operating systems on client computers and conduct various technology fixes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for system changes	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify system changes and update requirements according to work brief 1.3 Evaluate impact of changing system software according to work brief 1.4 Complete required documentation for system software changes according to maintenance methodologies 1.5 Obtain technical data from required personnel and request other resources required to complete system software changes
2. Carry out system changes	2.1 Plan procedure to execute required system changes according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Consult with required personnel and users involved in the proposed changes and agree on a mutually acceptable timeline and implementation method 2.3 Copy initialisation and configuration files prior to implementation according to organisational requirements 2.4 Create a roll-back path in the event of failure according to work brief 2.5 Test system and confirm changes have been made according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Finalise system changes	3.1 Document process used for system software changes and record impact to systems according to work brief 3.2 Distribute document and seek feedback from required personnel 3.3 Implement feedback on system software 3.4 Update documentation and repositories according to organisational policies and procedures 3.5 Update modifications in the change management system
4. Perform handover to required personnel	4.1 Recommend updates to organisational policies and procedures to reflect implemented changes 4.2 Obtain sign-off on recommendations from required personnel 4.3 Review operational areas impacted by updated system and notify required personnel according to work brief 4.4 Facilitate handover of modified system to operational areas

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Converts technical language and terminology to plain English to communicate changes and gather feedback Asks questions and actively listens to gather information about job requirements and software systems
Reading	Identifies and interprets a variety of texts, and numerical and diagrammatic information Reviews a range of organisational documents to identify organisational requirements
Writing	Uses correct spelling, grammar and plain English to complete documentation
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and follows established protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems in immediate context
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing for greater efficiency
Problem solving	Understands some general design and operating principles of digital tools to help with modifying systems and when troubleshooting
Technology	Identifies purpose and specific functions of system software used in work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT304 Implement system software changes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT315 Implement system software changes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT304 Implement system software changes.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

complete at least two different types of system software changes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test and evaluate the impact of system software changes

consult with required personnel and users from impacted organisational areas

hand over system software changes with instructions and updated documentation to organisational areas

configure computers to accept new or upgraded application software

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of:

basic software applications in relation to computer systems

roll-back paths in the event of system failure

maintenance methodologies

methods to monitor system software updates and advances

impact of software changes, updates and advances on computer systems

types of technical data required for making changes to software

configuration instructions, plans and techniques for software updates

types of initialisation and configuration files

methods to update repositories after software updates and changes occur

types of organisational documents and formats used to record system software updates and changes

functions and features of change management systems

types of operational areas that may be impacted by software changes

methods to facilitate the handover of modified systems

testing procedures for computer systems

organisational scheduling requirements

industry-accepted hardware and software products

vendor software service specifications regarding system software changes

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a computer on which system software changes are to be applied

software applications to be updated or changed

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT316 Implement new technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, source, evaluate and apply new technologies to improve operational performance in a variety of contexts.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as support desk technicians, who are engaged in improving organisational processes, systems and technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to implement new technology	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Review operational goals according to work brief 1.3 Research new operational technology options 1.4 Prepare evaluation checklist according to organisational requirements 1.5 Evaluate and select technologies according to work brief and prepared checklist 1.6 Source selected technologies according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Integrate new technology	2.1 Confirm technology implementation requirements and specifications in consultation with required personnel 2.2 Prepare configuration components 2.3 Configure technology according to work brief 2.4 Test new technology according to policies and procedures and rectify any issues within scope of own role
3. Evaluate integrated technology	3.1 Assess extent to which newly integrated technology has met organisational goals and activities against evaluation checklist 3.2 Determine environmental impact of new equipment 3.3 Complete workplace documentation of technology implementation and evaluation outcomes according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts to expand own knowledge and identify new technologies that will benefit the organisation
Oral communication	Converts technical language and terminology to plain English to communicate changes Asks questions and actively listens to gather information about job requirements and software systems
Reading	Identifies and interprets a variety of numerical and diagrammatic information with terminology unique to job requirements Reviews a range of documents to identify organisational requirements
Writing	Uses correct spelling, grammar and plain English to complete documentation
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing for greater efficiency
Technology	Tests and operates common digital tools and systems to effectively complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT316 Implement new technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement at least two different technologies into an organisation or work area

evaluate impact of implemented new technology on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of hardware and software used in organisations

common types of emerging technologies suitable for organisational processes and systems

technology trends and forecasted demand for information and communications technology (ICT), including:

hardware

protocols

services

software

methods to:

identify how operational goals can be actualised with emerging technology

evaluate implementation constraints of technologies

configuration instructions, plans and techniques for new technology to be implemented

types of environmental considerations for new equipment

functions and features of evaluation checklists, including environmental considerations associated with technology options

methods to:

configure new technologies in different organisational contexts

review and test the implementation of new technologies

vendor software service specifications regarding system software changes

organisational formats for reporting documentation

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

new technologies, equipment and software being used in industry

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT317 Maintain standard operating environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure and monitor standard operating environments (SOEs) in organisations. It includes assessing organisational infrastructure, evaluating SOE deployment methods, and deploying SOEs and applications to end-user devices.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as support desk technicians, information technology (IT) support engineers, system administrators and SOE engineers who contribute to the maintenance of SOEs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess organisational infrastructure	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify existing operating system (OS) functions according to work brief 1.3 Review required SOE improvements according to work brief 1.4 Determine SOE objectives in consultation with required personnel 1.5 Analyse centrally managed end-user devices according to work brief 1.6 Report on required SOE applications, drivers and hardware options according to analysis findings 1.7 Select required options according to SOE objectives
2. Evaluate SOE deployment methods	2.1 Research OS deployment software and deployment options required in centrally managed end-user devices 2.2 Compare deployment options according to work brief 2.3 Identify advantages and disadvantages of compared deployment options 2.4 Select required SOE deployment method according to organisational system requirements
3. Apply SOE deployment methods	3.1 Select and source required deployment configuration components 3.2 Configure required SOE and applications on existing operating system user interface 3.3 Test required SOE deployment onto a centrally managed end-user device according to organisational requirements 3.4 Apply automatic patching over required network 3.5 Confirm deployment success and rectify any issues 3.6 Save and secure systems according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Finalise SOE documentation	4.1 Create SOE deployment plan with scheduled updates and record maintenance measures 4.2 Obtain and review SOE deployment evaluation from required personnel 4.3 Seek and obtain deployment plan approval from required personnel 4.4 Distribute and store approved deployment plan according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Elicits and evaluates information using OS-related terminology and effective listening and questioning techniques Uses simple and relevant language to liaise with required personnel, present information and obtain feedback
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of complex texts and applies the information to OS selection, installation, configuration and SOE deployment Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters to install and configure SOEs
Writing	Uses the correct spelling and grammar, clear plain English and systems-related text to document recommendations, plans, schedules, and processes, and to develop feedback tools
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency
Problem solving	Identifies and implements solutions for routine problems
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT317 Maintain standard operating environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

maintain at least two standard operating environments (SOEs) for an organisation

deploy SOE and applications to at least one centrally managed end-user device

create at least one deployment plan for automatic SOE and applications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review organisational system requirements

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods for configuring and deploying SOEs and applications

functions and features of deployment plans, including:

scheduling updates

maintenance measures

types of automatic deployment components, software and hardware

functions and features of diagnostic testing software configuration components and equipment

types of testing procedures for automatic SOE and applications

key functions and features of centrally managed end-user devices, including:

kiosks

laptops

desktops

thin clients

virtualised workstations

key operating system (OS) functions used in organisations, including:

file systems

memory management

process scheduling

types of OS user interfaces and networks

required types of SOE applications, drivers and hardware options

methods of identifying SOE limitations and improvements

types of industry accepted hardware and software for maintaining SOEs and applications

functions and features of OS functions used in organisations

functions and features of SOE infrastructure

types of organisational requirements for OS

functions and applications of automatic patching

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a centrally managed end-user device where SOE deployment is required

diagnostic testing software, configuration components and equipment

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT318 Validate test cases and develop proof of concepts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to validate the feasibility of information and communications technology (ICT) concepts in a variety of workplace contexts. It includes identifying concept technologies, evaluating factors that contribute to concepts, and applying strategies to mitigate risks associated with those factors.

The unit applies to individuals who may work under direct supervision as technical support staff, and concept developers, who support the development and validation of concepts across ICT environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop proof of ICT concepts	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Review costs, timelines, operational capacities and resources in work brief 1.3 Develop ICT concepts according to work brief 1.4 Review test cases and document any limitations according to work brief
2. Evaluate and recommend technologies	2.1 Research ICT components and technologies according to work brief 2.2 Evaluate suitable technologies required in ICT concept according to work brief 2.3 Report on advantages and disadvantages of required technologies 2.4 Analyse research findings and develop technologies recommendations according to work brief
3. Evaluate contributing factors and risks associated with ICT concept	3.1 Research environmental and organisational factors that impact concepts 3.2 Conduct market and competitor analysis according to work brief 3.3 Analyse concept risks 3.4 Create risk register according to work brief 3.5 Identify and document risk mitigation strategies
4. Validate test cases for proof of concepts	4.1 Use technological recommendations and analysis findings to validate a test case according to work brief 4.2 Confirm test case is valid 4.3 Seek and implement feedback on test case validation from required personnel 4.4 Document and securely store validation output in required location according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Presents recommendations and issues according to organisational requirements and using standard conventions and protocols and language appropriate to audience
Reading	Interprets a variety of technical information and texts
Writing	Creates workplace documentation using required technical language
Planning and organising	Uses systematic processes for information gathering and evaluates options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Applies principles of logical thinking to identify organisational issues and select appropriate solutions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT318 Validate test cases and develop proof of concepts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one proof of concept to validate an information and communications technology (ICT) concept, where the work must include:

the validation of at least one test case

at least two recommended technologies to actualise the above proof of concept.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

report on and present ICT-specific information, recommendations and ideas

securely store documents in required locations

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to validate test cases

functions and features of proof of concept documentation and briefs, including:

costs

timelines

operational capacities

resources

features, advantages and disadvantages of concept technologies and components

common types of factors that impact proof of concept briefs, including:

external environmental factors

internal organisational factors

methods to identify and analyse contributing factors and risks, including:

market analyses

competitor analyses

risk analyses

industry-recognised methods to mitigate risks, including developing risk registers

methods to validate test cases

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required resources to validate and develop proof of concepts

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine client business system requirements and verify the accuracy of the information gathered.

It applies to information and communications technology (ICT) personnel who are required to analyse client expectations and needs, and recommend business system changes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine context of business need or problem	1.1 Establish the business problem to be investigated, including determining system boundaries, scope and the development methodology to be used 1.2 Choose information gathering method and develop questions appropriate to business problem 1.3 Develop objectives and identify expected outcomes to be achieved 1.4 Document the business problem 1.5 Submit documentation to appropriate person for substantiation
2. Gather information	2.1 Use chosen information gathering method to identify clients of the system and problems they encounter 2.2 Record client responses 2.3 Analyse gathered information to identify new system requirements and establish problem specifications 2.4 Document system requirements and problems 2.5 Analyse physical requirements and identify changes required to implement new systems
3. Confirm system specifications	3.1 Check documentation to ensure it meets client business needs 3.2 Submit documentation to the client for verification of accuracy and approval 3.3 Make changes to the documentation as necessary and indicated by the client 3.4 Submit documentation to client for final approval or sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information from a variety of sources containing complex systems related terminology to determine system performance requirements and establish solutions
Writing	1.2-1.4, 2.2, 2.4, 3.3	Uses the correct spelling and grammar, plain English and, when necessary, systems related text and terminology to develop information gathering tools and document recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1, 2.5, 3.2, 3.4	Uses plain English, effective listening and questioning techniques and, where necessary, systems related terminology to elicit information Uses plain English and relevant terminology to liaise with clients, present information and obtain feedback
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements so work is undertaken methodically Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools to provide current advice on systems and data gathering products

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements	ICAICT401A Determine and confirm client business requirements	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use investigative techniques to obtain information and document the business system problem

produce a clear statement of business expectations and needs, including critical business requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe a variety of data gathering techniques

describe areas related to the client business in detail

interpret functional organisational charts

outline physical requirements of the client's business, taking into account current system functionality, geography, environment, client user and cost constraints

describe products related to data capture

discuss the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

current business needs

a client expectations brief

business objectives

systems, data gathering and appropriate software products.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist in the development of a detailed technical design.

It applies to individuals performing systems design tasks who are required to review and update technical design documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assist in selecting technical design features	1.1 Select and revise design model based on iteration and design changes 1.2 Incorporate outstanding design points according to acceptance criteria 1.3 Distribute reports identifying changes and implications to appropriate person for review
2. Contribute to design review	2.1 Compare design against requirements and fix as necessary 2.2 Confirm design with appropriate person 2.3 Use feedback mechanisms to gather information on design changes from client 2.4 Incorporate design changes where required
3. Contribute to development of program specifications	3.1 Implement modules by incremental development techniques 3.2 Identify user authority for each module 3.3 Prepare detailed specifications of module implementation for each module that will not be incrementally built 3.4 Prepare documentation according to requirements of the project

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 2.3	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of online and hard copy text containing complex systems design terminology, syntax and diagrams, and applies the information to the task
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.3, 3.4	Uses correct spelling and grammar, plain English, systems design related terminology and diagrams to obtain feedback, document recommendations and prepare final project specifications
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3	Elicits and evaluates information using project related terminology and effective listening and questioning techniques Uses plain English and, where necessary, project related terminology to liaise with clients, present information and obtain feedback
Interact with Others	1.3, 2.2, 2.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co workers
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Uses familiar digital systems and tools to incorporate required changes to model Applies formal processes when developing strategic initiatives, and plans tasks with logically sequenced steps Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design	ICAICT405A Develop detailed technical design	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

define the client business domain and client's critical business functions and processes

design and prepare a clear and best-fit technical design for a set project, incorporating:

changes to design model based on user requirements

detailed specification of modules

produce updated documentation to reflect changes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain various life cycle options

describe design fundamentals and refinement

discuss design quality metrics.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

requirements model

business requirements

project deliverables

acceptance criteria

current ICT blueprint.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT408 Create technical documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create technical documentation that is clear to the target audience and easy to navigate.

It applies to individuals working as technical writers, designers, developers and support staff who are required to produce technical support documents of their work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse documentation requirements and client needs	1.1 Consult with client to identify documentation requirements 1.2 Interpret and evaluate documentation requirements and confirm details with client 1.3 Investigate industry and documentation standards for requirements 1.4 Define and document the scope of work to be produced 1.5 Consult with client to validate and confirm the scope of work
2. Design documentation	2.1 Identify information requirements with reference to layout and document structure 2.2 Create document templates and style guides consistent with information requirements 2.3 Conduct a review of the system in order to understand its functionality 2.4 Extract content that meets information requirements according to copyright restrictions 2.5 Develop the structure of the technical documentation, giving focus to the flow of information, style, tone and content format 2.6 Validate the technical documentation structure with the client
3. Develop documentation	3.1 Write technical documentation based on the template and scope of work using the information gathered 3.2 Translate technical terminology into plain English where appropriate 3.3 Apply content format and style according to documentation standards and templates
4. Evaluate and edit documentation	4.1 Submit technical documentation to appropriate person for review 4.2 Gather and analyse feedback 4.3 Incorporate alterations into the technical documentation 4.4 Edit the technical documentation for technical and grammatical accuracy
5. Prepare documentation for publication	5.1 Check that the completed technical documentation meets client requirements and scope of work 5.2 Submit the technical documentation to appropriate person for approval 5.3 Prepare the technical documentation for publication and distribution using appropriate channels

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 2.4, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1	Identifies and evaluates organisational documentation and standards, and a range of online and hard copy text containing technical project related terminology and diagrams, then applies the information to the development of appropriate technical documentation Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons, and computer generated text
Writing	1.4, 2.2, 2.5, 3.1-3.3, 4.3, 4.4, 5.3	Uses correct spelling and grammar, plain English and specific terminology relevant to the project Uses organisational naming conventions, terminology, style and format to develop technical documents to organisational standards
Oral communication	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 4.1, 4.2	Elicits and evaluates information using effective listening and questioning techniques Uses simple and relevant language to confirm understanding of requirements, present information and obtain feedback
Interact with others	5.2	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.4	Appreciates the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work and is beginning to recognise some general legal principles applicable across work contexts
Get the work done	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, 3.3, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information relevant to role Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT408 Create technical documentation	ICAICT408A Create technical documentation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT408 Create technical documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

establish customer needs

design and develop technical documentation, such as system, procedures, training material and user guides, incorporating appropriate standards

update document with client feedback

prepare documentation for publication.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe content features, such as clarity and readability

outline the principles of document design, web design and usability

explain the functions and features of templates and style guides

explain instructional design principles

list organisational policies, procedures and standards that cover document design.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

technical specifications

documentation standards

organisational resources and documentation

information about system, platform, network or application being documented

relevant standards

appropriate word processing software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to, through communication and teamwork, implement workplace health and safety (WHS), environmental sustainability (ES), equal employment opportunity (EEO) and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace within own responsibilities.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to work and participate in an ICT workplace with some supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather and use information on ICT workplace compliance instruments and reputable resources	1.1 Identify legislative instruments and review reputable resources, and organisational priorities relevant to workplace health and safety (WHS), environmental sustainability (ES), equal employment opportunity (EEO) and anti-discrimination practices in ICT workplaces to determine requirements for compliance within scope of own responsibilities 1.2 Collect and analyse information on organisational processes and procedures relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination practice in an ICT workplace to develop and document an initial view of compliance gaps and opportunities
2. Participate in consultation	2.1 Consult with those involved in ICT workplace activities to collect information about the requirements and nature of WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination practice in an ICT workplace, including risks and issues 2.2 Work collaboratively to identify and document compliance gaps and opportunities 2.3 Consult with those involved in ICT workplace activities to validate gaps and opportunities and finalise compliant practices for implementation
3. Improve ICT WHS and environmental sustainability compliance	3.1 Participate in the use of strategies and tools to embed compliant practices in ICT workplace activities 3.2 Monitor ICT workplace activities to measure the success of practices implemented for WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination compliance in an ICT workplace 3.3 Consult with those involved in ICT workplace activities to respond to resistance and remaining risks and issues 3.4 Agree and document amendments to practices to address remaining resistance, risks and issues

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies, plans and implements strategies to manage gaps in personal knowledge Identifies reputable sources of information from which to gather resources and information
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness
Writing	Prepares a range of textual information appropriate for audience for informal and formal purposes
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges of information using language, tone and pace appropriate to audience and environment Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit the views and opinions of others and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and colleagues in a range of work contexts Recognises and accommodates basic differences and priorities of others Cooperates with others and contributes to work practices where joint outcomes are expected and deadlines are to be met
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making and problem-solving processes for more complex and non-routine situations Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace	N/A	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

Implement on four occasions WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination practices in own area of work, including the ability to:

identify, interpret and apply legislative instruments and reputable resources to organisational priorities to ensure compliance

undertake a risk assessment and implement a risk control utilising an evaluation procedure within own area of work

document responsibilities of employers, employees, contractors and agents

analyse existing organisational procedures, including consulting with three individuals involved with ICT workplace activities, and determining if procedures are sufficient for compliance; including:

individual workstation set up of desk, chair, peripherals, computer

technology start up and shut down

new technology installation

technology maintenance and testing

use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

respond to the resistance of an individual involved in ICT workplace activities to implement and embed compliant practices

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Legislative instruments and reputable resources relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination

Typical organisational priorities, policies and procedures relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination

Risks and issues related to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination compliance in the ICT workplace

Options, tools, and strategies to address WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination compliance gaps, risks and issues, including risk assessment approaches, risk controls and evaluation procedures

Responsibilities of employers, employees, contractors and agents relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination procedures in the workplace

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or workplace. This includes access to:

Organisational priorities relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination practices

Organisational risk assessment and evaluation procedure

Organisational risk control implementation procedure

ICT workplace equipment including:

individual workstation consisting of desk, chair, peripherals, computer

individual users involved in ICT workplace activities to consult

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, evaluate and implement industry-specific technologies to address organisational needs. It involves acquiring industry-specific technologies and obtaining user feedback.

It applies to individuals who support information and communications technology (ICT) activities in the workplace across a wide range of ICT areas, including technical support, network administration, programming, testing, web technologies, software applications and digital media technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and select industry-specific technologies	1.1 Interpret organisational needs to design indicators against which industry technologies will be evaluated to determine suitability to the organisation including performance, useability and sustainability indicators 1.2 Research current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs 1.3 Evaluate and compare industry-specific technologies against indicators to the potential benefits of industry-specific technologies to the organisation against indicators 1.4 Select industry-specific technologies to address organisational needs 1.5 Acquire industry-specific technologies on the basis of the evaluation and in accordance with organisational procurement procedure
2. Implement industry-specific technologies	2.1 Consult with user to plan and evaluate the implementation of the industry-specific-technologies 2.2 Implement industry-specific technologies to address organisational needs 2.3 Check and adjust implementation of the industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs and organisational workplace health and safety (WHS) compliance requirements
3. Obtain user feedback and evaluate industry-specific technologies	3.1 Seek and document user feedback on industry-specific technologies 3.2 Evaluate industry-specific technologies against indicators 3.3 Adjust industry specific technologies in response to user feedback and evaluation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts to expand own knowledge and identify industry-specific technologies that will benefit the organisation
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify industry-specific technologies that will benefit the organisation
Oral Communication	Elicits information and feedback by using effective listening and questioning techniques to identify and evaluate industry-specific technologies Uses clear, easy-to-understand language and translates industry-specific terminology into plain English when talking to users
Numeracy	Uses numerical information to compare the value of products with regard to quantity, price and quality
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts and appreciates the importance of identifying and responding to protocols in new situations Recognises and addresses WHS compliance issues
Get the work done	Uses key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when evaluating and implementing new industry-specific technologies Develops plans with an awareness of how they may contribute to meeting organisational needs

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs	ICTICT417 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet industry standards	Edits to title, application and elements 1–3 to clarify intent and scope. Edits to assessment requirements to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

Identify, evaluate, implement and review two current industry-specific technologies and evaluate the potential benefits of these technologies to the organisation

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Current industry-specific technologies, trends and directions

Methods of research

Methods of designing indicators

Types of indicators

Approaches to monitoring performance against indicators

Methods of getting user feedback

Organisational requirements and how industry-specific technologies can assist

Sources of industry-specific technologies detailing general features, capabilities, and compliant application of current industry-specific hardware and software products to be evaluated

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or workplace. This includes but is not limited to:

Information on organisational needs for industry-specific technology

A site where industry-specific technologies are used

Current industry-specific technologies and accompanying documentation

Organisational procurement procedure

Information detailing workplace health and safety (WHS) compliance requirements

Individual user to consult

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine client business system requirements and verify the accuracy of information gathered.

It applies to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) personnel who are required to analyse client expectations and needs, as well as recommending business system changes. Clients can be internal and external and include a range of team members and staff.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine context of business needs and problems	1.1 Identify business problem to be investigated, including determining system boundaries, scope and development methodology to be used 1.2 Choose information gathering method and develop questions according to business problem 1.3 Develop objectives, prioritise activities and discuss expected outcomes to be achieved with required personnel 1.4 Document business problem, chosen information gathering method, objectives and expected outcomes according to organisational procedures 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel
2. Gather information	2.1 Use chosen information gathering methods and identify users of system and problems they encounter 2.2 Consult, record and confirm business system requirements with client according to organisational procedures 2.3 Analyse gathered information and establish problem specifications 2.5 Identify and document new system requirements and problems 2.4 Analyse physical requirements and identify changes required to implement new systems
3. Confirm system specifications	3.1 Check system requirements documentation and confirm it meets client business needs with required personnel 3.2 Submit documentation for client review and verification 3.3 Make changes to documentation as required and indicated by client 3.4 Submit documentation to client and required personnel for final approval and sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information from a variety of sources containing complex systems related terminology Interprets a range of texts to determine system performance requirements and establish solutions
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English and systems related text and terminology to develop information gathering tools and document recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and systems related terminology to elicit information and liaise with clients
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload and identifies ways of sequencing and combining elements
Problem-solving	Identifies and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and provides advice on systems and data gathering products

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

obtain information and document a business system problem according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce a statement of business expectations, needs and critical business requirements

perform analysis of system and physical requirements and identify new system requirements accordingly

consult with required personnel and make applicable changes to documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard data gathering and data capture techniques

industry standard business systems and common client requirements

client business processes

physical requirements of client's business, including:

system functionality

geography

environment

client user

cost constraints

procedures for documenting and confirming client business requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a client expectations and requirements brief

business objectives of client

clients’ business system

systems, data gathering tools and required software products

hardware and its components required for confirming client business requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply traditional and non-traditional systems development methodologies.

It applies to individuals in senior development roles who exercise discretion and judgement to create solutions using technical knowledge and analysis skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine methodology	1.1 Determine and define subject activity 1.2 Define selection criteria for development methodology 1.3 Review and evaluate a range of traditional and non-traditional system development methodologies 1.4 Select system development methodology for required activity
2. Apply selected development methodology	2.1 Create initial project plan according to organisational standards 2.2 Identify applicable task types according to development methodology 2.3 Describe and articulate task types 2.4 Define applicable control structures to be created according to task type execution requirements 2.5 Associate each task type with a set of input and output parameters
3. Adjust project according to methodology	3.1 Identify resources to support methodology selection 3.2 Solve tasks using selected methodology 3.3 Monitor project flow and record effectiveness against project plan 3.4 Review and document opportunities for improvement, lessons learned and recommendations for future projects 3.5 Submit results to required personnel for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of textual information containing complex systems development specific terminology, syntax and diagrams
Writing	Uses applicable spelling and grammar and technical terminology to document project plans, recommendations, processes and reports in required format
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when planning more complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps, reflecting an awareness of time and resource constraints and the needs of others
Self-management	Analyses project methodologies and identifies some key principles that may be applicable in future situations
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information applicable to the role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT403 Apply software development methodologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and apply a software development methodology for at least two different subject activities according to organisational standards.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce documentation as required by chosen methodology.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key project management skills, techniques and requirements required in applying software development methodologies, including those related to:

input and output parameters

project plan creation processes

task types and applicable control structures

client business domains and organisational requirements required in applying software development methodologies

stakeholder roles and degree of stakeholder involvement in development process

traditional and non-traditional system development methodologies

key organisational standards and documentation techniques required in applying software development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and its components required to apply software development methodology

design specifications

industry standard system development methodologies

organisational standards

detailed user requirements document, including model and scope for given activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify current and future skill and knowledge gaps and use the internet as a resource to acquire knowledge and skills to meet organisational requirements.

It applies to individuals who use the internet to develop new workplace skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify learning requirements	1.1 Identify current and future learning requirements and skill gaps according to organisational needs 1.2 Seek advice from required personnel on current and future learning requirements and skill gaps 1.3 Identify opportunities for learning development activities using online learning tools 1.4 Develop learning plan according to identified learning requirements and organisational training policies, plans and procedures
2. Research learning tools available online	2.1 Identify existing online learning tools applicable to learning plan objectives 2.2 Research and evaluate online learning tool in achieving learning plan outcomes
3. Undertake online learning	3.1 Implement learning plan using identified online learning tools 3.2 Identify opportunities in the workplace to apply new learning 3.3 Follow coaching or mentoring advice in work activities
4. Monitor learning effectiveness	4.1 Determine mode for assessing effectiveness of online learning 4.2 Perform assessment and review outcomes 4.3 Undertake peer assessment and review feedback from peers 4.4 Identify further learning requirements from assessment review and feedback with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates and evaluates information from a range of sources to select online learning development activities to meet skills gaps and future learning needs
Reading	Identifies, analyses and compares information gathered from a large range of both online and hard copy texts to inform current and future learning needs, and to develop and execute a learning plan
Writing	Uses required language including referencing and web links to document findings, develop learning plan, undertake assessment and complete online learning
Oral Communication	Elicits and evaluates information using listening and questioning techniques to identify skills gaps and future skills needs, and undertake online learning, assessment and feedback process
Teamwork	Cooperates with others and contributes to work practices where joint learnings can be applied
Self-management	Analyses assessment outcomes and identifies some key principles that may be applicable in future situations Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload and managing own learning related activities
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT404 Use online learning tools.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement an online learning plan using at least two different online learning tools.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

acquire knowledge and skills using online learning tools

use a range of learning mediums, including coaching, mentoring and peer-to-peer interactions

confirm learning is reinforced by application.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

learning development activities using a range of online training tools

organisational training policies, plans and procedures applicable to organisational learning requirements and online learning

principles and techniques of measuring performance, including self-assessment

methods to identify and prioritise required learning needs

processes in developing learning plans

systems and processes used to direct learning

required competency standards and assessment relevant to learning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

online learning tools

hardware and its components required to use online tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist in the development of a detailed technical design.

It applies to individuals performing systems design tasks as part of a team who are required to review and update technical design documents according to client requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assist in selecting technical design features	1.1 Establish business environment and client requirements 1.2 Select and revise design model based on iteration and design changes 1.3 Incorporate outstanding design points according to client requirements 1.4 Distribute reports identifying changes and implications to required personnel for review
2. Review designs	2.1 Compare design against technical requirements and amend as required 2.2 Confirm design with required personnel 2.3 Gather information and client feedback on design changes and respond accordingly 2.4 Incorporate required design changes
3. Contribute to development of program specifications	3.1 Implement modules using incremental development techniques 3.2 Identify user authority for each module 3.3 Prepare detailed specifications of module implementation for each module 3.4 Prepare documentation according to project requirements and organisational procedures and guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of online and hard copy text containing complex systems design terminology, syntax and diagrams, and applies information to task
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English, systems design related terminology and diagrams to obtain feedback, document recommendations and prepare final project specifications
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and, where applicable, project related terminology to liaise with clients, present information and obtain feedback
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co workers
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when developing strategic initiatives, and plans tasks with logically sequenced steps
Problem-solving	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to incorporate required changes to model Uses digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assist in developing a detailed technical design according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

define client business environment and client's critical business functions and processes

design and prepare a best-fit technical design for a set project, incorporating:

changes to design model based on user requirements

detailed specification of modules and user authority for each module

produce updated documentation reflecting changes made to required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technical design project life cycle

key principles and techniques required to develop detailed technical design, including:

incremental development

module implementation

documentation

design fundamentals and refinement

design quality metrics

different client business environments and critical functions and process

industry standard design models applicable to developing detailed technical designs

organisational procedures and guidelines applicable to developing detailed technical designs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business and client requirements

project deliverables

required hardware and digital devices

required software, tools and licenses

feedback mechanisms

industry standard ICT blueprint.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, build and test a graphical user interface (GUI) to specification.

It applies to individuals employed as programmers and user interface designers in a variety of fields and provide Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support in small to medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine specification of GUI and develop GUI prototype	1.1 Establish GUI requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify organisational standards applicable to GUI 1.3 Determine front and back-end for interfacing with GUI 1.4 Define required functionality of GUI 1.5 Determine application development language for writing GUI 1.6 Build prototype using tools available in determined language 1.7 Determine type and level of documentation required
2. Design and build GUI according to specification	2.1 Design GUI components and incorporate required functionality 2.2 Define GUI actions and itemise UI events 2.3 Document design outcomes according to specification and organisational procedures 2.4 Build GUI using toolkit's classes or widgets, containers and other pertinent features according to specification
3. Test and document GUI according to specification	3.1 Test GUI and confirm overall functionality according to requirements 3.2 Iterate GUI design and build until test results meet requirements 3.3 Document GUI user requirements according to specification and organisational procedures 3.4 Produce GUI technical documentation according to specification and organisational procedures 3.5 Obtain client sign-off according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets a range of online and hard copy text containing complex ICT and programming specific terminology Interprets and comprehends a large range of syntax, diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters required to develop a GUI
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English and specific terminology to produce documents to organisational guidelines as required by the job role Develops GUI using programming syntax and conventions to develop GUI Uses plain English, labels and terminology on the actual interface display
Self-management	Identifies and follows explicit protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role Develops plans to manage relatively complex tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role
Problem-solving	Identifies and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, and implements contingency plans
Technology	Identifies purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT406 Build a graphical user interface.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build a fully functional graphical user interface (GUI) according to specifications and organisational standards.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate a GUI in concept and compiled form

use applicable development tools in GUI construction

confirm functionality of GUI on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

object oriented programming concepts applicable to building graphical user interfaces

system properties applicable to building a graphical user interface

application development languages and prototyping tools and features included

application programming interface (API) features

open-source development tools

organisational standards and codes of practice applicable to GUI building

key testing procedures and documentation techniques required when building graphical user interfaces

issues relating to copyright and intellectual property, privacy and data access legislation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

GUI requirements documentation

online tools available for prototyping and GUI design

applicable organisational standards

an integrated development environment (IDE) for determined language

required hardware and its components

required software, tools and licenses

browsers and devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to publish new content and establish and maintain accuracy and usability of industry standard content on client websites.

It applies to individuals working in web development and who provide support to small to medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare and publish organisational content and information	1.1 Identify organisational content and information publishing requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Plan publishing process including privacy, security and liability statements according to organisational requirements 1.3 Seek plan approval from required personnel 1.4 Publish organisational content and information according to plan
2. Provide navigation links and payment information	2.1 Determine and provide applicable users with access to required information and navigation links 2.2 Determine and list required payment options on website according to organisational requirements
3. Present and test disclosure of policies and services	3.1 Present website statement outlining charges according to organisational requirements 3.2 Present warranty information on required screen according to organisational requirements 3.3 Provide after-sales support to required users according to organisational requirements 3.4 Test website cancellations, returns and refunds policy listing and accessibility, and amend as required 3.5 Implement and test product and service notifications
4. Provide customer service support systems	4.1 Determine and implement customer service standards guidelines on website according to organisational requirements 4.2 Test website users have accessible website feedback facility method according to organisational requirements 4.3 Test complaints facility receives, records and response 4.4 Document and finalise process according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reviews a range of documentation of varying quality to identify information relating to the organisation, organisational responsibilities and legislative requirements
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English, a consistent writing style and industry specific terminology to produce web content to organisational guidelines and to web development standards Uploads content onto the web and modifies existing web content using required syntax and conventions
Problem solving	Applies methodical processes to collect and evaluate organisational information for web publication
Self-management	Demonstrates personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory responsibilities applicable to own work context
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to access websites, publish on a website and write hypertext mark-up language (HTML) code

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT407 Maintain website information standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply at least three different industry standard programming practices in the preparation, maintenance and publishing of an organisation’s website.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisation, legislative and industry requirements

develop content to comply with policies applicable to cancellations, returns and refunds

display a site accessible to a variety of customers via electronic communication

develop and modify information to meet e-commerce interaction requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

consumer protection legislation

content features including clarity and readability

electronic commerce modelling language

information architecture principles required to maintain website information standards

instructional design principles required to maintain website information standards

obligations of merchants, service providers and customers in maintaining website information standards

implementation and testing procedures applicable to:

limitations and legislative restrictions display

shipping information displays

order and cancellation capacity of website

client communication facilities

organisational standards, requirements and documentation required to maintain website information standards

privacy legislation applicable to maintaining website information standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational policies, procedures and guidelines applicable to maintaining website information standards

customer service manuals and general data

information standards for legislative and organisational requirements applicable to maintaining website information standards

software and web development tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create technical documentation that is clear and understandable for the target audience and both easy to navigate and apply.

It applies to individuals working as technical writers, designers, developers and support staff, who are required to produce technical support documents of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) related work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to produce technical documentation	1.1 Identify and evaluate technical documentation requirements and confirm details with client 1.2 Investigate and determine industry standards for technical documentation requirements 1.3 Define and document scope of work to be produced 1.4 Validate and confirm scope of work with client
2. Design and develop technical documentation	2.1 Identify technical documentation information requirements 2.2 Create document templates and style guides consistent with information requirements 2.2 Assess and document ICT system functionality 2.3 Extract content that meets information requirements according to copyright restrictions 2.4 Develop structure of technical documentation and validate with client 2.5 Write technical documentation based on template and scope of work using information gathered 2.6 Apply content format and style according to documentation standards and templates
3. Finalise technical documentation and prepare for publication	3.1 Submit technical documentation to required personnel for review 3.2 Gather and analyse feedback and implement required changes and improvements to technical documentation 3.3 Review and edit technical documentation and confirm technical and grammatical accuracy 3.4 Confirm completed technical documentation meets client requirements and scope of work 3.5 Submit to required personnel for final sign off and approval to prepare publication 3.6 Prepare technical documentation for publication and distribution using applicable channels
4. Finalise technical documentation production	4.1 Confirm all technical documentation and approval procedures have been performed 4.2 Review and assess impact of technical documentation creation 4.3 Evaluate and report on technical documentation creation procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and evaluates organisational documentation and standards, and a range of online and hard copy text containing technical project related terminology and diagrams, then applies information to the development of technical documentation Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons and computer-generated text
Writing	Translates technical terminology into plain English and confirms viewers have a complete understanding of requirements Develops technical documents to organisational standards using organisational naming conventions, terminology, style and format
Oral communication	Confirms understanding of requirements, presents information and obtains feedback using applicable language
Teamwork	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose applicable to own role, when communicating with others
Initiative and Enterprise	Identifies implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities applicable to own work and general legal principles applicable across work contexts Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information applicable to role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT408 Create technical documentation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two separate technical documents, each for different ICT products, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine and comply with industry standards for technical documentation requirements

establish customer needs

design, and develop and write technical documentation, including system, procedures, training material and user guides, incorporating applicable standards

gather, analyse and incorporate feedback from clients and required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technical documentation structure, including:

flow of information

style

tone

content format

technical documentation content features, documentation publication and distribution procedures

principles of document design, web design and usability applicable to creating technical documentation

functions and features of templates and style guides

instructional design principles applicable to creating technical documentation

organisational policies, procedures and standards that cover document design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical documentation specifications

industry documentation standards

organisational resources and documentation

information about ICT system, platform, network or application being documented

word processing software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop macros and templates for clients using industry recognised software applications.

It applies to individuals working in an office environment, who achieve a degree of self-sufficiency as an advanced Information and Communications technology (ICT) user, and who support software applications activities in the workplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine macro and template requirements	1.1 Identify organisational macro and template requirements according to organisational policies and guidelines 1.2 Determine macro and template specifications for software application use 1.3 Determine documentation requirements 1.4 Confirm macro and template specifications align to organisational requirements, policies and procedures with required personnel
2. Develop macro and template	2.1 Create macro and template using required software application according to specifications 2.2 Present macro and template to required personnel 2.3 Seek feedback from required personnel 2.4 Update and amend macro and template as required
3. Finalise macro and template	3.1 Document support and instruction requirements according to organisational requirements and guidelines 3.2 Provide documentation to required personnel 3.3 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates using industry standard, technical language and plain English to convey ideas and seek feedback
Reading	Reviews a range of written and online texts to identify organisational guidelines and requirements applicable to job role
Writing	Develops macros using industry standard macro terminology, syntax and conventions Develops templates using organisational guidelines for terminology, to address format, logos and document structure Uses plain English and technical terminology to comply with documentation requirements and develop support documentation
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Demonstrates responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency
Problem solving	Demonstrates responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two macros and two templates using at least two industry recognised software application packages.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine client needs and specifications

document process according to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of industry standard categories of commercial computing packages, including procedures for:

creating macros and using default templates supplied by the software application package

creating new macros and templates

features and functions of software and hardware used for developing macros and templates supported by the organisation

organisational procedures applicable to developing macros and templates.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documents detailing organisational policies

internet connection

workstation hardware and software

style guides and design brief

technical documentation

use of industry standard software applicable to developing macros and templates.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and execute Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system reviews following implementation at a point where the system has been operational for some time.

It applies to individuals working in a range of ICT development roles in small to medium enterprises (SMEs) and who are required to review the success of a project with a view to contributing to best practice for future projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to review ICT system	1.1 Identify criteria procedures and system implementation results according to organisational guidelines 1.2 Determine review method according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine time frame of review and communicate with required personnel 1.4 Prepare work schedule for review according to organisational requirements
2. Document and conduct systems review	2.1 Document review purpose and process according to organisational requirements 2.2 Distribute document to required personnel 2.3 Conduct systems review according to systems review plan 2.4 Implement data retrieval methods according to systems review plan
3. Document and publish review findings	3.1 Document systems review findings according to organisational requirements 3.2 Distribute review results to required personnel 3.3 Seek and respond to feedback 3.4 Obtain final review sign off from required personnel 3.5 Lodge finalised review document according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit data, articulate review and scheduling requirements and obtain feedback
Reading	Identifies and analyses system specific data, output and feedback containing technical terminology to identify system implementation results
Writing	Uses vocabulary, grammatical structures, applicable terminology, formatting and structure applicable to specific task and organisation to develop review criteria, create a schedule and produce reports
Teamwork	Uses required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose applicable to own role
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload and identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements
Problem solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context
Self-management	Complies with explicit organisational policies and procedures
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT410 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, conduct and communicate one review of an established and operational system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document systems review plan, finalised process and results.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key organisational policies, procedures and documentation required to conduct post-implementation ICT systems reviews, including those related to:

organisational business domain

implementation process and issues

project and review methodologies and deliverables

document lodgement standards

industry standard hardware and software products required when conducting post-implementation ICT systems reviews.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware where software installation may be performed

use of industry standard software, including server and workstation hardware and software

documents detailing organisational guidelines and policies for conducting post-implementation ICT system reviews

internet connection

operational system and specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify required software and hardware and deploy as diagnostic and testing tools.

It applies to individuals in a wide range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) areas who are required to test software and hardware.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify process operational requirements	1.1 Identify testing process requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify any process conflicts and overlapping according to organisational requirements 1.3 Document and validate functional requirements according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Identify and confirm required resources, budget and manpower according to organisational requirements
2. Select hardware and software	2.1 Identify required hardware and software tools according to resource and budget requirements 2.2 Identify and analyse required products and equipment interdependencies 2.3 Document products, equipment, hardware and software requirements according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Configure and test hardware and software	3.1 Install and configure required hardware and software tools according to vendor guidelines and organisational requirements 3.2 Configure systems architecture according to vendor guidelines 3.3 Prepare, schedule and execute functionality tests and record outcomes according to organisational procedures 3.4 Track, interpret and correct functionality errors, as required 3.5 Document and lodge finalised hardware and software configuration according to organisational requirements and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and interprets complex financial information
Reading	Demonstrates comprehension of a large range of complex textual and diagrammatic information with systems related terminology Determines organisational requirements and standards and selects applicable tools and processes
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar together with applicable systems related terminology to document progress and results and develop user documentation Converts jargon, terminology and acronyms into plain English Uses specific scripting and syntax to install, configure and program system to user requirements
Teamwork	Communicates information and resources, provides training voluntarily and feedback to client when required
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency
Problem solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context
Self-management	Implements explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT411 Select and employ software and hardware testing tools.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and configure hardware and software tools to test one required environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate hardware and software that meet functional requirements

select and use applicable automating tools

develop automating process and produce a measurable outcome according to specified requirements

validate hardware and software performance against client usage requirements

document functional requirements and finalised process

Knowledge Evidence

To The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

batch scripting of nominated automating software routines

applicable aspects of the client business domain applicable to using software and hardware testing tools

vendor product directions

industry standard hardware and software products, and their features and capabilities including:

development tools, including animation development tools

development package automating options

third-party tools for automating a range of software applications

media management tools

interaction between applicable hardware and software products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard hardware and software

industry standard automating vendor products

client requirements documentation

organisational requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to formulate, implement, monitor and adjust service level agreements (SLAs).

It applies to individuals who work in the Information and Communications Technologies (ICT) industry and provide ICT support to small to medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for development of service level agreements (SLAs)	1.1 Determine organisational service standards, values and culture 1.2 Identify and categorise goods and service offerings provided by the organisation 1.3 Identify and determine existing SLAs
2. Develop SLA for consultation	2.1 Identify service needs and service level according to organisational requirements 2.2 Identify any other SLA requirements 2.3 Develop and document draft SLA according to organisational policies, procedures and guidelines
3. Negotiate client support service	3.1 Seek and respond to draft SLA feedback from required personnel 3.2 Present proposed cost and timeframes and respond to feedback from required personnel 3.3 Negotiate terms of proposed SLA and respond to feedback from required personnel 3.4 Document and lodge SLA agreement according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Adjust and finalise SLA procedures	4.1 Determine compatibility of SLA to organisational requirements, policies and procedures 4.2 Seek and respond to SLA compatibility feedback from required personnel 4.3 Determine and implement any adjustments to organisational support according to organisational requirements 4.4 Document any changes to SLA and lodge document according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit client requirements, organisational information and obtain feedback Presents information and negotiates SLAs using reflective responses
Reading	Identifies and evaluates complex business documentation in a variety of formats containing technical terminology and financial information Identifies organisational standards, SLA requirements and client feedback from technically written, complex documentation
Writing	Uses plain English, spelling, applicable grammatical structures and terminology, numerical and financial information Uses required formatting and document structure applicable to job role and organisation to develop SLAs
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Develops plans and manages relatively complex tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Self-management	Responds to both explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts Manages outcomes of routine decisions directly applicable to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTICT413 Relate to clients on a business level.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify agreement needs, develop and implement at least one Service Level Agreement (SLA).

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

negotiate client requirements for support service within quality, time, target performance and cost parameters

evaluate and document finalised process according to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard business practices, including:

change management

information gathering techniques

planning process, including development of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business solutions

the process for the preparation of reports

applicable features and vendor product directions of industry standard hardware and software products required when developing service level agreements

legal principles of commercial contracts and service level agreements

applicable organisational policies, plans and procedures including contracting

concepts relating to negotiation and business relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

applicable organisational policies, procedures and SLAs

contexts for negotiating SLAs

industry standard ICT hardware and software products.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to convey technical information to an individual client for their specific use.

It applies to individuals who are competent in a wide range of general Information and Communications Technologies (ICT), and support clients in technical areas, including instructing others on an individual basis.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine client needs	1.1 Identify learning needs of one-to-one instruction according to client requirements 1.2 Define required one-to-one method of instruction delivery 1.3 Determine any additional factors for one-to-one instruction delivery according to learning needs
2. Organise instruction resources and plan	2.1 Determine required instruction resources according to instruction requirements 2.2 Prepare and document instruction session according to learning needs and instruction requirements 2.3 Provide instruction plan document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Provide instruction	3.1 Gather required resources according to instruction plan 3.2 Provide instruction session according to instruction plan 3.3 Document instruction session outcomes according to organisational guidelines and procedures 3.4 Identify and refer further instruction requirements and training needs for client
4. Obtain client feedback	4.1 Write and distribute evaluation feedback mechanism to client 4.2 Retrieve, review and identify how client feedback can be incorporated for future instructions 4.3 Report on instruction and client feedback evaluation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reviews documentation to identify information relating to learning needs and delivery method requirements
Writing	Translates technical terminology in order to convey and obtain explicit information for a specific audience
Teamwork	Demonstrates an understanding of requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify applicable information, including required resources and time required to undertake tasks
Self-management	Analyses explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts Manages outcomes of routine decisions directly applicable to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT415 Provide one-to-one instruction.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine instructions, prepare resources and convey technical information to individual clients for their specific use on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

empathise with learner and accommodate different cultures

instruct in a clear, concise and coherent manner

convey meanings of technical jargon.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard delivery and evaluation methods

adult learning principles and styles applicable to one-to-one instructions

communication and facilitation techniques applicable to one-to-one instructions

critical behaviour issues and problems that can occur with one-on-one instruction

industry standard Information and Communications Technology (ICT) terms and terminology

organisational procedures applicable to providing one-to-one instruction.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client learning requirements

documentation outlining organisation’s policies, procedures and guidelines that may impact on how instructions are delivered

required ICT tools, hardware and software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills required to work collaboratively in virtual Information and Communications (ICT) team environments to achieve organisational objectives. It includes contributing to performance and capability within teams, participating in team activities, exchanging knowledge and skills and providing support to team members.

It applies to all individuals who work in teams that utilise multiple technologies to complete a collective task.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify team protocols requirements for working collaboratively in a virtual environment	1.1 Identify team protocols for virtual ways of working, including cyber safety protocol 1.2 Identify communication tools and technology available to support teams working collaboratively in virtual environments 1.3 Determine roles and responsibilities of team members according to team communication protocols 1.4 Determine areas to improve team protocols for working collaboratively in a virtual environment
2. Develop protocols to work collaboratively in a virtual environment	2.1 Review technology utilised to support teams working collaboratively in virtual environments 2.2 Develop protocols to share knowledge collaboratively in a virtual environment according to work details and team objectives 2.3 Develop cyber security protocols in accordance with organisational cyber security procedures
3. Review compliance with protocols to work collaboratively in a virtual environment	3.1 Review protocols utilised to support teams working collaboratively in virtual environments 3.2 Seek feedback from relevant personnel on team communication practices according to working collaboratively in virtual environments protocols 3.3 Determine improvements to future work protocols in virtual environments

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and project specific terminology to liaise with team members, present information and obtain feedback
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating group interaction, influencing direction and occasionally taking a leadership role
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to devise solutions
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to access and filter data, extract, organise, integrate and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT419 Work effectively in the digital media industry.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two protocols for teams working collaboratively in virtual environments that help achieve team objectives

identify at least two communication tools and technology to support teams working collaboratively in virtual environments.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review compliance of protocols to work collaboratively in a virtual environment

seek and respond to feedback

share knowledge and information according to work details, team objectives, organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, codes, regulations and standards, and work health and safety requirements for collaborative work arrangements

organisational cyber security protocols

protocols for virtual ways of working, including:

virtual platforms used

frequency of virtual platform use

functions and features of team communication strategies

communication techniques in virtual teams

methods of mediating conflicting perspectives in virtual teams

roles and responsibilities of team members in promoting collaborative work environments

constructive feedback techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documentation of the organisation’s communication tools and technology available to support virtual, remote and collocated teams

policies and guidelines on using collaborative communication tools

industry standard communication tools, hardware and software

legislative, regulatory and industry codes of practice and organisational guidelines that impact collaborative work

industry standard ICT equipment and technology to research and analyse industry information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and document a client user interface that integrates with front-end applications.

It applies to individuals who work in small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs) as software designers and developers and have achieved a degree of autonomy.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare design for interface	1.1 Identify user needs from existing documentation and organisational requirements 1.2 Determine impact of user interface design according to system environment 1.3 Determine and review organisational goals and consistency to organisational styles 1.4 Define user interface design from data query and report formats 1.5 Document needs and findings and obtain approval for proposed interface from required personnel
2. Design and document user interface	2.1 Design menu structures according to acceptance criteria and organisational requirements 2.2 Design screen dialogues according to acceptance criteria and organisational requirements 2.3 Design batch procedures where required according to technical specifications and acceptance criteria 2.4 Design online help and prototype tutorials according to organisational requirements
3. Finalise client user interface process	3.1 Document prototype according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Seek and respond to prototype feedback from required organisational personnel 3.3 Submit prototype document and obtain final sign off from required personnel and task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and applicable language to gather information, confirm understanding of requirements, liaise with the client and obtain feedback
Reading	Interprets a variety of hard copy and online technical and design information to identify system environment, organisational requirements and clarify user requirements
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English and specific terminology to produce documents and tutorials to organisational guidelines and user requirements Uses applicable programming syntax and conventions to perform job role Uses concise, plain English and identifies and applies organisational designs, styles, interface and writing principles consistently on titles, text links, buttons, error messages and other interface objects
Planning and organising	Analyses implications of organisational policies and procedures when planning and undertaking work Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Self-management	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to access and filter data, extract, organise, integrate and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT420 Develop client user interface.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and integrate at least one client user interface prototype.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine impact of user interface design in the system environment and identify required data query and report formats

document finalised process according to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client business area and needs and responsibilities within area

industry standard design principles applicable to developing client user interfaces

general features and capabilities of industry standard hardware and software products and user interfaces

industry standard front-end systems and applications

GUI and web design principles applicable to developing client user interfaces

organisational guidelines, policies and procedures applicable to developing client user interfaces.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

design specifications

organisational standards for documentation and version control

project management process and hierarchy

a usability test plan

industry standard usability metrics.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and configure devices and hardware components including mobile devices.

It applies to individuals who use a range of technical skills to configure and connect a device to other devices and maintain system components in a home or workplace environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify devices and hardware components	1.1 Identify and categorise types of devices, including their components and characteristics that require installation and configuration 1.2 Identify and categorise peripheral hardware components that require installation and configuration 1.3 Define purpose, characteristics and suitability of device types and peripheral hardware components according to installation and configuration requirements
2. Plan and configure device components	2.1 Develop and document installation and configuration plan, with prioritised task and contingency arrangements, according to installation and configuration requirements 2.2 Obtain approval for plan from required personnel 2.3 Install and configure components according to plan, installation procedures and technical specifications 2.4 Test components and confirms error-free, enhanced performance
3. Evaluate modified system	3.1 Evaluate device connectivity according to vendor and technical specifications 3.2 Seek and respond to user feedback and update any identified performance issues 3.3 Evaluate and confirm device changes with client and required personnel 3.4 Document finalised process and outcomes and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Uses each experience to reflect on ways in which variables impact on outcomes and to gain insights into what constitute effective strategies and practices for future work
Numeracy	Identifies and interprets numerical data associated with device and component specifications
Reading	Interprets and analyses online and hard copy documentation containing complex Information Communications Technology (ICT) related terminology, acronyms and concepts
Writing	Uses spelling, grammar and plain English to articulate to audience Uses ICT specific terminology, diagrams and syntax to convey explicit recommendations, requirements and information
Initiative and enterprise	Develops strategies to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they contribute to longer term operational and organisational goals
Planning and organising	Identifies implications of organisational policies and procedures when negotiating, planning and undertaking work
Problem solving	Responds to familiar problems requiring immediate attention, quickly drawing on past experience to devise solutions
Self-management	Keeps up to date with organisational policies and procedures applicable to own rights and responsibilities
Technology	Interprets purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT421 Connect, maintain and configure hardware components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

connect and configure at least one device and at least two related and required components.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

install components across at least three different situations and account for at least one unexpected contingency

modify system’s hardware, internal hardware and peripheral hardware components according to task requirements

plan modification and connection of hardware, internal hardware and peripheral hardware components according to vendor and technical specifications

test components and rectify identified problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different types, characteristics and functions of different devices, hardware, internal hardware and peripheral hardware components including:

types

characteristics

functions

diagnostic and testing hardware and software tools, systems and functions

operating systems (OS) related to configuration and testing

industry standard hardware and software products

organisational policies and procedures and manufacturer’s instructions

installation and configuration plans for component installation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

devices, including required hardware, internal hardware and peripheral components for installation and configuration, including:

a mobile smartphone

tablet

computer

industry standard performance testing software

technical manuals, tools and test equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply the principles of service management when supporting and resolving Information and Communications Technology (ICT) service desk cases.

It applies to individuals who work in ICT service roles and are responsible for providing ICT service desk support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to work on service desk	1.1 Identify organisational policies and procedures of service desk quality 1.2 Identify service management principles 1.3 Access and prepare service desk environment according to organisational procedures 1.4 Test service desk systems are working to function according to organisational procedures
2. Support service desk	2.1 Operate service desk systems to open a new service case 2.2 Investigate and confirm nature of service case 2.3 Inform customer of service case progression according to service management principles 2.4 Escalate service case according to service management principles, when required 2.5 Confirm service case is resolved 2.6 Implement service desk closure principles 2.7 Seek client feedback on closure of service case
3. Apply continuous improvement to service desk	3.1 Review service desk records according to service management principles 3.2 Identify potential service desk areas for improvement 3.3 Plan implementation of service desk performance improvement 3.4 Document proposed improvements and submit to required personnel
4. Finalise service desk procedures	4.1 Confirm all service desk and management procedures have been performed 4.2 Review and assess impact of service desk support according to service management principles 4.3 Evaluate and report on service desk procedures according to service management principles

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual and organisational documentation containing ICT specific terminology to service desk quality and review records
Writing	Uses language, spelling and grammar and applicable ICT terminology to obtain feedback and document proposed improvements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques together with reflective responses to elicit customer information and give and receive feedback
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Self-management	Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload, balancing own needs and priorities with customers’ needs
Technology	Interprets principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT422 Participate in ICT services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply service desk management principles in the provision of service desk support for two different services cases, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access, test and operate service desk systems according to organisational procedures

investigate and confirm nature of service case and provide service desk support

plan and document strategies to improve service desk performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

service management principles

service desk procedures

service desk system operation and testing

service case support, management and closure procedures

organisational guidelines, policies and procedures applicable to service desk management, including escalation policy and procedures

industry standard practices in ICT service desk support

basic technical service management terminology

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements directly impacting resolution processes

quality assurance applicable to service desk management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

service management principles

customer, client or user with service case that requires resolution

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that directly impact on resolution processes

service logs and procedures

service desk software and systems

customer contact technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to participate in the delivery of ICT projects using industry-endorsed agile project management methodologies.

It applies to those who, whilst working under a level of supervision, work within an agile environment where the ability to deliver project increments is required. It includes ICT roles such as software, web or gaming developers within development environments, project managers, and helpdesk support officers who work with many different project management styles and environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Set up agile projects	1.1 Identify project characteristics and confirm agile project management methodology and timelines 1.2 Gather project requirements and confirm with client 1.3 Discuss and define team member roles and responsibilities and confirm own work role within agile project 1.4 Confirm minimal viable increments according to project requirements and define definition of done 1.5 Determine increment timelines and stages of increment delivery 1.6 Determine and implement communication tools with team
2. Deliver agile project increments	2.1 Determine and contribute towards progress trackers and version control procedures for agile project 2.2 Initiate project increment work according to agile methodologies and version control procedures 2.3 Complete project increment according to agile methodologies 2.4 Commit project work to online environment and confirm project progression with team and project manager
3. Finalise agile project	3.1 Confirm all increments have been completed according to project requirements 3.2 Review and assess impact of contributions to agile project and team performance 3.3 Report on contributions and discuss with team 3.4 Participate in agile project debrief and document outcomes and lessons learnt

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Writing	Produces materials and written updates using agile communication tools
Teamwork	Selects the required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose to own role, when communicating with others
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing Participates in team planning of agile increments
Self-management	Evaluates task completion and the impact of such completions
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine agile project tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

participate in the delivery of at least two ICT project using the agile project management methodology.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

utilise project and communication work tools and platforms

participate in agile meetings

uphold communication channels according to agile methodologies and team agreement.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

agile methodologies, including:

project management

team member roles and responsibilities

characteristics of increments, increment timelines and stages of increment delivery

project work tools and platforms

communication tools and platforms

agile meetings, including:

huddles

KANBAN

scrums

sprints

project debrief

work task prioritisation requirements and contingencies

version control and progress tracking systems and processes.

functions and features of ICT hardware and project management software required for managing agile projects.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, hardware and industry software packages required for agile project work

a range of simulated work tasks and project within agile project management teams

simulated working environment and agile project team

the internet

online agile project management tools

communication tools

agile methodology documentation and guiding information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills required to prepare, build and share electronic portfolios to display pieces of finished product and work on behalf of an individual, team or business.

It applies to individuals in multiple Information Communications and Technology (ICT) roles, including software, programming, gaming and web designers, developers, architects and business analysts, who are expected to maintain a professional online or business portfolio of work throughout their professional career at a given point in time. Portfolios, in this instance, can be used to get a job, sell work to a potential client or showcase skills, capabilities, intellectual property and product to the public.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create portfolios	1.1 Research and identify industry electronic portfolio options and standards 1.2 Assess and select hosting platform according to portfolio requirements 1.3 Identify required sections and elements of electronic portfolio 1.4 Gather documentation and examples of work according to portfolio requirements
2. Create portfolios to specifications	2.1 Create portfolio structure according to portfolio specifications 2.2 Upload work and match design specification according to portfolio specifications 2.3 Style electronic portfolio pages according to specifications 2.4 Add accompanying explanatory text and annotations according to portfolio specifications
3. Finalise portfolios in required format	3.1 Test electronic portfolio on required browsers and devices and remediate viruses and errors 3.2 Validate electronic portfolio against industry standards 3.3 Update, save and back up electronic portfolio to required storage units 3.4 Share electronic portfolio according to industry standards 3.5 Submit portfolio and obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and evaluates textual information and user guides to integrate ideas and meet technical requirements
Writing	Uses required programming syntax, language and conventions to create portfolio
Planning and organising	Articulates and selects bodies of work and communication that reflect professional brand and depth and breadth of capability
Problem solving	Applies problem-solving processes and scripting techniques to resolve less predictable problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for outcomes and maintenance of live product Uses exploration, analytical and lateral thinking to identify new ideas and adapt existing ideas to context
Technology	Interprets purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, websites and systems Uses digital systems and tools to create and save files in required formats including applicable website hosts, saving locations and required hardware functions Uses cyber safe techniques and hygiene to maintain portfolio integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least one electronic portfolio with a minimum of three different examples of work and text.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test and validate portfolio on at least two different devices and in two different browsers

share portfolio to at least two different locations online

save and back up portfolio to at least one location.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of:

websites

platforms

software

hardware

storage units

design specifications

electronic portfolio options, structures, requirements and standards

industry standard hosting platforms

basic scripting, testing and programming techniques and languages

common viruses and errors and remediation processes

processes to validate electronic portfolios

industry standards for documentation, style and professional brand techniques

sign-off requirements applicable to electronic portfolio work

copyright, privacy, proprietary and intellectual property laws, legislation and policy standards

organisational style guides and procedures applicable to preparing electronic portfolios.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry specific platforms, hardware, devices and websites

the internet, including connectivity and different browsers

storage devices and industry standard services.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use version control systems to track content, versions and maintain a code repository of work when developing in an ICT environment.

It applies to individuals who work in a development environment and create a history of changes to track multiple versions of their own or team’s work. These development environments include processes of designing, building and testing code and product.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use version control systems (VCS)	1.1 Research and choose version control system (VCS) according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify required subversion and VCS pre-installation factors 1.3 Determine and communicate installation disruption to required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Install VCS and create personal account and push changes from branch according to VCS service provider and organisational requirements 1.5 Configure tools and user interface of VCS according to organisational requirements
2. Build files in VCS	2.1 Create local repository according to service provider procedures 2.2 Create required directory according to service provider procedures and organisational requirements 2.3 Create and access required staging environment structures and branches 2.4 Create and access files in the repository according to service provider procedures
3. Test VCS	3.1 Add and commit files to staging environment 3.2 Commit required files to local depository 3.3 Locate track of initial version change and confirm new status according to service provider procedures 3.4 Respond to remote pull requests according to service provider procedures 3.5 Retrieve remote commits and locally merge according to service provider procedures
4. Finalise use of VCS	4.1 Document VCS test outcomes according to organisational requirements 4.2 Submit documented outcomes to required personnel 4.3 Respond to feedback on documented outcomes from required personnel 4.4 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to confirm requirements and negotiate outcomes using required language
Reading	Analyses textual information to establish requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation for final outcomes using comprehensive structure, layout and complex industry language
Teamwork	Applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how, in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine, and some non-routine, tasks, accepting stated goals and required outcomes
Problem solving	Gathers information and identifies and evaluates several choices against a limited set of criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling unfamiliar problems, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating options for action
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit procedures and meets expectations associated with own role when submitting documentation for approval and completing organisational requirements
Technology	Uses procedures and techniques to maintain articulation of version control systems

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, install, create and manage a code on one repository of work on at least three occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate down time, service interruptions and installation of service

document final outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

distributed and centralised version control systems

web-based DevOps lifecycle tools

DevOps automation tools

branching, pull and push commands local/remote

key policies, procedures and documentation required to use version control systems in development environments, including those related to:

repositories and working copies

merging and merge tools

working and indiscriminative commits

resolving conflict and backout changes

principles and techniques of creating repositories and branch workflows

version control industry standard best practices

distributed version control industry standard best practices

workflow processes applicable to using version control systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications

simulated work tasks and projects

industry standard version control systems and vendor products

organisation’s ICT policies, procedures and best practice guidelines imperative to task.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to administer and manage blockchain applications for a distributed ledger. It involves the identification of blockchain applications suitable to specified business needs, and the implementation and deployment of the application at various stages throughout the business model.

It applies to those who perform a range of administrative and project management tasks and assess and implement new technologies to business models in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and related industries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine distributed ledger technology (DLT) application suitability	1.1 Identify purpose and benefit of industry standard DLT applications according to business needs 1.2 Identify business processes and transaction types suitable for DLT application 1.3 Identify business use-case according to business needs 1.4 Determine consensus mechanism and protocols according to business needs 1.5 Identify required DLT service provider platform according to business needs
2. Set up DLT application	2.1 Document DLT requirements and submit to required personnel 2.2 Initiate account according to vendor specifications and business needs 2.3 Generate required accounts according to vendor specifications 2.4 Create and save genesis block 2.5 Initiate required instance according to vendor specifications 2.6 Test DLT solution against business needs 2.7 Document and confirm DLT meets business needs
3. Use distributed ledger application	3.1 Initiate required transaction from application 3.2 Confirm transaction completion with required personnel 3.3 Document back-end technical transaction process 3.4 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Reading	Interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational impacts relating to data ethics legislation
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining technical specifications and process according to specified requirements
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning own workload and prioritising tasks for required outcomes
Self-management	Implements standard procedures and makes decisions for routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes for more complex situations

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

set up and use at least one distributed ledger application to an organisational process.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research business model and determine required distributed ledger application

comply with blockchain best practices and guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business models, processes and transaction types

consensus mechanisms and protocols

underlying distributed ledger technology functions and uses including:

blockchain principles, best practices and guidelines

cryptography

immutable database rules

transactional components

industry standard functions and uses of distributed ledger applications, service provider platforms and their general capabilities

industry standard uses for applications

documentation techniques applicable to documenting DLT requirements

research procedures and techniques used for determining DLT requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software and hardware to access internet and web delivered information

vendor specifications

platforms providing distributed ledger applications

blockchain best practice guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Minor update of unit of competency. Amendments made to wording of PE to better reflect intent.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to comply with the protection and lawful use of intellectual property (IP) and to implement relevant organisational ethics and privacy policies.

It applies to individuals who are required to use IP owned by other persons and organisations, and to support organisations and stakeholders with the compliance of organisational ethics, and privacy policies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish organisational requirements to comply with IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures	1.1 Locate types of existing and potential IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures within the organisation 1.2 Determine and access the organisation’s IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 1.3 Identify own role in protecting and fulfilling the requirements of the organisations IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures to avoid infringement of IP and privacy requirements 1.4 Provide support and advice to relevant personnel about the operations of the organisation’s IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures
2. Evaluate and implement organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures	2.1 Monitor whether required personnel are abiding by organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 2.2 Evaluate whether implemented IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures help prevent IP and privacy infringement 2.3 Assist with the maintenance, development and implementation of IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 2.4 Communicate potential risks and opportunities for improvement of IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures to relevant personnel
3. Contribute to non-compliance incident identification and recommendations	3.1 Contribute to organisational risk assessment and identification process 3.2 Review internal and external non-compliance and intellectual property infringement incidents 3.3 Recommend actions to overcome non-compliance incidents to relevant personnel 3.4 Determine and report areas of potential risk and non-compliance to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Provides information using language and terminology required for audience Obtains information from others by listening and questioning
Reading	Selects, interprets, synthesises and critically analyses information required for compliance with IP, ethics and privacy policies
Writing	Records information in accordance with requirements Develops texts using language required for audience needs
Planning and organising	Plans and implements a range of tasks directly related to own role, seeking assistance where required
Self-management	Takes responsibility for adhering to legal and regulatory compliance with respect to own work

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Minor update of unit of competency. Amendments made to wording of PE to better reflect intent.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate at least three different types of intellectual property (IP) within an organisation and implement processes to protect them

assist, on at least two occasions, with the development and implementation of organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assist with maintenance of organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures

review potential risks and non-compliance incidents

contribute to the development of non-compliance incident recommendations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key legislation required to evaluate and implement IP in the ICT industry

key policies, procedures and documentation in the ICT industry, including those related to:

organisational IP policies and procedures

codes of ethics pertinent to the ICT industry

privacy

key organisational communication processes and procedures related to identifying IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required organisational policies, codes of practice, legislation and standards of documentation

workplace documentation and resources

IP case studies and, where possible, real situations

hardware and software applicable to applying legislative and organisational policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT452 Support the implementation of assistive technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify opportunities where assistive devices, systems and services can be implemented in organisations and workplace contexts to improve digital capabilities that support inclusion and accessibility for persons with disabilities.

The unit applies to individuals working in information and communications technology (ICT) roles, including inclusion officers, human resource generalists and disability access officers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review assistive technologies in organisational accessibility plan (OAP)	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse and discuss the organisational accessibility plan (OAP) and its objectives with required personnel according to work brief 1.3 Evaluate budget for assistive technologies with required personnel according to work brief 1.4 Identify and discuss potential deficiencies in OAP with disability specialists and other required personnel
2. Recommend assistive technologies	2.1 Research physical environment considerations for human interaction with assistive technologies 2.2 Document characteristics of observed interactions according to work brief 2.3 Research options for assistive programs and technologies 2.4 Confirm that implementation costs of assistive programs and technologies are within budget according to work brief 2.5 Analyse and compare options according to work brief 2.6 Develop recommendations and rationale for proposed implementation of selected assistive technologies according to analysis findings
3. Present recommendations	3.1 Seek and integrate disability specialist feedback on draft recommendations according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Seek and implement feedback from required personnel on updated recommendations, where required and according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Submit final proposed recommendations to workplace diversity and inclusion personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical documentation containing industry-specific terminology
Writing	Uses technical vocabulary, grammatical structures and appropriate terminology in organisational documents
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques for seeking and responding to feedback
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new assistive technologies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT452 Support the implementation of assistive technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and recommend at least three different types of assistive technologies that can be applied in an organisational accessibility plan (OAP)

provide a sound rationale for each of the three recommended assistive technologies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of an OAP

industry practices and costs related to implementing assistive technologies

considerations for implementing assistive technologies in different physical environments

methods to improve workplace digital capabilities to support inclusion and accessibility

functions, features, capabilities and applications of assistive technologies, including assistive devices, systems and services

key types of assistive systems, programs and software used in organisations, including:

aids, including mobility aids

augmentative communication

computer access aids

sensory aids for individuals with vision impairment and hearing impairment

Job Access With Speech (JAWS)

ZoomText

Dragon Naturally Speaking

VoiceOver

Non-Visual Desktop Access (NVDA)

semantic hypertext markup language (HTML)

common methods to identify assistive technologies in organisations

organisational formats and features of recommendation proposals

organisational policies and procedures, legislative requirements and guidelines relating to OAP and work tasks, including:

privacy

discrimination

human rights

national disability strategy and frameworks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry-recognised assistive technologies

OAP strategy and objectives

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT453 Evaluate accessibility of organisational systems, programs and software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate the effectiveness of organisational assistive technologies according to benchmark requirements. It includes developing an evaluation framework to analyse organisational systems, programs and software and make recommendations for improvement.

The unit applies to individuals working in information and communications technology (ICT) roles, including support technicians, user-experience researchers, inclusion officers, human resource generalists and disability access officers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse organisational systems, programs and software	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Obtain access to required organisational systems, programs and software according to work brief 1.3 Source feedback, complaints and existing data on organisational systems, programs and software 1.4 Analyse and discuss the organisational accessibility plan (OAP) and objectives with required personnel according to work brief 1.5 Identify and discuss potential deficiencies in OAP with disability specialists and other required personnel
2. Create evaluation criteria	2.1 Analyse required organisational tasks, data collection methods, outcomes and key performance indicators according to work brief 2.2 Identify gaps to fulfilling assistive technology benchmark requirements according to work brief 2.3 Analyse feedback, complaints and existing data on organisational systems, programs and software 2.4 Document analysis findings and develop framework for evaluation according to work brief
3. Apply evaluation criteria	3.1 Compare organisational systems, programs and software to evaluation framework’s benchmark requirements 3.2 Evaluate organisational policies and procedures against evaluation framework 3.3 Document findings according to work brief 3.4 Identify and document opportunities to improve accessibility of organisational systems, programs and software 3.5 Summarise organisational recommendations based on evaluation findings
4. Finalise accessibility evaluation	4.1 Submit evaluation findings and recommendations to workplace diversity and inclusion personnel and any other required personnel 4.2 Discuss evaluation findings with required personnel 4.3 Store completed accessibility evaluation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical documentation containing industry-specific terminology
Writing	Uses technical vocabulary, grammatical structures and appropriate terminology in organisational documents
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques for seeking and responding to feedback
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational objectives Uses systematic, analytical processes in sometimes complex and changing contexts
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new assistive technologies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT453 Evaluate accessibility of organisational systems, programs and software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one evaluation framework for an organisation or work area, where the work must include:

an independent evaluation of each of the following:

at least one organisational system

at least one organisational program

at least one organisational software

recommendations for at least one improvement to the evaluated organisational system, program and software.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop evaluation criteria and benchmark requirements for the evaluation framework

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features, and capabilities and application of assistive technology benchmark requirements and standards

key types of assistive systems, programs and software used in organisations, including:

aids, including:

mobility aids

augmentative communication

computer access aids

sensory aids for individuals with vision and hearing impairment

Job Access With Speech (JAWS)

ZoomText

Dragon Naturally Speaking

VoiceOver

NonVisual Desktop Access (NVDA)

semantic hypertext markup language (HTML)

features of and processes for developing evaluation criteria and frameworks to evaluate organisational systems, programs and software

benchmark requirements and techniques required for reviewing and evaluating assistive technologies

sources and types of feedback, complaints and data relevant to organisational systems, programs and software, including:

user feedback and complaints

human resource data

organisational feedback

methods to compare organisational systems, programs and software

functions and features of an organisational accessibility plan (OAP)

organisational requirements for reporting evaluation findings

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational systems, programs and software to be evaluated

OAP, strategy and objectives

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT454 Assess organisational systems using assistive technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess the digital capabilities of organisational systems to support accessibility for persons with disabilities, and trial recommended system improvements.

The unit applies to individuals working in a range of roles across all industries, including support technicians, user-experience researchers, inclusion officers, human resource generalists and disability access officers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to test capability of organisational systems using assistive technologies	1.1 Confirm work brief, tasks and in-scope organisational systems according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Clarify user needs and work health and safety (WHS) requirements in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Identify assistive technologies used in the organisation 1.4 Analyse vendor specifications and testing resources according to work brief 1.5 Organise test site, assistive technologies and required resources according to work brief
2. Evaluate capability of organisational systems using assistive technologies	2.1 Select quantitative and qualitative system testing methods according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Identify ethical considerations and any inherent biases in data collection methods 2.3 Conduct quantitative and qualitative testing on specified organisational systems according to work brief 2.4 Document quantitative and qualitative data according to organisational policies and procedures 2.5 Restore test site to pre-assessment state
3. Present assessment findings	3.1 Analyse patterns and trends in data and document insights 3.2 Evaluate areas for improvement in organisational systems using assistive technologies 3.3 Develop recommendations to improve existing organisational systems 3.4 Report on findings and recommendations according to work brief and in required format 3.5 Seek feedback on recommendations from required personnel
4. Finalise assessment documentation	4.1 Integrate recommendations feedback from required personnel 4.2 Present final recommendations to required personnel 4.3 Store assessment findings and recommendations in required location according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Asks questions and actively listens to gather information Provides information during and after assessing organisational systems using a structure and language appropriate to audience
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses texts when assessing organisational systems
Writing	Uses technical vocabulary, grammatical structures and appropriate terminology in organisational documents
Planning and organising	Identifies requirements for effective communication exchanges when planning channels, formats and tone for communicating Develops plans to manage tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational objectives
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses them to understand the uses and potential of new assistive technologies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT454 Assess organisational systems using assistive technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assess the capability of at least two different organisational systems using assistive technologies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply required organisational policies and procedures, and work health and safety (WHS) legislative requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features, and application of key assistive technology standards

key types of assistive technologies and aids used in organisations, including:

augmentative communication

computer access aids

mobility aids

sensory aids for individuals with vision and hearing impairment

methods to improve organisational digital capabilities to support accessibility

key qualitative assessment methods, including:

interviews

focus groups

participant observation

case studies

surveys

key quantitative testing methods, including:

questionnaires

computerised analysis

counting and sampling

methods to identify patterns and trends in data

types of ethical considerations and inherent biases in data collection methods

techniques to compare organisational systems using assistive technologies

organisational formats for documenting findings and recommendations

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks, including WHS requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational systems that may be assessed

assistive technologies to assess accessibility capabilities of organisational systems

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks, including WHS requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and evaluate existing and emerging technologies and hardware solutions to support organisational strategic goals.

The unit applies to those in senior roles who administer and manage information and communications technology (ICT) support in small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs) using a wide range of general ICT technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine organisational needs	1.1 Establish organisational requirements and selection criteria for new technology 1.2 Review strategic goals and determine future requirements 1.3 Assess physical infrastructure and financial parameters against strategic goals 1.4 Determine and document organisational technology requirements
2. Research vendors and suppliers	2.1 Identify supplier and vendor options according to organisational technology requirements 2.2 Source information from suppliers and vendors 2.3 Assess vendor information against industry standards 2.4 Review emerging standards and applications for compatibility with supplier and vendor information 2.5 Select suppliers and vendors according to organisational requirements
3. Evaluate and report on hardware technology options	3.1 Review and test hardware and confirm it meets organisational requirements 3.2 Identify project risks associated with identified hardware 3.3 Document findings in a report and present to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, interprets and evaluates technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify hardware technology that will benefit the organisation
Writing	Uses specialised, cohesive language to present an evaluation of hardware technology to a specific audience
Numeracy	Interprets financial information and applies mathematical calculations relating to time constraints and budgetary information
Self-management	Recognises and identifies the implications of organisational policies and procedures when planning and undertaking work
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when planning more complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps and reflecting some awareness of resource constraints
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT501 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify hardware technology improvements for an organisation on at least one occasion, including:

analysing and planning approaches to technical problems and management requirements

accessing and conveying conceptual information regarding emerging technology in relation to organisational needs

forecasting future needs for planning and research purposes and recommending technology options

documenting findings in a report and seeking and responding to feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of business planning processes applicable to researching technology

client business needs that can be satisfied by the provision of information and communications technology (ICT) products and services

current business practices for preparing reports

current industry and technology information sources

general features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware, cabling and software products, and emerging trends and product design

equipment performance benchmarking

industry networks, key individuals and organisations within the ICT industry that influence and report on hardware technology

information gathering techniques required when researching and reviewing hardware technology options

quality assurance practices that promote reliable investigation processes

vendor product directions, including those for:

access and security products

next generation networks

self-configuring asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) or cable modem-router-switch for the small office and home office (SOHO) market

wireless standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

network and computer layout documentation and premises plans

network components

equipment specifications

organisational guidelines

business plan or model

journals of industry and professional associations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse requirements of the project specifications in order to produce a set of high-level component specifications.

The unit applies to systems designers who are required to produce component specifications for programmers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare components	1.1 Document behaviour scenarios according to documentation standards 1.2 Identify and develop components according to project specifications 1.3 Prepare diagrams according to required standards
2. Prepare schema	2.1 Analyse and document component connectivity 2.2 Identify and incorporate data flow iteration 2.3 Prepare component action diagrams according to required standards
3. Prepare component model	3.1 Review and update functional requirements 3.2 Specify interface components and component relationships 3.3 Prepare interaction diagrams according to standards
4. Iterate and review model	4.1 Conduct walk-through of current model and review functionality 4.2 Identify relationships and confirm integration of model 4.3 Review class service requirements 4.4 Prepare initial test criteria 4.5 Implement process for incremental testing

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses text with complex terminology, diagrams, code, syntax, icons and symbols to evaluate current system functionality and technical requirements
Writing	Uses task related terminology and a formal document structure, choosing format and style according to document audience and organisational requirements Uses required vocabulary, terminology, labelling and naming conventions to develop diagrams using industry specific design tools
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations relating to time durations and budgetary information
Self-management	Identifies and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for efficiency
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems in familiar contexts requiring immediate attention
Technology	Recognises and identifies purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT502 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications and ICTPMG504 Prepare project specifications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop component specifications for a project on at least two occasions, including:

identifying and document high level component specifications relevant to the project specifications

analysing and document component connectivity and relationships

documenting and review component modelling.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

component design tools, including features and capabilities

processes for configuration management

key features of a cost-benefit analysis

industry accepted design methodologies and hardware and software products, including features and capabilities

data modelling techniques

program development methodologies

quality assurance practices for preparing component models

standards and organisational policies relating to component specification development

current system functionality for analysing components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical specifications

organisational and process goals

standards for model development

computer aided software engineering (CASE) tools

project deliverables

test plan

project budget

software and hardware required for performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to confirm a transition strategy for new systems based on a revised system design and newly developed change management plan.

The unit applies to those who work as part of a team in a range of information and communications technology (ICT) positions and who are required to plan for a transition to new system websites, networks or software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm delivery and acceptance plan	1.1 Evaluate revised system design and change management plan 1.2 Confirm phased delivery with client and project team 1.3 Confirm method of acceptance and acceptance criteria 1.4 Confirm that acceptance test plan is in place and agreed
2. Develop and confirm data take-up plan	2.1 Identify data source for each database 2.2 Analyse potential integrity constraints 2.3 Design data conversion workflow 2.4 Identify interface requirements, data take-up method, complexity and effort required 2.5 Develop required data conversion contingencies and confirm with required personnel
3. Confirm cutover plan	3.1 Agree on conversion window in operational timescale with required personnel 3.2 Plan and confirm parallel running with required personnel 3.3 Determine and confirm approval of dependencies with required personnel 3.4 Determine and confirm approval of fall-back options with required personnel 3.5 Confirm approval of checkpoints, tests and responsibilities with required personnel 3.6 Confirm approval of resources, tasks and timescales with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and analyses complex electronic and hard copy documentation, information and data containing specific terminology, diagrams and numerical information to organise conversion and identify data convention contingencies
Writing	Applies formal labels, logos, formatting and document structure required by the organisation to ensure signoff obtained is valid
Oral Communication	Articulates strategies clearly and distinctively, based on techniques and language specific to audience and environment, and uses probing, clarifying questions to ensure strategies are understood
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses numerical and financial information and applies mathematical calculations and financial functions related to timeframe, logistics and budgets
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when planning more complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps and reflecting some awareness of resource constraints Uses analytical processes in a variety of situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT504 Confirm transition strategy for a new system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

confirm new systems transition strategy for an organisation on at least one occasion, including:

confirming acceptance plan

developing and confirming data take-up plan

confirming cutover plan.

In the course of the above the candidate must:

identify and liaise with required personnel

seek and respond to feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technology transition strategies

current business practices related to transition strategies

phased delivery requirements

methods of acceptance for transition strategies

key features of data take-up, including:

data sources

integrity constraints

data conversion workflow

interface requirements

data take-up methods

data conversion contingencies

key features of cutover plans, including:

conversion windows

dependencies

fall-back options data conversion workflow design, including considerations for:

data validation

data clean-up

data loading.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT specifications

change management plan

acceptance test plan

system design

ICT security assurance specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify opportunities for using new technology to support and enable efficient business models.

The unit applies to senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) staff in a range of areas who are required to research innovative approaches to meeting organisational requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate current state	1.1 Map existing ICT process flow against performance standards and identify areas that may benefit from improvement 1.2 Evaluate existing business models and processes 1.3 Identify and analyse changes in technological, client and supply chain environments 1.4 Document factors identified and submit to required personnel for review
2. Research business models	2.1 Investigate alternative business models in use in similar businesses 2.2 Identify and determine relevance of business models in use and under development in other industry sectors 2.3 Investigate and evaluate new business models 2.4 Evaluate opportunities identified against business requirements 2.5 Prioritise and document identified opportunities
3. Propose new business model	3.1 Select new business model according to organisational requirements 3.2 Develop performance benchmarks for chosen business model 3.3 Determine and model new business processes 3.4 Document proposed business model according to organisational procedures 3.5 Submit documentation to required personnel for sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text, diagrams, business models and statistical and financial information
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising information ICT modelling tools, and specialised and cohesive language and document structures
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses a range of statistical and financial data relating to business models to analyse the current model, identify current and future needs, and develop new technology models
Self-management	Identifies and responds to explicit and implicit protocols in familiar work contexts Uses systematic analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against organisational requirements
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience, and monitoring impact
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data, and communicate effectively with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT507 Select new technology models for business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

propose a new technology supported business model for an organisation based on organisational requirements on at least one occasion, including:

identifying new approaches to technology use

determining the suggested focus of the selected business model according to identified performance improvement standards

documenting the new business model.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

procedures for benchmark selection and development

key features of business process design, including:

case diagrams

business process modelling and notation

activity diagrams

key components of business-to-business and business-to-customer interface and liaison

copyright and intellectual property factors relating to selecting new technology models

current organisational environment, including:

technological

client

supply chain

methods for determining impact of technological change

principles of electronic commerce modelling language (ECML)

procedures for interpreting environmental scanning

procedures for interpreting design specifications

key features of modelling methodology

key components of value and supply chain management

key features of website architecture.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business systems

analysis software

modelling software

business requirements

current industry news

supply and value chain analysis.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and test a range of vendor products and equipment against a client’s organisational requirements.

The unit applies to those in a range of information and communications technology (ICT) areas who are required to assess hardware and software products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish project parameters	1.1 Evaluate and prioritise business requirements 1.2 Identify conflicting and overlapping business requirements 1.3 Confirm budget and available resources 1.4 Validate business requirements, budget and resource needs with client
2. Identify vendor products and equipment	2.1 Investigate a representative range of vendor products and equipment 2.2 Identify and document interdependencies 2.3 Specify and document technical alternatives available to business 2.4 Determine and document availability of products and equipment 2.5 Confirm vendor products and equipment meet Australian and other required standards
3. Test vendor products and services	3.1 Develop valid and reliable test regime 3.2 Establish test environment and calibrate measuring equipment 3.3 Undertake testing of products and equipment and document results 3.4 Undertake revised testing where initial tests are inconclusive or where alternative product configuration may meet business requirements
4. Evaluate vendor products, services and equipment	4.1 Rate vendor products for quality, performance and support 4.2 Rate vendor products for fit with client needs 4.3 Establish product limitations, performance, integration capabilities and costs, and compare with established business requirements 4.4 Prepare cost-benefit analysis
5. Prepare evaluation report	5.1 Document product information in order of preference 5.2 Produce a report specifying preferred product and provide rationale for recommendations 5.3 Submit report to client for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates highly technical documents, diagrams, business strategies and statistical and financial information
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources using specialised and cohesive language and formal document structures
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses a range of statistical and financial data relating to products, equipment and integration costs Uses a range of software tools to apply statistical and financial functions and prepare a cost-benefit analysis
Self-management	Identifies the legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work and recognises some legal principles across work contexts
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex non-routine tasks and demonstrates an understanding of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT508 Evaluate vendor products and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine vendor products and equipment options for an organisation according to requirements on at least one occasion, including:

evaluating a range of vendor products and equipment against requirements

testing all identified product options

documenting the selected items and selection rationale in a report.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

relevance and application of the following for evaluating and selecting products:

code of ethics

international standards

vendor products

client business domain

copyright and intellectual property

general features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

current and future technical systems considerations required by business

features and functions of relevant hardware components and software products and the interaction between them

measures required for test regimes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client functional requirements

hardware and software specifications from vendors

test procedures and activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, analyse and document business requirements.

The unit applies to systems analyst developers and project team leaders and managers who are responsible for gathering data to identify business requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify information sources	1.1 Determine information required according to project requirements 1.2 Evaluate available information against project requirements 1.3 Identify addition information sources based on evaluation of information 1.4 Develop critical questions to elicit information from key stakeholders using a mixture of open and closed questions
2. Gather data	2.1 Review current organisational documentation and identify data required for project 2.1 Use a wide range of information gathering techniques according to project requirements 2.2 Review reports and other data sources for business information 2.3 Confirm with stakeholders business critical factors relating to current and future directions of organisation
3. Prepare data analysis for review	3.1 Analyse group and individual responses to clearly define business priorities 3.2 Document data analysis for review according to organisational standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses, evaluates and applies complex online and hard copy documentation containing specific terminology, diagrams and numerical information to identify business requirements
Writing	Uses plain English and appropriate questioning strategies, avoiding loaded or leading questions, when developing information gathering documentation Uses vocabulary, grammatical structures, terminology, diagrams, numerical information, formatting and structure relevant to the job role and organisation to document the analysis
Oral Communication	Articulates research and resource requirements clearly and directs discussions to elicit the views and opinions of others by using effective listening and open questioning techniques
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations and financial functions to analyse financial information
Self-management	Identifies and responds to explicit and implicit protocols in familiar work contexts and articulates the importance of identifying and responding to protocols in new situations Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT509 Gather data to identify business requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify sources and gather information pertinent to the business requirements

review and analyse business requirements based on business strategy and current and future directions

confirm the business-critical factors with stakeholders

prepare data and document data analysis for review according to organisational standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of client business domain that inform project team and client understanding of business needs

industry accepted hardware and software products, general features and capabilities considerations when determining business functions

role of stakeholders and degree of their involvement in the process

quality assurance practices required when determining business requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project brief

business documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse Information and Communications Technology (ICT) goals, objectives and future requirements for an organisation and determine the best ICT systems solution.

The unit applies to those who administer and manage ICT support and participate in the development of strategic initiatives in small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate ICT needs of the organisation	1.1 Analyse organisation’s current needs and projected ICT requirements 1.2 Review organisational environment and relevant industry changes and trends 1.3 Determine ICT goals, objectives and future requirements 1.4 Document outcomes and submit to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Determine project goals and objectives	2.1 Confirm project scope with required personnel 2.2 Evaluate organisational impact of changes 2.3 Document project, goals and impact of changes according to requirements
3. Determine best ICT systems solution	3.1 Evaluate a range of ICT systems solutions according to project goals 3.2 Define high-level hardware, software and communications environment required for proposed systems solution 3.3 Develop a feasibility study and a cost-benefit analysis for proposed solution 3.4 Confirm that proposed solution aligns with organisation’s strategic plan 3.5 Submit feasibility study and cost-benefit analysis document to required personnel for approval and sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, interprets and evaluates a wide range of organisational documentation, financial and statistical data, and technical documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams
Writing	Uses ICT specific terminology and structures document according to documentation purpose
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses a range of statistical and financial data relating to products, equipment and integration costs Uses a range of software tools to apply statistical and financial functions and prepare a cost-benefit analysis
Self-management	Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal and logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to evaluate cost benefits and appropriate solutions
Technology	Recognises and identifies the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT510 Determine appropriate ICT strategies and solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems solutions for an organisation according to client requirements on at least one occasion, including:

analysing the organisation’s current needs and projected ICT requirements

determining the impact of system changes on the organisation

evaluating and recommending ICT strategies and systems solutions to meet business objectives

developing a feasibility study and cost-benefit analysis of proposed solution

seeking and responding to feedback throughout the process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current industry systems development methodologies

business planning process relevant to developing an ICT business solution

current business practices for:

preparing business reports

facilitation of group interviews

quality assurance practices for ICT solutions

general features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

key components of feasibility studies and cost-benefit analyses in relation to ICT strategies and solutions

information sources for a cost-benefit analysis

role and degree of stakeholder involvement in developing ICT strategy

specific client business requirements in relation to proposed ICT solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

detailed information relating to current needs and project requirements of the business

client expectations brief

business risks and objectives.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, plan and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies at an identified industry standard.

The unit applies to those engaged in ongoing review and research to identify, manage and evaluate the implementation of industry technologies or techniques to improve aspects of the organisation’s activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse and plan implementation of industry specific technologies	1.1 Identify technologies specific to industry sector 1.2 Evaluate relevance of industry specific technologies to organisational requirements 1.3 Plan implementation of industry specific technologies to meet organisational requirements
2. Manage application of industry specific technology	2.1 Coordinate testing of industry specific technology 2.2 Implement specific features and functions of industry specific technology to provide a suitable solution to an identified problem 2.3 Access and use sources of information relating to industry specific technology
3. Review, analyse and evaluate industry specific technology performance	3.1 Analyse implementation of industry specific technology for performance and usability 3.2 Review and evaluate benefits of implemented technology to organisation 3.3 Determine environmental considerations involved with the use of new technology 3.4 Seek feedback from users where appropriate

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify industry specific technologies that will benefit the organisation
Writing	Uses vocabulary, grammatical structures and terminology and document structure relevant to the job role and organisation Uses questioning strategies, when developing feedback gathering documentation
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques for seeking and responding to feedback
Self-management	Identifies legislation and regulations relevant to own rights and responsibilities and demonstrates understanding of the implications of these when planning work Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT514 Identify and manage the implementation of current industry specific technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement industry specific technology for an organisation, according to organisational requirements, on at least one occasion, including:

analysing and critically evaluating the features and functions of identified industry specific technologies to an industry standard

managing the implementation process of new and emerging industry specific technology

reviewing the performance of the industry specific technologies for the organisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

trends and applications of current vendor products and technologies

techniques for gathering information to assist in identifying and managing implementation of industry specific technologies

current directions of information and communications technology (ICT) and specifically of the major industry technology standards used in the specified area

general features, capabilities and application of current industry hardware and software products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry specific technologies currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to deal with clients at a senior level, to identify their business requirements and verify the accuracy of the information gathered.

The unit applies to senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) personnel operating with a high degree of autonomy for managing activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish business relationship	1.1 Identify organisational structure, culture and politics in relation to support requirements 1.2 Identify internal and external organisational stakeholders 1.3 Develop business relationship with client 1.4 Schedule regular liaisons with client to manage relationship
2. Determine context of business need or problem	2.1 Work with client to define business problem to be investigated 2.2 Establish system boundaries and scope according to business requirements 2.3 Manage preparation of required information gathering 2.4 Confirm that project objectives and outcomes are documented 2.5 Work with client to substantiate documentation
3. Source and analyse information	3.1 Supervise information gathering from identified clients of system 3.2 Analyse gathered client responses according to business information needs 3.3 Analyse new system requirements according to business information needs 3.4 Confirm that new system requirements and problems have been documented
4. Confirm system specifications	4.1 Review system specifications documentation with client 4.2 Work with client to verify system specifications, updating documentation as required 4.3 Obtain final approval and sign-off from client

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex and technical online and hard copy documentation containing specific terminology, diagrams and numerical information to identify organisational requirements, analyse business problems and identify solutions
Writing	Uses questioning strategies, avoiding loaded or leading questions, when developing information gathering documentation Uses grammatical structures and terminology, diagrams and flow charts, numerical information, and formatting and document structure relevant to the job role and organisation to record new system requirements and associated risks
Oral Communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions and uses detailed and clear language to clarify and present information according to requirements and audience
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations relating to time durations and budgetary information
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal and logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to evaluate appropriate solutions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Technology	Recognises and identifies the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT515 Verify client business requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

verify project specific information for a client on at least one occasion, including:

establishing business relationships through investigation of the organisation and interviews with client and staff

determining and documenting business expectations and needs, including critical business requirements

working with clients and staff to gather, analyse and confirm information contributions

reviewing and gaining approval for system specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

process for communicating with client in order to gather and report data

client business requirements relating to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) product selection

process used to identify products related to the business

roles and responsibilities of stakeholders.

Assessment Conditions

conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client expectations brief

business objectives

systems, data gathering and appropriate software products.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, develop and maintain blockchain solutions to specified business needs.

It applies to those in roles, including senior software developers or blockchain developers, who perform the planning, development and implementation of new and existing technologies to business models in the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and related industries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine blockchain solution requirements	1.1 Establish blockchain objectives, purpose and requirements according to organisational needs 1.2 Identify organisational processes and transactional types suitable for blockchain technology 1.3 Identify organisational use-case according to organisational needs 1.4 Determine legislation and organisational policies and procedures for blockchain and determine impact on solution
2. Design blockchain solution components	2.1 Gather data according to organisational needs 2.2 Design integration workflow according to organisational need 2.3 Determine security and platform for blockchain solution 2.4 Document design plan according to organisational needs
3. Implement blockchain solution	3.1 Set up required platform according to design plan 3.2 Initialise blockchain solution according to vendor specifications 3.3 Implement required consensus portal 3.4 Execute smart command in required platform according to blockchain solution 3.5 Debug and scale blockchain solution
4. Maintain blockchain solution	4.1 Test performance against organisational needs and requirements 4.2 Determine and conduct maintenance tests 4.3 Determine and document maintenance schedule 4.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Obtains information to confirm requirements and responsibilities distinctively using appropriate industry language
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining maintenance schedule according to specified requirements
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, implement and maintain a blockchain solution aligned to a specific organisational criterion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and identify industry standard technology options.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

underlying blockchain principles applicable to developing and maintaining solutions

objectives, purpose and requirements of blockchain solutions

suitability of blockchain different transaction and data types

transactional types and components suitable for blockchain technology

techniques to debug, scale and test blockchain solutions

capabilities and purpose of blockchain technology

industry standard uses for applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software to access internet and web delivered information

industry standard hardware to access internet and web delivered information

client deliverables that assist in information gathering

platforms providing distributed ledger applications

blockchain best practice guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to administer and manage smart contracts as a blockchain application. It involves the research, planning and deployment of blockchain applications for smart contracts suitable to specified business need.

It applies to those who work as senior software developers, blockchain developers, or those who are responsible for undertaking the assessment and implementation of new technologies to business models in the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and related industries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to deploy blockchain technology	1.1 Establish organisational requirements for blockchain technology and contracts 1.2 Determine existing blockchain infrastructure 1.3 Identify data based on existing infrastructure and organisational requirements 1.4 Determine platform and security requirements
2. Plan deployment strategy	2.1 Determine and document deployment plan according to organisational requirements 2.2 Determine and document deployment timelines 2.3 Determine and document impact on organisational operations
3. Implement smart contracts technology	3.1 Deploy technology according to deployment plan 3.2 Determine alignment of technological capabilities against deployment plan 3.3 Determine and apply methods to align smart contract capability against deployment plan 3.4 Create documentation and seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Obtains information to articulate requirements and responsibilities distinctively using appropriate industry language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing deployment plan, timelines and impact on organisational operations using appropriate language for intended audience
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deploy a smart contract using blockchain technology on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research organisational business model and determine required distributed ledger application

demonstrate adherence to blockchain best practices and guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

objectives, purpose and requirements of blockchain solutions

blockchain principles that apply to deploying smart contracts

functions and features of cryptography

database rules relevant to deploying smart contracts

transactional components

industry standard uses for applications

industry standard uses for ABI and bytecode variables

uses and functions of Integrated Development Environment (IDE)

libraries and languages relevant to deploying smart contracts

security best practices and principles applicable to smart contracts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software to access internet and web delivered information

industry standard hardware to access internet and web delivered information

client deliverables that assist in information gathering

platforms providing distributed ledger applications

blockchain best practice guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead and organise an agile team of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and other industry professionals to deliver a project within an agile project management framework.

The unit applies to those in ‘scrum master’ roles and those responsible for leading team members within an agile project. This includes working as project leads within software, web, application and game development environments, without the function of client negotiation or overall business management of the project.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish agile project and team	1.1 Identify and confirm project requirements, outcomes and client expectations with required personnel 1.2 Confirm agile project management methodology and timelines according to project requirements 1.3 Consolidate and confirm prioritisation of tasks according to project timelines 1.4 Confirm project scope, budget and key dates with required personnel 1.5 Negotiate and facilitate team members choosing roles and responsibilities with required personnel
2. Coordinate effective team communication	2.1 Discuss, confirm and implement ways and forms of communicating through tools and meetings with required personnel 2.2 Facilitate and manage agile meeting and encourage others to share feedback and progress 2.3 Check alignment of tasks, progress and timelines match communication and meeting agendas 2.4 Manage work progress and update communication tools according to project progress
3. Prioritise and manage backlog	3.1 Identify and prioritise work backlog according to client requirements 3.2 Determine increment timelines and stages of incremental delivery according to project requirements 3.3 Select range of backlog items to work on in first sprint 3.4 Communicate and coach team to self-select backlog streams and confirm with required personnel 3.5 Manage project work and track progress against project requirements 3.6 Coach and seek feedback from team members 3.7 Raise and action feedback outcomes according to project requirements and personnel feedback 3.8 Re-prioritise deliverables and backlog for next sprint according to client requirements
4. Finalise agile project	4.1 Collate project deliverables and prepare to present to client according to project requirements 4.2 Review and discuss project outcomes, agile effectiveness and team performance with required personnel 4.3 Lead agile project debrief and document outcomes and lessons learnt

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to interpret numerical information and to prepare/reconcile financial data
Oral communication	Actively listens and contributes to discussions to confirm requirements and discusses solutions to identified problems Applies coaching techniques to encourage and support team members to achieve potential in team environment
Reading	Interprets complex text in order to address the project requirements
Writing	Prepares complex documents using required language and grammar to present ideas, options and recommendations in a logical sequence
Teamwork	Fosters a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting and using the strengths of those involved when establishing the project team Actively builds formal and informal networks to include key people/communities with expert skills and knowledge
Problem solving	Makes a range of decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account when monitoring the project and system testing Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria when conducting post project reviews
Self-management	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role and business deadlines

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, lead and evaluate at least three project sprints comprised of different project work tasks within an agile project framework.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use at least one project management tool for effective team communication

use at least two different agile methodologies for communicating with team members.

coach team members and facilitate agile team culture and mindset

discuss and agree on frequency of team communication, feedback and project progress

apply agile principles and allow team to self-govern.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

agile principles, mindsets and behaviours

agile methodologies, including:

project management

team member roles and responsibilities

characteristics of increments, increment timelines and stages of increment delivery

project work tools and platforms

communication tools and platforms

agile meetings, including huddles and scrums

KANBAN board tools

project debrief methodologies

work task prioritisation requirements and contingencies

version control and progress tracking

ICT hardware and project management software applicable to organising and managing agile projects

communication techniques and practices required to coach others and lead meetings.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, hardware and industry software packages required for agile project work

a range of simulated work tasks and project within agile project management teams

project requirements and agile project team

the internet and connectivity

required online agile project management and communication tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design solutions using a user experience (UX) methodology, with the users’ experience at the centre of design. In this unit, a user refers to a customer or client who will interact and use a product, service and/or platform.

The unit applies to those working as business and systems analysts, as well as developers of software, games, websites, applications, products and services. UX design aims to improve, optimize and add value to the users’ experience of a designed solution (product, service or platform).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Explore and validate problem	1.1 Define current problem according to business needs 1.2 Research problem and alternatives in market 1.3 Set data metrics and goals, and define design success according to business needs 1.4 Research user groups and confirm groups suitable for consultation
2. Research and develop user groups’ experiences	2.1 Research problem, required user group information and solutions in market 2.2 Document research and synthesise findings 2.3 Interview user groups and document user experience findings and feedback according to user and market segmentation 2.4 Create user group personas and map to user experience problems and improvement opportunities 2.5 Develop wireframes to communicate user experience according to current problem
3. Create solution options and validate solution	3.1 Workshop and determine solutions according to user experience, problems and improvement opportunities identified 3.2 Confirm best solution with required personnel and client according to UX principals and user needs 3.3 Develop solution prototype according to confirmed solution 3.4 Test solution according to required methodology 3.5 Collect feedback from user groups and adjust solution according to UX principles and user needs 3.6 Finalise solution and document work according to organisational requirements
4. Finalise and present UX solution	4.1 Finalise and confirm UX solution 4.2 Document and collate findings and solution documentation according to organisational requirements 4.3 Present solutions to required personnel 4.4 Integrate UX design into solution according to business need

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm requirements and participate in discussion to synthesise information from others
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, information and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information to determine requirements, meaning and applicability to task
Writing	Prepares complex documents using required language and grammar to present ideas, options and recommendations in a logical sequence
Teamwork	Builds formal and informal networks to include key people/communities with expert skills and knowledge Coordinates team effectiveness by including, coaching, informing and coordinating others
Problem solving	Makes complex decisions in varied situations, taking a range of constraints into account when monitoring the project and design process
Self-management	Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas and work practices through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of technologies and operates them effectively to complete design exercises and identify how others use technologies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and document at least one user experience (UX) solution for a user group of at least 3 people.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

undertake research and consultation

test, adjust and improve solution to desired outcome.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

consultation and communication techniques and methodologies applicable to designing user experience solutions

UX principles and values, including usefulness, aesthetics, desirability, useability and function

UX methodologies and techniques, including:

design thinking

use-mapping and journey exercises

market segmentation

testing solution on user groups

testing function and useability

validating user experience of solution.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

wireframe and prototype tools and templates

design problem or business case

user group of at least three different people.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT531 Test network using virtual instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply simulation testing techniques when testing networking systems.

It applies to technical staff who work with optical communication systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to test network	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with organisational security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Determine required features and applications of virtual instruments across networking systems 1.3 Identify limitations of virtual instruments according to organisational standards 1.4 Select simple and complex virtual instruments to test networking systems
2. Perform network simulation techniques	2.1 Measure networking systems according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Simulate and display properties of modulated signals with software-generated instruments according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Simulate and display data signals transmitted through band-limited channels 2.4 Monitor virtual instruments
3. Process network measurements	3.1 Determine conversion processes used in virtual instruments 3.2 Document effects of a simulation algorithm on recorded readings 3.3 Analyse measurements in consideration of conversion process and simulation algorithm
4. Report network test results	4.1 Prepare report on measurement results according to organisational procedures 4.2 Submit report to relevant personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects and applies mathematical and problem-solving techniques in a broad range of contexts
Reading	Draws on a range of strategies to research and demonstrate knowledge of complex texts Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills and selects required conventions and stylistic devices to express precise meaning
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks, workloads and managing network capabilities, Negotiates key details with relevant personnel
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations Responds to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Technology	Investigates and uses new digital technologies and applications for testing, managing and manipulating data

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT516 Test telecommunications network using virtual instruments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT531 Test network using virtual instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test at least three different types of networks using at least one complex and at least one simple virtual instrument in each network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use system manuals and equipment according to manufacturer specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures, including those for:

obtaining work details and scope from relevant personnel

arranging site access

security arrangements

report sign-off procedures

identifying limitations of virtual instruments

measuring networking systems

features and applications of:

simple and complex virtual instruments

band-limited channels

data buses

simulation algorithms

virtual instruments

differences between simple and complex virtual instruments

sampling and data conversion processes

instrumentation principles and practices

mathematical and problem-solving techniques of measuring networking systems using virtual instruments

technological developments of virtual instruments

internet support services

modulation methods, AM, FM and digital formats

report formats and requirements

legislation, codes, regulations and standards and workplace health and safety requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

internet sites

electronic workbench or similar software

virtual instrument applications and media

a workplace conducting operations involving virtual instruments

support from a competent supervisor or mentor

networking equipment that can be used for integrating projects

industry software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain professional and ethical conduct, as well as to ensure that personal information of stakeholders is handled in a confidential and professional manner when dealing with stakeholders in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to ICT personnel who are required to gather information to determine the organisation’s code of ethics and protect and maintain privacy policies and system security.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish organisational IP requirements	1.1 Identify industry standard intellectual property (IP) and copyright legislation, policies and procedures 1.2 Identify and document organisational policy and industry standard legislation against organisational work practices 1.3 Distribute new or revised policy and procedures to stakeholders according to organisational procedures
2. Review and determine organisational IP, ethics and privacy policies	2.1 Review organisational privacy policy and procedures and determine compliance with industry standard requirements 2.2 Review organisational code of ethics and determine compliance with industry standard requirements 2.3 Review ethical work practices and feedback and determine application of code according to organisational requirements
3. Contribute to privacy policy	3.1 Update privacy policy and procedures and code of ethics to align with required privacy legislation 3.2 Distribute revised policy, procedures and ethics to required personnel 3.3 Implement new work procedures and ethics according to organisational requirements 3.4 Test level of integrity, confidentiality, security and availability of information according to industry standards and organisational policies and procedures
4. Maintain ethics code	4.1 Establish and document review and grievance procedures and submit to required personnel 4.2 Seek and respond to review and grievance procedure documents feedback from required personnel 4.3 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Uses each experience to reflect on ways in which variables impact on decision outcomes and to gain insights into what constitutes decision making in different contexts
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchange of ideas and elicits views and opinions of others using listening and questioning techniques Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Reading	Analyses and evaluates complex text to determine legislative and organisational standards, and applies information to organisational policies and processes
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a range of sources, utilising support materials and specialised and cohesive language in a format and style applicable to audience and organisation
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication
Self-management	Identifies and analyses changes to legislation and regulations applicable to own rights and responsibilities Identifies implications of changes to legislation and regulations applicable to own rights and responsibilities when negotiating, planning and undertaking work
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely, legally and ethically when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTICT418 Contribute to copyright, ethics and privacy in an ICT environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse legislation and standards, and contribute to policy and procedures improvements in code of ethics and privacy policy documents in the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) industry on at least once occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document and communicate updates with relevant personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

codes of ethics pertinent to ICT industry

federal, state and territory legislation and policies applicable to ICT environments and relating to:

copyright and intellectual property

privacy

organisational communication processes and procedures related to applying IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard organisational policies, legislation and standards documentation

organisational style guide

records and documentation that assists in determination of workplace adherence to organisational code of ethics

industry codes of practice

hardware and software applicable to applying legislative and organisational policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT533 Conduct quality audit of IT system design specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to audit information technology (IT) system design specifications against organisational policies, procedures and system expectations. It also includes collecting audit evidence, as well as documenting and analysing audit findings.

The unit applies to individuals who may work as system designers and auditors who are responsible for validating the compliance of IT system designs with required organisational and legislative audit standards.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to audit system designs	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify system on which the quality audit will be performed according to work brief 1.3 Select techniques and methodologies for audit of system design 1.4 Identify automated and manual controls that depend on information technology (IT) system 1.5 Confirm system access for required quality audit 1.6 Prepare audit plan for required specifications according to organisational and legislative requirements
2. Implement audit plan	2.1 Access system to be audited and required resources 2.2 Collect evidence about the functionality and quality of the in-scope system according to audit plan 2.3 Identify IT system control deficiencies and weaknesses 2.4. Document audit outcomes according to work brief 2.5 Document any issues detected in audit according to work brief
3. Finalise findings	3.1 Obtain and review system contract through required means 3.2 Compare system functionality against system contract according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Analyse instances of noncompliance and points where system design does not reflect contract details according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Document recommended options for corrective action according to work brief 3.5 Disclose audit findings according to organisational policies and procedures 3.6 Save documentation and quality audit in secure location according to organisational requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and evaluates text with complex terminology, diagrams, codes, syntax, icons and symbols
Writing	Uses plain English and writing structures when developing audit plan and documenting findings
Initiative and enterprise	Analyses and follows protocols, and meets expectations associated with own role in complex contexts
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when planning complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps and identifying constraints
Problem solving	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot Uses analytical processes in a variety of situations, gathers relevant information and identifies options against agreed criteria Uses advanced decision-making processes to solve problems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications

ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT533 Conduct quality audit of IT system design specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct at least one quality audit of the design specifications of at least two different information technology (IT) systems, where the work must include:

evaluating at least three different aspects of an organisation’s system design

identifying at least one system control weakness and at least one system control deficiency.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create audit documentation according to organisational and legislative requirements

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to:

develop audit criteria and quality benchmarks

access IT systems for quality audit

conduct quality audits of IT system designs

identify IT system non-compliance, control deficiencies and weaknesses

functions and features of IT automated and manual controls

types of IT included in system audits, including:

programs

program developments and changes

computer operations

types of tools and resources used for quality audits

types of audit documentation techniques

methods to:

compare audit findings against system contracts

disclose audit findings

features and applications of audit plans, including:

audit criteria and quality benchmarks that reflect organisational and legislative requirements

methods for auditing IT system design and identifying IT system control deficiencies and weaknesses

resources required to undertake quality audit

projected timelines

types of system design principles, specification standards and system contracts

organisational formats for documentation and reporting audit findings

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software, hardware and resources required to conduct quality audits

live IT system, including database, system files and designed interface

technical specifications of system design

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create strategic in alignment with organisational Information and Communications Technology (ICT) goals and strategies.

It applies to those who work as senior ICT professionals, across various ICT specialisms and are required to develop strategies and action plans for implementation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and share mission and vision statement	1.1 Review organisation’s mission statement 1.2 Develop and document organisation’s vision statement 1.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 1.4 Communicate mission and vision statements to required personnel
2. Assess organisational environment	2.1 Evaluate and document organisation’s internal environment 2.2 Evaluate organisation’s external environment and document findings 2.3 Determine and document trends, developments and critical issues impacting the organisation
3. Set objectives and targets	3.1 Develop and document organisation’s objectives and targets 3.2 Develop and document strategies that meet organisational objectives, mission and values 3.3 Determine and document strategy and objective constraints
4. Finalise strategic plan	4.1 Submit all documentation and request feedback 4.2 Incorporate required changes and improvements 4.3 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses a range of statistical, mathematical and financial calculations and functions to interpret numerical data relating to SWOT analysis and time and financial constraints
Oral communication	Uses listening, probing and open questioning techniques to clarify and present information according to requirements and audience
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text, diagrams, business models, industry trends, statistical information and financial information
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from different sources, utilising appropriate strategic planning tools, specialised and cohesive language and formal document structures
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks
Problem solving	Identifies a range of factors that impact on a decision, including own values and principles, the needs, power, values, beliefs and assumptions of stakeholders Recognises problem areas and identifies possible solutions
Self-management	Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Identifies importance of clarifying, focusing and aligning goals and expectations, and develops ownership of and broad commitment to achieving outcomes Develops and implements strategies that ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT601 Develop ICT strategic and action plans.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

document plan, processes and outcomes and incorporate changes on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop, review and contribute to business vision statements and strategic plans.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

analysis and planning approaches to technical problems and management requirements relating to network ICT security guidelines of the organisation

SWOT analysis methodology

an organisation’s approach to:

monitoring strategic directions

setting objectives and targets

selecting hardware platform

evaluation methods used when forecasting for planning, including:

system functionality, including ICT trends and developments

internal and external operating environments

operating systems supported by the organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

budget and time constraints

business objectives

business risks.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to negotiate and document contractual arrangements between clients and vendors and to monitor and manage performance against agreed contractual obligations.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) management roles who are required to contract both staff and suppliers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish contract	1.1 Determine and document boundaries of the contract according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine and document contract requirements according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine and document required performance criteria 1.4 Obtain client and vendor feedback to clarify problems
2.Monitor performance and facilitate negotiations	2.1 Confirm implementation of contractual obligations 2.2 Confirm and document performance against required performance criteria and contractual obligations 2.3 Facilitate negotiations to resolve problems and misunderstandings
3. Conclude performance outcomes and recommendations	3.1 Determine and document organisational alignment to documented performance 3.2 Determine and document unsatisfactory performance 3.3 Determine and document recommendations for contractual variations 3.4 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Draws from a range of mathematical and financial calculations to determine and monitor contractual milestones, costs and budgetary constraints
Oral communication	Demonstrates use of listening and probing and open questioning techniques to elicit the views and opinions of others and obtain information and feedback
Reading	Analyses a variety of organisational documentation, vendor and client information, technical specifications and financial data
Writing	Integrates information and requirements from a number of sources using correct spelling and grammar, specialised and cohesive language and formal contract documentation structures
Teamwork	Demonstrates active identification of the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of context to identify anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention on critical issues and variables and filtering out peripheral issues
Technology	Recognises and identifies strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT602 Develop contracts and manage contracted performance.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

negotiate and formulate at least one contract.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes

monitor performance outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard analysis and planning approaches to technical problems and management requirements including:

organisational values

purpose in context of formulating contracts

methods for evaluating and forecasting vendor and technology trends

contracting requirements related to Information and Communications Technology (ICT)

methods of purchasing ICT equipment and services, such as negotiating extensive organisational support contracts

industry standards in relation to service and product agreements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational policies and procedures

industry standard service and product agreements

detailed information relating to business strategic plan and objectives.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and determine required traditional and non-traditional systems development methodologies for use by a team.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) management roles who are required to manage development teams.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine appropriate development methodology	1.1 Determine, document and define subject activity 1.2 Define and document selection of development methodology criteria 1.3 Evaluate industry standard traditional and non-traditional system development methodologies 1.4 Determine system development methodology according to organisational requirements 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Review development methodology	2.1 Review project plan and determine suitability to guide developmental processes and adjust according 2.2 Review identification and description of required task types and adjust according to development methodology 2.3 Review definition of appropriate control structures that need to be created during task type execution 2.4 Review identification of resources to support methodology selection
3. Direct development methodology use	3.1 Monitor application of required methodology to solve tasks 3.2 Monitor the project flow and effectiveness of use of methodology against project plan 3.3 Review documented opportunities for improvement, lessons learned and recommendations for future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses specific and complex systems development terminology to liaise with project leader, review methodology and monitor the project
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of online and hard copy organisational documentation and technical information containing complex, systems development specific terminology, syntax and diagrams and applies the information to the task
Writing	Uses correct spelling, grammar and plain English together with a range of systems development specific terminology and computer-generated diagrams
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Uses systematic analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Identifies relevant information and ideas from a range of messages and oral and written exchanges, paying some attention to the meanings attached to the choice of form, channel and wording

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT603 Manage the use of appropriate development methodologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate and apply at least three different development methodologies and their application to a development project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational business domain and organisational requirements

life cycle maintenance of a live system, network or website applicable to managing the use of appropriate development methodologies

technology requirements involved for a range of development methodologies relating to managing the use of appropriate development methodologies

industry standard development methodologies applicable to managing the use of appropriate development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

design specifications and development methodologies

organisational standards for documentation and version control

detailed user requirements document, including model and scope

a project plan.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse traditional business processes to identify and implement business opportunities for innovation and reform.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in areas of knowledge management and systems development, who are responsible for analysing, identifying and coordinating ICT business solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Compare business with competitor businesses	1.1 Identify information on business markets, customers and methods of doing business 1.2 Analyse market for business and customer base 1.3 Analyse business relationships, processes and methods of doing business with e-facilitated businesses
2. Identify business opportunities	2.1 Identify organisational innovation and reform strategies 2.2 Determine strategy compatibility against organisational goals and objectives and conduct a cost-benefit analysis according to organisational requirements 2.3 Evaluate degree of likely change and organisational ramifications according to task requirements 2.4 Conduct risk management analysis and formulate a contingency plan according to organisational requirements 2.5 Determine future proofed innovation strategies according to organisational requirements
3. Implement innovation	3.1 Redesign innovation for organisation and implement online technologies according to organisational strategy requirements 3.2 Integrate innovation according to organisational requirements 3.3 Review organisational innovation against organisational requirements outcomes 3.4 Determine organisational innovation requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses a range of statistical, mathematical and financial calculations and functions to interpret numerical data relating to cost-benefit analysis, risk, time constraints and to monitor implementation of the reform
Reading	Analyses and evaluates complex textual information to obtain information relevant to the organisation and the development of the innovative reforms
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising appropriate strategic planning and business innovation tools, specialised and cohesive language and formal document structures to meet the varied requirements of the organisation and the stakeholders
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Analysis, lateral thinking, experience and knowledge to address complex problems Demonstrates an understanding of the ways in which variables impact on decision outcomes Demonstrates an understanding of the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks
Self-management	Responds to both implicit and explicit protocols within familiar work contexts and demonstrates an understanding of the importance of identifying and responding to protocols in new situations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT604 Identify and implement business innovation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

define, develop and implement a complex innovation plan.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

define the organisation’s strategic directions

develop innovations to assist the business

produce a cost-benefit analysis of suggested innovations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisation’s culture and traditional organisational models

internal and external sources of information relating to identifying and implementing business innovation

legal, ethical and security issues relating to business strategies

records management principles and processes

legislation from levels of government that effect business operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational documents including mission statements and strategic directions

an environment where business opportunities for innovation may be implemented.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement, monitor and review knowledge management strategies.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) roles including knowledge management and systems development teams.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement knowledge management system and procedures	1.1 Determine formal and informal incentives and reward policy for information knowledge sharing 1.2 Implement knowledge sharing policy according to organisational needs 1.3 Determine methods of contributing to the organisation’s knowledge management system 1.4 Determine user support strategies 1.5 Determine knowledge and information protection and security access levels
2. Maintain business knowledge base	2.1 Test input procedures and align to organisational needs 2.2 Collect and analyse data and align to organisational needs 2.3 Implement contingency measures and address non-aligned procedures and incorrect data capture
3. Review knowledge management system	3.1 Evaluate knowledge management system procedures against organisational requirements 3.2 Review organisational knowledge content for accuracy and currency 3.3 Determine and document required system improvements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Demonstrates an understanding the critical importance of the ongoing exploration of new ideas to the viability and effectiveness of a work situation Uses each experience to reflect on the ways in which variables impact on decision outcomes
Numeracy	Uses a range of statistical, mathematical and financial calculations and functions, and relevant software tools to interpret data, review knowledge bank efficiency and develop a cost-benefit analysis
Reading	Critically evaluates a wide variety of textual information to ensure current accuracy of knowledge bank
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources using clear, logical document structures, relevant terminology and correct grammatical structures
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking leadership role on occasion
Planning and organising	Operate from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks May intuitively hone in on problem areas and identify a small set of possible appropriate solutions Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Self-management	Responds to both explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts and demonstrates an understanding of the importance of identifying and responding to workplace policies and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT605 Implement a knowledge management strategy.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement a complex knowledge management system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review and improve systems and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

knowledge management uses, systems and structures in a contemporary organisation

database design concepts that apply to management knowledge

methodologies to quantify internal and external sources of information

legal, ethical and security issues relating to knowledge management

records management principles that apply to implementing knowledge management strategies

legislation from levels of government that effect business operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisation’s structure, goals and knowledge requirements

organisational business plans

existing knowledge management strategies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify areas that would benefit from communities of practice (CoPs) and to develop communities.

The unit applies to senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) management professionals responsible for teams and their output.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify community of practice requirements	1.1 Develop and document organisational knowledge map 1.2 Identify existing informal communities of practice (CoPs) 1.3 Determine and document needs and benefit of CoPs 1.4 Identify groups in disparate areas that share work goals
2. Devise spaces for involvement	2.1 Research and determine electronic meeting space according to group requirements 2.2 Search and secure shared storage in public and private areas 2.3 Enable group mailing capability 2.4 Enable other required technical facilitators
3. Invite participation	3.1 Publicise and promote CoP collaborative tools according to group requirements 3.2 Host and invite required personnel to group events 3.3 Allow new groups to coalesce 3.4 Accept different levels of participation
4. Assist evolution of community	4.1 Facilitate regular contact within CoPs 4.2 Enable evolution of CoPs 4.3 Seek feedback from group participants and change CoP accordingly

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Actively identifies, creates and utilises linkages to enhance knowledge sharing, idea creation, individual and collective engagement and work outcomes
Oral communication	Uses the appropriate tone of voice, encouraging body language, plain English and a courteous manner when encouraging participation and facilitating CoPs
Reading	Identifies and reviews a wide variety of text sourced from organisational documentation, electronic meeting places and the organisational knowledge bank to determine relevant and key information
Writing	Uses persuasive writing, correct spelling, appropriate grammatical structures and a broad range of vocabulary, including idioms, colloquialisms and technical terminology, and applies document structures suitable to the document type
Teamwork	Fosters a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting and using the strengths of those involved
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload, balancing own needs and priorities with those of the work group
Problem solving	Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT606 Develop communities of practice.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, map and facilitate a community of practice (CoP) with more than three people.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

facilitate effective interaction and communicate within the group

define purpose and intent of a CoP.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

‘communities of practice’ features and purpose

organisational structures, goals and knowledge and how they apply to CoPs

communications enabling technologies that apply to developing communities of practice

group dynamics and its impact on building CoPs in an organisational setting

methodologies to promote, market and engage with CoPs and the enabling technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an organisational structure, goals and knowledge

a site where CoP may be developed

personnel that forms a community

user device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead the identification, management and implementation of specific industry technologies to meet identified industry standards.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) leadership roles, who review and research methodologies to improve aspects of an organisation’s activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Lead implementation of technologies	1.1 Determine specific industry technologies according to organisational and industry standards 1.2 Determine technology requirements 1.3 Plan implementation of industry specific technologies according to organisational and industry standards
2. Direct application of industry specific technologies	2.1 Lead management of industry specific technology according to organisational and industry standards testing 2.2 Direct implementation of specific features and functions of industry specific technologies 2.3 Determine alignment of implemented technologies to organisational requirements
3. Lead review, analysis and evaluation of the technology performance	3.1 Lead analysis of the technology implementation according to organisational and industry standards 3.2 Analyse, review and evaluate benefits to organisation 3.3 Determine environmental considerations involved with using the technology

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses clear, easy-to-understand language together with effective listening and open questioning techniques to elicit information
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation that will enable the organisation
Writing	Uses vocabulary, grammatical structures, specific terminology and document structure relevant to the job role and organisation Uses plain English and appropriate questioning strategies, avoiding loaded or leading questions, when developing feedback gathering documentation
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term strategic goals
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Self-management	Demonstrates an understanding of the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work, with specific reference to environmental considerations
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology and when seeking to understand the potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT609 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, document and lead a review of at least one new and established and at least one emerging technology.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard technology trends and directions in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) sector

features and uses of industry standards relevant to new technologies

industry standard vendor products features, functions and uses relevant to existing and new technologies

information gathering techniques relevant to evaluating new technologies

general features, capabilities and application of industry standard hardware and software products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where industry specific technologies may be used

industry specific technologies currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the issues of intellectual property (IP), copyright and professional and ethical conduct in a team and to ensure that personal information of stakeholders is handled in a confidential and professional manner.

The unit applies to those operating at a senior level in an organisation with a high degree of autonomy in managing policies and system security.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage adherence to IP regulations	1.1 Review and summarise outcomes of Australian IP and copyright law relating to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) 1.2 Determine and document alignment of Australian IP law to organisational requirements 1.3 Develop and document review plan of organisation’s adherence to Australian IP law 1.4 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Manage ethical behaviour	2.1 Review organisational and ICT specific code of ethics and summarise outcomes 2.2 Determine and document alignment of code of ethics and conduct against organisational operations 2.3 Develop and document review plan of organisation’s adherence to code of ethics and conduct 2.4 Establish review and grievance procedure and confidential reporting of ethical issues 2.5 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Manage privacy	3.1 Determine and document regular review plan and align to required legislation and standards 3.2 Determine and document integrity, confidentiality, security and availability of information 3.3 Determine and document review plan for continued confidentiality and proprietary rights of stakeholders’ interests 3.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.5 Implement new work procedures according to review plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by using effective listening and open questioning techniques
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text to determine legislative requirements and organisational standards and applies the information
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising appropriate support materials, specialised and cohesive language and a range of writing styles and document structures
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience, and monitoring impact
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Demonstrates an understanding of the application of key principles in a particular context, the appropriateness and effectiveness of different sources of information and planning processes for that context, and the potential implications for future situations
Problem solving	Demonstrates a nuanced understanding of context to identify anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant legal and regulatory obligations when managing copyright, ethics and privacy in an ICT environment Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Monitors and reviews the organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements in order to implement and manage change
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of the broader positive and negative implications of new technologies, and acknowledges the vital importance of system security and storage management

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT610 Manage copyright, ethics and privacy in an ICT environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse legislation and standards and contribute to the review of at least three different policies including IP, ethical conduct and privacy in an organisation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate policy change to required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

federal and state/territory legislation and policy relevant to an ICT environment relating to:

copyright and intellectual property

privacy

processes and procedures by which an organisation communicates its policies and procedures

organisational requirements for customer service relating to managing copyright, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

industry standard ICT system security systems and procedures relating to managing IP, copyright, ethics and privacy in ICT environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required organisational policies

legislation and standards documentation

industry codes of practice.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT818 Develop knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate existing knowledge management processes, identify barriers to capturing knowledge and to develop new strategies.

It applies to individuals who work in senior management positions and lead the analysis, implementation and management of emerging, and converging, information and communications technology (ICT) as they are integrated into the business process to support the organisational strategic goals.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate existing knowledge management systems	1.1 Discuss existing knowledge management strategies with relevant personnel and identify advantages and disadvantages 1.2 Identify differences between knowledge management and information management systems within the organisation 1.3 Evaluate and confirm existing procedures and systems against organisational frameworks 1.4 Identify the need for improvements in the use of knowledge in the organisation
2. Evaluate knowledge management options	2.1 Investigate barriers to capturing knowledge within the organisation 2.2 Review evaluations and recommendations of knowledge management software obtained from relevant personnel 2.3 Propose software to be implemented within the organisation according to organisational requirements and procedures 2.4 Review investigations into incentives and reward systems that support knowledge management 2.5 Confirm required processes for maintaining integrated knowledge management systems are documented by the organisation 2.6 Determine the viability of selected options and present ideas to relevant personnel in a business case
3. Improve existing knowledge management systems	3.1 Implement recommended software following consultation with relevant personnel 3.2 Discuss and confirm how the improved strategy supports knowledge management and organisational needs and budget requirements with relevant personnel 3.3 Discuss and confirm whether processes for periodic reviews of knowledge management metrics are in place with relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical and financial calculations and functions and required software tools Interprets and develops numerical and financial reports
Oral communication	Uses listening and open questioning techniques, to elicit the views and opinions of others and to obtain information Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions Uses required grammatical structures, specialised language, required tone, pitch and body language, to achieve precise meaning when articulating requirements
Reading	Identifies and reviews complex textual information, sourced from organisational documentation, electronic meeting places, communities of practice and ICT vendors
Writing	Selects formal document structure, organisational style and format, and subject-specific language, grammar and terminology, to develop organisational documentation
Initiative and enterprise	Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Problem solving	Uses mixes of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and deals with implementation issues, and contingencies Evaluates principles, concepts and features of new perspectives and ideas to solve problems
Self-management	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures, and considers own role in terms of a contribution to the broader goals of the work environment
Technology	Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT808 Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT818 Develop knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one knowledge management business strategy for at least one organisation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

summarise management concepts, processes and trends

apply legal, ethical and security issues relating to knowledge management

discuss records management and database management principles as they relate to knowledge management, particularly metadata.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

concepts, processes and trends for information and communications technology (ICT) organisational knowledge management

advantages and disadvantages of knowledge management strategies

differences between knowledge management and information management systems

features of organisational knowledge management frameworks

organisational policies, procedures, and legislation, that affect business operations

functions and features of metadata

legal, ethical and security issues relating to knowledge management

organisational change-management theory and methods

records management and database-management principles and how they relate to knowledge management, particularly metadata.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a workplace of sufficient complexity, to enable the required level of analysis to be carried out in relation to:

current business processes

existing knowledge management systems

the organisational culture

relevant enterprise strategic documentation, including:

strategic planning

financial

ICT infrastructure

organisational objectives and policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT819 Lead analysis of information and communications technology business strategy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead analysis of an information and communications technology (ICT) business strategy within medium-to-large organisations.

It applies to individuals who work in high-level management positions in medium-to-large organisations and who manage the strategic planning, risk management, and security of internal and external ICT infrastructure of their organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare in-scope ICT business areas for analysis	1.1 Discuss and identify areas of the ICT business environment to be analysed with relevant personnel 1.2 Obtain supporting organisational documentation for ICT areas 1.3 Confirm supporting documentation is accurate and complete, according to enterprise methodology 1.4 Negotiate the complexity, required resources, deliverables and timelines of the ICT analysis with relevant personnel
2. Analyse ICT business strategy	2.1 Select modelling and researching tools used for analysing ICT business strategies 2.2 Research and explain to personnel how the industry, economic and market factors of the business, drive the ICT business strategy 2.3 Develop a framework for ICT business strategy assessment 2.4 Develop change request process 2.5 Assess the ICT business strategy against the developed framework and report findings according to organisational requirements
3. Finalise analysis of ICT business strategy	3.1 Complete documentation and review for accuracy and completeness 3.2 Report outcomes of analysis to relevant personnel 3.3 Complete documentation and obtain required signoffs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses statistical and financial calculations and functions to interpret and compile data relating to market analysis and budgetary requirements
Oral communication	Elicits the view and opinions of others, and obtains information by listening and questioning Articulates requirements and strategies clearly, using the required tone, style, body language, and reflective responses, to build business relationships
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex textual information, to obtain information relevant to enterprise resource planning and management
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising required ICT modelling tools, specialised and cohesive language, and document structures, to meet the varied requirements of the enterprise and stakeholders
Planning and organising	Develops plans for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications
Initiative and enterprise	Takes initiative to innovate beyond own context, borrowing, adapting, combining and redesigning for own purposes, or using as a provocation, to rethink current approaches
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for considering own role in terms of a contribution to the broader goals of the work environment Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations, involving many variables and constraints
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to troubleshoot, and understands the uses and potential of new technologies

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT809 Facilitate business analysis.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT819 Lead analysis of information and communications technology business strategy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

lead analysis of at least two information and communications technology (ICT) business strategies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse business strategy for risk assessment procedures, including security for ICT assets, and confirm that the measures required to mitigate risk are applied

determine whether the implementation of the required processes and procedures confirm that quality expectations are met.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009 "risk management requirements"

business factors which impact upon characteristics of ICT environments

organisational policies and procedures, including those for:

ICT risk management strategies

addressing change requests

analytical project completion requirements

frameworks used to assess ICT business strategies and role of enterprise methodology in analysing ICT business strategies

applications of security products

possible ICT business continuity issues and resolutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

strategic-level enterprise documentation required for analysis, including planning, financial and ICT infrastructure documentation

legislative policies required for leading analysis of ICT business strategies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT822 Manage automated ICT system applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply the enterprise-wide operating system to system automation in a distributed computing environment as used in network applications.

It applies to network engineers who manage automated systems within a network and includes databases, files systems and user administration.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare enterprise-wide operating systems	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for access to information and communications technology (ICT) systems applications in compliance with security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Modify boot options and run enterprise-wide operating systems, according to agreed scope and organisational requirements 1.3 Shutdown the scoped networked operating system according to organisational procedures 1.4 Manage file commands and wildcards according to system requirements 1.5 Identify system commands and mount and unmount file systems 1.6 Verify the integrity of file systems and configure networking applications 1.7 Analyse, evaluate and apply enterprise-wide operating system features to given networking multi-user applications
2. Apply system functions	2.1 Utilise command line interfaces and interact with shells and commands to the networking application on distributed computing 2.2 Manage files and apply regular expressions with system functions 2.3 Identify text utilities and send text files and output streams 2.4 Evaluate and apply enterprise-wide operating system functions to a networking application on distributed computing and create menu options
3. Manage user login environment and customisation	3.1 Manage user and group accounts to the networking application on distributed computing 3.2 Change user and group profiles to allowed security access level 3.3 Scan log files and identify activity 3.4 Configure user environments for setting users and global profiles 3.5 Record required configuration settings
4. Manage system level functions	4.1 Identify the system ‘cron’ command and automate scheduling 4.2 Analyse the need for backup strategy in the required network application 4.3 Plan a backup strategy to maintain redundancy of the system 4.4 Configure the system to perform scheduled file backups to various media 4.5 Verify integrity of backup operations by restoring system using backup files 4.6 Configure system log files for administration and security needs 4.7 Manage a print server and print files to provide customer service 4.8 Document the configuration backup schedules and system logs
5. Complete evaluation and configuration documentation	5.1 Produce a report on the application of Unix features to given networking multi-user applications that use distributed computing 5.2 Document recommendations on system improvements according to organisational requirements 5.3 Produce a report on the management and configuration of user applications and system level functions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Applies a wide range of highly developed mathematical and problem-solving strategies and techniques to a wide range of contexts
Oral communication	Presents complex and spoken communication in a broad range of contexts
Reading	Evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Generates complex written texts demonstrating sophisticated writing skills
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes when exposed to competing demands Makes high-impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies where required
Problem solving	Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking to develop and improve the organisations goals
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT822 Manage automated ICT system applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage at least one automated information and communications technology (ICT) system application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use functions using enterprise-wide operating systems

analyse system functions based on data

produce at least one report that evaluates the system

document recommendations for system improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational regulations and procedures, regarding:

obtaining work details and scope from relevant personnel

arranging access to ICT systems applications

network security arrangements

report sign-off procedures

running enterprise-wide operating systems

functions and features of:

enterprise-wide operating systems

automated ICT systems

networking multi-user applications

networking infrastructure

software simulation

multiuser networking systems

distributed computing functions

disk partitions

media file systems

system commands

special permission modes

‘cron’ commands

automated scheduling

command line interfaces

networking shells and commands

text files and utilities

data backup strategies

unifex features

modifying boot options

methods to shutdown operating network systems

system requirements for managing file commands and wildcards

mounting and unmounting file systems

utilising command line interfaces

interacting with shells and network commands

managing user and group accounts in networking applications

scanning log files for activity

configuring network applications

encoding and programming techniques

analysing and reporting on network security arrangements

enterprise-wide operating system commands.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a telecommunications operations site

unix-based system

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

industry software packages

enterprise objectives and policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTIOT501 Install IoT devices and networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install IoT (Internet of Things) devices and networks, including connecting, programming and testing the networks and devices for functionality against a given performance objective.

It applies to those in roles including software developers, programmers or network engineers, working as embedded systems engineers, IoT developers or senior software developers, and who have basic knowledge of electrical engineering.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Internet of Things (IoT)

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install devices	1.1 Establish and confirm IoT device and network task requirements 1.2 Determine and document different environmental factors in which sensors and IoT devices will be deployed 1.3 Gather and document IoT device programming requirements according to business need 1.4 Determine and document organisational IoT security requirements 1.5 Determine remaining networking, software and installation architecture requirements 1.6 Lodge documentation according to organisational requirements
2. Install devices	2.1 Install required networks according to technical specifications 2.2 Connect IoT devices to network according to specifications 2.3 Configure required sensors and determine operational needs aligned to specifications
3. Finalise device installation	3.1 Test connectivity of networks against technical specifications 3.2 Test device connectivity against specifications 3.3 Determine and document required system upgrades according to organisational requirements 3.4 Lodge documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas requirements and recommendations for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Analyses context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes end-to-end responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT501 Install IoT devices and networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

connect at least three IoT devices to an IoT network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

check and test environmental factors affecting connectivity of devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of industry standard network and platforms that support IoT devices and components

language uses required for installing IoT devices and networks

functions and uses industry standard hardware and software tools relating to installing IoT devices and networks

different environmental impacts and contexts relating to where and how IoT devices are used

IoT security considerations and their impact

testing and debugging methodologies and techniques required to test software, hardware and environmental impacts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials, hardware required to install land test an IoT network to devices

industry standard software packages relevant to installing IoT devices and networks

organisational, technical and manufacturer procedures and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to program IoT (Internet of Things) devices and networks, including developing, programming and testing devices against predetermined specifications.

It applies to those in roles including software developers, programmers or network engineers, working as embedded systems engineers, IoT developers or senior software developers, and who have basic knowledge of electrical engineering.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Internet of Things (IoT)

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify IoT business requirements	1.1 Establish business needs for IoT devices and applications 1.2 Determine and document different environmental factors in which sensors and IoT devices will be deployed 1.3 Determine microcontroller application and IoT device output according to business needs 1.4 Select required language and hardware with required memory, power constraints and functions
2. Program IoT device	2.1 Select microcontroller and circuit boards according to IoT requirements 2.2 Program microcontroller according to technical specifications 2.3 Test microcontroller and identify and rectify faults as required 2.4 Identify and rectify recordings and measurements against environmental variables and specifications
3. Finalise programming activities	3.1 Document processes and outcomes of programming activities 3.2 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.3 Finalise and resubmit documentation as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, record measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Analyses technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas requirements and recommendations for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, select and program at least one IoT device for at least two different environmental conditions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test IoT device function and environmental variables

document programming processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

language used to program IoT devices

laboratory tools including:

power supply

silla scope

spectrum analyser

signal generator

schematic drawing documentation and reading tools

principles of electricity, energy and electricity usage, as they relate to IoT devices

principles and functions of sensors and wireless communication

uses and features of microcontroller programming, microprocessors and microcontrollers

basic principles of soldering and manufacturing processes and related electrical circuits

basic mathematical equations, algebra, signal processing and statistics concepts and procedures

operational procedures and safety checks for using power usage instruments

different environments, contexts and its impact where IoT devices are used

readings and standards of workplace electrical equipment range

testing and troubleshooting methodologies and techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials, hardware required to program IoT devices

microcontroller and required text editor software

technical and manufacturer documentation

environment with different factors applicable for IoT use.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and test (Internet of Things) IoT devices and networks.

It applies to those who utilise a moderate level of technical knowledge to carry out and evaluate the connectivity of IoT devices and networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Internet of Things (IoT)

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope design options to design IoT devices and networks	1.1 Discuss IoT device and network needs with required personnel 1.2 Determine the nature, purpose and types of resources available to design IoT devices 1.3 Research industry standard IoT devices and networks 1.4 Determine design topology of scoped network and IoT devices in agreement with required personnel
2. Evaluate IoT and network design options	2.1 Discuss advantages and disadvantages of available resources to design IoT devices and networks with required personnel 2.2 Evaluate resources to be utilised to design IoT devices and networks 2.3 Communicate activities required to avoid design and performance of IoT device and network issues
3. Produce design documentation and test IoT devices and networks	3.1 Produce a design report and present to required personnel for approval 3.2 Test connectivity and ensure design compatibility with network and devices

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas requirements and recommendations for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, design and test at least two IoT devices according to organisational needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate advantages and disadvantages of IoT devices in specified networks

produce design reports for the two devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of industry IoT devices and networks

types of resources available to design IoT devices

IoT design topologies

advantages and disadvantages of resources available to design IoT devices and networks

methods to determine compatibility between IoT devices and networks

characteristics of design reports for IoT devices

organisational policies and procedures to design IoT devices and networks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials, hardware required to design and test IoT devices and networks

environmental conditions and specifications required for design IoT devices and networks.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL412 Apply business acumen to network planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to consider business drivers in decision-making processes for network planning and investment. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and incorporating new technologies.

It applies to individuals with diverse telecommunications networking skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of service providers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse network usage forecasts	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for network access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations, standards and organisational requirements 1.2 Organise network information concerning customer service and usage data, according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine trends in customer network demands, and operating environments and markets, according to organisational requirements 1.4 Assess key measures of capacity and customer demand, according to organisational requirements
2. Build models to develop business cases	2.1 Construct network model and represent key options and strategic network plan proposals 2.2 Determine rights of carriers and service providers in installing facilities under required legislation 2.3 Produce strategic network plan with key variables, and communicate plan to relevant personnel 2.4 Determine key economic measures, business risks and values, and available resources for network planning strategies 2.5 Recommend network planning strategies to relevant personnel
3. Analyse financial trends	3.1 Determine and confirm extent of financial analysis required to plan network 3.2 Apply required economic measures in financial analysis and develop recommended network strategy 3.3 Obtain required financial investment tools and determine financial viability of network plans
4. Analyse demographic trends	4.1 Determine and confirm extent of demographic analysis required to plan network 4.2 Gather demographic data and determine impact of demographic diversity on network planning strategies 4.3 Analyse data and produce demographic trends for use in strategy developments in network planning
5. Analyse technological trends	5.1 Determine and confirm extent of technological analysis required to plan network 5.2 Determine unit costs associated with required network technologies and products 5.3 Research the advantages and implementation requirements of network technology bases stipulated in the recommended network strategy
6. Evaluate network deployment architecture	6.1 Evaluate network deployment architecture according to architectural and network deployment rules 6.2 Produce a network business model in consideration of commercial considerations and exemption processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and evaluates text to determine key information and specific requirements and responsibilities
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language Uses expected forms and conventions to present required information
Oral Communication	Articulates specific information using a tone and vocabulary for intended audiences
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations relating to time durations and financial consequences Applies different financial models to planning processes
Teamwork	Uses strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers Selects and uses required conventions and protocols to communicate with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL412 Apply business acumen to network planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse financial, demographic, technological and usage trends and document for at least two networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse forecasts using customer demand

build models to develop business cases

apply financial analysis

analyse demographic trends for strategy development

assess technology implementation

communicate with customers

evaluate network deployment architecture.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods of organising network information and usage data

methods to determine trends in customer network demands, operating environments and markets

emerging telecommunications and networking technologies

principles and techniques of:

network planning strategies

analysing financial, demographic and technological trends in networks

constructing network models

financial modelling

forecasting trends

legislative rights of required telecommunications network carriers and service providers

commercial considerations of implementing network plans, including:

capital expenditure (CAPEX)

operational expenditure (OPEX)

product revenue and demand versus network costs

return on investment (RoI)

time to market

principles and techniques of financial investment tools, including:

cost-benefit analysis

investment management systems

net present value (NPV)

legislation, codes, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements and organisational requirements for scoped work, including:

Australian competition and consumer affairs

telecommunications industry regulatory accounting

universal services obligations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

network planning data

relevant databases

business and financial models

systems and deployment rules and relevant legislation

planning processes and regulatory frameworks.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL413 Evaluate networking regulations and legislation for the telecommunications industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate the impact of deregulation, competition, economic conditions, regulations and legislation on enterprise-specific policies and procedures and its subsequent incorporation into the planning process.

It applies to individuals with a range of networking skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and technologies in the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess economic and political influences on networking regulations and legislation	1.1 Access all legislation governing carriers and service providers in Australia and research the impact of government regulation and deregulation on the networking planning industry 1.2 Assess the influence of economic conditions on the growth and planning of network industries 1.3 Produce a report that evaluates economic and political influences on public and commercial enterprises that provide services in networking markets
2. Determine impact of networking regulations and legislation	2.1 Determine the rights of carriers and service providers in installing facilities in Australia 2.2 Identify the method used by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) to enforce competitive provisions between service providers 2.3 Review the planning obligations of Universal Service Obligation (USO) and evaluate the accessibility of networking services to individuals and organisations across Australia 2.4 Produce a report outlining the impact of Australian federal legislation on network service planning processes and accessibility

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements
Writing	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks, and own workload
Problem solving	Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Self-management	Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements is kept up to date in order to provide accurate information
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others Recognises importance of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL413 Evaluate networking regulations and legislation for the telecommunications industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two comprehensive reports that evaluate the economic and political influences on the networking industry in Australia and the impact of regulations and legislation on the networking industry

produce at least two summary reports that evaluate the impact of legislation on planning processes and accessibility to networks.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

identify economic factors that can affect growth

functions and features of producing evaluation reports

policies and procedures of:

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC)

Universal Services Obligation (USO)

the implications of Australian federal government regulation and deregulation on the networking industry

the purpose and implementation of networking legislation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislation

planning processes

databases

licensing requirements

other related procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the technical elements of a network, including contributing to a disaster recovery plan and network systems performance monitoring.

It applies to individuals working as frontline technical support personnel, who are responsible for network systems administration.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to provide network systems administration	1.1 Identify network performance requirements 1.2 Determine required security level according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine required capacity of network according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine required user access privileges and usage according to user account records and organisation policies and procedures
2. Provide client access and security features	2.1 Provide logins, passwords and applications to users according to organisational requirements 2.2 Provide file access to required users according to organisational requirements 2.3 Prepare documented security user data according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Monitor network performance	3.1 Analyse and respond to diagnostic information according to organisational requirements 3.2 Monitor software usage and identify any inappropriate or illegal use according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Delete any identified illegal software from network 3.4 Monitor hardware response time, and required performance indicators 3.5 Provide feedback to required personnel on performance indicators

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets contextual information from organisational guidelines Interprets systems design terminology, syntax and diagrams, and applies information to task
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining security user data according to organisational procedures
Oral Communication	Obtains information to confirm task requirements and provides feedback to required personnel using succinct verbal language
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data relating to network operations and performance indicators
Teamwork	Selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose, relevant to own role
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency, and considering how to link with work of others
Problem solving	Responds to highly obvious routine problems, using step by step instruction and procedures, or by a trial and error process, for non-critical situations
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems, and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK301 Provide network systems administration.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

sustain the operation of at least one network and meet organisational specifications

use diagnostic test results to maintain network’s integrity.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

network’s operating system

key elements of a disaster recovery policy

features of network file and folder permissions

vendor service-level agreements

operating systems supported by an organisation, including functions and basic features

organisational policies and procedures including:

access, security and networks

protection against, and elimination of computer viruses

deleting, restoring and archiving files

creating logons

personal responsibilities for software copyright.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a live network

industry standard systems administration tools

organisational policy and procedures

industry standard hardware, software, tools, licenses and digital devices

business and client requirements

project deliverables.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, document and provide solutions to network related problems in the context of the technical environment.

It applies to individuals involved in frontline technical support, who maintain network continuity by isolating and rectifying network problems as they arise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to action network problems	1.1 Identify organisational policies and procedures to document user reported network problems 1.2 Determine network problem reported by organisational users 1.3 Document reported network problem according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Determine service level requirements and agreements	2.1 Determine existing third-party insurance policies and existing coverage 2.2 Determine existing maintenance and technical support agreements 2.3 Verify scope and coverage of maintenance and technical support agreements according to organisational requirements
3. Carry out maintenance support	3.1 Diagnose and confirm scope of identified problem according to task requirements 3.2 Determine solution to identified problem, including hardware and software components and action required 3.3 Obtain required hardware and software components 3.4 Carry out required resolution maintenance according to task requirements
4. Prepare and submit maintenance report	4.1 Refer unresolved maintenance requirements to higher level service area 4.2 Prepare maintenance report according to support agreements and organisational requirements 4.3 Submit maintenance report to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets systems design terminology, syntax and diagrams, and applies information to task Integrates and evaluates a range of textual information to maintain effective methods and appropriate standards in technical environment
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining reported network problem and recommendation according to organisational procedures
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using succinct verbal language
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data relating to network operations and performance indicators
Planning and organising	Completes tasks within workplace timeframes Demonstrates responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency, and considering how to link with work of others
Problem-solving	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Responds to highly obvious routine problems, using step by step instruction and procedures, or by a trial and error process, for non-critical situations
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems, and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK302 Determine and action network problems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine and action at least two different network problems reported by at least two different organisational users

document finalised solution for two different reported network problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common networking procedures for diagnostic testing and solution seeking

organisational policies and procedures for documenting and logging reported service issues

contracting and maintenance requirements

organisational problem escalation procedures

inventory processes that may be used to determine and action network problems

technical features and functions of network hardware and software systems

common network problems relating to organisational information

agreements used for technical support.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

reported network user problems

a network

hardware

diagnostic tools, components and software

records and reports

organisational guidelines and procedures

industry standard ICT blueprint.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create a network operating system and set up and use administrative tools to manage the network.

It applies to individuals who are required to provide frontline technical support to maintain network continuity to a network operating system.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and assess network features	1.1 Determine organisational policies and procedures used to administer network operating systems 1.2 Determine interfaces used by organisation’s existing network 1.3 Identify potential network integration compatibility issues and risks
2. Administer and support system	2.1 Format hard drives, set up security restrictions and establish user log-in information according to organisational requirements 2.2 Determine organisational data requirements and data access frequency on systems interaction map 2.3 Plan required upgrades and reconfigurations to network operating system according to organisational requirements 2.4 Implement planned upgrades and reconfigurations according to task requirements
3. Set up and manage network file system	3.1 Create file and folder structure according to organisational requirements, policies and procedures 3.2 Set security access and sharing of file system to meet organisational requirements 3.3 Identify and implement required network operating system virus protection
4. Administer user services and user accounts	4.1 Create users and groups required to facilitate user security and network access according to user authorisation and organisational requirements 4.2 Verify successful user access to authorised network data and resources, and documents outcomes
5. Provide backup security support	5.1 Scan and clean network of viruses 5.2 Perform backup of network according to organisational procedures and requirements 5.3 Document processes used and lodge with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and consolidates technical information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation describing outcomes and processes using relevant language according to organisational requirements
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using succinct verbal language
Teamwork	Uses appropriate methods to communicate with a range of stake holders and co-workers across different contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co workers
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK303 Configure and administer a network operating system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

set up and manage at least one network operating system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use network administrative tools to carry out system administration tasks

manage the network file system

create the network configuration required by the client

provide user services and user accounts

provide backup and service restoration capability.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

antivirus software, its operation, installation and update procedures

organisational and industry standard network operating system (NOS)

facilities available in an operating environment

features and capabilities of networking technologies

implementation of network security in a local area network (LAN) including:

file and folder permissions

users and group settings

monitoring aspects of network performance or traffic including:

system administration tools

third-party tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard ICT blueprint

user network requirements

antivirus software

network administration tools

a live network with a representative range of networked environments and operating systems

a server

technical records, organisational policies, access policy and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage an environment of networked peripheral devices, in order to provide services to client users.

It applies to individuals working as frontline technical support personnel, responsible for connecting, maintaining and administering peripheral devices attached to networks.

No legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install peripherals to a network	1.1 Determine location of peripherals according to user and organisational requirements 1.2 Connect peripherals to network according to vendor approved methods and organisational requirements 1.3 Connect peripherals to computers in network 1.4 Add peripheral accessories and upgrades to printer according to organisational requirements
2. Configure and manage peripheral services	2.1 Install software required and manage local and network connected peripherals 2.2 Setup name identifiers for peripherals and control queues according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Configure security and user access to peripherals 2.4 Configure workstation for peripherals according to organisational requirements
3. Administer and support peripheral services	3.1 Assign priority to control queues according to organisational requirements 3.2 Create templates for use on network according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Configure settings on network and create maintenance schedules, usage logs, and cost centre usage statistics
4. Maintain peripherals and fix common problems	4.1 Establish a regular maintenance schedule according to peripheral manufacturer guidelines and organisational requirements 4.2 Asses peripheral usage and traffic and recommend additional peripherals as required 4.3 Determine failures of peripheral services and devices and rectify as required 4.4. Document finalised process and lodge with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using succinct verbal language
Reading	Interprets textual information from manufacturers guidelines to establish and follow a regular maintenance schedule
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining finalised processes using relevant and succinct language according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Recognises and addresses common cultural and other differences of people in work context Uses a limited range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency, and considering how to link with work of others
Problem solving	Takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems, including equipment services or devices malfunctions
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context with specific reference to work health and safety requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK304 Administer network peripherals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and troubleshoot network peripherals to at least one network.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

network peripherals and their configuration

organisational deliverables that may be used to administer network peripherals

current industry standards for network peripherals

general construction and operation of peripheral devices to facilitate troubleshooting.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a range of internal and external network peripherals including:

mouse

keyboard

monitor

printer

internal modem

industry standard ICT blueprint

network administration tools

live network with a representative range of networked client server environments and operating systems

technical records, organisational policies and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Removal of ‘Writing’ skill removed from Foundation Skills.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and test network protocols in a networking environment.

It applies to individuals with Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills, who are required to provide network support to ensure that appropriate protocols have been installed in networks to allow user functionality and maintenance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install network protocols	1.1 Determine network protocol, user and task requirements 1.2 Select network protocol applications according to task requirements 1.3 Determine network protocol services according to task requirements 1.4 Design network addressing system according to protocol and task requirements
2. Install network protocols	2.1 Install and validate network protocol services according to task requirements 2.2 Install required network addressing system 2.3 Apply internet protocol (IP) addressing scheme according to user needs and organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Configure IP addresses on hosts and workstations
3. Test network protocols	3.1 Test and validate network protocols according to user requirements 3.2 Seek and respond to network protocol performance feedback 3.3 Store unused ICT equipment and dispose of redundant ICT equipment according to manufacturer specifications and organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up to date
Reading	Recognises and interprets textual information, including technical manuals to establish the job requirements
Oral Communications	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using succinct verbal language
Self-management	Identifies roles and responsibilities for task and makes decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational procedures, WHS and environmental guidelines
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK305 Install and manage network protocols.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Removal of ‘Writing’ skill removed from Foundation Skills.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure, test and validate network protocols in order to facilitate interconnectivity on at least one occasion

install and manage network protocols in a network and troubleshoot problems on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere to work health safety (WHS) requirements according to organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business domains, including the organisational structure and business functionality of the network

user needs, manufacturer specifications and organisational policies and procedures

network protocol required to install and manage network protocols

required communications technologies and their associated protocols

industry accepted hardware and software products, and general features and capabilities

network protocols currently in use in the organisation and industry, including:

transmission control protocol

internet protocol (TCP/IP)

OSI models

vendor product range and development directions

network protocols transcend organisational size and network complexity.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a live network

application software and operating system

networked computers

organisational guidelines

technical documentation and installation manuals

vendor software

work health and safety (WHS) guidelines, policies and procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake scripted programming tasks for networking related activities.

It applies to individuals with competent technical skills employed in network or systems administration roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop algorithms to represent solutions to a given problem	1.1 Consult with client and key stakeholders to identify the problem and associated script requirements 1.2 Employ abbreviated software development cycle to script creation 1.3 Develop an algorithm to solve the problem and meet client requirements 1.4 Develop an algorithm which takes account of expected possible situations 1.5 Develop an algorithm which is guaranteed to end 1.6 Use structure, sequence, selection and iteration
2. Create code	2.1 Select appropriate scripting language 2.2 Demonstrate understanding and application of basic language syntax rules and best practices 2.3 Select and use language data types, operators and expressions to create clear and concise code 2.4 Use techniques of selection, iteration and sequence to control script execution flow 2.5 Use techniques for sequential file input and output to retrieve and store information 2.6 Obtain and use user input to affect the operation of the script 2.7 Apply internal document principles to created code 2.8 Follow organisational guidelines for developing maintainable code when creating scripts 2.9 Adhere to coding standards when creating scripts
3. Use operating system tools	3.1 Use searching and sorting tools to select information from the logging output of operating system (OS) 3.2 Implement controls to ensure that where significant events occur, script creates and maintains a log of operations via operating system logging mechanism 3.3 Register and run scripts with OS scheduling facility
4. Test and debug code	4.1 Engineer, document and conduct simple tests to confirm code meets design specification 4.2 Identify areas that are not covered or are covered incorrectly in the script 4.3 Take action to ensure that code complies with security policy 4.4 Take action to ensure that code operates with proper permissions 4.5 Use script debugging techniques suitable for use with scripting language to detect and resolve errors of syntactical, logical and design origin
5. Document script	5.1 Create technical-level documentation 5.2 Create user-level documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.8, 2.9, 4.3	Recognises and interprets technical material, organisational policy and regulatory information to determine job requirements
Writing	2.7, 3.2, 4.1, 5.1, 5.2	Prepares user, peer and technical documentation that communicates complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.6	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements, participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions and uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and to disseminate information
Navigate the world of work	2.8, 2.9, 4.3	Recognises and follows explicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Numeracy	1.3-1.5, 2.3	Creates complex algorithms to calculate and process data for code creation
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1-2.5, 2.8, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5	Uses logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information to plan business requirements Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are used, or could be used, to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology Seeks advice and feedback from client when making decisions Applies formal problem solving processes when tackling an unfamiliar problem, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating options

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking	ICANWK409A Create scripts for networking	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop an algorithmic statement of a solution for a set process

design, document, construct and test a small single purpose operating system (OS) utility application in response to a problem description

create scripted programs that access information stored in files on the system and use system utility programs to sort or find information within these files

validate and record script results.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise the principles of algorithm design

identify and describe operating system components and processes, including:

command line interface

log files

program scheduling utilities

development methodologies

tools and utilities

testing methods

explain debugging for a variety of scripting scenarios

outline programming structured control constructs: sequence, selection and iteration

summarise scripting techniques and language syntax.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

technical requirements

software development environment

software testing environment.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use virtualisation technology, according to the industry standards for reviewing and demonstrating work processes, skills and techniques to ensure that the quality of the entire business process is maintained at the highest level possible through the appropriate application of virtualisation technology.

This unit applies to individuals engaged in ongoing review and research who review, and maintain, business processes at the highest level possible.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use virtualisation technologies	1.1 Identify the enterprise requirements, and determine the need for desktop virtualisation software 1.2 Identify the virtualisation vendors and the different types of virtualisation technology that they offer 1.3 Identify, review and select the desktop virtualisation software, where appropriate 1.4 Select suitable desktop virtualisation software
2. Use desktop virtualisation software to assist in solving organisational problems	2.1 Test the desktop virtualisation software 2.2 Use the features and functions of desktop virtualisation software in an organisational context, in line with environmental factors 2.3 Demonstrate an in-depth of knowledge of desktop virtualisation technologies, to an accepted industry standard 2.4 Access and use, the sources of information relating to desktop virtualisation technology
3. Evaluate the desktop virtualisation software performance	3.1 Review the effect of desktop virtualisation software on benefits to the enterprise 3.2 Seek feedback from users, where appropriate, and update the desktop

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.4, 3.1	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, to determine requirements
Writing	3.2	Writes, edits and proofreads documents to ensure clarity of meaning, and the accuracy and consistency of information
Oral Communication	3.2	Uses specific and relevant language to clearly describe and explain, a range of technical, operational and business-related matters, with internal and external personnel
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.2	Identifies, and acts on, issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	3.2	Selects and uses, the appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers, in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload, for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes, for more complex and non-routine situations Contributes to the continuous improvement of current work practices, by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies	ICANWK419A Identify and use current virtualisation technologies	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify current new, and emerging, virtualisation technology

identify and use, the features and functions of industry-specific virtualisation technologies

review and evaluate the virtualisation software.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe current technology trends, and directions, in information and communications technology (ICT), specifically in the major industry technology standards used in virtualisation technology

recognise the vendor product directions relating to virtualisation technology

outline current industry hardware and software products, and their general features, capabilities and application

recognise information-gathering techniques

describe the environmental and sustainability policies of the workplace

identify the features of virtualisation technology

recognise how to test, and evaluate, virtualisation technology

locate the appropriate sources of information regarding virtualisation technology.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

a site where industry-specific technologies may be used

industry-specific technologies currently used in the industry

documents detailing work health and safety (WHS) standards, environmental guidelines, and enterprise requirements

the virtualisation software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and manage a server. It includes the ability to conduct initial configuration and testing, administration, software distribution and updates, profiling and troubleshooting.

It applies to individuals with Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills, involved in network management, server administration and similar roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install a server	1.1 Identify required server applications and features according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine required operating system features and network service outputs according to task requirements 1.3 Access and back up local data according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Arrange access to site and advise users of deployment and down time expectations
2. Install server	2.1 Create disk partitioning scheme, file systems and virtual memory according to business needs 2.2 Install and configure network operating system, server applications and network services according to task requirements 2.3 Reconnect and reconfigure connectivity devices 2.4 Patch operating system and applications, restore security and reliability requirements 2.5 Restore local data to new server according to organisational requirements
3. Configure and administer the server	3.1 Configure network directory service according to organisational requirements, policies and procedures 3.2 Create and manage security and network access to users according to organisational requirements 3.3 Configure user environment using operating system policies and scripts 3.4 Create directory structure and quotas according to organisational requirements
4. Test server	4.1 Test server against task requirements 4.2 Seek and respond to feedback on server performance from required personnel 4.3 Test and validate any changes or additions against organisational requirements
5. Finalise documentation and clean-up worksite	5.1 Document configuration and operational changes made to server according to organisational policies and procedures 5.2 Document server status according to organisational procedures 5.3 Dispose of excess equipment according to organisational and e-waste policies

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Keeps up to date with organisational and e-waste recycling policies and procedures relevant to own rights and responsibilities
Numeracy	Identifies and interprets numerical data associated with devices, networks, servers and component specifications
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements and gather feedback
Reading	Identifies, interprets and analyses online and hard copy documentation containing complex ICT related terminology, acronyms and concepts
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Planning and organising	Uses organisational policies and procedures in context when negotiating, planning and undertaking work
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate attention, quickly drawing on experience to devise solutions
Technology	Identifies purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK401 Install and manage a server.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and manage at least one server

document and lodge outcomes and process.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

manage server operating system, including user accounts, file, network directory and print services

perform backup and recovery

update operating system and software

troubleshoot server and network failures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard network hardware and software systems and their requirements, including:

network operating systems (NOS)

server applications including compatibility issues and resolution procedures

desktop applications and operating systematic server installation and maintenance processes and procedures, including:

documentation skills for networks

error logging and reporting

high availability options for file systems, including redundant array of independent disks (RAID) and replication

network directory services and network service configuration options for performance tuning user authentication

processes and procedures required to support and manage a server, including:

best practice for implementing backup and recovery procedures

boot process

operating system help and support utilities

operating system installation methods, including installation from CD or DVD, universal serial bus (USB) boot disk, network and script (automated install) printer management

process and task management, including:

process termination

task scheduling utilities

troubleshooting tools and techniques including:

network diagnostic utilities user account and password management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

relevant server specifications including:

cabling

local area networked (LAN) computers

server diagnostic software

switch

client requirements

wide area network (WAN) service point of presence

workstations

relevant regulatory documentation that affects installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead development of asset protection processes, determining threats and implementing controls to mitigate risk.

It applies to individuals in the Information Communications Technology (ICT) industries who are responsible for implementing and managing the organisational disaster recovery and asset protection policy and procedures of a network.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess organisational network and security policies	1.1 Identify organisational security policies and procedures 1.2 Identify security access and user privileges according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine compatibility of identified security access user privileges to organisational requirements
2. Audit system assets	2.1 Conduct audit on system hardware and software assets according to organisational procedures and guidelines 2.2 Document audit findings according to organisational procedures 2.3 Lodge audit findings documents with required personnel
3. Protect assets from threats	3.1 Determine environmental threats to data 3.2 Determine data protection systems and controls according to organisational requirements 3.3 Implement data protection systems according to organisational requirements 3.4 Implement and test antivirus and anti-malware solutions according to vendor specifications and organisational requirements
4. Develop a backup solution	4.1 Determine data backup types compatible to organisational systems and requirements 4.2 Plan backup solution according to organisational requirements 4.3 Implement backup solution and restore backed up media 4.4 Implement real time backup and data sync solution according to organisational requirements
5. Monitor network performance	5.1 Determine available network performance monitoring tools compatible to existing network 5.2 Implement network performance monitoring tools according to task requirements 5.3 Document network performance expectations and actual performance according to organisational procedures 5.4 Lodge document with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses verbal techniques to confirm information and requirements, communicate ideas and gather feedback
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify software solutions and adherence to organisational security policies and procedures
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Planning and organising	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks
Problem solving	Initiates standard procedures when applying solutions in networks, including systems management processes, and deploys rapid solutions to problems involving management of network assets
Self-management	Demonstrates an understanding of, and compliance with, explicit organisational policies and procedures Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK403 Manage network and data integrity and ICTTEN511 Administer a data communications network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

maintain and manage at least one network

maintain data integrity whilst managing at least one network

document and lodge outcomes and process.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use industry standard tools to conduct audit on system assets

implement and test antivirus solution

employ systems to negate environmental threats

demonstrate features of data backup, restore and system roll back

perform network monitoring using a variety of current standard tools

add network controls according to network and data integrity policies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

broad principles of current data integrity on a network, including:

auditing and control of user access

asset tracking and auditing

industry standard antivirus solutions and techniques

backup, restore and rollback procedures

system and network monitoring tools and their related functions

organisational structure and business functionality as they relate to data integrity

tools and applications required to manage network and data integrity, including disaster recovery processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network and data integrity strategies may be implemented and managed

use of network support tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies, manufacturer recommendations and network and data integrity protection standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standard.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to utilise networking fundamentals, including wide area network (WAN) technologies, basic security, route and switch operations as well as to configure simple networks.

It applies to individuals involved in network support positions with the Information Communications Technologies (ICT) skills required to use tools, equipment, software and protocols to install, operate, a small enterprise branch network.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install network	1.1 Determine organisational network performance and data flow requirements 1.2 Identify protocols in OSI and TCP/IP models according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7
2. Install small switched network	2.1 Select media, cables, ports, and connectors according to task requirements 2.2 Identify network segmentation, traffic management and switching requirements 2.3 Perform, save and verify initial switch configuration according to task requirements 2.4 Verify network status and switch operation according to technical and organisational standards 2.5 Implement and verify security level for switch according to organisational requirements
3. Implement IP addressing scheme and services	3.1 Create and implement addressing scheme to network according to task requirements and technical standards 3.2 Assign and verify live IP addresses to hosts, servers and networking devices in a local area network (LAN) environment 3.3 Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts 3.4 Enable and verify operation of network address translation (NAT) 3.5 Configure and implement dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) on router according to task requirements
4. Install small routed network	4.1 Select media, cables, ports, and connectors according to task requirements 4.2 Perform, save and verify basic router configuration according to task requirements 4.3 Install and verify classless routing protocol and network connectivity with required personnel 4.4 Implement password and physical security according to organisational requirements
5. Connect WAN links	5.1 Determine required method for connecting to a WAN 5.2 Implement and verify basic WAN serial connection
6. Finalise branch network activities	6.1 Seek network performance capability feedback from required personnel 6.2 Document finalised process and submit to required personnel 6.3 Store unused ICT equipment according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements and gather feedback from required personnel
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts Applies appropriate strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing finalised process Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and specifications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK404 Install, operate and troubleshoot a small enterprise branch network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure, install and operate one small enterprise branch network

identify, test and verify performance capability issues for a small enterprise branch network.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

internet protocol (IP) addressing scheme architecture

network topologies, protocols and security solutions defined network problems

Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) layers of networking

Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

Network Address translation (NAT)

dynamic host configuration protocol.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network installation may be conducted

small enterprise routers and switches

network’s design documentation

equipment specifications

hardware and software required to install and operate small enterprise branch networks

organisational guidelines

computers

documents including policies and procedures that may affect installation and operation of a network.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build and arrange connectivity to a single zone wireless local area network (WLAN).

It applies to individuals with the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills involved in building wireless access points or wireless router in a small-to-medium enterprise or similar environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to build network	1.1 Identify network needs and organisational requirements 1.2 Determine position for user access point according to environmental and organisational requirements 1.3 Plan schedule of works for preliminary work to be carried out according to organisational and technical requirements
2. Select, install and configure wireless access point	2.1 Determine access point device according to organisational and technical requirements 2.2 Install and configure access point and services according to organisational requirements 2.3 Test access point and verify wireless connection and security arrangements according to task requirements 2.4 Select, install and configure legacy equipment and wireless card
3. Configure network	3.1 Configure security and other key parameters according to organisational requirements 3.2 Test security and firewall arrangements according to organisational requirements 3.3 Test network general compatibility and access with user equipment
4. Prepare network users	4.1 Determine required network devices according to organisational requirements 4.2 Establish and demonstrate user pairing and log-on arrangements 4.3 Inform users of wireless network etiquette and traffic capacity issues according to organisational policies and procedures 4.4 Develop user documentation and network settings according to organisational and technical standards 4.5 Lodge documentation with required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses verbal techniques to confirm information and requirements, communicate ideas and gather feedback
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify software solutions and adherence to organisational security policies and procedures
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Planning and organising	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks
Problem solving	Initiates standard procedures when applying solutions in networks, including systems management processes Deploys rapid solutions to problems involving building wireless local area networks and technical environment
Self-management	Demonstrates and understanding of, and compliance with explicit organisational policies and procedures Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK405 Build a small wireless local area network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test at least two wireless access points

monitor and resolve wireless network issues on at least two wireless local area networks

develop and document user training material.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles of network security, including:

audit and intrusion detection systems

auditing and penetration testing techniques

authentication methods

network protocols and operating systems

security protocols, standards and data encryption

factors that impact on a small wireless network, including:

bandwidth and quality of service

factors affecting signal quality

layer 2 and layer 3 design issues

features of a small office or home office (SOHO) network

wireless security strategies

wireless topologies

wireless local area network (WLAN) solutions

protocols and their application for wireless networks, including:

transmission control protocol (TCP)

internet protocol (IP).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site at which a small wireless network can be installed

tools to install small wireless network

network technical requirements

network infrastructure, including wireless hardware and software

documentation and guidelines that may affect wireless network installations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure, maintain and support server-side applications on network workstations, in both Windows and Linux based networks.

It applies to individuals working as network administrators and network support roles who implement the installation and configuration of client-server-based software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to provide client-server software requirements	1.1 Identify client-server output requirements according to organisational needs 1.2 Plan client-server solution according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine required hardware to implement client-server solution 1.4 Determine host operating system for client-server software
2. Install, configure, and manage services	2.1 Install client-server software and client hardware according to organisational policies, procedures and guidelines 2.2 Configure client-server software according to vendor guidelines 2.3 Manage installation of upgrades and patches to client-server software environment 2.4 Backup client-server software according to technical and organisational requirements
3. Determine configuration effect on network design	3.1 Identify required utilities to monitor and determine network performance capability according to task requirements 3.2 Create network performance benchmarks 3.3 Determine performance effect on network after installation of client-server software
4. Test and finalise client-server activities	4.1 Test operation of client-server software against task requirements 4.2 Store unused ICT equipment according to manufacturer specifications and organisational procedures 4.3 Obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to analyse memory, hard disk and performance requirements
Oral communication	Selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical and vendor-specific information to determine business requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK407 Install and configure client-server applications and services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure, monitor and maintain at least one server-based client software to communicate with existing server software.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test operation of client-server software

identify and implement required updates for client-server software

monitor performance of client-server software

backup and maintain client-server software.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

requirements for client-server applications and services, including:

computer hardware and software required

internet protocol (IP) addressing

networking fundamentals

operating systems

operating system help and support utilities required, including:

procedures for implementing backup and recovery

software installation and configuration

user account and password management

troubleshooting tools and techniques

network diagnostic utilities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software supplies

server and networking tools

client-server based network

appropriate client-server software

ICT equipment used in industry

relevant equipment documentation

work health and safety guidelines

ICT storage guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure and support a desktop and workstation operating system in a networked environment.

It applies to individuals with competent technical skills employed in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support roles or similar.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install a desktop operating system	1.1 Determine desktop applications and feature requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine licensing, data migration, hardware and system requirements according to organisational requirements 1.3 Implement local data backups according to organisational and technical requirements
2. Install desktop operating system	2.1 Install and upgrade desktop operating system and applications according to task requirements 2.2 Configure and connect network settings and workstation according to task requirements 2.3 Patch operating system and applications according to task requirements 2.4 Restore local data to new workstation
3. Configure desktop environment	3.1 Configure required hardware devices 3.2 Administer user environment according to task requirements 3.3 Create file and directory structure according to task requirements 3.4 Configure access to external data and desktop applications according to business requirements
4. Operate command line interface	4.1 Open command line interface and run commands and scripts according to task requirements 4.2 Manipulate command line files according to task requirements
5. Configure desktop security	5.1 Modify default user security settings according to organisational policies and guidelines 5.2 Modify file and directory ownership, permissions and password security 5.3 Configure and implement security settings for desktop applications according to business requirements
6. Monitor and test desktop	6.1 Test desktop environment functionality and performance according to organisational requirements 6.2 Diagnose and rectify desktop operating errors according to task requirements 6.3 Document desktop environment and lodge with required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses and demonstrates an understanding of numerical test measurements to evaluate workstation performance
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements using industry for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical material, organisational policy and regulatory information to determine job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing finalised process according to specified requirements
Problem solving	Makes decisions that demonstrates an understanding of implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK408 Configure a desktop environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and configure at least one desktop operating system, including user accounts, file and print services and security

perform backup and recovery, monitor and troubleshoot the desktop environment for one desktop operating system

document the finalised process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of desktop operating systems, applications, compatibility issues and resolution procedures

configuration requirements of a desktop environment

file naming conventions related to selected operating system

network protocols and transmission control protocol or internet protocol (TCP/IP) network connectivity

operating systems and their functions, including file system, memory management and process scheduling

printer driver and queue management

process or task management, including process termination

tools available for remote assistance and administration

troubleshooting tools and techniques, including network diagnostic utilities and remote assistance and administration tools

user account, group and password administration and guidelines for selecting a secure password

file system navigation and manipulation utilities

software and hardware manufacturer and user licensing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

relevant server specifications, including:

cabling

local area network (LAN)

diagnostic software

switch

client requirements

wide area network (WAN) service point of presence

desktop workstations

required regulatory documentation that affects installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake scripted programming tasks for networking related activities.

It applies to individuals with competent technical skills who are employed in network or systems administration roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to write networking scripts	1.1 Determine and document problem and script solution requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Employ abbreviated software development cycle to script creation according to task requirements 1.3 Develop pre-emptive downtime solution algorithm according to task requirements 1.4 Develop a guaranteed to end algorithm according to task requirements
2. Create and implement code	2.1 Select and create clear and concise code according to task requirements 2.2 Implement selection, iteration and sequence to control script execution flow according to task requirements 2.3 Implement sequential file input and output and retrieve and store information 2.4 Seek and respond to script operation from user input according to task requirements
3. Implement operating system tools	3.1 Use searching and sorting tools to select information from logging output of operating system (OS) 3.2 Implement controls and demonstrate capability of script to maintain a log of operations 3.3 Register and run scripts with OS scheduling facility
4. Test and finalise script activities	4.1 Test script against design specification and task requirements 4.2 Identify and resolve scripting language bugs, syntactical, logical and design errors 4.3 Store unused materials and ICT equipment according to manufacturing specifications and organisational procedures 4.4 File documentation in required location according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements, communicate ideas and solutions, and gather feedback
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical material, organisational policy and regulatory information to determine job requirements
Writing	Prepares user and technical documentation detailing process according to organisational procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, document, construct and test a small single purpose operating system (OS) utility application in response to a problem description

create a scripted program that access information stored in files on system and use system utility programs to sort and find information within files for one operating system (OS)

document process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of algorithm design

operating system components and processes, including:

command line interface

log files

program scheduling utilities

data types

operations and expressions

development methodologies

tools, utilities and testing methods that may be used to create scripts for networking

debugging for a variety of scripting scenarios

programming structured control constructs: sequence, selection and iteration

scripting techniques and language syntax that may be used to create scripts for networking.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

OS scheduling software

storage guidelines for ICT equipment

work health and safety requirements

technical requirements

software development environment

software testing environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, manage and install new hardware components in a network.

It applies to individuals involved in technical Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support roles, including network administrators who support network hardware in a peer-to-peer or client-server networked environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine network hardware requirements	1.1 Determine network hardware and cabling requirements for local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), wireless networks according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify any mobile equipment access design limitations according to task requirements 1.3 Determine effectiveness of organisational guidelines, purchasing policies, procedures, licensing arrangements and budget according to organisational requirements
2. Obtain and test network hardware	2.1 Identify technical specifications for required hardware according to task requirements 2.2 Test hardware capability according to organisational and technical requirements 2.3 Document recommendations and provide document to required personnel 2.4 Determine and document licensing requirements and security issues according to organisational and industry standards 2.5 Obtain hardware according to recommendations and organisational requirements
3. Install and configure network hardware	3.1 Install hardware according to manufacturer and organisational policies, procedures and guidelines 3.2 Configure and test installation according to manufacturer and task requirements
4. Provide instruction and support for installed products	4.1 Determine and document organisational user instructions and requirements from installed products 4.2 Provide instruction document to required personnel according to organisational requirements 4.3 Seek evaluation and feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates an understanding of licensing and security issues relevant to job requirements
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan costs according to business budgets
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and task requirements, communicate ideas and solutions
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing recommendations, requirements and organisational user instruction using cohesive language for intended audience
Technology	Demonstrates and understanding of technical information and organisational procedures to determine job requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK410 Install hardware to a network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate client user requirements and hardware installation for at least one network

install a range of network hardware by planning, managing and supporting the installation of new components in a network

document finished process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry, data and voice networking, security products, devices and procedures, including:

industry accepted network protocols

organisational contracting procedures and responsibilities

system diagnostic software

industry accepted network hardware and software products

hardware and software installation procedures

local area network (LAN) capabilities and characteristics, such as network type, internet protocol (IP) addressing, switch or hub operation

various features of network connections, including types of cables, cabling distance limitations and wireless connections

operating systems sufficient to enable basic installation

set-up and configuration procedures

software packages supported by organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

vendor hardware and software components

application software and operating system

hardware maintenance tools

a live network

networked computers

organisational guidelines

technical documentation and installation manuals.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, manage and support installation of new and upgraded software to networked computers according to vendor and organisational specifications.

It applies to individuals involved in installing, configuring, maintaining and supporting software, including network administrators and network support staff.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine operating system requirements	1.1 Determine software and licensing according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine hardware needs according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine hardware and software requirements against local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), and wireless networks
2. Obtain deployment software to automate deployment	2.1 Determine required deployment software according to task requirements 2.2 Obtain required software and licences, technical specifications and support arrangements from vendors 2.3 Store software licences and manuals according to organisational guidelines
3. Automate installation of operating system	3.1 Plan and deploy operating system according to vendor installation procedures and organisational requirements 3.2 Configure and test installation according to vendor specifications and organisational requirements 3.3 Install updates and patches according to task requirements
4. Automate installation of software packages	4.1 Plan and deploy software packages according to vendor installation procedures and organisational requirements 4.2 Configure and test installation to task requirements 4.3 Install required updates and patches according to task requirements
5. Test and sign off	5.1 Test installed operating system and software and confirm error-free performance 5.2 Document security and licensing agreements according to organisational policies and procedures 5.3 Submit documentation to required personnel for final approval sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to confirm information and determine job requirements
Reading	Recognises and interprets written technical, licensing and organisational
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Planning and organising	Uses effective planning structures and prioritises tasks according to output needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK411 Deploy software to networked computers.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

plan and deploy automatic installation of operating system and software to at least two networked computers

configure and test installation of automatic installation of operating system and software on at least two networked computers

document finalised process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

network protocols and operating systems

transmission control protocols (TCP)

internet protocols (IPs)

network applications

organisational contracting procedures and responsibilities that may be used in deploying software for networked computers

software licensing requirements and documentation

standards related to software deployment, including:

deployment software configuration

configuration of automated deployment processes

operating system deployment

software package deployment

troubleshooting deployment processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where deployment processes may be implemented

a live network

software tools to support implementation of deployment processes

technical documentation and installation manuals

required regulatory documentation that affects networking activities

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK431 Create network documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine network requirements and produce and evaluate network documentation.

It applies to individuals involved in roles requiring task management and competent Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills, including network administrators, technicians and support personnel.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine network documentation requirements	1.1 Determine document purpose and standards according to organisational requirements 1.2 Define required network configuration 1.3 Develop naming standards and labelling schemes according to organisational requirements 1.4 Develop, calculate and verify network addressing scheme according to task requirements
2. Design network diagrams and checklists	2.1 Identify network software mapping tools according to task requirements 2.2 Design network diagrams according to task requirements and organisational procedures 2.3 Develop plans, checklists and manuals according to organisational procedures and task requirements
3. Produce network documentation	3.1 Validate documentation structure according to task requirements and organisational procedures 3.2 Produce network diagrams, plans and checklists according to organisational procedures 3.3 Produce network according to task requirements 3.4 Document procedure and policy manuals according to organisational requirements and industry standards
4. Complete network documentation	4.1 Check network documentation with required organisational personnel 4.2 Publish network documentation according to task requirements and organisational policies and procedures 4.3 Record and store network documentation according to organisational policies and procedures 4.4 Notify required personnel of completed network documentation and initiate final sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Recognises, compares and interprets technical data when developing network addressing scheme
Oral Communication	Articulates requirements and strategies using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses current industry information from a range of sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK412 Create network documentation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK431 Create network documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design and implement at least one network document and publish to its intended environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

open systems interconnect (OSI) layered communication model

network requirements related to:

applications

life cycles

manageability

quality of service

design concepts related to:

financial constraints

network topologies

organisation requirements

physical constraints

security issues.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network documentation can be carried out

a live network

software tools to support network documentation tasks

relevant network documentation

legislation and standards documentation

industry codes of practice

required regulatory documentation that affects networking documentation activities

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build an enterprise, community or mesh wireless network internally and externally to buildings.

It applies to individuals with task management, interpersonal and Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills working in senior design roles in the networking area, who are required to develop complex wireless networks for organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install network	1.1 Determine network requirements according organisational requirements 1.2 Review existing network design documentation 1.3 Identify network topology according to task requirements 1.4 Identify required networking components according to technical and task requirements 1.5 Determine usability of installation and safety equipment according to technical standards and organisational requirements
2. Install and configure access points	2.1 Determine hardware according to task requirements 2.2 Install and configure wireless access hardware according to task requirements 2.3 Configure security, monitoring, logging and quality of service features and networks 2.4 Calibrate test equipment according to task requirements 2.5 Test wireless network systems performance according to task requirements
3.Install and configure antennas	3.1 Select antennas according to task requirements 3.2 Install and configure wireless network access antennas to technical specification and task requirements 3.3 Measure and assess signal strength according to task requirements 3.4 Resolve and report any radio frequency interference issues to required personnel
4. Finalise network activities	4.1 Seek and respond to network performance feedback according to task requirements 4.2 Review planned maintenance and network performance continuity upgrade requirements 4.3 Document and store network settings and performance continuity recommendations according to organisational procedures 4.4 Store unused ICT equipment according to organisational and industry procedures and guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to calibrate equipment and measure and assess signal strength
Oral Communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to confirm information and using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses information from a range of sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing finalised process in a logical manner using cohesive language
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to ensure work is completed according to time constraints and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks
Self-management	Demonstrates an understanding of securing information in relation to own work and takes personal responsibility for identifying and managing risk Initiates standard procedures when solving a broad range of ICT problems Complies with explicit organisational policies and procedures Recognises and applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how in a range of different contexts
Technology	Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and store information Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK417 Build an enterprise wireless network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select, install and configure required wireless hardware on at least one occasion

test, monitor, and administer the installation on at least one occasion

document finalised process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Industry standard wireless local area network (WLAN) and wireless area network (WAN) solutions, including:

audit and intrusion detection systems

auditing and penetration testing techniques

bandwidth and quality of service

factors affecting signal quality

layer 2 and layer 3 design issues

suitability for small office home office (SOHO) and enterprise local area networks (LANs)

transmission control protocols or internet protocols (TCPs/IPs) and applications

wireless topologies

common features of security threats and how to develop a security strategy, including:

security protocols

standards

data encryption

common network protocols and operating systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site at which design, build and implementation of networking and ICT activities may be carried out

industry standard ICT equipment

network infrastructure, including wireless hardware and software

required regulatory documentation that affects networking activities

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install core layer (backbone) connectivity in a local area network (LAN) for applications between floors in a multi-storey and separate buildings.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised technical knowledge and a systematic approach to installing Information and Communications Technology (ICT) technologies and backbone connectivity in a LAN.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design and prepare to install network requirements	1.1 Identify network requirements according to technical and organisational and requirements 1.2 Design network structure according to organisational requirements 1.3 Design network addressing system with subnet and host identities (IP addressing) and virtual LANs (VLANs) 1.4 Identify and document resource requirements according to organisational policies, procedures and task requirements
2. Install and configure network backbone	2.1 Install and configure networking switches and routers according to task requirements 2.2 Install network protocol suites according to task requirements 2.3 Configure host and workstation network access according to task requirements
3. Test and validate network	3.1 Test network connectivity and ensure hosts on segments and VLANs operation parameters are met 3.2 Implement adjustments to systems structure according to task requirements 3.3 Document and validate network performance according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to calculate and interpret network connectivity
Oral communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to confirm information and using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses current network design specifications and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing network performance using cohesive and relevant language for intended audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to prioritise tasks and contingency arrangements
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks
Self-management	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context
Technology	Uses mobile communication tools and specialised software to ensure that geographically distributed team members remain connected in virtual environments

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK418 Implement backbone technologies in a local area network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

install and configure backbone connectivity in a LAN on at least one occasion.

build and test one asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) local area network (LAN) that provides the required services at the required communication standards

document resource requirements and network performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current and emerging industry standard practice associated with:

bandwidth limitations, measuring and testing

LAN and wide area network (WAN) network topologies (three-layer LAN hierarchy: core distribution and access)

MAC addresses, network layer protocols

open systems interconnect (OSI) layer modelling

routers virtual LANs

network interface cards (NICs) and switches, including:

fast Ethernet

gigabit and 10-gigabit Ethernet store-and-forward

fast-forward

fragment-free

internetworking protocol suites, including:

TCP/IP, IPX, DECnet, AppleTalk, IPv6.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site at which installation of backbone and ICT activities may be carried out

required web and technical applications

documented installation guidelines on vendor products

local area network infrastructure

switches with various interfaces

network administration tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use virtualisation technology to review and demonstrate work processes, skills and techniques and to deliver quality across the entire business.

This unit applies to individuals engaged in ongoing review and research, who review and maintain business processes at the most advanced level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use virtualisation software	1.1 Determine desktop virtualisation software needs according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify industry standard virtualisation vendors and different types of virtualisation technology 1.3 Review and select desktop virtualisation software according to organisational requirements
2. Install and test virtualisation software	2.1 Install desktop virtualisation software according to technical and organisational requirements 2.2 Test features and functions of desktop virtualisation software according to technical and organisational requirements 2.3 Seek and respond to desktop virtualisation software performance feedback according to task requirements
3. Evaluate desktop virtualisation software performance	3.1 Review and document organisational benefits of desktop virtualisation software 3.2 Lodge review document according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Dispose redundant ICT equipment and store unused ICT equipment according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Contributes to the continuous improvement of current work practices, by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Reading	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records Consolidates information to determine task requirements
Writing	Prepares, edits and proofreads required documents to ensure clarity of meaning, and the accuracy and consistency of information
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload, for efficiency and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes, for more complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Identifies, and acts on, issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and implement at least one major virtualisation software technologies

test output and performance of at least one major virtualisation software technologies

document findings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard trends and directions in Information and Communications Technology (ICT), in major industry technology standards used in virtualisation technology

vendor product directions relating to virtualisation technology

industry hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application

technical information-gathering techniques

environmental and sustainability policies of workplace

features of virtualisation technology

current standards of testing and evaluating virtualisation technology.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where industry-specific technologies are used

industry-specific technologies currently used in industry

virtualisation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standard.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK435 Create secure virtual private networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements ICTWEB423 Ensure dynamic website security. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess and implement security access measures into virtual private networks (VPNs). It includes configuring a secure network router, testing router functionality, and following workplace procedures to rectify faults.

The unit applies to individuals who may be networkers, technical specialists and security analysts who are responsible for implementing secure network solutions and who use a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge to establish secure VPNs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Configure secure VPN	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Select secure network router according to work brief 1.3 Source network configuration hardware, software and tools 1.4 Confirm component serviceability 1.5 Set up gateway and connect network router 1.6 Create and apply audit rules for network router and run asset security monitoring
2. Secure site-to-site VPN	2.1 Test network for vulnerabilities according to work brief and organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Establish prerequisites and confirm gateway connection to network router 2.3 Configure internet key exchange (IKE) and site-to-site internet protocol security (IPSec) systems 2.4 Authenticate site-to-site VPN user access
3. Secure client-to-site remote access VPN	3.1 Configure client-to-site VPN remote user access server 3.2 Install and access router management console 3.3 Test remote access server and rectify any faults
4. Finalise creation of secure VPNs	4.1 Develop and securely file documentation on system settings and framework components 4.2 Confirm VPN has been secured to an acceptable quality according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses current industry rules from a range of sources and locates relevant sources of information
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation in a format appropriate to organisational requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Initiates standard procedures when responding to problems in known or changing contexts
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal planning processes to identify threats, risks and vulnerabilities
Self-management	Undertakes security procedures in relation to own work and takes personal responsibility for identifying and managing risks
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of specialist systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements

ICTWEB423 Ensure dynamic website security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK435 Create secure virtual private networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements ICTWEB423 Ensure dynamic website security. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure at least one network router

configure client-to-site virtual private network (VPN) access on at least one network router

configure site-to-site VPN user access on at least one network router.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

authenticate VPN user access using one of the following:

pre-shared keys

digital certificates

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key characteristics of a VPN, including:

site-to-site access systems

client-to-site remote access systems

network protocols and operating system functionality

key features and distinguishing differences of network routers

key methods to configure network components using technical guidelines

key security threats, including:

data interception

data corruption

data falsification

eavesdropping

key security requirements, authentication tools and techniques to secure a VPN, including:

auditing and penetration testing

shared keys and digital certificates

audit rules and intrusion detection systems

asset security monitoring

router and switch configuration

security and encryption protocols and standards

prerequisites and gateways

processes to establish security perimeters

processes to contain security breaches

transmission control protocol or internet protocol (TCP/IP) applications

procedures for user authentication

key differences between different types of networks, including:

local area network (LAN)

wireless local area network (WLAN)

wide area network (WAN)

organisational security techniques to identify and minimise network vulnerabilities, including:

security cryptography

screened subnets

virus detection software

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical network requirements, including access to different browsers and different devices

network infrastructure, including servers, tools, hardware and software

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, implement and monitor secure file encryption technologies on a computer network or local environment.

It applies to individuals working as network engineers, security analysts, application and software developers as well as systems support administrations in in any size enterprise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine encryption methods	1.1 Identify enterprise data security needs according to computer network and organisational needs 1.2 Obtain and review available range of encryption technologies and determine options according to computer network and organisational needs 1.3 Plan and document proposed encryption implementation strategy and submit to required personnel 1.4 Seek and respond to proposed encryption plan feedback from required personnel according to organisational needs
2. Carry out encryption	2.1 Implement encryption technology to enterprise system according to vendor specifications 2.2 Analyse and document effect of encryption technologies on required user roles and responsibilities 2.3 Submit encryption technologies analysis report and inform user impact to required users and organisational personnel
3. Finalise encryption technologies	3.1 Evaluate implementation of encryption technologies according to encryption analysis report 3.2 Determine function and performance of encryption technologies 3.3 Seek user feedback on function and performance of encryption technologies 3.4 Document encryption issues and compromises and submit to organisational help desk support

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical data to determine security requirements Identifies and interprets technical compromises from help desk records
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of technical information using specialised and cohesive language
Teamwork	Determines the required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose, according to own role
Problem solving	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to determine data security threats, risks and countermeasures Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems to troubleshoot, debug and correct connectivity and security issues
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Demonstrates knowledge of the purposes, specific functions and key features of industry standard digital systems and tools Operates industry standard digital systems and tools effectively to complete routine tasks
Technology	Manages and maintains data securely and actively monitors technology, notifying others if security becomes compromised Operates industry standard digital systems and tools effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK502 Implement secure encryption technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and document a security plan for the encryption of at least two applications or solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

carry out and evaluate encryption of applications or solutions

analyse enterprise data security requirements

determine encryption methods.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard certificate related infrastructure including certificate authorities, registration authorities, repository services

industry standard symmetric key algorithms and their usage, including:

advanced encryption standard (AES), data encryption standard (DES), triple data encryption algorithm (triple DES)

Blowfish

industry standard encryption types, including:

public key, secret key, hash key

encryption strength

functions and features of:

access control permissions

digital signatures and timestamps

symmetric encryption, asymmetric encryption and one-way encryption

one-way message digests including:

message digest algorithm 5 (MD5)

secure hash algorithm (SHA)

public key infrastructure (PKI), pretty good privacy (PGP) and GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG)

replay security processes and how to prevent them

transmission control protocol and internet protocol (TCP/IP) protocols and applications

wired equivalent privacy (WEP), Wi-Fi protected access (WPA) and Wi-Fi protected access 2 (WPA2).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where encryption installation may be conducted

a live network

servers

industry standard encryption software

industry standard encryption tools

organisational security and encryption deliverables.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop, install and maintain authentication processes and reduce vulnerability of a system.

It applies to individuals working in middle management roles including information security managers, network engineers, security analysts, or similar roles who are responsible for implementing and monitoring an organisational security management system.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate authentication requirements	1.1 Determine user and organisational security requirements according to organisational security plan 1.2 Identify and analyse authentication options according to user and organisational requirements 1.3 Determine required authentication and authorisation processes according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Configure authentication system	2.1 Create required authentication realm and reuse according to authentication system and organisational requirements 2.2 Add required users and authorisation rules to new realm according to authentication system requirements 2.3 Determine user attributes and user attribute set-up according to authentication system requirements 2.4 Set up authentication filter and authorisation parameters according to authentication system requirements
3. Apply authentication methods	3.1 Develop and document authentication systems and protocols according to authentication system requirements 3.2 Develop, document and distribute user authentication system responsibilities to required personnel 3.3 Apply authentication system to network and user according to system product and authentication system requirements 3.4 Record and securely store permission and configuration information according to authentication system requirements
4. Monitor authentication system	4.1 Review authentication system according to user security and quality of service requirements 4.2 Determine and document security monitoring, incident management and reporting processes according to organisational security plan 4.3 Submit documentation and respond to feedback from to required personnel 4.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical data to determine requirements according to user and organisational plans
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing work performed according to organisational policies and procedures for a specific audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to plan control methods and systems processes
Problem solving	Demonstrates a high-level knowledge of ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Uses intuition to identify authentication failure and security incidents and their general problem area Demonstrates an analytical thought processes to clarify goals and key issues and lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK503 Install and maintain valid authentication processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and deploy authentications solutions to a medium-sized business technology environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

configure authentication software and tools

align authentication processes to organisational requirements and industry standard best practices

document work plans and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

problems and challenges associated with organisational authentication issues, including resource accounting through authentication

industry standard virtual private network (VPN) issues, including:

quality of service (QoS) considerations

bandwidth

dynamic security environment

function and operation of VPN concepts

authentication adaptors, including biometric authentication adaptors

digital certificates, including:

VeriSign

X.509

SSL

function and operation of authentication controls and protocols including:

passwords and personal identification numbers (PINs)

smart cards biometric devices

network authentication services including:

Kerberos

NT LAN Manager (NTLM)

features of common password protocols, including:

challenge handshake authentication protocol (CHAP)

challenge phrases

password authentication protocol (PAP)

remote authentication dial-in user service (RADIUS) authentication

principles of security tokens.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

a site or prototype where network authentication may be implemented and managed

network support tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies related to authentication

manufacturers recommendations

current authentication standards, including biometric authentication adaptors.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement network authentication models that allow users to log in using the same user credentials between multiple operating system platforms and that provides a secure method of file sharing on a single, shared network.

It applies to individuals working in network or systems engineering roles, where they are required to support multiple operating systems in a complex computing environment of medium-to-large organisational settings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design and install integrated server solution	1.1 Identify server integration requirements according to organisational network requirements 1.2 Determine deployment access requirements and user down times 1.3 Determine required authentication methods and protocols according to organisational network requirements 1.4 Identify additional installation preparation requirements and document preparation details according to organisational network requirements
2. Design integrated server solution	2.1 Analyse network operating systems integration and authentication methods according to network authentication model 2.2 Research redundancy and replication requirements for required authentication model 2.3 Design and document integrated server design
3. Install and configure the integrated server solution	3.1 Implement integrated authentication solution according to server design specifications 3.2 Implement integrated file sharing solution according to server design specifications 3.3 Configure required integrated environment on required user workstations 3.4 Implement required integrated server environment security according to server design specifications
4. Test and reconfigure network servers	4.1 Test server performance and document outcomes according to network requirements 4.2 Analyse documented error report and identify system errors 4.3 Diagnose and correct identified integration problems according to network requirements 4.4 Test and validate network server changes and additions against specifications
5. Document and complete network design and installation	5.1 Document server configuration and operational changes 5.2 Complete required documentation report and notification of server status 5.3 Clean up and restore worksite according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Reading	Interprets and analyses enterprise procedures, manuals and specifications to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of technical information and specialised and cohesive language in a format and style required for a specific audience
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work
Problem solving	Makes a range of decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Initiates standard procedures and contingency management skills when responding to familiar problems to adapt configuration procedures to requirements of network and reconfigure, depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Self-management	Demonstrates knowledge of the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Technology	Demonstrates knowledge of key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK504 Design and implement an integrated server solution.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and configure at least two integrated server solutions according to at least two produced integrated server design documents.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce design documents required to integrate multiple server operating systems for authentication, file sharing and security

monitor and test the solution

troubleshoot integration problems

test and reconfigure network servers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

authentication methods and protocols, including:

lightweight directory access protocol (LDAP)

Kerberos

industry standard network operating systems (NOS), including:

operating system help and support utilities

network file systems and sharing

industry standard server applications, compatibility issues and resolution procedures, including:

error and event logging and reporting procedures

file and print management

high availability options for servers

network service configuration and security

industry standard performance monitoring tools and tuning options

process of managing a project, including:

process or task management

task scheduling utilities

troubleshooting tools and techniques, including network diagnostic utilities

user authentication and directory services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

industry standard server specifications including:

multiple operating system platforms

cabling

networked (LAN) computers

server diagnostic software

switching equipment

client requirements

workstations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, install and test servers in complex network environments.

It applies to individuals who are employed in network or systems engineering roles or similar and are required to design and build network servers in a complex computing environment of medium-to-large organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and design network servers	1.1 Identify network server performance and data migration specifications according to organisational requirements 1.2 Design and document configuration of network services and server applications according to organisational requirements 1.3 Prototype design and update documentation 1.4 Develop test plan and confirm alignment according to organisational requirements 1.5 Submit documented plan and obtain sign of from required personnel
2. Prepare for network server installation	2.1 Identify safety hazards and implement risk control measures according to network design specifications 2.2 Determine network and user disruptions and communicate to required personnel 2.3 Back up local data according to network design specifications
3. Build and configure servers	3.1 Install network operating system according to design specifications 3.2 Install additional tools and required third-party software applications according to network server requirements 3.3 Implement security design and patch operating system and application according to network design specifications 3.4 Configure network services, restore local data and provide automatic updates according to network design specifications 3.5 Implement security design to prevent unauthorised access to system according to network design specifications 3.6 Reconnect and reconfigure connectivity devices according to network server requirements 3.7 Configure update services to provide automatic updates for operating system and applications 3.8 Restore local data to new server 3.9 Implement backup and recovery methods and enable restoration capability in the event of a disaster
4. Test and reconfigure network servers	4.1 Test server and benchmark against network design specifications and document outcomes 4.2 Identify and remediate identified server operating issues according to network design specifications 4.3 Test and validate changes and additions against organisational requirements
5. Complete and document network design and installation process	5.1 Document server configuration, server status and operational changes 5.2 Complete required documentation report and notification of server status 5.3 Clean up and restore worksite according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates knowledge of ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan project costs within a defined budget
Reading	Interprets organisational procedures, manuals and specifications to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of technical information using specialised language in a format and style required for a specific audience
Teamwork	Determines the required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose, according to own role
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work
Problem solving	Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes Demonstrates effective decision making in relatively complex situations
Self-management	Demonstrates knowledge of the nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities and how it contributes to the work of others Demonstrates and articulates knowledge of legislation and regulations required to own rights and responsibilities
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK505 Design, build and test a network server and ICTTEN514 Install, configure and test a server.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a design report for at least one server with complex user and network service requirements

prepare and install a network server on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document work plans and processes

configure a wide range of server network and security services, including:

domain name system (DNS)

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

web and proxy mail

file transfer protocol (FTP)

firewall.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of industry standard network operating systems (NOS)

industry standard server applications compatibility issues and resolution procedures

industry standard network service configuration, including:

domain name system (DNS)

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

file transfer protocol (FTP)

mail

network time protocol (NTP)

proxy

server messages block (SMB)

web

industry standard network service management including start, stop, restart and start on boot

network service security features, including server firewall configuration

troubleshooting tools and techniques including network diagnostic utilities

industry standard operating system installation and operation issues, including:

installation media

boot process and diagnosing boot failures

operating system rescue environment

operating system help and support utilities

performance monitoring tools and tuning options

compatibility issues and resolution procedures

high availability options for servers

file and print management

data security and storage measures required on networked server, including:

user authentication and directory services

best practice procedures for implementing backup and recovery

error and event logging and reporting

storage options, including file systems and disk partitioning schemes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

server specifications

industry standard hardware

networked (LAN) computers

server diagnostic software

switching equipment

organisational deliverables relating to building network servers

wide area network (WAN) service point of presence

end user device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use required tools, equipment, software and protocols to install, operate and troubleshoot switches and routers in a medium-size enterprise network.

It applies to individuals who are employed in desk technician and network support technician roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install medium enterprise Wide Area Network (WAN) links	1.1 Review existing network design documentation and determine currency and completeness according to organisational requirements 1.2 Analyse organisational security protocol requirements 1.3 Determine access and security requirements of required tools, equipment, software 1.4 Develop and document installation plans and detail prioritised tasks and contingency arrangements according to organisational requirements 1.5 Obtain installation plan sign off from required personnel
2. Configure WAN links	2.1 Determine WAN connection method requirements according to installation plan specifications 2.2 Configure and verify required serial WAN configuration and WAN protocols according to vendor specifications 2.3 Configure required virtual private network (VPN) and site-to-site technology according to vendor specifications 2.4 Determine and configure an asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) connection according to installation plan specifications
3. Configure and verify IP services on a router	3.1 Configure, implement and verify a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) router operation according to vendor specifications 3.2 Configure and verify internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) addressing according to vendor specifications 3.3 Configure and verify the operation of network address translation (NAT) requirements according to installation plan specifications
4. Secure a network using router services	4.1 Determine purpose and types of access control lists (ACLs) according to installation plan specifications 4.2 Configure and apply ACLs according to network filtering requirements 4.3 Secure access to the network router according to installation plan specifications
5. Troubleshoot medium enterprise WAN links	5.1 Test WAN implementation links and align to installation plan service expectations 5.2 Respond and rectify identified WAN implementation issues 5.3 Document test results and rectification methods according to installation plan specifications 5.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements, articulate complex concepts and matters using required terminology to explain technical and business-related matters with required personnel
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical information to determine requirements according to organisational needs
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation which incorporates an evaluation of technical information and specialised language in a format and style for a specific audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work
Problem solving	Demonstrates effective decision making for relatively complex situations and takes a range of factors into consideration Uses intuition to identify the general problem area, switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues and lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions
Self-management	Demonstrates knowledge of the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work Demonstrates knowledge of how strategic and operational applications are used or could be used to achieve work goals
Technology	Demonstrates knowledge of the ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK506 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services in a medium enterprise network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test Wide Area Networks (WAN) links on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan and prepare for WAN link installation

document finalised solutions for WAN links

secure access to network router through access control lists.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard operation and configuration of internet protocol version 6 (IPv6)

industry standard router setup and operations, including:

ACLs

router command line interface (CLI) configuration

router debug commands

industry standard problems and solutions with WAN link installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

a site where network installation may be conducted

small enterprise routers and switches

network’s design documentation

equipment specifications

hardware and software required to install and operate small enterprise branch networks

end user device

policies and procedures pertaining to the installation and operation of a network.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use tools, equipment, software and protocols to install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers.

It applies to individuals working as network technicians and network administrators or in other network support roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install router	1.1 Identify and analyse existing router performance against organisational requirements 1.2 Review existing network design documentation and determine alignment to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine network element additions and upgrades according to organisational requirements 1.4 Develop and document installation plan and submit document to required personnel 1.5 Obtain installation plan sign off from required personnel
2. Configure basic router operation	2.1 Determine basic routing requirements and operating parameters according to installation plan specifications 2.2 Select required media, cables, ports, connectors and connect routers to network devices and hosts according to installation plan specifications 2.3 Set basic parameters and router firmware according to installation plan specifications 2.4 Save and back up router configuration files according to installation plan specifications 2.5 Implement required router security and configure static and default routes according to installation plan specifications
3. Configure dynamic classless routing protocols	3.1 Calculate and apply required classless IP addressing scheme using variable length subnet mapping (VLSM) to a local area network (LAN) and a wide area network (WAN) environment according to router specifications 3.2 Configure and verify required classless routing protocols according to router specifications
4. Apply troubleshooting processes	4.1 Troubleshoot device configuration and network connectivity according to network specifications 4.2 Identify and correct problems with IP addressing and host configurations according to network specifications 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are, or could be, used to achieve work goals and have strategic and operational applications
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate the performance and interoperability of the network Adds, subtracts, multiples and divides basic and complex numbers
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and regulatory information, to determine the requirements according to client needs
Writing	Uses factual information and industry-related terminology, to convey information to internal and external personnel on technical, operational and business-related matters
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes, intuitive knowledge of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work and coordinate processes, in liaison with others
Problem solving	Identifies the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work Demonstrates a use of intuition to identify the general problem area, switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues and uses lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions
Self-management	Makes decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into consideration
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely, when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK507 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure, install, manage and troubleshoot on medium enterprise routers on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply network topologies, routing and security protocols.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard routing concepts for medium enterprise network switches and routers

classless routing protocols, including:

open shortest path first (OSPF)

routing information protocol (RIPv2)

debug commands

internet protocol version 4 (IPv4)

purpose and basic operation of protocols in the open system interconnection (OSI) and transmission control protocol and internet protocol (TCP/IP) models

router command line interface (CLI) configuration.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network installation may be conducted

small enterprise routers and switches

network’s design documentation

equipment specifications

hardware and software required to install and operate small enterprise branch networks

end user device

policies and procedures pertaining to the installation and operation of a routers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use tools, equipment, software and protocols to install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches and routers.

It applies to individuals working as help desk technicians, network support technicians or in similar roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install medium enterprise switch and router	1.1 Identify and analyse existing switch and router performance against manufacturer expectations and organisational requirements 1.2 Review existing network design documentation and determine alignment to manufacturer expectations and organisational requirements 1.3 Determine network element additions and upgrades according to organisational requirements 1.4 Develop and document installation plan and submit to required personnel 1.5 Obtain installation plan sign off from required personnel
2. Configure basic switch operation	2.1 Determine network segmentation, traffic management and switching requirements according to installation plan specifications 2.2 Perform, save and verify initial switch configuration tasks according to installation plan specifications 2.3 Select required media, cables, ports and connectors and connect switches to network devices and hosts 2.4 Perform, save and verify initial switch configuration tasks and upgrade switch firmware 2.5 Save and back up switch configuration files and implement required switch security
3. Configure and verify advanced switching functions	3.1 Determine required switching technologies according to switch specifications 3.2 Configure and verify virtual local area networks (VLANs) 3.3 Configure and verify required trunks between switches and inter-VLAN routing 3.4 Configure and verify required spanning tree protocol (STP) operations
4. Troubleshoot medium enterprise switches	4.1 Troubleshoot device configuration and network connectivity according to switch specifications 4.2 Identify and resolve switched network issues according to technical requirements 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and have strategic and operational applications
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and regulatory information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	Uses factual information and industry-related terminology to convey information to internal and external personnel on technical, operational and business-related matters
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to plan, prioritise and monitor own work and coordinate processes in liaison with others and within different contexts
Problem solving	Makes decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into consideration May use intuition to identify general problem areas from complex issues, switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues and uses lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK508 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and install at least two medium enterprise switches

configure and test network elements on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply network topologies, protocols and security issues

apply solutions and troubleshoot defined network problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

switches and their operation

industry standard installation requirements of switches, including:

debug commands

routing between virtual local area networks (VLANs)

spanning tree protocol (STP)

switch command line interface (CLI) commands

switch security, including:

port deactivation

port security

secure shell (SSH)

advanced switching technologies

common network switching issues

industry standard network and related equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network installation may be conducted

enterprise switches and operating systems

equipment specifications

hardware and software required to install and operate medium enterprise switches

end user device

policies and procedures pertaining to the installation and operation of enterprise switches.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in Performance Criteria 3.3.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build a high performance, high security, failure resistant security perimeter for an enterprise Information and Communications Technology (ICT) network.

It applies to individuals with advanced ICT expertise and work in roles including middle managers, information security managers, network engineers, network technicians, security analysts or similar.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and design firewall solution	1.1 Identify organisational and industry standard security threats according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Determine required firewall security according to organisational requirements 1.3 Research and identify available perimeter security options according to organisational requirements 1.4 Design security perimeter according to organisational requirements
2. Configure perimeter to secure network	2.1 Deploy required perimeter devices according to network security requirements 2.2 Configure required perimeter topology according to network security requirements 2.3 Configure basic functionality of devices according to network security requirements 2.4 Configure required advanced functions according to network security requirements
3. Design and configure network devices	3.1 Back up device configuration according to network security requirements 3.2 Design and configure perimeter and enable continuity of service during devices upgrades 3.3 Design and configure perimeter and enable continuity of service in event of device failure
4. Configure VPN solution	4.1 Configure perimeter for site-to-site virtual private networks (VPNs) 4.2 Configure perimeter as a remote access VPN server 4.3 Configure perimeter to allow VPN tunnel forwarding 4.4 Diagnose and resolve VPN connectivity issues according to network security requirements
5. Test design performance	5.1 Test required functionality of basic features according to network security requirements 5.2 Test required functionality of advanced features according to network security requirements 5.3 Perform required penetration testing and verify perimeter against security requirements 5.4 Document functionality performance results and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from and applies an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies to design and configure advanced features of perimeter devices and an integrated VPN solution
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and enterprise information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to convey complex technical information and notes security breaches for client records to clients on technical, operational and business-related matters
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to plan, prioritise and monitor own work and coordinate processes in liaison with others and within different contexts
Problem solving	Makes decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into consideration May use intuition to identify general problem areas from complex issues and switching to analytical processes to meet security requirements and resolve other technical problems
Self-management	Identifies digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK509 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in Performance Criteria 3.3.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, configure and test a security perimeter and integrated VPN solution on network devices on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

design and configure a firewall solution and network devices

conduct testing of the performance of the perimeter of security devices

document functionality performance results and the finalised process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard emerging security issues and the requirement for security policies

industry standard security perimeter issues related to networks, including:

security technologies according to perimeter design

weaknesses of installed perimeter design

principles and techniques for designing and implementing a security perimeter, including:

software and hardware perimeter solutions

organisational network infrastructure

auditing and penetration testing techniques

logging analysis techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site or prototype where perimeter security may be implemented and managed

perimeter devices

organisational security requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, implement and evaluate information security in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system or application during the system development life cycle (SDLC) and prior to the operations and maintenance phase.

It applies to individuals who work as network managers and required to handle system and application security from the development phase through implementation to evaluation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop system and application security	1.1 Identify organisational ICT system and application security requirements 1.2 Determine and document ICT system and application security plan according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify risk-based audit performance criteria against the ICT system or application 1.4 Develop and document required mitigation of vulnerabilities processes and procedures 1.5 Integrate information security requirements, controls, processes and procedures into ICT system and application design specifications
2. Implement system and application security	2.1 Execute and verify operational compliance according to technical and organisational requirements 2.2 Perform required configuration management practices and mitigate introduction of vulnerabilities 2.3 Validate and re-engineer ICT system and application security controls and operations phase vulnerabilities 2.4 Document ICT system and application security controls according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Evaluate system and application security	3.1 Assess effectiveness of information system controls against required risk management practices and procedures 3.2 Assess and evaluate system compliance against organisational requirements 3.3 Assess system maturation and readiness for promotion to production stage according to organisational requirements 3.4 Document assessment findings and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and regulatory information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to produce workplace documents
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to plan, prioritise and monitor own work and coordinate processes in liaison with others and within different contexts
Problem solving	Identifies sophisticated principles, concepts, nuance, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and reduce risks Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purpose Makes a range of critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Self-management	Identifies and considers required policies and legislative requirements in the development of system security processes
Technology	Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK510 Develop, implement and evaluate system and application security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and implement an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system and application security plan on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard programming languages

industry standard best practices in application of language syntax rules, including:

data structures

graphical user interfaces (GUIs)

small-size application development

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that impact on network security

threats and risks to the security environment

security assurance specifications

risk assessment process required in evaluating system vulnerabilities, including:

risk mitigation

security control selection

implementation and evaluation process

software security standards compliance.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT business specifications

information on security environment, including:

laws and legislation

existing organisational security policies

organisational expertise and knowledge

application and system scenarios.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK546 Manage network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and manage security functions throughout a network.

It applies to individuals with Information and Communications Technology (ICT) expertise and lead the development of strategic reviews of security and provide technical advice, guidance and leadership in resolution of specified problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan security design process	1.1 Define planning phase for network security design according to organisational requirements 1.2 Define building phase for network security design according to organisational requirements 1.3 Define managing phase for network security design according to organisational requirements
2. Identify threats to network security	2.1 Determine major threat themes to network security 2.2 Determine the potential origin of major threats according to network security design specifications 2.3 Identify industry standard common network vulnerability types 2.4 Design and document threat model according to network security design specifications
3. Analyse security risks	3.1 Determine required elements of risk management according to network security design specifications 3.2 Identify organisational assets requiring protection 3.3 Categorise and document assets and determine their value according to organisational requirements 3.4 Determine and document risk management plan according to organisational requirements
4. Create a security design	4.1 Determine attacker scenarios and threats according to network security design specifications 4.2 Design and document network components security measures 4.3 Develop and document security policies 4.4 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
5. Design security incidents response	5.1 Design and document auditing and incidents response procedure 5.2 Submit to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Calculates equipment costs in order to assess their business-related value
Oral communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques in order to identify different perspectives and confirm and clarify knowledge
Writing	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to develop organisational plans, security policies and document security breaches
Problem solving	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and reduce risks Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK511 Manage network security and ICTTEN811 Evaluate and apply network security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK546 Manage network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate security information and use it to plan control methods and countermeasures to manage prescribed network security requirements on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans, policies and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard ICT networks and their configuration

network attacks, vulnerabilities and related weaknesses of installed infrastructure, including:

security technologies

emerging security issues

network security measures, including:

auditing and penetration testing techniques

logging analysis techniques

organisational network infrastructure

capabilities of software and hardware solutions

general features of emerging security policies, with depth in security procedures

network management and security process controls

network security implementation risk management plans and procedures, including:

network security planning

implementation

cost analysis and budgeting.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network security may be implemented and managed

network support tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies, manufacturer recommendations and security standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and manage security on an operational system.

It applies to individuals working in middle management or leadership roles and are responsible for implementing and managing the organisations security management system.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse threats to system	1.1 Evaluate network security system and determine the level of alignment to organisational requirements 1.2 Conduct risk analysis on network security system and document outcomes 1.3 Identify and evaluate system threats and document findings according to organisational requirements 1.4 Identify and document system user interactions
2. Determine risk category	2.1 Conduct risk assessment on network security system and categorise risks 2.2 Conduct risk assessment on human operations and interactions with network security system and categorise risks 2.3 Match risk plans to risk categories according to risk assessment levels 2.4 Determine and plan resources by risk categories according to risk assessment levels
3. Identify required controls	3.1 Devise and implement risk management controls according to system security requirements 3.2 Plan and document required system-related user policies and procedures 3.3 Identify high-risk categories at specified periods according to risk assessment levels 3.4 Categorise and record system breakdowns according to organisational requirements
4. Implement controls in the system	4.1 Develop a management system security plan according to risk assessment levels and system security requirements 4.2 Develop security recovery plan according to risk assessment levels and system security requirements 4.3 Implement system controls and reduce risks in human interaction with the system
5. Monitor system tools and procedures	5.1 Conduct a management review process and monitor risks 5.2 Review risk analysis process against security vendor benchmarks, security specialists and organisational requirements 5.3 Determine and document re-evaluation system to identify new threats and risks 5.4 Submit all documentation to required personnel, and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates an increasing capacity to manipulate oral, visual and or written formats to achieve a specific purpose with full command of vocabulary required to context
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and enterprise information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	Prepares information that incorporates a synthesis of knowledge, using Information and Communications Technology (ICT) terminology and cohesive language in a format and style required to a specific audience
Teamwork	Recognises and addresses complex problems involving participation in group solutions and analysis and resolving issues for a mixed mode environment of people and systems processes
Planning and organising	Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes Uses a combination of formal and logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to develop a security plan and a security recovery plan
Problem solving	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and reduce risks Makes a range of critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering required policies and procedures when managing a security system Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK513 Manage system security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct a network security system evaluation on at least one occasion

develop a security plan and security recovery plan on at least one occasion

implement controls within the security system on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement and manage security functions on a system

conduct a risk assessment

set up effective controls to manage risk

monitor risks and controls

review risk analysis process

document finalised plans.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard security technologies

industry standard risk analysis procedures, including:

general features and

security procedures

security requirements of an organisation, including:

industry standard threats to security

security techniques and technologies

systems management and process control in relation to security

industry standard systems technologies, including their general features and capabilities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where system security may be implemented and managed

use of utility tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies

manufacturer recommendations

security standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fit a physical model into the design phase of the methodology.

It applies to individuals working as system designers or similar and are required to model proposed solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review and confirm system requirements	1.1 Determine and clarify organisation’s required system solutions with required personnel 1.2 Identify organisational standards and methods for developing models 1.3 Identify assumptions and incorporate into modelling process 1.4 Identify goals and resolve into task requirements 1.5 Determine and document task plan according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Resolve conflicts and inconsistencies	2.1 Identify missed opportunities arising from previous and current model development 2.2 Identify bottlenecks, overlooked functionalities and other required issues 2.3 Determine and document resolution process according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Build and test model	3.1 Develop and document model plan and implement existing architecture 3.2 Submit documented plan to required personnel 3.3 Seek and respond to plan feedback from required personnel 3.4 Test model against test plan specifications 3.5 Document test data and confirm that test procedures validate performance of model
4. Finalise workable solution	4.1 Confirm consensus views of key information and communications technology (ICT) stakeholders is represented in model 4.2 Submit model to required ICT stakeholders for review and to confirm common knowledge of model and proposed solution 4.3 Submit model to required person for sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Uses a combination of formal and logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to set benchmarks and identify project scope when developing a model
Reading	Interprets technical material and organisational standards to determine job requirements
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Problem solving	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes Makes a range of critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Identifies and addresses complex problems in systems models and may seek advice from required experts
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering required policies and requirements in the development of preferred system solutions Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK514 Model preferred system solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and resolve model conflicts and build a model using at least two development tools and test on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document finalised plan

analyse organisation’s required outcomes

develop specific areas of a system for further information or to confirm a software or hardware direction

identify opportunities for expansion of the model.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational business domain in relation to the organisational structure

functions and features of:

development and test tools

industry standard hardware and software products and standards

industry standard explain modelling techniques

systems development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

acceptance criteria

client requirements

organisational and process goals

project budget

project deliverables

standards for model development

technical specifications

test plans.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate Information and Communications Technology (ICT) security requirements for a new system and to plan for controls and contingencies.

It applies to individuals working in senior roles in the networking area who are required to design security for new ICT systems or similar.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research ICT security requirements	1.1 Analyse and determine statutory, commercial and application security requirements 1.2 Assess impact on the existing ICT system 1.3 Identify additional ICT security requirements 1.4 Document security requirements and submit for approval from required personnel
2. Conduct risk analysis	2.1 Identify internal and external security threats according to organisational security requirements 2.2 Develop security alleviation controls and contingencies according to organisational security requirements 2.3 Determine costs and additional resource requirements associated with contingencies 2.4 Conduct and document risk assessment recommendations 2.5 Submit to required personnel for feedback
3. Develop ICT security policy and operational procedures	3.1 Develop security policies and align to organisational security strategy 3.2 Create and document work procedures and align to organisational security policies 3.3 Document operating procedures 3.4 Submit all documentation to required personnel for feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrate operation from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages and regularly reviewing priorities and performance
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data to develop a broad plan, budget and strategy
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm knowledge for requirements and articulates information clearly and concisely
Reading	Demonstrates knowledge and knowledge of legislative, organisational and technical material to determine job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of procedural material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Problem solving	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world
Self-management	Identifies and applies complex own legal rights and responsibilities and understands general legal principles applicable across work contexts Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Recognises complex anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention on critical issues and variables
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and legally when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK519 Design an ICT security framework.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine and develop security policies and operating procedures on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct risk analysis

analyse and identify organisation’s security requirements

research and assess security framework requirements with consideration of statutory and commercial requirements

identify associated costs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard design criteria for a security framework, including:

organisation’s business domain

legislation relating to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) security

current industry standard hardware

current industry standard software products

industry standard security features and capabilities

operating systems

risk relating to ICT security

industry standard security considerations for businesses, including:

typical environments

threats

policies and strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information on the security environment

laws and legislation relevant to ICT security

existing organisational security policies

security environment, which also includes the threats to security that are, or are held to be, present in the environment

risk analysis tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design the security controls that confirm that an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system is both physically and legally secure.

It applies to individuals in a range of ICT areas who are required to guarantee the security of ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review organisational security policy and procedures	1.1 Analyse business environment and identify organisational system security controls requirements 1.2 Determine legislative requirement for ICT security and impact on organisational requirements 1.3 Identify organisational ICT security threats 1.4 Document analysis findings and security requirements and submit to required personnel for approval 1.5 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel as required
2. Develop security plan	2.1 Identify potential security attacks, threats and risks 2.2 Prioritise, categorise and document assessment results 2.3 Determine and document security plan according to organisational requirements 2.4 Submit plan to required personnel and seek feedback 2.5 Integrate approved changes into security plan and confirm compliance with statutory requirements
3. Implement system controls	3.1 Implement security controls according to security plan and confirm minimum risk of security breaches 3.2 Monitor each phase of implementation and determine organisational impact 3.3 Document implementation process according to organisational requirements 3.4 Plan risk assessment review process according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm requirements, articulate and present complex concepts and matters using required terminology for intended audience
Reading	Interprets legislative, organisational and technical material to determine job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of business reports for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Self-management	Identifies and applies complex legislative or regulatory requirements required to own role and considers implications of any changes when planning and undertaking work
Technology	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK520 Design ICT system security controls.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review organisations existing security policies and procedures and design and document security procedures and controls for a system on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

oversee the implementation and evaluation of the strategy.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

communications security, including human organisational interactions

procedures for conducting information security risk assessments

internet security technologies and processes, including:

firewalls

physical security

security testing methods for performing security tests

wireless security

security threats

the impact of security policies, plans and strategies

general features of specific security technology

risk assessment

current industry standard security processes, including general features and capabilities of software and hardware solutions

legislative requirements and ethical standards expected when considering security controls, including:

ethics in Information and Communications Technology (ICT)

privacy issues.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT security assurance specifications

probability, frequency and severity of direct and indirect harm, loss or misuse of the ICT system

risk analysis tools and methodologies

an ICT environment in which there are security risks

legislation, regulations and standards relating to security

existing organisational security policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create wireless markup language (WML) decks.

It applies to individuals who create specialised language intended for devices such as mobile phones that implement the Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) specification that provides navigational support, data input, hyperlinks, text and image presentation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design WML deck	1.1 Analyse existing hypertext markup language (HTML) page design and identify information accessible via hand-held device 1.2 Design deck logical structure and confirm deck size meets required boundaries 1.3 Determine content structure according to organisational requirements and user needs 1.4 Identify links between sets of cards according to WML deck requirements
2. Create deck	2.1 Design user input cards and multiple item selection according to WML design specifications 2.2 Code deck cards according to WML design specifications 2.3 Demonstrate cards compliance to international WML standards
3. Test deck	3.1 Test deck on multiple devices and confirm compatibility with required hand-held devices 3.2 Validate and test WML files according to standard testing procedures 3.3 Document test results and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas, feedback and solutions
Reading	Interprets technical material to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, stylistic devices and required conventions to express precise meaning
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Recognises anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Demonstrates adherence to explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts
Technology	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK522 Build decks using wireless markup language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design wireless markup language (WML) files and build and test a deck on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse existing parameters

create code using required language and standards

test and validate compatibility and performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard internet standards and transmission control protocols and internet protocols (TCPs/IPs) required to WML

five-layer protocol stack of TCP/IP and its function in applications development

wireless application protocol (WAP)

application communication protocols

WML code, including:

WMLScript and WMLScript specification

extensible markup language (XML) 1.0 standard

XML applications

wireless features:

application environment

datagram, session, transaction protocol

transport layer security

computer code of ethics as it applies to programming.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

XML parser

WML valuator

industry standard hardware and software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, install and test a network access storage (NAS) device in a local area network (LAN).

It applies to individuals who work in roles that involve installing, configuring and testing NAS devices in the workplace environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine NAS specifications	1.1 Determine and document topology of local area network (LAN) according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine current and future organisational storage requirements 1.3 Determine number and type of required NAS devices according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine requirements for network management, backup, security and redundancy
2. Select hardware and software	2.1 Select required hardware according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 2.2 Select required operating system software version according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 2.3 Select required storage applications according to technical specifications
3. Install hardware and software	3.1 Install required level of Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID) hardware and software 3.2 Install hard disks according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Install operating system software according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Connect required network media according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Test functionality of hardware and software according to technical specifications
4. Configure NAS	4.1 Configure required network address and hostname 4.2 Establish and test required network connection with other LAN devices 4.3 Configure hard disks according to RAID requirements and format with required file system 4.4 Configure access and security according to application and organisational requirements
5. Test and troubleshoot NAS	5.1 Test NAS according to manufacturer and organisational requirements 5.2 Test access and response times aligned to required applications, users and organisational requirements 5.3 Make required adjustments to configuration according to organisational requirements 5.4 Document finalised process and outcomes and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops a range of workplace documentation for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering required organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies and applies complex concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK524 Install and configure network access storage devices.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine specifications, install, configure and test at least three network access storage devices on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

troubleshoot performance issues where required

document finalised outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

advantages and disadvantages of NAS versus direct attached storage (DAS) devices

legislative, regulatory, standards and codes of practice related to NAS

industry standard hard drive types and connectors

industry standard network cable types and connectors

common network topologies

process for implementation and configuration of networks

redundant array of independent disks (RAID) configurations and their application in data storage.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a NAS device and basic components to build a NAS including:

industry standard personal computer

industry standard operating system

hard disk and network connection

network devices

workstations and servers

cabling access points and a wireless access point.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement virtualisation technologies, with the goal of providing a more sustainable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to individuals working in senior networking roles and are responsible for increasing the sustainability of an organisation through the use of virtualisation technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to configure virtual environment	1.1 Analyse organisational environment and determine virtual environment requirements 1.2 Determine virtualisation software requirements 1.3 Determine environmental requirements for installing virtualisation software 1.4 Plan and document installation process according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 1.5 Submit plan to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Install and configure support services	2.1 Install and configure services and ports according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 2.2 Install and configure virtualisation client and server management software according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 2.3 Install and configure environmental requirements and virtual machines according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 2.4 Test functionality of virtual machines and align with organisational and manufacturing requirements
3. Design and configure virtual network	3.1 Plan and document virtual network according to organisational requirements 3.2 Submit plan to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback 3.3 Install and configure required virtual networks according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 3.4 Verify functionality of virtualisation network, according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with the potential to meet current and future needs
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation, to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, explores complex issues and constructed logically and succinctly Writes and edits computer code and technical data, with correct syntax
Teamwork	Collaborates with others, sharing information to build strong work groups Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, identifying and addressing any issues
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, recognises anomalies and deviations from normal expectations, in a virtualised machine environment
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering the required organisational protocols and policies for designing, configuring and managing virtual networks in a virtual environment
Technology	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK525 Configure an enterprise virtual computing environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test virtual machines on at least 2 occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

manage environmental requirements

document finalised outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines related to development of sustainable Information and Communication Technology (ICT) environments

industry standard technologies and processes designed to produce required ICT environment

tools and software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration of software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration required to integrate virtual machines into the existing network design

outline structure, function and business organisation of the client.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where virtual machine environments may be implemented

the network’s technical requirements

industry required virtualisation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage virtualisation technologies, with the goal of enhancing sustainable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments.

It applies to individuals who work in ICT roles where they are responsible for managing virtualisation technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to manage resources	1.1 Analyse environment and determine organisational virtual computing environment outcome requirements 1.2 Test, verify and document required functionality of virtual environment 1.3 Determine virtual environment maintenance and upgrades according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 1.4 Implement required upgrades and maintenance and restore to organisational requirements
2. Manage virtual machines	2.1 Convert physical machine to a virtual machine 2.2 Select virtual machine deployment methods according to organisational requirements 2.3 Create and deploy virtual machine and use installation media and automated templates 2.4 Deploy virtual machine snapshots and reverse and implement virtual machine changes according to organisational requirements
3. Confirm high availability	3.1 Plan and design high availability strategy according to organisational requirements 3.2 Identify required high availability implementation resources according to organisational and technical requirements 3.3 Implement and configure virtual machine environment and confirm high availability and live migration
4. Backup virtual environment	4.1 Plan and document backup strategy according to organisational and technical requirements 4.2 Backup and recover virtual machine and use required integrating third-party tools 4.3 Document backup and recovery outcomes and submit to required personnel 4.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors the outcomes of decisions, considering the results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm knowledge of requirements to articulate and present complex concepts to the client
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and organisational data to determine requirements, according to client needs
Writing	Prepares documentation that expresses ideas and explores complex issues and is constructed logically, succinctly and accurately Writes and edits computer code and technical data, ensuring the correct syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing operational detail in stages and regularly reviewing priorities and performance, during implementation and identifying and addressing any issues
Problem solving	Recognises anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and quickly remedying any problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering, the required policies and legislative requirements in the management of an enterprise’s virtual computing environment
Technology	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and understands the uses and potential, of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK527 Manage an enterprise virtual computing environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create, deploy, back up and recover virtual machines on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines, in relation to development of sustainable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments

industry standard and current technologies and processes designed to produce a sustainable ICT environment

structure, functions and business organisation of organisation

application and deployment of virtual machine management tools

virtual machine configuration and integration options.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype, where virtual machine environments may be implemented

industry standard technical specifications

required hardware and software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK555 Determine best-fit topologies for local networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine the most effective ways of networking computers to meet user needs and business requirements.

It applies to individuals in networking roles who are required to plan network topology options for local networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine needs of local network users	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with security arrangements, legislation, work health and safety (WHS) requirements, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Identify mobile and static network users, network business processes and requirements, according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine organisational budget limitations and approval processes 1.4 Perform network functional analysis and identify the needs of segments and network users 1.5 Estimate traffic content and volumes 1.6 Create prioritised organisational network functional matrix, according to organisational requirements
2. Assess local network specifications	2.1 Perform a functional analysis and determine the resource requirements for each network segment 2.2 Analyse functions and features of the physical environment and identify effects on the network design 2.3 Conduct a cost-benefit analysis and identify viable topology options 2.4 Evaluate topology options in consideration of available resources and network functional matrices 2.5 Nominate the most viable network topology options 2.6 Select and document identified viable network topologies in required reporting format
3. Report best-fit topology options	3.1 Report identified viable network topology to relevant personnel according to organisational procedures 3.2 Obtain task sign-off from relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations to determine resource expenditure within predetermined constraints Interprets numerical data to estimate network traffic needs
Reading	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to organisational requirements
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Oral communication	Presents and discusses ideas with relevant personnel Engages with and understands customer needs and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK516 Determine best-fit topology for a local network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK555 Determine best-fit topologies for local networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine at least three best-fit topologies for local networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse business and organisational needs

identify the most viable local area network (LAN), virtual private network (VPN) and wireless local area network (WLAN) topology

document recommendations and communicate findings to relevant personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

typical network topologies for the following:

large and small LANs

wide area networks (WANs)

VPNs

virtual local area networks (VLANs)

WLANs

typical components of a local network, including:

adaptor cards

bridges

Ethernet hardware

gateways

hubs

routers

transmission control and internet protocols (TCP/IP)

business considerations for establishing local networks, including:

growth projections and capacity planning

costs and queuing constraints

high and low speed links

redundancy paths

response time and reliability requirements

scope of operation

traffic flow patterns

traffic load

application requirements of users

requirements for installing:

unshielded twisted pair (UTP)

installing shielded twisted pair (STP)

optic fibre

cables

Wi-Fi access points

features and capabilities of industry-accepted hardware and software products

functions and features of cost-benefit analyses

features of line-sharing protocols

characteristics and relative strengths and weaknesses of LAN network topologies

organisational requirements regarding:

identification of different segments in networks

creation of prioritised organisational network functional matrices

reporting identified best-fit topologies with personnel

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business requirements

equipment specifications

organisational and industry costing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to troubleshoot local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN) and wireless network problems.

It applies to individuals working as network managers, network engineers and technical specialists or similar, and who generally work independently with limited supervision. Individuals at this level perform a broad range of problem-solving activities including troubleshooting, evaluating and analysing networks and planning and developing new systems and procedures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement network monitoring	1.1 Set up required network monitoring logs and produce a management information base (MIB) according to organisational requirements 1.2 Benchmark network performance and establish network performance reference point 1.3 Identify critical activity levels and network capacity 1.4 Plan and document network performance review schedule according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 1.5 Determine additional network enhancing resource requirements according to organisational requirements and technical specifications
2. Prepare to troubleshoot network problems	2.1 Determine major network problems according to organisational reporting requirements 2.2 Identify organisational and vendor support services and network resolution plan 2.3 Plan and document network problem reporting and resolution plan 2.4 Lodge plan according to organisational requirements
3. Diagnose network faults	3.1 Establish fault hierarchy using data from previous resolution attempts 3.2 Progressively isolate and resolve fault according to technical specifications 3.3 Document fault resolution steps according to organisational requirements
4. Rectify faults	4.1 Isolate repair requirements according to technical specifications 4.2 Replace and reconfigure equipment and software 4.3 Test network and confirm fault rectification against technical requirements 4.4 Document outcomes according to organisational policies and procedures 4.5 Document user downtimes and submit report to required personnel
5. Finalise fault rectification process	5.1 Review fault resolution and determine likelihood for reoccurrence 5.2 Determine and document planned maintenance and upgrade requirements 5.3 Submit maintenance plan to required personnel 5.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates consideration of strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to analyse costs and values to accurately determine performance
Oral communication	Uses highly developed listening and questioning techniques to understand others’ perspectives and articulates complex information to required personnel
Reading	Draws knowledge from written technical material, equipment manuals and other specifications to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of material such as reports and test documentation for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to recognise anomalies in a network environment and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention and solving problems as they arise
Self-management	Demonstrates the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information Identifies a need for further information or seek advice from required experts
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK532 Identify and resolve network problems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor a medium-sized network, determine and rectify network fault.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

provide constant monitoring and tuning of network

document finalised processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware, cabling and software products, including general features and capabilities

organisational maintenance response-level escalation procedures

organisational business domain, including organisational structure and business functionality

network management tools including general features and capabilities with substantial depth in troubleshooting areas

outline industry standard network topologies

networking technologies, features and capabilities including those relating to:

protocol stacks of transmission control protocol or internet protocol (TCP/IP)

open system interconnection (OSI)

major organisations that oversee internet protocols

industry standard network protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a live system and sites with a representative range of network environments and operating systems

technical records and documentation

management information base of accumulated fault resolution information

network support tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments and to provide a more efficient and reliable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to senior networking staff who are responsible for increasing the sustainability of an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Configure and manage core virtual networks	1.1 Plan and design a virtual network according to organisational requirements 1.2 Configure virtual local area networks (VLANs) and required security and virtual switch (vSwitch) ports 1.3 Implement required security policies, traffic-shaping and network interface controller (NIC) teaming 1.4 Manage required distributed vSwitch connections, vSwitch physical and vSwitch storage adapter connections 1.5 Configure and manage required multiple networks according to organisational requirements
2. Configure and manage core infrastructure storage and services	2.1 Obtain vendor provided virtualisation software technical storage specifications and system requirements 2.2 Plan, design and document core infrastructure storage environment according to organisational requirements 2.3 Create, configure, manage and secure virtual storage connection according to technical specifications 2.4 Install and test local and shared data store, data store clusters and resource pools according to technical specifications 2.5 Configure required provisioning services and templates according to organisational requirements and technical specifications
3. Secure virtual environment	3.1 Plan and document administrative strategies according to organisational requirements 3.2 Configure required user roles and administer virtual environment according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 3.3 Set up and secure required user privileges and permissions 3.4 Submit documents to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors the progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means by which to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Draws on strategies, in order to build and maintain knowledge throughout complex texts
Writing	Prepares documentation that expresses ideas, explores complex issues and is constructed logically, succinctly and accurately
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables and previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Modifies or develops organisational policies and procedures, to comply with legislative requirements and the organisation’s goals
Technology	Uses and investigates, new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data and to communicate effectively with others, in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK533 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, design and configure a medium-size virtual network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document finalised plans and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines, relating to the development of efficient and reliable, Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments

industry standards technologies and processes, designed to produce an efficient and reliable ICT environment

structure, functions and business organisation of the client

benefits and costs of virtualisation

procedures and processes for planning, designing and securing virtual environments

design and configuration of industry standard tools and software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration required to integrate virtual machines into the existing network design

configuration and management of industry standard storage infrastructure.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype, where virtual machine environments may be implemented

network technical requirements

a range of suitable software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and troubleshoot virtualisation technologies to provide a more efficient and reliable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to those who work as senior networkers and administrators, and responsible for increasing the sustainability of an enterprise or similar environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environment	1.1 Determine environment optimal performance requirements 1.2 Determine, list and categorise required resources according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify virtual environment’s critical activity level and assign resources 1.4 Review system’s logs and alerts and facilitate virtual environment tuning 1.5 Develop and document virtual environment performance monitoring plan according to organisational requirements
2. Manage virtual environment performance	2.1 Monitor and diagnose memory central processing unit (CPU) and distributed power management performance 2.2 Review storage and cluster performance and maximise operational efficiency 2.3 Monitor tasks, events, alarms and network activity and make optimal operation adjustments
3. Analyse and troubleshoot virtual environments	3.1 Review and identify performance issues in virtual machine capacity, application, storage, input and output (I/O) performance 3.2 Resolve identified performance issues according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 3.3 Test, analyse and troubleshoot identified virtual network performance issues 3.4 Analyse high availability and troubleshoot identified performance 3.5 Consult with the virtualisation software vendors to provide solutions, where required
4. Diagnose virtual environment faults and provide solutions	4.1 Use virtualisation client and server management software tools and diagnose virtual environment problems 4.2 Install and configure external virtualisation management tools and diagnose virtual environment problems 4.3 Identify and resolve alerts and system logged errors 4.4 Document solution outcomes and submit to required personnel 4.5 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means to continuously improve work practices and processes, through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Oral communication	Use listening and questioning techniques for seeking and responding to feedback
Reading	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records and consolidates information, to determine requirements
Writing	Writes, edits and proofreads documents to confirm clarity of meaning and accuracy and the consistency of information
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors the progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK534 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor, manage, analyse and troubleshoot a medium-sized virtual computing environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document finalised process and solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines relating to the development of efficient and reliable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments

industry standard technologies and processes designed to produce an efficient and reliable ICT environment

client organisational structure and functions applicable to ICT environments

industry standard tools and software applications used to manage virtual machines

configuration of software applications used to manage virtual machines

configuration required to integrate virtual machines into an existing network design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype, where virtual machine environments may be implemented

network technical requirements

industry standard software and hardware.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement virtualisation technologies to implement and enhance the efficiency and reliability of the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to individuals working in senior networking roles, and responsible for increasing the sustainability of an organisation or similar environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine enterprise virtual computing requirements	1.1 Analyse organisational virtual computing environment and determine organisational needs 1.2 Assess existing organisational systems and determine suitability for virtualisation 1.3 Determine and document required installation process and resources according to organisational requirements
2. Analyse the virtualisation host software	2.1 Determine virtualisation host software requirements 2.2 Identify and compare industry standard virtualisation host software 2.3 Determine and document recommended virtualisation host software and submit to required personnel
3. Evaluate system requirements	3.1 Obtain technical specifications, licensing and system requirements from virtualisation software vendors 3.2 Evaluate and compare system requirements needed to implement virtualisation 3.3 Determine and document recommendations and submit to required personnel
4. Plan and install the virtualisation host software	4.1 Prepare environment and initiate host software installation according to technical specifications 4.2 Obtain and install virtualisation host platform according to technical specifications 4.3 Test and validate functionality of virtualisation host platform against specifications 4.4 Finalise reports and documentation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Oral communication	Uses collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning and the reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information and to confirm knowledge
Reading	Demonstrates critical analysis of documentation from a variety of sources and records and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares and produces dynamic material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Requests feedback and provides feedback to others, in order to improve self or workgroup behaviours Recognises the diversity in people and manages this diversity to improve workplace relations and practices
Planning and organising	Monitors the progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Identifies and resolves key business issues, processes and practices that may have legal implications Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including the outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies the organisational implications of new legislation or regulation

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK535 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and install a medium enterprise virtual computing environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines relating to the development of efficient and reliable, information and communications technology (ICT) environments

recommendations on sustainability options in ICT design

benefits of virtualisation

processes and procedures for installing and configuring virtualisation software and virtual machines

processes and procedures for configuring virtual machines into network design

industry standard tools and software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration of software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration required to integrate virtual machines into existing network design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site or prototype, where virtual machine environments may be implemented

the network’s technical requirements

industry standard virtualisation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK560 Determine best-fit topologies for wide area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify the best way that computers and local area networks (LANs) can be connected to make a wide area network (WAN).

It applies to individuals working in the networking area, with excellent planning, information and communications technology (ICT) skills, who are required to research and recommend viable topologies for a WAN.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine needs of WAN	1.1 Identify and discuss work details, current and future operational requirements, budget limitations and approved stakeholders with relevant personnel 1.2 Arrange for site access in compliance with security arrangements, legislation, work health and safety (WHS) requirements, codes, regulations and standards 1.3 Identify different LAN, wireless local area network (WLAN) and virtual private network (VPN) segments of the proposed WAN 1.4 Conduct a functional analysis and determine segment needs 1.5 Estimate traffic content, volumes and organisational usage 1.6 Develop an organisational WAN functional matrix according to organisational requirements
2. Create WAN specification	2.1 Determine resource requirements for each LAN, WLAN and VPN segment 2.2 Consider and report how features of the physical environment affect WAN design 2.3 Identify the WAN service that will cater for the amount and type of estimated traffic 2.4 Include redundant links in the proposed WAN connectivity and prevent disruption to main link 2.5 Identify viable WAN service
3. Report best-fit topology options for WAN	3.1 Report identified viable network topology to relevant personnel according to organisational procedures 3.2 Obtain task sign-off from relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Conducts complex functional calculus to develop a WAN functional matrix Interprets numerical data to estimate traffic needs and calculate business expenses
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation Identifying and addressing issues with reference to resource constraints
Problem solving	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes
Oral communication	Presents and discusses ideas with relevant personnel Engages with and understanding customer needs and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK517 Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK560 Determine best-fit topologies for wide area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine best-fit topologies for at least three wide area networks

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

consider budget constraints and organisational needs

identify the configuration for wireless local area network (WLAN) and the virtual private network (VPN) into a wide area network (WAN)

document the configuration

report the configuration to relevant personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

typical network topologies for the following networks:

large and small LANs

WANs

VPNs

WLANs

typical components and technologies relevant for a WAN, including:

internet protocol (IP) addressing

packet switching

routed and routable protocols

routing protocols, including routing information protocol (RIP), enhanced interior gateway routing protocol (EIGRP) and open shortest path first (OSPF)

relationship of asynchronous and synchronous communication

use of microwave and satellite communication in networking

transmission control protocols and internet protocols (TCPs/IPs)

functions and features of cybersecurity and firewalls

business considerations for establishing a WAN, including:

constraints and costs

features of networking infrastructure

the difference between digital and analogue networks

growth projections and capacity planning

high and low speed links

required WAN protocols

redundancy paths

response time and reliability requirements

scope of operation

security

traffic flow patterns

traffic load

users and the applications expected

organisational requirements policies and procedures, regarding:

identification of different segments in networks

creation of WAN functional matrices

reporting identified best-fit topologies with personnel

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

design documents relating to LANs to be incorporated into the WAN

equipment specifications

vendor product catalogues and costs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK561 Design enterprise wireless local area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design an enterprise wireless local area network (WLAN) and analyse existing network layouts and parameters.

It applies to individuals working in the networking area who are required to evaluate client requirements and design a WLAN.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Document WLAN network configuration	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Obtain details of network layout and parameters 1.3 Hold consultations with planned stakeholders 1.4 Document the network configuration, network topology and links to carrier
2. Research client needs of WLAN	2.1 Discuss current and future network needs with client according to organisational requirements 2.2 Document current and future needs according to organisational requirements
3. Implement site survey	3.1 Select diagnostic tools and measurement processes for site survey 3.2 Select test equipment and confirm calibration for site survey 3.3 Measure and diagnose wireless working environment by conducting a site survey with minimum disruption to client and confirm safe working environment for all relevant personnel 3.4 Record physical infrastructure, building use, aesthetics and other identified issues that will impact on future network performance and acceptance by the client 3.5 Record radiofrequency interference issues, sources and subsequent resolution 3.6 Document results of site survey
4. Develop specifications for upgrade of local area network	4.1 Document relevant network performance equipment and capacity for the expanded network 4.2 Assess interferences to radiofrequency, topographic barriers, climate, obstacles, transmission distances and construction materials 4.3 Assess optimal location and position of access points, repeaters, routers and other equipment 4.4 Develop cabling plans and repeater links and power requirements 4.5 Determine frequency to be used based on client and user requirements
5. Model local area network	5.1 Determine required test and modelling routines 5.2 Determine estimated network traffic and planned growth 5.3 Test planned network using modelling tools and techniques 5.4 Document outcome of tests and revise design where required
6. Determine components for local area network	6.1 Select and test vendor products and equipment where required 6.2 Identify sustainable compatibility, economic running costs and user connectivity access according to vendor requirements 6.3 Finalise components list 6.4 Prepare implementation plans according to organisational requirements
7. Present local area network design to client	7.1 Present the design to client according to organisational requirements 7.2 Advise client of design rationale 7.3 Inform the client of design limitations, performance expectations, unanticipated outcomes and security threats 7.4 Obtain and document feedback from client 7.5 Modify design if required 7.6 Complete design documentation and obtain client endorsement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data to estimate and project traffic needs, carry out a cost benefit analysis and accurately calibrate equipment
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm knowledge for requirements and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions Uses required, detailed and clear language to address stakeholders, users and industry bodies to disseminate information
Reading	Recognises and interprets legislative, organisational and technical material to determine job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of technical material and creates records for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Uses nuanced knowledge of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention on critical issues and variables
Problem solving	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities and is extending knowledge of general legal principles applicable across work contexts
Technology	Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK518 Design an enterprise wireless local area network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK561 Design enterprise wireless local area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design at least two enterprise wireless local area networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assess wireless network performance requirements for the client

measure and diagnose wireless working environment

produce wireless models and network specifications that meet client requirements

produce wireless network designs and component lists

document the design and obtain client approval.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

wireless network survey techniques, including:

audit and intrusion detection systems

auditing and penetration testing techniques

bandwidth and quality of service

factors affecting signal quality

key technical considerations for designing a wireless network, including:

features of antenna design

layer 2 and layer 3 design issues

impact of radio frequency

problems associated with topography and obstacles in radio transmission path

wireless topologies

wireless local area networks (WLAN) and wireless metropolitan access network (WMAN) solutions

Wi-Fi access points

key client organisation considerations when designing a wireless network, including:

small office home office (SOHO) and enterprise local area networks (LANs)

transmission control protocols and internet protocols (TCP/IP) and applications

wireless security strategies

security threats

software considerations when designing wireless networks, including:

network protocols and operating systems

security protocols, standards and data encryption

organisational requirements regarding:

discussing and documenting current and future network needs for clients

preparing implementation plans

presenting network designs to clients

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

network infrastructure, including wireless hardware and software

network technical requirements

real or simulated wireless networks

required diagnostic equipment and standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK562 Configure internet gateways

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK531 Configure an internet gateway. Minor edits to title.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and confirm the functionality of internet gateways, including meeting required internet service provider (ISP) security requirements.

The unit applies to individuals who may be network engineers, technical specialists and security analysts who are independently responsible for analysing and managing business security using a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to configure internet gateways	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Assess system architecture according to work brief 1.3 Select and source required configuration hardware, software and tools 1.4 Verify equipment specifications and confirm component serviceability
2. Determine security requirements	2.1 Analyse existing ISP security features 2.2 Conduct required ISP speed test and identify system vulnerabilities 2.3 Analyse internet gateway options 2.4 Select required internet gateway option and create security plan according to analysis findings
3. Install internet gateways	3.1 Identify required internet gateway installation method according to security plan and work brief 3.2 Configure internet gateway according to technical guidelines 3.3 Test internet gateway, and rectify and report any network issues
4. Connect nodes to internet gateways	4.1 Establish prerequisites and confirm gateway connection to network router 4.2 Assign nodes to logical gateway as required by network architecture 4.3 Determine connection type and configure firewalls 4.4 Test and confirm internet gateway node connection

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets required technical and national guidelines to determine and confirm requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Initiates standard procedures when responding to complex problems in the immediate context
Planning and organising	Regularly reviews priorities and performance during implementation, and identifies and addresses issues
Problem solving	Analyses anomalies in network environment and subtle deviations to normal expectations and solves complex problems as they arise
Self-management	Determines importance of security in relation to own work and takes personal responsibility for identifying and managing risks
Technology	Considers strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK531 Configure an internet gateway

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK562 Configure internet gateways

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK531 Configure an internet gateway. Minor edits to title.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure at least two different internet gateways

connect at least two nodes to a logical internet gateway.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assess network performance requirements

meet required internet service provider (ISP) security requirements

report network issues to required personnel within required timeframes

apply required organisational policies and procedures

comply with required technical and national guidelines for configuring internet gateways.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key security threats to ISP networks, including:

data interception

data corruption

data falsification

industry-recognised internet gateways and installation methods

functions and features of security plans

industry-recognised methods to configure network components using required technical and national guidelines

required operations for configuring network components

networking techniques to analyse and minimise system vulnerabilities

methods to conduct ISP network security and speed tests

hardware, software and tools for internet gateway and node configurations

key functions and features of internet gateway architecture, including:

network architecture

domain name server (DNS) resolution

bridges

node connection

logical gateways and desktop operating systems

hubs

firewalls

network gateways and operating systems

routers and switches

prerequisites and technical requirements

functions and features of security practices for ISP network protection

troubleshooting procedures for logical gateway and network router connection

key security maintenance procedures, including ethical hacking

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ISP network and internet gateway

network infrastructure and vendor specifications, including servers and components

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use software tools, equipment and protocols to implement a security system.

It applies to individuals who work in ICT roles that involve the planning and implementing of networks, including budgeting, and determining and resolving network security threats.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess network infrastructure threats	1.1 Identify major industry standard network attacks and malware 1.2 Evaluate mitigation methods for required network attacks and malware according to organisational network architecture 1.3 Determine and document options for defending network architecture
2. Secure edge devices (routers)	2.1 Secure required network routers according to technical requirements 2.2 Secure required administration access to routers using the router operating system (OS) 2.3 Secure required router OS and its configuration file(s)
3. Implement authentication, authorisation and accounting (AAA) and secure access control system (ACS)	3.1 Determine and implement required authentication and authorisation 3.2 Configure router and use AAA according to technical requirements 3.3 Analyse and compare Terminal Access Controller Access-Control System Plus (TACACS+) and Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) AAA protocols for securing the network
4. Mitigate threats to routers and networks using access control lists (ACLs)	4.1 Assess and document access control list functionality and requirements 4.2 Configure and verify IP ACLs to mitigate threats and prevent internet protocol (IP) address spoofing 4.3 Test IP ACLs functionality against organisational and technical requirements
5. Implement secure network management and reporting	5.1 Configure secure shell (SSH) on routers and enable secure management 5.2 Configure routers to send log messages to a log server with tools 5.3 Document layer two attack prevention methods and confirm basic switch security features 5.4 Configure layer two attack prevention switch
6. Implement intrusion detection and prevention system (IDPS) feature set in the router OS using secure device manager (SDM)	6.1 Evaluate and compare network based and host based IDPS and identify malicious activity, log information, attempt to stop activity and document reported activity 6.2 Determine IDPS technologies, attack responses and monitoring options 6.3 Configure router OS IDPS operations according to organisational and technical requirements 6.4 Finalise reports and documentation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data when taking test measurements, interpreting results and evaluating performance and interoperability of the network
Oral communication	Establishes and maintains complex and effective spoken communication to convey and clarify a range of complex information
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of materials, such as reports, for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitors impact Actively identifies, creates and utilises linkages to enhance knowledge sharing, idea creation, individual and collective engagement and work outcomes
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, using knowledge of context to recognise anomalies and deviations from normal expectation in a network environment
Self-management	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Demonstrates an acute awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations
Technology	Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK601 Design and implement a security system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and implement a virtual private network (VPN) and mitigate attacks on at least two different occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

authentication protocols and encryption methodologies

intrusion detection system (IDS) and intrusion prevention system (IPS)

internet protocol (IP) and networking models

industry standard procedures, techniques and certifications for:

access control lists

wireless regulations

malicious attacks and prevention techniques

network management tools

procedures and techniques to configure, verify and troubleshoot, including:

switch with virtual local area networks (VLANs) and inter-switching communications

router

access control lists

command line interface to configure and test network elements

common features of Terminal Access Controller Access-Control System Plus (TACACS+) and Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) authentication, authorisation and accounting (AAA) protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network security may be evaluated and tightened

required hardware and software, including:

LAN or WLAN internet work technologies

network security technologies

organisational guidelines, procedures and policies applicable to designing and implementing security systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement advanced server security using secure authentication and network services on a network server.

It applies to individuals working in network specialists roles, ICT network engineers, network security specialists, network security planners, network security designers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan advanced network server security	1.1 Determine required advanced network server environment 1.2 Analyse and review existing security documentation and identify network service vulnerabilities 1.3 Research required network authentication and network service configuration options and implications 1.4 Determine and document server security design solution according to organisational requirements
2. Prepare for network server security implementation	2.1 Assess environment and determine risk and hazard potential 2.2 Determine existing organisational risk and hazard control measures 2.3 Update existing risk control measures plan and align to installation requirements 2.4 Submit plan to required personnel, seek and respond to plan feedback 2.5 Implement risk and control preparation components according to technical and organisational requirements
3. Configure advanced network server security according to design	3.1 Configure required network authentication, authorisation, accounting services and automatic updates 3.2 Configure service security and access control lists according to technical design specifications 3.3 Configure required encryption and advanced network service security options 3.4 Configure operating system and third-party firewall and filter traffic in line with security requirements 3.5 Implement backup and recovery methods and enable restoration capability in the event of a disaster
4. Monitor and test network server security	4.1 Test and monitor server, server logs, network traffic and assess effectiveness of network service security 4.2 Monitor required files, detect unauthorised modifications, open ports and detect possible intrusions 4.3 Investigate, verify and document alleged violations of server and data security and privacy breaches 4.4 Implement required risk control measures plan recovery strategies and document outcomes 4.5 Finalise reports and documentation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm knowledge for requirements and when seeking and responding to feedback
Reading	Interprets technical enterprise security procedures, policies, specifications and vendor notifications to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of material including security reports for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Keeps up to date on changes to legislation or regulations required to own rights and responsibilities and considers implications of these when planning, negotiating and undertaking work
Problem solving	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Self-management	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to detect, investigate and recover from security breaches
Technology	Demonstrates an acute awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK602 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test network security on a medium sized network on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

monitor the server for security breaches

document requirements, processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard auditing and penetration testing techniques

best practice procedures for implementing backup and restore

industry standard cryptographic techniques

procedures for error and event logging and reporting

intrusion detection and recovery procedures

industry standard network service configuration, including:

DNS

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

web

mail

FTP

server messages block (SMB)

network time protocol (NTP)

proxy

network service security features, options, limitations and vulnerabilities

planning, configuration, monitoring and troubleshooting techniques

security protection mechanisms, security threats and risks

server firewall configuration, monitoring and troubleshooting tools and techniques, including network monitoring and diagnostic utilities

user authentication and directory services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

server specifications

cabling

networked (LAN) computers

server diagnostic software

switch

WAN service point of presence

regulatory documentation that impacts on installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to mitigate security threats to a wireless local area network (WLAN) by implementing security standards and policies.

It applies to individuals working in specialised Information and Communications Technology (ICT) roles including wireless help desk support technicians, wireless network support specialists and wireless network engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to implement wireless network security	1.1 Evaluate benchmarked organisational and regulatory security policies and network security standards 1.2 Assess organisational requirements against regulatory security compliance 1.3 Develop and document security solution plan according to organisational requirements and future growth expectations
2. Design, implement and test guest access services	2.1 Analyse and select architecture for guest access services 2.2 Produce map and set up guest access accounts 2.3 Configure WLAN controller authorisation 2.4 Configure anchor and internal controllers 2.5 Troubleshoot guest access issues
3. Design, implement and test security of wireless client devices	3.1 Design and configure authentication of clients and management frame protection on clients and controllers 3.2 Configure access control servers and integrate with wireless network 3.3 Configure client-and server-side digital certificate services 3.4 Troubleshoot secure wireless connectivity services
4. Design, implement and test integration of wireless network	4.1 Analyse network admission control architectures and assess feasibility of network integration 4.2 Analyse high-level authentication process flow and confirm that integration is compatible 4.3 Configure and test admission control wireless controller 4.4 Troubleshoot network access integration issues of control
5. Evaluate and plan secure wireless connectivity services	5.1 Configure intrusion detection system (IDS) and monitor network activities for malicious activities and policy violations 5.2 Analyse IDS report and review threat-mitigation strategies 5.3 Update security solution plan, mitigate wireless vulnerabilities and check network integrity according to network security requirements
6. Manage WLAN integration requirements and advanced security platform requirements	6.1 Evaluate end-to-end security solutions and assess compatibility to integrate with required wireless solutions 6.2 Analyse WLAN firewall configuration requirements and confirm compliance with organisational and network security requirements 6.3 Configure and test WLAN controllers and detect wired and wireless intrusion prevention and detection system (IPDS) security protection 6.4 Finalise reports and documentation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data and undertakes measurements to evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Reading	Interprets complex technical information to determine hardware requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of material including plans, maps and other documentation for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Demonstrates knowledge of own legal rights and responsibilities and considers implications of these when planning and undertaking work
Problem solving	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology
Self-management	Demonstrates an acute awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information
Technology	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Uses nuanced knowledge of context to adapt configuration procedures to requirements of network, troubleshoot and debug WLAN issues and modify work depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK607 Design and implement wireless network security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, implement and manage wireless network security on a medium size network on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document requirements, processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration, verification and troubleshooting procedures for:

router operation and routing

virtual local area network (VLAN) switching and inter-switching communications

iDevice Operating System (iOS) and internet protocol (IP) networking models

intrusion prevention system (IPS) and intrusion detection system (IDS) security protection

network security threat mitigation strategies

aspects of wireless, including:

industry standard regulations, standards and certifications

deployment schemes

network security technology

network topologies, architectures and elements

networking protocols

WLAN with reference to:

advanced security platforms

devices, their specification and use

radio frequency characteristics and their measuring techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network installation may be conducted

industry standard hardware and software, including:

live network

stand-alone and lightweight WLAN controllers and access points (AP)

WLAN site survey tools

IDS and IPS

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use software tools, equipment and protocols to configure network devices in the design of the infrastructure of a secure network.

It applies to individuals with advanced Information and Communications Technology (ICT) expertise, who adapt router and switch operating system capabilities to mitigate attacks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement layer two security	1.1 Configure router operating system (OS) commands and mitigate layer two attacks 1.2 Implement identity-based networking services (IBNS) and provide layer two security 1.3 Implement required identity management and use access control system (ACS)
2. Configure router OS intrusion prevention system (OS-IPS)	2.1 Evaluate advanced capabilities of router OS-IPS firewall feature set and include event action processing (EAP) 2.2 Configure and verify IPS features, identify threats and dynamically block from network 2.3 Maintain, update and tune required IPS signatures 2.4 Configure and verify context-based access control (CBAC) and network address translation (NAT) and dynamically mitigate identified network threats 2.5 Configure and verify zone-based firewall (ZFW), advanced application inspections and uniform resource locator (URL) filtering
3. Configure virtual private networks (VPNs)	3.1 Analyse and evaluate internet protocol security (IPSec) and generic routing encapsulation (IPSec/GRE) features and functionality 3.2 Configure secure connectivity for site-to-site VPN using certificate authorities 3.3 Analyse required dynamic multipoint VPN (DMVPN) features and capabilities 3.4 Configure and verify secure connectivity for site-to-site VPN operations
4. Provide secure connectivity for site-to-site and remote access communications	4.1 Provide highly secure network access with secure socket layer (SSL) VPN to deliver remote access connectivity features and benefits 4.2 Evaluate EasyVPN benefits and configure EasyVPN server with dynamic virtual tunnel interface (DVTI) to create a virtual access interface on the virtual tunnel interface 4.3 Configure and verify EasyVPN remote to establish a site-to-site connection using both router and VPN software clients 4.4 Implement group-encrypted transport (GET) VPN features to simplify the provisioning and management of VPN
5. Implement network foundation protection (NFP)	5.1 Evaluate NFP infrastructure protection features and document outcomes 5.2 Secure management plane, data plane and control plane and use OS features of the router 5.3 Determine functionality against technical specifications 5.4 Report on evaluation outcomes and obtain sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking
Numeracy	Selects from and flexibly applies, a wide range of highly developed mathematical and problem-solving strategies and techniques in a broad range of contexts
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts Draws on a broad range of strategies to build and maintain knowledge throughout complex texts
Writing	Generates complex written texts, demonstrating control over a broad range of writing styles and purposes Writes and edits computer code and technical data ensuring correct syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering required organisational protocols and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK608 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement and verify network security systems using layer two and layer three devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document evaluation outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration, verification and troubleshooting procedures to undertake:

virtual local area network (VLAN) switching

inter-switching communications

setting up and securing firewalls

tunnelling protocols

key features of deployment schemes

iDevice operating system (iOS) and internet protocol (IP) networking models

local area network (LAN) and wide area network (WAN) implementations

network address translation (NAT) concepts and configuration, topologies, architectures and elements, networking standards and protocols

procedures for configuring, verifying and troubleshooting router operations and routing

secure connectivity and remote access communications, security protocols, such as secure socket layer (SSL)

key features of VPN technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network security may be evaluated and tightened

organisational guidelines, procedures and policies applicable to configuring network devices securely

required hardware and software LAN and WLAN internetwork technologies and security technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use required tools, equipment and software to implement an intrusion prevention system (IPS) on IPS sensors to mitigate network attacks.

It applies to individuals with advanced Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills who are working as certified IPS specialists, network security specialists and network security managers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate ways IPS sensors are used to mitigate network attacks	1.1 Evaluate inline operations network system requirements according to industry standards and organisational requirements 1.2 Evaluate inline to promiscuous mode sensor operations and IPS devices network protection capability 1.3 Evaluate and determine ways IPS can defeat evasive network hacking methods 1.4 Evaluate selection considerations, placement and deployment of network IPS and IPS signature
2. Select, install and configure IPS sensors	2.1 Install, initialise and configure sensor interfaces, interface pairs, virtual local area network (VLAN) pairs and VLAN groups 2.2 Configure management access to sensor appliance and create required user accounts 2.3 Set up, manage and monitor sensor communications with external management and monitoring systems and use built-in tools 2.4 Upgrade IPS sensor parameters and licensing requirements and maintain network integrity 2.5 Plan mitigation of specific network vulnerabilities and exploits according to organisational requirements
3. Tune IPS sensor advanced system parameters	3.1 Tune sensor signatures and provide optimal protection of network 3.2 Create custom and meta signatures and align to mitigation performance requirements 3.3 Configure passive operating system (OS) fingerprinting gateway 3.4 Configure external product interface to receive and process information from external security and management products 3.5 Configure a virtual sensor and anomaly detection
4. Manage IPS security and network response attacks	4.1 Monitor IPS events and determine network attack response 4.2 Assess IPS effectiveness against security intrusion 4.2 Report on security and response attacks according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology Demonstrates knowledge that identified ‘problems’ can be surface indicators of deeper issues and routinely reframes problem definitions as part of the process of identifying a root cause
Numeracy	Selects from and flexibly applies, a wide range of highly developed mathematical and problem-solving strategies and techniques in a broad range of contexts
Reading	Recognises and interprets complex technical and regulatory information to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills by selecting required conventions and stylistic devices to express precise meaning Writes and edits complex computer code and technical data, ensuring correct syntax and accuracy
Teamwork	Develops and implements communications strategies with internal and external persons Shares knowledge, information and experience openly as an integral part of the working relationship
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies
Self-management	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities and considers implications of these when planning and undertaking work Demonstrates an acute awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK609 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and evaluate requirements for a medium size digital environment on at least one occasion

configure, tune and manage intrusion prevention system on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

upgrade and maintain IPS sensors

document finalised processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration, verification and troubleshooting procedures to undertake switch and router operation and routing protocol

internetwork operating system (IOS), internet protocol (IP) networking models and deployment schemes

IP addressing and transmission control protocol (TCP) and IP stack

IPS and intrusion detection system (IDS) strategies, sensor technologies and licensing requirements

local area network and wide area network (LAN/WAN) implementations and design

network topologies, architectures, elements, standards and protocols

virtual local area network (VLAN) concepts and functionality and virtual private network (VPN) technologies

legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice required to network security.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network installation may be conducted

industry standard hardware and software

organisational guidelines, policies and procedures

live network

an IPS system and its sensors.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage Information and Communications Technology (ICT) security including data security, enterprise continuity, incidents, networks and telecommunications security and system and application security.

It applies to individuals with managerial responsibility and advanced ICT expertise, working as security technical specialists, security analysts or security consultants.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage enterprise security parameters	1.1 Determine organisational security benchmarking requirements 1.2 Review security classification and data management policies and procedures 1.3 Determine and document effective enterprise continuity of operations (COOP) program and critical business continuity structure 1.4 Integrate and evaluate required risk management concepts 1.5 Evaluate and document security incidents and establish effective incident management program according to organisational requirements
2. Manage networks and telecommunications security	2.1 Develop and document network security and telecommunications program according to organisational requirements 2.2 Establish risk management communication protocols between network security, telecommunications team and required personnel 2.3 Determine and document integrated network security and telecommunications network performance
3. Implement and document enhancements	3.1 Implement required changes and improvement actions and evaluate effectiveness of enhancements 3.2 Produce and table documentation for audit tracking 3.3 Submit all documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.4 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan project costs
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text to determine regulatory and business requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of operational material, including recommendations and reports for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Selects, implements and manipulates communications systems, processes and practices for maximum impact Influences and fosters a collaborative culture, facilitating a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion Understands diversity and seeks to integrate diversity into the work context, for managing change, making decisions and achieving shared outcomes
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Demonstrates use of intuition to identify general problem area when dealing with complex issues, switching to analytical processes to generate possible solutions, depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies so that organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met Monitors and reviews the organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements in order to implement and manage change
Technology	Demonstrates high level awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK614 Manage ICT security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

establish and manage an information and communications technology (ICT) system and application security engineering program for a medium size network on at least occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business and commercial issues related to the management of ICT security

critical analysis in a management context

principles and techniques to manage ICT security, including:

continuity of operations (COOP)

systems development life cycle (SDLC).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT business specifications

ICT security assurance specifications

management related scenarios

a security environment, including industry standard threats present in the environment

information on the security environment, including:

laws or legislation

existing organisational security policies

organisational expertise

use of risk analysis tools and methodologies currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK624 Configure advanced internetwork routing solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK603 Plan, configure and test advanced internetwork routing solutions. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK605 Design and configure secure integrated wireless systems. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, install and test scalable and secure internet protocol version 4 (IPv4) and internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) internetwork routing solutions to local area networks (LANs) and wide area networks (WANs).

The unit applies to individuals who may have advanced information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge working in roles such as security specialists, network and communications engineers, senior network administrators, network managers, branch officers and mobile workers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop IP routing solutions	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse and select appropriate advanced IPv4 and IPv6 routing protocols according to work brief 1.3 Select and source configuration hardware, software and tools 1.4 Confirm component serviceability 1.5 Create routing solution implementation and verification plan 1.6 Configure and test routing solution according to plan 1.7 Rectify any routing issues
2. Create IPv6-based network	2.1 Determine IPv6-based network requirements 2.2 Create implementation and verification plan for IP-based network solution in consultation with required personnel 2.3 Perform IPv6 interoperation with IPv4-based network 2.4 Verify and test IPv6-based network solution and rectify any issues
3. Confirm network redistribution	3.1 Complete network redistribution analysis 3.2 Create IPv6 redistribution plan according to analysis findings 3.3 Conduct and verify IPv6-based network redistribution 3.4 Test redistribution solution and rectify any issues 3.5 Develop and securely file documentation on completed work tasks according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets complex technical information to confirm requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that includes all completed work tasks in a format appropriate to organisational requirements
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal planning processes to identify threats and risks
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to solve problems in complex and dynamic environments
Technology	Interprets the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK603 Plan, configure and test advanced internetwork routing solutions.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK605 Design and configure secure integrated wireless systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK624 Configure advanced internetwork routing solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK603 Plan, configure and test advanced internetwork routing solutions. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK605 Design and configure secure integrated wireless systems. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure at least one internet protocol version 4 (IPv4) routing solution in which the work must include one of the following:

distance vector routing protocol solution

link-state routing protocol solution

configure at least one internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) routing solution.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce and securely file documentation of work tasks performed

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key types of IPv4 and IPv6 routing protocols and solutions, including:

distance vector routing solutions

link-state routing protocol solutions

hybrid routing solutions

functions and features relevant to configuring advanced internetwork routing solutions, including:

broadband technologies

routing tables

external factors that impact network design

business component implementation

implementation and verification plans

virtual private networks (VPN)

IPv6-based networks

IPv4-based networks

IPv4 and IPv6 redistribution and interoperation processes

local area networks (LANs)

wide area networks (WANs)

routing solutions

configuration procedures for IPv6-based networks

methods and technical guidelines required to configure network components

network testing tools and operations for complex networks

risk management strategies and practices for complex networks, including:

protocols and operational processes

operating security technologies

formal and structured approaches to network management

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical network requirements, including access to different operating systems on different devices

network infrastructure, including servers, tools, hardware and software

LAN and WAN systems required to demonstrate the performance evidence

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK625 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK604 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and configure advanced internetwork switching and layer-based routing solutions for enterprises. It includes the secure integration of multilayer switches, virtual local area networks (VLANs), wireless local area networks (WLANs), and video voice features into high-availability networks.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as network specialists, network engineers, network infrastructure engineers, senior network administrators, network and systems managers, information and communications technology (ICT) security specialists and engineers, and communications managers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Test VLAN-based solutions	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse and select VLAN-based solution and network design option according to work brief 1.3 Create implementation and verification plan for VLAN-based network solution 1.4 Verify switch-to-switch connectivity, loop prevention and access ports for VLAN-based solution 1.5 Configure and verify private VLAN-based solution 1.6 Document implementation and verification results according to work brief
2. Secure multilayer switch-based solutions	2.1 Analyse and select layer 2 and switch-based layer 3 network solution according to work brief 2.2 Create implementation and verification plan for each network solution 2.3 Configure and verify layer 2 network solution 2.4 Configure and verify routing interfaces and switch-based layer 3 network solution 2.5 Document implementation and verification results according to work brief
3. Prepare wireless support infrastructure	3.1 Analyse and select wireless extensions according to work brief 3.2 Configure and verify wireless extensions 3.3 Implement voice over internet protocol (VoIP) and video application support solutions according to work brief 3.4 Test multilayer wireless extension functionality and rectify any issues
4. Develop high-availability multilayer switches	4.1 Identify high-availability multilayer switching solutions 4.2 Create implementation and verification plan for high-availability network 4.3 Configure and verify first hop redundancy protocols (FHRP) according to work brief 4.4 Implement switch supervisor redundancy and verify high-availability network solution 4.5 Test multilayer switches and rectify any issues according to work brief and organisational policies and procedures 4.6 Develop and securely file documentation on completed work tasks according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets complex technical information to confirm requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of plans and documentation for work tasks Conveys explicit information, requirements and recommendations using concise and detailed language
Initiative and enterprise	Responds to protocols in complex work contexts and follows protocols in changing situations
Planning and organising	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, identifying how information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies
Technology	Operates from a broad conceptual plan to identify functional, performance and management features associated with the operation of complex switched networks Implements measures to monitor and control access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK604 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK625 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK604 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and configure at least two different advanced internetwork switching solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

configure one private virtual local area network (VLAN)-based solution

configure one multilayer switch-based solution

configure one wireless extension with multi-layered (layer 3) switches

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of formal and structured network management, including:

integrated and unified enterprise networks

wireless standards and certifications

external factors on switched enterprise networks

maintenance tools and practices

types of network topologies

methods to configure network components using technical guidelines

functions and features of advanced internetworking switching solutions, including:

local area networks (LANs)

VLANs

wide area networks (WANs)

virtual private networks (VPN)

implementation and verification plans

switching and routing technologies

multilayer switches

high availability network solutions and switching solutions

first hop redundancy protocols (FHRPs)

voice over internet protocol (VoIP)

wireless extensions

layer 3 networks

layer 2 networks

switch-to-switch connectivity

video application support solutions

key risk management strategies and practices for complex networks, including:

protocols and operational processes

operating security technologies

formal and structured approaches to network management

internetwork testing procedures

security features of networks

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical network requirements, including access to different operating systems on different devices

network infrastructure, including servers, tools, hardware and software

LAN and WAN systems required to demonstrate the performance evidence

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK627 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK606 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a variety of networking tools, equipment, and protocols to design voice over wireless local area networks (VoWLANs). It includes securely implementing quality of service (QoS) and high bandwidth applications into wireless networks.

The unit applies to individuals who may have advanced information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge and work in roles such as wireless help desk technicians, wireless network support specialists and wireless network engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess wireless network architecture	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse and select wireless network option according to work brief 1.3 Create wireless network architecture design considerations 1.4 Verify suitability and readiness of wireless network for voice over application
2. Implement VoWLAN	2.1 Configure wireless client devices according to work brief 2.2 Create wireless local area network (WLAN) implementation and verification plan 2.3 Select and source voice over application configuration components according to work brief 2.4 Configure VoWLAN and confirm security control functionality 2.5 Conduct network troubleshooting and rectify any issues
3. Apply QoS practices	3.1 Plan QoS design considerations for voice over internet protocol (VoIP) applications 3.2 Design QoS deployment schemes according to work brief 3.3 Analyse and select wireless multimedia (WMM) extension options according to work brief 3.4 Select and source configuration hardware, software and tools 3.5 Confirm component serviceability 3.6 Test QoS network functionality and rectify any issues
4. Confirm multicast wireless environments	4.1 Analyse multicast concepts 4.2 Assess implications for multicast over the lowest common denominator access point 4.3 Confirm multicast requirements 4.4 Devise structured troubleshooting methodology according to work brief
5. Secure high bandwidth network functions	5.1 Analyse latency-sensitive application requirements according to work brief 5.2 Test video applications over the lowest common denominator access point in WLAN 5.3 Calculate and predict bandwidth requirements for video applications over wireless network 5.4 Confirm WLAN interconnectivity 5.5 Develop and securely file documentation on completed work tasks according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data to calculate network interoperability
Reading	Interprets complex technical information to confirm requirements
Writing	Uses clear and detailed language in documentation to convey explicit information and technical requirements
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan to identify functional features associated with the operation of complex networks
Problem solving	Demonstrates a sophisticated use of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot the uses of new technology
Technology	Operates from a broad conceptual plan to identify functional, performance and management features associated with the operation of complex networks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK606 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK627 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK606 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement at least one voice application over a wireless local area network (WLAN)

conduct at least one quality of service (QoS) practice during the implementation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assess voice over application architecture and wireless network bandwidth

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key configuration and implementation techniques for complex networks, including:

virtual local area network (VLAN) with switching and inter-switching communications

WLAN

voice over wireless local area network (VoWLAN)

key components of WLAN implementation and verification plans

functions and features of advanced complex networks, including:

mobile device operating systems

internet protocol (IP) networking models

voice and video applications

configuration hardware, software and tools fit for serviceability

key types of high-bandwidth applications and requirements

key types and functions of QoS practices, including:

deployment schemes

wireless multimedia (WMM) extensions

design considerations

deployment schemes

functions and features of high bandwidth wireless networks and components, including:

standards, protocols and certifications

wireless devices and WLAN interconnectivity

video application bandwidth

latency-sensitive applications

multicast concepts

lowest common denominator access points

voice over application and security needs

troubleshooting methodology and solutions

network topologies and deployment schemes

architecture design plans

methods to configure network components using technical guidelines

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where advanced network component configuration and installation is conducted

voice technologies and network infrastructure, including servers, tools, hardware and software

stand-alone and lightweight WLAN controllers and access points

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK628 Design and build integrated VoIP networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK610 Design and build integrated VoIP networks. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK611 Configure call processing network elements for secure VoIP networks.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate specialised tools, hardware, software and networking components to design and build internet protocol (IP)-based integrated voice over network into small-to-medium organisations.

The unit applies to individuals who may be voice over internet protocol (VoIP) network support specialists, VoIP network engineers and installers who are independently responsible for VoIP network management, using specialised information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for VoIP network deployment	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Assess current state network architecture and VoIP call flow 1.3 Analyse existing operating systems, networked devices, endpoints and limitations 1.4 Create VoIP network deployment plan according to analysis 1.5 Create site numbering plan and assign calling privileges 1.6 Select and source configuration hardware, software and tools
2. Produce pilot VoIP network components	2.1 Design VoIP network layout according to work brief 2.2 Create VoIP network architecture 2.3 Configure pilot VoIP network with gatekeeper 2.4 Test pilot VoIP network and rectify any issues 2.5 Confirm interoperation of gatekeepers in network 2.6 Confirm IP-to-IP gateway functionality
3. Deploy VoIP network and test functionality	3.1 Configure final VoIP according to VoIP network deployment plan 3.2 Implement address hiding, media interworking, and call admission controls into VoIP network 3.3 Conduct post-deployment testing and rectify any issues according to organisational procedures and technical guidelines 3.4 Conduct security assessment of VoIP network and implement security controls 3.5 Develop and securely file documentation on completed work tasks according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data in the planning phase and undertakes measurements to evaluate network interoperability
Reading	Interprets complex technical information to determine and adhere to business requirements and deployment plans
Planning and organising	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical and lateral problem-solving techniques to identify issues and implement solutions
Technology	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK610 Design and build integrated VoIP networks.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK611 Configure call processing network elements for secure VoIP networks.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK628 Design and build integrated VoIP networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK610 Design and build integrated VoIP networks. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK611 Configure call processing network elements for secure VoIP networks.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure at least one voice over internet protocol (VoIP) network

conduct at least one of the following VoIP network security assessments on the configured VoIP network:

gateway assessment

firewall configuration assessment

cyberattack simulation

application-based security scanning

patching procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement two security controls to minimise VoIP network vulnerabilities

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of VoIP network components, including:

codecs

call flows

address hiding

network switches and ports

topologies, architectures and elements

calling privileges

internet protocol (IP)-to-IP gateways

layout designs

configuration hardware, software and tools

methods to configure network components using technical guidelines

key types and features of networked devices, equipment and endpoints, including:

handheld devices

mobile devices

network switches

ports

routers

key features of numbering plans, including:

digit manipulation

path selection process

key design procedures and features of VoIP network plans, including:

VoIP network deployment plans

VoIP network post-deployment plans

key VoIP protocols and their impact on voice quality and network performance, including:

H.323 protocol

session initiation protocol (SIP)

media gateway control protocol (MGCP)

key procedures for system information management, including:

quality of service (QoS)

service level management (SLM)

service level agreement (SLA)

key VoIP network testing and troubleshooting procedures, including:

address hiding procedures

real-time test protocols

call management protocols

call admission controls

gateway signalling protocols

dial plan resolution protocols

internetwork operating system (IOS) and IP networking models

telephony call processing between traditional circuits and contemporary packet-based networks

functions and features of:

VoIP network interoperation and media interworking

local area network (LAN) and wide area network (WAN) topologies

wireless LAN (WLAN) topologies

controllers and access points

configuration and verification procedures for basic router operation, VLAN routing switches and inter-switching communications

VoIP network design considerations

VoIP network deployment schemes

VoIP networking technical guidelines and standards

techniques to select and implement network vulnerability security controls

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where a VoIP network is designed, built and integrated

required network infrastructure, including tools, hardware, software and configuration components

stand-alone, lightweight online controllers and access points

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK629 Configure and manage storage area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK617 Configure and manage a storage area network.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement secure and scalable storage area networks (SANs) into organisations to enable centrally managed systems.

The unit applies to individuals who may work as senior networkers, network technicians and storage engineers who are independently responsible for maintaining high-speed storage in networking environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assemble SAN components	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Assess and compare SAN topology 1.3 Select SAN model according to work brief 1.4 Create SAN implementation plan 1.5 Select and source configuration tools and components
2. Connect SAN components	2.1 Cable SAN hardware according to implementation plan 2.2 Install SAN software according to implementation plan 2.3 Configure management and logical interface to endpoint devices 2.4 Test network-attached storage (NAS) and SAN compatibility and rectify any issues 2.5 Update virtual local area network (VLAN) configuration settings 2.6 Take volume snapshot of host operating system and file point-in-time copy under internet small computer systems interface (iSCSI) qualified name
3. Install provisioning services	3.1 Create aggregate using redundant array of independent disk (RAID) levels 3.2 Create logical volumes according to work brief 3.3 Create logical unit numbers (LUN) according to work brief 3.4 Use NAS protocols and create shared folders 3.5 Connect client and server to shared SAN protocols 3.6 Test server interconnection and rectify any issues
4. Monitor disaster recovery	4.1 Compare point-in-time volume with end state host operating system 4.2 Install volume shadow copy service (VSS) hardware provider and confirm automatic copy functionality of host operating system 4.3 Test SAN-based data deduplication and replication operations 4.4 Test SAN-based backup and restore operations and alerts 4.5 Create and document SAN review process and present SAN management plan to enterprise administrators

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses clear spoken communication in a broad range of contexts Presents ideas and answers questions using logical processes
Reading	Uses technical and organisational processes to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Uses clear and detailed language in documentation to convey explicit information and technical requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and responds to protocols in complex work contexts and in various situations
Technology	Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs Identifies anomalies in a virtualised machine environments

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK617 Configure and manage a storage area network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK629 Configure and manage storage area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK617 Configure and manage a storage area network.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure at least one storage area network (SAN) according to organisational storage needs

confirm the interconnection of at least two different enterprise devices to a SAN.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

operate within the storage capacity of digital enterprises

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of network protocols, including:

common internet file system (CIFS)

sever message block (SMB)

network file system (NFS)

internet small computer system interface (iSCSI)

fibre channel (FC)

fibre channel over ethernet (FCOE)

key features and requirements of SANs, including:

volume snapshots and clone copies

data deduplication

flexible volumes

hardware and software

backup and restore settings

logical unit numbers (LUNs)

shared folders

management and logical interfaces

endpoint devices

key differences and compatibility requirements between SANs, network-attached storage (NAS), and direct-attached storage (DAS) devices

types of hard drives, including:

serial attached SCSI (SAS)

serial advanced technology attachment (SATA)

solid state disk (SSD)

network configuration tools and components

types of SAN topologies, models, cables, and connectors

industry-recognised strategies for network management, backup, and security

methodology for the implementation and configuration of SANs

methodology for the configuration of virtual local area networks (VLANs)

functions and features of redundant array of independent disks (RAIDs)

properties of interconnection testing of storage systems and servers

types of data storage failures and processes for recovering corrupted data

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where storage area networks is configured and managed

required network infrastructure, including tools, hardware, software and configuration components

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test optical communications systems and components using advanced optical test equipment. It involves using the optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR), optical spectrum analyser (OSA) and optical return loss (ORL) test set for performance testing and link budget calculation.

It applies to cablers who combine technical skills with organisational and administrative skills. They may be installation contractors, technical staff and field officers from telecommunications carriers or other private and public organisations or regulatory authorities.

No licensing, registration, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use advanced optical measuring instruments	1.1 Notify customer for site access, security arrangements and location details of optical system and test purpose 1.2 Identify site hazards and notify appropriate personnel to make site safe 1.3 Devise and implement risk control measures for hazards and risks associated with handling optical fibres and lasers, in consultation with appropriate personnel 1.4 Prepare a testing plan indicating the type of measurement, procedures and nominated wavelength, and seek approval from customer 1.5 Select appropriate tools and test instruments according to required measurement and enterprise practice
2. Evaluate optical performance and link budget using advanced optical test equipment	2.1 Set-up test instrument according to manufacturer instructions, and work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Perform measurement and tests in a safe manner to evaluate performance of optical system and component 2.3 Record test results and compare with standard test specifications from manufacturer and enterprise guidelines 2.4 Perform end-to-end measurements on an optical link and record test results and test points 2.5 Calculate optical losses for a link budget figure of an optical link 2.6 Evaluate test results and report on functionality of optical component or equipment and performance of optical link
3. Document measurement results	3.1 Document test results for future reference and make recommendations for optimising component and system performance 3.2 Clean worksite and make safe according to enterprise requirements and customer satisfaction 3.3 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion for sign-off and present test documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to plan, identify all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Accurately completes relevant reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements, participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions, and uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and customers
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to gather and record technical measurements
Navigate the world of	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context with specific reference to workplace safety Understands main tasks, responsibilities and boundaries of own work
Interact with others	Actively identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Considers purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Test equipment must include:	optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) optical spectrum analyser (OSA) or equivalent optical spectrum analyser optical return loss (ORL)
Measurements must include:	optical power level insertion loss of optical network end-to-end fibre loss (bi-directional)
Optical performance must include:	wavelength spectrum parameters ODTR events

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTOPN402 Use advanced optical test equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills on two occasions and to:

obtain operation documentation for advanced optical test instruments

plan and prepare a schedule of tests to be performed

conduct at least one optical test

record the following measurements for a range of parameters:

optical power level

insertion loss of optical network

end-to-end fibre loss (bi-directional)

test, calculate and document optical link budget according to industry standards using the following test equipment:

optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

optical spectrum analyser (OSA) or equivalent optical spectrum analyser

optical return loss (ORL)

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

evaluate optical performance using:

wavelength spectrum parameters

ODTR events.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

optical system and its main components

hazards and risks associated with optical systems

health and safety and environmental requirements associated with optical systems

common tests, measurements and testing plans used for optical systems

common wavelengths involved with optical systems

use of tools and test equipment for optical systems

consequences of mating contaminated optical connectors

calculations using decibels, dBm

downstream and upstream signals

dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) metro and long-haul system architecture

measurement of:

DWDM signals

gain and gain flatness of optical amplifier

laser spectral stability, drift and unexpected variation in spectral transmission characteristics

non-linear effects, four-wave mixing

optical connector types

optical signal to noise ratio (OSNR)

optical spectrum limits, wavelengths used in various applications and International Telecommunication Union (ITU) grid

optical transmitters and receivers

optical return loss (ORL)

OTDR dead zones, dynamic range and launch cable reflectance

safe handling procedures with optical fibres

transmission system line rates including:

optical ethernet

optical transport network (OTN)

synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)

wavelength division multiplexing (WDM), coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) and DWDM principles and optical multiplexers

influence of legislation, regulations, codes and standards relevant to advanced optical work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

tools and equipment required for measurements

manufacturer documentation for test instruments and equipment under test.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) equipment in optical networks.

It applies to technicians who interpret installation manuals and use technical skills to prepare for and conduct system tests and commissioning.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install DWDM units	1.1 Determine number of racks and DWDM units at each site according to installation documents 1.2 Determine DWDM unit and equipment positions within individual racks 1.3 Assemble equipment racks according to safe industry practice and manufacturer instructions 1.4 Select tools and equipment for DWDM unit installation 1.5 Prepare patch panels with connectors according to installation plan
2. Install DWDM units and associated cabling	2.1 Install DWDM unit in designated rack position to maintain planned link budget margin 2.2 Install patch panels and ancillary equipment and connections into equipment rack in preparation for commissioning procedures 2.3 Insert circuit cards into specified slot locations in readiness for commissioning procedures without seating cards into backplane or locking into position 2.4 Connect optical fibre cables between circuit cards, optical multiplexers, adjoining DWDM units and patch panels, according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Seat cards into backplane and lock into position
3. Test power connections and complete installation report	3.1 Measure main and redundant power supplies to verify correct polarity of ground and power connections 3.2 Rectify any identified power wiring fault as required 3.3 Confirm cooling fans, panel lights, indicator lights and alarms behave according to manufacturer prescribed specifications when power is applied 3.4 Complete installation report and reinstate site

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate measurements and determine equipment requirements
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context with specific reference to workplace safety
Get the work done	Implements actions according to installation documents, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Reflects on the ways digital systems and tools are used, or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications

Unit Mapping Information

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN401 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills on two occasions and to:

determine the dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) requirements for a site

install a DWDM system and associated cabling according to plans and specifications

test installation for operation, power and ground connections

analyse test results and rectify faults

complete and submit an installation report.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

DWDM principles of operation and manufacturers guidelines

risk management of electrostatic discharge

optical fibre connector types and characteristics

optical fibre types and characteristics

specific work health and safety requirements that impact the safe measurement and inspection of optical connectors and optical power from laser transmission systems

power wiring faults.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

tools and equipment requirement for installation

a range of optical fibres to suit the installation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN507 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing optical networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical networks for metropolitan area networks (MAN) and long-haul applications.

It applies to individuals who work as members of a team and use high-level communication and technical skills to provide services in Next Generation Networks (NGN).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for DWDM planning activities	1.1 Obtain cabling plan from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with organisational regulations and work standards 1.2 Notify relevant personnel of identified safety hazards at worksite and complete required safety procedures
2. Plan DWDM installation activities and develop specifications	2.1 Identify tools, safety equipment, plant and machinery required for installation activities 2.2 Conduct physical inspection of proposed DWDM sites according to organisational requirements and procedures 2.3 Confirm that backbone dark fibre is accessible and available according to cabling plan 2.4 Confirm that proposed backbone and customer fibre cable routes to splicing cabinet and fibre patch panel 2.5 Identify barriers to cable installation 2.6 Verify proposed power cabling route from distribution board and circuit breakers 2.7 Modify cabling plan and notify relevant personnel of all changes 2.8 Prepare fibre installation specifications, power cable and grounding specifications according to cabling plan, safe work practices and manufacturer instructions 2.9 Verify proposed location of associated hardware racks, cabinets and ironwork, and confirm access to enterprise local area network (LAN)
3. Prepare DWDM shelf configuration and specifications	3.1 Prepare configuration documents, and detail configuration plans and specifications for installation teams 3.2 Specify location of DWDM shelves, racks and shelf interconnection fibre cabling layout according to cabling plan 3.3 Specify individual DWDM units and circuit card types according to customer requirements
4. Plan preliminary optical tests	4.1 Verify backbone fibres at patch panel and conduct bidirectional optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) test 4.2 Record measurement results and OTDR images according to organisational requirements 4.3 Conduct bidirectional optical loss test set (OLTS) measurement of insertion loss on backbone fibres between patch panels at adjacent sites 4.4 Record measurement results according to organisational requirements
5. Complete documentation and obtain sign-off	5.1 Provide results of optical measurements to design team 5.2 Complete and provide updated specification documentation to installation team 5.3 Submit documentation to relevant personnel for approval and sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to evaluate technical data, calculate required settings and make adjustments
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm requirements and participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions Uses detailed and clear language to address key personnel, contractors, vendors and clients
Reading	Interprets textual information from sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and to adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Completes reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language, numerical data and diagrammatic information
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitoring impact
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Monitors adherence to legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities with specific reference to safe industry practices
Problem solving	Explains how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader work goals Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN501 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN507 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing optical networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and configure at least two dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare DWDM shelf configurations and specifications

plan preliminary optical tests

complete project and acceptance documentation and submit for approval

comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements and job specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration of DWDM shelves

principles of DWDM operations

functions and features of cabling plans

risk of electrostatic discharge

functions and features of specification documents

functions and operating features of the following test equipment:

hand-held optical power meter

optical spectrum analyser

optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

transmission test set

functions of an optical add drop multiplexer

role of the following items in planning and configuring DWDM systems internet protocol (IP):

subnet masks

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

default gateways

International Telecommunications Union (ITU) wavelength grid for DWDM

types and characteristics of optical fibre connector types

path protection and protection switching processes

features of physical optical loopbacks and software loopbacks used in testing DWDM systems

protocols used on optical DWDM systems

use of ring topologies and linear network topologies in DWDM system cable routes

WHS requirements that impact safe inspection of optical connectors and safe measurement of optical power from laser transmission systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

test equipment used in industry

manufacturer technical documentation

required regulations and specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN508 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct acceptance tests and commissioning tests on optical networks, including optical portion of broadband hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) networks, fibre to the x (FTTx) passive optical networks (PONs) and metropolitan and long-haul dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks.

It applies to individuals who work as members of a team and use high-level communication and technical skills to provide services in Next Generation Networks (NGN) using emerging technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to conduct acceptance and commissioning tests	1.1 Obtain installation and commissioning specifications from relevant personnel, and confirm that installed optical network is accessible and available 1.2 Conduct visual inspection of installation and confirm that system complies with required legislation, codes, regulations and standards, and accepted industry practice 1.3 Obtain required test equipment for acceptance and commissioning tests 1.4 Prepare acceptance schedule and test criteria in consultation with relevant personnel
2. Conduct acceptance and commissioning tests	2.1 Conduct and evaluate performance tests and ensure measurements meet with predetermined specifications and approved operating margins 2.2 Confirm whether performance levels are within tolerance specifications set in manufacturer’s instructions 2.3 Test protection mechanisms to ensure performance criteria meets specified standard 2.4 Test alarms for satisfactory operation and refer identified problems to relevant personnel 2.5 Record all test procedures and results
3. Complete administrative tasks	3.1 Complete acceptance documentation and recommendations 3.2 Notify relevant personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to evaluate technical data to determine measurements and any required calibration changes
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions, and uses required, detailed and clear language to address key personnel
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources for equipment readings to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Completes required reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitoring impact
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world
Problem solving	Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Recognises and addresses some unfamiliar problems of increasing complexity within own scope, recognising when to seek the expertise of others
Self-management	Understands how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader work goals Monitors adherence to legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN502 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN508 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform at least two acceptance and commissioning tests on optical networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse results against specified installation and commissioning documents

verify ‘as built’ installation against at least one installation plan

complete and submit all acceptance documentation, incorporating test procedures, results and recommendations

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, codes, regulations and standards, WHS and organisational requirements for scoped work

features of installation and commissioning specifications

typical test equipment used for acceptance and commissioning tests

features of acceptance schedules and test criteria

cabling, terminations and supporting structures that are encountered in the inspected system

common performance levels and standards

electrical and optical properties measured in optical networks

health and safety issues required to the work environment under inspection

typical network topologies, switching, routing and transmission techniques

transmission type and signals that may be encountered

test equipment types suitable for tests to be made.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

testing equipment used in industry

required regulatory and equipment documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN509 Plan for optical system upgrades

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan the activities of major upgrades of optical systems from specifications provided by the planning and design section or its equivalent. Major upgrades in enterprise networks or a communications service provider’s network involve cut over activities to integrate additional work into the existing network.

It applies to individuals who work as members of a team and use high-level communication and technical skills to provide services in Next Generation Networks (NGN) using emerging technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather information to prepare upgrade activity plan	1.1 Obtain and review legislation, codes, regulations and standards required for optical system upgrades and cut overs 1.2 Obtain design specifications and determine the scope and nature of all required upgrades 1.3 Analyse the design specification and design plan, and confirm that it complies with site installation requirements and customer instructions 1.4 Determine network equipment types and obtain installation details from manufacturer 1.5 Prepare equipment and component list and source vendors for procurement
2. Prepare upgrade activity plans	2.1 Create a detailed installation upgrade procedure for the installer 2.2 Prepare pre-installation optical tests on existing equipment and determine benchmarks and performance levels prior to the upgrade 2.3 Prepare post-installation optical tests on upgrade and confirm that upgraded system is achieving desired results 2.4 Prepare monitoring schedule and progressively assess upgrade progress 2.5 Prepare upgrade contingency plan and methods to avoid systemic disruption in an event where the upgrade fails 2.6 Prepare cutover procedures
3. Complete documentation	3.1 Document results of system upgrades, issues and cutover procedures 3.2 Submit planning activity document for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to evaluate technical data Uses basic arithmetic to determine work schedules
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions and uses required, detailed and clear language to address key personnel
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Completes required reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language, numerical data and diagrammatic information
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitoring impact
Initiative and enterprise	Understands how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader work goals Monitors adherence to legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities with specific reference to safe industry practices
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Problem solving	Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with digital factors

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN503 Plan for an optical system upgrade and cut over.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN509 Plan for optical system upgrades

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan for at least two optical system upgrades.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create a detailed installation plan and procedure

incorporate pre-installation and post-installation test methods and document corresponding results

assess upgrade progress in accordance with monitoring schedule

prepare a contingency plan.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, codes, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

functions and features of:

alarms and backup systems that apply to optical networks

escalation and outage procedures

network management systems

design specifications and design plans

fundamentals of networks and networking equipment

networking monitoring tools

networking test equipment and test setups

networking wiring practices

upgrade and post-upgrade routines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where upgrade and cutover can be planned

equipment, software, test and monitoring equipment used in industry

required regulatory, equipment, enterprise and vendor documentation that impacts work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN510 Test and commission dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test and commission optical transmission systems using dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) technology.

It applies to individuals who work with networking carriers, service providers, public utilities and broadcasting companies. They combine technical optical communications skills with broader organisational and administrative skills in a range of commercial contexts and environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to commission DWDM transmission system	1.1 Implement hazard risk control measures according to organisational standards and requirements 1.2 Review system specifications and technical data and identify system operating parameters 1.3 Obtain and check required equipment for faults and compliance with organisational regulations 1.4 Verify that all required equipment is installed, and that circuit cards and filler cards are correctly located and seated 1.5 Check that interconnecting fibres to optical multiplexers and shelves are intact and routed 1.6 Establish communication between computer and DWDM shelf 1.7 Upload latest software release to each DWDM shelf in the network
2. Commission DWDM transmission system	2.1 Connect an optical test set and a physical optical loopback to the system, and select protocol compatible with DWDM hardware 2.2 Check connection status and that test set data is passing 2.3 Monitor quality of received signal, set performance monitoring (PM) features and retrieve PM counts 2.4 Conduct a long-term stability test and verify that no errors are noted while customer input signal is set to the worst case (minimum) power level 2.5 Verify that no alarms are generated during long term stability test periods 2.6 Dispose of antistatic packaging to minimise environmental impact
3. Complete test and commissioning documentation	3.1 Finalise documentation on commissioning test results according to organisational procedures 3.2 Present results to required person according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to evaluate technical data and interpret results
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions, and uses required, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and clients
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Completes required reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN504 Test and commission a dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN510 Test and commission dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test and commission at least two dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) transmission systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan and coordinate commission

test and DWDM transmission system according to required regulations and procedures

complete commissioning documentation according to organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, codes, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS), and organisational requirements for scoped work, including:

reporting requirements

commissioning test procedures

organisational hazard risk control measures

procedures to review equipment for faults and compliance with organisational regulations

causes of alarms in long term stability tests

principles of operating DWDM transmission systems

standard electrostatic discharge precautions

features and operating requirements of the following test equipment:

a hand-held optical power meter

a transmission test set

an optical spectrum analyser

functions of an optical add drop multiplexer

how to set up the following:

internet protocol (IP) addressing

subnet mask

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

default gateway

International Telecommunications Union (ITU) wavelength grid for DWDM

identify types and characteristics of optical fibre connector

path protection and protection switching

physical optical loopbacks and software loopbacks

protocols used on optical DWDM systems

ring topologies and linear network topologies

specific health and safety requirements that impact the safe inspection of optical connectors and the safe measurement of optical power from laser transmission systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

test equipment used in industry

manufacturer technical documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN511 Test performance of specialised optical devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use specialised equipment for integration into existing optical networks or part of an upgrade for higher bandwidths required by services and applications of Next Generation Networks (NGN).

It applies to individuals who design and plan networks using emerging technologies and who work with network carriers, service providers, public utilities and broadcasting companies. They combine technical optical communications skills with broader organisational and administrative skills in a range of commercial contexts and environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to test specialised optical devices	1.1 Obtain and review required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, personal protective equipment and hazard identification tools for scoped work. 1.2 Obtain manufacturer testing specifications and determine type of optical device to be tested 1.3 Determine test procedures and equipment required to evaluate optical device suitability
2. Test specialised optical devices	2.1 Set up test layout according to safe industry practice and connect specialised optical device into test set-up 2.2 Conduct test regimes and determine performance of specialised optical devices 2.3 Analyse test results and determine suitability and compatibility of optical device for network integration
3. Document performance of specialised optical devices	3.1 Prepare evaluation report with recommendations of the suitability of the specialised optical device 3.2 Present and archive documented test results and evaluation report according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to evaluate technical data and interpret results
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm technical and operational requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions, and uses required, detailed and clear language to address key internal and external personnel and clients
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Completes standard reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Takes responsibility for high impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Problem solving	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitoring impact
Self-management	Works independently with a strong sense of responsibility and ownership of goals, plans, decisions and outcomes Monitors adherence to legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities with specific reference to safe industry practices
Technology	Identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN505 Test the performance of specialised optical devices.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN511 Test performance of specialised optical devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test at least two specialised optical devices and determine suitability for integration into at least two networks.

During the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan and coordinate test activities and equipment

analyse test results

report and make recommendations on suitability for integration

comply with all work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of evaluation reports

manufacturer testing specifications and distinguishing functions and features of specialised optical devices used in industry

types of test layouts commonly used in testing specialised optical devices

purpose of amplified spontaneous emission (ASE) source tests

attenuation characteristics of optical fibres

principles of operation for dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM)

features and operating requirements of the following test equipment:

a hand-held optical power meter

an optical spectrum analyser

a transmission test set

dispersion characteristics of various fibres

dispersion compensation devices

standard electrostatic discharge precautions

functions of an optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM) and reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexer (ROADM)

gain equalisation theory

International Telecommunications Union (ITU) wavelength grid for DWDM

function of measurement of dispersion

optical amplifier operation features

optical fibre connector types and characteristics

optical fibre types and characteristics

‘optical return loss’ (ORL)

path protection and protection switching

polarisation dependent loss (PDL)

protocols used on optical DWDM systems

reflectance in optical systems

ring topologies and linear network topologies

WHS requirements that impact the safe inspection of optical connectors and the safe measurement of optical power from laser transmission systems

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards and environmental requirements for scoped work.

tuneable laser sources and characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

test equipment used in industry

manufacturer technical documentation, legislation, codes and standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN512 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse and integrate specialised optical devices into existing optical networks to support higher bandwidths associated with Next Generation Networks (NGN).

It applies to individuals who work for network carriers, service providers or other private and public organisations, who have experience in optical transmission. They combine technical expertise with a range of analytical, research and planning skills to develop integrated solutions for particular business needs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan for specialised optical devices for network integration	1.1 Obtain and review required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, personal protective equipment, and hazard identification tools for scoped work 1.2 Obtain plans and drawings of existing optical networks from relevant personnel and review locations for suitability of integrating specialised optical devices 1.3 Analyse and evaluate integration options that satisfy customer network requirements and device specifications 1.4 Prepare and submit the business case for adopting recommended integration solutions 1.5 Prepare design plan with interconnection details to existing system and installation options and seek approval to proceed from customer 1.6 Conduct an impact risk assessment of the hardware integration with the network operations centre (NOC) 1.7 Create a contingency plan and address risks identified in impact risk assessment
2. Integrate specialised optical devices into the network	2.1 Install specialised optical devices into existing network according to design plan 2.2 Test the network, evaluate results and verify optical network performance with integrated specialised optical devices in operation
3. Document evaluation of integrating specialised optical devices into dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks	3.1 Produce an updated design plan and submit to customer with archived copies filed according to organisational policies 3.2 Prepare an evaluation report on network performance with specialised optical devices and recommendations for enhancements 3.3 Notify NOC of job completion and obtain sign-off from relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to evaluate technical data and interpret results
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm technical requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions and uses required, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and clients
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Completes standard reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitoring impact
Planning and organising	Works independently within workplace parameters with a strong sense of responsibility and ownership of goals, plans, decisions and outcomes Monitors adherence to legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities with specific reference to safe industry practices
Problem solving	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Technology	Identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN506 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices in the network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN512 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate at least two specialised optical devices in a network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate and document integration to the network and recommend enhancements

submit required documentation to personnel

analyse specialised optical devices

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

locations suitable for integrating specialised optical devices

types of network integration options available for specialised optical devices

characteristics and requirements of:

evaluation reports

business cases

design plans

impact risk assessments

contingency plans

attenuation characteristics of optical fibres

principles of operation of dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM)

features and operating requirements of the following test equipment:

a hand-held optical power meter

an optical spectrum analyser

a transmission test set

dispersion characteristics of optical fibres

role of dispersion compensation devices

standard electrostatic discharge precautions

functions of an optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM) and reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexer (ROADM)

functions and features of gain equalisation techniques

International Telecommunications Union (ITU) wavelength grid for DWDM

measurement of dispersion in optical systems

optical amplifier operation

optical fibre connector types and characteristics

optical fibre types and characteristics

optical return loss (ORL)

path protection and protection switching

protocols used on optical DWDM systems

role of reflectance in optical systems

ring topologies and linear network topologies

tunable laser sources and their characteristics

WHS requirements that impact the safe inspection of optical connectors and the safe measurement of optical power from laser transmission systems

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards and environmental requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

test equipment used in industry

manufacturer technical documentation, legislation, codes and standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN605 Manage optical ethernet transmission

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage ethernet optical transmission systems. It includes analysis of fault conditions that may occur.

It applies to individuals, who work as members of a team with carrier networks and use optical technologies. Individuals in these roles are excellent communicators and skilled technicians.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to test optical ethernet link	1.1 Obtain and review required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, personal protective equipment, and hazard identification tools for scoped work 1.2 Confirm that worksite adheres to safety requirements and organisational guidelines 1.3 Determine the technical environment and required network components 1.4 Report on infrastructure and confirm that ethernet link meets performance requirements
2. Specify architecture requirements for managing optical ethernet transmission	2.1 Discuss architecture requirements for managing optical ethernet transmission with relevant personnel 2.2 Verify and list required architecture components 2.3 Determine functions and frameworks for the system to operate across network boundaries in consideration of performance criteria
3. Manage optical ethernet link	3.1 Conduct work in compliance with testing requirements and agreed upon procedures 3.2 Document and analyse test results in comparison with industry benchmarks 3.3 Report test results to relevant personnel according to organisational procedures and guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to evaluate technical data and interpret results
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm technical and operational requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions and uses required, detailed and clear language to address internal and external personnel and clients
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Completes standard reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitoring impact
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages required communication Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Problem solving	Works independently within parameters with a strong sense of responsibility and ownership of goals, plans, decisions and outcomes Monitors adherence to legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities with specific reference to safe industry practices
Technology	Identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN601 Manage optical ethernet transmission.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN605 Manage optical ethernet transmission

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage optical ethernet transmissions in at least two networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify test performance parameters and architectural requirements for managing optical ethernet transmission

plan optical ethernet transmission tests from performance requirements

select and perform testing regimes on ethernet optical transmissions

comply with all work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles and techniques for documenting and reporting test results

organisational safety requirements and hazard detection guidelines

industry benchmarks for managing optical ethernet transmission

intricacies of the following optical ethernet systems:

system architecture

function and framework within a network environment

required testing techniques and analysis

explain WHS requirements relating to:

handling of optical fibre

personal safety issues

use of laser light sources

WHS requirements that impact the safe inspection of optical connectors and the safe measurement of optical power from laser transmission systems

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards and environmental requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

test equipment used in industry

manufacturer technical documentation, legislation, codes and standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN606 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage a dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) transmission system using graphical user interface (GUI) management software.

It applies to individuals who use high-level technical skills and network management software to manage network operations. It is often carried out at a central Network Operations Centre (NOC).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to manage DWDM transmission systems	1.1 Obtain and review required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, personal protective equipment, and hazard identification tools for scoped work 1.2 Determine networking issues and necessities according to organisational procedures and requirements 1.3 Install network management software according to vendor access instructions, security procedures and administrative guidelines 1.4 Create customised representations of the enterprise’s network topology 1.5 Set and configure thresholds for performance monitoring according to organisational guidelines 1.6 Prepare a plan to integrate DWDM management systems into broader network management systems, where required
2. Manage DWDM transmission systems	2.1 Manage network using required communications links 2.2 Monitor network for faults and performance 2.3 Produce a fault and performance report as per organisational guidelines
3. Use network management to report on the overall state of DWDM transmission systems	3.1 Analyse performance monitoring data and alarm data 3.2 Prepare a report and make recommendations based on analysis 3.3 Report on network degradation over the mandated period of time

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to evaluate technical data and determine acceptable monitoring levels
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm technical and operational requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions and uses required, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and clients
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Completes standard reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language, numerical data and diagrammatic information
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages required communication Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Uses knowledge of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention on critical issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features within applications to improve personal productivity including optimising software functions for specific purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN602 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN606 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage at least two dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) transmission systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine network parameters and set up performance monitoring

manage network using required software and tools

monitor network for faults and performance

produce at least one fault and performance report

analyse performance monitoring and alarm data

prepare at least one report with recommendations based on analysis.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

workplace and industry environment required for DWDM transmission systems

optical communications principles

functions, features, operational requirements and testing principles of DWDM technology

functions and features of simple network management protocol (SNMP)

organisational policies and procedures required by the DWDM transmission system

required report formats and communication tools to make recommendations on performance and network degradation

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements that impact management of DWDM transmission systems

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards and environmental requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

DWDM system and test equipment used in industry

required equipment manuals, software manuals and other procedural documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN607 Design dense wavelength division multiplexing systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a high capacity, dense wavelength division, multiplexing (DWDM) optical network suitable for a metropolitan area network (MAN) and long-haul applications.

It applies to individuals who are skilled technicians and excellent communicators who use optical technologies for the deployment of high capacity networks. The work involves link budget design and providing specification details for configuration and commissioning teams.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design DWDM systems	1.1 Obtain and review planning documents, required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, personal protective equipment, and hazard identification tools for scoped work 1.2 Obtain the service type and number of channels required between customer traffic sources, destinations and the type of required protection 1.3 Obtain specifications of optical fibre between sites 1.4 Determine fibre loss between sites
2. Calculate link budget for each wavelength path for DWDM system design	2.1 Calculate link budget and link margin for each DWDM wavelength and path 2.2 Evaluate link budget, assess calculated margin and make recommendations for improvements 2.3 Analyse specifications of installed optical fibre and determine if dispersion will limit the maximum traffic data rate 2.4 Generate options for system design that are realistic for the enterprise and network 2.5 Evaluate and select preferred option in consideration of enterprise business strategy outcomes, service policy and compliance with required legislation 2.6 Discuss and confirm selected option with customer
3. Prepare detailed configuration documents for DWDM system	3.1 Outline detailed requirements of the DWDM system for configuration document 3.2 Document the DWDM systems performance, functional and physical attributes according to the customers traffic needs 3.3 Prepare an internet protocol (IP) address allocation for all DWDM shelves and associated routers and gateways 3.4 Submit documentation to relevant personnel for approval and sign off
4. Investigate upgrade options with emerging technologies	4.1 Investigate option of using a reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexer (ROADM) and make recommendations, outlining benefits 4.2 Investigate feasibility of a future upgrade up to 100 Gbps system using optical transport network (OTN) - DWDM technology

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to evaluate all required technical data
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm technical and operational requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions and uses required, detailed and clear language to address installation personnel, vendors, customers and contractors
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Prepares project briefs, technical documentation and reports using clear and technically specific language, numerical data and diagrammatic information
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitoring impact
Problem solving	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when seeking to knowledge the potential
Self-management	Monitors adherence to legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN603 Design a dense wavelength division multiplexing system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN607 Design dense wavelength division multiplexing systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design at least two dense wavelength division multiplexing systems (DWDM).

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document an internet protocol (IP) addressing scheme that is suitable for DWDM shelf configuration

determine fibre loss between sites

calculate link budgets and link margins

prepare dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) shelf configuration and specifications

produce detailed configuration documents

investigate an emerging DWDM technology.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of configuration of DWDM shelf

operation principles of DWDM systems

required formats for configuration documents for DWDM system

functions and features of electrostatic discharge

features and operating requirements of the following test equipment:

an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

a hand-held optical power meter

a transmission test set

an optical spectrum analyser

functions of an optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM)

functions of reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexer (ROADM)

International Telecommunications Union (ITU) wavelength grid for DWDM

features of laser stability

characteristics of dispersion compensation devices

the importance of a link budget and calculate link margins

optical fibre connector types and characteristics

optical fibre types and characteristics

path protection and protection switching requirements

physical optical loopbacks and software loopbacks

traditional protocols and emerging Optical Transport Network (OTN) technologies used on optical DWDM systems

ring topologies and linear network topologies

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements that impact management of DWDM systems

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards and environmental requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

manufacturer technical documentation

required regulations

system specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN608 Analyse optical transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to verify the characteristics of Next Generation Networks (NGN) to ensure they will support the new modulation requirements of the equipment.

It applies to individuals who are experienced technicians from networking carriers, service providers, or other private and public organisations, who have experience in the optical transmission area.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to conduct characterisation tests on optical networks	1.1 Obtain and review required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, personal protective equipment, and hazard identification tools for scoped work 1.2 Construct test procedures according to organisational guidelines and requirements 1.3 Obtain specifications for characterisation tests on optical networks from relevant personnel
2. Conduct link characterisation tests and analyse optical networks	2.1 Perform optical tests to characterise existing fibre link 2.2 Analyse results of optical tests, and determine extent and nature of future upgrades
3. Document analysis of optical networks with recommendations	3.1 Produce final drawings and plans of proposed upgrade requirements for optical transmission and submit to project manager according to enterprise policy 3.2 Prepare a report on the networks measured performance and recommendations of future upgrades

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to evaluate all required technical data
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm technical and operational requirements Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions and uses required, detailed and clear language to address team members, supervisors and customers
Reading	Interprets textual information from required sources to identify and plan for all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Prepares standard documentation using clear and technically specific language, numerical data, drawings and plans
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities required to own work, with specific reference to workplace safety Understands main tasks, responsibilities and boundaries of own work
Problem solving	Recognises and addresses complex problems involving multiple variables Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Technology	Identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN604 Analyse optical transmission systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN608 Analyse optical transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse at least two types of optical transmission systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct optical transmission measurements

analyse complex optical measurement results

liaise with the customer as required

report on measured network performance and recommendations for future upgrades.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles and techniques for documenting measured performance

conduct characterisation tests on optical networks

attenuation characteristics of optical fibres

the chromatic dispersion (CD) test

principles of operation of dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM)

dispersion and outline dispersion characteristics of various fibres and devices used for compensation

precautions required to minimise electrostatic discharge

features and operating requirements of the following test equipment:

a hand-held optical power meter

an optical spectrum analyser

a transmission test set

functions of an optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM) and reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexer (ROADM)

functions and features of gain equalisation techniques

insertion loss test requirements and procedures

International Telecommunications Union (ITU) wavelength grid for DWDM

measurement of dispersion theory

methods to reduce dispersion

optical amplifier operation methods

optical fibre connector types and characteristics

optical fibre types and characteristics

the optical return loss (ORL) test procedures

the optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR) test procedures

the optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) test procedures

path protection and protection switching requirements

performance qualification of 40 Gbit/s and 100 Gbit/s transceivers

the polarisation mode dispersion (PMD) test procedures

protocols used on optical DWDM systems

reflectance in fibre optic systems

ring topologies and linear network topologies

required report formats to make recommendations

work health and safety (WHS) requirements and environmental constraints that impact safe inspection of optical connectors and safe measurement of optical power from laser transmission systems

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards and environmental requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

test equipment used in industry

test equipment and manufacturer technical documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in required vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare a site for support installation for aerial or underground cable, or for erection of radio towers or above ground or underground equipment enclosures.

It applies to individuals who can apply a broad range of competencies in a varied work context from installation to operation of telecommunications equipment and products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Confirm location of proposed installation is according to installation plan and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Recognise and report hazards 1.3 Obtain approvals and authorisations for work, and carry at all times during works 1.4 Inform landowner or tenant of imminent works 1.5 Locate adjoining services according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) practices 1.6 Clear site of vegetation and debris according to work specifications and any relevant approvals
2. Excavate site	2.1 Mark out proposed installation according to industry guidelines and site plans 2.2 Excavate using appropriate equipment for size of excavation and location of works, according to industry guidelines 2.3 Conduct levelling of site within tolerance specified in installation plan 2.4 Employ WHS practices and personal protective equipment, where appropriate, in manner intended by manufacturer
3. Complete administration	3.1 Note approved alterations on original plan and design using appropriate symbols, and return plan to originator 3.2 Complete and sign reports according to industry policy where required 3.3 Inform landowner or tenant of construction completion and expected next steps according to industry guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets various texts in a variety of forms to determine key information and specific requirements and responsibilities
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Explains requirements using relevant language suitable for specific audiences
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, with specific reference to workplace safety
Interact with others	Uses appropriate communication modes for specific work task
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks to achieve requirements Implements standard procedures to make routine decisions Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in some work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation (Release 2)	ICTPGM201 Prepare site for support installation (Release 1)	Updates to performance criteria, performance evidence and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and clear site for installation

measure and mark out excavation location and levels

safely excavate site

obtain sign off, complete reports and record variations to plans.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

construction methods and performance requirements

features and operating requirements of construction equipment

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

levelling and measuring procedures for marking out an excavation

operation of tools and equipment suitable for site preparation and excavation

typical issues and challenges that occur on site

communications strategies required when dealing with landowners and tenants.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which installations can be performed

equipment and personal protective equipment

relevant regulatory, organisational and equipment documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project management teams.

It applies to those who, while working under a level of supervision, utilise a basic level of technical knowledge to plan, carry out and evaluate project work in a small or large office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to work in ICT project management team	1.1 Identify and confirm project management methodology required 1.2 Identify and confirm requirements of ICT project and team’s responsibilities and roles 1.3 Contribute ideas and information in team planning discussions 1.4 Separate work tasks into individual components 1.5 Plan and prioritise task completion and discuss feedback and review cycles with required personnel
2. Contribute to ICT project management activities	2.1 Perform work tasks according to organisational procedures and task completion plan 2.2 Record work task progression and completion according to organisational procedures and project management tools 2.3 Seek and provide assistance and feedback to ICT project management team members as required
3. Evaluate contributions to ICT project management and finalise work procedures	3.1 Confirm all work tasks have been adequately performed 3.2 Review and assess impact of contributions to ICT project management team and team performance 3.3 Report on contributions and submit to required personnel 3.4 Save, file and store information and dispose of materials according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses simple and relevant language to confirm task requirements, present information and obtain feedback Communicates clearly and respectfully with team members, considering the needs of those from diverse backgrounds and roles
Writing	Produces materials relevant to specific ICT project management team requirements and work tasks using applicable software
Teamwork	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role, when communicating with others
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing
Self-management	Evaluates task completion and the impact of such completion, in line with project management team requirements
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine project management tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, carry out and evaluate two project work tasks, as part of an ICT project management team, using at least two different project management methodologies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use required project management tools and methodologies

discuss and agree on frequency of team communication and feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project management methodologies, which may include:

waterfall

agile

hybrid

critical path method (CPM)

critical chain project management (CCPM)

integrated project management (IPM)

PRiSM

PRINCE2

service and fixed projects.

organisational procedures, including:

work task prioritisation

work task performance

work task progression and completion

file saving and storage and material disposal

ICT project management team role, structure and responsibilities

ICT hardware and project management software required for work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials and hardware required for ICT project management activities

industry software packages required for ICT project management team work

a range of simulated work tasks within ICT project management teams

simulated working environment and project management team

organisational procedure documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support the management of low risk, straight forward Information and Communications Technology (ICT) projects within an organisation.

It applies to individuals who work under a level of supervision but have responsibility to ensure workflow is planned and completed on time and in line with organisational and task requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Support project commencement	1.1 Identify applicable organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify stakeholders and project sponsor 1.3 Identify project objectives and gather requirements 1.4 Prepare project documents and obtain approval from project sponsor
2. Support project plan development	2.1 Break down requirements into individual project tasks 2.2 Identify and gather resources required for project 2.3 Compile schedule of project tasks 2.4 Allocate task responsibilities to project team members 2.5 Discuss and agree on risk management process with project sponsor 2.6 Finalise project plan and obtain sign off from required personnel
3. Support project completion	3.1 Discuss and confirm project activities meet timeframe, scope, cost and quality expectations with project team 3.2 Monitor and manage project risks and issues according to risk management procedures 3.3 Confirm all work tasks have been performed and project deliverables meet project requirements 3.4 Initiate and complete sign off 3.5 Present project to stakeholders and train stakeholders in project outcomes if required
4. Support project closure	4.1 Prepare ICT support and maintenance documents 4.2 Obtain final project sign-off from required personnel 4.3 Save and back up project documentation 4.4 Review and assess impact of support to small scale ICT project team performance 4.5 Document lessons learned and support project close

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses text to gather detailed information and confirm requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation recording project plan and lessons learned using required language and grammar in logical sequence to convey information
Oral Communication	Uses effective verbal techniques to confirm requirements and present information using industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Formulates numerical assumptions and performs mathematical calculations required for task completion
Self- management	Follows protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling unfamiliar problems, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating several options for actioning and managing risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG401 Support small scale ICT projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

support the initiation, control and completion of two different simple small-scale ICT projects, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop a project plan applicable to the individual project objectives, project requirements and project

comply with requirements and expectations of a project plan

document and save work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project documents, including:

project charter

project proposal

project planning process, including:

realistic project timelines

project costs

multiple project-management and planning methods and tools

characteristics of technical teams required to support small scale ICT projects

different methods of communication and communication styles required to support small scale ICT projects

applicable organisational values, policies and processes

risks associated with small scale projects including:

cost

scope

timelines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT equipment and materials required for supporting simple small-scale ICT projects

industry software packages

a range of simulated simple small-scale ICT projects

stakeholders and project sponsor

project plan and document templates.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the initiation, implementation and completion of reasonably complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) projects incorporating scope, risk control, cyber security and financial factors.

It applies to those who use a range of specialised technical and managerial techniques to plan, carry out and evaluate their own work and the work of a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage project definition activities	1.1 Confirm organisational project governance policy and processes 1.2 Confirm business problem, opportunity and project objectives according to organisational needs 1.3 Develop project charter, including preliminary statement of project scope and obtain sign-off with required personnel 1.4 Conduct feasibility study and prepare project business case 1.5 Document and submit business case and respond to feedback
2. Undertake project planning	2.1 Plan information gathering activities and determine project requirements, constraints and risks 2.2 Identify project partitioning according to intended system development life cycle and risk 2.3 Prepare project work breakdown, schedule and budget 2.4 Compile project management plan documents, communicate required management strategy for project and obtain sign-off
3. Establish ICT project team	3.1 Identify and select team members, and allocate roles and responsibilities according to project solution requirements 3.2 Determine training and support needs of team members 3.3 Establish project team values and agreed behavioural standards with team members 3.4 Document team members, role allocation, training and support needs and project team values and agreed behavioural standards 3.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Manage project execution activities	4.1 Monitor delivery and acceptance of assigned project team work activities and manage individuals according to project requirements 4.2 Monitor and control quality of project deliverables according to organisational quality control standards 4.3 Monitor and control project scope changes, risks and issues 4.4 Manage system testing and hand over activities according to project requirements
5. Coordinate project closure	5.1 Prepare IT support plans, maintenance and support documents 5.2 Obtain final project sign-off with required personnel 5.3 Conduct post project review and document outcomes 5.4 Review and update disaster recovery plan documentation 5.5 Save and back up project documentation and close project according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to interpret numerical information and to prepare and reconcile financial data
Oral communication	Uses effective verbal techniques to confirm requirements, discuss information and conduct presentation using relevant industry language for intended audience
Reading	Evaluates complex text and addresses project requirements
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing project management plan using required language and grammar in logical sequence to present ideas and recommendations
Teamwork	Engages in fostering a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting and using the strengths of those involved when establishing project team Builds formal and informal networks to include key people and communities with expert skills and knowledge
Self-management	Makes a range of decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account when monitoring project and system testing Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria when conducting post project reviews Identifies and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG501 Manage ICT projects and ICTPMG802 Manage a telecommunications project.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

scope and manage activities of a complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project, including:

preparing the project plan

determining project team and duties

executing the project

confirming requirements have been met

closing the project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key characteristics of leaders and technical teams relating to managing ICT project teams

consultation and communication techniques and strategies relating to obtaining required ICT project information

requirements and process for conducting a feasibility study

process for preparing a business case

process of establishing technical teams and determine stages of team development

estimation and cost-analysis techniques

methods of communication and communication styles, including interviewing techniques

organisational values, policies and processes for project management

performance management and project team appraisal methods

processes for monitoring team and own performance

project cash flow and budgeting processes

project-management methods and tools relevant to managing ICT projects

systems analysis and modelling techniques

team roles and delegation in a multi-project methodology context relevant to managing ICT projects

key features of technology solution models and frameworks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

office equipment, materials and industry software packages

project outline and objectives brief

equipment specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG506 Prepare network project briefs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare project briefs that outline key characteristics of networking projects, including costing, vendor and technology choices, scheduling and resourcing needs.

The unit applies to those who work under limited supervision and have responsibility to provide guidance and to delegate tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan network project brief	1.1 Obtain project details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for network access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations, standards, organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Assess network conditions according to organisational requirements 1.3 Obtain and analyse required site survey data and geographical information according to organisational requirements 1.4 Identify and assess barriers to outline key characteristics of project costs, vendor and technology choices, scheduling and resourcing needs 1.5 Analyse impact of required legislation, codes, regulations and standards on planning the project
2. Develop draft network project brief	2.1 Record project specifications, project costs, vendor and technology choices, scheduling and resourcing needs, according to organisational requirements 2.2 Clarify project brief with relevant personnel 2.3 Present draft project brief to relevant personnel and obtain required approval
3. Assess tenders to be included in network project brief	3.1 Obtain vendor quotes and issue required tenders according to organisational requirements 3.2 Evaluate quotes and tenders against project brief criteria and proposed variations 3.3 Examine project costing estimates and confirm that budget parameters are attained 3.4 Assess whether competitive tenders meet specified organisational timeframes 3.5 Obtain tender approval from relevant personnel according to organisational requirements
4. Develop final network project brief	4.1 Monitor project progress against project brief specifications 4.2 Discuss and propose solutions to project issues with relevant personnel 4.3 Document discussed project solutions and prepare project completion advice according to organisational requirements 4.4 Negotiate and implement contract variations in consideration of proposed project solutions
5. Obtain network project brief sign-off	5.1 Present finalised project brief to relevant personnel 5.2 Complete sign-off procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to analyse labour, costs and quantities, and accurately process costs and estimates
Oral communication	Clearly articulates information using language suitable for specific audiences and checks for understanding by seeking feedback
Reading	Identifies required information and extrapolates content to determine project impact, provide recommendations and confirm requirements
Writing	Generates complex written texts, demonstrating control over a broad range of writing styles and purposes Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills by selecting required conventions and stylistic devices to express precise meaning
Teamwork	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to required personnel in a range of work contexts Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Planning and organising	Considers legal requirements and organisational requirements in own role Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Responds to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on the cause of a problem rather than the symptom
Self-management	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG506 Prepare network project briefs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two network project briefs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse and document project specifications, including project costs, vendor and technology choices, and scheduling and resourcing needs

consider and apply required legislative and environmental conditions

assess tenders and vendors against network project brief requirements

monitor progress of network project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

characteristics of optimal network conditions

functions and features of:

survey data and geographical information

network project briefs

network and transmission equipment

network topologies, interface and interconnect solutions

warranty information and contractor work guarantee

techniques to assess barriers against outlining project costs, vendor and technology choices, scheduling and resourcing needs

organisational policies and procedures to obtain vendor quotes, approval and issue tenders

principles and techniques of:

evaluating quotes and tenders against project brief criteria

examining project costing estimates

monitoring budget parameters

assessing competitive tenders

key aspects of common client network applications and related equipment

advantages and disadvantages of leasing and purchase options

legislation, codes, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS), organisational requirements and environmental impacts on scoped work, including options for green information and communications technology (ICT) installations

common faults in equipment and related connection and transmission media.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which projects are conducted

required databases, legislative requirements and other site and project related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to initiate an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

It applies to those who apply project management skills to establish the necessary foundation to facilitate successful delivery of agreed project outcomes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define project	1.1 Define business problems and initial project scope according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify key stakeholders and analyse stakeholder requirements 1.3 Define constraints that may impact project
2. Develop project business case	2.1 Identify and document project objectives and benefits 2.2 Identify and select feasible ICT solutions 2.3 Develop the business case according to organisational procedures 2.4 Present business case to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Select project approach	3.1 Identify project core technology areas according to project requirements 3.2 Identify and document solution approach requirements 3.3 Negotiate project outcomes with required personnel
4. Establish ICT project team	4.1 Identify and select team members according to project requirements 4.2 Establish and document team member roles and responsibilities 4.3 Develop and document a cohesive technical team 4.4 Develop and document support plan for team members according to project requirements 4.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Tests viability of data by completing estimates and cost comparisons using relevant mathematical calculations
Oral communication	Uses effective verbal techniques such as active listening, open-ended questioning and paraphrasing to articulate requirements and facilitate discussions and presentation using relevant industry language for intended audience
Reading	Analyses complex textual data to ascertain requirements
Writing	Prepares well-structured and cohesive documents presenting alternative views, evidence and recommendations, utilising technical and relevant industry language
Teamwork	Invests time and energy in building rapport with others as an integral part of all work-based interactions Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating high level influencing skills, focusing and shaping awareness, and engaging and motivating others Shares knowledge, experience information and resources with others as an integral part of work relationships Seeks to establish a climate in which it is possible to clarify and share the real needs and issues
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication
Self-management	Demonstrates use of systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating feasible ICT solutions Selects ICT solutions, using strategic and operational analysis of digital trends Identifies and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG602 Manage ICT project initiation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a comprehensive business case using an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project implementation approach that considers core technology limitations and project constraints on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes

establish and work in a cohesive project team.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

characteristics of leadership and technical teams as it applies to managing ICT projects

consultation and communication methodologies, styles and strategies, including interviewing techniques required when managing a project

estimation and cost analysis techniques relating to managing ICT projects

process of establishing technical teams and determining stages of team development

process of setting objectives and conducting a benefits analysis

organisational values, policies and processes that are applicable to ICT projects and teams

project management methodologies and tools, and how they apply in a formal project management methodology

process of determining team roles, and delegation process in a multi-project methodology context relating to managing ICT projects

technology solution models and frameworks applicable to managing ICT projects.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

organisation’s deliverables and project scope

organisation’s unfulfilled legislative need.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and manage an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

The unit applies to those who apply advanced project management skills in developing and documenting logical processes and timelines to ensure that projects are delivered according to organisational and stakeholder expectations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance critera describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish project control plans	1.1 Develop and document project management plan according to organisational requirements 1.2 Develop and document management sub-plans 1.3 Lodge documents according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Determine project methodology	2.1 Assess models of project management according to organisational requirements 2.2 Assess product development approach 2.3 Select project management and systems development methodology 2.4 Tailor and document methodologies to solution requirements 2.5 Lodge documentation according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Develop project schedule	3.1 Develop project component breakdown according to project requirements 3.2 Estimate project effort and duration 3.3 Create project schedule and document according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Develop and allocate work packages 3.5 Establish schedule controls for monitoring project schedule
4. Finalise project budget	4.1 Identify areas of anticipated project spend 4.2 Determine dollar amounts and timing of cash flows 4.3 Develop and document project budget based on anticipated expenditure and cash flow 4.4 Establish controls for monitoring budget

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses sound mathematical assumptions and applies equations in developing cost-benefit analyses, budgets and cash flows
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex text to ascertain requirements
Writing	Prepares well-structured and cohesive documents presenting ideas and project plan utilising technical and relevant industry language in a logical sequence
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communications Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Identifies and compares several options before making final choice, using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking to suit needs, resources and constraints

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG603 Manage ICT project planning and ICTPMG610 Develop a project management plan.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and manage Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project plans on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select methodologies

develop project schedules

develop project budgets

establish budgetary controls.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current and emerging industry practice in relation to:

estimation techniques and methods

planning techniques and methods

project management methodologies

system development methodologies

impact of business needs on project management, including implications for project control and expected returns on business investment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

an organisation’s identified problem, opportunity or unfulfilled legislative need.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the creation and delivery of the products of an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

The unit applies to those who manage teams and apply advanced project management, business and technical skills necessary to ensure that the project delivered is consistent with system requirements and agreed design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage systems analysis and design	1.1 Apply systems thinking to project design 1.2 Model ICT process and systems according to specifications 1.3 Re-engineer business processes according to specifications 1.4 Control required ICT systems development 1.5 Review ICT architecture against required specifications 1.6 Manage design and integration of system according to project requirements
2. Facilitate project-related workshops	2.1 Apply facilitation and problem-solving methodologies to enhance workshop outcomes 2.2 Facilitate requirements gathering 2.3 Facilitate ICT design workshops according to task requirements
3. Manage ICT project team performance	3.1 Establish project team performance framework according to project requirements 3.2 Measure team member performance according to framework and metrics 3.3 Manage technical staff performance according to framework and metrics 3.4 Manage project team dissolution
4. Manage project delivery cycle	4.1 Delegate project work to project team members according to task requirements 4.2 Review and report status of project to required personnel 4.3 Assess progress and update plans according to task requirements 4.4 Control project issues and take corrective action 4.5 Update project control documents

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses required language and style when presenting complex ideas to stakeholders to ensure project requirements are understood Facilitates workshops using effective listening, questioning and summarising skills to convey information
Reading	Interprets and analyses models, diagrams and specifications for inclusion into project requirements, plans and methodologies
Writing	Prepares well-structured documents presenting ideas and delivery project plan utilising technical and relevant industry language in a logical sequence
Teamwork	Shares knowledge, experience, information and resources with others as an integral part of work relationships when facilitating design workshops Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating advanced influencing skills, focusing and shaping awareness, and engaging and motivating others
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG604 Manage ICT project delivery.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage the analysis, design and delivery of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) projects on at least two occasions, including:

facilitating workshops for design development

managing project team performance

managing project delivery cycle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

management methodology, including project management roles and responsibilities that relate to managing ICT project delivery

problem-solving tools and techniques, including systems thinking, that relate to managing ICT project delivery

information and communications technology (ICT) process models and their application

key requirements of ICT design that relate to managing ICT project delivery

business processes applicable to project.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

an organisation’s identified problem, opportunity or unfulfilled legislative need.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to decommission or close an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

The unit applies to project managers who use advanced project-management skills in undertaking a strategic assessment of the status of a project.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate project performance	1.1 Collect project performance metrics according to organisational requirements 1.2 Debrief project team on project performance 1.3 Debrief project stakeholders 1.4 Summarise and document results according to organisational policies and procedures 1.5 Lodge documentation according to organisational requirements
2. Finalise project	2.1 Review project performance and determine if project should be continued, decommissioned or closed 2.2 Assess impact of continuing, decommissioning or closing project 2.3 Recommend management action to required governing authority 2.4 Decommission or close project according to requirements
3. Action outstanding activities	3.1 Identify outstanding activities and create and document action plan 3.2 Assign responsibilities to action outstanding activities 3.3 Follow up on outstanding activities and confirm completion 3.4 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses complex numerical information embedded in performance metrics
Oral communication	Uses applicable language and style for intended audience to present information and facilitate debrief sessions, utilising active listening, questioning and summarising
Reading	Analyses complex textual data to ascertain completion of project components and identify issues and root causes to facilitate formulation of required recommendation
Writing	Prepares required documentation presenting ideas and information utilising technical and relevant industry language to stakeholders
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG605 Manage ICT project closure.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage at least one complex ICT project closure, including:

reviewing project documentation and project metrics

analysing project performance

recommending and planning decommissioning of project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

role of project stakeholders relating to managing ICT project closure

problem-solving techniques to address issues relating to project closure

project management methods, practices and processes relating to project closure

project performance metrics relating to managing ICT project closure.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the system-implementation process in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

The unit applies to project managers who use advanced business management technical and communication skills to ensure that ICT projects are implemented with alignment to project and system development documentation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for system implementation	1.1 Review required project and system development documentation 1.2 Determine organisational culture and document potential risks during implementation phases 1.3 Identify implementation options and constraints, and select required approach in consultation with stakeholders 1.4 Develop and document detailed implementation plan and training plan, and obtain sign-off from required personnel 1.5 Oversee creation of system user documentation guidelines and obtain sign-off from required personnel 1.6 Oversee preparation of operations documentation guidelines and obtain sign-off from required personnel
2. Manage organisational change	2.1 Submit system implementation plans to required personnel 2.2 Establish necessary support structures 2.3 Obtain plan sign-off from required personnel
3. Coordinate release management	3.1 Establish and confirm release management roles and responsibilities according to implementation plan 3.2 Determine release configuration items, including production system software, hardware and capacity changes required, and compile a request for change 3.3 Oversee creation of required test environment according to organisational requirements 3.4 Establish ongoing monitoring procedure to cover post-release warranty period 3.5 Undertake required data conversion activities
4. Manage acceptance testing	4.1 Review results of system test and confirm acceptance test entry criteria are met 4.2 Confirm test environment and ICT configuration management processes meet solution requirements and organisational standards 4.3 Oversee acceptance testing and collation of results 4.4 Confirm test results meet acceptance test exit criteria and obtain sign-off
5. Manage user training	5.1 Undertake and document training needs analysis 5.2 Review training plan and schedule and include required additional activities 5.3 Oversee preparation of training materials and confirm user training is conducted
6. Release system to production	6.1 Develop action plan and checklist for release activities according to task requirements and required deadlines 6.2 Create and document rollback strategy and plan to guide rollback of changes if required 6.3 Prepare communication to inform users of possible interruption to service due to the release 6.4 Manage installation of new release into production and confirm performance of operational verification tests and rollback changes if necessary 6.5 Review and update service level agreements (SLAs) and disaster recovery plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses required language and style, and effective listening, questioning and summarising skills when presenting complex ideas, requirements and results to stakeholders
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex textual information to ensure that all requirements are identified, understood and addressed
Writing	Develops documentation presenting ideas, requirements and test results using appropriate structure, layout and relevant language
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues Develops flexible plans for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications that involve a diverse range of stakeholders with potentially competing demands when preparing for system implementation Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication when managing organisational change, coordinating release management, managing testing, user training and release of system to production
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG608 Manage ICT project systems implementation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage systems implementation on at least one occasion, including: communicating and establishing new structures in preparation for change

coordinating release of new system

managing system tests and acceptance

managing training of users

releasing system to production.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods and techniques of configuration management

organisational policies and standards relating to information and communications technology (ICT) configuration management

business analysis, processes and methodology relevant to managing ICT implementation projects

project management and systems development processes, including potential risks associated with implementation activities

structure and implications of disaster recovery plans and Service Level Agreements (SLAs)

key features of a training needs analysis and its role in a training program

purpose of a rollback strategy for an ICT project

different team roles and responsibilities, including role of release manager.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

project documentation

relevant organisational documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, plan, control and finalise complex information and communications technology (ICT) projects.

The unit applies to project managers who use advanced business and project management skills to oversee the effective and timely delivery of projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify planning needs	1.1 Identify organisation’s need for required complex ICT project 1.2 Identify project’s strategic context and requirements 1.3 Identify organisation’s strategic and business plans, and output requirements 1.4 Identify client requirements and impact of legislation, and industry codes and standards 1.5 Conduct risk management analysis and develop and document risk-management plan
2. Prepare ICT project plan	2.1 Define and document specifications, terms of reference and skills required for project 2.2 Identify and document project budget according to project requirements 2.3 Define, document and secure resources required to support project 2.4 Develop and document timelines, schedules and critical path for project 2.5 Define and document stakeholder consultation strategy according to organisational requirements
3. Assemble ICT project team and commence work	3.1 Brief required personnel on project scope and respond to feedback given 3.2 Identify and communicate required reporting processes for team members
4. Manage IT project	4.1 Monitor project progress according to project plan requirements 4.2 Manage team member performance and confirm that output aligns to key performance indicators identified in project plan 4.3 Make required corrections, changes and additions to project plan 4.4 Monitor resourcing and make corrections to reflect changing circumstances 4.5 Report overall project progress to required personnel
5. Wrap up IT project	5.1 Finalise project in line with project plan 5.2 Conduct handover to required personnel according to organisational procedures 5.3 Debrief project team members on conduct and project outcomes 5.4 Prepare project report and analyse strengths and weaknesses of project plan
6. Identify policy and process improvements	6.1 Identify and analyse opportunities for organisational learning and required changes to processes and policies generated by project 6.2 Determine and document opportunities for future developments following project completion and submit to required personnel 6.3 Determine and document strategic impact of project and feed into organisation’s ongoing strategic planning processes 6.4 Lodge all documentation according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses sound mathematical assumptions and applies equations in developing budgets
Oral communication	Uses required language and style, and effective listening, questioning and summarising skills when presenting complex ideas, requirements and results to stakeholders
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex textual information to ensure that all requirements are identified, understood, addressed and aligned with organisational strategic and operational plans
Writing	Develops documentation presenting ideas, requirements and information using appropriate structure, layout and relevant technical language
Teamwork	Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating advanced influencing skills, focusing and shaping awareness, and engaging and motivating others, including those who are geographically dispersed
Planning and organising	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions Identifies new approaches and enhances work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG609 Plan and direct complex ICT projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement, manage and finalise a complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

manage planning processes, scheduling, human resources, reporting and respond to contingencies

align projects with organisational strategies and requirements

assess outcomes and provide recommendations to refine and improve future ICT project management processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of risk management planning and processes

computer software functions and operation, including relevant proprietary software relevant to planning direct complex ICT projects

legislation, codes and standards relating to project specified in performance evidence

contingencies for planning for time slippages

sustainability requirements and ratings, including:

reporting mechanisms

conservation of energy

management of other resources

tools and models of project management

organisational frameworks and functions relevant to planning direct complex ICT projects including:

enterprises

government bodies

industry associations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer software packages and hardware

codes, standards and legislation relevant to jurisdiction and project

project documentation

research resources, including product information and data, and theoretical texts.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create simple applications through introductory programming techniques.

It applies to those who have responsibility for creating applications and includes applying language syntax, control structures to create code, using programming standards, testing and debugging.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish application task	1.1 Clarify task with required personnel 1.2 Identify design specifications, programming standards and guidelines according to task requirements
2. Apply language syntax and layout	2.1 Apply basic language syntax rules 2.2 Create code using language data types, operators and expressions 2.3 Apply variables and variable scope 2.4 Use program library functions 2.5 Clarify meaning of code using commenting techniques
3. Apply control structures	3.1 Apply language syntax in sequence, selection and iteration constructs 3.2 Create expressions in selection and iteration constructs using logical operators
4. Code using standard programming algorithms	4.1 Develop algorithms using sequence, selection and iteration constructs 4.2 Create and use data structures 4.3 Code standard sequential access algorithms used in reading and writing text files 4.4 Apply string manipulation
5. Test code	5.1 Examine variable contents and use debugging techniques to detect and correct errors 5.2 Create and conduct simple tests and confirm code meets design specification 5.3 Document actions carried out and results of tests performed
6. Create a simple application and seek feedback	6.1 Design an algorithm in response to basic program specifications 6.2 Develop application to meet program specification 6.3 Confirm application meets initial specifications 6.4 Present application to required personnel 6.5 Obtain feedback and sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts
Numeracy	Confirms program specifications are met using mathematical formulae
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax Develops documentation outlining changes and tests performed using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem solving	Analyses required outcomes and determines program code using problem-solving techniques Uses a formal decision-making process, identifying and evaluating several choices against a limited set of criteria when selecting syntax Evaluates decisions in terms of how well they meet stated design specifications
Technology	Completes complex tasks using features of digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build one simple application according to programming standards and program specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply programming language syntax, sequence, selection and iteration constructs

document changes and tests performed

review code according to feedback obtained during design and development of application.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

language data types, operators, expressions and variables

basic language syntax rules

sequence, selection and iteration constructs

the development of small-sized applications

industry programming standards and guidelines

commenting techniques

debugging techniques

application testing methods

basic data structures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

programming standards and guidelines

programming software

required hardware and its components

industry standard software development tools

an integrated development environment (IDE).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute as a member of an open-source software project community and to maintain open-source code.

It applies to those who work as open-source software developers who are required to build, test, distribute and maintain open-source software applications, as well as programmers who are responsible for integrating open-source components, tools and technologies into their applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Investigate open-source paradigm	1.1 Examine open-source paradigm and analyse differences with traditional software development models 1.2 Identify types of online resources, including open source communities 1.3 Investigate types of project documentation 1.4 Identify and analyse role of an online community and international collaboration 1.5 Examine motivational factors for contributors to open-source code 1.6 Analyse open-source licensing models
2. Familiarise with target program	2.1 Identify open source target program requiring maintenance 2.2 Establish and confirm target program requirements and specifications 2.3 Examine online resources applicable to target program 2.4 Download executable binaries and install and run target program 2.5 Access and analyse supporting documentation
3. Prepare and perform support activities	3.1 Select and register with online community open-source group 3.2 Download snapshots of latest source code and supporting documentation according to organisational procedures 3.3 Build and execute a snapshot according to project requirements
4. Maintain code	4.1 Access project bug database and select bugs to be resolved and features to be added 4.2 Use applicable software-development tools and environment according to project requirements 4.3 Make changes to local copy of code and resolve selected bugs 4.4 Test resulting code and confirm identified bugs are resolved 4.5 Prepare and submit code patch to repository according to project requirements
5. Participate in community	5.1 Exchange messages with other project members and actively participate in community activities 5.2 Submit code and documentation code patches online 5.3 Access online project resources and identify project and community developments 5.4 Maintain and observe community-participation standards
6. Document and finalise project	6.1 Access project documentation according to organisational procedures 6.2 Prepare and contribute new information and updates using existing documentation 6.3 Submit documented changes to required personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and requirements using detailed language
Reading	Interprets intermediate technical and non-technical, information from a range of sources
Writing	Prepares documentation recording work performed and findings according to organisational procedures
Teamwork	Collaborates with others and achieves required outcome Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when conferring with community members
Problem solving	Resolves technical and conceptual problems by applying analytical processes Systematically gathers and analyses all required information and evaluates options in making informed decisions
Technology	Uses digital technologies and locates and stores required information and communicates with others Uses a range of sophisticated digital tools and techniques

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG401 Maintain open-source code programs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and run at least one open source code program according to organisational procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

participate in at least one online open source code program community

document program source code changes and additions

build, modify and test code

identify and resolve at least one bug

test and confirm bug is fixed.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard software development models and tools

open source licensing models and techniques

debugging and testing techniques

documentation techniques, including internal documentation, user guides and technical documentation

open-source development methodology

available online resources that may be used to maintain open-source code programs

existing online project communities and their involvement in maintaining source codes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

open source code projects and programming languages

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to retrieve and manipulate information stored in information systems using a query language.

It applies to those who are involved in a range of work environments, who are required to extract information from a relational database by creating and running queries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine requirements of developing queries	1.1 Identify terminologies applicable to query language 1.2 Identify and build queries using required tools and environment
2. Write queries to extract required information	2.1 Sort and selectively retrieve values through query writing 2.2 Aggregate records by multiple attributes using an expression 2.3 Sort and filter aggregated records using an expression 2.4 Create queries and retrieve records from multiple tables 2.5 Retrieve records from multiple tables using different expressions and approaches 2.6 Filter records from multiple tables using an expression 2.7 Retrieve records from multiple tables using expressions, set operators and set logic 2.8 Construct and execute sub-queries
3. Perform calculations and use expressions in queries	3.1 Perform a calculation on numeric values and an operation on text values using an expression 3.2 Perform an operation on date and time values using functions 3.3 Aggregate values and obtain required output using an expression
4. Create and manipulate tables	4.1 Identify required columns, data types, keys, relationships, indexes and constraints 4.2 Use required naming conventions for database elements 4.3 Create tables that implement required elements and use check constraints 4.4 Manipulate tables according to specific requirements
5. Create and use views and stored procedures	5.1 Create views according to information requirements 5.2 Retrieve and save data using a view and transactions 5.3 Drop a view from a database 5.4 Retrieve, insert and modify data using created and stored procedures according to information requirements 5.5 Create and execute stored procedures using one or more parameters 5.6 Drop a stored procedure from database 5.7 Create and test database triggers and perform specific required data-related functions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Makes basic calculations involving arithmetical operations Makes estimates and comparisons involving date and time data
Reading	Determines requirements by analysing and interpreting technical data
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Technology	Stores and manages data using digitally based technologies and systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG402 Apply query language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, store and execute at least three queries, and retrieve and extract data at least three times

perform at least three calculations using control statements, operators and functions

prepare and manipulate at least three tables to meet specific requirements

create and use at least two views and at least two stored procedures according to task requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

information gathering methods that may be used to apply query language in relational databases

industry standard database management systems (DBMS)

methods of connecting to DBMS

using data definition language (DDL), data manipulation language (DML) and data control language (DCL)

data analysis techniques

data mining

data source characteristics

information system features

required systems and procedures that may be used to apply query language in relational databases.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software packages

required hardware and its components

a data source

resources in chosen query language

documentation regarding client and functionality requirements

resources to aid calculation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create data-driven applications that access data from a range of sources, including databases, object data sources and extensible mark-up language (XML).

It applies to those who work as programmers or database application developers and who are responsible for data-access coding.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and select data-access layer (DAL)	1.1 Identify data and application requirements according to organisational procedures 1.2 Review function of required DAL in multi-layer application model 1.3 Determine data-access application programming interface (API) according to task requirements
2. Establish connection with data source	2.1 Create and manage connection strings according to task requirements 2.2 Connect data source using different data providers according to organisational procedures 2.3 Handle connection exceptions using code
3. Execute commands and return results from data source	3.1 Query data from data source according to task requirements 3.2 Retrieve and manage results sets from data source 3.3 Manage exceptions when retrieving data
4. Modify and manage data in data source	4.1 Insert, update and delete data according to task requirements 4.2 Confirm data integrity 4.3 Manage exceptions when modifying data 4.4 Research disconnected data management strategy 4.5 Confirm application can manage disconnected data according to organisational procedures 4.6 Document code and database connectivity according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical documents and confirms outcomes are met
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining changes according to organisational requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies opportunities to investigate potential new techniques and accesses data from various resources
Problem solving	Identifies technical and conceptual issues and applies analytical processes in resolving issues
Technology	Designs and creates complex models and codes using digitally based technologies and systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG403 Develop data-driven applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least one data access driven application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select and code data-access layer of multi-layer applications

retrieve and update data from at least one data source

document all changes including code and database connectivity.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of object-oriented design and multi-layer applications

relational database management systems, functions and tools

data-access-layer (DAL) and its functions

a range of application programming interfaces (API)

different data providers and vendors

object-oriented programming expressions and formulas at an intermediate level

principles of Structured Query Language (SQL)

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable in assisting the development of data-driven applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

integrated development environment (IDE)

data access application program interfaces (APIs)

required data-access layer (DAL)

database management system software and files

coding standards

specific tools and licences, as required for particular data-access API

different types of data-access methods including data retrieval and storage, back-end coding and disconnected data management.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG433 Test software developments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare test plans, write test procedures and scripts according to test plans and maintain test plans and scripts.

It applies to those who are responsible for test plan preparation, execution, maintenance and reporting as well as defect management in the software development life cycle.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish testing requirements in software development	1.1 Identify testing required across software development life cycle 1.2 Discuss and confirm software development requirements with team members involved in software development project 1.3 Identify testing types and testing tools required 1.4 Discuss and define testing benefits, standards and terms 1.5 Identify organisational guidelines and frameworks related to testing
2. Prepare test plan document	2.1 Identify test and script requirements including data structures, and develop test 2.2 Analyse and identify test data using multiple test-case design techniques 2.3 Define and design test cases 2.4 Document test plan and script according to organisational guidelines and industry standards
3. Write and execute test procedures	3.1 Choose and adopt unit test framework according to organisational procedures 3.2 Design and implement algorithm required in test procedures 3.3 Perform test executions according to organisational procedures
4. Review test results	4.1 Record and analyse test results 4.2 Discuss test results with team involved in software development life cycle 4.3 Produce and save test progress reports 4.4 Manage defects and review software, amending further defects

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Writes and uses basic mathematical equations
Reading	Interprets technical documentation and determines requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation outlining work performed according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Collaborates with others and gather ideas and perspectives and achieves required outcome
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes and gathers required information when applying testing and debugging techniques
Technology	Employs a range of sophisticated digital tools and techniques and meets desired outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG404 Test applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG433 Test software developments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one test plan that covers specific test requirements, according to organisational guidelines and industry standard test frameworks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply at least three test case design techniques

design, implement and execute a test procedure and a script using a unit test framework and an integrated development environment (IDE)

create a test progress report according to recorded test results.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

applicable programming languages that may be used to test software developments

input and output requirements and basic data structures that may be used to test software developments

software development life cycle

design techniques that may be used to test software developments

processes, tools and techniques for testing small-size applications

industry standard unit test frameworks

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to software development and software development testing frameworks

defect management processes and documentation techniques that may be used to test software developments

test-case design techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a software development environment

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific test requirements including test-plan document

code requiring testing

software to create test plan and report

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG434 Automate processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to write scripts to automate solutions by using basic scripting processes and application-specific scripting options.

It applies to those who work in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support roles and who are required to automate tasks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish problem and applicable guidelines	1.1 Identify process requiring automation 1.2 Identify automation guidelines and instructions 1.3 Discuss and establish potential solutions and process ideas and requirements with team members
2. Develop algorithms and solutions to given problem	2.1 Develop an algorithm matching solution descriptions 2.2 Develop algorithm that takes all possible situations into account and is guaranteed to terminate 2.3 Describe algorithmic solutions in identified problem using structures of sequence, selection and iteration
3. Design and write script	3.1 Create required abstract design 3.2 Review abstract design and amend any omissions and errors 3.3 Translate abstract design using chosen language according to organisational guidelines 3.4 Create and write script and code according to design and process requirements 3.5 Create internal documentation according to organisational guidelines and policies
4. Verify and review and document script and code	4.1 Check script and code and amend syntax and semantic errors 4.2 Identify any areas that are not covered and any areas that have been covered incorrectly in script and code 4.3 Confirm identified problems with team members and resolve as required 4.4 Create and finalise user-level and technical level documentation 4.5 Seek feedback and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets and manipulates, complex formulae and numerical information
Reading	Analyses complex technical documentation and amends any inconsistencies and errors
Writing	Completes code and workplace documentation using vocabulary and form applicable to context and audience
Teamwork	Collaborates with required personnel, gathers more perspectives and increases quality of final outcome
Problem solving	Uses systematic analytical processes and reviews and identifies coding errors
Technology	Uses a range of digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data, code and presents information and communicates with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG405 Automate processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG434 Automate processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one algorithmic statement of a solution for a set process according to organisational guidelines.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce a functional script to automate a set process

document script for internal and external stakeholders.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

debugging methods that may be used to automate processes

principles of algorithms and their application in programming

scripting language syntax and scripting techniques that may be used to automate processes

script documentation methods at a user and technical level

organisational guidelines and policies applicable in automating processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

applications capable of being scripted, or having their own scripting language

templates for automating processes

executable scripts

debugging tools

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, design and build scripts, using a scripting language to construct highly interactive and automated software applications.

It applies to those who build and integrate interactive applications or websites for internal or public sites. They may work as application developers, application-support personnel, programmers specialising in a scripting language, web application programmers, or web developers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Specify software application requirements	1.1 Identify required software application outcomes 1.2 Discuss expectations of final software application with required personnel
2. Determine script requirements	2.1 Identify main characteristics of scripting languages 2.2 Identify integrated development environment (IDE) 2.3 Identify protocols and object model used in chosen scripting language
3. Design and build scripts	3.1 Create pseudo code and describe logic required in script 3.2 Review pseudo code and amend missing logic and errors 3.3 Translate pseudo code into scripts, incorporating use of basic language elements 3.4 Incorporate item manipulation using chosen scripting language
4. Finalise scripts	4.1 Create internal documentation in script according to organisational procedures 4.2 Review, debug and document script according to organisational procedures 4.3 Finalise, save and confirm work with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Applies applicable strategies and constructs meaning from requirements and technical documentation Interprets and critically analyses, complex scripting language texts and pseudo code when reviewing and amends missing logic, error and bugs
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Writing	Selects vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions applicable to text when documenting script and using pseudocode
Planning and organising	Considers purpose, needs and limitations when selecting a framework and IDE in script building
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes, identifying and evaluating scripting language texts and pseudo code

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG407 Write script for software applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, write and integrate at least one script into software solutions to accommodate specified application requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test and debug scripts

use required framework and an integrated development environment (IDE) in developing scripts.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

software development platforms

organisational and legislative requirements applicable to writing script for software applications

software development life cycle methodology and process

integrated development environment (IDE)

scripting languages

processes and techniques related to development of small-size applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a brief for development of a small-sized application runtime environment

the development environment

scripting language.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, debug, test and deploy applications for hand-held devices using development platform environments.

It applies to those who are involved in programming and software development and have responsibility for creating applications in small to medium businesses.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define platform	1.1 Establish task and features required in mobile application 1.2 Determine target platform for hand-held device according to task requirements 1.3 Choose and evaluate development environment according to target platform and hardware 1.4 Prepare and configure application development environment
2. Design, integrate, build and customise mobile application	2.1 Create views and confirm functionality in different screen orientations and resolutions 2.2 Integrate required navigation techniques according to user needs 2.3 Design page layout and content according to organisational guidelines 2.4 Integrate required user input techniques and functionalities 2.5 Build user interface according to development environment and functionality 2.6 Write code to allow users to configure application output, including text size, brightness and sound effects
3. Connect to data sources	3.1 Bind controls to data sources 3.2 Persist and access remote data
4. Test and debug mobile device application	4.1 Test mobile application according to functionality requirements 4.2 Iterate application design and build, until test results meet requirements 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel and respond accordingly
5. Deploy mobile device application and finalise documentation	5.1 Create application packaging used in deployment 5.2 Use application on target devices 5.3 Document deployment procedures and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and texts when designing layout Selects from and applies an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving techniques when designing layout
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts when choosing and evaluating development environment
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing deployment procedures according to organisational requirements Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in other contexts and redesigns these according to situation
Planning and organising	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering information and identifies and evaluates options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Identifies and explicitly applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking Decides on a course of action using analytical processes
Technology	Applies principles, concepts, language and practices applicable to digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG409 Develop mobile applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one mobile application using a platform and development environment according to task requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine, prepare and configure a development environment

design and build a user interface

test and debug application and confirm task requirements are met.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

programming considerations of mobile device hardware and networking

applicable programming languages and frameworks

programming constructs used in interacting with mobile applications

constraints of different digital devices

user-interface design principles and implementation methods applicable to developing mobile applications

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to developing mobile applications

industry standard mobile and digital platforms.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

mobile and digital devices and simulators

integrated development environment (IDE)

the internet

server system with sufficient privileges to deploy applications

platform and its tools

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG437 Build a user interface

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, build and test a user interface (UI) to specification, including command-line interfaces (CLI), graphical user interfaces (GUI), web user interfaces (WUI) and natural user interfaces (NUI).

It applies to those who work as user-interface designers and are responsible for specifying the layout and style of the desired user interface. This includes developers working in the area of user interface design and implementation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and build a prototype user interface (UI)	1.1 Gather UI requirements and expectations from clients 1.2 Identify organisational guidelines relating to task 1.3 Determine application required to create prototype 1.4 Build prototype using prototyping tools in determined language 1.5 Review UI prototype with client and edit as required
2. Design and build UI	2.1 Formulate application content flow 2.2 Design UI components according to task requirements 2.3 Define UI actions 2.4 Itemise UI events 2.5 Determine required language according to task requirements 2.6 Build UI with required functionality according to task and organisational requirements
3. Test and document UI, and obtain client sign-off	3.1 Test overall functionality of UI according to requirements 3.2 Iterate UI design and build, until test results meet requirements 3.3 Document UI and user requirements according to organisational procedures and guidelines 3.4 Obtain client sign-off to completed UI

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies a range of mathematical and problem-solving techniques
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and take lead where required
Reading	Applies strategies and constructs meaning from texts when reading technical data
Writing	Develops documentation detailing UI design and user requirements using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and increasing knowledge of context Identifies applicable information and risks and evaluates alternative strategies and resources when gathering requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes
Self-management	Identifies and follows explicit and implicit, protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role when documenting user requirements and gaining sign-off
Technology	Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and future needs Improve personal productivity and optimises software functions using a broad range of features within applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG410 Build a user interface.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG437 Build a user interface

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build at least one fully functional user interface (UI).

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisational requirements

document the user requirements, UI and obtain client sign-off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

a range of mathematical strategies that may be used in building a user interface activity

programming languages that may be used in building a user interface

open-source development tools

small-size application development process

application development languages and required prototyping tools

organisational guidelines relating to user interface building.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

online prototyping and UI design tools

required hardware, software and its components

specific tools and licenses available, according to selected platform.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install a database, manage data, data access and data security and improve database performance.

It applies to those who are responsible for the maintenance and coordination of database operations. They usually work in an organisation providing daily services as database administrators, database developers, database coordinators, or application developers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine requirements and install database system	1.1 Identify required database and components and user needs 1.2 Define and use database administrative tools according to database requirements 1.3 Verify database software installation prerequisites 1.4 Install database software and related services according to organisational procedures 1.5 Configure database instance, components and services according to user needs
2. Manage database security and integrity	2.1 Create and administer users according to task requirements 2.2 Create and manage permissions and roles 2.3 Configure database including backup and recovery operations 2.4 Create and manage database backups 2.5 Restore and perform database recovery 2.6 Tune and perform database optimisation
3. Document and review database	3.1 Document maintenance and tuning work performed on database 3.2 Document users added to system 3.3 Review database and confirm required users have access

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Applies strategies and constructs meaning from technical specifications when identifying database components and defining tools
Writing	Develops documentation detailing work performed and added users using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Problem solving	Uses systematic processes, gathering information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Decides on a course of action using analytical processes
Self-management	Seeks clarification when meanings and intended actions are open to interpretation when verifying prerequisites
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when troubleshooting database technology Improve personal productivity and optimises software functions using a broad range of features within database applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG412 Configure and maintain databases.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure and maintain at least one database system, according to requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create backup and restore database above

document database work and database users added.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

database design principles

relational database principles

hardware functions and components that may be used to configure and maintain databases

connection methods to database management systems

documentation techniques that may be used to document database work

uses of structured query language (SQL).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the database-management system software

specific requirements, including client and functionality requirements

required hardware and software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, evaluate and incorporate pre-existing (re-use) components from a library, or other source, as part of a software project.

It applies to those who work in a programming role in a variety of information technology areas, who are required to use programming libraries to support their work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify potential re-use components	1.1 Analyse project design and required functionality 1.2 Source re-use components according to required functionality
2. Evaluate and select re-use components	2.1 Evaluate suitability of re-use component and libraries 2.2 Compare functionality of re-use components according to functionality required by parent project 2.3 Clarify technical impact on parent project design 2.4 Identify re-use component vendor licensing agreements, requirements and costs 2.5 Finalise and document selection, evaluation and decision processes according to organisational requirements
3. Incorporate re-use components into parent projects	3.1 Configure development environment and include re-use components during build process 3.2 Construct test programs or use provided example programs according to organisational guidelines and procedures 3.3 Add re-use components incrementally to parent project 3.4 Resolve re-use component dependencies according to task requirements 3.5 Assemble and test parent project according to functionality provided by re-use components 3.6 Review parent project and amend issues accordingly

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies a range of mathematics and problem-solving techniques when evaluating costs
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops documentation selection, evaluation and decision processes according to organisational requirements using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Problem-solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes Uses systematic and analytical processes in complex non-routine situations, setting goals and gathering information
Technology	Improve personal productivity and optimises software functions using a broad range of features within applications Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation, of digital systems and tools and applies these to troubleshoot technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG413 Use a library or pre-existing components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, evaluate and select at least two existing components to be re-used in a software project.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify costs of incorporating existing components

address technical impacts and vendor licensing issues

document selection and evaluation processes

test functionality of pre-existing components

comply with organisational guidelines and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry development and design methodologies

re-use component licensing agreements, requirements and implementation costs

project designs that may assist in using pre-existing components

library content and structures

documentation techniques used to document selection, evaluation and decision processes

project testing methods that may assist in determining pre-existing components

re-use component dependency and version compatibility

repository tools applicable to using pre-existing components

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to using pre-existing components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software development environment

libraries and re-use components

vendor licensing agreements

technical requirement guidelines

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out introductory programming activities including application of basic language syntax, coding and debugging code in different languages.

It applies to those who work in programming, development and technical roles. This includes programmers, software developers and as IT staff responsible for conducting programming activities, including writing, maintaining and updating programs, defining data and file handling.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Apply basic language syntax and layout	1.1 Identify basic language syntax rules 1.2 Use language data types, operators and expressions 1.3 Use sequence, selection and iteration constructs using required language syntax
2. Code using data structures and standard algorithms	2.1 Use data structures 2.2 Create and manipulate data structures through code 2.3 Create sequential search, binary search, insertion and deletion algorithms on data structures
3. Debug, document and test code	3.1 Debug code using stand-alone debugging tools and tools provided by integrated development environment (IDE) 3.2 Trace code execution and examine variable contents using debugger 3.3 Develop maintainable code according to organisational guidelines and provided coding standard when documenting activities 3.4 Apply internal documentation to all code created using documentation tools available in target language 3.5 Design and document tests according to organisational guidelines 3.6 Capture and record test results according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses and applies strategies and constructs meaning from complex texts
Writing	Prepares documentation recording process and results for tests performed according to organisational requirements Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Problem solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility and follows explicit and implicit policies, procedures and industry standards Automatically implements standard procedures in routine decisions when programming according to guidelines and standards
Technology	Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG414 Apply introductory programming skills in another language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create, maintain and update at least one program using coding activities, basic language syntax and layout.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

write code using at least two data structures and at least two standard algorithms according to organisational guidelines

debug at least one program written above using debugging tools provided by integrated development environment (IDE)

document activities undertaken in at least one program developed above according to organisational guidelines and coding standards

test program created above and confirm specifications are met

record results for tests performed above, according to organisational guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

language syntax rules

organisational procedures and guidelines that may be used to apply introductory programming skills in different languages

coding techniques and standards

documentation techniques that may be used to document programming activities

application development processes, debugging methodologies, testing techniques and basic data structures guidelines that may be used to apply introductory programming skills in different languages.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

integrated development environment (IDE) for determined language

specific tools and licences, depending on particular platform and language.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce an object-oriented design from specifications, applying the cyclic process of iteration from identification of class, instance, role and type to the final object-oriented model of the application.

It applies to those who are required to design systems using an object-oriented method.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Derive high-level design from specification	1.1 Gather and determine specifications in object-oriented design 1.2 Create static class diagram according to given set of specifications 1.3 Develop communication diagrams and sequence diagrams according to given set of specifications 1.4 Develop activity diagram and state diagram using given set of specifications
2. Refine design	2.1 Investigate and refine behaviour, state of classes and collaboration between classes 2.2 Validate visibility of class services and state data 2.3 Identify generalisations and specialisations within classes 2.4 Refine class design and apply aggregation and composition principles
3. Document design	3.1 Create detailed unified modelling language (UML) static class diagrams 3.2 Develop detailed UML communication and sequence diagrams 3.3 Create detailed UML activity and state diagrams

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses and applies strategies to construct meaning from specifications
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas and information for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Problem-solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes Uses systematic, analytical processes in predictable and unpredictable situations, setting goals, gathering information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria when refining design
Technology	Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG415 Apply skills in object-oriented design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce one object-oriented design from requirements, documents and system specifications, which includes:

static class diagrams

communication and sequence diagrams

activity and state diagrams

diagrams mentioned above using unified modelling language (UML)

refining class design

documentation of design.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

design quality metrics, refinement techniques and programming design principles that may be used for applying skills in object-oriented design

unified modelling language

different programming methodologies, documentation techniques and development methodologies that may be used for applying skills in object-oriented design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

programming design software, tools and licenses

required hardware and its components

system specifications

requirement documents

design specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use basic mathematical methods and operations in standard computer notation, Boolean algebra, data types and computer storage.

It applies to those who are involved in software development roles who are required to use mathematical constructions in programming.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements	1.1 Identify and configure software development environment according to business need 1.2 Discuss and confirm software development task and intent according to business need 1.3 Identify and discuss different mathematical techniques in software development
2. Manipulate number and character representation systems in a software development context	2.1 Convert numbers between binary, decimal and hexadecimal number systems 2.2 Add, subtract and multiply numbers in binary 2.3 Determine binary memory storage of an integer and a character
2. Manipulate algebraic terms and solve linear equations in a software development context	3.1 Position number types on number line 3.2 Evaluate various numerical expressions involving integers, fractions and indices 3.3 Simplify various algebraic expressions involving integers, fractions and indices
4. Construct, simplify and evaluate expressions and mathematical formulas in a software development context	4.1 Solve simple equations 4.2 Convert formulas between standard algebraic form and computer notation 4.3 Create formulas in standard algebraic form and in computer notation 4.4 Simplify and evaluate Boolean expressions and formulas 4.5 Complete truth tables using simple Boolean expressions and logic 4.6 Save and confirm work with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using specific language applicable to audience
Numeracy	Uses a wide range of mainly formal and some informal, oral and written mathematical language and representation when solving equations, constructing mathematical formulas, simplifying and evaluating Boolean expressions and formulas and manipulating number and character systems
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses information from a variety of sources and records
Planning and organising	Plans and sequences complex tasks
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes and decides on a course of action when evaluating Boolean expressions and formulas

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG417 Apply mathematical techniques for software development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manipulate algebraic terms and evaluate at least three numerical expressions in software development

solve and evaluate at least three different mathematical problems

create at least two mathematical formulas in standard algebraic form and at least two mathematical formulas in standard computer notation

simplify and evaluate at least two Boolean expressions and formulas

convert two sets of numeric values between binary, decimal and hexadecimal number systems as required in software development.

Knowledge Evidence

elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Boolean algebra, number types, numerical and algebraic expressions, simple equations and standard computer notation that may be used to apply mathematical techniques for software development

binary, decimal and hexadecimal number systems

memory requirements for different number formats including binary, integer, decimal and negatives

mathematical terms application and operations in computing

calculation tools available

organisational procedures impacting on applying mathematical techniques for software development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

programming language, tools and licensing

software development tools and environment

hardware components and required software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out intermediate programming activities involving coding, debugging and testing of code, and creating applications using different programming languages.

It applies to those who are programmers in a variety of fields and are required to conduct programming activities and produce software programs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and define data structures and code	1.1 Establish user requirements and specifications 1.2 Design, define and use data structures that are aggregate of other data types 1.3 Code using user-defined data structures 1.4 Create, manipulate and destroy dynamic variables, including data structures, using facilities in language
2. Code using standard algorithms	2.1 Code using modular programming approach, including pass-by-reference parameter passing 2.2 Create and manipulate 2-D data structures using code 2.3 Create and maintain sorted data structures and use language-provided facilities 2.4 Code using simple binary search technique 2.5 Code binary file-handling solutions using random-access algorithms
3. Debug, document and test code	3.1 Use stand-alone debugging tools and tools provided by integrated development environment (IDE) 3.2 Trace code execution and examine variable contents using debugger 3.3 Develop and document maintainable code according to organisational guidelines and coding standards 3.4 Apply internal documentation to code using documentation tools available in target language 3.5 Design and document tests according to organisational guidelines 3.6 Test produced code and confirm compliance with program specification 3.7 Capture and record test results
4. Develop, test and document files and application	4.1 Build application according to user requirement 4.2 Access multiple source-code files 4.3 Employ integrated development environment (IDE) project maintenance facilities and automate program building using created files 4.4 Develop program specification solution according to coding standards 4.5 Design algorithm and document, construct and test applications according to problem description using target language 4.6 Document completed application according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and applies applicable strategies and constructs meaning from texts relating to organisational guidelines and coding standards
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas and information for specific audiences according to organisational procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Problem solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes Identifies possible solutions to difficult problems using a systematic process
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility and follows explicit and implicit policies, procedures and industry standards Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG418 Apply intermediate programming skills in another language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build an application in response to user requirements and specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

code using user-defined data structures and standard algorithms

develop a maintainable code

design a test for code and record and document test results

produce a technical documentation of activities and completed application.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

dynamic variables

modular programming approach to coding

medium-size application development processes

data structures including but not limited to:

lists

arrays

linked lists

stack

queues

trees

graphs

sets

hash tables

random-access algorithms

user-defined data structures

project maintenance and required language-provided facilities

development methodologies and their application

organisational guidelines and coding standards applicable to applying intermediate programming skills

programming methodologies

documentation techniques and tools within target languages that may be used to apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

debugging tools and methodologies

code testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an integrated development environment (IDE) for determined language and its tools and licenses

coding standards

user requirements and specifications

technical requirements

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and analyse client requirements, produce a range of options for business process efficiencies and create a software-requirements document.

It applies to those who are required to perform an analysis role in formulating software requirements in a range of work environments. They may work as database or computer developers, business analysts, or project managers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather and confirm client requirements	1.1 Confirm requirement and scope of project with required personnel 1.2 Gather information regarding requirements via sources of information and business processes 1.3 Analyse client requirements and problem context and opportunity faced by client 1.4 Document client requirements, project scope, related problems and sources of information according to organisational procedures 1.5 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Analyse functional and related non-functional requirements and feasibility of project	2.1 Map business processes using modelling tool including unified modelling language (UML) 2.2 Determine opportunities in business process efficiencies 2.3 Document functional and non-functional processes according to organisational procedures 2.4 Analyse technical and operational feasibility of project 2.5 Determine budget and schedule feasibility of project 2.6 Examine purpose and intent of project within organisation
3. Develop high-level system solutions	3.1 Develop and document feasible solutions according to client requirements 3.2 Explore and document the feasibility of each solution 3.3 Examine alternatives against project constraints 3.4 Document assumptions, dependencies and required resources 3.5 Produce a project risk analysis according to project requirements 3.6 Document future requirements according to organisational procedures
4. Prepare and publish software-requirements documentation	4.1 Develop software-requirements document according to organisational procedures 4.2 Submit software-requirements report to required personnel and obtain project approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving techniques when determining project budget and schedule feasibility
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain information and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses and applies strategies and constructs meaning from complex texts when gathering and analysing information
Writing	Develops documentation detailing requirements, scope of work and solutions using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication
Problem solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes Uses a systematic process and identifies possible solutions to a difficult problem Uses systematic processes in predictable and unpredictable situations, setting goals and gathering information
Self-management	Identifies and responds to both explicit and implicit protocols when submitting report to required personnel for approval
Technology	Accesses, organises, analyses and displays information applicable to software requirements using a range of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG419 Analyse software requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two high-level system solutions for one set of software requirements according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analysing and document at least two functional and at least two non-functional requirements

document requirements and work performed according to organisational procedures

submit documents and obtain approval.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

tools and techniques that may be used to analyse software requirements including;

client business domain

content features including clarity and readability

system functionality

document design and usability

budget creation techniques

modelling tools including unified modelling language (UML)

documentation techniques

risk analysis techniques

functions and features, of templates and style guides

the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement

software development life cycle overview

systems development methodologies

organisational procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documentation regarding client and software functionality requirements

sources of information including client business processes

word processing software and its features

required hardware and digital devices

industry standard modelling software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish standards applicable to information technology and communications technology (ICT) technical requirements and quality assurance processes applicable to software development.

It applies to those who are in the software development area and are required to confirm the software development process incorporates quality considerations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review software and implementation standards	1.1 Obtain and clarify project plan, standards and organisational requirements with required personnel 1.2 Document software standards, according to project standards 1.3 Assign software standards to functions, according to detailed technical plan 1.4 Confirm communication and distribution strategies are clear, coherent and meet overall project plan requirements with required personnel 1.5 Monitor and report on implementation of standards against acceptance criteria and detailed technical specifications
2. Review software metrics and milestones	2.1 Define metrics related to project milestones, timeframe and cost considerations 2.2 Develop a schedule of quality reviews 2.3 Determine quality considerations by identifying in-process measurement points applicable to critical organisational requirements 2.4 Determine method to benchmark and scale achievement against stated requirements and cost considerations
3. Document and confirm with require personnel	3.1 Report metrics and milestones to required personnel 3.2 Obtain feedback from required personnel and amend accordingly 3.3 Confirm requirements are met with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving techniques, in the context of metrics and cost considerations
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses and applies required strategies, to construct meaning from complex texts relating to organisational requirements and project standards
Writing	Develops documentation detailing software and implementation standards according to project standards using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages communication applicable to quality reviews
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in predictable and unpredictable situations, setting goals and gathering required information
Self-management	Identifies importance of taking audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why and how
Technology	Uses a range of digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information applicable to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG426 Prepare software development review.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare at least one software development review.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document software and implementation standards according to project standards

apply and document at least three software metrics and at least three milestones.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard accepted software configuration management processes

organisational and quality requirements applicable to software development review, including:

quality assurance practices and standards

quality review techniques and processes

benchmarking standards

organisational standards and guidelines

software development life cycle

acceptance criteria for software development testing

software metrics development

the client business domain.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical specifications and plans

organisational standards and guidelines

project management process, and hierarchy

organisational business processes

software and interface requirement specifications

project budget and timeframe

required hardware and digital devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create extensible markup language (XML) documents, web-service applications, and client applications to consume web services.

It applies to those who are web developers, web programmers or application programmers, who build Windows or web-based applications that access data in XML format, or who develop and consume web services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Represent structured data with XML	1.1 Identify task and information requirements and applicable organisational policies and procedures in creating XML document 1.2 Gather information by analysing data, documents, problem domains and discussions with required personnel 1.3 Write XML document and incorporate required structure and syntax according to task requirements 1.4 Validate XML document using validation tools 1.5 Format XML document using styling tools
2. Access and manipulate XML document using XML parser application programming interface (API)	2.1 Create new XML document according to task requirements 2.2 Access and traverse elements and attributes 2.3 Modify and delete elements and attributes according to task requirements 2.4 Transform XML document into a data object 2.5 Transform data object into an XML document
3. Create a service-oriented application using XML	3.1 Define web-services architecture and platform elements 3.2 Develop and deploy web-service applications using a language 3.3 Develop a client application and consume web service using a language

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies mathematical and problem-solving techniques in a range of contexts Identifies order and position of elements in a sequence using XML
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate ideas
Reading	Interprets, critically analyses and applies required strategies Constructs meaning when gathering information by analysing data, documents and problem domains
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, explores complex issues, and is constructed logically, succinctly and accurately Writes and edits code and technical data, and confirms correct syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Uses systematic, analytical processes in predictable and unpredictable situations, setting goals and gathering required information
Problem solving	Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling unfamiliar problems Breaks complex issues into manageable parts and identifies and evaluates several options for action
Technology	Utilises broad range of features within applications and improves personal productivity and optimises software functions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG427 Use XML effectively.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two well-formed, formatted and validated XML documents

use an XML parser to access, modify and transform XML documentation

create at least one service-oriented application using XML.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

tree structure of data to be represented

web services architecture and platform elements

programming concepts and languages including structure and syntax

validation and styling tools within XML

XML document elements including:

root element

child element

sub-child element

syntax rules relating to:

case sensitivity

closing tag

entity reference

proper nesting

quoted attribute values

single-root element

the main features and services of the internet

data modelling techniques and procedures

commonly used elements in hypertext markup language (HTML)

information system features

XML parser application programming interface (API) and functions

source characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and its components

extensive markup language (XML) and JavaScript object notation (JSON) tools and software

tools to access and develop a data source including:

a text editor

a web browser

client and functionality requirements and documentation

a web server and software that hosts services to deploy and test the web-service application

required libraries.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use software management tools, to manage a systems development project from initiation to completion.

It applies to software developers, who work in a team or who individually develop systems to specification using software management tools to manage delivery within time and budget parameters.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select software management tools	1.1 Determine required software development methodology according to system development project requirements 1.2 Determine required project management software according to project requirements 1.3 Determine source-control system required to manage code and handle source-control system conflict 1.4 Determine and document required collaboration software according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Use software management tools	2.1 Determine and document project plan according to software specifications and project requirements 2.2 Define required source-control procedures according to software specifications and project requirements 2.3 Create collaborative environment according to software specifications and project requirements
3. Monitor use of software management tools	3.1 Monitor and maintain project plan and document progress according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Check accurate code entry according to source-control system 3.3 Monitor collaboration environment and resolve identified issues according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses, and applies, the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Displays a knowledge of structure and layout, employing a broad vocabulary, grammatical structure, and the conventions required to text
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit the purpose and audience, and monitoring the impact when creating and resolving issues Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and, on occasion, taking a leadership role
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication, in a collaborative project environment Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying, and evaluating, options against the agreed criteria
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options and seeking input, and advice from others, before taking action when necessary
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to access and filter data, extract, organise, integrate, and share relevant information, in increasingly effective ways

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG502 Manage a project using software management tools.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research and select at least one software management tool to manage a system development project.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create, monitor and adjust a project plan, according to the required specifications

define source-control procedures, and check that the correct entries are input into the system

create, monitor, and resolve issues in a collaborative environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles of project management

key features of the software development life cycle (SDLC)

importance of software specifications when applied managing projects using software management tools

methods and tools used for version control.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

source-control software

industry standard tools and licences that may be used for managing projects using software management tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to debug and monitor a software application.

It applies to software developers, testers and support engineers who use logging and tracing techniques to identify software problems and monitor systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement logging and error handling framework	1.1 Determine logging framework for writing text messages and prioritise log files for sending data to monitoring applications 1.2 Create custom event log for the application according to logging framework 1.3 Test logs and check required state of running application according to logging and error handling framework
2. Debug and trace application	2.1 Apply basic debugging techniques according to error handling framework 2.2 Identify required tools and debug software applications 2.3 Write required code for debugging as required according to error handling framework
3. Monitor the application’s performance	3.1 Identify and use profiling tools and verify parts of system that consume the most resources 3.2 Analyse and document performance issues and apply application performance improving changes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies when analysing logs, and monitoring applications data
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts, and applies the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options Uses a systematic process to identify possible solutions to a difficult problem
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG503 Debug and monitor applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement changes to improve an application’s performance on at least one application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collect application performance data

identify and analyse performance issues

use a logging framework to create an event log for an application

use tools and techniques to trace and debug an application.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard logging frameworks, including:

logging

tracing tools and their functions

profiling tools and their functions

basic principles of:

database-management systems

object-oriented programming

open-source development tools

software development life cycle (SDLC)

procedures for developing, debugging and monitoring small-size applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

performance monitoring tools on client and server system

specific debugging tools and licenses

integrated development environment (IDE)

end user device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the, skills and knowledge required to install, uninstall, and configure an application to a production environment.

It applies to those responsible for the software deployments of enterprise applications. They may work as application DevOps engineers, developers, administrators, release managers or deployment coordinators.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan software installation	1.1 Determine client system and server system according to installation requirements 1.2 Determine installation method according to installation requirements 1.3 Determine organisational security requirements 1.4 Determine and document software-installation plan according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Perform software installation	2.1 Create an install package for application according to installation plan 2.2 Test install package in test environment 2.3 Deploy install package to production environment
3. Plan and test application removal	3.1 Create uninstall package according to production environment 3.2 Test uninstall package in test environment according to production environment 3.3 Deploy uninstall package to production environment
4. Perform database installation	4.1 Deploy database from development environment to production environment 4.2 Specify connection string to database according to production environment 4.3 Test database installation according to production environment
5. Manage application configuration	5.1 Configure application to required parameters for the production environment 5.2 Modify deployment variables and use configuration files 5.3 Configure security features application to required parameters for the production environment

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options
Self-management	Identifies and complies with organisational requirements relevant to deployment of applications
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG504 Deploy an application to a production environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deploy at least one application to a production environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

configure variables, parameters and security features for a production environment

prepare plans for software installation, including account data, resource and security requirements

install and uninstall packages

test and troubleshoot issues.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of database management systems applicable to deploying applications to production environments

software development life cycle (SDLC) that may be used in deploying applications to production environments

programming language used to create deployment applications

Information and Communications Technology (ICT) hardware, software, security protocols and standards and organisational policies relevant to deployment of applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

packages on client and server system

database management system software

required tools and licences

integrated development environment (IDE).

end user device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, build and test an advanced user interface (UI), including interaction techniques, rich controls, improved client-side validation, customisation and personalisation, graphics and multimedia.

It applies to individuals who work as user-interface designers and software developers and are responsible for managing and implementing complex UI design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan UI design	1.1 Determine client technology, development tools, and platforms according to UI solution 1.2 Review conceptual design with required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 1.3 Design and document UI layout and structure according to UI requirements
2. Implement interaction techniques	2.1 Apply interaction design patterns according to UI design plan 2.2 Implement client-side validation according to UI requirements 2.3 Demonstrate alignment of implement interactions against UI design plan
3. Build customisable and personalised UI	3.1 Build customisable UI and allow users to select their own customised version of the underlying application 3.2 Build personalised UI according to UI design plan task requirements 3.3 Demonstrate alignment of personalised UI to UI design plan 3.4 Implement required updates and confirm improvement to user experience
4. Implement graphics and multimedia	4.1 Create and display the graphics according to UI requirements 4.2 Add required multimedia content to the application 4.3 Demonstrate alignment of implementing graphics against UI design plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies in a range of contexts, when designing layout and structure
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts, when reading and interpreting technical information, and determining suitable technology and tools
Writing	Prepares documentation, expressing ideas and exploring complex issues using relevant industry language Writes and edits computer code, and technical data using correct syntax and logical flow
Planning and organising	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Problem solving	Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology
Technology	Seeks to understand the potential of new technology, in the context of implementing interaction, and customisable features, and graphics and multimedia, into the UI

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG505 Build advanced user interface.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build an advance UI design.

In the course of the above the candidate must:

determine an organisation’s technology, development tools, and UI platform

apply advanced techniques in order to create a complex user interface (UI).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

concepts of programming that may be used to build advanced user interfaces, including:

client-side programming

object-oriented programming

web design programming in hypertext markup language (HTML), cascading style sheet (CSS), and JavaScript

UI prototyping techniques and purpose.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

integrated development environment (IDE)

the client system, and the server system

multimedia tools

a solution to apply UI design

required interface and hardware device

required tools, software and licences required for UI implementation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG536 Design application architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design the structure of software or systems components, and how they interact.

It applies to those who work as software architects, developers, designers, software engineers or programmers, and responsible for designing, and building, solution architecture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather and confirm architecture requirements	1.1 Gather broad architectural requirements from required personnel 1.2 Establish and document architectural requirements
2. Design layered architecture	2.1 Separate areas of concern into logical layers according to architectural requirements 2.2 Determine cross-cutting concerns according to architectural requirements 2.3 Define system into components according to architectural requirements 2.4 Identify responsibilities of each component 2.5 Identify required interconnections between components
3. Plan a strategy to re-use components	3.1 Determine and document a strategy for communicating with external systems according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Interact with existing legacy components according to strategy
4. Design for globalisation and localisation	4.1 Determine and document culture specific information according to organisational requirements 4.2 Determine and document database design features according to architectural requirements 4.3 Select and document required user interface according to organisational requirements 4.4 Develop software product for specific country and worldwide distribution

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets complex technical, and non-technical, information from a range of sources
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing processes and outcomes that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders
Teamwork	Identifies, and explores, the differences between a diverse range of people and cultures in a programming context
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing, and prioritising tasks in order to achieve the required outcomes
Problem solving	Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques, to meet the desired outcomes Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes to resolve these issues Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and to develop new or improved software or systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG506 Design application architecture.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG536 Design application architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design application architecture with at least five layered applications

configure applications and adapt to at least two different locations.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adapt a software product to a target market

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of database design that may apply to designing application architecture

industry standard software development methodologies

object-oriented programming and its role in application architecture

software development life cycle relevant to designing application architecture.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

both functional and non-functional requirements

tools to design software architecture

specific information for target market and audience.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement security for software applications, including code access security, security access control, cryptographic and secure, input and output handling.

It applies to individuals who work as software developers, software engineers, system and security administrators and testers, and responsible for coding secure software applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement policy-based code-access security	1.1 Identify purpose of application security in software development 1.2 Configure required platform security configuration files using security configuration tools 1.3 Define required restriction custom code access permission and restrict access to protected resources 1.4 Define required access restriction custom code access and run protected operations
2. Implement security access control	2.1 Plan and document authentication and authorisation strategy according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Develop and document required application authentication and authorisation strategy
3. Write encrypt and decrypt code data	3.1 Determine and document required standard cryptographic algorithms 3.2 Encrypt, and decrypt, data using standard cryptographic algorithms
4. Protect application against injections	4.1 Plan and document secure input and output handling and prevent vulnerabilities related to code injections 4.2 Use secure input and output handling according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Evaluates complex and varied information, and concepts, in software security
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing processes and outcomes that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders Writes and edits computer code, and technical data using correct syntax and logical flow
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising processes and tasks to achieve the required outcomes Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques to meet desired outcomes Is acutely aware of the importance of data security and of monitoring, and controlling, access to digitally stored and transmitted information
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise Applies systematic and analytical problem-solving processes, in order to develop required security access control strategies
Technology	Demonstrates knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG507 Implement security for applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

secure at least two different applications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan a security strategy

prevent security attacks

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware and networking relating to implementing security for applications

industry standard programming algorithms and object-oriented programming used to implement applications security

mathematics required for programming algorithms.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

security configuration tools required to implement security for applications

required software development environment

testing and debugging tools applicable to implementing security for applications

network resources required to implement security for applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG538 Create mashups

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to combine content from more than one source into new integrated applications and create custom mashups.

It applies to those responsible for software developers who develop web applications using the enabling technologies to create mashup applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create mashups	1.1 Identify mashup content according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine sources of content required for mashup 1.3 Determine and document mashup interface requirements 1.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Remix elements from multiple websites to create new mashups	2.1 Analyse Web 2.0 concept and web as a platform according to mashup requirements 2.2 Evaluate and select APIs according to mashup requirements 2.3 Determine programming language according to APIs requirements 2.4 Create mashups of several services according to task requirements
3. Use mashup tools	3.1 Evaluate and select required tools according to task requirements 3.2 Create mashups according to task requirements 3.3 Align created mashups to organisational requirements 3.4 Obtain finalised task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates the information to determine requirements
Writing	Writes and edits computer code, and technical data using correct syntax and logical flow
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options, in order to make decisions about APIs Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes, to resolve issues Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques, to meet the desired outcomes
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG508 Create mashups.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG538 Create mashups

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two mashups.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document requirements and process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

hypertext markup language (HTML), cascading style sheet (CSS) and JavaScript applicable to creating mashups

server-side scripting language required to create mashups

outline extensible markup language (XML), web services, Asynchronous JavaScript (AJAX), and metadata

web design and development and how it applies to creating mashups.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

required mashup tools and API providers

required Web 2.0 tools

an integrated development environment (IDE)

organisational deliverables and technical expectations for mashup creation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain software to client user requirements.

It applies to individuals who may work as software developers who are required to maintain existing software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine software fault	1.1 Determine details of software faults 1.2 Identify and document technical data required to troubleshoot determined fault 1.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Identify and isolate fault	2.1 Review program documentation and identify specific modules according to task requirements 2.2 Review the source code and identify logic errors according to technical data 2.3 Read manuals, help files and ‘read me files,’ and determine if there is a known fix 2.4 Conduct required testing and identify and document fault 2.5 Escalate faults that cannot be identified to required personnel according to organisational procedures
3. Design fix for fault	3.1 Determine and document faults and initial fix suggestions according to organisational requirements 3.2 Determine and document alternative options and choose required solution 3.3 Determine and document impact of fix on other parts of system 3.4 Document required changes according to organisational guideline 3.5 Submit documents to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Implement fix to software	4.1 Identify and obtain access to required software development tools, source code, and libraries 4.2 Construct required fault correction code according to organisational and programming standards 4.3 Compile code for changed programs and associated modules 4.4 Correct, and resubmit required code until error free 4.5 Document changes according to organisational and programming standards
5. Test fix and associated system areas	5.1 Check logic and determine it works with test data, corrects original fault, and does not cause problems elsewhere 5.2 Request users to perform acceptance testing and document outcomes 5.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 5.4 Confirm acceptance by systems operations and arrange for sign-off, according to procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts
Reading	Analyses and interprets complex technical documents for specific information
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing processes and outcomes that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders
Teamwork	Liaises with various stakeholders and negotiates mutually agreeable outcomes
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks to achieve deadlines
Problem solving	Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes to resolve issues Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques to meet the desired outcomes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and standards
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG510 Maintain custom software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

maintain and fix at least one custom software application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

deploy range of solutions to replicate results

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

concepts relating to analysing a system performance compared with the system’s current functionality

processes and procedures relating to testing software systems

industry standard hardware and software products, as they relate to system maintenance

programming code required for the project

program documentation required for maintaining custom software

impact of changes on applications and systems relating to maintaining custom software

programming standards relating to custom software.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required fault logs and help-desk reports

software development tools, documentation and environment required for maintaining custom software

source code and libraries required to maintain custom software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and support data conversion to a new Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system.

It applies to software developers who are required to convert data on new ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to monitor data conversion	1.1 Determine organisational monitoring and support requirements 1.2 Obtain and analyse conversion supporting documentation from required personnel 1.3 Determine and document monitoring and support conversion plan according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine software, hardware and environmental prerequisites in conversion plan
2. Monitor data conversion	2.1 Backup production data according to conversion plan 2.2 Validate data accuracy and integrity according to conversion specifications 2.3 Identify data rejected by conversion tools, and conduct conversion plan actions 2.4 Document data rejection and errant behaviour of conversion process according to organisational requirements
3. Support conversion	3.1 Demonstrate, document and verify conversion results against conversion plan 3.2 Submit documentation to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback 3.3 Document backup copies of conversion files according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies the required strategies in order to construct meaning from the supporting documentation for conversion, and when identifying prerequisites in the plan
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing processes and outcomes that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders
Teamwork	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others, sharing information to build strong work groups
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication when taking action to confirm backup before conversion
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria when validating data accuracy and integrity, and when verifying results Demonstrates knowledge of an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, actively looking for early warning signs, and implementing contingency plans in relation to the data rejected by conversion tools
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to troubleshoot, and understand, the uses and potential of new technology, when monitoring and supporting data conversion to a new ICT system

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG511 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement, backup and maintain an organisation’s data conversion on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard data modelling methodologies required to monitor and support data conversion

industry standard data conversion tools

industry standard hardware and software products applicable to monitoring and supporting data conversion

data conversion from legacy systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documentation guidelines

sample data to be converted

data conversion tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG542 Review developed software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to review developed software and quality standards. This involves reviewing quality standards, determining development quality issues and reviewing specific quality areas.

It applies to senior software developers who check the quality of software produced by other programmers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review quality standard requirements	1.1 Obtain and review organisation’s quality standards and software development requirements 1.2 Determine and document quality review and validation processes
2. Determine and address development quality issues	2.1 Determine and document significant impact that processes could have on quality of product under development 2.2 Conduct consultation with required personnel and determine required actions 2.3 Plan and document resource allocation across required personnel
3. Review quality areas	3.1 Review development and validation processes and confirm alignment with defect-free software 3.2 Examine documentation and methods for development and align supportable software requirements 3.3 Determine and document recommendations to improve defect-free software and supportable software

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies required strategies, to construct meaning from the organisation’s quality standards and the standards related to software development
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing quality standards and procedures that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction, and taking a leadership role on occasion
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques in order to identify different perspectives, and confirm, clarify or revise knowledge Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others and taking necessary action
Self-management	Responds to both, explicit and implicit, protocols within familiar work contexts and demonstrates knowledge of the importance of identifying, and responding to, protocols in new situations, in the context of gaining agreement on procedures
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent ICTPRG515 Review developed software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG542 Review developed software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review existing developed software and organisation’s quality standards relevant to software development on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine quality issues against quality standards and procedures that support development of defect-free products to meet client requirements

provide feedback on the software.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware and software products and quality standards that relate to reviewing developed software

input and output drivers and operating systems used in the reviewing developed software

procedural and object-oriented languages that relate to the reviewing and developing software

real-time programming techniques

testing strategies and processes

software application measuring and estimating methodologies

software development and configuration management processes

software metrics development relevant to reviewing developed software.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

data dictionaries

design specifications

a data stream management system (DSMS)

a simulated scenario

Australian and international software quality standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to document and maintain details of technology, and architectural components, incorporated into the integration blueprint for an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system.

It applies to individuals in senior development roles, required to integrate a series of components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review technical architecture documents	1.1 Review technical architecture documents against organisational requirements 1.2 Identify, evaluate and document technical considerations for alignment for technical best fit. 1.3 Update integration blueprint according to technical specifications and organisational requirements
2. Undertake compatibility tests	2.1 Assemble components and component technologies according to design specifications 2.2 Test components and confirm functionality against design specifications 2.3 Identify non-compliance issues against technical specifications 2.4 Update integration blueprint with compatibility testing outcomes
3. Assess risk areas	3.1 Identify and document scope of modifications required from the compatibility test 3.2 Determine and document required modifications with suppliers according to compatibility test outcomes 3.3 Record modifications to risk area in integration blueprint
4. Assess readiness for stress testing	4.1 Stabilise platform according to technical requirements 4.2 Evaluate platform compliance with technical requirements 4.3 Update and document integration blueprint for stress testing

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies required strategies, to construct meaning from complex texts when reviewing technical architecture documents
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Teamwork	Participates in complex formal and informal conversations relevant to own role, initiating and taking the lead where required, in relation to negotiating with suppliers
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes, and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to identify relevant information and risks, and identify, and evaluate, alternative strategies and resources Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG516 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review and develop technical architecture documentation and update integration blueprint on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

undertake component compatibility testing

assess and minimise risk of modifications

stabilise platform, assess compliance with the technical requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard technology suppliers and components relating to developing integration blueprints

industry development and design methodologies relevant to developing integration blueprints

industry standard hardware and software products, features, and capabilities required for developing integration blueprints

industry standard testing procedures for developing integration blueprints

stress load testing principles relevant to developing integration blueprints.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

design specifications

a high-level, diagrammatic view of the main system components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install a pilot version of a developed Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system, test it with a small group of users, and evaluate it against required criteria.

It applies to those who are working in ICT development and deployment roles and required to test and evaluate new systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for pilot system	1.1 Determine objectives, success and acceptance criteria, and implementation for pilot system according to organisational requirement 1.2 Identify and secure technical and organisational resources required for pilot implementation 1.3 Determine executive support for the pilot 1.4 Develop project plan according to organisational policies and procedures 1.5 Submit project plan to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Install pilot system	2.1 Install and configure pilot according to project plan 2.2 Verify technical readiness of the pilot against success and acceptance criteria 2.3 Test data accuracy and document outcomes in status report 2.4 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback.
3. Test pilot system	3.1 Determine required pilot group release according to project plan 3.2 Determine and document test objectives 3.3 Determine and document new system training brief 3.4 Run the test and document outcomes 3.5 Seek and document test feedback from required personnel
4. Evaluate feedback results	4.1 Identify discrepancies between pilot system test results and pilot system requirements 4.2 Determine and document troubleshooting for discrepancies 4.3 Update and submit documentation to required personnel and obtain finalised task sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies in a range of contexts
Oral communication	Articulates ideas and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies required strategies, to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating, options against the agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others, before taking action when necessary
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts, underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG517 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, test and evaluate a pilot system on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

establish objectives, acceptance criteria and resource requirements

document project plan, processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

role of stakeholders and degree of stakeholder involvement in the development of a pilot system

industry standard information-gathering methodologies applicable to installing, testing and evaluating pilot systems

industry system development and design methodologies applicable to pilot systems

industry standard hardware and software products applicable to pilot systems

features and capabilities of current industry-accepted system piloting methodologies

quality assurance practices relating to installing, testing and evaluating a system.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

pilot system

technical materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor implementation of a system pilot, and to evaluate its performance through testing and review.

It applies to senior software developers, systems analysts or those in infrastructure operation roles, who implement systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Prepare to monitor pilot system implementation	1.1 Determine pilot system implementation requirements 1.2 Identify existing pilot and system procedures 1.3 Obtain and determine completeness and relevance of pilot support documentation 1.4 Determine and document required pilot system updates according to organisational requirements 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Monitor implementation of pilot system	2.1 Supervise system functionality and integrity tests according to pilot system implementation plan 2.2 Document system functionality and integrity test findings 2.3 Determine and document technical support requirements according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Provide required technical support
3. Evaluate the pilot system	3.1 Review pilot operation against required pilot objectives, and success criteria and document outcomes 3.2 Prioritise implement and assess impact of required upgrades and modifications 3.3 Document the review process and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates ideas and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing review process and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Reflects on outcomes and feedback from others in order to identify general principles and concepts that may be applicable in new situations Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options, seeking input and advice from others and taking necessary action
Problem solving	Takes responsibility for decisions about when, and how, to complete tasks and coordinate with others
Self-management	Identifies and follows relevant organisational policies and procedures
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts, underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent ICTPRG518 Monitor the system pilot.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify at least one systems pilot objective

monitor the implementation and evaluate systems of at least one large pilot system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard system of piloting methodologies including their general features, capabilities and acceptance criteria

industry standard system development and design methodologies applicable to monitoring systems pilots

industry information-gathering methodologies

function and features of a system, including:

system integration

system response and recovery times

user interfaces

validation of inputs and outputs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

pilot plan

acceptance criteria

system to be piloted.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to check software application designs against specifications and to apply validation techniques across the system’s life cycle.

It applies to who work in the area of software development, including software project managers, testers, software engineers, system analysts and software developers, and are responsible for verifying and validating software design specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate software requirement specifications	1.1 Identify existing software specifications from organisational documents 1.2 Evaluate existing software against requirements and determine and document alignment 1.3 Validate software requirement specifications document with required personnel
2. Create proof of concept prototype	2.1 Create prototype system using rapid application development tools (RAD) according to specifications 2.2 Present and demonstrate prototype system to required personnel 2.3 Seek and respond to presentation feedback from required personnel 2.4 Validate the proof of concept according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Evaluate software design	3.1 Determine design completeness, accuracy and consistency according to proof of concept prototype 3.2 Validate software design document according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Validate database structure, elements and user interface 3.4 Validate code and software consistency according to design document
4. Evaluate the testing requirements	4.1 Review and validate test plans and cases according to organisational requirements 4.2 Document review and validation outcomes 4.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex software-requirement specifications
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Takes audience, purpose and contextual factors into account, when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why, and how
Problem solving	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Takes responsibility for decisions about when, and how, to complete tasks and coordinate with others Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options, and evaluating options against the criteria
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying relevant organisational protocols and requirement
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG520 Validate an application design against specifications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

interpret software specifications and validate software design, source code and testing requirements on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

database design and implementation relevant to validating application designs

business and technical modelling using UML tools at intermediate level

industry standard software development methodologies applicable to validating application designs

system development life cycle (SDLC)

language used in object-oriented programming

open-source development tools

software-testing techniques relevant to validating application designs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools to create prototype systems

static analysis tools

test plan and test cases.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake advanced level programming tasks using another programming language. The language may be an object-oriented language.

It applies to software developers who are required to program code.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Code advanced data structures and algorithms	1.1 Design and document dynamic data structures according to programming task requirements 1.2 Implement dynamic data structures, including double-linked lists and binary trees for coding 1.3 Code using hashing techniques according to programming requirements 1.4 Code sorting algorithm using programming techniques 1.5 Code advanced searching techniques for use with complex data structures
2. Write application and use third-party libraries	2.1 Use features of enable inter-process language communication through one mechanism 2.2 Use features of language for operating system ‘signals’ to be captured and responded to 2.3 Use third-party library in construction of an application according to programming techniques 2.4 Write application to work within graphical user interface (GUI) computer environment
3. Debug and test code	3.1 Use integrated development environment (IDE) debugging facilities to debug according to software requirements 3.2 Detect and resolve errors of syntactical, logical and design origin 3.3 Design and document required tests 3.4 Undertake limited testing of produced code and confirm that it complies with technical requirements 3.5 Document the test results
4. Create application	4.1 Develop and document solution according to debugging test results 4.2 Design and document algorithm and construct, and test application according to techniques 4.3 Submit documents to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions and results and identifies key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating, options against the agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts, underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG523 Apply advanced programming skills in another language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build at least one advanced application program according to a design document

code at least one sorting algorithm

apply at least two different techniques to optimise code.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

design and write code using dynamic data structures

write code using hashing techniques, sorting algorithms and advanced searching techniques

use language features that enable inter-process communication and responses to operating system signals

use third-party libraries in the construction of an application, including referencing third-party documentation

evaluate and document debugging test processes and outcomes

test and debug code and resolve errors of a syntactical, logical and design origin.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

programming languages applicable to applying advanced programming skills in another language

languages required for a GUI environment

developing large-scale applications applicable to applying advanced programming skills in another language

procedures for programming with complex data structures

procedures for using a third-party supplied library for standard programming features.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software development environment required to apply advanced programming skills in another language

technical and design documentation

organisational deliverables

integrated development environment (IDE).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse requirements and produce a set of high-level object-oriented class specifications.

It applies to those who are required to develop object designs as part of the systems design process.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse behaviour of objects	1.1 Analyse and document behaviour scenarios according to object design requirements 1.2 Identify classes, objects and abstract data types according to object design requirements 1.3 Prepare class, object, module and process diagrams according to object-oriented class specifications
2. Prepare state model	2.1 Analyse data requirements and iterate data flows according to object design requirements 2.2 Determine and document required state-transition diagrams 2.3 Seek respond to feedback from required personnel, and update abstract data types and specifications according to feedback
3. Describe roles and responsibilities of classes	3.1 Review functional requirements, assign responsibilities and update class structures according to task requirements 3.2 Determine and document interface and class communication requirements 3.3 Determine and document required interaction diagrams
4. Iterate and review object model	4.1 Review and document finding of current object model, class functionality and data transformation 4.2 Identify and develop class relationships, priorities, and the inheritance hierarchy according to object-oriented class specifications 4.3 Analyse and document class-service requirements and initial test criteria 4.4 Identify and document object processes and reuse classes 4.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and analyses, complex technical documentation
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Shares knowledge, information and experience openly, liaising with colleagues to achieve the best possible outcome
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a range of digitally based technologies to access, extract and share relevant information, in order to achieve the required outcomes Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes, to resolve these issues Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and to develop new or improved software or
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and to develop new or improved software or systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG524 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

specify and model abstract for at least two different data types

specify the interface between classes and objects, and document results on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration management applicable to developing high-level object-oriented class specification

industry standard object-oriented methodologies that may be used to specify high-level object-oriented class specifications

industry standard program development methodologies applicable to developing high-level object-oriented class specification

data modelling techniques

object-oriented analysis tools

quality assurance practice applicable to developing high-level object-oriented class specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business system and user requirement

unified modelling language (UML) modelling tool.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake intermediate level programming tasks using an object-oriented programming language.

It applies to software developers in a variety of fields who are required to produce programs in object-oriented languages.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Build applications	1.1 Determine and document program requirements according to object-orientated programming specifications 1.2 Divide multiple source-code files into logical units and packages and collect data in internal storage 1.3 Implement internal data-sorting and searching facilities according to object-orientated programming specifications 1.4 Employ integrated-development environment facilities and make files to automate program building 1.5 Use facilities in specific language for persisting objects to binary files and confirm program stability
2. Write interactive database programs	2.1 Design, document and implement programs that connect to the required database according to program specifications 2.2 Design, document and implement programs that use language facilities according to program specifications 2.3 Design, document and implement programs that use language facilities to manipulate database structure 2.4 Write programs that deliver transactional integrity according to program requirements
3. Write graphical user interface	3.1 Employ graphical user interface (GUI) framework according to language requirements 3.2 Use standard GUI components according to object-orientated programming specifications 3.3 Respond to user and program-generated events and according to program requirements
4. Debug and test application	4.1 Examine variables and trace running code 4.2 Detect logical and coding errors according to program requirements 4.3 Examine variable contents during execution and detect and correct errors 4.4 Design and document limited tests of code 4.5 Test and document produced code and determine compliance with the program specification

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions and results and identifies key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Analyses and interprets technical documents
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Creates, and selects, a required application that meets the set requirements
Problem solving	Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes, to resolve these issues Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and to develop new or improved software or systems
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technologies to access, extract, and share relevant information in order to achieve the required outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG527 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build at least one simple application program from a problem scenario and program specification.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use different object-oriented programming language techniques

check code optimisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

data structures applicable to applying intermediate object-oriented language skills

object-oriented programming concepts and programming language required to apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

process and techniques related to use of a graphical user interface (GUI), to interact with an operator

documenting applications required to apply intermediate object-oriented language skills.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

oriented design structures

programming languages that support object-oriented development

integrated development environment (IDE)

database management system (DBMS).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to translate Information and Communications Technology (ICT) data from one format to another, by means of a data conversion process.

It applies to those in support and implementation roles who are required to convert data from one system to another.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare system for conversion	1.1 Obtain data stores required for conversion 1.2 Trial conversion work in isolated environment, secure from the production system and confirm backup solutions 1.3 Map and document required data fields according to conversion requirements 1.4 Determine field validation requirements from conversion plans, including data field legal ranges 1.5 Determine actions to be taken with the fields or records that are rejected by the conversion plan
2. Design system conversion	2.1 Design and document data conversion program modules from conversion specifications 2.2 Code and test data conversion program modules according to conversion specifications 2.3 Confirm data conversion and test the converted production data 2.4 Document testing outcomes according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Perform data conversion	3.1 Estimate and document conversion time and procedures 3.2 Prepare production system for data conversion, protect data and take off-line 3.3 Determine and document data rejected and reason for rejection by conversion routines 3.4 Execute conversion program modules according to conversion plan 3.5 Document conversion process and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex technical documentation
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Teamwork	Liaises with others to check own knowledge and confirm that the objective is being met
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks, in order to achieve the required outcomes
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Technology	Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques to meet the desired outcomes Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes, to resolve these issues Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and develop new or improved software or systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG528 Perform ICT data conversion.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

define inherent data requirements, remodel data and code conversion programs on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

hardware and software products applicable to performing data conversions

data conversion tools and data modelling methodologies applicable to performing data conversions

legacy systems conversions required to perform data conversions

industry standard database management system (DBMS) modelling applicable to performing data conversions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

source data

business quality assurance rules associated with data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop test strategies and implement tests to assure reliability and quality of an application.

It applies to quality assurance analysts, test analysts, testers, system testers, software testers, test leads and software developers, responsible for activities including test plan preparation, execution and maintenance, reporting of tests and defect management in an application.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and design test	1.1 Analyse and review software development specifications against organisational requirements 1.2 Determine and document test context, scope, standard and methodology 1.3 Determine and document test types, tools and input data requirements 1.4 Design and document test plan and test cases according to software testing specifications 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Prepare test environment	2.1 Review documents and determine required preparation for test environment 2.2 Determine and document test environment according to software testing requirements 2.3 Build and set up test environment according to software testing requirements
3. Implement and execute test	3.1 Build input data for testing according to software testing requirements 3.2 Create test suite according to software testing requirements 3.3 Execute test cases according to software testing requirements 3.4 Create test record and store test results according to software testing requirements
4. Manage defect and testing process	4.1 Evaluate and document test results according to software testing requirements 4.2 Track, defect and verify fixes and document outcomes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Reviews, and evaluates, technical and business requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising processes, and tasks, to achieve the required outcomes
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical problem-solving processes, to develop the required security access control strategies
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques to meet the desired outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG529 Apply testing techniques for software development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a test-plan document and test cases to verify completeness, reliability and performance of an application and software on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document and manage test results

perform application debugging process

re-test application.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

industry standard programming language applicable to applying testing techniques for software development

input and output requirements applicable to testing software development

software development life cycle (SDLC) methodologies

system layers including data network, hardware, operating system, database management systems, web servers, application servers, and client deployment

processes and techniques related to small-size application development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business, functional, system and user requirements

system for testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. Version created to correct a typographical error in the performance evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and implement representational state transfer (REST or RESTful) application program interfaces (APIs) in order to request and manipulate data from data sources.

The unit applies to those working as senior software developers, senior back end developers or full stack developers, and responsible for managing information and communications technology (ICT) in small-to-large enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create new project	1.1 Establish need and application of REST APIs according to business needs 1.2 Review, evaluate and select REST API framework according to required programming language and business needs 1.3 Review, evaluate and select required integrated development environment (IDE) 1.4 Create project using IDE according to business needs 1.5 Configure and implement RESTful API in project
2. Build REST API endpoints	2.1 Build REST API end point using GET method and return a collection of records 2.2 Build REST API endpoint and return a single record 2.3 Configure REST API endpoint using POST and PUT method according to function 2.4 Build REST API endpoint using DELETE method 2.5 Test methods and confirm response status code reflects function of REST API according to business needs
3. Enable cross origin resource sharing (CORS)	3.1 Update REST API GET, POST, PUT and DELETE endpoints and confirm that simple cross-origin requests are allowed 3.2 Review and select REST API client and test simple CORS requests 3.3 Update REST API GET, POST, PUT and DELETE endpoints and allow pre-flight cross-origin requests using OPTION method 3.4 Test CORS for pre-flight request
4. Secure REST API	4.1 Review, evaluate and select method for securing REST API according to business needs 4.2 Implement authentication and authorisation for securing REST API endpoints
5. Finalise REST API	5.1 Review and evaluate industry tools and conventions for documenting REST API endpoints according to business needs 5.2 Develop documentation for REST API endpoints 5.3 Validate documentation against REST API endpoints and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions to document work
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation, including privacy and data use legislation Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. Version created to correct a typographical error in the performance evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

build and test at least one representational state transfer (REST or RESTful) application program interface (API) endpoint and confirm functionality.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

enable cross origin resource sharing (CORS)

use GET, POST, PUT, DELETE and PATCH methods

secure REST API with authentication and authorisation

document REST API work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and different applications that applies to the HTTP network protocol

features and anatomy of REST API HTTP request and response, including HTTP headers and body

language used in programming language

HTTP GET, POST, PUT and OPTIONS methods and features of each

CORS methodology.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client/user agent

integrated development environment (IDE)

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement a data store and manage data persistence using non structured query language (NoSQL) to provide automatic scaling as well as high performance and availability over semi-structured data.

The unit applies to those working as senior software developers, senior back end developers or full stack developers, and responsible for managing information and communications technology (ICT) in small-to-large enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review and select noSQL options	1.1 Confirm use and application for noSQL according to business requirements and needs 1.2 Research and compare horizontal and vertical scaling and confirm relevance and benefit of horizontal scaling according to business requirements 1.3 Research and compare noSQL technologies and traditional relational data models 1.4 Research, review and select noSQL vendor technologies according to business requirements
2. Determine and create storage of data types	2.1 Design and determine data storage requirements from noSQL data store according to selected vendor technology and business requirements 2.2 Review and select required types of noSQL data store according to business requirements 2.3 Create partition key and determine storage place of data items 2.4 Review and determine required partition key and ensure effective distribution of storage across partition
3. Build and configure indexes	3.1 Determine and select required sort key according to business requirements 3.2 Calculate, determine and configure read and write through-puts according to business requirements 3.3 Determine, configure and create indexes for optimising data retrieval queries 3.4 Determine and create additional indexes 3.5 Optimise data queries and retrievals for indexes according to business requirements 3.6 Determine and configure time-to-live (TTL) on data objects according to business requirements
4. Use queries and retrieve objects	4.1 Research and select required API client for interacting with noSQL data store according to business requirements 4.2 Substantiate and connect API client to noSQL data store instance 4.3 Insert single data object into noSQL datastore using selected client application 4.4 Insert multiple items in single operation 4.5 Use query and select single object 4.6 Use query and retrieve multiple objects in batch 4.7 Perform query against index 4.8 Perform query to select required attributes and project results
5. Confirm interaction of objects	5.1 Delete single and multiple objects according to business requirements 5.2 Update single and multiple objects according to business requirements 5.3 Persist objects with different data types 5.4 Configure and confirm change event triggers and notifications according to business needs 5.5 Test, fix and ensure responses and trigger notifications work according to business requirements 5.6 Review and confirm data is encrypted and authorisation and authentications are active according to user and client access requirements 5.7 Test and fix data persistence process according to business requirements 5.8 Document and finalise work according to business requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions to document work
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least three different queries, including updating, deleting and creating data types

create at least two indexes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

specify partition and sort keys

optimise the data.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

benefits and functions of noSQL database and schema free data persistence, as well as traditional relational data models

methods and different features and functions between scaling out and scaling up (horizontal and vertical)

language used in required programming language for noSQL applications

partitioning in a noSQL environment and its related terms

functions and features for time-to-live (TTL) requirements

authorisation and authentications procedures and levels of responsibility according to client access requirements

distribution of data storage across partitions

debugging and testing methodologies and techniques

functions and features of sort keys in noSQL storage

features of transport encryptions, authentication and authorisation

different noSQL data store formats, including:

key value

document based

column based

graph based

different noSQL data types, including:

numeric

string

boolean

complex

date time.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an open source or commercial NOSQL database

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG555 Implement Object Relational Mapping Framework for data persistence

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement an Object Relational Mapping (ORM) framework to map, retrieve and manage object persistence in any programming language.

The unit applies to those working as senior software developers, senior back end developers or full stack developers, and responsible for managing Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in small-to-large enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish ORM project	1.1 Confirm use, application and need for ORM framework according to business needs 1.2 Review, select and implement ORM framework according to business needs 1.3 Design, develop and build domain object model according to business needs 1.4 Review and select data persistence technology for data store 1.5 Create mapping between domain object model and selected data store
2. Retrieve and manipulate objects according to ORM framework	2.1 Instantiate single object in domain model and persist in data store according to ORM framework 2.2 Instantiate collection of objects in domain model and persist in data store according to ORM framework 2.3 Retrieve objects from data store 2.4 Update object and persist changes back to data store using ORM framework 2.5 Delete data in data store 2.6 Detach data and reattach data 2.7 Implement eager loading of related domain 2.8 Implement lazy loading of related domain objects
3. Manage transactions, concurrency and errors	3.1 Handle transaction commits and rollbacks effectively according to ORM framework and business needs 3.2 Handle data persistence and concurrency effectively according to ORM framework and business needs 3.3 Implement and confirm error-handling 3.4 Test and confirm transaction success according to business needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG555 Implement Object Relational Mapping Framework for data persistence

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use ORM framework to handle at least two different transactions

use ORM framework to manage data persistence to create, update, read and delete operation at least once

use ORM framework to handle concurrency when working with data persistence

confirm and use commands affecting at least two entities to the data source.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features and uses of a database and selected data store

language used in object-oriented (OO) programming

different ORM framework methodologies, including:

database first methodology

object first methodology

functions and features of an ORM framework

testing techniques used for ORM framework

functions and features of transactions, commits and rollbacks

lazy and eager loading or persistent data objects

function and use of concurrency

testing processes for transaction success.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

integrated development environment (IDE) required to use ORM frameworks

the internet, including connectivity

hardware, software and applications required for the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a model view controller (MVC) framework within a development environment that creates and develops dynamic web architecture by convention in any language.

The unit applies to those working as senior software developers, senior back end developers or full stack developers, and responsible for managing Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in small-to-large enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create MVC project	1.1 Confirm use for MVC framework according to business needs 1.2 Review, evaluate and select Model View Controller (MVC) framework and required Integrated Development Environment (IDE) according to programming language and business needs 1.3 Review, evaluate and select MVC project template and tools 1.4 Create new project using IDE and project template
2. Use MVC framework	2.1 Create and add controllers in project according to business needs 2.2 Create and add dynamic views 2.3 Connect view to controller 2.4 Send request from client to browser 2.5 Confirm controller receives request and builds MVC model 2.6 Confirm dynamic view is returned 2.7 Develop Controller Model and View for handling HTTP GET, POST, PUT and DELETE requests 2.8 Test and ensure function of requests
3. Finalise MVC project	3.1 Run program according to MVC framework and project requirements 3.2 Test and confirm project function 3.3 Use required debugging tools to inspect request data and model binding in controller handler 3.4 Use debugging tools to inspect HTTP request and response and confirm HTTP redirect functions 3.5 Document and save work according to business procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least one model view controller (MVC) project and confirm functionality of framework, including:

HTTP handers and routes for GET, POST, PUT and DELETE requests

HTML templates, view models and dynamic rendering

HTTP request, responses and redirects.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

language used in object-oriented (OO) programming

HTTP protocol

functions and features of debugging and testing tools

principles of model view controller design pattern, conventions and architecture, including:

scalability

maintainability

reusability

features, structures, logic and modes of interactions between models, controllers and views, including:

HTTP Request/Response and redirects

HTTP request handlers, routes and parameters

Query strings and key/vale pairs

model binding

convention over configuration

HTML language, templates and dynamic rendering

view models and data models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

model view controller framework

integrated development environment (IDE) required to implement MVC frameworks

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG557 Develop applications using agile methods

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG509 Build using rapid application development. Updated title to better reflect unit scope and current industry processes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead the rapid application development (RAD) process by analysing and adopting agile methods.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in programming roles and may be responsible for developing applications, using a range of agile information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine application development requirements	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Develop prioritised plan using series of recursive and iterative stages of build according to application development requirements 1.3 Identify and formally allocate prioritised responsibilities across required personnel 1.4 Plan and document endorsement of reviews, administration schedules, and development milestones
2. Design and create applications	2.1 Configure application software and hardware according to work brief and prioritised plan 2.2 Coordinate initial ideation sprint according to work brief 2.3 Develop ideas generated in initial ideation sprint in consultation with required personnel 2.4 Determine required application development and web services 2.5 Configure applications according to work brief 2.6 Conduct quality assurance (QA) testing and seek feedback from required personnel 2.7 Identify and rectify bugs and issues according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Deliver applications	3.1 Seek and implement feedback from required personnel 3.2 Develop and distribute application delivery instructions to users 3.3 Save and secure application according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Store application in required location according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex technical documents
Writing	Documents technical processes and completes workplace documents, in a style and form appropriate to the audience
Oral communication	Liaises with users, and manages changes in design by collaborating with different stakeholders in the development process
Problem solving	Identifies technical and conceptual issues and applies analytical processes in order to resolve them Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review practices and to suggest improvements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG509 Build using rapid application development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG557 Develop applications using agile methods

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG509 Build using rapid application development. Updated title to better reflect unit scope and current industry processes.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two different applications using agile methods.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

design applications and develop high quality codes

provide quality assurance (QA) testing and monitoring during specified timelines

demonstrate use of code optimisers using agile techniques

accurately document completed work

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features and components of agile rapid application development (RAD), including:

ideation sprints

web services

purpose of QA practices required for agile RAD

implications of agile methods used to develop applications on organisational considerations, including:

product cost

product quality

functions and features of industry-accepted prototyping and application design tools, including computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools

industry-recognised programming languages used in agile application development, including:

JavaScript

C++

C#

Python

iterative and agile application development methodologies

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry-accepted application design tools, code generator and prototyping software and tools

detailed user requirements, application model and scope details

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop, debug, test and deploy applications for hand-held digital devices using the advanced features of these devices.

It applies to application developers, software developers, game developers, designers and testers, who work in the area of mobile applications development.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish and work on target platform	1.1 Identify and document application requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Establish platform and install required development tools, and environment 1.3 Deploy completed applications target device and enable public download 1.4 Test application using an emulator and align to organisational requirements
2. Develop application for multi-touch device	2.1 Design and code application and respond to events according to device requirements 2.2 Design and code application and respond to taps, touches and gestures 2.3 Design approach according to device requirements 2.4 Develop application and use autorotation and auto-resizing facilities according to device requirements
3. Develop code using features of mobile device	3.1 Determine and document features of mobile device according code specifications 3.2 Write code requiring web connectivity according to device requirements 3.3 Write code and enable communication with another device 3.4 Write code using application programming interface (API) and check relation to at least one other advanced device feature
4. Use available data persistence facilities	4.1 Write code to read and write to devices file system 4.2 Synchronise data between device and external data sources 4.3 Write code to make use of available database facilities on chosen device
5. Develop secure applications	5.1 Determine, document and apply performance objectives 5.2 Apply performance objectives according to organisational policies and procedures 5.3 Implement memory management and eliminate zombie processes according to application security requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Extracts, evaluates and manipulates the mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and texts
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Identifies, analyses, and interprets complex technical and business protocol material in order to determine business requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Initiative and enterprise	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to troubleshoot, and understand the uses and potential of new technology
Planning and organising	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences, implementation issues and contingencies When dealing with complex issues, may use intuition to identify common problems in building, and deploying mobile applications, and completing basic program debugging
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate and knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Responds to both, explicit and implicit, protocols within familiar work contexts
Technology	Demonstrates and awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring, and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG601 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, build and test applications for mobile devices

deploy applications onto at least two different types of mobile devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware and networking, requirements of a multi-touch application

object-oriented programming applicable to advanced mobile multi-touch applications development

user interface designs and their application in developing multi-touch applications

web design methodology and its integration with hand-held devices

industry standard mobile devices that use multi-touch technologies

extensible markup language (XML) programming and web services applicable to developing multi-touch applications

industry standard software application development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

at least two mobile devices

integrated development environment (IDE)

the internet and web services

the server system

industry standard tools and licences required for applicable platform.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the process of compiling client business specifications to produce business solutions.

It applies to those who manage complex technology projects within the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine business requirements	1.1 Determine and document technical and organisational requirements 1.2 Identify, summarise and document organisational business model 1.3 Determine, manage and document key stakeholder requirements
2. Evaluate impact of technical requirements	2.1 Review and document business problems, opportunities and objectives 2.2 Review hardware, software and network requirements 2.3 Determine and document processes requiring changed by the business solution 2.4 Determine and document expected impact of technical requirements on organisational business activities
3. Produce technical business solutions	3.1 Determine and document solution implementation costs 3.2 Determine and document recommendations for supplier products 3.3 Finalise and document technical solutions and align to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan project costs
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to convey client requirements, and articulate complex information using specific language required for audience
Reading	Demonstrates knowledge of and interpretation of complex technical and operational documentation, to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares reports, required documentation expressing ideas and solutions and correspondence for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit the purpose and audience Fosters a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting, and using the strengths of those involved
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved, and how it may be interpreted, and used Is aware of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences, implementation issues and contingencies Uses a nuanced knowledge of context to adapt varied business procedures to requirements, depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot, and understand, the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG602 Manage the development of technical solutions from business specifications and ICTTEN516 Produce technical solutions from business specifications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate organisational requirements to produce technical solutions and apply design concepts on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, a candidate must:

document outcomes and processes against accepted industry practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business processes applicable to managing development of technical solutions

compatibility issues and resolution procedures relating to managing development of technical solutions

configuration of internet protocol (IP) networks and desktop applications and the operating system (OS) applicable to managing development of technical solutions

linking processes and procedures

industry standard technologies, such as:

access and core networks

information and communications technology (ICT) network topologies

mobile cellular networks

network protocols and OS

optical networks and principles

radio frequency (RF) networks and principles

radio frequency identification (RFID) hardware and software

security protocols, standards and data encryption

development platform that provides the tools to build, and deploy, applications into target platform environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisation’s functional requirements and technical specifications

database and simulation software

organisational guidelines

network or computer layout

site-design software and hardware

information on applicable ICT business solutions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, build, test and deploy web services and cloud computing applications to specifications.

It applies to individuals in software engineering roles with the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills required to create and install web services and cloud computing applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design web service and cloud computing application	1.1 Identify web service and cloud computing application requirements 1.2 Determine development environment and tools required to create web service and cloud computing application 1.3 Define required web service and cloud computing application architecture and framework
2. Build web service and cloud computing application	2.1 Determine required web service functionality 2.2 Build and develop required web service 2.3 Determine required cloud application requirements 2.4 Build cloud computing application in determined environment to meet required functionality
3. Test web service and cloud computing application	3.1 Test web service functionality according to technical specifications 3.2 Test cloud computing functionality according to technical specifications 3.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel
4. Deploy web service and cloud computing application	4.1 Deploy web service and cloud computing application to required environment 4.2 Document work and submit and obtain sign off from required personnel 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex documentation conveying completed developments using detailed language Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and matters using relevant industry for intended audience
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology Demonstrates knowledge of the importance of monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information
Planning and organising	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information and demonstrates the knowledge that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it is interpreted and used
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in operating a web service and a cloud computing application and performs basic debugging when required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG604 Create cloud computing services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design, build, test and deploy

at least one web service to specification that can be accessed and used from a separate web application

at least one cloud computing application to specification that can be accessed from different portals.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document completed developments.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

agile methodology to design, build, test and deploy web services and cloud computing applications, including for:

determining user needs and required functionality of web services and cloud computing application

developing uptime strategy for designed services

characteristics of current and emerging cloud delivery models

development tools required to produce services deployable through cloud computing

internet infrastructure necessary for cloud computing

object-oriented programming and its application to cloud computing

required languages for database access and manipulation on web.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client and functionality requirement

integrated development environment (IDE) for determined language

database server with tools to access data source and develop queries

web server for determined environment in performance evidence

internet and web browser.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct routine maintenance tasks, analysing results and initiating corrective action.

It applies to individuals working as field officers from telecommunications carriers, service providers and contractors. They combine a broad range of optical and radio frequency (RF) technical skills with organisational skills to maintain the hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) broadband cable network, generally with limited supervision and guidance.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for routine maintenance of broadband cable network	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for given work 1.2 Determine HFC network elements requiring maintenance and obtain maintenance details from various HFC manufacturer equipment manuals 1.3 Plan detailed routine maintenance schedule and discuss with all relevant personnel 1.4 Notify network operations centre (NOC) of proposed maintenance details and maintenance schedule 1.5 Assess potential impact of proposed maintenance on clients and network, and plan for minimal possible outage or deferral of maintenance 1.6 Obtain necessary tools and resources, and test equipment to undertake maintenance 1.7 Ascertain and record recent network stability and network performance
2. Undertake routine HFC network maintenance tasks	2.1 Conduct routine maintenance tasks according to documented enterprise instructions, following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and record results 2.2 Protect network from excessive interference or degradation of service during maintenance routines 2.3 Monitor relevant alarms during running of maintenance tasks and report incidences to NOC 2.4 Escalate unresolved faults according to established enterprise procedure 2.5 Conduct performance measurements following routine maintenance schedule
3. Analyse results and initiate corrective action	3.1 Assess outcomes of performance measurements and maintenance routines to ensure they are according to specification 3.2 Analyse identified problems for likely impact and repair within capability, and initiate or escalate repair action where repair is beyond capability 3.3 Undertake outage if required in conjunction with NOC and according to prescribed enterprise outage plan 3.4 Record problems and incidences in maintenance log for future action as required by maintenance agreement 3.5 Verify alarms to ensure maintenance routines did not generate further problems

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets enterprise, regulatory and technical information from relevant sources to determine all specifications and frameworks
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation and in written communications to relevant personnel
Oral Communication	Liaises with a diverse range of personnel to provide advice and guidance using relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies basic calculations to conduct performance measurements
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work, with specific reference to safety and environmental requirements Seeks advice from others when a situation becomes too complex to manage personally
Get the work done	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking situational factors into account Responds to typical problems in different situations and implements standard solutions Understands the purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks Uses experiences to evaluate and identify improvements for future work

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network (Release 2)	ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network (Release 1)	Updates to performance evidence and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine the performance of and maintenance requirements for the hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) broadband cable

prepare a maintenance schedule and planned activities, and arrange resources

carry out maintenance activities following appropriate procedures and techniques, using approved equipment where specified

perform radio frequency (RF) and optical measurements and analyse results

administer corrective measures where required, and verify and document actions

comply with site risk control, work health and safety (WHS), environmental, quality and communication requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the following terms: 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM

relevance of alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC) electrical equipment in HFC broadband cable network

forward error correction (FEC) and Reed-Solomon Code

bit error ratio (BER) and acceptable values

constellation diagrams

digital modulation techniques

Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification (DOCSIS) cable modem characteristics

future broadband cable network (BCN) and migration to all-optical cable networks

HFC broadband cable network principles, architecture and associated equipment

minimum standards allowable in the return path for ingress

optical fibre characteristics

quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK)

services carried on the HFC broadband cable network

spectrum utilisation of the return path showing location of telephony and data channels, and signalling and test frequencies

video stream transport formats including:

digital video broadcasting (DVB) - asynchronous serial interface (ASI)

high definition serial digital interface (HD-SDI)

motion picture experts group 2 (MPEG-2)

standard definition serial digital interface (SD-SDI)

modulation error ratio (MER) and acceptable values

types of amplifier and placement in a HFC broadband cable network

bi-directional RF amplifier and unidirectional RF amplifier

eye diagram interpretation

frequency spectrum and RF frequency plan HFC broadband cable network

use of passive devices including filter, attenuator, power inserter, coaxial splitter, coupler, multitap and equaliser

calculation of overall gain or loss when given signal levels in dBmv

coaxial transmission line characteristics including cable tilt or slope

forward path from head end to subscriber showing expected signal levels at key points

power supply requirements in a HFC broadband cable network

return path from subscriber to head end showing expected signal levels at key points

RF amplifier characteristics including gain and tilt adjustment, equalisation and overload

forms of ingress and where they may fall in the return path

set up, operation and interpretation of test equipment for complex tests including:

optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

optical power meter

digital signal level meter

RF sweep equipment

spectrum analyser

hand and power tools required to assemble and disassemble equipment in pits and in elevated work situations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which HFC maintenance may be conducted

maintenance tools and test instruments currently used in industry

relevant regulatory, enterprise and equipment documentation that impact on maintenance activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and undertake testing, including measuring, recording and interpreting results within all legislative and regulatory frameworks.

It applies to technicians who work in the field to install, maintain, upgrade and commission radio frequency (RF) telecommunications systems. These systems may include satellite and microwave, radio or television broadcasting, pay television, free to air television, radio frequency identification (RFID), mobile radio, cellular and worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Radio Frequency Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to conduct RF measurements	1.1 Access site according to enterprise procedures 1.2 Determine type of measurements required based on industry environment 1.3 Assess impact of conducting measurements on network and advise clients and appropriate person 1.4 Assess previous measurement data as required
2. Take RF measurements	2.1 Check that prescribed safety arrangements associated with RF radiation are in place and take corrective action as required 2.2 Monitor work activity to ensure it meets site specifications and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 2.3 Select industry approved test equipment 2.4 Configure test equipment according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Conduct measurements according to planned requirements 2.6 Assess RF levels at occupational and non-occupational distances 2.7 Record all measurements and test configurations according to industry standards
3. Analyse measurement outcomes	3.1 Verify measurements against relevant standards and vendor specifications 3.2 Assess problems and variance for corrective action, and notify appropriate person according to enterprise procedures 3.3 Record processes and recommendations according to industry standards
4. Document measurement results	4.1 Complete customer documentation outlining results and recommendations 4.2 Notify customer to obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets information from relevant sources to determine technical specifications and regulatory and legislative requirements
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation and in written communications with clients
Oral Communication	Uses specific and relevant language and appropriate tone to provide and ask for technical, operational and legal advice Uses listening techniques to determine understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews numerical information when undertaking test measurements, interpreting results, calibrating equipment and evaluating performance
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements, with specific reference to safety Understands the nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Identifies and assembles the instruments, equipment and access required to competently undertake the job Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking situational factors into account Diagnoses and implements standard solutions to minimise measurement errors

Unit Mapping Information

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN401 Conduct radio frequency measurements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan and conduct radio frequency (RF) testing using appropriate equipment and instruments

measure, record and interpret test results

monitor work to meet related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise procedures relevant to work activity

principles and operation of the following:

analog and digital modulation methods

logarithmic units

standard test procedures and test set-ups

transmitter and receiver architectures

principles of radio frequency (RF) operation including:

instrument and features and types

radiation hazards

safety practices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s for RF measurements

a range of test equipment and items to test

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN504 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct and analyse the results of testing a subscriber’s cellular phone service in a public land mobile network (PLMN) overseas and making recommendations to relevant personnel.

It applies to individuals who work as technical officers and supervisors. They are proficient in the use of specialised testing equipment, are effective communicators and operate with a high degree of autonomy.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to conduct tests over cellular phone service	1.1 Identify need for tests from international roaming partners and mobile service providers according to organisational procedures and requirements 1.2 Develop enterprise test procedure according to international roaming arrangements and manufacturer requirements 1.3 Arrange access to locations where tests are to be conducted according to organisational procedures and requirements 1.4 Obtain resources needed to conduct tests according to international roaming arrangements 1.5 Advise relevant personnel of test details and schedules
2. Conduct tests and analyse results	2.1 Conduct tests according to schedule and organisational requirements 2.2 Analyse recorded test results for roaming compliance and functionality of subscriber identity module (SIM) card and phone enhancements
3. Document and communicate results	3.1 Record details of roaming tests, SIM card validity and functionality of phone enhancements and make recommendations to relevant personnel 3.2 Investigate and report non-compliance to roaming partners, mobile phone manufacturers and relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, analyse and confirm results of system tests
Oral communication	Provides advice and guidance using required language with enterprise personnel, international roaming partners and clients to maintain a client focus and consider client needs Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm knowledge
Reading	Recognises and interprets enterprise, regulatory and technical information from required sources to determine all specifications and frameworks
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation and in written communications to personnel
Problem solving	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment. and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments and addressing unexpected challenges by implementing standard solutions
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to procedures relevant to legal and regulatory requirements
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data, and communicate with others, in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN501 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN504 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

collate required information to prepare and conduct testing of at least two cellular handset enhancements and at least two international roaming agreements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct tests on international roaming capability and functionality of handset enhancements

analyse test results and communicate findings to relevant personnel

recommend solutions based on test results.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures regarding:

international roaming agreements and arrangements

mobile service providers

manufacturer requirements

accessing third-party locations

features and requirements of cellular handset enhancements

types of enterprise testing procedures and requirements

features and requirements of specialised roaming test equipment and test schedules

types of mobile phone network standards and specifications

testing and analysis procedures for cellular handsets

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where tests on handsets and international roaming agreements may be conducted

testing equipment currently used in industry

equipment, system manuals, specifications and required enterprise policy and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN505 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse test results and recommend modifications to the network.

It applies to individuals working as field officers and supervisors from network carriers, service providers, contractors and other public or private organisations who perform measurements during equipment upgrades or during commissioning and routine maintenance on cellular network equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to test cellular phone and network equipment	1.1 Obtain work details from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Review manufacturer technical documentation and network procedures 1.3 Obtain required test equipment in compliance with manufacturer specifications 1.4 Prepare cellular equipment for testing according to manufacturer test procedure 1.5 Notify relevant personnel of test and measurement schedule
2. Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment	2.1 Configure network equipment for testing and set options to record test results in compliance with required work health and safety (WHS) and environmental regulations 2.2 Block alarms that may interfere with test 2.3 Run performance measurement software with options set and record test results 2.4 Ensure all equipment and testing locations are restored to their normal state and notify relevant personnel of test completion
3. Analyse measurement and prepare cellular phone and network equipment evaluation report	3.1 Determine performance level of cellular equipment and compatibility within the network 3.2 Prepare evaluation report, making recommendations on network modifications and changes to configuration settings 3.3 Present test results and evaluation report to relevant personnel according to enterprise policy

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Evaluates and interprets technical data and results according to predetermined specifications
Oral communication	Liaises with internal and external personnel about technical requirements using specific and required language Uses listening and questioning techniques
Reading	Recognises and interprets regulatory and technical information from required sources to determine all specifications and frameworks
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation and when presenting information to work associates, supervisors, team members and clients
Planning and organising	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Problem solving	Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Diagnoses faults in different situations, adapts procedures and modifies activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Self-management	Determines the nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities Takes personal responsibility for adherence to procedures relevant to legal and regulatory requirements, with specific reference to safety
Technology	Determines the purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN505 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test and measure at least three different types of cellular phone and network equipment performances.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan and coordinate test activities and equipment

test cellular phone and network equipment according to test procedures

analyse test results

make recommendations on performance in an evaluation report.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures regarding:

accessing third-party sites

security arrangements

functions and features of evaluation reports

application of manufacturer technical documentation, test procedures, specifications and network procedures

requirements of measurement schedules

features and operational requirements of cellular test equipment, including the digital cellular test set, spectrum analyser and radio frequency (RF) power meter

alarm-blocking procedures

network components, functions and approved specifications

information about transmission lines, transmitter and receiver architecture and associated cellular networks

information about cellular antenna and feedlines, and their impact on mobile spectrum interference

procedures to test network components

types of adjustments needed when measuring cellular transmission

types of networks that influence radio transmission paths and transmission lines

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which cellular network testing may be conducted

test equipment currently used in industry

manufacturer and enterprise technical documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN506 Evaluate radio frequency signal coverage plots

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to combine technical radio communications, organisational and administrative skills to generate and evaluate coverage maps in commercial and community contexts for radio and television broadcasting, radio base station coverage, and point-to-point links.

It applies to individuals who are technically proficient and who work for regulatory authorities and private and public organisations. They are typically responsible for small projects or parts of larger projects, and for the coordination of small technical groups.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for evaluation of coverage plots	1.1 Arrange access to site according to required procedures, required legislation, work health and safety (WHS), codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Establish type of coverage plots needed by relevant personnel 1.3 Determine specifications and minimum acceptable signal levels and timing signal delays within coverage area 1.4 Use software to predict coverage plot dimensions 1.5 Verify mapping coordinate system to be used 1.6 Create custom antenna pattern files representative of expected antenna type for type of coverage required
2. Load data into software program and create coverage plot	2.1 Select and load system parameters 2.2 Select and load antenna elements and antenna pattern files 2.3 Select required propagation model settings 2.4 Load required clutter properties 2.5 Generate coverage plot using required plot options settings
3. Analyse coverage plot outcomes	3.1 Evaluate coverage plot against initial specifications 3.2 Adjust system parameters and antenna elements until coverage plot is within required specifications 3.3 Compare measured signal strength at required locations with predicted values 3.4 Use measured data to improve model 3.5 Make recommendations and ensure transmission meets operational requirements
4. Complete documentation	4.1 Tabulate results according to organisational requirements 4.2 Prepare report with final recommendations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Evaluates and interprets technical data, converts measurements and comprehends results
Oral communication	Liaises with internal and external personnel about technical, operational and commercial matters using specific and required language Uses listening and questioning techniques and confirms knowledge
Reading	Recognises and interprets regulatory and technical information from required sources and determines all specifications and frameworks
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation
Planning and organising	Determines job priorities and works systematically to complete clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making necessary adjustments and addressing key issues
Problem solving	Diagnoses faults in specific situations, adapts procedures and modifies activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Self-management	Takes responsibility for adherence to procedures relevant to legal and regulatory requirements with specific reference to safety Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking situational factors into account
Technology	Determines ways in which digital systems and tools are used and recognises all required operational applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN503 Evaluate and analyse radio frequency signal coverage plots.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN506 Evaluate radio frequency signal coverage plots

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate at least three radio frequency signal coverage plots.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan and coordinate at least three activities to produce coverage plots using required software settings

determine a path profile for a point-to-point link

evaluate and make recommendations on antenna installation specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures regarding:

accessing third-party sites

security arrangements

workplace reports and documentation

antenna and propagation theory

antenna array theory

features of mapping coordinate systems and geocentric datums

propagation models and their limitations in specific environments

common issues across antenna installations and the creation of radiation patterns

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a computer facility on which coverage plots and paths are generated

propagation prediction software

a digital terrain database.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN603 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to cellular mobile networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate, analyse and make recommendations at the system design level on antenna installation specifications.

It applies to individuals working as technical officers and network engineers who undertake mobile network performance measurements and report on mobile capacity enhancement to senior management.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to monitor capacity of cellular mobile networks	1.1 Obtain required equipment to monitor capacity of cellular mobile networks from relevant personnel 1.2 Measure traffic levels from network management system 1.3 Obtain approved enterprise plans and identify planned network growth 1.4 Obtain client forecast data from relevant personnel 1.5 Apply identified data against capacity trigger criteria 1.6 Determine coverage and cell parameters of cellular mobile network
2. Make recommendations relating to capacity changes	2.1 Identify requirements for additional capacity 2.2 Recommend changes to frequency parameters and submit to relevant personnel 2.3 Assess capacity of transmission path, switch resources and recommend improvements, noting transmission medium 2.4 Manipulate traffic through switch parameter settings and relieve traffic congestion 2.5 Determine cost of proposed changes and calculate return on investment (ROI)
3. Assess monitor capacity changes of cellular mobile networks	3.1 Organise tests and studies and ensure that increased capacity adequately caters for traffic flow 3.2 Make recommendations for further change to network if increased capacity does not meet required needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Conducts mathematical calculations to project costs and calculate returns on investments Uses advanced mathematics methods and manipulates complex numerical data
Oral communication	Liaises with internal and external personnel about technical and operational matters using required language and listening Uses questioning techniques
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical information from required sources and determines all specifications and frameworks
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology when updating workplace documentation and when presenting recommendations
Planning and organising	Determines job priorities and works according to defined tasks Takes responsibility for decision-making in routine situations by identifying and taking some situational factors into account Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments if necessary and addressing unexpected issues
Problem solving	Diagnoses faults in different situations, adapts procedures and modifies activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Technology	Determines ways in which digital systems and tools are used and recognises all required operational applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN601 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to the cellular mobile network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN603 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to cellular mobile networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor the capacity of at least two cellular mobile networks and recommend at least two changes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

source and analyse data to prepare a plan indicating growth potential and recommendations for meeting growth goals

use tools and software packages for forecasting and measurement

identify site and channel capacity, required network growth and forecasting growth

adhere to legislative and organisational procedures and requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

characteristics of traffic levels from network management systems

features of enterprise plans

functions and features of capacity trigger criteria

coverage and cell parameters of cellular mobile networks

types and features of transmission mediums and paths

methods to calculate return on investment (ROI)

blocking, non-blocking and grade of service

features of Erlang B measurements

features and operating requirements of required monitoring equipment

methods to measure cell traffic capacity

methods to:

analyse and interpret statistical data as applied to teletraffic measurement

prepare and conduct a capacity measurement

required legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that directly impact radio communications site transmission

functions and features of:

transmission lines

transmitter and receiver architecture and their impact on radio communications traffic

switching architecture with specific reference to space and time switching

types of adjustments required to meet the standards of particular sites and environmental conditions

typical challenges that occur in telecommunications cellular capacity design and how they are addressed.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites with cellular mobile network

capacity monitoring data and equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN804 Produce radio link budgets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and calculate fixed and mobile radio link budgets.

It applies to individuals working as network engineers who take responsibility for establishing layout of a digital radio system to minimise transmission loss and optimise system performance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse suitability of radio systems	1.1 Evaluate spectral efficiency of functional elements of mobile radio systems and determine optimal frequency utilisation 1.2 Analyse features of radio communication systems and evaluate effectiveness of required applications 1.3 Compare features and specifications of antennas used in radio systems to assist with radio link budgets 1.4 Report on suitability and ways to improve radio systems to relevant personnel
2. Calculate a radio link budget	2.1 Calculate path loss using variables in required propagation models and create power link budget 2.2 Evaluate power link budget against allowable power margin specifications 2.3 Evaluate modulation types and spectral efficiency according to required standards 2.4 Confirm radio power link budget achieves required criteria
3. Complete evaluation and planning documentations	3.1 Complete an evaluation report on performance of radio systems and recommend system improvements 3.2 Document processes used to determine optimal power link budget for a radio system 3.3 Communicate findings to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses, synthesises and performs calculations using highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Oral communication	Liaises with personnel about technical, operational and commercial matters using specific and language, using relevant listening and questioning techniques
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete and update specific workplace documentation and when presenting recommendations to relevant personnel
Planning and organising	Determines job priorities and works to perform clearly defined and familiar tasks Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex situations, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against predetermined criteria
Problem solving	Diagnoses faults in different situations, adapts procedures and modifies activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and identifies consequences of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN801 Produce a radio link budget.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN804 Produce radio link budgets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two fixed radio link budgets and at least two mobile radio link budgets.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse signal degradation characteristics of radio paths and calculate power budgets for various distances and antenna heights versus transmitted power

research at least two constraints imposed by mobile phone frequency allocations and simulate carrier to interference radiation patterns around a cell site

create evaluation reports on radio system performance

document at least two processes used to determine power link budget.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

high frequency (HF), very high frequency (VHF), ultra-high frequency (UHF) and microwave receiving techniques

functions and features of modulation methods, including:

AM

FM

digital

functions and features of:

multiplexing systems

operation of transmitters and receivers

propagation methods

radio communication systems

weigh factors affecting radio frequency (RF) path loss

RF technologies

personal safety issues

spectral efficiency of functional elements on mobile radio systems

antennas

radio system evaluation reports and system improvements

organisational policies and procedures, covering:

personal safety

communication methods with relevant personnel

evaluation reports on radio system performance

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a telecommunications operations site

mobile telephony devices and equipment

networked computers and required software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN805 Analyse cellular mobile network systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse the detailed architecture and operation of individual cellular mobile elements and develop a plan to integrate emerging cellular technologies.

It applies to individuals working as telecommunications engineers and senior technical officers as they prepare to upgrade to next generation mobile networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research cellular mobile network systems and interfaces to interconnected networks	1.1 Analyse interfaces between cellular mobile network and clients, including public switched telephone network (PSTN) and internet, and validate interoperability of individual systems 1.2 Research latest generation of mobile radio systems and develop plan for integration of emerging cellular technologies 1.3 Establish client expectations and required characteristics of cellular mobile network system proposed for analysis
2. Analyse constraints imposed by frequency spectrum allocations in cellular mobile network systems	2.1 Analyse techniques to increase system capacity and fixed spectrum bandwidth 2.2 Plan frequency allocation for cellular network 2.3 Develop simulation that plots carrier to interference radiation pattern for given cell geometry in reflective environment
3. Analyse operations of major subsystems of cellular mobile network	3.1 Evaluate major subsystem functions of cellular network and analyse subsystem components 3.2 Research and report how major subsystems interface to other network subsystems 3.3 Simulate transmission path for cellular network
4. Analyse capability of cellular mobile network system	4.1 Simulate traffic flow measurements in microcellular environment 4.2 Produce analytical report on cellular mobile convergence with plan and explain how cellular mobile systems can be integrated into existing networks

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets the results of complex numerical measurements
Oral communication	Liaises with personnel about technical and operational issues using specific and required language Uses listening and questioning techniques
Reading	Interprets complex technical information in a variety of forms and applies the knowledge gained to evaluate different types of technical data and compare with theoretical values and approved specifications
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update specific workplace documentation and when presenting recommendations to relevant personnel
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues as the work progresses
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex situations, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against predetermined criteria Conducts testing procedures in different situations, adapts procedures and modifies activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and evaluates the potential of new technology Uses digital technologies and manages business operations and investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN802 Analyse a cellular mobile network system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN805 Analyse cellular mobile network systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two analytical reports that analyse the implications of integrating at least two emerging technologies into a cellular mobile network system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research existing and emerging technologies in cellular mobile network systems

plan frequency allocations for at least one cellular network

analyse techniques to increase system capacity for a fixed spectrum bandwidth

develop a plan for integration of emerging cellular technologies

functions and features of interfaces between mobile networks and clients

research and report the interfacing of major subsystems to other network subsystems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

allocations and bandwidth requirements of cellular systems

efficiency and system capacity given the spectrum allocation, number of channels required and grade of service

equipment subsystem diagnosis and repair procedures

features and differences between major frequency bands and their allocation of licences

features and operating requirements of cellular test equipment

key features of cellular mobile radio systems

major element functions of a mobile radio system

major frequency bands and their allocation of licences

features of microcellular systems

features of minimising latency

components and functions of network components

features of transmission lines, transmitter and receiver architecture

restrictions and characteristics of radio spectrum in use

hazards of radio frequency (RF) and electromagnetic energy (EME)

components and impacts of antenna performance and mobile components on mobile spectrum interference

spectrum efficiency

system configuration procedures

testing network components

types of adjustments required to measure cellular transmission

types of networks that influence radio path/line transmission.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which cellular network analysis, research and simulation may be conducted

test equipment currently used in industry

manufacturer’s and enterprise technical documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN806 Analyse satellite communications systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required for a new installation project, an upgrade of capacity or technology in an existing network or as a result of convergence to next generation networks (NGN).

It applies to individuals working as supervisors and engineers, who plan, design and implement satellite communications systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research satellite communication systems	1.1 Research satellite applications with various orbit types and assess their spatial positioning for specific purposes 1.2 Analyse and report on architecture, major subsystems and critical components in communication systems of recently launched commercial satellites 1.3 Research and report on multiple access techniques and their typical applications
2. Analyse uplink and downlink variables	2.1 Determine uplink and downlink criteria that impact on carrier-to-noise ratio 2.2 Determine up/down link criteria that impact on baseband signal-to-noise ratio 2.3 Determine critical parameters of satellite system 2.4 Research common types of baseband signal processing, and their spectral and noise improvement parameters and determine criteria for link budget evaluations
3. Conduct link budget analysis	3.1 Produce satellite link budget and calculate link margin for satellite system with specified modulation types 3.2 Analyse relationship between bit-error-ratio (BER) for given energy per bit-per-noise power density (Eb/No) and forward error correction (FEC) parameter for determining operational performance of link
4. Analyse properties of geostationary satellites	4.1 Calculate look angles for geostationary satellite from any receiving location 4.2 Research and report on frequency re-use in conjunction with polarisation selection and use of spot beams 4.3 Analyse and specify major features of very small aperture terminal (VSAT) systems, and calculate link reliability in high rainfall regions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Applies knowledge about space and shape, including angle properties, when analysing variables Applies knowledge about space and shape, including angle properties, when analysing variables Determines link budgets by selecting antennae size, power requirements, link availability and bit error rate (BER) by solving complex mathematical formulas
Reading	Interprets complex technical information in a variety of forms and applies the knowledge gained to solve complex problems by making informed judgements and assumptions
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to prepare detailed reports containing recommendations for relevant personnel
Planning and organising	Analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes Makes high impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities and decision-making strategies where appropriate Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues as the work progresses
Problem solving	Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge to focus on the root cause
Self-management	Takes responsibility for high impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN803 Analyse a satellite communications system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN806 Analyse satellite communications systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse at least two satellite communications system architectures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce a satellite link budget and calculate link margins for a range of digital modulation types

calculate the look angles for a geostationary satellite from any receiving location

analyse and specify the major features of very small aperture terminal (VSAT) systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

types of antenna calculations, including:

gain

beamwidth

polarisation

effective isotropic radiated power (EIRP)

definition of bit error rate (BER) and how it affects satellite communications

carrier and noise ratio calculations

construction of constellation and eye diagrams

methods to calculate distance to satellite and typical delays

features of frequency spectrum (satellite bands)

methods to calculate gain-to-noise-temperature G/T ratio

features of geostationary orbits

methods to calculate link budgets

look angle calculations

features of low earth orbiting (LEO) satellites

modulation types that are suitable for satellite communications:

n-FSK:

2FSK

4FSK

n-PSK:

2PSK

4PSK

8PSK

16PSK

n-QAM:

16 QAM

256QAM

spread spectrum techniques, including:

direct sequence

frequency hopping.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site on which satellite analysis may be conducted

data, calculators and appropriate software tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and analyse system solutions and present a feasibility report to the client.

It applies to individuals who investigate potential solutions within the context of an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project, who are required to and work within a team under some level of supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements	1.1 Analyse client requirements to determine project scope, the problem and opportunity faced by the business 1.2 Document client requirements, project scope, related problems and sources of information according to organisational procedures 1.3 Submit documentation to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback according to task requirements
2. Develop high-level alternative scenarios	2.1 Obtain and compare future client requirements with current requirements 2.2 Discuss, develop and document feasible solutions for client requirements 2.3 Determine and document feasibility of each solution 2.4 Identify feasibility alternatives against project constraints
3. Prepare and publish feasibility report	3.1 Develop feasibility report according to organisational policies and procedures and task requirements 3.2 Seek and respond to feasibility report feedback from required personnel 3.3 Obtain final task sign-off on report from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Applies financial modelling skills to identify, analyse and evaluate budgetary information, time durations and human resource allocations
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using relevant industry language
Reading	Reads and interprets specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to determine client requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing requirements, scope and solutions to stakeholders using cohesive and instructional language
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation and formal and analytical thinking

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD401 Develop and present feasibility reports.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

Develop a feasibility report for a systems solution.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

Identify and confirm the services required

Identify and propose feasible solutions for the client.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client business domain, problem and opportunity potential within that environment

functions and features of a system’s functionality

stakeholders’ roles and levels of responsibility in the development of feasibility reports

industry standard system development methodologies

feasibility report structure and purpose

organisational policies and procedures applicable to developing feasibility reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements

report writing template

text-editing software

client expectations brief

information on required Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business solutions

organisational business processes

budgets for business scenarios

outcomes of business analysis process.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to define and implement quality assurance processes and procedures to ensure business solutions achieve quality performance expectations.

It applies to senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) staff in a range of areas who are required to ensure quality in ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan business quality assurance process	1.1 Determine legislative requirements and organisational quality performance expectations and benchmark standards 1.2 Discuss and develop organisational standards and guidelines for achieving each benchmark according to organisational procedures 1.3 Identify and analyse applicable quality management systems guides and quality management plans 1.4 Document expectations, standards and benchmarks in a quality assurance plan according to organisational documentation procedures
2. Develop quality policies and plans	2.1 Write quality policy for business directive according to organisational expectations, standards and benchmarks 2.2 Create quality management plan for business solution 2.3 Distribute and communicate quality management plan and procedures to required personnel and obtain feedback 2.4 Analyse feedback and determine if corrective action is required 2.5 Amend quality management plan, as required, and incorporate corrective action 2.6 Establish and document a quality reporting and monitoring plan according to organisational expectations, standards and benchmarks 2.7 Check and document skills of staff and confirm ability to meet quality standards required
3. Implement and control quality assurance processes	3.1 Determine and allocate strategic quality responsibilities and key quality tasks and functions to required personnel according to quality management plan 3.2 Apply quality performance guidelines, procedures and processes according to quality management plan 3.3 Obtain stakeholder feedback and monitor implementation of quality processes 3.4 Monitor quality process performance and report to required personnel according to quality management plan 3.5 Identify and record system breakdowns and create corrective action requests 3.6 Take corrective action and escalate as required according to organisational procedures
4. Improve quality	4.1 Collect, analyse and measure quality performance results against benchmarks and determine if quality standards are being met 4.2 Use corrective action requests and determine frequency of quality breakdowns, whether defects are isolated incidents or require a wider analysis and corrective action 4.3 Discuss and determine corrective actions to be taken with required personnel and assign responsibility for taking action as required 4.4 Implement corrective action solutions and measure performance according to organisational procedures 4.5 Review and adjust benchmark standards as required and improve quality performance 4.6 Document quality performance results and disseminate information to required personnel as necessary 4.7 Review organisational procedures at predetermined schedules as part of a management review process and quality reporting function

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using relevant industry language
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria in determining requirements
Writing	Records information and prepares documentation using required language and organisational standards
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients and builds rapport and fosters strong relationships
Initiative and enterprise	Seeks to improve policies and procedures according to organisational goals Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation, and formal and analytical thinking
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on causes of a problem rather than symptoms
Self-management	Contributes to roles and responsibilities of self and others Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others and improves self and workgroup behaviours
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data, and communicate with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD504 Implement quality assurance processes for business solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and implement at least one quality assurance process for a medium sized business.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

construct quality standards that can be measured quantitatively and applied universally

document quality assurance standards, policies and plans

monitor and review quality assurance standards and processes

adhere to legislative and organisational procedures and requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

copyright and intellectual property legislation applicable to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems development

legislative requirements and organisational quality performance expectations and benchmark standards

industry standard quality management system guides, including quality management plans

features and systems within business model

quality assurance and quality management plans of:

International Organisation for Standardization (ISO)

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standards

Australian Standards (AS)

quality assurance improvement processes

technical performance measurement techniques

the structure of quality assurance management plans and included standards

organisational procedures applicable to implementing quality assurance processes, including:

documentation standards

processes of reporting and monitoring quality assurance plans

methods and processes of measuring performance.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry and organisational quality assurance standards

data applicable to business model

required hardware, software and digital devices

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to quality standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop technical and related requirements that will enable business solutions to be implemented in an organisation.

It applies to individuals responsible for performing complex technical analysis to complete a range of tasks and provide solutions to complex problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and establish business and business solution requirements	1.1 Identify organisational and legislative requirements, standards and procedures applicable to business solutions 1.2 Define and analyse hardware, software and network requirements of business solution 1.3 Determine business model and technical specifications according to business need 1.4 Establish interface requirements according to needs of end users and external parties 1.5 Determine Information and Communications Technology (ICT) security requirements 1.6 Document proposed business solution requirements and obtain approval from required personnel
2. Analyse impact of technical solutions	2.1 Define software solutions required to build business platform according to solution requirements 2.2 Identify processes requiring change by business solution 2.3 Determine impact of changes on value and supply chain 2.4 Research security protocols applicable to business solutions 2.5 Document impact of changes and submit to required personnel
3. Develop and plan implementation of business solutions	3.1 Implement hardware and software solutions for testing purposes according to organisational procedures 3.2 Identify training needs and gaps in personnel skills 3.3 Plan timelines and allocation of resources for business solution 3.4 Develop performance standards and benchmark results 3.5 Determine costs involved to implement business solution 3.6 Document business solution according to organisational procedures
4. Validate and finalise solution	4.1 Test, validate and document results of business solution according to organisational procedures 4.2 Finalise documentation and provide results to required personnel for verification 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel, and iterate accordingly 4.4 Obtain sign-off on business solution by required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and analyses financial information, costs and values in determining cost of implementation
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients and builds rapport and fosters strong relationships
Initiative and enterprise	Seeks to improve policies and procedures according to organisational goals Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation and formal and analytical thinking
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Self-management	Contributes to roles and responsibilities of self and others Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Technology	Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in digital environments, by using and investigating new digital technologies and applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD505 Develop technical requirements for business solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop technical requirements for at least three business solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document internal and external technical environments required

produce an impact statement of each technical solution above

evaluate functionality of each business solution above

comply with organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business process design

copyright and intellectual property legislation applicable to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems development

customer and business liaison processes

technology connectivity implications

business models and solutions

corporate strategies which may influence business solutions

interface requirements of end users

key policies, procedures and documentation required to develop technical requirements for business solutions, including those related to:

business supply chains procedures

security protocols

time and resource management processes

performance standards and benchmarks

methods in calculating implementation costs of business solution

testing and validation processes applicable to business solution

software solutions used in building business platforms

organisational and legislative requirements and procedures applicable to business solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business model

business requirements and solutions

customer relationship model

hardware, software and network requirements

organisational and legislative requirements

software solutions

processes requiring change by business solution

security protocols applicable to business solutions

required tools, equipment, materials and industry standard software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to recommend the preferred scenario from a range of feasible options offered and produce a feasibility report to the client.

It applies to individuals responsible for researching, planning and designing solutions for complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements	1.1 Discuss and confirm client requirements with required personnel 1.2 Determine project scope, purpose, problem context and opportunity faced by business 1.3 Identify legislative requirements and organisational standards and guidelines applicable to project scope and task 1.4 Document and review client requirements, project scope, problems and sources of information according to organisational procedures 1.5 Confirm requirements and scope with client and required personnel
2. Examine and review alternatives	2.1 Confirm future client requirements 2.2 Discuss and research feasible solutions according to client requirements 2.3 Confirm feasibility of each solution has been assessed, including constraints and risks 2.4 Document feasible solutions discussed according to organisational procedures
3. Prepare and publish feasibility report	3.1 Discuss and establish structure and components of feasibility report with required personnel 3.2 Prepare draft feasibility report according to organisational procedures and client requirements 3.3 Confirm completed feasibility report covers client requirements, project scope and analysis of alternative scenarios 3.4 Seek feedback and confirm recommendation of preferred scenario with required personnel 3.5 Amend feasibility report according to feedback as required and finalise documentation 3.6 Present feasibility report to required personnel and seek project approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to determine client requirements and feedback and articulate ideas using specific language applicable to audience
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation, and formal and analytical thinking
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Self-management	Identifies diversity in people and manages this diversity to improve workplace relations and practices

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD506 Produce a feasibility report.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a moderately complex feasibility report according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review documentation and confirm client requirements for project

document at least three different alternative business solutions

comply with legislative and organisational requirements

obtain project sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the client business domain and client requirements

legislative requirements applicable to project scope

key organisational standards, guidelines, procedures and documentation required to produce feasibility reports

the role of stakeholders and degree of stakeholder involvement in developing a feasibility report

the system’s functionality and improvement options.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements

report writing template

information on a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business solutions

future organisational business processes

budgets for scenarios

outcomes of business analysis process

financial modelling

business context

required tools, equipment, materials, hardware and industry software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD510 Manage risks when implementing new technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD503 Minimise risk of new technologies to business solutions. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game ICTNWK515 Develop configuration management protocols. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop contingency plans and manage risks associated with the implementation of technological solutions. It includes assessing technological risks in organisational contexts.

The unit applies to individuals who may work as technical support staff and may be responsible for demonstrating judgement to manage implementation risks using specialised information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine implementation risks	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Research and select proposed technological solution according to organisational requirements 1.3 Confirm technological solution scale and complexity 1.4 Identify key risks associated with implementing new technological solution
2. Analyse implementation risks	2.1 Identify impact of implementation risks on organisational environment 2.2 Determine and document proposed actions against identified risks 2.3 Research and document risk mitigation strategies according to analysis findings 2.4 Create contingency plan according to research and analysis findings
3. Finalise risk contingency plan	3.1 Identify and confirm required feedback channel is available 3.2 Collect and organise feedback from feedback channel 3.2 Identify and document risk testing schedule according to contingency plan 3.3 Present risk contingency plan to required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Implement contingency plan feedback and obtain required approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses a range of listening techniques to confirm understanding of requirements and answers questions using logical processes Presents and seeks feedback for plans using clear language
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources to identify risks of implementing new technologies
Writing	Develops documents and plans logically, succinctly and accurately
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and responds to protocols in complex work contexts
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD503 Minimise risk of new technologies to business solutions.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game

ICTNWK515 Develop configuration management protocols.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD510 Manage risks when implementing new technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD503 Minimise risk of new technologies to business solutions. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game ICTNWK515 Develop configuration management protocols. Updated title to better reflect unit scope.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage risks during the implementation of at least two different technologies

develop at least one contingency plan

conduct at least one risk analysis.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

present risk contingency plans and key insights

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of common technological solutions, including:

accessibility technologies

security technologies

remote collaboration technologies

key functions and features of risk analyses, including:

likelihood of occurrence

risk strength

impact

solutions

key functions, features and limitations of implementing technological solutions, including:

scalability

complexity

security

risk factors

key features of a technological implementation contingency plan, including:

testing schedules

detailed steps

review timeline

types and functions of feedback channels

organisational presentation methods and tools

risk management processes

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required risk analysis tools

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide an enterprise analysis and determine possible Information and Communications Technology (ICT) solutions available for a given initiative or for long-term planning.

It applies to individuals who combine high-level management, business and technical skills required to manage complex analysis efforts within the ICT industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define business need	1.1 Identify and analyse business goals and objectives and link to measures 1.2 Analyse business processes, model and strategies and applicable organisational policies and guidelines 1.3 Identify and investigate issues and determine business problems and opportunities according to organisational requirements 1.4 Discuss consequences of business problems to organisation with required personnel 1.5 Identify and discuss applicable ICT solutions to business problem and speed of implementing solution 1.6 Determine desired outcomes of proposed solutions 1.7 Document research outcomes including business problems and potential solutions
2. Assess capability gaps	2.1 Determine existing capabilities of organisation and relate to desired objectives and outcomes 2.2 Identify capabilities required to achieve the desired future state and assess gaps 2.3 Test assumptions and use results in decision making process 2.4 Document identified capability gaps according to organisational requirements
3. Determine solution approach	3.1 Discuss identified ICT solutions and applicability to business objectives 3.2 Generate assumptions and identify constraints and risks which may affect choice of solutions, according to organisational procedures 3.3 Identify processes, tools and software required in implementing proposed solutions 3.4 Assess and rank solution approaches and select applicable solutions
4. Define solution scope	4.1 Determine solution scope in terms of major features and functions to be included 4.2 Explain implementation approach and how chosen solution will deliver solution scope to required personnel 4.3 Identify and analyse major business and technical dependencies 4.4 Document determined solution approach and scope according to organisational requirements
5. Define business case and finalise process	5.1 Identify benefits of recommended solution in terms of both qualitative and quantitative gains to organisation 5.2 Estimate total net cost of solution 5.3 Perform initial risk assessment 5.4 Agree how identified costs and benefits will be assessed and evaluated 5.5 Finalise documentation and seek feedback from required personnel 5.6 Amend accordingly, and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets complex financial information and performs calculations in estimating costs, using highly developed numeracy skills
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation analysing requirements and expressing ideas and solution scope in a logical and succinct manner
Initiative and enterprise	Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking when developing and improving organisational goals
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Identifies key factors impacting decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities and decision-making strategies where required
Self-management	Works autonomously, making high-level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals Takes a lead role in development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Develops and implements strategies and confirms organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD601 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform an ICT-focused enterprise analysis for an organisation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

examine business situation in detail and document a business case for a proposed solution that addresses:

business need

required capabilities

solution scope

risk assessment

cost estimates

most feasible approach.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business analysis processes, procedures and techniques

business problems and opportunities, processes, models and strategies

key organisational policies, procedures and documentation required to perform ICT focused enterprise analysis, including those related to:

assumption testing processes

organisational capabilities

market trends and best practices in identifying business opportunities

constraints and risks in implementing solutions

solution implementation approaches

methods of calculating qualitative and quantitative benefits of ICT solutions

technology solution patterns.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

applicable organisational policies and guidelines

information applicable to organisational goals, objectives, processes, model and strategies

business analysis practices and tools

reports and plans prepared for projects

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and manage Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business analysis activities in a medium-to-large organisation.

This unit applies to individuals who require high-level management, business and technical skills to manage complex analysis efforts within the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) industry, often as part of business-critical ICT projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan business analysis approach	1.1 Identify business analysis initiative and establish applicable organisational process needs and objectives 1.2 Review organisational and legislative requirements, including standards, guidelines and processes applicable to initiative 1.3 Define process requirements of business analysis initiative, according to organisational requirements 1.4 Tailor approach to needs of specific business analysis initiative, according to organisational standards 1.5 Engage with required personnel and determine how work will be completed 1.6 Plan execution of business analysis activities according to organisational requirements
2. Conduct stakeholder analysis	2.1 Identify stakeholders who may be affected by business need or new solution 2.2 Assess stakeholder attitudes toward and influence over initiative 2.3 Decide which stakeholders will have authority over business analysis activities 2.4 Instigate regular reviews and identify new stakeholders and changed positions as business needs evolve
3. Plan business analysis activities and communication	3.1 Discuss and establish type of project or initiative and business analysis deliverables 3.2 Determine scope of work in business analysis activities 3.3 Establish and approve which activities the business analyst will perform and when 3.4 Develop estimates for business analysis work 3.5 Determine methods to receive, distribute, access, update and escalate information from project stakeholders 3.6 Decide how best to communicate with each stakeholder according to stakeholder needs and constraints to communication
4. Plan requirements management process	4.1 Establish a requirements repository for storing requirements, including those under development, under review, and approved requirements 4.2 Assess need and process for requirements traceability based on applicable factors 4.3 Conclude which requirements attributes will be captured 4.4 Determine requirements change management process
5. Manage business analysis performance	5.1 Determine which metrics will be used when measuring work performed by business analyst 5.2 Report performance in required format according to project needs 5.3 Assess performance measures and determine where problems may be occurring in executing business analysis activities 5.4 Identify and recommend preventative or corrective actions as required 5.5 Confirm and review business analysis performance and recommended actions with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and analyses financial information, costs and values when determining estimates
Oral communication	Determines and confirms stakeholder requirements, using collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning Selects and implements communications systems, processes and practices with internal and external stakeholders to communicate information and build rapport
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, exploring complex issues using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Identifies key factors impacting decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities and decision-making strategies where applicable
Self-management	Works autonomously, making high-level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals Takes a lead role in development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD603 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and monitor at least two different business analysis activities, including determining an approach and required processes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine business analysis deliverables, tasks and estimates

plan business analysis communications

comply with organisational and legislative requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business analysis process, procedures and techniques

project management process, procedures and techniques

risk management strategies

technology solution patterns

stakeholder management techniques and processes

communication constraints that may impact on stakeholders

requirements management processes, procedures and techniques

metrics used in measuring business analysis performance

organisational and legislative requirements and procedures applicable to business analysis activities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment and materials

business requirements documentation and information

industry software packages

required hardware and its components

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse stated requirements, determine potential solutions, and define features available to meet stakeholder ICT needs.

This unit applies to individuals who require high-level management, business and technical skills necessary to manage complex analysis efforts within the information and communications technology (ICT) industry, often as part of business-critical ICT projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and organise requirements	1.1 Determine basis for prioritisation of requirements 1.2 Resolve challenges in facilitating prioritisation according to organisational requirements 1.3 Obtain and articulate stakeholder requirements according to organisational polices and guidelines 1.4 Prioritise stakeholder requirements according to established procedures 1.5 Discuss potential solutions to address stakeholder needs with required personnel 1.6 Develop models required in describing solution scope according to informational needs of stakeholders 1.7 Document dependencies and inter-relationships among requirements
2. Specify and model requirements	2.1 Develop and document textual requirements according to organisational requirements 2.2 Generate matrices, and convey and support identified requirements 2.3 Create models and communicate requirements and improvement opportunities to required personnel
3. Define assumptions and constraints	3.1 Agree on assumptions to be defined and clarified according to requirements 3.2 Document and examine business constraints and identify options no longer available 3.3 Identify and examine technical constraints which may restrict design or mandate standards to be followed
4. Verify and validate requirements	4.1 Discuss and establish characteristics of requirements’ quality 4.2 Undertake verification activities iteratively throughout requirements analysis process 4.3 Identify risks and threats arising from stakeholder requirements, and manage them accordingly 4.4 Identify and define stakeholder requirement benefit assumptions and manage associated risks 4.5 Create measurable evaluation criteria and assess requirements benefit post implementation 4.6 Assign business value of requirements and identify candidates for elimination 4.7 Determine requirement dependencies for benefits realisation 4.8 Evaluate alignment with business case and opportunity cost 4.9 Document and record research and findings applicable to stakeholder requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and interprets and manipulates complex numerical information
Oral communication	Presents complex information in formal situations, using required language, tone and pace applicable to audience and purpose Uses a variety of communication tools, processes and strategies in building and maintaining working relationships
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, exploring complex issues using succinct language and logical structure Documents outcomes and changes to discussions, using industry terminology
Initiative and enterprise	Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking when developing and improving organisation’s goals
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Identifies key factors impacting decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies where required
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies and confirms organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD606 Analyse stakeholder requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

define, specify and prioritise at least three different stakeholder requirements and solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create a model for each stakeholder requirement and solution

document textual requirements for each stakeholder requirement and solution

comply with stakeholder and organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business rules analysis

data flow diagramming

data, organisation and process modelling, and applicable business and technical constraints

functional decomposition

key policies, procedures and documentation required to analyse stakeholder requirements

risk management strategies for a range of stakeholder requirements

potential solutions to a range of stakeholder requirements

model creation procedures

assumptions applicable to stakeholder requirements

business and technical constraints

verification procedures

purpose of using scenarios, stories and case studies

scope modelling.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required policies and legislation

business analysis practices and tools

required hardware, equipment and materials

industry software packages

stakeholder requirements

reports and plans prepared for projects

a portfolio of projects to be undertaken.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine the most applicable information and communications technology (ICT) solution and facilitate its implementation.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to assess and validate business processes, organisational structures, outsourcing agreements, software applications, and any other component of the solution to ensure that the overall solution delivers maximum value to stakeholders.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess proposed solutions according to stakeholder requirements	1.1 Identify and analyse solution options and additional capabilities, and confirm they meet stakeholder requirements 1.2 Rank solution options on business value, and advantages and disadvantages of alternatives 1.3 Allocate requirements to solution components and maximise business value 1.4 Facilitate allocation of requirements to specific project release, phase or iteration
2. Assess organisational readiness	2.1 Conduct cultural, operational and technical assessment 2.2 Perform stakeholder impact analysis 2.3 Document assessment of proposed solution
3. Define transition requirements	3.1 Evaluate old system actual data and metadata 3.2 Develop options for managing ongoing work during transition to the new solution 3.3 Participate in organisational change management recommendations and processes as required
4. Validate solution and evaluate solution performance	4.1 Investigate defective solution outputs according to organisational evaluation and valuation procedures 4.2 Identify and assess defects and issues, and discuss potential actions with required personnel 4.3 Realise value delivered by solution 4.4 Develop and validate solution metrics 4.5 Decide solution replacement or elimination 4.6 Document work performed and confirm decision with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses a variety of communication tools, processes and strategies in building and maintaining working relationships
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, exploring complex issues using succinct language and logical structure
Initiative and enterprise	Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking when developing and improving organisation’s goals
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge when focusing on root cause
Self-management	Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Monitors and reviews organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to requirements when implementing and managing change Identifies diversity and seeks to integrate diversity into work context, for managing change, making decisions and achieving shared outcomes Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD607 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assess and validate at least three different proposed ICT solutions according to stakeholder requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

compare and assess transition requirements between different solutions

analyse output variances between at least three solutions

recommend solutions in priority order

confirm solution metrics and evaluate solutions

document work performed in assessing and validating solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the business environment impacts from proposed Information and Communications Technology (ICT) solutions

techniques used in assessing organisational readiness, including:

focus groups, interviews and surveys

risk analysis

SWOT analysis

problem tracking

techniques for assessing options and validating solutions

organisational change management processes

the principles of solution performance metrics

key policies and documentation required to assess and validate ICT solutions

organisational procedures applicable to assessment and validation of ICT solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required policies and legislation

business analysis practices and tools

industry software packages

required hardware, equipment and its components

reports and plans prepared for projects including proposed solutions

portfolio of project work to be undertaken including stakeholder requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build, deploy, run, and monitor containers, and implement micro services, with the goal of providing a more sustainable, flexible and cost-efficient Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

The unit applies to those working as senior computer systems architects proficient in software development, senior software developers and those who work in DevOps roles, responsible for increasing the resource utilisation of an organisation by using containerisation as an alternative to traditional server and application infrastructure technologies. Containers are used to isolate the runtime environment for applications in order to increase portability and reduce operational costs by increasing the utilisation of resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess containerisation needs for application	1.1 Research and select vendor containerisation technology according to business needs 1.2 Obtain and review technical specifications, infrastructure and systems requirements for container service and runtime 1.3 Assess responsibility and requirements of microservice architecture according to business needs 1.4 Check and confirm installation of runtime environment for containerisation technology
2. Implement containers	2.1 Review and select base container image according to business needs 2.2 Author container image file for defining base image, working directory, application code, environment configuration and commands 2.3 Determine container image name applying industry standards and conventions 2.4 Build container image from authored file 2.5 Run a new instance of container from image 2.6 Confirm connectivity of published ports for running container instance 2.7 Test, debug and fix the running instance of containerised application 2.8 Run additional container instances from image 2.9 Stop running container instances
3. Manage container image	3.1 Review available options and select container image registry according to business needs 3.2 Create container image repository 3.3 Authenticate and connect to registry 3.4 Push container image to repository 3.5 Update, version and push container image to repository 3.6 Pull container image from repository
4. Maintain container services	4.1 Access logging for application and container 4.2 List containers in runtime environment 4.3 List container port mappings 4.4 Remove container from runtime environment 4.5 Monitor and display container resource usage and statistics 4.6 Update configuration of container according to business needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Designs complex algorithms Selects from, and flexibly applies, a wide range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies, techniques, and principles when solving equations, constructing and reading flow charts and analysing data
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements and participates in verbal exchanges of feedback resolution, ideas and solutions
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions
Teamwork	Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others, in order to improve self or workgroup behaviours
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise in containers as well as in projects and wider systems
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation, including privacy and data use legislation Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses complex cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

author at least two files for building container images

run, test and debug a minimum of two running containers instances

install and run at least one application within container

monitor a minimum of two container instance in container runtime

author, build and run container instances from at least one image with two different versions

set up container image repository in registry and perform push and pull commands at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of operating systems

continuous integration and continuous delivery/deployment methodology, processes and principles

network protocols including:

network communications protocol

TCP/IP (transmission control)

tools and features of registries, command line interface and text editor

advanced programming language

organisational policies and procedures for:

documenting work and technical requirements

evaluating business processes of uses of containerisation

stages of software development life cycle (SDLC)

procedures for implementing container services

basic principles of:

computer hardware, networking, operating system, applications, database management systems, cloud solutions and components

IT service management systems (ITMS)

required programming language, including data serialisation language

open-source development tools

processes for establishing and implementing business requirements for container services

key functions and features of data flow charts

methods for monitoring container services, including:

manually monitoring services

different organisational levels of responsibility relating to application functions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet, including connectivity

text editor

required hardware, software and applications

vendor products relating to containerisation technology

containerisation service.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and set up orchestration services to manage the lifecycle of containers in large dynamic environments, using platforms for running multiple containers in production.

The unit applies to those working as senior computer systems architects, senior system administrators and those who work in DevOps roles, and responsible for installing, running and coordinating containerised applications, to provide flexible, scalable, predictable, available and sustainable services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish and set up container orchestration services (COS)	1.1 Assess business specifications, application and business needs for container orchestration services (COS) with required personnel 1.2 Obtain and review infrastructure requirements and technical specifications for using container technologies according to business needs 1.3 Research and select suitable vendor (COS) software according to business needs 1.4 Install COS on host computer or virtual machine 1.5 Add host computers/virtual machines/nodes using COS 1.6 Select and promote node to manage and host all nodes 1.7 Set up and confirm group of nodes run as required
2. Configure containers	2.1 Add different types of images/containers to the service 2.2 Name and move containers as required 2.3 Create pod/swarm and run container in pod 2.4 Configure scaling policy according to business need 2.5 Use instrumentation to configure scaling in and out according to business needs 2.6 Test and confirm container set up, function of containers and required resources 2.7 Finalise and create user documentation according to business needs
3. Test and maintain container service	3.1 Configure load tester to port 3.2 Register containers to central point 3.3 Use load balancer to retrieve container requests 3.4 Test requests and ensure load testing works as required
4. Manage containers according to business need	4.1 Experiment with different volumes of traffic to sites 4.2 Monitor and record metrics 4.3 Add and delete containers as required according to CPU, RAM, network traffic readings and business need 4.4 Set up container trigger alarms according to metrics and business needs 4.5 Create user documentation according to business need 4.6 Report metrics and business impact with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions to create workplace documents
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise in containers as well as in projects and wider systems
Self-management	Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure container orchestration services on at least two host computers or virtual machines

create and manage at least two containers using at least three different metrics to measure requests and traffic data.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm clusters scale out and in required by demand changes and business needs

document work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of operating systems

continuous integration and continuous delivery/deployment methodology, processes and principles

network protocols including:

network communications protocol

TCP/IP (transmission control)

internet protocol

tools and features of registries, command line interface and text editor

software development life cycle (SDLC)

basic principles of container orchestration services:

pods/swarms

nodes

services

virtual machines and containers

container dependencies

basic principles of:

computer hardware, networking, operating system, database management systems, cloud solutions and components

applications

database-management systems

open-source development tools

HTTP

organisational business needs relating to the use and deployment of containers, including cost constraints

data flow charts applicable to installing and configuring container orchestration services

data and metrics of user traffic to sites and applications, including:

RAM (random access memory)

CPU

Network traffic

different methods of monitoring services, including:

manually

different organisational levels of responsibility relating to application functions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications

vendor products relating to containerisation technology

container orchestration service

load testing application

text editor

user command interface (command prompt).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD614 Lead ICT requirements elicitation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD605 Elicit ICT requirements. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects ICTSAD602 Conduct knowledge audits.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to elicit and meet a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) requirements. It includes planning consultation activities, engaging stakeholders and eliciting ICT requirements that align with stakeholder interests across various workplace contexts.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as ICT managers and business analysts and may be independently responsible for leading stakeholder engagements to elicit and meet ICT requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to elicit ICT requirements	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Confirm project budget, timelines and stakeholder contacts required to meet organisational requirements 1.3 Analyse stakeholder engagement options and constraints according to work brief 1.4 Develop elicitation plan and document constraint mitigation strategies 1.5 Determine business analysis components through process modelling 1.6 Build detailed schedule according to elicitation plan and process models
2. Elicit ICT requirements	2.1 Assign roles through consultation with required personnel 2.2 Confirm elicitation plan, detailed schedule and expectations with required personnel 2.3 Consult with stakeholders and determine requirements according to elicitation plan 2.4 Analyse captured requirements against organisational objectives 2.5 Identify and document scope creep, where required and according to organisational requirements
3. Document elicitation results	3.1 Record elicitation outcomes in correct format according to work brief 3.2 Present elicitation outcomes and seek stakeholder feedback 3.3 Implement and record stakeholder feedback, where required 3.4 Compile required documentation, plans, process models and schedules according to work brief
4. Confirm elicitation results	4.1 Review documented outputs with stakeholders 4.2 Confirm that own understanding reflects stakeholder intentions and preferences 4.3 Obtain stakeholder agreement 4.4 File and save required workplace documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Confirms organisational and stakeholder requirements, using collaborative and inclusive techniques Uses active listening to convey information and confirm knowledge Presents findings and articulates own understanding to confirm
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements Checks for accuracy and completeness of information and documentation
Writing	Accurately prepares records, correspondence and documentation using clear language, organisational formats and protocols
Planning and organising	Identifies and implements a communication cadence, processes and practices to engage others Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a flexible, efficient and effective manner in a context exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Analyses insights and seeks feedback to mitigate constraints and improve project outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD605 Elicit ICT requirements.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects

ICTSAD602 Conduct knowledge audits.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD614 Lead ICT requirements elicitation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD605 Elicit ICT requirements. Supersedes and is not equivalent to: ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects ICTSAD602 Conduct knowledge audits.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least one elicitation plan that includes at least two different elicitation techniques

engage with at least five different stakeholders to elicit ICT requirements

document at least three different ICT requirements identified in stakeholder consultations.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

monitor and document actions undertaken and key insights and findings

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key stakeholder engagement requirements, including:

stakeholder intentions

stakeholder lists with demographic targets

business objectives

project budgets

project timelines

techniques to identify elicitation constraints and constraint mitigation strategies

techniques to perform process modelling

functions and features of business analyses

key types, functions and features of workplace documentation, including of:

elicitation plans

process models

schedules

key techniques to develop detailed schedules with required components, including:

elicitation plan alignment

process models alignment

methods of recording requirements elicited from consultations

techniques to identify and report scope creep

organisational formats for documentation

methods to safely and securely file and store workplace documentation

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

stakeholder lists and engagement tools

opportunities for interaction with others, including a minimum of five stakeholders

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in the Application.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to update, store and record details of hardware, software and technical documentation within an inventory management software program.

It applies to frontline technical support personnel who work under supervision to maintain hardware, software and documentation in a small to large office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Update hardware, software and documentation inventories	1.1 Access hardware, software and documentation inventories according to organisational procedures 1.2 Update hardware, software and documentation inventories according to organisational procedures 1.3 Update software licenses and upgrade software according to organisational procedures 1.4 Record and organise documentation storage
2. Maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories	2.1 Examine and perform maintenance on hardware, software and documentation inventories according to organisational procedures 2.2 Document maintenance procedures performed according to organisational procedures 2.3 Store technical documentation according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Access and disseminate technical documentation as required
3. Finalise inventory maintenance activities	3.1 Record maintenance activities according to organisational procedures 3.2 Store hardware, software and equipment that is not in use, according to technical manuals 3.3 Escalate maintenance problems to required personnel according to organisational procedures 3.4 Report completion of maintenance activities to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Accesses and interprets textual information from a range of sources to record, manage and maintain information
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges of basic ideas that elicit views, opinions and feedback from others
Planning and organising	Interprets roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration and seeking assistance in setting priorities
Technology	Interprets the purpose and operates the specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS201 Maintain inventories for equipment, software and documentation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.
Release 2	Correcting an error in the Application.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

update and maintain at least one of each hardware and software inventories according to identified storage and retrieval policy and organisational procedures

update and maintain at least two documentation inventories according to identified storage and retrieval policy and organisational procedures, including:

user documentation

technical manuals

create a profile and description for hardware inventories.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures including:

hardware, software and documentation inventory access

hardware, software and documentation inventory updates

software licenses and software upgrades

hardware, software and documentation inventory maintenance

maintenance documentation and recording

escalation procedures

technical documentation processes

software licensing requirements

inventory principles and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, equipment and materials

industry and inventory management software packages

organisational documentation

enterprise intranet

required person for escalation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply problem-solving techniques to determine the origin of basic Information and Communications Technology (ICT) malfunctions and problems and develop solutions for their resolution.

It applies to those who work under supervision within ICT environments to provide frontline technical support, diagnose technical problems and determine potential solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify nature and scope of basic ICT malfunctions and problems	1.1 Access and gather information on malfunction and problem according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine the malfunction according to task requirements 1.3 Investigate current condition of malfunction and problem 1.4 Escalate malfunction when outside scope of own role according to organisational procedures 1.5 Document and confirm work with required personnel
2. Research and determine solutions	2.1 Research potential solutions for identified malfunction 2.2 Develop and determine recommendations for potential solutions 2.3 Document and submit proposed solution to required personnel according to organisational procedures
3. Prepare to implement solutions	3.1 Obtain approval for solution implementation 3.2 Plan implementation of chosen solution 3.3 Plan evaluation of implemented solution 3.4 Document solution plan and submit to required personnel according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets familiar textual information from a range of sources to identify misleading information, compare technical specifications, and identify solutions to new and emerging issues
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Takes steps to collaborate with others using accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Efficiently plans and implements routine tasks Identifies roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters
Problem solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context, and seeks input from others when problems remain unresolved
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS202 Apply problem-solving techniques to routine ICT malfunctions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify at least one basic hardware or software malfunction and at least one user or procedural ICT problem

develop and document potential solutions to each of the above.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

refer unresolved problems to required support personnel

apply problem-solving techniques to determine the origin of ICT problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures regarding:

accessing malfunctioning hardware, software, user or procedural malfunctions

Work Health and Safety (WHS) requirements for hardware and equipment use

required industry hardware and software products and services

required industry maintenance, service and helpdesk practices, processes and procedures

operating systems used within the ICT industry

required industry standard diagnostic tools

computer malfunctions and resolutions

basic industry documentation practices and procedures

problem solving techniques that may be used in the development of solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software with ICT malfunctions

ICT problems relating to users or systems

organisational procedures

digital device with internet connectivity and required browsers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to record, prioritise and escalate client support requests, using the required record-keeping and documentation practices.

It applies to those who provide frontline technical client support in small or large office environments. In this context, the individual is not expected to resolve the client support requests.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Log support requests	1.1 Obtain client support request according to organisational procedures 1.2 Document support request requirements and characteristics according to organisational procedures and client needs 1.3 Review client support history and details 1.4 Confirm request with client
2. Prioritise and progress support requests	2.1 Identify guidelines for prioritising and rating client requests according to business scheduling requirements 2.2 Determine the prioritisation, rating and timeframe of client request 2.3 Process client request according to business scheduling requirements 2.4 Escalate requests to required personnel or department for action
3. Record support request outcome and seek feedback	3.1 Document support request outcome according to organisational procedures 3.2 Seek client satisfaction and request process feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets familiar textual information from a range of sources to identify and review practices and determine that standards have been maintained
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Understands roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions, within familiar situations, on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational standards Plans and implements routine tasks
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS204 Record client support requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

record, prioritise and escalate at least two client support requests from at least two different clients.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

log support requests resulting from tickets, phone calls, emails, video calls, automated requests or direct messages

determine time sensitivity and importance of requests against business or client needs

refer client support requests in line with business scheduling requirements

follow up support request progression and client satisfaction.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures for:

obtaining and documenting client support request

guidelines for prioritising and rating client requests

escalation processes and procedures

logging procedures

prioritising client requests

frontline client support software, hardware diagnostic tools and maintenance procedures

business scheduling requirements

responsibilities of frontline technical client support

business documentation and record-keeping practices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, software and tools required to process and document requests

client support requests and required documentation

client support history records

organisational policy and procedures for:

critical cases and escalation processes and procedures

escalation procedures

logging procedures

prioritising client requests.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to backup, protect and secure stand-alone and networked client server environments.

It applies to technical support individuals who are required to uphold workflow and quality processes in a small or large office environment through the maintenance of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to test ICT system integrity	1.1 Determine restoration and back up schedule according to organisational procedures 1.2 Identify and confirm storage and backup destination with required personnel 1.3 Perform backup according to task requirements 1.4 Label and store backups according to organisational procedures and backup schedule 1.5 Update system with virus protection and scanning software according to cyber security procedures 1.6 Identify copyright and privacy legislation for licensed software and work
2. Conduct ICT system testing and backup procedures	2.1 Test restoration procedures according to organisational procedures 2.2 Restore data under instruction from required personnel 2.3 Carry out virus scanning and report detected viruses to required personnel 2.4 Remove viruses and malware according to organisational procedures and within scope of own role 2.5 Check hardware devices and networks for operating condition and performance
3. Finalise and record current state of ICT systems	3.1 Document and report backup results 3.2 Maintain records of backups, file names, licence numbers and their location 3.3 Report licensing anomalies related to software to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets familiar textual information from a range of sources to identify and review practices and determine that standards have been maintained Researches and interprets information to identify, monitor and evaluate technical information and maintain standards
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks
Problem solving	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome
Self-management	Identifies roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational standards
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS205 Maintain ICT system integrity.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

backup, protect and secure at least two client server environments.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review organisational backup schedule

follow system maintenance procedures

create, restore, label, delete, archive and report file backups

check hardware and networks for compliance with licensing requirements

report data security, privacy, copyright and licensing compliance anomalies

perform virus protection and scanning software updates.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures for:

backups, restoration and testing procedures and operations

file name conventions and storage of backups

malware and virus scans

copyright and privacy legislation

inventory and maintenance procedures

industry accepted hardware and software products

virus protection methods

diagnostic tools that may be used in maintaining the integrity of ICT systems

storage and retrieval guidelines

system performance metrics and system performance testing tools

legislation relating to restoration procedures, copyright, privacy and General Public Licence (GPL).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

stand-alone and networked client server environments

hardware containing information and data

antivirus and scanning software

technical records and documentation

copyright, GPL and privacy legislation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to reduce the risk of a device’s operation being affected by spam or destructive software by implementing a range of protective cyber security procedures.

It applies to those working under a level of supervision who have responsibility to provide technical support, exercise discretion to protect devices and secure software in a workplace environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to protect devices from spam and destructive software	1.1 Research and identify common types of spam and destructive software 1.2 Identify protective measures against spam and destructive software according to organisational procedures 1.3 Select and install spam filter and virus protection software compatible with device 1.4 Update software according to organisational procedures and vendor instructions 1.5 Configure software security settings and spam filter for protection against destructive software according to organisational procedures 1.6 Create schedule to run virus protection software according to organisational procedures
2. Initiate spam and destructive software protection procedures	2.1 Run virus protection and spam filter software according to schedule 2.2 Identify spam and destructive software on device 2.3 Report spam and destructive software to required personnel 2.4 Select protective measure for spam and destructive software removal according to organisational procedures 2.5 Remove spam and destructive software according to organisational procedures
3. Finalise and record protection measures	3.1 Document outcome of protective measures according to organisational procedures 3.2 Maintain records of spam and destructive software 3.3 Report outcomes of protective measures to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and interprets information to identify misleading information and compare technical specifications, and identify solutions to new and emerging issues to maintain system
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Oral Communication	Presents information in a clear manner, using specific and appropriate language
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks
Problem solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context, and seeks input from others when problems remain unresolved
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS206 Detect and protect from spam and destructive software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

detect and remove:

at least one piece of spam from a device

at least one piece of destructive software from a different device.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify spam types, destructive software and protective measures

update spam filter and virus protection software as available

maintain and report on protective measures taken against spam and destructive software.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

spam types and destructive software on a range of different devices including:

desktop computers

laptops

tablets

mobile and smartphones

wearables

media players

organisational procedures regarding:

protective measures against spam and destructive software

software updates

software security and spam filter settings

protective procedures for spam and destructive software removal

documenting and reporting outcome of protective measures

spam and virus intrusions and remedial actions

types of protective applications used against viruses and spam

operating systems features and components

components of hardware that may be affected by spam

technical records, vendor documentation, enterprise procedures and guidelines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

working areas with a representative range of devices, application software and operating systems

industry standard antivirus and anti-spam software

technical records and vendor instructions

enterprise procedures and guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure information assets are protected from improper access and to secure assets in the event that they are threatened.

It applies to those who, while working under a level of supervision in a frontline technical support capacity, have the responsibility to exercise security measures on information assets in a small or large office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify assets and threats	1.1 Identify information assets in the organisation 1.2 Identify and record mechanisms by which information assets are accessed, transmitted and stored 1.3 Identify nature of threats to information assets and determine threat impact according to organisational processes
2. Protect assets	2.1 Identify and confirm actions, mechanisms and strategies to protect information assets with required personnel 2.2 Secure assets according to organisational procedures 2.3 Report outcomes and escalate issues to required personnel
3. Mitigate or prevent damage to assets	3.1 Identify signs and evidence that information assets are threatened or undergoing loss or damage 3.2 Provide first level response to reduce effects, mitigate damage and protect evidence 3.3 Report incident, resulting effects and actions taken to required personnel
4. Document final condition of information assets	4.1 Finalise documentation outlining current state of information assets according to organisational procedures 4.2 Save, store and back up reports according to organisational procedures 4.3 Maintain records and reports of information assets according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and interprets text to identify misleading information and compare technical specifications, and identify solutions to new and emerging issues to maintain system
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Interprets roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational standards Plans and implements routine tasks
Problem Solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context, and seeks input from others when problems remain unresolved
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS207 Protect and secure information assets.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

protect and secure at least two different information assets types.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify how information assets are used, specific to different organisations

establish and analyse potential threats

secure, mitigate and prevent damage to assets

discuss details of security threats and issues relating to information assets

document and report work issues.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

asset security

current state of information asset reporting

records and report of information asset maintenance

key sources of information assets

types of security responses available to secure assets

organisational information assets

general Information and Communications Technology (ICT) hardware and security implications

security procedures relevant to organisational requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

working areas with required hardware and office environments representing a range of workplaces

software systems required to demonstrate the performance evidence

organisational information assets

technical records, documentation and enterprise procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the operation of basic Information and Communications Technology (ICT) equipment, and the replacement of consumables.

It applies to technical support individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, perform routine tasks within an office environment concerning the maintenance of ICT equipment and replacement of consumables. ICT equipment and consumables includes applications, chemicals, computer accessories, data storage devices, digital cameras, fax and copier supplies, laser and inkjet cartridges, ribbons, scanners and wireless technology modems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Access cleaning supplies and clean equipment	1.1 Access and verify cleaning supplies for usability on selected equipment with required personnel 1.2 Clean equipment according to manufacturer specifications, organisational manuals and work health and safety (WHS) principles and guidelines
2. Replace and manage ICT equipment	2.1 Access consumables from storage points and record usage according to organisational procedures 2.2 Replace consumables and log action according to organisational procedures 2.3 Dispose of consumables following environmental guidelines 2.4 Test replaced consumables according to organisational procedures
3. Maintain ICT equipment	3.1 Identify and access ICT equipment according to maintenance guidelines 3.2 Maintain ICT equipment according to organisational procedures and manufacturer specifications 3.3 Document equipment information and maintenance procedures performed according to organisational procedures 3.4 Test equipment according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise maintenance activities	4.1 Plan maintenance schedule according to business needs to prevent interruption of business activities during maintenance procedures 4.2 Store unused consumables and ICT equipment according to manufacturer specifications and organisational procedures 4.3 Save and file maintenance documentation according to organisational procedures 4.4 Report and confirm work activity and outcomes with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Integrates and evaluates a range of textual information to maintain effective methods and standards
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to clarify schedules while maintaining business standards
Numeracy	Recognises and applies familiar measurements relating to time durations
Self-management	Interprets roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational procedures, WHS and environmental guidelines Plans and implements routine tasks
Problem solving	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS208 Maintain ICT equipment and consumables.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform maintenance procedures on two different pieces of basic ICT equipment,

replace and dispose of a consumable item from basic ICT equipment on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

clean equipment following manufacturer specifications, organisation and WHS policy and procedures

access, replace and dispose of consumables according to regulations and organisational policy

test and maintain consumables and ICT equipment

store unused consumables and ICT equipment

document, record, log and store documentation of maintenance activities and confirm with required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures including:

consumables replacement information logs

consumables storage

consumables testing

ICT equipment maintenance documentation and filing procedures

storage and retrieval of information procedures

equipment and chemical storage, control and disposal procedures

industry standard hardware and software and manufacturer maintenance guides

work health and safety procedures, principles and responsibilities that may be used in the process of maintaining ICT equipment and replacing consumables

environmental guidelines that may be used in the storage and disposal of ICT equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site at which ICT equipment maintenance may be carried out

cleaning supplies

a range of consumables, such as those listed within the performance evidence

ICT equipment currently used in industry

equipment documentation required for maintenance activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure and secure network components, such as a wireless router and adapters, to a small home based local wireless network.

It applies to individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in a frontline technical support capacity to connect a wireless router and adapters to a home-based wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network to provide wireless connectivity to compatible devices.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Document client requirements and confirm with required personnel 1.2 Identify documentation and technical support options 1.3 Identify digital devices to be connected to the network and confirm wireless network component requirements 1.4 Determine and confirm vendor warranty and support services 1.5 Identify required work health and safety (WHS) standards for installation process
2. Install and configure wireless router and adapters	2.1 Access digital devices and wireless network components 2.2 Validate contents of delivered components and physical contents match packing list and resolve discrepancies if required 2.3 Determine internet service provider (ISP) connection properties 2.4 Install wireless router according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Configure wireless router using router configuration properties 2.6 Install wireless adapters according to manufacturer specifications 2.7 Configure Wi-Fi system according to router configuration properties
3. Secure the wireless system and finalise connection	3.1 Set security components of Wi-Fi system 3.2 Test security components and connectivity of Wi-Fi system 3.3 Update documentation regarding security issues and components used 3.4 Store any unused adapters 3.5 Dispose of waste following environmental guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and uses new and upgraded technology skills to enhance learning
Reading	Interprets a range of texts to evaluate and integrate strategies and determine standards have been maintained
Writing	Uses simple vocabulary to record information and prepare required documents in a sequential manner
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Interprets roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with client requirements and WHS standards Plans and implements routine tasks aiming to achieve them efficiently
Problem solving	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined and routine solutions and evaluates outcome
Technology	Utilises basic knowledge of industry hardware and software Interprets the purpose and operates the specific functions and key features of digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS209 Connect and use a home based local wireless network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and secure a wireless router and its adapters, to a small home based local wireless network on at least two separate occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

computer component installation procedures

industry accepted Wi-Fi network products

manufacturer specifications that may be used in the process of connecting a home based local wireless network

router configuration properties

Wi-Fi installation requirements

Wi-Fi systems and Wi-Fi security considerations

ISP connection protocols

vendor warranty and support services

environmental guidelines for waste disposal

WHS standards and procedures that may be used in the process of connecting a home based local wireless network

wireless network components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

internet access

industry standard wireless router and adapters

digital devices connected to the network

technical support and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS218 Obtain and connect hardware peripherals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS203 Connect hardware peripherals.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and configure hardware peripherals using specifications and technical guidelines suited to the particular organisational context.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in technical support roles and may have some responsibility to solve technical incompatibility issues under supervision, using a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to connect hardware peripherals	1.1 Confirm work brief relating to work tasks, hardware and peripheral quality standards, work health and safety (WHS) standards, and organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Research and select hardware peripheral components according to work brief 1.3 Select and source configuration components according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Confirm that client support expectations are covered by vendor warranty and support services
2. Obtain hardware peripherals	2.1 Source hardware peripherals and check for serviceability according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Update hardware inventory register 2.3 Confirm that delivered hardware peripherals match packing list and resolve any discrepancies 2.4 Store hardware peripherals according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Connect hardware peripherals	3.1 Create and confirm configuration schedule with required personnel 3.2 Remove expired components without disrupting architecture integrity and according to technical guidelines, vendor specifications and WHS standards 3.3 Configure and install new hardware peripherals according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Configure device and confirm hardware peripheral functionality according to vender specifications 3.5 Test hardware peripherals and report any issues to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges of familiar ideas and information using questioning and active listening to elicit views, opinions and feedback from others
Reading	Interprets textual information from a range of sources to identify and adhere to requirements
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks efficiently
Problem solving	Responds to predictable routine problems and implements standard or logical solutions
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS203 Connect hardware peripherals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS218 Obtain and connect hardware peripherals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS203 Connect hardware peripherals.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

connect at least three different types of hardware peripherals to one device.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

examine and apply vendor specifications and technical guidelines

seek and apply feedback from required personnel

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key types of computer operating systems and devices

key functions and features of computing components:

hardware peripherals

inventory registers

packing lists

configuration components, tools and equipment

installation schedules

help desk and technical maintenance practices

industry-accepted hardware and software components

methods for updating and maintaining hardware inventory status

key organisational guidelines and standards related to:

external suppliers and vendors

internal and external communications

internet access

information and data security

work health and safety (WHS) standards, organisational policies and procedures relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site with a representative range of workstations and internet connection

hardware, software and components to be installed, connected and configured

technical documentation, organisational hardware blueprint, technical guidelines, vendor specifications and required WHS standards

opportunities for interaction with others

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out maintenance and fault repair according to organisational procedures, in order to keep Information and Communications Technology (ICT) equipment and software operating.

It applies to frontline technical support individuals who work under a level of supervision and have some responsibility to maintain and repair ICT equipment and software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine and undertake required equipment maintenance	1.1 Access ICT equipment that requires maintenance 1.2 Examine and review organisational ICT equipment maintenance procedures 1.3 Determine and undertake internal maintenance according to organisational maintenance procedures 1.4 Report problems to required personnel
2. Diagnose and repair faults	2.1 Identify faulty ICT equipment and software 2.2 Test faulty ICT equipment and software according to manufacturing guidelines and task requirements 2.3 Analyse test results 2.4 Review historical fault data 2.5 Develop plans, with prioritised tasks and contingency arrangements for repair and replacement of faulty equipment and software 2.6 Liaise with required personnel and obtain plan approvals 2.7 Obtain ICT components and repair equipment and software in a timely, organised manner, following work health and safety (WHS) standards
3. Update documentation and make recommendations for future maintenance	3.1 Record maintenance, fault data and equipment modifications according to organisational standards 3.2 Identify and report instances where preventative measures were required 3.3 Dispose of faulty parts and other waste according to environmental guidelines 3.4 Review and update maintenance and fault data and report outcomes to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Integrates and evaluates a range of textual information to record and maintain required procedures
Writing	Conveys specific information using precise language and the required format for intended audience and purpose and records information
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using required language and listening and questioning techniques to report data and confirm proposed plans
Numeracy	Recognises and applies familiar measurements relating to time durations
Teamwork	Works in a team and contributes to broader work goals when addressing organisational standards and reporting to required personnel Communicates in the required format with whom and how when reporting problems, gaining approval for plans and reviewing and updating data and reporting outcomes
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine and some non-routine maintenance tasks and repair and replacement of faulty equipment, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them efficiently
Problem solving	Selects from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking situational factors into account when determining whether procedures can be handled internally Selects from a range of predetermined options when diagnosing and repairing faults, identifying and taking situational factors into account
Technology	Interprets key principles and concepts that underpin the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology, repairing faults and making recommendations for future maintenance

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS306 Maintain equipment and software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out maintenance and fault repair procedures on the following, on at least one separate occasion:

ICT equipment

software.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

obtain and review previous ICT equipment fault data

resolve failures and performance degradation

analyse test results

examine and review organisational ICT equipment maintenance procedures

undertake maintenance according to organisational maintenance procedures

identify and repair a range of ICT equipment and software problems

develop plans for maintenance and fault repair

maintain accurate records according to organisational guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

equipment and software purpose, standard operating characteristics and maintenance procedures

internal maintenance organisational procedures

preventative maintenance procedures

technical documents in regard to:

equipment and maintenance procedures

help-desk response level escalation procedures

operation of technical diagnostic tools

quality assurance practices that may be used in maintaining and repairing ICT equipment and software

Service Level Agreements (SLAs) to determine conditions of the SLA cover

client warranty claims, repair and replacement procedures

environmental guidelines that may be used in maintaining and repairing ICT equipment and software.

organisational work health and safety (WHS) procedures that relate to maintaining and repairing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical environment with a variety of ICT equipment

maintenance software and tools

technical documentation

organisational health and safety procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify available network components and client requirements and to install, configure and secure those components as part of a Small Office or Home Office (SOHO) network.

It applies to individuals who work under a level of supervision and have experience with analysis and problem solving when working with technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements and identify required network equipment	1.1 Identify and clarify client requirements for SOHO network 1.2 Identify, develop and document SOHO network design according to client requirements 1.3 Identify network materials according to SOHO network design 1.4 Obtain vendor and service suppliers specifications and cost of identified components, with required vendors 1.5 Present SOHO network design to clients and secure sign-off
2. Install and configure hardware and software	2.1 Develop installation plans according organisational requirements 2.2 Obtain approval for plans, security clearance and timing with required personnel 2.3 Confirm and review cables and connectors are installed according to industry standards, client requirements and building requirements 2.4 Install and configure hardware according to network design and industry standards 2.5 Install and configure software according to network design and industry standards
3. Test network	3.1 Troubleshoot client-side connectivity using required networking settings 3.2 Test installed software and hardware according to organisational procedures 3.3 Test network settings according to organisational procedures 3.4 Resolve problems identified according to organisational procedures
4. Secure network	4.1 Identify security features for SOHO network 4.2 Apply identified security features according to organisational procedures 4.3 Troubleshoot security intrusion symptoms and issues
5. Finalise network installation and configuration	5.1 Finalise and document network design, associated hardware, software and security features 5.2 Document installation, boot up and configuration procedures according to client requirements 5.3 Handover and secure sign-off from client

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets a range of texts to critically evaluate and design the required network, comparing technical specifications and associated costs to install and maintain the network
Writing	Records information using precise language and required format to develop network plans, instructions, installation and technical specifications
Oral Communication	Confirms information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses a range of mathematical calculations to evaluate and compare numerical information and forecast costs and applies familiar measurements concerning available or consumed data, time durations and required cable length
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine and some non-routine tasks, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them efficiently, confirming client requirements and required equipment Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if required and addressing some unexpected issues
Problem solving	Makes decisions quickly and intuitively in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables, consider implications of different courses of action and determine course of action Uses systematic, analytical processes in configuration and testing of network, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when resolving network problems and troubleshooting symptoms and issues, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating several options for action
Self-management	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role when obtaining approval and sign-off at required stages of job
Technology	Utilises key principles and concepts that underpin the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS307 Install, configure and secure a small office home office network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and secure a SOHO network on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

install, configure and test hardware and software for SOHO network, including:

network technologies

device

protocols

network cables and connectors

install, configure and test the network according to client requirements and produce required documentation

troubleshoot client-side connectivity and security system symptoms and issues

liaise with vendors and service suppliers to:

obtain specifications, availability and cost of identified components

develop installation plans that incorporate:

task prioritisation

contingency arrangements

minimum disruption to clients

document final network design, security features and installation, boot up and configuration procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry accepted hardware and software products, including those used for networks

building requirements that may be used in installing, configuring and securing an office

data and voice transmission technologies and protocols

hardware and software installation procedures

organisational procedures including:

software and hardware testing methods

network setting testing methods

software, hardware and network setting problem resolution procedures

local area network (LAN) capabilities and characteristics, including:

network types

internet protocol addressing

switch and hub operation

network connections, both wired and wireless

networking technologies, including network operating systems and cabling standards

network tools, set-up and configuration procedures

security implications and methods for a home office network

software packages supported by the organisation

industry standards applicable to small networks

installation and configuration tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software, hardware and networking technologies

server and workstation hardware and software

internet connection

live network

network components, hardware and software

networked devices

vendor hardware and software components

technical documentation and installation manuals.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS311 Maintain computer hardware

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS303 Care for computer hardware.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct preventative maintenance on physical computing components. It includes identifying methods to enable optimal operating system functionality, security protection, and performance levels, by producing maintenance plans and applying safe working practices.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in supervised technical support roles with some responsibility to maintain organisational hardware, using a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to maintain computer hardware	1.1 Confirm work brief relating to work tasks, hardware and peripheral quality standards, work health and safety (WHS) standards, and organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Confirm and review hardware manufacturer specifications 1.3 Check and confirm that safe working environment is compliant for hardware maintenance activities
2. Review computer hardware	2.1 Select and source required computer hardware diagnostic technologies and inspect computer hardware according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 Identify components requiring maintenance according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Document identified components requiring maintenance 2.4 Store necessary component document in required location and distribute to required personnel
3. Develop maintenance plan	3.1 Determine maintenance requirements according to manufacturer specifications 3.2 Document maintenance requirements in required format 3.3 Record explicit references to computer vulnerabilities and maintenance procedures in required format 3.4 Present maintenance plan information to required personnel 3.5 Seek and implement feedback on maintenance plan from required personnel
4. Apply maintenance plan	4.1 Prepare identified computer hardware components for maintenance according to maintenance plan 4.2 Fix identified computer hardware components according to maintenance plan 4.3 Report on any maintenance issues within scope of own role, or escalate as required 4.4 Seek sign-off from required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Presents factual information in a clear manner, using specific and required language Responds to questions and feedback in a constructive manner
Reading	Researches and interprets a range of routine texts to identify requirements and standards
Writing	Uses simple vocabulary to record key information in a sequential manner
Initiative and enterprise	Makes low-impact decisions in familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration
Problem solving	Responds to predictable routine problems and implements standard and logical solutions Compares technical specifications, and identifies solutions to new and emerging issues
Self-management	Takes some personal responsibility for following organisational procedures and establishing safe work practices

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS303 Care for computer hardware.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS311 Maintain computer hardware

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS303 Care for computer hardware.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

maintain at least two different types of computer hardware

create a separate maintenance plan for each of the above types of hardware that sets out maintenance requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use diagnostic computer hardware technologies

establish location requirements for system hardware and associated peripheral devices

follow required work health and safety (WHS) standards, organisational policies and procedures, and safe work practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key functions and applications of computing hardware architecture and components, including:

central processing units

security patches and random access memory (RAM)

input devices

output devices

hardware drivers

processing devices

disk space and hard disk drives

motherboards

graphics cards

network interface controllers

types of preventative measures and typical maintenance periods for optimal computer hardware functionality

hardware and peripheral storage principles and quality standards

key sources and types of computing threats, including:

human

physical and structural

environmental

techniques for identifying computer vulnerabilities

equipment maintenance requirements

computing serviceability specifications

industry-recognised tools and techniques to replace suspect components

tools and techniques to test computer speed, operating systems and security functions

types of hardware and associated peripherals

organisational formats for documentation

WHS standards, organisational policies and procedures relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware, maintenance software, tools and equipment

computing maintenance, warranty, replacement and upgrade records and reports

vendor documentation and equipment specifications

opportunities for interaction with others

WHS standards, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS312 Provide basic system administration

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS304 Provide basic system administration.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, operate and implement basic system administrative processes in stand-alone or client server environments.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in supervised technical support roles, with some responsibility in undertaking administrative activities, using a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Administer security access	1.1 Confirm work brief and task according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Obtain client access and clearance level guidelines according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Authenticate password protected client-server user access 1.4 Document security clearance and client details 1.5 Test user access and report issues to required personnel
2. Manage software licences	2.1 Identify existing software used in organisation according to work brief 2.2 Access and identify server records 2.3 Analyse and categorise system vulnerability alerts on organisational devices and network 2.4 Report security threats to required personnel in required format
3. Complete backup procedures	3.1 Review and update organisational backup schedule according to analysis findings and system requirements 3.2 Carry out file backups according to backup schedule 3.3 Label and store backups according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Identify and report issues related to backups to required personnel
4. Restore system	4.1 Identify system recovery procedures 4.2 Complete system restore under required supervision 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel 4.4 Record and file system restore process and issues encountered
5. Assess security access controls	5.1 Create security access register according to work brief 5.2 Identify operating system security controls across in-scope systems 5.3 Apply files and directory access control settings 5.4 Confirm security control functionality 5.5 Report any security control issues and alerts to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Provides information using required form, channel and mode of communication and language appropriate to environment and audience Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Evaluates a range of textual information to maintain effective methods while adhering to appropriate standards
Writing	Records detailed information according to organisational standards
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own work, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Selects from a range of pre-determined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account
Technology	Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS304 Provide basic system administration.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS312 Provide basic system administration

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS304 Provide basic system administration.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform at least two system backup procedures on a client server.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

authenticate security access to organisational network for at least one client server

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key functions and features of:

security access

password-protected client servers

licensed software and server records

operating systems, hardware, software and equipment

organisational security procedures

computing diagnostic tools

organisational requirements for obtaining client access and clearance levels

methods to authenticate and document user access to a network

techniques and standards used to categorise system vulnerability alerts

types and features of organisational device and network security threats

methods to conduct system backups

key organisational requirements to carry out required work tasks, including:

backup and restore operations

creating security access registers

configuring access control settings

backup labelling and storage

recording security and software details

detecting threats and alerts

organisational formats for documentation

organisational policies and procedures relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

basic computer systems that require basic system administration

client-server user access operating systems

opportunities for interaction with others

organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system is operational prior to hand over for client use, including conducting formal testing and trials to determine whether the system satisfies its acceptance criteria.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision but have a level of responsibility ensuring work is planned and completed according to quality and client requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm system integrity	1.1 Obtain acceptance criteria for client ICT system 1.2 Check ICT system function and its components in stand-alone and integrated environments 1.3 Specify and document shortcomings and problems and create action plan 1.4 Review action plan with client 1.5 Document system components according to organisational standards and procedures
2. Provide operation and maintenance guidance	2.1 Identify and document operational issues and procedures according to organisational procedures 2.2 Discuss maintenance issues with technical support personnel and document proposed outcomes 2.3 Compare maintenance, operational and warranty considerations with service level agreements (SLAs) and document discrepancies 2.4 Clarify outstanding issues with client 2.5 Implement solution to identified problems with technical support personnel 2.6 Create and confirm client report with required personnel
3. Hand over system to client	3.1 Demonstrate installed system to client and seek and respond to feedback 3.2 Obtain confirmation of client satisfaction and sign-off 3.3 Discuss, confirm and document implementation support and further training needs with client 3.4 Report needs and submit to required personnel for action

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical information containing numeric data and textual specifications to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation detailing process and outcomes using appropriate structure, layout and technical language
Oral Communication	Confirms information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with client and others in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and standards
Technology	Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS406 Implement and hand over system components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

demonstrate operation and hand over a functioning ICT system to clients on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

obtain ICT system acceptance criteria

check ICT system function and its components in both:

stand-alone environment

integrated environment

identify and document system components, operational issues and procedures

discuss maintenance issues with technical support

compare maintenance, operational and warranty considerations with SLAs

provide operational and maintenance guidance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business practices related to preparing reports, including:

confirming system integrity

handing over the system

organisational procedures including:

system component documentation

operational issue documentation

operational procedures for ICT systems

industry accepted hardware and software products

key aspects of change management systems and operational procedures for ICT systems

client-business domain issues

information gathering techniques that may be used in the hand over ICT system components to clients

key features and processes involved in project planning, including:

constraints

guidelines

deadlines

key features of quality assurance practices that may be used in the hand over ICT system components to clients

role of stakeholders in SLAs and degree of stakeholder involvement in determining levels of responsibility in a project

vendor product trends.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

existing ICT systems for client delivery, such as customer computer sites and systems or other simulated systems

ICT system acceptance criteria

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

industry software packages

implementation plan

people involved in hand over

project plan

SLAs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, record, prioritise and resolve client Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support activities and escalate as required.

It applies to experienced individuals who use specialised and technical knowledge to take responsibility in providing client-based ICT support to end users in an office or working environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to resolve client ICT problems	1.1 Determine client problems and impact of problem according to organisational procedures 1.2 Document client response according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Examine logged requests and determine requirements 1.4 Confirm additional information with client and respond to new information according to organisational procedures 1.5 Refer to database of known problems and identify resolution options 1.6 Establish and record required constraints
2. Prioritise client ICT problems	2.1 Undertake impact analysis of problem and determine severity and risks 2.2 Prioritise problem according to organisational procedures 2.3 Provide problem resolution advice and support to client
3. Refer problems where required	3.1 Investigate and refer problems to third parties according to organisational procedures 3.2 Provide third party with client and problem details as required 3.3 Document advice and support provided by third party according to organisational procedures
4. Carry out maintenance	4.1 Obtain required components for resolution according to organisational procedures 4.2 Complete maintenance according to organisational procedures 4.3 Store and dispose of used components according to organisational environmental guidelines
5. Create maintenance report	5.1 Prepare maintenance report according to organisational procedures 5.2 Finalise maintenance report and acquire internal sign off 5.3 Distribute maintenance report to client and seek and respond to client feedback as required
6. Confirm problem resolution	6.1 Obtain and respond to client feedback 6.2 Confirm client requirements have been met 6.3 Resolve outstanding client requirements and escalate as required 6.4 Forward client feedback to required personnel for sign-off and record in problems database

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets technical specifications and numerical data from a range of documentation and sources to assist in rectifying problems
Writing	Uses clear language and formats required for the audience to convey explicit technical information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses inclusive questioning techniques to obtain information from clients and provides precise advice and information to others
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with client and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS410 Identify and resolve client ICT problems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, record, prioritise and resolve a client ICT problem on at least two separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

record and prioritise client support activities

determine required resources for maintenance activities

prioritise client ICT problems, using an impact analysis of the problem

complete maintenance activities

resolve client problems and escalate according to organisational guidelines and practices

refer problems to third parties where required

prepare, finalise and distribute maintenance report, including information about problems and resolution action

provide advice to the client and seek and record client feedback

store and dispose used components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

hardware and software products:

in use

supported by the organisation

organisational procedures, including:

problem prioritisation

third party support and documentation

maintenance procedures

maintenance report preparation and distribution

sustainable practices consistent with ICT industry

environmental guidelines that may apply to identifying and resolving client ICT problems

help desk or service desk structure and escalation procedures

key functions and basic features of operating system

organisational structure of workplace that may be relevant to identifying and resolving client ICT problems

workplace security and network guidelines and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials for maintenance

industry software packages

a range of industry hardware, software and diagnostic tools

technical records

organisational guidelines

vendor documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to formulate and update Information and Communications Technology (ICT) client support procedures to be included within organisational policy.

It applies to experienced individuals who work under supervision and have a level of responsibility to ensure client policy development is completed to quality standards and requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine policy support issues	1.1 Review client support procedures 1.2 Gather feedback from client detailing positive and negative aspects of their contact with the organisation 1.3 Gather feedback from user who executes client support procedures, detailing problems with methods
2. Revise client support procedures	2.1 Determine feedback applicable to client support procedures 2.2 Create and update client support procedures 2.3 Forward new client support procedures to required personnel and seek and respond to client feedback
3. Provide recommendations for client support policy	3.1 Evaluate client support policy feedback 3.2 Incorporate changes to client support policy 3.3 Determine impact of new policy on organisational guidelines and client interactions 3.4 Prepare report detailing changes in policy and impact on client and user 3.5 Forward report and updated policy to required personnel and obtain approval
4. Update client support policy	4.1 Amend policies and include new client support procedures 4.2 Issue new policies to clients and users according to organisational guidelines 4.3 Maintain policy updates according to organisational guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical information and numerical data from different sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Develops and presents information logically and concisely, using required formats and clear and accurate language
Oral Communication	Confirms information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Interprets, analyses and presents numeric information in documents and reports
Initiative and enterprise	Takes personal responsibility for maintaining policies as required by organisational guideline
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with client and others in a range of work contexts
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS411 Assist with policy development for client support procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

update ICT client support procedures and assist in the formulation of associated policy documents on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate and analyse existing client support policy and procedures

elicit feedback to be applied to support procedures and review proposed changes

make recommendations for changes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

trends and issues in ICT client support

policy and support recommendation and development practices

organisational guidelines including:

client maintenance and administration

policy maintenance updates and key stages of the client review process

organisational policy including:

access of procedures

security.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials for support procedures

industry software packages

sites, peers and supervisors to identify the extent and quality of the contribution required

information about systems or networks to be supported

technical manuals, tools and organisational guidelines

business requirements and documentation standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to receive, review and carry out change requests using a change management system according to client requirements and present the outcome of change requests to clients.

This unit applies to individuals who work using specialised and technical knowledge to ensure change requests are completed according to quality standards and work using communication skills to present outcomes of change requests and how to use the updated Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system to clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Receive and review change requests	1.1 Receive and document requests for hardware and software changes from client 1.2 Gather and organise required ICT system data 1.3 Review proposed changes against current and future business requirements and examine system data 1.4 Select and prioritise required changes 1.5 Discuss and clarify selected changes with client
2. Modify system according to requested changes	2.1 Develop ICT system modification plan 2.2 Undertake selected ICT system changes according to organisational guidelines and procedures and manufacturer recommendations 2.3 Test ICT system performance and identify problems 2.4 Resolve identified problems and confirm with required personnel as required 2.5 Revise client and technical documentation and ensure ICT system changes comply with organisational standards 2.6 Notify client of change and update change management system, according to organisational help desk procedures
3. Prepare and deliver training on use of modified ICT system	3.1 Develop client training materials on the changed ICT system 3.2 Finalise training outcomes according to organisational requirements 3.3 Seek training delivery approval from required personnel 3.4 Deliver prepared training to client
4. Finalise change request and training activities	4.1 Confirm change is tested and operational according to organisational procedures 4.2 Prepare report and deliver to required personnel, indicating the results of change request and training according to organisational procedures 4.3 Hand over ICT system to client

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical textual information and numerical data to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Uses clear language and formats required for the task to record and update explicit technical information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Confirms information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers and clients in a range of work contexts Reviews proposed changes and confirms actions with work team
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS412 Action change requests.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

receive, review and carry out a change requests according to client requirements and present the outcomes of those changes back to the client on two separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

receive, review, document and assess change requests and requirements

plan, implement and test change procedures

comply with organisational guidelines and client requirements

prepare and deliver training appropriate to the client.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

help desk procedures

system change processes

change request reporting

practices relating to:

change management procedures and criteria

change-management tools and systems

diagnostic tools

help desk practices

quality assurance practices

client business domain, including:

role of stakeholders

degree of stakeholder involvement

system modification plans

industry-accepted hardware and software products

service level agreements (SLAs) within or between organisations

process for system testing

system’s functionality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials required for actioning change requests

training environment, including all required tools, equipment and materials to present changes

industry software packages

change request documentation

physical system or network

technical manuals required diagnostic tools

business requirements

documentation standards

change management system.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the modification of reactive errors and failures on a live system to resolve system faults.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised and technical knowledge, management skills and a systematic approach to monitor, maintain and troubleshoot maintenance requirements on systems that are operating.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify repositories and develop modifications for live system	1.1 Identify existence and currency of repositories 1.2 Review repositories and develop new backup procedures 1.3 Identify system faults 1.4 Identify the nature and effect of modifications to the system 1.5 Prepare and check change request forms and levels of authority for sign-off according to organisational procedures 1.6 Develop a hierarchy of modifications and document expected outcomes of each 1.7 Inform users of implications and impacts of modifications 1.8 Determine existing backup and blackout strategies
2. Implement modifications for live system	2.1 Identify standards and procedures for logging change request 2.2 Log change request according to organisational requirements 2.3 Identify levels of failure and reporting procedures 2.4 Assign modification to required personnel 2.5 Oversee modification implementation
3. Review and report results	3.1 Confirm modification is tested and operational according to organisational procedures 3.2 Prepare report and deliver to required personnel, indicating the results of modification according to organisational procedures 3.3 Update and amend documentation and repositories according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets technical and non-technical information and numerical data from a range of documentation and sources to assist with troubleshooting and rectifying problems
Writing	Records and reports information logically, using required formats and structures and revises and updates documentation and repositories based on outcomes of action
Oral Communication	Confirms and presents information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data to determine required actions and for preparing technical reports
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking and problem-solving techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS413 Manage resolution of system faults on a live system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage system fault resolution on a live system on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify the required modifications and the associated effect, implication and impact of each

itemise the expected outcomes of the modifications

oversee implementation of modification and test operation

document and report on the modifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures including:

change request forms

levels of authority for sign-off

modification operation testing

modification reports

modification documents and repositories

change control procedures

client business domain including the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement

industry accepted hardware and software products

help desk and maintenance practices

quality assurance practices that relate to resolving system faults on a live system

the process for system testing

the system’s functionality and the features and functions of the system under modification

Information and Communications Technology (ICT) industry fault resolution standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment and materials for system fault management, modification and resolution

live system

benchmarking and testing tools

reporting tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to evaluate the status of a running system, covering both hardware and software aspects to determine system performance and reliability while Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system is still in an operational state.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised and technical knowledge and a systematic approach to assessing and evaluating ICT systems prior to problem resolution or upgrades.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for ICT system evaluation	1.1 Access ICT system according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine scope of ICT system status evaluation and performance indicators and agree with client 1.3 Review evaluation purpose using required capacity tools 1.4 Plan a ‘change of status’ test according to organisational procedures 1.5 Plan and document ICT system status evaluation and required resources according to organisational procedures 1.6 Alert affected users of ICT system status evaluation impacts as required 1.7 Access resources required for ICT system status evaluation
2. Carry out ICT system evaluation	2.1 Organise required resources and implement evaluation methods 2.2 Run ICT system evaluation according to agreed scope, evaluation parameters and organisational procedures 2.3 Record ICT system status and reliability according to procedural parameters and evaluation plan 2.4 Run ‘change of status’ test according to organisational procedures 2.5 Observe and record effects of changes to ICT system status according to effect being evaluated 2.6 Observe and record effects of changes to ICT system status not being evaluated 2.7 Escalate unresolved effects of changes to ICT system status to required personnel
3. Report on ICT system evaluation	3.1 Document anomalies observed in ICT system status evaluation outside expected results 3.2 Finalise ICT system status evaluation procedures according to organisational procedures 3.3 Prepare report for required personnel 3.4 Formulate and present recommendations to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and evaluates technical and non-technical information and numerical data from a range of sources to assist with fault finding and troubleshooting problems
Writing	Prepares material using clear and accurate language and numerical data to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Articulates information and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data to determine required actions and for preparing technical reports
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with client and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS414 Evaluate system status.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate the performance and reliability status of a running ICT system’s hardware and software for at least two different systems, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine scope of system performance evaluation and reliability for hardware and software

identify performance indicators

access and organise required resources

evaluate system performance and record status and reliability

observe and record effects of changes to ICT system status

document and report on results, reliability, changes, anomalies and recommendations for improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures that may be used to evaluate ICT system status, including:

‘change of status’ test planning

ICT system evaluating, evaluation planning and finalisation

capacity planning and change management tools

change-control procedures

client business domains, including the role and level of stakeholder involvement

industry standard hardware and software products

help desk and maintenance practices that are used on the evaluating the status of ICT systems

quality assurance practices that may be used to evaluate ICT system status

reasons for system evaluation, including objectives, deliverables and key performance indicators

ICT system testing procedures

status evaluation, including:

time, environmental, internal and external factors

manual and computerised methods of status evaluation

system functionality characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials for system status evaluation

industry software packages

documentation standards

backup and recovery policies

database package with data

server and networked personal computer.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, modify, improve and monitor Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system performance.

It applies to individuals who apply experienced technical support knowledge to maintain computer system performance, and operate in roles such as help desk supervisors, ICT support technicians and user support specialists.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine ICT system performance	1.1 Access ICT system according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine client requirements and ICT system performance benchmarks 1.3 Collect ICT system performance data 1.4 Analyse collected system performance data according to performance benchmarks and client requirements 1.5 Identify and document areas of poor ICT system performance
2. Investigate methods to improve ICT system performance	2.1 Discuss ICT system performance findings with required personnel 2.2 Identify performance improvement options and determine required technical resources 2.3 Create ICT system report for required personnel 2.4 Submit report to required personnel
3. Develop implementation plan for ICT system optimisation	3.1 Develop optimisation implementation plan according to task requirements 3.2 Submit implementation plan to required personnel and seek approval
4. Modify ICT system to optimise performance	4.1 Install ICT system improvements according to installation procedures and implementation plan 4.2 Configure ICT system components according organisational procedures and implementation plan 4.3 Measure and record change in performance resulting from ICT system modification 4.4 Assess optimisation against required level of optimisation 4.5 Update required documentation according to organisational procedures
5. Monitor ongoing ICT system performance	5.1 Implement and maintain performance register 5.2 Confirm all optimisation procedures have been performed according to task requirements 5.3 Review and assess benchmarks and impact of implemented optimisation procedures 5.4 Evaluate and report on optimisation procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and evaluates technical and non-technical information and numerical data from a range of sources to determine benchmarks and performance indicators
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares material using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques and participates in verbal exchanges with a range of stakeholders to obtain information and express requirements
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical and financial data to determine required actions and for preparing technical reports
Initiative and enterprise	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies and procedures
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers and others in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to achieve shared goals
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS415 Optimise ICT system performance.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

optimise the performance of two different ICT systems, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collect usage and time conditions and analyse ICT system data and performance

identify and document areas of poor ICT system performance

identify options to improve performance and determine required technical resources

access required technical resources

create optimisation implementation plan to improve performance and submit to required personnel for approval and feedback, including:

disruption minimisation plan

project budget

staff availability

create ICT system report, including:

cost analysis

identified improvements

alternate options

develop plan for implementing approved optimisation

modify and tune ICT system to ensure system balance and performance

record changes in performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

report development including:

cost analysis

identified options for alternative courses of action designed to measurably improve ICT system performance

business scheduling requirements, including the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement

industry standard hardware and software monitoring tools and the information produced from monitoring

optimum system performance, change-control procedures and theoretical concepts

change management tools that may be used in optimising ICT system performance

quality assurance practices with regard to proposed changes of ICT systems

ICT system functionality and performance indicators

ICT system performance improvement and optimisation strategies

features and functions of ICT system under modification.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials required to optimise ICT systems

industry software packages, including:

system components

software for performance tuning

technical manuals and resources

fault logs

diagnostic tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to improve existing organisational maintenance procedures to keep equipment and software operating effectively.

It applies to individuals who use technical and specialised knowledge and apply a systematic approach to maintaining computer equipment in an organisation.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine maintenance procedures for equipment and software	1.1 Identify equipment and software that requires maintenance 1.2 Obtain equipment and software maintenance and reliability data from user 1.3 Obtain and examine vendor documentation, peer organisations and research information 1.4 Document equipment and software maintenance procedures 1.5 Develop recommended maintenance and operations guidelines 1.6 Identify and record in-house resources, external organisations and third-party suppliers support 1.7 Develop and update service level agreement (SLA) with internal user and third-party supplier information
2. Revise and improve maintenance procedures	2.1 Monitor and review organisational maintenance procedures 2.2 Identify problem areas according to organisational maintenance procedures 2.3 Design improvements to organisational maintenance procedures and seek approval from required personnel 2.4 Assess impact and ease of implementing improvements 2.5 Implement improvements to organisational maintenance procedures
3. Finalise maintenance improvement procedures	3.1 Identify future equipment and software acquisitions 3.2 Confirm all maintenance procedures have been performed 3.3 Review and assess maintenance procedures impact 3.4 Evaluate and report on organisational maintenance procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and analyses technical and non-technical information and numerical data from a range of sources to determine benchmarks and performance indicators
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares material using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques and participates in verbal exchanges with a range of stakeholders in formal and informal situations to obtain information and express requirements
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data to determine required actions and for preparing documentation
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with users and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS416 Implement maintenance procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

improve the existing organisational maintenance procedures of one piece of ICT equipment and one piece of ICT software, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify resource requirements with in-house resources, external resources and third-party organisations

develop and update service level agreements (SLAs).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client responsibilities and expectations including:

role of stakeholders

degree of stakeholder involvement

business scheduling requirements

features and capabilities of industry standard equipment and software

features and purpose of diagnostic tools

change management tools that maybe used in implementation maintenance procedure activities

help desk and maintenance practices and procedures

organisational quality assurance practices

ICT systems functionality and performance levels.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT equipment and software packages

SLAs

external organisations and third-party suppliers

internet connectivity

ICT equipment capable of online and offline research, such as a computer

technical helpdesk environment

technical manuals and tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and assess the current and future capacity requirements of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems, plan future capacity enhancements and install identified capacity enhancements.

It applies to experienced individuals who work under limited supervision and use technical and specialised knowledge to undertake strategic planning and forecasting initiatives.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse existing system capacity	1.1 Access required ICT system capacity testing hardware and software 1.2 Review existing ICT system capacity configuration information 1.3 Investigate ICT system workload and analyse effect on capacity according to organisational procedures 1.4 Examine and analyse ICT system capacity issues fault logs according to organisational procedures 1.5 Discuss and review ICT system capacity issues with users 1.6 Examine service level agreement (SLA) to determine agreed-upon capacity standards and benchmarks 1.7 Document information and ICT system capacity analysis according to organisational guidelines
2. Determine and develop future system capacity requirements	2.1 Gather ICT system capacity requirements data 2.2 Organise, analyse and evaluate ICT system capacity requirements data 2.3 Develop ICT system forecast workload 2.4 Compare and evaluate existing workload against forecast workload 2.5 Estimate required resources and equipment for ICT system capacity requirements 2.6 Undertake financial analysis for ICT system capacity requirements 2.7 Organise and document ICT system capacity requirements according to organisational procedures 2.8 Prepare ICT system capacity requirements report 2.9 Present report to required personnel and seek feedback
3. Plan implementation of system capacity enhancements	3.1 Confirm ICT system capacity requirements 3.2 Prioritise and plan task implementation 3.3 Confirm availability of requirements and access required ICT system enhancement hardware and software 3.4 Document and submit implementation plan to required person and seek approval
4. Implement system capacity enhancements	4.1 Install ICT system capacity enhancements according to installation procedures, organisational procedures and implementation plan 4.2 Measure and assess increase in capacity and performance 4.3 Assess whether capacity requirements have been met according to organisational procedures, SLA standards and benchmarks 4.4 Update ICT system capacity documentation according to organisational procedures
5. Monitor ongoing capacity requirements	5.1 Implement and maintain a performance database 5.2 Monitor and assess impact of ICT system capacity enhancements 5.3 Review benchmarks and performance with work team 5.4 Implement capacity enhancements and updates of benchmarks as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and evaluates technical and non-technical information and numerical and financial data from a range of sources to determine benchmarks and performance indicators
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares documentation using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral communication	Articulates ideas and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate, compare and estimate numerical and financial data required for forecasting and planning activities
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with users, co-workers and others in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to achieve shared goals
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS417 Undertake ICT system capacity planning.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor and assess the current and future capacity requirements and plan and implement capacity enhancements for at least two different ICT systems, on at least two separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access required hardware and software for testing and enhancement

review ICT system configuration information, workload and fault logs

document and analyse capacity requirements, with realistic and achievable forecasts, including financial requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

ICT system functionality and operating levels

key features of:

component performance management

industry accepted hardware and software products

financial analysis

client business domain

performance monitoring tools

quality assurance practices with regard to proposed ICT capability enhancements

SLAs relating to proposed ICT capability enhancements

role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement

organisational procedures including:

ICT system workload analysis

ICT system fault log analysis

ICT system capacity analysis documentation procedures

ICT system requirement documentation

ICT system capacity enhancement installation

assessment of ICT system enhancements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials, hardware and industry software packages required for ICT system capacity analysis and enhancement implementation

live system

SLAs

fault logs

users and required person.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor security functions of an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system and administer security measures.

It applies to experienced individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in a frontline technical support capacity to ensure organisational standards are met and apply technical and specialised knowledge to maintain the security of an ICT system.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Access and control user accounts	1.1 Access ICT system according to organisational procedures 1.2 Modify default and previously created user settings according to security policies 1.3 Access and review logs and audit reports and identify security threats 1.4 Check the requirements for displayed legal notices at log on are aligned to organisational requirements 1.5 Check strength of passwords using required utilities 1.6 Review organisational guidelines for password complexity and tighten if required 1.7 Review password guidelines within other internal departments 1.8 Check for and control legislation compliance breaches 1.9 Identify and resolve ICT system security
2. Secure file and resource access	2.1 Review inbuilt security features of file and resource access 2.2 Review and develop file security categorisation scheme 2.3 Monitor and record security threats to ICT system 2.4 Implement file and resource virus checking process 2.5 Schedule ICT system components virus checking process 2.6 Investigate and implement inbuilt and additional encryption facilities
3. Recommend and administer security measures	3.1 Perform user spot checks according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Document areas and instances where security procedures are not being followed 3.3 Create security adherence recommendations 3.4 Prepare and present audit report and recommendations to required personnel 3.5 Obtain recommended changes approval 3.6 Implement approved changes
4. Finalise ICT system security procedures	4.1 Conform all ICT system security checks have been performed 4.2 Review implemented security changes 4.3 Evaluate and report on system security procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and analyses technical and non-technical information and system data from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing information, requirements and recommendations using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Oral Communication	Obtains information by listening and questioning and participates in verbal exchanges with a range of personnel using detailed and clear language to contribute information and express requirements and recommendations
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare system and numerical data to determine required actions and prepare reports and schedules
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS418 Monitor and administer security of an ICT system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor and administer security functions of at least two different ICT systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access and modify user settings to satisfy security policies, including:

legal notices at logon

password strength

email and resource access

review user accounts for security control

identify security features in operating environment

monitor threats to the network using:

review logs and audit reports

third-party diagnostic tools

implementation of virus checking process and schedule

preparation of an audit report and recommendations

security spot checks.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry accepted hardware and software products related to IT security

privacy issues and legislation with regard to IT security

risk analysis processes for system security

role of users in setting security

password strength guidelines

security technology and systems technologies

client business domains, including:

client organisation structure

business functionality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials required for the monitoring and administration of security functions of ICT systems

industry software packages

an environment with an existing security system in place

security policy for security systems

industry and organisational standards

a live ICT system.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system software through the management of ICT system files, management of ICT system security, ICT system backups and ICT system restores.

It applies to individuals who provide assistance and use technical and specialised knowledge and a systematic approach to tasks to ensure organisational standards are met in maintaining operating systems.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Access and maintain ICT system software	1.1 Access ICT system software according to organisational procedures 1.2 Evaluate ICT system effectiveness against organisational requirements and benchmarks and determine if maintenance activities should be commenced 1.3 Identify peak periods and performance problems 1.4 Monitor ICT system data levels 1.5 Troubleshoot ICT system with required ICT system tools as needed 1.6 Monitor and retune ICT system
2. Set up and manage ICT system files	2.1 Access ICT system files 2.2 Evaluate ICT system requirements and monitor appropriateness of file and folder structures 2.3 Create required administration file and folder structures 2.4 Set up security and access and sharing of file system according to ICT system requirements 2.5 Test file system and confirm required access to user groups 2.6 Write logon scripts and custom utilities and programs according to organisational guidelines 2.7 Document file system created according to organisational guidelines
3. Monitor and manage ICT system usage and security	3.1 Monitor user access against user access levels 3.2 Review user and data security requirements 3.3 Identify virus protection requirements of network according organisational requirements 3.4 Scan ICT system for viruses and remove detected viruses 3.5 Determine data exposure risks and formulate required prevention and recovery processes 3.6 Implement backup and to restore services system 3.7 Document disaster recovery procedures according to organisational requirements
4. Carry out ICT system backup and restore ICT system backup	4.1 Confirm backup schedule meets organisational requirements 4.2 Complete ICT system backup according to organisational, scheduling and system requirements 4.3 Provide and use a secure off-site location for storage of backup media 4.4 Complete required ICT system restores and system recovery according to organisational guidelines 4.5 Optimise restored ICT system according to organisational requirements 4.6 Record ICT system backups and restores according to organisational requirements
5. Finalise ICT system software support procedures	5.1 Confirm all ICT system support procedures have been performed 5.2 Review implemented ICT system changes 5.3 Evaluate and report on ICT system support procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical and non-technical information and system data from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Prepares required workplace documentation using appropriate structure, layout and technical language
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare system and numerical data to determine required actions and to prepare reports
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS419 Support system software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

support ICT system software by completing all of the following, on two separate ICT systems:

ICT system file management

ICT system security management

ICT system backup

ICT system restore.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare documentation and reports

access required ICT system software and files

maintain system performance benchmarks

use a wide range of features and system tools.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

system software and system tools

reasons for system performance problems, such as:

system utilisation

file and disk structure

performance reports and files

system data levels

system performance indicators

predetermined system performance standards

key features of change management systems

the client business domain

quality assurance practices with regard to supporting system software

simple programming constructs

vendor products and trends in product development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials for ICT system support

industry software packages

organisational performance benchmarks

live system

client user requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to resolve first-level user support issues and change requests remotely for a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems.

It applies to experienced individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in a frontline technical support capacity to exercise discretion and judgement using required knowledge to provide assistance and remote help desk support to clients.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine the user support issue	1.1 Determine eligibility status of individual experiencing user support difficulty against organisational guidelines 1.2 Clarify user support difficulty and change request with client 1.3 Confirm nature of user support difficulty and change request with client
2. Identify the ICT system being used by the client	2.1 Identify software, hardware, network connection and application being used by client 2.2 Identify expected client outcome and stage of issue resolution 2.3 Step client back to beginning of resolution process
3. Confirm resolution of user support issue and change request	3.1 Determine, describe and eliminate factors that created user support issue and permit it to recur 3.2 Explain and guide client through complete recovery and resolution process 3.3 Provide handling and resolution instructions to client 3.4 Escalate change request where required 3.5 Document changes where required
4. Finalise client support procedures	4.1 Confirm resolution of issue and obtain client satisfaction with client according to client service policy 4.2 Inform client of additional support and services available, according to the organisation’s client service policy 4.3 Provide client with additional product and service information according to organisation’s sales promotion requirements 4.4 Complete client contact records according to client service requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical and non-technical information from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares documentation using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Articulates ideas and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment Explain the processes involved with resolving client problems in a logical manner, using plain English
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate costs and estimate time in providing client services and in determining required actions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS420 Provide first-level remote help desk support.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

resolve one first-level user support issue of an ICT system and one first-level change request of a different ICT system, for two separate clients.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify nature of the user difficulty and determine required support

identify ICT system being used by client, such as:

software

hardware

network connection

application

resolve first-level user support difficulties remotely

demonstrate customer service skills

engage with the client using a range of communication skills, such as:

active listening

questioning

clear and concise language

logical, plain English

obtain client feedback and document problem resolution.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

customer service policies and procedures

contexts where escalation procedures are required

organisational guidelines, including user support services

work health and safety (WHS) procedures related to:

work environment

organisational requirements

user support policies of limited complexity related to known or basic options.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client issues and change requests

remote helpdesk hardware and software

communications hardware

customer service policies

user support policies

escalation procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support users who run operating systems (OS) in a corporate or home environment and to troubleshoot applications on a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) devices.

It applies to individuals who provide frontline support to users and apply technical and specialised knowledge to fault finding and problem solving.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to support OS users	1.1 Access OS according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine support requirements with OS users 1.2 Analyse OS according to organisational procedures 1.3 Determine support capacity and refer to required personnel if outside scope of ability 1.4 Document intended OS support
2. Install, configure and troubleshoot applications and security	2.1 Install client application 2.2 Configure and customise client application within user environment and according to user specifications 2.3 Identify application problems and security issues 2.4 Troubleshoot application according to organisational procedures 2.5 Troubleshoot security permission problems 2.6 Manage application security settings
3. Implement OS support procedures	3.1 Determine user OS issues and problems 3.2 Research solutions to user OS issues and problems 3.3 Recommend user OS solutions 3.4 Implement OS solutions according to organisational procedures 3.5 Resolve OS issues and problems according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise OS support and troubleshooting procedures	4.1 Confirm all OS system support procedures have been performed 4.2 Review implemented application changes and installations and OS support outcomes according to organisational procedures 4.3 Evaluate and report on support procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and analyses complex technical and non-technical information from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares documentation using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Confirms information and articulates ideas using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data to solve problems and determine required actions
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS421 Support users and troubleshoot desktop applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

provide support to two different OS users, with different support requirements, on separate occasions

install and troubleshoot applications on at least two different ICT devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

install, configure and troubleshoot applications

manage security issues associated with OS and applications

provide user support to users of OS

customise computer applications

anticipate and respond to a range of security incidents.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

application troubleshooting

OS access and analysis

OS solution implementation

OS issues and problem resolution

sources of OS patches

OS and application security incidents

typical systems and procedures of user support.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required OS installation storage and recovery software

devices with application errors

samples of operating system patches

stand-alone or networked ICT device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair boot up procedures in a variety of operating systems (OS).

It applies to individuals who use technical and specialised knowledge and a systematic approach to troubleshooting and fault finding.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair OS	1.1 Review organisation’s technical support procedures and confirm client requirements 1.2 Access faulty OS according to organisational procedures 1.3 Examine OS file and root structure according to organisational procedures 1.4 Identify profile information and currency of OS 1.5 Identify and confirm help desk structure for assistance if required 1.6 Examine kernel file structures
2. Analyse OS boot up processes and repair	2.1 Observe boot process according to task requirements 2.2 Compare and contrast features of faulty OS boot up with fully functional OS boot up according to organisational procedures 2.3 Analyse and evaluate boot up procedures according to organisational procedures 2.4 Evaluate boot files 2.5 Determine boot up procedure problems 2.6 Identify boot up procedure solutions 2.7 Implement boot up procedure solutions according to organisational procedures 2.8 Test implemented solution effectiveness 2.9 Document OS boot up repair according to organisational procedures
3. Finalise OS boot up repair processes	3.1 Confirm all OS boot up repair procedures have been performed 3.2 Review implemented boot up repair and OS support outcomes 3.3 Evaluate and report on support procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex technical information from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Records information in the required format, using accurate spelling and grammar and terminology and conventions specific to requirements
Oral Communication	Articulates ideas and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data required for troubleshooting and problem solving
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Problem Solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS424 Support different operating systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair the boot up procedures of two different operating systems, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review technical support procedures with client

evaluate the functionality of OS

differentiate OS features, structure and currency

analyse OS boot processes and procedures

review and document implemented boot up repair and OS support outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

OS file and root structure examination

OS boot up comparison procedures

boot up procedures

solution implementation for boot up procedures

OS boot up repair documentation

boot process analysis of a large variety of OS

file analysis of those required for operation

compare the key features of a range of OS.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

stand-alone or networked operating systems

required OS installation storage and recovery software

drivers for connected devices

system for boot up analysis and repair

help desk support.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure, optimise and troubleshoot operating system (OS) software to ensure organisational and client requirements are met.

It applies to experienced individuals who, whilst working under minimal supervision and in an instructional and management capacity, are required to install, configure, optimise and troubleshoot OS system software to meet organisational client requirements.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify suitable operating systems	1.1 Research OS vendor sites, technical specifications and system requirements 1.2 Compare and contrast different OS according to organisational procedures 1.3 Determine licensing, hardware and security requirements 1.4 Determine OS for required operation 1.5 Provide OS recommendation to required personnel
2. Install, configure, test and optimise operating systems	2.1 Install OS according to organisational requirements 2.2 Configure OS user interface installation 2.3 Identify directory structures and demonstrate management of virtual memory 2.4 Test OS functions and operations according to organisational procedures 2.5 Optimise OS according to organisational and client requirements 2.6 Document OS installation procedures and functionality according to organisational procedures
3. Resolve operating system problems using command line options and system tools	3.1 Identify command line options and system tools 3.2 Troubleshoot OS problems according to organisational procedures 3.3 Identify and determine OS problem resolution strategies 3.4 Implement OS resolution strategies according to task requirements 3.5 Test OS problem resolution
4. Provide instruction for new operating system implementation	4.1 Confirm resolution of problems with client according to client service policy 4.2 Document changes to OS according to organisational procedures 4.3 Provide one-to-one change instruction to client and users as required 4.4 Obtain OS client evaluation and approval 4.5 Finalise OS change procedures according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and analyses technical textual information and numeric data to source solutions and determine required actions
Writing	Uses clear and technical language and formats required to the task to record and convey information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Articulates ideas and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment Provides instructions to clients on how changes made to operating systems affect the operating system functionality
Initiative and enterprise	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and technical requirements
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS425 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure, optimise and troubleshoot two different operating systems, on two separate occasions, each for a different organisation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

improve system performance with minimum disruption to clients

identify OS problems and resolve using command line options and system tools.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

requirements of different operating systems

architecture of technical systems

industry accepted hardware and software products

functions and features of the OS used by the organisation

OS resolution strategies, including:

command line options

system tools

installation and configuration of systems software including:

organisational requirements for OS software

prerequisites for system software installation

set-up and configuration procedures

software packages supported by the organisation

system’s functionality

system’s diagnostic software

vendor specifications and requirements for installation

organisational procedures, including:

OS comparison and contrast methods

OS functionality and operation testing

OS installation procedure documentation

OS troubleshooting procedures

OS change documentation

OS change procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry accepted devices where OS installations can be performed

OS software

command line options and system tools

technical documentation

organisational documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to troubleshoot Information and Communications Technology (ICT) equipment, hardware and software problems and apply systematic processes to fault finding across a wide range of ICT disciplines.

It applies to individuals who, whilst working under minimal supervision and with a level of expertise, apply a systematic approach to finding faults, troubleshooting problems and solving issues in a wide range of ICT disciplines in a small or large helpdesk environment.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fault finding and troubleshooting procedures	1.1 Develop problem resolution troubleshooting process 1.2 Obtain ICT system according to organisational procedures 1.3 Analyse and document ICT system characteristics according to organisational procedures 1.4 Identify and obtain required fault-finding tools according to organisational procedures 1.5 Identify fault finding legislation, health and safety requirements, codes, regulations and standards
2. Analyse the problem to be solved	2.1 Collect ICT system data according to organisational procedures 2.2 Determine specificity of problem according to organisational procedures 2.3 Analyse data to determine nature and scope of problem 2.4 Determine symptoms of ICT system problems 2.5 Document analysis of problem according to organisational procedures
3. Identify a solution and rectify the problem	3.1 Test variables until problem is isolated according to organisational procedures 3.2 Confirm isolated problem has been accurately determined 3.3 Create list of probable causes 3.4 Formulate solution and create provision for rollback 3.5 Implement ICT system solution according to organisational procedures
4. Test system and complete documentation	4.1 Test ICT system to ensure problem has been solved according to organisational procedures 4.2 Record results of tests and file according to organisational procedures 4.3 Implement basic preventative maintenance techniques 4.4 Document characteristics of problem and solution according to organisational procedures 4.5 Load document to required database

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates technical textual information and technical system data to source solutions and determine required actions
Writing	Records information relating to issues and outcomes in a sequential manner using grammar and spelling
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and complies with organisational and legislative requirements
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical and conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Get the work done	Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS426 Locate and troubleshoot ICT equipment, system and software faults.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply fault finding methods to determine a problem with an ICT system, on at least two occasions, each occasion on a different ICT system

troubleshoot and resolve problem identified on each ICT system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify, analyse and document fault finding method and faults

develop and document troubleshooting process

obtain and use suitable tools and equipment

systematically test variables until problem is isolated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

ICT systems, including:

ICT equipment (including peripheral devices)

hardware

software

operating systems

organisational procedures, including:

fault finding, troubleshooting, analysis and test recording documentation

fault finding tool gathering and use procedures

ICT system data collection procedures

variable and system testing procedures

solution implementation procedures

fault finding test filing procedures

client support and maintenance practices

industry accepted hardware and software products

system’s functionality characteristics

change management tools that may be used for fault finding and troubleshooting ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

key features of quality assurance practices, including locating and troubleshooting ICT:

equipment faults

hardware faults

software faults

operating system faults

change control procedures of the organisation

range of trouble shooting methodologies and system testing tools

symptoms of faulty ICT equipment and probable causes of problems

basic preventative maintenance techniques

legislative, regulatory, standards and codes of practice that impact on the ICT service sector.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, hardware, software and systems to be diagnosed

diagnostic and fault-finding tools

technical and system documentation

organisational requirements for documenting solution.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess, update and document the operational procedures required to use the information and communications technology (ICT) system.

It applies to individuals who apply technical and specialised knowledge and systematic approaches to documentation in a range of ICT related areas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess technical and user documentation	1.1 Review current versions of technical and user documentation 1.2 Compare accuracy of technical and user documentation with current system functionality 1.3 Identify and document inaccuracies in the documentation
2. Update procedures	2.1 Determine operational procedure requirements using review outcomes 2.2 Develop or update operating procedures for the system 2.3 Submit proposed operating procedures to appropriate person
3. Update documentation	3.1 Review feedback and make appropriate changes 3.2 Update technical and user documentation to incorporate changes 3.3 Submit technical and user documentation to appropriate person for final approval 3.4 Distribute technical and user documentation as agreed with appropriate person

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 3.1	Interprets and analyses textual information and data to compare accuracy of content documentation and determine necessary actions
Writing	1.3, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Develops material containing specific requirements using clear and technical language Organises content and version control in a manner that supports the purpose of the document
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2	Accurately interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Interact with others	2.3, 3.3, 3.4	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures	ICASAS506A Update IT system operational procedures	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edit to the competency title.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse system functionality

review and update technical and user documentation for at least TWO systems or occasions

develop procedures to operate systems.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the client business domain

explain current business practices related to preparing reports

compare and contrast the key features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

describe documentation standards and tools

discuss the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the systems administration and support field of work, and include access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

industry software packages

system or project related documentation

staffing resources

documentation tools.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure that the components of the system operate together to the expected standard.

It applies to experienced development staff who are responsible for ensuring that components function correctly when combined so as not to impact availability or user experience.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for test	1.1 Prepare and initialise test environment and select testing tools according to the test plan 1.2 Review results of earlier component testing and identify critical issues to be considered in test scripts 1.3 Prepare integration tests and document expected test results according to organisational test procedures 1.4 Review expected test results against acceptance and test criteria and earlier component testing and correct discrepancies 1.5 Perform static tests of each point of integration and verify correctness of each integration test according to test plan
2. Conduct test	2.1 Run test scripts and document results against software life cycle model 2.2 Compare and document test results to expected test results on completion of each integration test
3. Analyse and classify results	3.1 Summarise and classify test results and highlight areas of concern according to organisational test procedures 3.2 Compare test results against system specifications, and acceptance and test criteria and prepare test results report 3.3 Notify contact in operations of completion of testing and communicate implications according to the test plan 3.4 Seek, obtain and incorporate feedback from superior on test results report, and log comments and gain required signatures 3.5 Agree next actions with superior based on test results report and incorporate into test results report 3.6 Finalise test results report according to organisational test procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and evaluates textual and numerical information from a range of documentation to determine required action
Writing	Accurately records information and system data using required format, terminology and conventions specific to requirements Prepares reports using concise language and correct spelling and grammar to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses clear and accurate language and inclusive and collaborative techniques to convey and obtain information from a range of personnel
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate, compare and evaluate numerical test data to determine required actions
Interact with others	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and stakeholders
Get the work done	Develops plans to manage relatively complex routine and non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they might contribute to broader strategy and goals Uses problem solving techniques in analysing required outcomes to perform integration tests Uses digital technologies to manage information and communications technology (ICT) operations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests	ICTSAS514 Perform integration tests	Edits to performance criteria to clarify intent. Updates to assessment requirements.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

On two occasions using one or more system:

prepare and initialise a test environment

construct integration tests addressing memory leakage, global name-space pollution and static variables

conduct static tests of integration points including the use of arguments, positional parameters and return values

adjust test scripts according to results of earlier component testing

conduct tests according to test scripts using appropriate test tools, integration standards and quality benchmarks

determine whether components operate according to specifications

analyse and classify test results

prepare and finalise test results report including gaining approval from superior

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Key features of two programming languages

Features and processes of automated test tools

Systems specifications analysis

Features and common problems relating to the system being tested

Key features and processes of integration testing techniques and tools, and associated advantages and disadvantages

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those experienced in an ICT workplace or working environment. This includes access to:

Automated testing tools

Acceptance and test criteria

Test plan

Individual contact in operations in the organisation

Software life cycle model

Integration standards

System specifications

Results of component testing

System suitable for testing

Organisational testing procedures including quality benchmarks and integration standards

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and perform tests to assess and ensure the ability of a system to cope with expected high levels of data volume.

It applies to experienced individuals who provide specialised and technical knowledge in completing complex technical operations to ensure that a proposed system can handle anticipated loads.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create test plan	1.1 Determine and document standards for acceptance and compliance with user which meet organisational requirements 1.2 Determine and document test plan according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify testing resources and tools meeting acceptance standards and compliance 1.4 Determine and document clear responsibilities and contact points with third party suppliers 1.5 Identify and record base-system loads and level of activity against which tests will be measured according to test plan 1.6 Finalise test plan and agree with superior
2. Undertake test	2.1 Test system technology components and determine if operates to organisational requirements and system specifications 2.2 Test integrated platform and determine if operates to organisational requirements and system specifications 2.3 Document test results to according to test plan
3. Diagnose and resolve faults	3.1 Document and prioritise faults according to test results and organisational requirements 3.2 Diagnose faults and rectify according to priority 3.3 Manage problem resolution processes with third party suppliers according to project procedures
4. Update documentation	4.1 Update project and system documentation with test results 4.2 Record and present test findings to development staff

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and analyses a range of textual information and numeric data from a range of technical sources to determine necessary actions
Writing	Develops technical and procedural documentation using clear and precise language and numerical data to convey test outcomes, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses clear and precise language to convey and present complex technical information to a range of personnel Uses questioning and listening techniques to confirm understanding, gain consensus on concepts and clarify responsibilities
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate numerical data and compare test outcomes
Interact with others	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and others
Get the work done	Develops plans to manage relatively complex routine and non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they might contribute to broader strategy and goals Uses problem solving techniques to analyse required outcomes to perform stress and load tests Uses digital technologies to manage information and communications technology operations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms	ICTSAS516 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms	Edits to performance criteria to clarify intent. Updates to assessment requirements.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

On two occasions on different systems:

Create a test plan including scope, objectives, specific automated tests to place high load on system and expected results and performance impacts

Undertake and analyse tests that include analysis of the system's ability to cope with expected high levels of data volume against standards

Develop documentation related to stress and load testing including third party responsibilities, processes or steps, test sequencing, and standards for acceptance

Identify the high data limits expected by the organisation and reflect in test plan and testing

Analyse test results to determine whether system and the individual components operate in the manner expected under expected conditions

Identify, diagnose, and rectify faults identified during testing

Document the test results and corrective action taken according to project standards and organisational requirements

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Key features and processes of automated test tools

Third party software and resource options relevant to stress and load testing

Program design and performance characteristics

Key features and processes of testing techniques

System load and level of activity monitoring methods

Tests for system and system technology components

Typical fault prioritisation

Third party supplier communication and relationship management

Organisational documentation procedures

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment. This includes access to or availability of:

Automated testing tools

Individual to undertake role of user

Individual development staff and superior in the organisation

Organisational requirements relating to the system

Project documentation, including templates, standards, specifications and user and technical manuals

Business rules and expected loads

Technical components of system including platform, software, hardware, and network

Organisational testing procedures including standards

System for testing

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement an incident response plan. The results of the incident response plan must be evaluated if they affect the mission of the organisation.

It applies to individuals who apply high-level technical skills and specialised knowledge to provide broad systems administration and support functions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop an incident response plan	1.1 Identify and document organisational incident response plan requirements 1.2 Identify and document incident response team services according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify incident response plan structure according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine and document alignment of organisation’s existing incident response plan against identified requirements 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
2. Develop the incident response plan	2.1 Develop and document incident management policy according to task requirements 2.2 Create incident response plans according to organisational requirements and security policies and procedures 2.3 Develop incident handling and reporting procedures 2.4 Create incident response exercises, red-teaming activities, staffing and training requirements 2.5 Develop procedure for collecting and protecting forensic evidence during incident response procedures according to organisational requirements 2.6 Establish and document incident the response plan
3. Implement the incident response plan	3.1 Apply response actions to reported security incident according to incident response plan and task requirements 3.2 Assist in collecting, processing and preserving evidence according to requirements 3.3 Execute incident response plans, red-teaming activities and incident response exercises 3.4 Document security incident response and actions according to task requirements 3.5 Collect, analyse and report incident management measures according to task requirements
4. Evaluate incident response plans	4.1 Assess and document efficiency and effectiveness of incident response plans activities 4.2 Examine and document effectiveness of red teaming and incident response tests, training and exercises 4.3 Assess effectiveness of communication between incident response team and required internal and external organisations 4.4 Determine and document response improvement activities 4.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and obtain final task sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data Uses mathematical equations to calculate data for technical reports
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm task requirements and relevant information using succinct language
Reading	Analyses textual information and data to determine necessary actions
Writing	Prepares required workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using cohesive language
Teamwork	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships Influences and fosters a collaborative culture facilitating a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion Understands diversity and seeks to integrate diversity into the work context for managing change, making decisions and achieving shared outcomes
Planning and organising	Monitors and reviews the organisations policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements in order to implement and manage change
Self-management	Works autonomously, making high-level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals
Problem solving	Develops and implements strategies that ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS501 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine incident response plan requirements, implement and analyse its application in real-world scenarios and document processes and outcomes on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of:

organisational business domain

industry standard workplace procedures and legislative requirements that are applicable to formulating prevention and recovery strategy

industry standard systems engineering methodologies applicable to threat evaluation

industry standard backup methodologies

industry standard components of business planning process relevant to development of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business solutions

industry standard system functionality for an organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT business specifications and organisational deliverables

information on the security environment, including required laws and legislation

existing organisational security policies, organisational expertise and knowledge

security environment threats

risk analysis tools and methodologies

ICT security assurance specifications

industry standard incident scenarios.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and conduct acceptance testing as part of a process whereby clients will determine whether to accept the system.

It applies to experienced individuals working in a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments, who apply specialised and technical knowledge in the development of strategic initiatives and in performing and organising others to complete complex technical operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify acceptance criteria and develop test plan	1.1 Review system requirements documentation and project plans and identify mandatory system objectives, optional criteria and conditions for system acceptance 1.2 Develop and document test plan according to organisational and system requirements 1.3 Review and validate test plan according to mandatory criteria, conditions and system objectives 1.4 Document test plan review findings and submit to required personnel 1.5 Schedule acceptance test and notify required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Perform functional testing	2.1 Prepare test environment according to organisational and task requirements 2.2 Perform testing according to test plan and task requirements 2.3 Execute each test cycle according to test plan 2.4 Document all errors, difficulties and problems according to task requirements
3. Validate test results	3.1 Identify and document performance discrepancies and corrections according to organisational policies, procedures and timeframes 3.2 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek feedback 3.3 Respond to feedback and reschedule required code changes and modifications 3.4 Document modifications and required code changes and submit to required personnel 3.5 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate financial and technical data and to organise schedules Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm testing arrangements and convey technical information using relevant industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and analyses textual information and data from a range of sources to determine necessary testing and actions
Writing	Prepares required workplace documentation detailing test plan, findings and all problems and modifications using required language
Teamwork	Selects, implements and manipulates communications systems, processes and practices for maximum impact Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships Influences and fosters a collaborative culture and facilitates a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause
Self-management	Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS504 Develop and conduct client acceptance test and ICTTEN504 Acceptance test new systems and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a test plan based on system requirements and acceptance criteria, undertake functional testing, and document outcomes and processes on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features and processes of industry standard automated testing tools

key aspects of organisational rules and standards

organisational and user requirements

industry standard testing methodologies used in acceptance testing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business requirements and organisation’s deliverables

project documentation, including:

templates

standards

specifications

client user and technical manuals

test plan

technical components of system, including:

software

hardware

network

industry standard system application required for testing

functional test cases that satisfy required acceptance criteria.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse the impact of the system on the organisation and carry out risk analysis, disaster recovery and contingency planning.

It applies to individuals who apply a wide range of higher-level technical skills and systematic problem-solving approaches in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) related areas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate system impact on business continuity	1.1 Identify required business critical functions and security environment 1.2 Identify required critical data and software 1.3 Assess potential impact of business risk and threats on ICT systems 1.4 Identify statutory requirements, commercial requirements and contingency requirements according to organisational requirements
2. Evaluate system threats	2.1 Identify and document internal and external business environment system threats 2.2 Evaluate and document risk minimisation alternatives against organisational cost constraints and organisational requirements 2.3 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
3. Formulate prevention and recovery strategy	3.1 Evaluate and document prevention and recovery options against business specifications and cost constraints 3.2 Review industry standard operational procedures and check required risk safeguards and contingency plans are in place 3.3 Submit disaster recovery and prevention strategy to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Develop disaster recovery plan	4.1 Identify and document disaster recovery resources according to cost constraints and organisational requirements 4.2 Identify and document disaster strategy processes 4.3 Identify required cut-over criteria plan 4.4 Document disaster recovery plan and submit to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 4.5 Obtain final task sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses, interprets and documents numerical, financial and technical system data
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information using relevant industry language for intended audience
Reading	Researches and analyses textual information and technical data/specifications from a range of documentation and sources to inform the development of contingency plans
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing evaluation and strategy using required language and formats appropriate to the task
Teamwork	Uses relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships Influences and fosters a collaborative culture that facilitates a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion
Planning and organising	Demonstrates strategic planning of priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies to ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met Monitors and reviews the organisations policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements to implement and manage change

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS505 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one contingency plan that identifies threats and minimises down time for critical business functions

document finalised outcomes and evidence of improvements to critical business functions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard backup methodologies

organisational planning process relevant to the development of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) business solutions

organisational business domain

industry standard disaster recovery plan strategies and components, including:

physical security

system failure, accident or sabotage (hackers)

denial of service

virus attack

cyber attack

telecommunications failure

contingency arrangements

workplace health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements

organisation’s existing systems functionality and systems engineering.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

vulnerability assessment and general definition of requirements

acceptance test plan

business impact analysis

information technology security assurance specifications

organisational statutory documentation that may impact on work task activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS527 Manage client problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	Unit Mapping Information updated to note that ICTSAS527 Manage Client Problems was updated and equivalent to ICTTEN501 Provide consultancy and technical support in the customer premises equipment sector as noted in the Companion Volume Implementation Guide. This information was omitted in error in the first release. This version second released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to liaise and support clients to manage and resolve problems in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to individuals who apply high level technical and specialised knowledge in assisting clients to support, manage and resolve problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine and review client support and resolution requirements	1.1 Diagnose potential troubleshooting and identify resolution requirements 1.2 Determine cause and analysis of the problem in accordance with client documentation and support requirements 1.3 Review organisational support and resolution documentation and identify the clients point of contact 1.4 Review service level agreement (SLA) and determine action and escalation procedures 1.5 Verify the client support and resolution requirements with relevant personnel with the client contact
2. Develop and implement client support and resolution requirements	2.1 Develop required process required for client support and resolution requirements 2.2 Implement process required for client support and resolution requirements 2.3 Maintain communication with required personnel throughout support activity 2.4 Document support activities and resolution outcomes according to client requirements
3. Evaluate client support and resolution requirements	3.1 Gather support and resolution services feedback from required personnel 3.2 Determine improvements to future support services according to organisational requirements 3.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.4 Contact client to determine satisfaction with support and resolution services provided

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Oral communication	Obtains information and feedback by effectively listening and questioning using concise language
Reading	Analyses textual information and data to determine client support
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing task requirements, activities performed and their outcomes using appropriate language
Teamwork	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques experience and knowledge to focus in on root causes
Problem solving	Reviews the organisations policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements in order to implement and manage change
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS509 Provide client ICT support services and ICTTEN501 Provide consultancy and technical support in the customer premises equipment sector.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS527 Manage client problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	Unit Mapping Information updated to note that ICTSAS527 Manage Client Problems was updated and equivalent to ICTTEN501 Provide consultancy and technical support in the customer premises equipment sector as noted in the Companion Volume Implementation Guide. This information was omitted in error in the first release. This version second released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine, plan and implement ICT support and resolution services for at least two different clients problems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

undertake support and resolution services, including:

identifying support requirements and procedures

liaising with client contact to determine task alignment

documenting support provided

liaising with client to obtain feedback

act on feedback as appropriate.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisations domain and business structure

features and capabilities of industry standard hardware and software products

quality assurance practices

stakeholder role and degree of stakeholder involvement in organisation

structure and purpose of service level agreements (SLAs).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials required to provide client support services

industry standard software packages

required organisation’s SLAs

organisation’s escalation procedure/s

organisation’s documentation processes and style guides.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to review and develop maintenance strategies and supporting processes to achieve continuity of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) operations and business functions.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised and technical knowledge in developing strategic initiatives and in performing or organising others to complete complex technical operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse maintenance requirements	1.1 Identify and document business continuity system malfunction risks according to task requirements 1.2 Identify and document quantification of loss potential 1.3 Identify core business functions and determine organisational service requirements 1.4 Develop and document maintenance strategy according to organisational policies, procedures and requirements 1.5 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
2. Identify and analyse IT system components	2.1 Review organisational systems architecture and configuration documentation 2.2 Conduct equipment and software audit and obtain required information as required 2.3 Determine and document required component and software warranty status according to vendor requirements 2.4 Identify and document recommendation for critical components, software and service arrangements
3. Develop service level agreements	3.1 Determine and document organisational maintenance requirements 3.2 Prepare and document service level agreements (SLAs) according to organisational requirements 3.3 Submit documentation to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
4. Formulate maintenance strategy	4.1 Analyse and document maintenance options according to business cost constraints, risks and SLAs 4.2 Determine and document maintenance according to SLA and organisational requirements 4.3 Determine and document preventative maintenance schedule according to SLA and organisational requirements 4.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
5. Define organisational and supplier processes and standards	5.1 Negotiate and create reporting procedures for service requests with client and suppliers 5.2 Determine response time standards with client and suppliers 5.3 Create escalation procedures with client and suppliers 5.4 Set up support function according to business standards and procedures according to industry best practices

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate financial and technical data and to organise schedules Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Oral communication	Obtains information by listening and questioning using concise and relevant industry language
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical specifications and data and textual information from a range of sources to develop maintenance strategy
Writing	Prepares documentation analysing requirements and detailing recommendation and agreements according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships and negotiating solutions Influences and fosters a collaborative culture to facilitate a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex routine and non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they might contribute to broader strategy and goals
Problem solving	Makes high impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met Monitors and reviews the organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements to implement and manage change

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS510 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategy.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop support processes for maintaining required continuity level of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) operations and business functions for at least two different clients

document support process and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational business domain

ICT system features that support required organisational operations and business activity

features of industry accepted hardware and software products

industry standard product warranty and service difficulty records

industry standard helpdesk and maintenance practices, including:

general composition

operation of information database hardware tracking

software and operational issues

functions, processes and features of data elements and data storage

quality assurance practices, including maintenance, warranty and repair of industry standard network equipment and software

relationships between the stakeholders and service providers.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard special purpose tools, equipment, materials and industry software packages that may assist in the provision of ICT support services

systems architecture documentation

warranty documents

organisational deliverables

Service Level Agreements (SLAs).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse and prioritise change requests as part of managing Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems that undergo continual change.

It applies to experienced individuals who provide technical advice, guidance and leadership in the resolution of specified problems and may have responsibility for organising others.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to prioritise change requests	1.1 Identify organisational change request recording methods, policies and procedures 1.2 Identify and document change requests according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Classify and prioritise change requests according to service level agreements (SLAs) and organisational requirements
2. Determine priority settings	2.1 Identify organisational business continuity risks 2.2 Prioritise identified risks and determine risk reduction change implementation hierarchy 2.3 Evaluate costs, benefits and timing of change implementation according to organisational requirements 2.4 Schedule and document change analysis according to organisational requirements 2.5 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
3. Develop change analysis work plan	3.1 Identify change requests 3.2 Determine and document systems impact and organisation of methodology and timing of change 3.3 Determine and document change plan and include required change development resources 3.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.5 Obtain final task sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate financial and technical data and organise schedules Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Oral communication	Obtains and responds to information and feedback from required personnel using succinct verbal language
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical specifications and data and textual information from a range of sources to develop maintenance strategy
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing analysis, plan and systems impact according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and stakeholders
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex routine and non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they might contribute to broader strategy and goals
Problem solving	Uses problem solving techniques to analyse required outcomes in order to manage change to ICT systems
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS511 Prioritise ICT change requests.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review and prioritise change requests

develop a change analysis work plan on at least one occasion

document processes and finalised work plan.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational business domain

industry standard help desk and maintenance practices

quality assurance practices relating to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system changes

role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement that may impact on Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system changes activities

features and capabilities of industry standard hardware and software products, including change management tools

organisation’s system functionality and application

SLAs that may impact on Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system changes activities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

industry standard software packages

sites on which change requests may be coordinated

industry standard SLAs used in industry

organisational guidelines, policies and procedures that may impact on system changes activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS530 Use network tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS517 Use network tools. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK613 Develop plans to manage structured troubleshooting process of enterprise networks.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, operate and test an array of networking tools to maintain high security networks.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in technical management support and security roles with responsibility for maintaining network security using a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Apply command-line tools	1.1 Confirm work brief, relating to work tasks, hardware and peripheral quality standards, work health and safety (WHS) standards, and organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse command-line interface and graphical user interface (GUI) systems 1.3 Identify command-line tools according to analysis 1.4 Write command-line text in required GUI environment 1.5 Run command line and report issues to required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Apply hardware tools	2.1 Identify organisational computing hardware and components 2.2 Assess hardware quality standards according to work brief 2.3 Test network security using hardware tools according to WHS standards 2.4 Document test results in required format
3. Apply software tools	3.1 Assess organisational computing software 3.2 Access and identify software quality standards 3.3 Conduct risk analysis and document network vulnerabilities 3.4 Recommend computer safeguard guidelines according to risk analysis findings 3.5 Present recommendations to required personnel in required format

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information and numerical data from a range of sources to determine necessary actions
Writing	Records textual and numerical data in format specific to requirements
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning, prioritising and sequencing complex tasks and workload
Problem solving	Uses problem solving techniques to analyse outcomes and manage networks
Technology	Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS517 Use network tools.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK613 Develop plans to manage structured troubleshooting process of enterprise networks.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS530 Use network tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS517 Use network tools. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTNWK613 Develop plans to manage structured troubleshooting process of enterprise networks.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use at least three different types of network tools to maintain high security networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

distinguish between different types of industry-recognised network tools

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different types of industry-recognised network tools to maintain high security networks

functions and features of:

security guidelines

command-line interface and graphical user interface (GUI) systems

command-line tools

command-line text

high security networks, software and hardware

computing diagnostic tools

strategies to undertake risk analysis

techniques to categorise system vulnerability alerts

types and features of security threats on devices and networks

key organisational processes and requirements to carry out required work tasks, including:

backing up and restoring operations

updating settings

writing command-line text

reporting security and software updates

raising threats and alerts to supervisory personnel

organisational formats for documentation and recommendations

work health and safety (WHS) standards, organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required networking tools, hardware, software and operating systems

opportunities for interaction with others

WHS standards, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply methodologies and activities that facilitate the planning, implementation and monitoring of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) change.

It applies to experienced individuals who provide specialised technical advice, guidance and leadership in a range of areas requiring change-management in ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan ICT system changes	1.1 Determine and document organisational change procedures and conventions according to organisational requirement, policies and procedures 1.2 Identify required personnel responsible for change management policy and procedures 1.3 Evaluate current ICT system to determine changing user or business patterns 1.4 Develop and document ICT change management plan according to organisational requirements 1.5 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
2. Identify technology system change needs	2.1 Determine industry standard ICT benchmarks 2.2 Compare identified needs against performance benchmarks and identify and document required changes 2.3 Determine and document required changes and determine impact 2.4 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
3. Implement change	3.1 Determine and document change schedule 3.2 Implement change management plan according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Identify and document new performance benchmarks 3.4 Determine and document required changes and implementation requirements 3.5 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
4. Monitor and review implementation	4.1 Measure change performance against new benchmarks 4.2 Submit performance results to stakeholders 4.3 Obtain sign-off on changes 4.4 Provide appropriate documentation and reporting

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Takes a lead role in the development and facilitation of change management in an ICT environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data against benchmarks and to plan and organise schedules
Oral communication	Uses listening, questioning and presenting techniques to confirm information and promote changes using appropriate industry language
Reading	Interprets and analyses a range of textual information and numerical data from a range of technical sources to determine necessary actions
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing required changes, procedures and implementation according to organisational requirements using required language
Teamwork	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge
Problem solving	Analyses and understands context of information and uses it to develop solutions to given problems
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS601 Implement change management processes and ICTTEN605 Implement planned network changes with minimal impact to the customer.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and plan Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system changes on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement, monitor and review ICT system changes, including:

applying guidelines and policies to the change management process

maintaining required version control

maintaining compliance with existing accessibility and other policies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

major change management principles

functions and features of industry standard information technology systems

internet and internetworking architecture

principles and structure of performance benchmarking

server access security procedures and general security issues relating to required operating system

industry standard methods of communicating change to stakeholders

organisation’s policies and procedures that may impact on implementing change management tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, software packages, equipment and materials required to implement a change management process

international standards relating to implementing change management tasks.

operational data

organisation’s analysis data

organisational planning guidelines

version control guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSUS502 Install and test virtual infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and test virtual servers in networks. It also involves replacing multiple physical servers, reducing power requirements of individual servers and meeting sustainability targets.

It applies to individuals with a high level of specialist technical skills and knowledge in information and communications technology (ICT) networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to install virtual server	1.1 Obtain work details and scope and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Analyse use of server virtualisation infrastructure and discuss implementation needs with relevant personnel 1.3 Research and analyse alternative virtualisation scenarios and produce a risk analysis and comparisons for each consideration 1.4 Create and distribute a feasibility report to required personnel and determine required resources for server implementation 1.5 Obtain recommendations and approval for implementation plans from relevant personnel and stakeholders
2. Design virtual server specification	2.1 Confirm network operating systems, server applications and server designs with relevant personnel 2.2 Determine product, vendor architecture and equipment specifications 2.3 Determine technology and resources according to business requirements and budgets 2.4 Complete design plan and obtain approval from required personnel
3. Install virtual server	3.1 Identify installation change management requirements 3.2 Create detailed task lists and specify sequence of required work 3.3 Review hardware and software and confirm compatibility with ICT system 3.4 Install required operating system, additional tools and third-party software as specified in design 3.5 Patch operating system and applications and confirm compliance with organisational security and reliability standards
4. Integrate and test virtual server	4.1 Determine virtual server integration (VSI) tests in consideration of resources and network impact 4.2 Run VSI tests according to plan and record outcomes 4.3 Create error reports and communicate test outcomes to required personnel 4.4 Test required changes and additions 4.5 Validate changes and additions against specifications
5. Document completion activities	5.1 Document installation and integration process according to organisational guidelines 5.2 Provide user documentation to required personnel 5.3 Notify required personnel and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates using specific language suitable for technical, operational and business audiences to convey requirements Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm knowledge
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates technical installation manuals and other texts to determine regulatory and technical requirements
Writing	Prepares reports and design solutions in required formats for diverse audiences Conveys knowledge of outcomes and alternatives using terminology to present to required personnel
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Takes responsibility for own workload, negotiating some key aspects with others Systematically gathers and analyses all required information and evaluates options to make informed decisions
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options
Self-management	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols, and legislative and regulatory requirements Selects the required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose required to own role
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology and when seeking to identify the potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSUS501 Implement server virtualisation for a sustainable ICT system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS502 Install and test virtual infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement server virtualisation for at least two sustainable information and communications technology (ICT) systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

consider ongoing system management, growth scenarios and future infrastructure capacity

communicate with required personnel to identify required information technology (IT) system changes and additions

determine and meet organisational requirements for the installation and testing of virtual servers

install, integrate and test virtualisation components according to vendor and technical specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, organisational procedures, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

uses and requirements of server virtualisation infrastructure in IT systems

risks of alternative virtualisation scenarios

functions and features of feasibility reports

features of client business domains and business functions

compatibility issues and resolution procedures for server implementation

configuration of internet protocol (IP) networks

industry-accepted server virtualisation products

processes of documenting technical specifications

systems diagnostic features

set up and configuration procedures

change management process

functions and features of the following:

creating a budget

network operating systems

power supply requirements and management

registered random access memory (RAM)

server design and network architecture

single and multiple processors

virtual server functionality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site and equipment on which servers can be virtualised

server virtualisation currently used in industry

documentation, feasibility studies, equipment manuals and other site-related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSUS603 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate sustainability concepts and policies into information and communications technology (ICT) planning and design projects. These projects typically involve upgrades to equipment hardware and software and installations of next generation networks (NGN) using emerging technologies.

It applies to individuals with a high level of specialist technical skills and knowledge in ICT networks using internet protocol (IP) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to integrate sustainability into ICT planning and design projects	1.1 Identify and research sustainability options, and market and technology trends within the industry according to organisational policies and processes 1.2 Evaluate ICT projects into which sustainability can be integrated and discuss project needs with relevant personnel 1.3 Discuss extent to which sustainability is to be integrated with relevant personnel 1.4 Research and identify technology solutions to be utilised in projects 1.5 Gather power consumption data on equipment required for energy audit in compliance with required standards
2. Develop strategies for integrating sustainability into ICT planning and design projects	2.1 Determine and oversee implementation of technology solutions and confirm reduction in power consumption 2.2 Develop environmentally sustainable management principles according to organisational requirements 2.3 Establish key performance indicators (KPI) on sustainability performance according to organisational requirements 2.4 Review and improve KPIs on sustainability performance in consultation with required personnel 2.5 Include planning and design rules for ICT projects and confirm environmentally sustainable best practice according to organisational requirements
3. Complete integration of sustainability into ICT planning and design projects	3.1 Provide a detailed report that identifies energy usage within scope of project 3.2 Estimate potential energy savings and payback periods for recommended sustainability solutions 3.3 Estimate and compare carbon dioxide emissions for projects against required industry benchmarks 3.4 Provide prioritised recommendations and estimates of implementation costs on integration of sustainability

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses complex mathematical formulae to estimate carbon dioxide emissions Analyses and confirms capacity requirements and plan budgetary and workforce needs
Oral communication	Articulates and validates policy and strategy benefits for project requirements using specific language suitable for different audiences Uses listening and questioning techniques
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses a range of complex textual information from a range of sources and identifies required and key information
Writing	Records technical requirements and procedures for diverse audiences using specialised language and terminology to convey outcomes and alternative options
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Takes responsibility for own workload, negotiating key tasks with others Systematically analyses required information and evaluates options to make informed decisions
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options
Technology	Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are used to achieve work goals, and recognises strategic and operational applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSUS601 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS603 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate sustainability into at least two information and communications technology (ICT) planning and design projects.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

devise strategies to conserve resources

analyse energy audit data on enterprise resource consumption

develop and monitor policies for review and improvements, benchmarking against industry best practice and attempting new approaches.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

advantages and disadvantages of integrating sustainability into ICT planning and design projects

methods to explain and calculate carbon dioxide emissions

ICT power consumption calculations

policy development processes and practices

power consumption audit methodology

features of key performance indicators (KPI) used to measure sustainability in ICT planning and design projects, including:

financial considerations

cost-benefit analyses

principles, practices, available tools and techniques for sustainability management required in the ICT networking industry

organisational quality assurance systems for environmental sustainability

systems and procedures to facilitate workplace sustainability.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

websites on which planning, design and integration of sustainability may be carried out

required legislation, standards, guidelines, reports and equipment specifications and drawings

a range of workplace documentation, personnel, information and resources, including:

compliance obligations

organisational plans.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSUS604 Prepare business cases for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to seek business advantages by developing sustainable solutions in information and communications technology (ICT) project plans.

It applies to individuals who prepare planning, cost-benefit analysis and return on investment (ROI) for the implementation of sustainable schemes at the enterprise level and who work with high-level specialist training skills and knowledge in IT networks using internet protocol (IP) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare information for establishing business case in ICT projects	1.1 Determine scope of ICT project with relevant personnel and identify potential for integration of sustainability and competitive advantage 1.2 Identify reputable sources of information required to prepare business case 1.3 Evaluate goals of project and confirm that the business case complies with organisational goals 1.4 Plan and validate project goals in consultation with required personnel and identify and report risks and constraints that will impact project 1.5 Identify available guidelines, principles and tools and techniques of sustainability management required in the ICT industry
2. Produce business case for ICT projects	2.1 Determine strategy and critical factors required to implement sustainability and gain competitive advantage 2.2 Prepare a cost-benefit analysis and a sustainability report that estimates overall sustainability and level of competitive advantage 2.3 Estimate project expenditure and ROI according to organisational procedures 2.4 Evaluate alternative options to determine benefits, disadvantages, costs and risks of project
3. Produce business case documentation for ICT projects	3.1 Validate recommended options with required personnel 3.2 Prepare implementation plan for recommended project options 3.3 Produce executive summary of proposal and outline consequences of not implementing planned sustainability activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to analyse and confirm capacity requirements and to plan budgetary and workforce needs
Oral communication	Articulates and validates policy and strategy benefits for project requirements using specific language suitable for different audiences to convey requirements Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm knowledge
Reading	Analyses complex textual information to determine technical solutions and to evaluate the benefits of improving or introducing sustainability
Writing	Prepares a business case for diverse audiences using precise language and specialised terminology to convey knowledge of outcomes and alternatives, technical requirements and procedures
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks, is aware of operational and strategic goals and takes responsibility for own workload Systematically gathers and analyses all required information, evaluates options and uses analytical processes to make informed decisions on a course of action when in between options Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when seeking to identify the potential of new technology
Self-management	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSUS602 Establish a business case for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS604 Prepare business cases for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare at least two business cases, outlining methods to create sustainability and competitive advantage in at least two information and communications technology (ICT) projects.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate measurable improvements of businesses through implementation of chosen strategies

communicate with stakeholders on approaches to improve sustainability, development and implementation, and contribute to dispute resolution among stakeholders

use software systems to record and file documentation, measure usage, and interpret visual data and information

identify improvements and benchmarks against industry best practice

review and improve sustainability policies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

principles, practices and available tools and techniques of sustainability management required in the ICT industry

best practice approaches required to create sustainable ICT strategies

features of reputable information sources

functions and features of cost-benefit analyses and sustainability reports

methods to calculate and estimate the following project aspects:

return on investment (ROI)

project expenditure

costs

benefits and risks

features of implementation plans and executive summaries

organisational quality assurance systems

ICT power consumption calculation methods

energy audit methodology and calculations

environmental impacts of products, processes, systems and services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required legislation, standards, guidelines, reports, and equipment specifications and drawings

workplace documentation and personnel information and resources, compliance obligations, organisational plans and work responsibilities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSUS811 Conduct and manage life cycle assessments for sustainability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct life cycle assessments (LCA) to evaluate the human health and environmental impacts arising from delivering products, processes and services.

It applies to individuals who are excellent communicators with a very high level of technical management skills and knowledge of telecommunications networks and systems. In this role, individuals must be able to undertake detailed research, analysis and evaluation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define and scope LCA goals	1.1 Determine reasons for executing LCA study in compliance with organisational requirements 1.2 Obtain access to information sources and research resources required for LCA study 1.3 Document aims of LCA study and align with organisational sustainability requirements 1.4 Identify sustainability legislation, regulations, policies and procedures and codes of practice required in the information and communication technology (ICT) industry
2. Conduct life cycle inventory (LCI) analysis	2.1 Construct a life cycle flow diagram and identify all environmental inputs and outputs, and environmental processes 2.2 Develop data collection strategies for LCI 2.3 Collect data according to industry and organisational requirements and procedures 2.4 Evaluate and document LCI results according to organisational requirements and procedures
3. Conduct life cycle impact assessment (LCIA)	3.1 Identify and define environmental impact categories to be reported to required personnel 3.2 Classify LCI results into environmental impact categories 3.3 Model LCI impacts within impact categories using science-based conversion factors 3.4 Normalise potential impacts in ways that can be compared 3.5 Assign impact categories by grouping into at least one set and facilitate interpretation of results 3.6 Assign weighting factors to emphasise most important potential impacts
4. Evaluate results from LCI and LCIA	4.1 Identify significant issues identified in LCI and LCIA 4.2 Ensure and evaluate completeness, consistency and sensitivity of results 4.3 Make recommendations for improving initially identified product, process and service life cycle
5. Complete LCA for sustainability	5.1 Create a report and document results of LCA according to organisational requirements and procedures 5.2 Ensure report conclusions and sustainability recommendations align with initial goals of LCA 5.3 Obtain required sign-off procedures and return used resources to their initial state

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to estimate CO2 emissions, and analyse and confirm capacity, personnel and budgetary requirements and all other incidental LCA calculations
Oral communication	Articulates using specific language suitable for clients to convey requirements Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm knowledge
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of complex documentation, including legislative frameworks and technical specifications
Writing	Produces complex, detailed and well-structured media releases and other reports and procedures, using specific language and specialised terminology to convey knowledge of outcomes
Teamwork	Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload, balancing own needs and priorities with those of the work group
Planning and organising	Develops flexible plans for complex, high impact activities with strategic implications that involve a diverse range of stakeholders with potentially competing demands Systematically gathers and analyses all required information and evaluates options to make high impact and informed decisions Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, and generating and evaluating possible solutions
Technology	Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTSUS807 Conduct and manage a life cycle assessment for sustainability.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS811 Conduct and manage life cycle assessments for sustainability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct and manage at least two life cycle assessments (LCA) and at least two life cycle inventories (LCI) for sustainability.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

scope and define the goals of an LCA

produce at least two LCI using required software and data collection strategies

use at least two LCA and required software for researching and interpreting charts, flowcharts, graphs and other visual data and information

evaluate LCI and life cycle impact assessment (LCIA) results in light of completeness, consistency and sensitivity factors

make best practice recommendations based on results of LCA studies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

applications and characteristics of LCA, LCI and LCIA

industry-approved information sources and research resources used to conduct LCA, LCI and LCIA

methods to construct life cycle flow diagrams

industry-approved data collection strategies used in LCA, LCI and LCIA

types of environmental impact categories (EIC) that affect sustainability

types of weighting factors used to normalise impact of EIC

requirements of LCA reports

equal opportunity, equity and diversity principles when conducting sensitivity checks for policy development

policy development processes and practices

principles, practices and available tools and techniques of sustainability management required to the telecommunications industry

quality assurance systems required to own organisation

required organisational policies, procedures and protocols

required systems and procedures to aid in the achievement of workplace sustainability

information and communications technology (ICT) power consumption calculations

power consumption and energy audit methodology

methods to estimate CO2 emissions

environmental impacts of products, processes, systems and services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

websites on which planning, design and integration of sustainability may be carried out

required legislation, standards, guidelines, reports and equipment specifications and drawings

a range of workplace documentation and personnel information and resources (such as compliance obligations, organisational plans and work responsibilities).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSUS812 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, conduct and report on applied research to influence strategic practices on information and communications technology (ICT) sustainability and outcomes within an organisation. The unit also covers constructing an applied research strategy, using a range of applied research techniques, and analysing and presenting findings.

It applies to individuals who are in a leadership capacity and are competent innovators and communicators, with a very high level of technical management skills and knowledge of ICT networks and systems. In this role, individuals must be able to undertake detailed research, analysis and evaluation. Outcomes and solutions must be presented with clarity.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish direction for applied research in ICT sustainability	1.1 Establish and discuss goals of applied research in ICT sustainability with required personnel and stakeholders, according to organisational procedures and requirements 1.2 Confirm applied research purpose and recognised industry research methods to be used 1.3 Facilitate development of policies and procedures to conduct applied research 1.4 Guide development of mechanisms to systematically collect and maintain data 1.5 Review policies and procedures affecting reliability, validity and privacy of data 1.6 Review required research ethics and codes of conduct
2. Monitor applied research techniques and resources	2.1 Review and evaluate applied research methods and theories, and data collection techniques 2.2 Guide selection of required methods to gather and analyse data on sustainability 2.3 Authorise access to required sources of information 2.4 Select sustainable management principles that will impact on project 2.5 Ensure relevance of research and integrity of collected data and used analysis tools
3. Communicate research findings	3.1 Ensure accuracy research data according to legal and organisational requirements and procedures 3.2 Evaluate relevance of collated and analysed data against original applied research strategy 3.3 Evaluate impact of research findings 3.4 Recommend ICT sustainability implementation strategies 3.5 Ensure documentation and presentation of findings is consistent with needs of research users 3.6 Assess need for further research 3.7 Document research findings and approach to further research

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to determine CO2 emissions and carbon footprint Performs complex statistical analysis
Oral communication	Articulates using specific language suitable for clients and stakeholder audiences Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm knowledge
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex information and formal documentation, including legislative frameworks and technical solutions
Writing	Produces complex, detailed and well-structured reports, procedures and related technical documentation using specific language and specialised terminology to convey knowledge of outcomes
Teamwork	Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload, balancing own needs and priorities with those of the work group
Planning and organising	Systematically gathers and analyses all required information and evaluates options to make high-impact and informed decisions
Problem solving	Develops flexible plans for complex, high impact activities with strategic implications that involve a diverse range of stakeholders with potentially competing demands Recognises the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks
Self-management	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols Monitors adherence to legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities for self and possibly for others
Technology	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSUS806 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS812 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

lead applied research in information and communications technology (ICT) sustainability for at least two projects.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

direct the formulation of a research proposal and plan that includes:

specific research questions on sustainability

valid population and sample size

description of the geographical, cultural, social and institutional context within which the research will be carried out

descriptions of data collection methods

analysis of research design limitations

manage the design of applied research projects

design research reports with analysis of data, and valid and reliable findings

evaluate relevance of the research results

conduct research using recognised research techniques.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, work health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

environmental and sustainability legislation, regulations and codes of practice in the ICT industry

audit methodology on ICT energy, waste, product life cycles and CO2 emissions

principles, practices and available tools and techniques of sustainability management required to the ICT networking industry

communication processes and methods

industry-accepted data collection methods

requirements of research documentation and reports, according to organisational policy

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, WHS requirements for scoped work

leadership strategies required in a research environment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a research activity that relates to an actual workplace or simulated context and topic

a range of tools and techniques required for the given situations and research topic.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely use hand and power tools in the workshop and on the worksite.

It applies to individuals who may work as technical staff and who may make use of safety equipment and workshop facilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work activity	1.1 Identify the type of work to be performed from work instructions 1.2 Select appropriate hand and power tools for work to be performed in line with industry standards or specified approved tools for use 1.3 Set up and check tools for use according to industry approved information 1.4 Examine work environment and plan work with tools to maximise safety and productivity 1.5 Clear and clean work area to make it free of obstructions and allow clear access to tools
2. Prepare work piece for tool use	2.1 Mount, support or align work piece correctly to the tool or machine to be used 2.2 Anchor work piece securely where necessary to prevent movement
3. Operate hand and power tools	3.1 Use hand and power tools correctly according to industry and enterprise safe working practices 3.2 Use safety equipment during tool operation according to industry and enterprise safe working practices 3.3 Monitor tool operation continuously and discontinue use if abnormal operation occurs 3.4 Clean work area on completion of work
4. Maintain hand and power tools after use	4.1 Clean and store tools according to industry and enterprise safe working practices 4.2 Report abnormal tool operation or other problems according to established procedures 4.3 Perform programmed maintenance of tools according to work role 4.4 Arrange inspection of power tools according to regulatory requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and understands complex information required for preparation and use of tools
Writing	Completes workplace documentation accurately using appropriate form and vocabulary
Navigate the world of work	Follows legislative requirements and organisational protocols, policies and procedures relevant to own role, with particular emphasis on safety
Get the work done	Plans and prioritises tasks, developing and implementing a work program in line with expectations and work role Makes decisions around immediate, clearly defined tasks regarding use of tools, personal protective equipment (PPE), cleaning agents and waste disposal

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools (Release 2)	ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools (Release 1)	Updates to performance criteria. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

accurately interpret work orders relevant to selection and use of tools

interpret specifications and instructions relating to materials and equipment on which tools are to be used

prepare work environment and set up tools for safe and effective use

perform work processes following all relevant safety requirements applying to use of hand and power tools

monitor tool operation for correct operation during use

inspect completed work to verify correct tool operation and use

communicate evidence of faults and other problems

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

electrical and compressed air safety

equipment types, characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations

features and operating requirements of hand and power tools

general housekeeping policies and procedures

industry and worksite terminology

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

job safety analysis (JSA) or safe work method statement

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact the work activity

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

materials commonly used in the industry

safety data sheets (SDS) and materials handling methods

operational, maintenance and basic diagnostic procedures

common power sources

specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

typical issues and challenges that occur onsite.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where hand and power tools may be used

hand and power tools currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact the use of hand and power tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use electrical skills when working with analog and digital, cabling and wireless networks in telecommunications.

It applies to entry-level workers who undertake basic testing, circuit building, and evaluation of cable and wireless devices, and who may work in domestic, commercial or industrial situations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Connect, test and verify alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC) circuitry	1.1 Identify work health and safety (WHS) issues and notify appropriate personnel 1.2 Connect a series and a parallel circuit following safe work practices 1.3 Choose appropriate test equipment and measure voltage (V), current (I) and resistance (Ω) values for the electricity in these circuits 1.4 Use calculations to verify the flow of electrical current in these circuits 1.5 Compare measured values to calculated values and determine reasons for any variations 1.6 Measure low voltage (LV), extra low voltage (ELV) or telecommunications network voltage (TNV) and determine if values are within equipment or power supply specifications 1.7 Use appropriate test equipment to measure AC voltage (multimeter) or AC current (clamp meter) in a safe manner that does not require an LV circuit to be disconnected 1.8 Test residual current devices (RCD) or earth leakage devices to ensure they are operational prior to working with AC mains powered equipment, power supplies and tools 1.9 Evaluate results and determine probable faults as required
2. Evaluate analog and digital signals	2.1 Compare characteristics of an analog signal and a digital signal 2.2 Produce a layout using building blocks to represent a typical analog and a typical digital circuit to show different characteristics
3. Perform cable selection	3.1 Compare basic transmission characteristics, resistance, impedance and effects of signal frequency of different types of cables and select the most appropriate type to suit application 3.2 Connect two devices with a patch cable and test the connection

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information to inform decision-making process
Writing	Uses industry specific language to produce technical documentation
Oral Communication	Articulates specific concerns and issues clearly and listens to and acts on responses of others
Numeracy	Performs basic calculations to check data, make predictions and make comparisons Selects and uses appropriate tools to take measurements, analyse results and perform calculations
Navigate the world of work	Follows legislative requirements and enterprise protocols, policies and procedures relevant to own role
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Identifies task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Applies problem-solving processes within scope of own role to locate and resolve faults

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTTEN201 Use electrical skills in telecommunications work.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

use fundamental electrical principles to solve basic AC and DC electrical problems

connect and test an AC and a DC circuit

respond to test results found to be out of expected specifications.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislative requirements and enterprise protocols, policies and procedures relevant to work activity

principles of AC and DC electricity and how it impacts telecommunications work including:

AC and DC electrical SI units of measurement

work health and safety (WHS) issues including extra low voltage and high voltage precautions

principles of Ohm’s law and other relevant calculations for single path circuits

circuit configuration

common AC and DC faults, fault-finding techniques, and procedures for the use and care of testing equipment

application of binary to decimal conversion and vice versa

principles of analog and digital electronics and building blocks common to analog and digital circuits

distinction between analog and digital signals and devices

electrical current, electromotive force (EMF), AC and DC electrical current

features and applications of cable types such as single sheathed cable, unshielded twisted pair (UTP), coaxial and fibre cables

electronic devices, cable types and their applications

basic characteristics found in AC waveforms

techniques to convert analog to digital and digital to analog

characteristics of signal transmission

common telecommunications cables and their characteristics of use and application.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

appropriate AC and DC testing equipment commonly used in telecommunications work

manufacturer documentation and equipment

safety personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install underground telecommunications infrastructure using civil construction skills.

It applies to cablers who install, replace or maintain large size pits, manholes, large conduits and ducts.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements that apply to this unit can vary between states, territories, and industry sectors. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to install underground infrastructure	1.1 Access, read, interpret and confirm work plans/specifications 1.2 Identify and confirm as required, relevant legislation, regulations, industry standards and enterprise requirements 1.3 Verify scope of work can be carried out without damaging any existing infrastructure such as underground services 1.4 Set-up worksite to ensure public and worker safety according to enterprise requirements 1.5 Select equipment/tools for work activities and ensure their operational status 1.6 Identify, confirm and apply enterprise environmental protection requirements 1.7 Select and wear correct personal protective equipment (PPE) appropriate for work activities 1.8 Identify potential hazards, assess risks, implement risk control measures 1.9 Obtain and follow emergency procedures
2. Set out and excavate	2.1 Prepare work area and materials 2.2 Determine and apply dewatering requirements 2.3 Determine location, alignment direction, level and grade of incoming infrastructure 2.4 Set out works according to specifications 2.5 Advise plant operator of excavation requirements and monitor levels 2.5 Install trench support or batters as required 2.6 Install bedding for underground structures
3. Install underground infrastructure	3.1 Lower materials and place in position 3.2 Join conduits, manhole and ducts 3.3 Continually check alignment level and grade 3.4 Position side support and/or overlay beside pipes 3.5 Check pipeline system support structure 3.6 Monitor backfill procedure and ensure work is completed according to enterprise requirements 3.7 Construct underground infrastructure and follow test procedures to establish functionality and serviceability
4. Clean up	4.1 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to enterprise requirements 4.2 Clean, check, maintain and store plant, tools and equipment 4.3 Record and report test results on plans as-built 4.4 Update Dial Before You Dig database as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from plans, specifications, standards and regulations to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology
Oral Communication	Uses collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning, to convey and clarify information and to confirm understanding Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring site for excavation
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task, and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies and reads verbal and non-verbal signals, establishes a sense of connection and builds rapport with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Accepts responsibility for addressing less predictable problems and initiates procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

apply techniques for the safe, effective and efficient installation of underground telecommunications infrastructure including:

problem-solving and troubleshooting techniques

diagnostic techniques

complete an underground telecommunications infrastructure that meets all of the required outcomes.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislative, enterprise and site requirements and procedures for:

hazard identification, risk assessment and response

job safety analysis (JSA)/ job safety and environment analysis (JSEA)/safe work method statements

project quality measures

excavation/trench safety

confined space entry

site dewatering

safety data sheets and material handling methods

civil construction terminology

underground telecommunications infrastructure systems and installation procedures for:

manholes, large pits, conduits, ducts

inspection covers and minor structures

pipe joins

concrete fabrication

sedimentation and erosion controls

worksite engineering drawings

types, characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations of equipment related to work activity

site isolation and traffic control responsibilities and authorities

relevant enterprise policies and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where underground telecommunications infrastructure can be installed

tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant legislation, work instructions and equipment documentation that impacts on work activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for and work within a telecommunications network environment by familiarising oneself with the devices required to work on basic telecommunications networks and by performing information transmissions.

It applies to entry-level workers who undertake basic information transmission tasks on telecommunications networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use telecommunications devices to transmit information	1.1. Verify requirements for information transmission according to work specifications 1.2. Identify and select an appropriate telecommunications device for information transmission 1.3. Determine the appropriate medium to transmit information 1.4. Transmit information to identified recipients
2. Use transmitted information	2.1 Identify and use physical mediums to transmit information across devices and cables 2.2 Calculate physical distance characteristics that may affect each medium used 2.3 Calculate signal losses in relation to medium used 2.4 Connect test devices and record readings
3. Finalise telecommunications tasks	3.1 Complete finalisation report according to enterprise policies 3.2 Submit report to customers and stakeholders 3.3 Clean-up and reinstate site to original condition

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Uses explicit strategies to make connections between information and ideas obtained within specifications and manufacturers manuals
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information for findings report
Oral Communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of information by listening and questioning
Numeracy	Uses mental and written calculation methods as well we technological tools to problem solve
Get the work done	Interprets textual information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

determine the basic components used in two telecommunications devices

identify at least two signal devices and two transmission mediums used in telecommunications system/s in two different situations

identify two components used in basic switching system/s.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

transmission devices used for telecommunications and information capture including:

smart phones

computers

network termination devices

ADSL/VDSL devices

telephones

wi-fi modem/router cabinets

mediums for telecommunications information transmission including:

twisted pair cable and patch chords

coaxial cable

optical fibre cable

radio and wireless associated connectors/sockets used in transmission mediums

radio antenna types including:

wi-fi omni directional antenna

switching and cable systems including:

analog and digital telephone systems

ethernet switch

point-to-point

common exchange equipment including:

rack and stack equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

two types of common customer equipment

two signal transmission mediums in use

two different telecommunications switching equipment types

two telephone exchange devices

cabling products and cable used in telecommunications systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively install and test telecommunications network equipment. It includes processes for checking plans, obtaining equipment, and handling equipment and supplies.

It applies to field officers, technicians or technical supervisors working for carriers, contractors or other service providers who install switching, transmission and radio networks and various transmission paths. It includes cable, optical fibre, radio, microwave and satellite telecommunications equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan for installation of telecommunications network equipment	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 1.2 Obtain access to site and assess the options for network installation 1.3 Identify existing and potential site hazards 1.4 Verify network equipment installation according to appropriate plans obtained from authorised personnel 1.5 Investigate how equipment is to be connected to existing network systems 1.6 Develop and finalise installation plans to ensure minimal workplace disruption according to relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 1.7 Obtain tools and test equipment required for safe work practice 1.8 Notify affected parties of possible network outage
2 Install network hardware and cabling	2.1 Install network equipment according to plan and manufacturer instructions, using safe industry practices 2.2 Install equipment or insert equipment cards and modules 2.3 Install all cables according to specifications 2.4 Confirm service interruption is within limits agreed with customer 2.5 Document all installation drawings for customer
3 Install equipment accessories	3.1 Install alarms according to instruction manuals and specifications 3.2 Install operations administration and maintenance system according to specification 3.3 Install communication facilities for operational staff according to specification, taking into account any special needs of site and operational staff 3.4 Install operator communication facilities according to needs and specifications
4 Configure and test system	4.1 Install software and configuration instructions according to system specifications as required 4.2 Test to verify system performance according to customer requirements 4.3 Recommend changes as required and confirm with customer 4.4 Record all test results
5 Clean-up worksite and complete documentation	5.1 Remove and dispose of installation waste and debris from worksite according to environmental requirements 5.2 Restore changes made to work area during installation according to customer satisfaction 5.3 Complete all installation documents and present to customer 5.4 Declare asset ready for commissioning and integration 5.5 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from plans, specifications and manufacturer instruction manuals
Writing	Uses clear and specific terminology to produce installation plans and instructions appropriate for audience Records results of tests in required format using industry-specific language
Oral Communication	Uses appropriate strategies to establish and maintain dialogue, notify parties of disruptions and changes to planned work
Numeracy	Accurately interprets measurements from plans and applies results to installation plans and documents Calibrates test equipment and calculates and compares results with specifications
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Follows accepted communication practices and protocols Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes, occasionally negotiating changes Maintains required records and reports according to enterprise requirements Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN302 Install telecommunications network equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan for and install network hardware and cabling according to equipment or system manuals and customer specifications

configure and test installation

verify cable continuity

comply with all work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and work practices

notify customer of work progress and obtain sign-off.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

equipment and connections to carrier infrastructure and internet service provider (ISP) technologies for single and multi-dwelling environments:

carrier, asymmetric digital subscriber line, very-high-bit-rate digital subscriber line, fibre network termination device (NTD), hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) modems

electrical and/or optical properties of installation

network and transmission equipment principles

power requirements and electrical safety

typical performance parameters and faults that may be encountered in customer equipment and related connection and transmission media

various test equipment types suitable for tests to be made

handling and environmental compliance for waste disposal.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of telecommunications network equipment can be conducted

network testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact telecommunications network equipment installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques according to all safety requirements and work practices.

It applies to cablers and technicians who install and maintain a broad range of telecommunications networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fault-finding activity	1.1 Prepare for given work according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.3 Locate existing and potential site hazards and take appropriate action as required 1.4 Gain required information on nature of recurrent fault and network type 1.5 Select appropriate hand and power tools for work to be performed according to industry standards 1.6 Set-up and check tools for use according to industry standards
2. Conduct activities for recurrent network fault- finding	2.1 Source and analyse fault information to establish nature of fault 2.2 Select test equipment and conduct appropriate test to identify potential faults ensuring the diagnostic process does not compromise integrity of network element or system 2.3 Evaluate test results to determine relevant symptoms of recurrent fault using appropriate methods and appropriate process 2.4 Locate probable cause, type and location of recurrent fault 2.5 Rectify fault or escalate to appropriate level as required
3. Report fault-findings and solutions	3.1 Prepare report on the diagnostic procedure, fault identification and fault clearance, according to industry standards 3.2 Update fault records database 3.3 Restore worksite according to industry standards 3.4 Notify relevant parties of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation to determine important information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to develop basic reports and in all written tasks
Oral Communication	Liaises with customers about technical requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data for specifications
Navigate the world of work	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own role Seeks advice about expectations when preparing for work
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to established procedures, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Diagnoses and implements standard solutions to for an increasing number of routine problems, seeking assistance from more experienced colleagues when required Understands purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN303 Locate, identify and rectify recurrent network faults.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

discuss faults with customers and co-workers

test telecommunications networks to identify faults

identify and rectify recurrent faults

conduct and report on a fault-finding task in a telecommunications network for a range of faults

use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques in telecommunications networks and field-testing procedures according to specific workplace situations

comply with all work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards, enterprise guidelines, formal agreements and contracts that impact on the work activity in particular:

WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

Ohm’s law, impedance and reactance formulas to solve alternating current (AC) electrical problems when diagnosing faults

behaviour of faulty network elements including symptoms and impact on network

test results and network element/system specifications

operation and purpose of testing equipment

summary of telecommunications networks

performance testing and fault-finding techniques of telecommunications networks

systematic and logical fault-finding

types of power sources used in telecommunications networks

managing faults on special services (such as police stations, hospitals, customers with heart monitors).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which network testing and fault-finding can be conducted

line transmission, optical and radio measurement equipment currently used in industry

system documentation, and other site-related documentation necessary to conduct tests and fault-finding investigations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and apply common technologies used for transmission of both analog and digital signals within telecommunications systems.

It applies to entry-level workers in the telecommunications industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Categorise and record technologies in use within a given telecommunications system	1.1 Categorise and document basic operational features of telecommunications technologies within a given system 1.2 Categorise and document features and connected devices used for coding and decoding internet signals within a given system 1.3 Categorise and record components within a local area network (LAN)
2. Record data encoding methodologies in use within a given telecommunications system	2.1 Identify and document encoding technologies within a given network 2.2 Identify and document basic principles of data error correction and measuring techniques within a given system 2.3 Identify and verify modulation techniques used within a given system
3. Select and apply twisted pair components used within a given telecommunications system	3.1 Select twisted pair components for a given telecommunications system 3.2 Install and connect twisted pair components in the given telecommunications system 3.3 Test operations of twisted pair components 3.4 Check, document and handover system to end user
4. Select and apply coaxial components used within a given telecommunications system	4.1 Select coaxial components for a given telecommunications system 4.2 Install and connect coaxial components in the given telecommunications system 4.3 Test operations of coaxial components 4.4 Check, document and handover system to end user
5. Select and apply wireless components used within a given telecommunications system	5.1 Select wireless components for a given telecommunications system 5.2 Install and connect wireless components in the given telecommunications system 5.3 Test operations of wireless components 5.4 Check, document and handover system to end user

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies, plans and implements strategies to manage gaps in cyber security knowledge
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness Recognises and interprets textual information to determine specific information about security incidents
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	Articulates information clearly, using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey recommendations and provide verbal reports Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates the mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and texts
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback, to improve plans and processes Explores and incubates new ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking, to develop and improve the enterprise telecommunications technologies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

develop a block diagram showing a telecommunications system based on copper, fibre and radio mediums

connect relevant cable to computer components used in a local area network (LAN) environment

locate components used in a radio/wireless transmission system

locate components and equipment to facilitate internet operations.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

basic analog and digital theory

basic radio-communications theory

basic fibre optic theory

basic principles of data encapsulation as a frame and packet of data

basic multiplexing principles

timing of data transmission as synchronous, plesiochronous and asynchronous formats

basic concepts of layers within the OSI and TCP-IP Models

work health and safety (WHS) regulations for electromagnetic and photonics telecommunications systems

RF amplification, coax feeder and simple aerial concepts, including Yagi, parabolic dish, aerial gain, directional, omnidirectional, polarity, helical

components used in common LAN systems including personal computer devices, NUCs, photocopier/printer/scanners, servers, NASs, cable systems, switches, routers, wi-fi modems, and NTDs

basic concepts and use of programming language

basic operation of LED, laser and emerging technology sources, fibre cable and photo detector reception

basic encoding techniques and principles used in ethernet copper cabling

switching encountered and used in telecommunications, telephone systems, LAN, carrier/retailer

basic types of modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase modulation used to attain efficiencies in sharing available bandwidth

basic principles of FDM, TDM and QAM

basic concepts and use of internet and telecommunications network related programming languages and protocols

common internet terminology

measuring techniques, BER, Viterbi, MER, Error rates (10-6)

basic operation of commonly used telecommunications devices and systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

safety signs pertaining to electrical, electromagnetic, radio frequency and photonics systems

equipment currently used in telecommunications systems (electrical, radio and fibre)

cabling products and cable used in telecommunications systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test and analyse telecommunications copper cabling using a variety of telecommunications industry test equipment.

This unit applies to technicians who conduct basic tests and telecommunications copper cabling analysis.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine cable type/s and applications in use in telecommunications system	1.1 Identify and document applications in use in telecommunications system according to relevant standards 1.2 Identify cables in use within a telecommunications system according to relevant standards 1.3 Assess balanced/unbalanced nature of type of cable system in use
2. Determine testing parameters and calibrate devices	2.1 Select most appropriate testing device and methodology for cable type 2.2 Outline testing parameters to be used for task 2.3 Locate and isolate alternative energy supply sources 2.4 Determine components to be tested 2.5 Resolve implications of system interruptions and methods for live testing with minimum system disruption 2.6 Calibrate test devices according to manufacturer and enterprise requirements
3. Conduct copper cable test/s and record results	3.1 Connect test devices to cable system 3.2 Perform and record test results 3.3 Save and retrieve test results as required 3.4 Review adverse findings and escalate according to enterprise policy and procedures
4. Report test results	4.1 Analyse and record critical test data 4.2 Develop recommendations based on test data analysis 4.3 Write up report of test results 4.4 Submit report to customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies, plans and implements strategies using knowledge attained
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness Recognises and interprets textual information to determine specific information about security incidents
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	Articulates information clearly, using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey recommendations and provide verbal reports Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding of WHS and operational testing
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates the mathematical information embedded in a range of technical specifications and manuals
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Ensures stakeholders are aware of WHS identified risks for task
Get the work done	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback, to improve plans and processes Makes decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Explores and incubates new ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking, to develop and improve enterprise controls

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

select, setup and operate test instruments for three different cable types from the following list:

structured cabling verification/qualification tester

wire mapper

oscillator and probe

spectrum analyser

DVB-T/S2 analyser

multimeter – analog and digital

time-domain reflectometer (TDR)

asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL)/very-high-bit-rate digital subscriber line (VDSL) test instruments

select appropriate instrument test cables and adaptors to suit test equipment for three different cable types and:

determine safety of cables to be tested (i.e. live or inactive)

identify calibration status of selected devices

confirm test results are within acceptable operational parameters.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

AS/CA S008:2010 Requirements for customer cabling products

AS/CA S009:2013 Installation requirements for customer cabling (Wiring Rules)

AS/NZS 1367:2016 Coaxial cable and optical fibre systems for the RF distribution of digital television, radio and in-house analog television signals in single and multiple dwelling installations

AS/NZS 3000:2018 Electrical installations known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules

AS/NZS 3080:2013 Information technology - Generic cabling for customer premises (ISO/IEC 11801:2011, MOD)

AS/NZS 3084:2017 Telecommunications installations – Telecommunications pathways and spaces for commercial buildings

National Construction Code

work health and safety (WHS) regulations pertaining to electrical and electromagnetic telecommunications systems including energy supply sources

different copper cable types utilised to match transmitted and received signals

testing concepts and parameters used by test instruments including:

impedance, resistance, mismatches, crosstalk, reflections, ACR, spectrum, bandwidth, modulation depth, intermodulation, signal delay, group delay, normalisation, linearity, TDR, clock, jitter, latency, ping, signal to noise ratio (SNR), simplified Fourier analysis concepts, eye patterns, PAM4 or SDI, QAM patterns/constellations, MER, BER, FEC, signal losses, noise, interference, data rates, traffic, upload/download testing, signal levels, dBs, dBm, dBµ, dBr, dBµV

testing acronyms including expansion and meaning

common tests utilised with each copper cable telecommunication system

telecommunications systems utilised in the telecommunications industry including:

telephone/voice over internet protocol (VoIP) systems

mobile phones, security systems

closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems

fire protection systems

structured cabling systems

local area network (LAN) equipment, telemetry

equipment control and monitoring systems

automation control systems

entertainment and control systems

radio communications

wi-fi

radio links

satellite and digital television reception

private automatic branch exchange (PABX)

technical standards as applicable to copper cable systems

test devices as applicable to copper cables in each transmission medium

purpose and use of test results

solid core cable versus stranded core.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

safety procedures signage and personal protective equipment (PPE) for testing cable

cabling products and cable used in telecommunications systems

operating conditions that may be present within local industry and regional contexts

test equipment to test cable and identify test results, including:

wire mapper

oscillator and probe

spectrum analyser (available in DVB analyser)

DVB-T/S2 analyser

multimeter

TDR (available in SC certifiers)

ADSL/VDSL test instruments

typical cable types including:

Cat 6 UTP cable

Cat 6/7 STP cable

RG6 coaxial cable (quad shielded)

RG11 coaxial cable (quad shielded)

copper conductor ribbon cable

solid core cable

stranded core cable

appropriate connectors for testing cables

appropriate adaptors and test leads for test instruments and cables to be tested

backup energy sources, including power supplies and uninterrupted power supply/source (UPS) equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques according to safety requirements and work practices commonly used in network fault remediation.

It applies to cablers or technicians who install and maintain a broad range of telecommunications networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fault- finding activity	1.1 Obtain approval for site access from customer or site owner prior to site entry 1.2 Identify existing and potential site hazards, assess risks and implement risk control measures 1.3 Determine, from documentation or discussion with appropriate personnel, work to be undertaken, including reported fault location 1.4 Prepare testing in consultation with others affected by proposed work and sequence work according to established enterprise procedures 1.5 Obtain required materials for testing, reporting and rectification work according to established enterprise procedures and job/work ticket requirements 1.6 Obtain required tools, equipment and testing devices according to enterprise procedures and check for correct operation and safety
2. Conduct network fault-finding activities	2.1 Establish nature of fault through analysis of source and available information 2.2 Select and safely use appropriate test equipment to locate, diagnose and analyse fault 2.3 Conduct tests according to test equipment operating instructions and requirements, and ensure diagnostic process does not compromise integrity of network element or system 2.4 Identify and test for faults efficiently without damage to equipment, circuits, surrounding environment or services 2.5 Evaluate test results to determine cause of fault/s using appropriate methods and processes
3 Action identified fault/s	3.1 Rectify faults or escalate to appropriate personnel according to test results and enterprise procedures 3.2 Confirm that fault rectification meets network performance requirements/levels 3.3 Use escalation process for dealing with unexpected situations according to enterprise procedures
4. Report fault-findings and rectification	4.1 Close out fault and update records using applicable work management systems 4.2 Restore worksite according to enterprise procedures 4.3 Notify appropriate personnel when work has been completed and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation to determine important information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to develop basic reports and in all written tasks
Oral Communication	Discusses technical requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data for specifications
Navigate the world of work	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own role Seeks advice about expectations when preparing for work
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Diagnoses and implements standard solutions to for an increasing number of routine problems, seeking assistance from more experienced colleagues when required Understands purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

discuss faults with customers and appropriate personnel

use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques and field-testing procedures according to workplace situations

test telecommunications networks to identify a minimum of three different types of faults

analyse test results and rectify faults for a minimum of three different types of faults

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

follow direction from appropriate sources, personnel or network operators (including. operation centre, supervisor).

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements

basic communications testing, measuring devices and techniques including:

types and applications of testing/measuring devices including voltage testers, multimeters, continuity testers and insulation resistance testers

features of testing/measuring devices including safety, user calibration and parameter and range settings

test/measuring devices into a circuit

safety procedures

circuit arrangement of test/measuring devices

readings

storage, maintenance and care of test/measuring devices.

Australian Standard quality assurance requirements for test equipment calibration certification

network fundamentals for analog and digital signals including:

how information is carried

signal distortion, attenuation, reflection, noise, dispersion, latency and collisions

types of networks, network components and hardware

local area network (LAN) architecture

networking protocols and the open systems interconnection (OSI) model

network signal propagation

transmission control protocol/internet protocol (TCP/IP)

basics of encoding networking signals including:

internet services

performance parameters associated with copper cables, coaxial cables and optical cables including:

electrical circuit characteristics of voltage, current and resistance/impedance

open circuit, short circuit and pair continuity

split legs and crossed legs, contacts, earths and foreign battery

attenuation

return loss

insulation resistance (leakage)

cross talk

attenuation to cross talk ratio (ACR)

loop resistance

noise (impulse noise and average noise)

characteristic impedance

test result compliance with required regulations, standards and/or codes for structured copper cables, coaxial and optical fibre cables including:

tests required to evaluate a given performance parameter

test equipment and leads needed to evaluate a given performance parameter

operation of test equipment for correct evaluation of specific cable performance parameters and to obtain accurate and reliable results

transmission performance requirements

behaviour of faulty network elements, including symptoms and impact on network

systematic and logical fault-finding

interpretation of test results and network element/system specifications

types of power and signal sources used in telecommunications networks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which network testing and fault-finding can be conducted

line transmission and optical measurement equipment currently used in industry

system documentation and other site-related documentation require to conduct tests and fault-finding investigations, for a minimum of three different types of faults.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and clean optical fibre connectors and to follow handling and placement practices for optical fibre patch leads and cables. It relates to practices necessary in the installation and patching of fibre for new or replacement cables in switching, transmission and fixed and mobile radio networks.

It applies to lines workers, technicians or jointers working for carriers and/or service providers. It also applies to work performed under direction of the relevant authority.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fibre patching	1.1 Obtain design schematics and cut over sequence for fibre patching 1.2 Discuss and record details of activities and work schedule with relevant authority 1.3 Ensure all tools and materials required for patching are available and in good condition 1.4 Undertake an impact risk assessment, including customer impact risk according to work health and safety (WHS) guidelines for fibre patching requirements, and prepare any necessary notifications
2. Prepare each connector and bulkhead for patching	2.1 Work safely and identify appropriate connector and lead type 2.2 Place fibre patch leads in support pathways avoiding pressure points, crushing and excess bending 2.3 Ensure connectors match bulkhead connectors 2.4 Remove connector dust cover and inspect connecting surface for dust or damage using the correct video adaptor optical microscope 2.5 Clean connector, as required, with recommended cleaning materials and re-inspect 2.6 Insert connector and label in accordance with customer practices 2.7 Secure cables according to manufacturer instructions and customer practices 2.8 Escalate hardware replacement problems with the relevant authority 2.9 Test replacement hardware to ensure satisfactory functionality
3. Clean-up worksite and complete administrative work	3.1 Remove waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 3.2 Recover faulty equipment and return to appropriate point for disposal or refurbishment 3.3 Complete documentation, update fault records and make recommendations according to customer practices 3.4 Notify appropriate person at the relevant authority of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, regulatory and enterprise documentation
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Liaises with a range of personnel about technical and operational requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Complies with policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate effectively with a range of personnel
Get the work done	Plans, sequences and carries out tasks to meet required outcomes Implements actions according to a predetermined plan making adjustment where necessary Analyses task requirements to made routine decisions, taking some situational factors into account Anticipates potential problems and prepares contingency plans Follows required procedures when responding to problems Understands purpose and some specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTTEN311 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

interpret, discuss and confirm required work

obtain and check documentation, equipment and hardware for required work

inspect fibre connectors using inspection scopes

clean connectors using approved methods

handle optical fibre cable and connectors to prevent damage

complete patching according to patching schedule and under the direction of the relevant authority

follow work health and safety (WHS) requirements and anti-static precautions

follow required practices or contingency plan if hardware replacement is unsuccessful

restore site to required condition

liaise with appropriate personnel for information and reporting purposes.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards and contracts that impact on the work activity, in particular:

relevant safety legislation and company work practices, hazards identification, laser safety, dangerous materials handling and personal protective equipment and safety requirements for working with optical fibre cable

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Standards acceptance criteria

environmental requirements

signal transmission in optical fibres and the impact of various contaminants on fibre connections

relevant designs, plans and labelling conventions

relevant equipment used for inspecting and cleaning cables and connectors

process of inspecting and cleaning cable, connectors and equipment

escalation processes for damaged hardware.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s suitable for inspecting and cleaning optical fibre connectors

a range of hardware currently used in industry

a range of general and test equipment required for testing telecommunications network hardware.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to commission an electronic unit within a telecommunications environment with applications.

The commissioning may be for a new installation or upgrade of capacity or technology for an existing network or subsystem for convergence to next generation networks (NGNs).

It applies to field officers and technicians working for telecommunications carriers, other service providers and contractors.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to commission electronic unit	1.1Organise resources based on identified existing and potential site hazards 1.2 Notify customer or network operations personnel to gain site access and network specifications 1.3 Determine type and complexity of electronic unit from specifications 1.4 Verify installed electronic unit and associated cabling conform to specifications 1.5 Establish commissioning dates and confirm with all parties 1.6 Determine commissioning parameters according to specification and establish planned outage as required 1.7 Obtain test equipment and check suitability and calibration status 1.8 Produce a preliminary commissioning plan for discussion with customer according to manufacturer instructions and enterprise guidelines 1.9 Inform affected customer/s of impending action and likely timing and impact of work
2. Organise planned outages	2.1 Negotiate outage times with appropriate groups and affected customer/s to minimise disruptions 2.2 Refer to contingency plans and arrange for emergency communications as required 2.3 Notify alarm management centre of planned action 2.4 Obtain authority to proceed from relevant control centre and notify customers affected by the outage
3. Perform commissioning procedures	3.1 Program equipment or install software according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 3.2 Set electronic unit parameters according to manufacturer specifications and customer requirements 3.3 Set-up test equipment and conduct tests according to manufacturer specifications and industry practice 3.4 Connect and test network access facilities for correct performance 3.5 Conduct cut over according to project design and industry practice in consultation with appropriate personnel 3.6 Check remote alarm and monitoring features are functional as required
4. Finalise commissioning documentation	4.1 Update relevant databases according to enterprise and network guidelines 4.2 Notify appropriate personnel of commissioning results and work completion 4.3 Complete administrative tasks according to telecommunications industry practice and enterprise guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation and specifications to determine important information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to develop network documentation and update workplace records, and in written communications with customers
Oral Communication	Liaises with appropriate personnel about technical requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data to determine commissioning parameters
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Uses appropriate protocols when communicating in a range of familiar work contexts
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks, arrange site access and organise necessary equipment and resources Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Understands purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN306 Commission an electronic unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills at least once each for electrical and optical equipment, and to:

commission an electronic unit for an electrical and optical input according to specifications

communicate effectively with stakeholders

negotiate arrangements for commissioning

deal with faults and problems, and provide solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

electrical and optical properties to be measured

common networking equipment

legislation and licensing requirements surrounding installation of telecommunications equipment

industry standards and enterprise guidelines relevant to work activity

commissioning plans based on manufacturer and enterprise guidelines

network operation procedures

power requirements and electrical safety

test equipment types

transmission type and signals that may be encountered.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which installation and commissioning procedures can be conducted

testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact commissioning.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect critical aspects of electronic systems and replace and dispose of items performing below specification and required operating levels.

It applies to individuals with the capacity to apply skills in electrical, workplace safety and power tools, working as technicians on site and from remote locations.

This work does not include major servicing of equipment or repair due to breakdowns.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to maintain system	1.1 Consult with customer or property owner to arrange site access as required 1.2 Plan schedule of routine preventive maintenance for electronic system based on recommended maintenance periods according to manufacturer handbooks and specifications 1.3 Report to appropriate person the impact of proposed maintenance activities on customer service delivery 1.4 Confirm equipment is accessible and correctly set-up for onsite preventive maintenance activities and for remote interrogation if required 1.5 Confirm alarms are functioning according to manufacturer specifications and enterprise guidelines 1.6 Take corrective action when anomalies or faults are detected, according to enterprise guidelines and manufacturer specifications
2. Undertake preventive maintenance routines on site and remotely	2.1 Conduct preventive maintenance according to planned schedule 2.2 Report to appropriate person any instances where maintenance activities cannot be fully met or where there are identified defects outside the planned schedule 2.3 Verify equipment is functioning against expected operational parameters to confirm operational status 2.4 Take corrective action when faults are detected, according to enterprise guidelines and manufacturer specifications 2.5 Escalate to next level of support as required, where preventive maintenance activity falls outside own level of expertise 2.6 Dispose of onsite waste materials according to safe working practices and approved procedures
3. Make recommendations and update records	3.1 Record results of routine tests and make recommendations 3.2 Store records according to enterprise guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation such as equipment manuals and specifications
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to develop network documentation, update workplace records, and in written communications with customers
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges about technical and operational requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data to calculate measurements and adjustments to equipment
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks and organise necessary equipment and resources Seeks assistance from more experienced colleagues as required Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Understands purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN306 Commission an electronic unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

identify maintenance required

communicate maintenance details to customer/s and work associates

undertake manufacturer preventive maintenance routines on site and remotely

conduct tests

interpret test results

complete documentation according to enterprise guidelines.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

features and operating requirements across a range of electronic equipment

legislation, codes, enterprise guidelines and other formal agreements that impact the work activity, in particular:

specific work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment and correction of faults

testing methods and performance requirements of equipment under test

troubleshooting and repair procedures

typical issues and challenges that occur on site and when conducting remote maintenance procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s suitable for maintenance of a range of equipment

test equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install supporting infrastructure for telecommunications equipment and associated hardware, including access equipment and associated media, power and monitoring equipment, and alarm systems.

It applies to field officers, installation technicians or technical supervisors working for contractors or other service providers who work on switching, transmission, radio networks and various transmission paths including cable, optical fibre, radio, microwave and satellite.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. However, technical work in telecommunications must only be done on extra-low voltage power levels otherwise it breaches the electrical licensing laws in Australia set within AS/NZS 3000:2018 Electrical installations known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation infrastructure work	1.1 Notify customer to arrange site access and obtain installation plan and specifications 1.2 Conduct site survey to verify infrastructure installation requirements can be met 1.3 Identify site hazards and notify appropriate personnel to make site safe 1.4 Notify customer of alterations required to installation design and make recommendations for possible solutions 1.5 Obtain approval for alterations and update installation plan as required 1.6 Develop installation activity schedule to minimise disruption to the workplace and according to relevant regulations and standards 1.7 Obtain material supplies, safety equipment, resources, tools and test equipment to be available as required for installation for safe work practice
2. Build customer equipment infrastructure	2.1 Prepare for given work according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Fit-out telecommunications closet, cabinet or equipment room to house equipment, distributors and AC/DC power systems according to design plans, manufacturer specifications, and safety and electrical standards 2.3 Build cable support systems for signal, data cabling and optical cables, including entrance facilities, intra-, and inter-building facilities according to plan and specifications 2.4 Organise installation of mains AC electrical power cabling infrastructure according to plan and specifications 2.5 Install cable distribution frames according to plan and manufacturers specifications 2.6 Install protective earthing to metal infrastructures or gas arrestors according to specifications or design
3. Install uninterrupted power supply power infrastructure	3.1 Install batteries, rectifiers and uninterrupted power supply (UPS) systems as required by specifications or design and connect according to manufacturer and WHS requirements 3.2 Test and monitor UPS battery discharge levels and obtain replacement batteries under warranty as required 3.3 Identify and rectify faults where possible or escalate according to enterprise policy
4. Restore site and complete documentation	4.1 Attach infrastructure labels and designations according to enterprise requirements 4.2 Complete inspection sheets and declare asset ready for customer sign-off documentation 4.3 Clean-up site 4.4 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Accurately records information and prepares correspondence and documentation using clear language and enterprise formats and protocols
Oral Communication	Effectively participates in verbal exchanges using collaborative and inclusive techniques including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Takes measurements and use them for work layout and construction Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements, where identified, implicit expectations of policies and procedures Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up to ensure compliance
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN309 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

identify potential earthing locations, cable routes, cables support systems, data cabinets, telecommunication enclosures and distributors

construct metal superstructure and racks

install protective earth installations

organise AC mains power infrastructure

install uninterrupted power supply (UPS) backup power

notify customer of works progress.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures used in telecommunications networks

common customer telecommunications applications and related equipment

connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment

legislation, regulations, codes and standards for compliance relating to installation of telecommunications equipment and connection to carrier services in particular:

work health and safety (WHS) requirements for managing hazards on the worksite including:

confined spaces

electrical safety including the limits of electrical work as set by local electrical regulatory body

working at heights

lifting

materials handling

physical hazards

tools and test equipment required for an infrastructure installation

site survey process and data that should be recorded

environmental impacts, including options for information and communications technology (ICT) installations

network topologies, interface and interconnect solutions

network and transmission customer equipment likely to be encountered

common backup UPS systems, AC mains power requirements and electrical safety for telecommunications networks

types of warranty information for equipment supplies and contractor work guarantees

importance of correctly labelling an installation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of supporting infrastructure can be conducted

plant, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select network elements to meet client business specifications, ensure interoperability within the network, apply network topologies, protocols and security issues, and troubleshoot when required.

It applies to individuals who carry out installation, maintenance and upgrade of information and communications technology (ICT) networks, and are employed by telecommunications or information technology networking provisioning companies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install IP network	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant legislation, work health and safety (WHS) regulations, codes and standards 1.2 Arrange site access according to required procedure 1.3 Review existing network design documentation to ensure it is current and complete 1.4 Select components and network elements required to be installed to meet the technical requirements 1.5 Contact vendors and service suppliers to obtain specifications and availability of identified components 1.6 Develop plans, with prioritised tasks and contingency arrangements, for installation of components with minimum disruption to client 1.7 Liaise with appropriate person to obtain approval for the plans, including security clearance and timing
2. Install and configure IP network	2.1 Install and configure server hardware and software according to organisational and industry standards, following plans 2.2 Install and configure computer, other hardware and software, according to organisational and industry standards and plans 2.3 Install and configure other software required for the network to operate with security and integrity according to the plan
3. Test and reconfigure IP network	3.1 Test installed software and hardware, utilising available technical tools, to ensure all components are functioning as expected 3.2 Test the network to ensure it is functioning according to specifications 3.3 Resolve problems identified in the modified network
4. Complete documentation and clean worksite	4.1 Complete hardware and asset recording document in line with organisational requirements 4.2 Document installation, boot-up and configuration procedures according to organisational requirements 4.3 Tabulate test results and complete all user reports 4.4 Complete client report and notify of network status 4.5 Clean up and restore worksite to client’s satisfaction 4.6 Secure sign-off from appropriate person

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Recognises and interprets technical, legislative and operational documentation to determine job requirements
Writing	1.5-1.7, 4.1-4.4	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to produce and update workplace documentation in predetermined formats
Oral Communication	1.5, 1.7, 4.4	Clearly liaises with internal and external personnel on technical, operational and business related matters Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements
Numeracy	3.1-3.3	Makes calculations required to take test measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 4.5	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	4.5, 4.6	Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3, 4.5	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these as required Works logically and systematically to monitor, analyse and action job priorities Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments if necessary Makes decisions quickly and intuitively in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables and determine the best course of action Recognises and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and environments

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network	ICTTEN4198A Install, configure and test an internet protocol network	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

plan and prepare for the IP network installation task

select network elements to meet client’s business specifications

install, configure and test network elements to ensure interoperability within the network

apply network topologies, protocols and security issues

apply solutions to defined network problems.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain client’s business domain, business function and organisation

describe current industry-accepted hardware and software products

outline data and voice transmission technologies and protocols

summarise networking technologies, incorporating substantial depth in some areas

explain router-based network architectures.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications networks engineering field of work and include access to:

a site where network installation may be conducted

field measurement equipment currently used in industry

network design documentation

equipment specifications

network components

hardware and software

a live network

organisational guidelines

networked (LAN) computers

a wide area network (WAN) service point of presence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to prepare design drawings and specification for a telecommunications installation.

It applies to technical staff who are responsible for communicating installation requirements for installations, for access, building and core network installations within the Carrier Network for either carrier, commercial or industrial installations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather information on existing and proposed installation	1.1 Confirm equipment installation requirements from the design brief and client 1.2 Inspect site to confirm plans where possible 1.3 Review existing plans, drawings and databases against the design brief
2. Determine installation options	2.1 Assess available installation options against client requirements and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 2.2 Establish and assess cost of options against client's budget 2.3 Select most suitable option based on function, cost, standards and client deployment rules
3. Prepare suitable drawings	3.1 Prepare clear and accurate installation drawings indicating proposed facilities and services 3.2 Provide drawings to relevant parties and file copies for later reference according to company policies
4. Prepare project specifications	4.1 Prepare detailed design drawings for network installation 4.2 Prepare drawings to include scheduled and non-scheduled codes to facilitate costing
5. Verify specifications with client	5.1 Verify prepared documentation with client 5.2 Obtain authorisation and approval from client to proceed according to company policy 5.3 Issue design to the field with authority to construct

Foundation Skills

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	4.1, 4.2, 5.1-5.3	Prepares, edits and proofreads plans and documents to ensure clarity of meaning, and accuracy and consistency of information Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry-relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Develops procedural material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 5.1	Presents complex information in formal situations using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate for audience and purpose
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 4.2	Applies financial modelling skills to identify, analyse and evaluate budgetary information, time durations and human resource allocations and costs
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 5.2	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	5.2, 5.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.3, 4.1, 5.3	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations	ICTTEN4243A Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

determine installation options

produce schematics and plan drawings

access and interpret database and knowledge systems for network information

produce design drawings and specifications

verify specifications with client.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise carrier network practices, procedures and systems, including databases and deployment rules relating to telecommunications designs

identify and apply legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements (including schedule of rates and contract requirements) that impact work activity

describe manufacturer's requirements for safe operation of equipment

identify and document specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

describe typical issues and challenges that occur on site

establish and describe the various components of telecommunications plans, drawings and specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications networks engineering field of work and include access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

sites where network installation may be conducted

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulations and company policies

cabling specifications that impact network installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to locate telecommunications equipment including telephony, audio, television and data, and to place associated cables within domestic, commercial or industrial installations. It includes planning access to new and existing infrastructure, and completing all necessary documentation.

It applies to individuals working as cablers and registered with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications earthing systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details about licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to identify services required	1.1 Contact customer to arrange access to site, identify customer equipment and discuss customer requirements 1.2 Assess site-specific safety requirements and enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 1.3 Confirm details of proposed customer equipment 1.4 Establish intended uses of customer equipment to assist in identifying cabling requirements 1.5 Establish cabling requirements with customer 1.6 Locate existing facilities and systems including network facilities 1.7 Verify building construction by observation and confirm accessibility 1.8 Utilise existing floor plans and integrate into subsequent documentation 1.9 Notify customer, as required, that equipment or cabling location may incur additional cost 1.10 Prepare a report on required services
2. Establish availability of and access to existing cabling	2.1 Calculate capacity of existing cabling against proposed usage to ensure appropriate decisions are taken made about extent of new cabling required 2.2 Inspect cabling to ensure compliance with ACMA regulations, relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards
3. Complete required reports and documentation	3.1 Complete all required documents promptly and accurately according to enterprise policy 3.2 Prepare a report on cabling infrastructure and equipment according to customer requirements 3.3 Obtain customer confirmation of documented requirements as required 3.4 Distribute relevant documentation promptly to required parties 3.5 Obtain sign-off from customer

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation such as equipment manuals and specifications and other drawings to determine job requirements
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to produce and update workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements, participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions, and uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and disseminate information
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to measure equipment requirements and calculate equipment costs within budgetary constraints
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Actively identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Get the work done	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar equipment and logistics problems within immediate context

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN401 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

negotiate with customers about their equipment needs, such as telephony, video, audio, and data

agree on services required, and availability and access to existing cabling

identify locations of equipment and placement of cables on support structures

verify installation based on permitted building conditions

complete required reports and documentation, including order forms, service checklists, numerical estimates of capacity of cabling and quotation forms

ensure the integrity of plans.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

process of evaluating customer premises

key features of floor and building plans that apply to customer telecommunications equipment

costing processes as determined by enterprise procedures

features and operating requirements for equipment

legislation, codes and other formal agreements that impact the work activity

typical manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which telecommunications installations can be conducted

tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant databases, licensing requirements and other site-related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install software on customer equipment, including digital home integration, security, voice over internet protocol (VoIP), internet protocol television (IPTV), radio frequency identification (RFID), wireless networking and home automation.

It applies to field officers, technicians or technical supervisors working for telecommunications carriers, contractors or other service providers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare to install software	1.1 Arrange site access according to required procedures 1.2 Determine type of customer equipment from installation plan to prepare software requirements 1.3 Prepare equipment software configuration specifications to include enhancement/s in customer requirements and confirm with customer 1.4 Notify customer of proposed software installation 1.5 Confirm software compatibility with existing system as required 1.6 Document job software specification 1.7 Obtain logon and security protocols for system
2 Install program and provide secure remote access	2.1 Log on and configure customer specific data according to system specifications 2.2 Install program, test features and system functionality to verify system operational performance according to work health and safety (WHS) regulations, manufacturer specifications and industry standards 2.3 Develop and configure security arrangements and codes for remote access systems in consultation with customer 2.4 Conduct tests to validate security arrangements
3 Undertake administrative tasks	3.1 Save and record configuration program and provide program back-up for contingency use by customer 3.2 Complete administrative tasks and provide a copy of job specification to be securely stored on site according to enterprise policy 3.3 Notify customer of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical and enterprise policy documentation to determine job requirements
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to produce and update workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Participates in an oral exchange with customers and technical staff on technical and operational matters
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to make calculations and take readings for necessary configuration changes
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own work context
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology and when seeking to understand the potential of new technology Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to arrange site access and arrange equipment deliveries Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments if necessary Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account When dealing with complex issues, uses intuition to identify problems, switching to analytical processes to modify activities depending on operational contingencies

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN401 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

prepare software configuration

load software into customer equipment

install security programs agreed with customer

test program and program features including:

system facilities

product features

required peripherals associated with the product

system functionality

notify customer of progress and obtain sign-off.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

regulations, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and requirements, and enterprise procedures relevant to work activity, in particular:

work health and safety (WHS)

channel allocations

common operating systems and their impact on the configuration of, or version of, software to be installed

internet protocol (IP) address

logon procedures

enterprise numbering formats

product or service functions to ensure correct operation of completed installation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s suitable for installation of system programs

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and enterprise documentation impacting testing and installation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify required network elements according to specifications, install for interoperability within network, apply network topologies, protocols and security issues, and troubleshoot when required.

It applies to individuals who are involved in installation, maintenance and upgrade of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) networks in telecommunications or Information Technology Networking provisioning companies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install IP network	1.1 Determine internet protocol performance requirements 1.2 Select components and network elements according to technical and organisational requirements 1.3 Obtain vendor specifications and availability of required components 1.4 Develop plans for installation of components according to organisational requirements 1.5 Obtain feedback and approval for plans from required personnel
2. Install and configure IP network	2.1 Install and configure server hardware and software according to organisational and industry standards 2.2 Install and configure computer, other hardware and software according to organisational and industry standards 2.3 Install and configure security and integrity software required for network
3. Test and reconfigure IP network	3.1 Test installed software and hardware, utilising available technical tools, to ensure all components are functioning as expected 3.2 Test the network to ensure it is functioning according to specifications 3.3 Resolve problems identified in the modified network
4. Finalise documentation and clean worksite	4.1 Complete hardware and asset recording document according to organisational requirements 4.2 Document installation, boot-configuration procedure according to organisational requirements 4.3 Tabulate test results and finalise user reports 4.4 Complete client report and notify of network status according to organisational policies and procedures 4.5 Lodge all documentation and seek finalised sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Recognises and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Numeracy	Makes calculations required to take test measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and matters using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, legislative and operational documentation to determine job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing work performed according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability
Planning and organising	Works logically and systematically to monitor, analyse and action job priorities Implements and adjusts actions according to a predetermined plan
Problem solving	Makes decisions quickly and intuitively in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables and determine required course of action
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select network elements to plan, prepare and install at least one IP network installation

configure and test network on at least one occasion

document completed process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of organisational procedures including:

industry-accepted hardware and software products

data and voice transmission technologies and protocols

networking technologies

router-based network architectures

safe installation of networking products

interoperability across networking layers.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

field measurement equipment currently used in industry

network design documentation

equipment specifications

network components

hardware and software

a live network

organisational guidelines

networked (LAN) computers

wide area network (WAN) service point of presence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to solve electrical-based problems encountered in analog and digital signal equipment, signal cabling and wireless networking in the telecommunications sector.

It applies to technicians who undertake a range of functions requiring advanced techniques in testing, fault-finding and rectification for electrical circuitry common to telecommunications signal transmission and operation. These technicians may work in domestic, commercial or industrial situations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to solve problems within given telecommunications circuitry/cable	1.1 Determine need to test live or isolate circuitry 1.2 Use specifications or job documentation to verify circuit/signal parameters that are to be measured for a given problem 1.3 Select appropriate test equipment and measure output voltage of digital device for high and low logic states 1.4 Identify by calculation or given specifications and record expected values within given electrical circuit 1.5 Determine appropriate fault-finding technique to be used for given problem 1.6 Select appropriate test equipment and measure circuit according to methodologies already determined 1.7 Select and source required hand tools/equipment for problem-solving telecommunications circuitry
2. Test and record electrical operating parameters within given telecommunications circuitry/cable	2.1 Apply work health and safety (WHS) procedures to given task 2.2 Isolate circuitry from live source when risk process has indicated that action be taken 2.3 Connect appropriate test devices within electrical circuit to obtain operational measurements as pre-determined 2.4 Reduce circuit path following accepted fault-finding methodologies and test 2.5 Record measured results obtained
3. Analyse and report findings	3.1 Analyse results obtained against specifications and parameters provided 3.2 Determine appropriate circuits and actions to rectify circuitry necessary to resolve given problem 3.3 Supply customer with report on fault/s and options to resolve issue/s

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and responds to complex workplace information contained in specification manuals and standards
Writing	Writes reports for customer on complex issues
Oral Communication	Uses oral communication skills to participate in workplace teams and to liaise with customers and stakeholders.
Numeracy	Calculates with whole numbers, decimals and percentages for work Uses common functions of a scientific calculator for work Uses and calculate with complex measurements for work
Learning	Uses strategies for work-related learning Plans and manages complex workplace tasks
Get the work done	Works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Applies problem-solving processes to locate and resolve faults, and reviews impact of decisions Determines WHS and risk mitigation required for given tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

apply work health and safety (WHS) procedures to problem-solving electrical circuitry and cables

connect suitable test devices incorporating a multimeter and an oscilloscope to investigate operational parameters within AC and DC circuit/s

perform measurements and calculations on both series and parallel circuits by comparing actual readings with calculated values

calculate and verify through tests the voltage, current and resistance in both a series and parallel AC/DC given circuit

apply fault-finding techniques to rectify at least three electrical issues in telecommunications AC/DC circuits

use circuit characteristics including inductance, impedance and capacitance to improve electrical or signal performance for two basic electronic filter designs

resolve three electrical issues in an AC/DC circuit.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

safe work practices in electrical work including relevant codes of practice

localised electrical regulatory requirements including limitations of certain electrical work

hazards and risks involved in using electrical instruments and the safety control measures within a telecommunications system

principles of AC and DC electricity and how they impact telecommunications work including:

AC and DC electrical International System of Units (SI units)

symbols used to represent an electrical energy source, a load, a switch and a circuit protection device in a circuit diagram including:

series and parallel circuits for AC and DC circuits

Ohm’s Law and other relevant calculations for AC and DC circuits

common circuit configurations

current and voltage phase relationships

waveform characteristics caused by resistance, inductance and capacitance in AC and DC circuits

common faults that cause an increase or decrease in resistance, voltage and current found in telecommunications circuits

definitions of electrical terms: period, peak, peak-to-peak, instantaneous, average, root-mean-square value in relation to electrical waveforms

AC electrical generation producing a sinusoidal waveform including:

differences between analog and digital signals and devices

sinusoidal, pulsed, and static value waveforms found in AC circuitry

characteristics of resonance in AC circuits

transformer use in electrical circuits including:

basic construction, operating principles and use of transformers

step-up, step-down, turns ratios, voltage and current ratios

verification of operation of transformer circuit

fault-finding techniques including:

half circuit split

quarter circuit split

towards or away from source

selection and use of testing equipment in telecommunications circuitry including:

test devices used for signal measurement

test devices for voltage, current and resistance

telecommunications signal conversion characteristics including:

analog and digital signals

signal transmissions

application of binary to decimal conversion and vice versa

4-bit binary codes with their decimal equivalent to represent output voltages of a digital to analog converter

techniques to convert analog signals to digital and digital signals to analog

principles of analog and digital electronics limited to block diagrams common to analog and digital circuits

components, circuits and uses of common electronic signal filters in telecommunications (high-pass, low-pass and band-pass)

transformer use in electrical circuits including:

construction and operating principles and uses

step-up, step-down, turns ratios, voltage and current ratios

verification of operation of transformer circuit

typical telecommunications electronic devices, cable types and their applications

common telecommunications cables, their characteristics of use and application

features and applications of shielding within telecommunications cables, ‘skin effect’ in cables and transmission losses.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

appropriate AC and DC testing equipment

test devices that include a multimeter and an oscilloscope for waveform observation

manufacturer documentation and equipment

safety equipment

codes of practice.

Assessment in a simulated environment will require extra low voltage to be used.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN519 Design network building projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to scope requirements, assess land site suitability, arrange site acquisition and produce building design plans for telecommunications network building projects.

It applies to individuals working for private and public organisations who combine technical design and organisational skills to apply planning principles for provisioning of the various building projects and technologies within a telecommunications network to meet future customer demands.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope design options for network building projects	1.1 Obtain project specifications from relevant personnel and determine the nature, purpose and type of network facilities in the project 1.2 Analyse project brief and identify design options in compliance with legislation governing carriers in Australia 1.3 Evaluate design requirements and determine optimal site selection to house facilities 1.4 Arrange an environmental impact study (EIS) to be conducted on the selected site 1.5 Confirm that the EIS project requirements assess the suitability of the selected site
2. Evaluate and arrange land acquisition for network building projects	2.1 Evaluate EIS findings and determine the suitability of the selected site 2.2 Analyse EIS findings and determine potential for land acquisition and purchase in compliance with regulations and legislation 2.3 Prepare a report on the EIS 2.4 Consult relevant personnel to establish a base for negotiation
3. Analyse area and select design option for network building projects	3.1 Investigate physical attributes of the area, environmental impacts and collected data 3.2 Prepare field sketch according to enterprise requirements and develop solutions to obvious physical construction impediments 3.3 Produce design options that are viable for the enterprise and recommend a preferred option with justifications 3.4 Evaluate selection of preferred option and confirm that enterprise business strategy outcomes and policies are satisfied
4. Notify interested parties of network building projects	4.1 Assess availability of stakeholders for project implementation and confirm works are within enterprise schedules 4.2 Inform relevant personnel of the type, extent and duration of proposed works according to enterprise policy 4.3 Obtain required written permission from relevant personnel and forward to those who will carry out the job
5. Produce design plan and documentation for network building projects	5.1 Prepare design plan according to enterprise requirements and document required geographical and topological information 5.2 Indicate location and specification of works and network equipment in design plan 5.3 Specify resources needed to complete the project 5.4 Update enterprise information systems according to enterprise guidelines and industry practice 5.5 Produce a complete design report and present to relevant personnel for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements to internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters using language suitable to audience and environment Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text to determine legislative and business requirements to assist with project planning
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when planning tasks and producing plans with logically sequenced steps, reflecting the needs of others Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments, if necessary Makes decisions quickly in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables and determine the best course of action
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options and seeking input and advice from others before taking action when necessary
Self-management	Keeps up to date with legislation and regulations affecting work and considers implications of these when negotiating and planning work
Technology	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN502 Design a telecommunications project.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN519 Design network building projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design at least two network building projects.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

scope and produce design options

recommend land acquisition options

prepare at least two justification reports, including evaluation of environmental impact study (EIS) findings

prepare completed building design plans.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, enterprise policy and requirements, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

characteristics of project briefs and design options

design requirements

features and information presented in:

EIS

justification reports

field sketches

design plans and principles

physical construction impediments

access networks

functions and features of:

core networks

computer aided design (CAD) software packages used in network designs

network performance and capacity

site surveys

Environmental Protection Act (EPA) and its impact on designing network projects

implications of heritage listings on sites

networks planning and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which projects may be designed

CAD drawing facilities

required databases, legislative requirements and other site and project required documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN520 Commission network equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to commission network equipment by creating check plans, obtain and properly handling equipment and supplies, conduct tests, and complete administrative tasks.

It applies to individuals working as field officers, technicians and technical supervisors for carriers, contractors and other telecommunications network service providers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to commission network equipment	1.1 Obtain network specifications from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Identify existing site hazards and organise required resources 1.3 Determine the type and complexity of required network equipment 1.4 Establish equipment commissioning dates, change management processes and policies, and confirm with all relevant personnel and stakeholders 1.5 Determine commissioning parameters according to specification, and establish planned outages 1.6 Obtain test equipment and check for suitability and accuracy 1.7 Produce a preliminary commissioning plan according to manufacturer instructions and company guidelines 1.8 Inform affected customers of impending actions, likely timing and impact of the work
2. Organise required planned outages	2.1 Negotiate outage times with relevant personnel and affected customers and minimise disruptions 2.2 Develop required contingency plans and arrange for emergency communications 2.3 Notify relevant personnel of planned action 2.4 Obtain authority to proceed from relevant personnel and notify customers affected by the outage according to organisational procedures
3. Complete installation procedures of network equipment	3.1 Install applications programmes and management data according to specifications and complete installation procedures 3.2 Complete all hardware connections according to commissioning instructions 3.3 Conduct all specified performance tests and confirm operation meets all prescribed parameters and specifications detailed in the original network specifications 3.4 Verify and test compatibility between hardware and software 3.5 Correct performance defects and notify relevant personnel of corrective action
4. Complete commissioning procedures	4.1 Test system monitoring alerts and alarms in conjunction with network management and operational groups 4.2 Test installed specific equipment features and operations administration maintenance system according to instructions 4.3 Diagnose, repair and escalate faults detected to the required area when fault cannot be clearly diagnosed or repaired 4.4 Initiate vendor-required tests, where required
5. Finish commissioning network equipment	5.1 Complete administrative tasks as required by enterprise 5.2 Conduct operational staff training where required 5.3 Restore site to customers satisfaction 5.4 Notify customer and obtain required sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to make calculations and interpret test equipment settings and readings
Oral communication	Liaises with required technical personnel and customers to confirm requirements are properly understood Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information to determine regulatory and technical requirements to assist with project planning
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicates complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses communication conventions and protocols to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify required information, test strategies and resources Makes decisions in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables and determine the best course of action
Technology	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN505 Commission telecommunications network equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN520 Commission network equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

commission at least three different types of network equipment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interact with enterprise personnel, customers and other contractors, keeping a customer focus and consideration of customer needs

produce at least one outage management plan and at least one contingency plan

negotiate network activity and timing of commissioning

commission networking equipment according to specifications

implement test plan, interpret and analyse results against expected outcomes

test system monitoring alerts and alarms

analyse faults, problems and anomalies and provide solutions

comply with all required workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, WHS requirements for scoped work

functions and features of:

preliminary commissioning plans

outage management plans

contingency plans

electrical and optical properties

operating functions and features of networking equipment

functions and features of power requirements and electrical safety

transmission types and signals that are encountered in networks

tests and test equipment required for commissioning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which installation and commissioning procedures can be conducted

required regulatory and equipment documentation impacting commissioning

testing equipment currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN521 Integrate network systems and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate network systems and equipment by following predetermined procedures to confirm operability of the system while minimising impact on affected customers.

It applies to individuals working as field officers, technicians and technical supervisors, for network carriers, contractors and other service providers, who install new, additional and replacement equipment in networks. This includes providing support and administrative infrastructures for integration of new and emerging internet protocol (IP) based technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to integrate network systems and equipment	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Prepare an integration management plan in agreement with relevant personnel 1.3 Obtain available change management plan and prepare a contingency plan according to organisational requirements 1.4 Identify systems, traffic and customers to be affected by integrating planned systems and equipment 1.5 Notify relevant personnel of planned actions and obtain authority to proceed
2. Test and integrate network system and equipment	2.1 Conduct activities over the set of integration phases documented in the integration management plan 2.2 Load operational software according to specification and confirm interoperability of new and existing system 2.3 Stimulate network traffic and confirm that test results are recorded and stored according to enterprise requirements 2.4 Analyse test results and confirm that established parameters have all been met 2.5 Evaluate problems during the testing phase and rectify and escalate required procedures 2.6 Analyse system monitoring alerts and alarms for fault conditions in conjunction with relevant personnel 2.7 Locate and detect faults within capability and escalate according to enterprise policy 2.8 Check that operations administrative maintenance systems and system monitoring alerts and alarms are connected according to the required instruction manual 2.9 Activate new system monitoring alerts and alarms and deactivate old system monitoring alerts and alarms
3. Complete administrative tasks	3.1 Complete integration records according to manufacturer specification and enterprise policy and make recommendations for future network improvement 3.2 Notify relevant personnel of project completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate measurements, analyse results and make adjustments to equipment and settings
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with personnel and customers to confirm requirements are properly understood Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information to determine regulatory and technical requirements to assist with project planning
Writing	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information to determine regulatory and technical requirements to assist with project planning
Teamwork	Selects and uses communication conventions and protocols to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Uses formal and logical planning processes to identify logistical requirements, test strategies and resources
Problem solving	Makes decisions quickly in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables and determine the best course of action Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others before taking action when necessary
Self-management	Keeps up to date with required legislation and considers implications of this when planning work, with specific reference to safety Adheres to organisational procedures and protocols in completing work tasks
Technology	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN506 Integrate new systems and equipment into the telecommunications network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN521 Integrate network systems and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate at least two network systems and at least two types of equipment into the network system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare and implement at least one integration management plan

develop at least one contingency plan

test network systems, equipment and associated features being integrated

apply enterprise escalation and outage procedures

negotiate procedures and activity on the network and timing of integration

comply with required organisational and enterprise requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices and procedures, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

functions and features of:

integration management plans

change management plans

contingency plans

network traffic

system monitoring alerts and alarms

connections to carrier infrastructure or customer interface units (CIU)

electrical and optical properties to be measured

health and safety issues, including electrical, optical and electromagnetic radiation (EMR) when working with networks

network equipment and emerging technology networks

suitable tests and test equipment types

typical performance parameters and faults that are encountered with using scoped network equipment and connection and transmission media.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which integration procedures can be conducted

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts integration

testing equipment currently used in industry

capacity to simulate network traffic

a network and equipment for integration

equipment and systems manuals, specifications and enterprise policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN522 Cut over new and replacement network equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut over new and replacement network equipment by checking plans, obtaining equipment and supplies, initiating tests and completing administrative tasks.

It applies to individuals who may be field officers, technicians and technical supervisors for carriers, contractors or other service providers, who are involved in fast changeover of new and existing equipment in networks, including digital switching and transmission, wireless and optical networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan cut over strategy	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Prepare a cut over management plan in agreement with relevant personnel, regulations and service obligations 1.3 Obtain available incident management plan, otherwise prepare a contingency plan according to organisational requirements 1.4 Notify relevant personnel of action planned and obtain authority to proceed
2. Cut over and test required network equipment	2.1 Perform cut over activities and tests according to the incident plan, technical manuals and specifications 2.2 Record and assess test results and confirm problems identified during cut over are rectified and escalated according to enterprise procedures 2.3 Analyse system monitoring alerts and alarms for fault conditions 2.4 Enact contingency plans in the event of major problems during cut over
3. Complete administrative tasks	3.1 Complete test result sheets and hand over to relevant personnel 3.2 Confirm functionality and that customer issues resulting from an incident have been resolved 3.3 Confirm site is cleaned and ready for operational staff 3.4 Complete work documentation and administrative tasks and forward to required area according to enterprise policy 3.5 Notify relevant personnel of project completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate measurements, analyse results and make adjustments to equipment and settings
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with personnel and customers to confirm requirements are properly understood Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates equipment specifications, equipment readings and settings
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicates complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Considers purpose and possible actions to take as a result of any work-required communication Selects required communication protocols and conventions in a broad range of work contexts, with a growing awareness of subtle impacts of choices made
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify required information, test strategies and resources
Problem solving	Makes decisions quickly in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables and determine the best course of action Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options and seeking input and advice from others before taking action when necessary
Self-management	Works independently and collectively within broad parameters, with a strong sense of responsibility and ownership of goals, plans, decisions and outcomes, with specific reference to safe working practices and requirements
Technology	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN507 Cut over new and replacement network equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN522 Cut over new and replacement network equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement at least two cut-over plans and at least two outage plans.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop at least two contingency plans

apply enterprise escalation and outage procedures

cut over and test network equipment within an industry acceptable time period.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

functions and features of:

cut over management plans

outage plans

incident management plans

contingency plans

electrical and optical properties to be measured

power electrical safety requirements

types of test equipment and testing procedures suitable for planned network cut over and replacement

transmission hierarchy and switching principles

transmission type and signals.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a network and equipment for cut over

equipment currently used in industry

systems manuals, specifications and enterprise policy.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN523 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex system equipment faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify faults in upstream or downstream services that may require involvement of third-party providers.

It applies to individuals working as network engineering officers, installers, maintenance staff, and manufacturer and equipment specialists. They work closely with others and rectify technical faults.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to locate and rectify complex faults	1.1 Notify client to arrange site access according to organisational procedures 1.2 Obtain and interpret results of action taken by previous fault repairers 1.3 Obtain fault history from relevant personnel and establish fault patterns according to data and organisational procedures and requirements 1.4 Discuss and develop strategies for fault identification and repair with relevant personnel 1.5 Obtain tools and test identified faulty equipment according to organisational procedures and manufacturer specifications 1.6 Set up equipment according to manufacturer specifications and safe work practices, and reconfigure as required
2. Locate and diagnose faults	2.1 Isolate and test fault and remove likely variables from assessment, following organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Escalate equipment fault identification and seek diagnosis advice from relevant personnel 2.3 Diagnose fault according to organisational procedures 2.4 Provide progress reports to relevant personnel 2.5 Seek guidance from national support in fault diagnosis as required, and with third-party vendors for unknown faults 2.6 Negotiate required system downtime with relevant personnel
3. Rectify faults	3.1 Identify fault rectification options and present to client 3.2 Rectify fault according to findings 3.3 Replace, reprogram and repair faulty equipment according to service agreement and guidance 3.4 Dismantle and remove temporary service according to organisational requirements 3.5 Perform routine checks and identify faults 3.6 Notify client of additional faults and replace, reprogram and repair faults within the scope of agreement
4. Clean up worksite and complete documentation	4.1 Record and document fault location and equipment faults 4.2 Remove and dispose of waste and debris from worksite according to environmental requirements 4.3 Restore worksite to client’s satisfaction and receive client signoff 4.4 Complete and submit required documentation and explain rectification actions to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to interpret technical data, such as specifications of equipment operations
Oral communication	Liaises and negotiates with clients, repairers and technical staff using required strategies to extract main ideas and information from oral texts regarding technical and operation matters Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates technical documentation including codes, standards and regulatory information
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information
Teamwork	Selects protocols and conventions for communicating with technical personnel and customers in a broad range of work contexts Collaborates with others to negotiate agreeable outcomes
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify and rectify technical faults
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others before taking action when necessary
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities and organisational polices and protocols required to own work
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN508 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex faults.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN523 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex system equipment faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

locate, diagnose and rectify equipment faults in at least four different situations.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct advanced tests

isolate and locate faults

follow applicable organisational procedures and workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, WHS requirements for scoped work

organisational procedures regarding:

contacting clients and other external parties

fault history and patterns

fault identification and completion approaches

fault escalation procedures and requirements

safety requirements and standards

timeframe requirements

environmental requirements

fault-location techniques and test equipment required

fault types and rectification methods

function of service agreements

types of networks and equipment including:

access

broadband deployment

cabling

internet protocol (IP) networks for enterprise and customer systems and installations

local area networks (LANs)

telephony

wide area networks (WANs)

types of workplace environment and practices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which faults are required to be diagnosed

testing equipment and systems currently used in industry

required regulatory and equipment documentation impacting complex fault repairs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN524 Diagnose and organise repair of complex equipment faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to methodically diagnose complex faults and organise repair and replacement of defective parts.

It applies to individuals who work as network engineers, installers, maintenance staff, and manufacturers or equipment specialists employed in an advisory and technical rectification role for commercial and residential installations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research fault background	1.1 Communicate with client and identify type of fault and occurrence according to organisational procedures and requirements 1.2 Obtain report of actions taken by previous fault repairers and result 1.3 Analyse fault history and establish fault patterns according to organisational procedures and requirements 1.4 Develop strategies for identification and repair using advice from engineering and technical personnel 1.5 Refer to required legislation, codes, regulations and standards relating to repair, if required 1.6 Obtain clearance and access to faulty equipment according to organisational procedures and requirements
2. Conduct complex fault diagnostic	2.1 Develop an approach to isolate and diagnose the fault within required timeframes 2.2 Establish ways to escalate fault diagnosis according to organisational procedures and requirements 2.3 Seek back-up support from the product manufacturer as required
3. Organise complex fault rectification	3.1 Determine options to rectify fault, including downtime, and present to customer for decision 3.2 Organise replacement and repair of defective equipment according to service agreement, organisational procedures and manufacturer specifications 3.3 Establish plan to reconfigure replaced and repaired equipment 3.4 Determine plan to dismantle and remove fault-repairing service within the required timeframes and according to organisational procedures 3.5 Provide on-site repair staff with instructions on fault rectification
4. Document complex fault details	4.1 Record details of fault and actions planned to identify and repair complex fault 4.2 Notify vendors and clients of repair details according to manufacturer specifications and organisational procedures 4.3 Recommend changes to faulty equipment where required 4.4 Advise client and document completion of complex fault repair according to organisational requirements 4.5 Create a knowledge management document that identifies fault and rectification steps for future occurrences

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to interpret technical data and measurements relating to equipment operations
Oral communication	Participates in exchanges with internal and external personnel using required strategies to extract main ideas and information from oral texts Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates technical documentation including plans, codes, standards and regulatory information
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in negotiating positive outcomes Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and personnel in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context to identify and rectify technical faults Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments as required
Problem solving	Makes decisions within required timeframes in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables and determine the best course of action Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others when necessary
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities and organisational policies and procedures required to own work
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTTEN509 Provide expert advice and support on complex faults.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN524 Diagnose and organise repair of complex equipment faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and organise at least four repairs of complex equipment faults.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and rank likely causes of faults

organise analysis and interpretation of test results

apply enterprise escalation and outage procedures

prioritise fault rectification and report progress

prepare documentation of fault, including details regarding:

nature

location

likely causes

repair methodology

recommendations relating to system redesign and specification.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

organisational procedures regarding:

contacting clients and other external parties

fault history and patterns

fault identification and completion approaches

fault escalation procedures and requirements

documentation of complex faults

features and operating requirements of test equipment

test specifications and remote diagnostic procedures

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements relating to repair

manufacturer requirements for operation of equipment

test methods and equipment performance requirements

functions and features of common complex equipment faults in advisory, technical rectification roles, commercial and residential installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which fault diagnostics are required to be conducted

testing equipment used in industry

required regulatory and equipment documentation impacting complex fault repairs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN525 Install, configure and test local area network switches

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct local area network (LAN) switch installation, configuration and testing in field work. It also applies to switching protocols and diagnostics required for integrating new and converging functionalities to the network.

It applies to individuals, employed by network companies and information communications technology (ICT) networking provisioning companies, who carry out installation, maintenance and upgrade of ICT networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install LAN switches	1.1 Obtain work details, change management procedures and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Document LAN topology according to organisational requirements 1.3 Obtain current and future network capacity predictions from relevant personnel 1.4 Specify the number and type of switch required, with reference to future network requirements 1.5 Specify requirements for network management and security according to organisational requirements 1.6 Select the switch and switch operating system software version with required features according to required specifications
2. Install and configure LAN switches	2.1 Assemble, rack mount and connect switch and peripherals according to manufacturer requirements 2.2 Connect user to access points using cable that meets required standard 2.3 Establish a valid network connection with other network devices 2.4 Configure the network internet protocol (IP) address for the switch 2.5 Install and configure simple network management protocol (SNMP) agent software according to network requirements 2.6 Collect network traffic data for the management information base (MIB) according to network requirements 2.7 Install and configure SNMP management console software on a computer designated to be the network manager’s main console 2.8 Manually configure user access ports of the switch for speed and full or half-duplex operation
3. Test and reconfigure LAN switches	3.1 Test the switch and other network devices according to manufacturer requirements and organisational guidelines 3.2 Test to confirm connectivity across the network 3.3 Modify the network to verify SNMP management software 3.4 Make adjustments to the network, depending on test and troubleshooting results
4. Complete documentation and clean worksite	4.1 Tabulate test results and complete all user reports 4.2 Complete report and notify client of network status 4.3 Clean up and restore worksite to client requirements 4.4 Secure sign-off from relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to take test measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Oral communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to identify different perspectives and confirm, clarify or revise understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques information from a range of policy, technical and instructional material
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with customers
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes high-impact activities with strategic implications
Problem solving	Uses analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities required to own work
Technology	Selects and uses digital technologies and systems to achieve work goals and enhance work processes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN513 Install, configure and test a local area network switch.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN525 Install, configure and test local area network switches

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and prepare for at least two local area network (LAN) switch installations.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select LAN switches to meet client business specifications

install switches without the network losing connectivity or failing outside of an agreed change window

install and test switch that confirms interoperability within the network

use switch configurations

report on status of completed installation

seek sign-off from relevant personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

advantages and disadvantages of LAN switches over hubs

impact of required sections of the Australian Computer Society Code of Ethics on network switches

network cable types and connectors

LAN topologies

differences between standard and intelligent switches, and between switches and hubs

importance of client documentation prepared when installing networks

providing the network with redundant paths for reliability and how routers and switches manage these paths.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where switch installation can be conducted

field measurement equipment currently used in industry

required switch specifications, technical requirements for a network, switch, cabling, networked (LAN) computers, workstations, servers and a wide area network (WAN) service point of presence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN526 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out installation, maintenance and upgrade of information and communication technology (ICT) networks.

It applies to individuals employed by ICT networking provisioning companies specialising in radio frequency identification (RFID) technology. These individuals might work on upgrades to existing systems or be involved in implementation of new logistical or security networks using RFID technology according to design specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to dimension and design an RFID system	1.1 Obtain project brief and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Research the functionality, configuration and implementation methods of RFID technology 1.3 Select required software and hardware to confirm the proposed system is designed to meet business requirements 1.4 Conduct a survey of relevant interrogators, readers, tags and wireless units
2. Dimension and design RFID system	2.1 Select relevant interrogators and readers for the given specification and confirm their compatibility with network infrastructure 2.2 Minimise interrogator-to-interrogator interference according to client requirements 2.3 Verify that antenna geometry and footprint are consistent with the chosen design 2.4 Incorporate use of anti-collision protocols into the RFID design 2.5 Customise required tag to client requirements 2.6 Predict performance for read distance, write distance and tag response time according to client requirements 2.7 Select location for RFID tag to be placed on an item and prepare a design proposal for the RFID system including specifications 2.8 Prepare a report containing design solutions, justified recommendations of preferred products and submit for client approval
3. Document specified RFID system	3.1 Complete documentation according to client requirements 3.2 Inform client of standards applying to the design 3.3 Secure sign-off of RFID design from relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae and geometric calculations to interpret and record technical specifications and evaluate possible design solutions
Oral communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to identify different perspectives and confirm, clarify or revise understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques technical documentation from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including reports and design solutions incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify required information, test strategies and resources
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions
Self-management	Selects required communication protocols and conventions in a broad range of work contexts
Technology	Selects and uses digital technologies and systems to achieve work goals and enhance work processes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN515 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN526 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

dimension and design at least two radio frequency identification (RFID) systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adapt RFID technologies to specified plans and designs

evaluate RFID client specifications against accepted industry practices

include RFID architecture across secure environments

integrate RFID information into business applications

produce design information in configuring the network with internet protocol (IP)

offer design recommendations and solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

functions and features of:

RFID technology, products and architecture

interrogators

readers

tags

wireless units

network topologies

radio frequency (RF) interference

methods for conducting surveys of required RFID technologies

sources of RFID interference

business process design

relevant features of business operations, business function and organisation of the client

compatibility issues with existing system and resolution procedures

configuration of IP networks

desktop applications and operating systems

linkage between operational processes

network protocols and operating systems

radio spectrum and RFID frequencies

RFID hardware and software

RFID technologies incorporating substantial depth in network operating systems, protocols, interrogators and sensors, wireless technologies and cabling standards

security protocols, standards and data encryption requirements

documentation and report requirements according to organisational procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a suitable network site

client’s functional requirements

RFID equipment specifications

database software

simulation software

organisational guidelines

network or computer layout documentation and premises plans.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN527 Plan wireless mesh networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a scalable wireless access network using mesh technology for growing communities to provide users with secure wireless roaming beyond traditional wireless local area network (LAN) boundaries, and which are readily deployed in areas that lack wired backhaul.

It applies to individuals who have proficient technical skills such as planning and field officers from private and public organisations who conduct work on wireless networking or radio communications equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research requirements of wireless mesh network (WMN)	1.1 Obtain WMN design specifications and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Evaluate the use of frequency bands when operating the WMN 1.3 Evaluate and select wireless technology, internet protocol (IP) version and mesh routing protocol in line with design specifications and scope 1.4 Specify and source hardware and software requirements
2. Prepare detailed WMN designs	2.1 Determine and evaluate the maximum line of sight distances achievable between backbone nodes and mesh nodes 2.2 Plan sites where mesh nodes will be located and plot to scale on a map 2.3 Estimate quantity and length of links required between mesh nodes and confirm design is within specifications 2.4 Design backbone links in mesh topology and determine scalability of future deployments 2.5 Select location of the internet gateway for the WMN 2.6 Allocate operating frequencies at mesh nodes, backbone nodes and wireless access points for optimum network performance with minimal interference from adjacent network routers
3. Plan IP addresses and subnet masks	3.1 Produce an addressing scheme and allocate IP addresses and subnet mask to mesh nodes, backbone nodes and access points 3.2 Produce a configuration scheme to secure network
4. Document WMN plan	4.1 Document design, installation plan and drawings for the WMN 4.2 Following installation, configuration and testing of the WMN, incorporate required 'as built' amendments

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs calculations, interprets results and evaluates different types of technical data for design solutions
Oral communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to identify different perspectives and confirm, clarify or revise understanding
Reading	Analyses plans and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to evaluate requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including reports and design solutions incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Recognises and applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how, in own work context
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications
Problem solving	Applies formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions
Technology	Selects and uses digital technologies and systems to achieve work goals and enhance work processes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN517 Plan a wireless mesh network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN527 Plan wireless mesh networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan at least two wireless mesh networks (WMN).

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate and select wireless technology and mesh routing protocols

prepare at least one report outlining WMN design solutions and recommendations for each planned WMN

produce internet protocols (IP) addressing schemes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

advantages and disadvantages of the following WMN components:

radiofrequency bands

wireless networking hardware, routers and gateways

IP

wireless and mesh-routing protocols

cable loss

methods of determining and evaluating maximum line of sight distances

functions and features of:

mesh nodes

links between mesh nodes

backbone links in mesh topology

internet gateways

wireless access points

network routers

access points

antenna gain and polarisation

IP addressing

subnet masks

network topologies

network security

firewalls

decibels and required units

required configuration schemes to secure networks

calculations for effective isotropic radiated power (EIRP)

transmission control protocol (TCP)-IP protocols

workplace plans and reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where planning a wireless mesh network may be conducted

design criteria and other site-required documentation

equipment specifications and technical documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN613 Assess integration of international network equipment into Australian networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and test international network equipment not previously installed in an Australian network. It involves assessing its suitability and compliance with local regulations and conditions for the carrier or asset owner.

It applies to individuals working as field officers, technicians or technical supervisors for carriers, contractors or other service providers, who verify compliance of new equipment or systems with Australian standards.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine compliance of international network equipment designs with Australian standards	1.1 Obtain international and Australian network designs and design requirements from relevant personnel, and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Analyse international designs and verify compliance with required Australian legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.3 Reconfigure international design in consultation with relevant personnel 1.4 Rewrite design specifications and include configuration amendments
2. Plan network integration tests	2.1 Determine type and number of tests that will confirm a full trial of new designs and provide the greatest coverage of minimal tests 2.2 Establish test environment that will confirm total validity of chosen tests 2.3 Design test regime of proposed network to test impact on existing network 2.4 Confirm test regime in consultation with relevant personnel and verify that test equipment meets required standards
3. Test integration of international network equipment into Australian networks	3.1 Conduct and document required tests in logical and sequential order according to plans 3.2 Negotiate problems experienced during tests with relevant personnel and plan contingency activity according to enterprise policy 3.3 Prepare and submit trouble reports according to enterprise policy
4. Analyse test results	4.1 Analyse test results against design specifications and planned outcomes obtained from relevant personnel 4.2 Prepare a report referring major deficiencies to relevant personnel with recommendations for design change 4.3 Analyse minor variances, plan solutions and document changes to specifications
5. Complete assessment of integration of international network equipment into Australian networks	5.1 Implement design and specification changes and conduct further tests as required 5.2 Analyse test results and verify compliance with updated design specifications 5.3 Document results of tests according to enterprise policy

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to make calculations and necessary calibration changes by interpreting test results
Oral communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to identify different perspectives and confirm, clarify or revise understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques technical specifications, legislative, regulatory and policy requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including reports incorporating technical language to communicate recommendations clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in negotiating positive outcomes Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with personnel in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for own workload, negotiating some key aspects with others Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify required information, test strategies and resources Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments if necessary
Problem solving	Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, and generating and evaluating possible solutions
Self-management	Adheres to organisational procedures and protocols and legal and regulatory responsibilities, and considers these when planning and undertaking work
Technology	Uses sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world to identify uses and potential of new technologies

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN601 Undertake qualification testing of new or enhanced equipment and systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN613 Assess integration of international network equipment into Australian networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assess the integration of at least three different types of international network equipment into at least one Australian network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply Australian standards to international designs

identify customer-specific requirements

configure and set up tests to assess network integration

identify and conduct tests, including live system tests, and interpret and analyse results

approach problem diagnosis systematically, eliminating causes

re-test design changes

prepare report, including deficiencies, analysis and recommendations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required international and Australian legislation, codes, enterprise policy, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

features of network designs

required connections to carrier infrastructure and equipment

testing and amending network designs

network and equipment tests required for compliance

common network architectures

function and features of trouble reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a test site where qualification testing of equipment and systems may be conducted

equipment currently used in industry

required Australian and international standards, codes, design specifications, manuals and reference materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN614 Conduct network system optimisation and administration

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the integrity of network support systems and software, for both system platforms and applications of computer systems, including local area networks (LAN) and wide area networks (WAN).

It applies to individuals, working as system administration support officers for service providers and large organisations, who manage and administer networks and make recommendations for improved customer support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to conduct network system administration	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Prepare methodology to conduct platform network optimisation and administration according to organisational requirements 1.3 Interrogate and monitor system platforms to determine error logs, ageing time on processes, database checks and system loadings 1.4 Notify relevant personnel of problems and provide advice and guidance on solutions 1.5 Conduct system measurements from a user perspective on response times and initiate investigations on problems where specifications are not being met 1.6 Assess availability of data storage space and initiate required action 1.7 Develop procedures for system backup and restoration, and review for efficiency of operation and amend, where required
2. Provide application support to system users	2.1 Produce a set of procedures for formal meetings with users on a regular basis, and discuss and support user issues 2.2 Devise training and related instructions for database optimisation and administration
3. Investigate unusual network activity special investigations	3.1 Evaluate requests for investigation to determine detail of action required 3.2 Prepare activity plan including timelines, specific goals, investigative team and resources required to conduct an investigation 3.3 Conduct investigation methodically according to plan and record findings 3.4 Analyse findings and prepare and forward reports, including recommendations to the requesting body
4. Investigate unusual network administration	4.1 Conduct investigation and record findings according to organisational requirements 4.2 Produce a cost-benefit analysis of database optimisation schedule and evaluate the return on investment (ROI) 4.3 Analyse investigative findings and prepare reports and recommendations for relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to make statistical calculations about traffic predictions Uses mathematical formulae to complete cost-benefit analysis
Oral communication	Provides verbal instructions and guidance using specific and required language suitable to audience Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets technical specifications and required documentation from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including training instructions Produces reports on system administration and investigations, incorporating technical language, to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications
Problem solving	Recognises and addresses some unfamiliar problems of increasing complexity within own scope Uses formal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and monitor data Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital technologies to achieve work goals, enhance work processes and enhance solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN602 Undertake system administration.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN614 Conduct network system optimisation and administration

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct optimisation and administration activities for at least two network systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare methodologies for system maintenance

produce cost-benefit analyses and training for database optimisation and administration

review development of training instructions

conduct system measurements

develop support processes for system users

manage user accounts and security procedures

investigate potential system administration problems and make recommendations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

methodologies for database system administration and optimisation

cost-benefit analysis of database optimisation schedules

return on investment (ROI) calculations

producing training and related instructions

functions and features of:

back-up systems

computer systems

error logs

database checks

system loading

user support networks

hierarchical user profiling systems

user account security

profiling systems

network monitoring tools

activity plans

workplace reports

methods to calculate ageing time on processes

processes for investigating user requests and actions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a network for maintenance and analysis of special investigations

equipment and systems manuals, specifications and enterprise policy.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN615 Manage network traffic

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor, analyse and improve network performance for the purpose of effectively managing traffic flow in networks.

It applies to individuals working as field officers, technicians or technical supervisors for carriers, contractors or other service providers, who manage network traffic and make recommendations for capacity planning switching and transmission networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate network capacity and traffic congestion	1.1 Obtain work details, planned network strategy and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Interrogate system monitoring alerts and alarms and identify areas of route and circuit unavailability 1.3 Assess planned and unplanned outages to determine network unavailability and verify restoration times 1.4 Obtain and interrogate network management system and identify traffic status 1.5 Analyse system alert and identify real and potential traffic problems 1.6 Analyse customer complaints and traffic measurement data to identify network problems 1.7 Activate and deactivate semi-permanent controls active in the network on a regular basis to simulate irregular traffic
2. Develop traffic control strategies	2.1 Conduct traffic measurements across all required routes 2.2 Analyse results, historical data and traffic volume requirements 2.3 Determine specific thresholds, loading and grading levels to alter traffic flows 2.4 Obtain funding parameters and budgeted levels, and determine plan amendments 2.5 Confirm that traffic control strategies to prevent traffic problems 2.6 Develop strategies for recovery where traffic congestion occurs 2.7 Develop contingency plans to allow for problems during network changes
3. Apply short and long-term traffic solutions	3.1 Implement software changes according to planned network strategy 3.2 Develop short-term ad hoc solutions where only a temporary solution is required 3.3 Confirm that reversal action can be initiated in cases of temporary solutions 3.4 Implement contingency plan where required according to organisational requirements 3.5 Conduct monitoring of changes and take measurements to assess outcomes of variations 3.6 Analyse measurements and provide a report to relevant personnel with recommendations for further changes 3.7 Review and monitor strategies and initiate corrective action where required
4. Detect and take action on traffic congestion	4.1 Measure and analyse traffic loads to assess congestion problems and determine possible impact 4.2 Control traffic flow and prevent processor overloads 4.3 Evaluate potential traffic increases for impact on the network and develop contingencies to control traffic flow if required
5. Provide traffic indicators for capacity planning	5.1 Predict future potential traffic trends and requirements using data on current and historical traffic patterns 5.2 Identify potential network traffic problems and make recommendations to network planners 5.3 Complete reports with recommendations and forward to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas to interpret data and make projections about traffic flow Uses mathematical formulae to estimate and plan project costs within business budgets
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using specific and relevant language suitable to audience Employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets technical specifications and required documentation from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including reports and recommendations incorporating technical language, to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with relevant personnel in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications
Problem solving	Approaches problem-solving in diverse ways, recognising that there is no single formula that applies in all situations Uses formal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and analyse data

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN603 Undertake network traffic management.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN615 Manage network traffic

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct the management of network traffic on at least two network systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct traffic measurements

develop and implement contingencies to control traffic flow

identify potential network traffic problems and make recommendations

provide information for capacity planning.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, planned network strategies, customer policies, service level agreements, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

functions and features of:

system monitoring alerts and alarms

route and circuit availabilities

system outages

network management systems

traffic patterns

semi-permanent controls

traffic engineering

workplace documentation related to network traffic

network management planning principles

traffic blocking, congestion and dimensioning principles

transmission type and signals that may be encountered

network topologies, switching, routing and transmission techniques

network traffic contingency plans

various network management systems suitable for conducting traffic evaluations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a network and equipment for traffic monitoring and management

equipment and systems manuals, specifications and enterprise policy.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN616 Rectify client services following network outages and faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, analyse and resolve service faults by coordinating fault rectification, following network outages. It describes strategies for dealing with customers, operational staff and associated system restoration.

It applies to individuals who have high-level technical skills and relevant authority to coordinate activities of maintenance personnel and oversee compliance issues associated with service level agreements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to rectify client services following network outages and faults	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Evaluate required data and determine the nature of the fault and extent of the outage 1.3 Assess impact of the fault on network and customers, and establish priority of required actions 1.4 Analyse system monitoring alerts, alarms and required network data and record details according to contractual agreements and enterprise policy 1.5 Prepare action plan to manage fault rectification and restoration, minimising impact on network and customers 1.6 Provide a central point for all rectification activity, information, actions and progress 1.7 Prioritise service restoration based on assessment of contractual arrangements and service-level client agreements 1.8 Negotiate with client’s account manager regarding repair arrangements, where service-level agreements cannot be met
2. Implement plan to rectify client services following network outages and faults	2.1 Notify all relevant personnel and departments involved in the outage according to enterprise policy 2.2 Isolate and monitor affected system monitoring alerts and alarms and confirm no additional problems have occurred 2.3 Correct fault according to required plans and enterprise policy 2.4 Manage repair activity with required technical support and adjust resource allocations and confirm effective restoration of network services 2.5 Reset system monitoring alerts and alarms and restore services to normal network configuration 2.6 Test and monitor network activity on recovery to certify effective fault clearance and service restoration
3. Finalise administrative tasks	3.1 Document activities carried out to rectify client services according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Notify customers of fault rectification and service restoration according to service-level agreement

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets technical readings, instructional material and workplace documentation from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, and incorporates technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Demonstrates understanding of what to communicate, with whom and how, in a broad range of work contexts Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications
Problem solving	Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions Uses formal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and monitor data, and for communication purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN604 Coordinate fault rectification and restoration of service following network outages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN616 Rectify client services following network outages and faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

coordinate at least two fault rectifications and at least two restorations of service following at least two network outages.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare an action plan to manage fault rectification and service restoration

coordinate implementation of action plan and manage repair activities

apply escalation procedures

finalise the administrative and notification processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

workplace documentation including action plans

alarm conditions and areas of the network or service they impact

connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment

customer care and service level agreements and policies

electrical and optical principles underpinning networks

escalation procedures and list required tier level contacts

network and transmission equipment faults

power requirements and electrical safety

protection switching

network applications and required equipment

required test equipment

transmission hierarchy and switching principles

performance parameters and faults that will be encountered.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where fault rectification and restoration of service may be conducted

testing equipment currently used in industry

manufacturer's and enterprise documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN617 Manage common channel signalling networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to combine technical and organisational assistance to provide signalling facilities to interconnect networks.

It applies to individuals who may be responsible for small projects or parts of larger projects to provide a reliable service to customers and who work as technical officers or engineers for private and public organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse signalling and digital path alarms and clear network faults	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Activate alarm management system, produce a trouble report and verify common channel signalling (CCS) and data faults 1.3 Investigate cause of alarm, analyse results, determine required repair action and allocate resources according to organisational requirements 1.4 Monitor repair and restoration procedures and confirm commitment to specified timelines 1.5 Initiate escalation procedures according to enterprise procedures 1.6 Reset alarms on completion of repair and monitor subsequent alarms to confirm no re-occurrence of the problem
2. Monitor integrity of data received on equipment ports	2.1 Activate alarm screens and monitor port times on a regular basis to confirm procedures are running 2.2 Clear port blockage and problems on completion of planned works and log in required database 2.3 Monitor repair and restoration procedures to confirm commitment to specified timelines and initiate escalation procedures as required and according to enterprise procedures
3. Monitor and acceptance test repair	3.1 Verify network stabilisation throughout repair and monitor repair action and confirm minimal impact on the network 3.2 Conduct acceptance testing according to prescribed operating procedures 3.3 Monitor network stability on completion and refer problems to required area for action 3.4 Block alarms for out-of-service circuits
4. Coordinate CCS relationships	4.1 Log requests for relationship change and follow up problems with required support staff 4.2 Monitor network stability and manage loading of data until the process is completed 4.3 Update models and enterprise systems
5. Coordinate CCS rearrangements	5.1 Log requests for rearrangement scenarios and verify feasibility of the rearrangement 5.2 Enter details of rearrangement in required system and update system records 5.3 Monitor completed work for accuracy and network stability on completion 5.4 Produce a copy of documentation for future reference

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates mathematical data embedded in a range of technical information
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets information from equipment and system manuals, specifications and relevant enterprise documentation
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including reports and recommendations, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses relevant conventions and protocols when communicating with personnel in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages required communication
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options and seeking input and advice from others, if necessary Uses formal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes
Self-management	Considers and adheres to organisational procedures and protocols and legal and regulatory responsibilities when planning and undertaking work
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and analyse data

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN606 Manage a common channel signalling network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN617 Manage common channel signalling networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage at least two common channel signalling networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and implement repair actions within service assurance guidelines

analyse and interpret alarms including common channel signalling (CCS) and digital path

apply enterprise fault management priorities and escalation procedures

resolve problems in a methodical and logical manner

conduct required tests and interpret results.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

functions and features of:

alarm management systems

trouble reports

data faults

network repair and restoration procedures

acceptance tests

CCS data and signalling pathways

system monitoring alerts and alarm set-ups

principles of the following aspects of CCS:

architecture

protocols

signalling

testing

repair and restoration procedures

switching network equipment operation

workplace documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site with CCS network

tests and equipment currently used in industry

required legislation, codes, regulations and standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN618 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify faults across all network types, with collaboration from the network operations centre (NOC) and resolve any problems.

It applies to individuals working as network engineers, network officers, installers, maintenance staff and manufacturers or equipment specialists. It also applies to NOC staff in advisory roles and technical rectification roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research fault background	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Analyse required data and previous actions taken by relevant personnel 1.3 Research areas of similarity to network fault 1.4 Develop commercial and technical strategies with equipment vendor and NOC for diagnosing the fault 1.5 Address and discuss all workplace health and safety (WHS) issues with relevant personnel
2. Diagnose fault	2.1 Apply a methodical approach to isolate and diagnose the network problem 2.2 Simulate fault in the required environment 2.3 Seek support from relevant personnel throughout investigation 2.4 Instruct on-site technical staff to run required tests and analyse results 2.5 Identify type of network fault using established methodical strategies without undue disruption to other services
3. Organise fault rectification	3.1 Recommend fault rectification plans and outages to the NOC, seek approval and adjust plans accordingly 3.2 Instruct on-site repairers to proceed in fault rectification 3.3 Organise replacement and repair of faulty equipment with required advice from vendors and manufacturers 3.4 Reconfigure replaced and repaired equipment and test rectified fault against required performance 3.5 Develop method to notify relevant personnel of fault rectification
4. Report and document fault details and rectification	4.1 Notify relevant personnel of repair details and recommend changes to equipment design 4.2 Conduct cause-and-effect studies and forward results to the required area for action 4.3 Complete all administrative tasks and prepare a report that outlines deficiencies, analysis and recommendations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates technical data, including equipment specifications
Oral communication	Articulates requirements using language, tone and pace required to audience and environment Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to identify different perspectives and confirm, clarify or revise understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets technical specifications and standards from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with customers, vendors or technical personnel in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify required information, test strategies and resources Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and diagnose issues Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for diagnosing issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions and escalating issues to others when required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN607 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex telecommunications network faults.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN618 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse and organise the repair of at least two highly complex networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

diagnose at least three network faults using established methodical strategies without undue disruption to other services

recommend fault rectification plan to the network operations centre (NOC)

instruct on-site repairers

facilitate replacement or repair of faulty equipment with advice from relevant personnel

facilitate final testing of rectified faults to confirm required performance

prepare report including deficiencies, analysis and recommendations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

fault escalation procedures

fault-finding techniques and use of test equipment

fault types and rectification

operation of integrated packet optical transport networks (P-OTNs)

use of International Telecommunication Union (ITU) ITU-T G.709 standard

network protocols

safety requirements and standards

service agreements

synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)

transmission control protocol (TCP)-internet protocol (IP)

the following types of networks and equipment:

access

broadband deployment

cabling

customer premises’ equipment (CPE)

IP networks for enterprise and customer systems and installations

local area networks (LAN)

telephony

wide area networks (WAN)

workplace documentation including reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where highly complex network faults may be demonstrated and analysed without jeopardising live traffic

equipment currently used in industry

design specifications and manufacturer's manuals and reference materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN619 Test new software and hardware releases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to authenticate compliance and compatibility of software and hardware to an existing system for new software and hardware releases for an existing system or new infrastructure for convergence to Next Generation Networks (NGN).

It applies to individuals with high-level technical skills who make use of software test routines and test hardware for performance to manufacturer’s and design specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan testing of new software and hardware releases	1.1 Obtain manuals, specifications and instructions associated with new releases and identify areas of uncertainty for confirmation with the vendor 1.2 Plan the testing environment of the software and hardware release with relevant personnel 1.3 Determine resources required to assist with the test, and negotiate their availability 1.4 Determine and plan outage and notify relevant personnel 1.5 Notify relevant personnel of impact on the network during the test 1.6 Develop contingency plans to cater for likely problems during the test
2. Test software and hardware releases	2.1 Load new software and conduct tests using required test equipment according to vendor specifications 2.2 Evaluate test results to assess functionality and features of software and hardware according to vendor documentation 2.3 Test compatibility with existing network and take corrective action with vendor as required 2.4 Implement contingency plans in conjunction with network management if integrity of the network is compromised by the new release
3. Complete testing of software and hardware releases	3.1 Document test results and store according to enterprise policy 3.2 Discuss ongoing and likely problems with the vendor and initiate follow-up arrangements to confirm a permanent solution 3.3 Provide clearance for software and hardware release to be put in service in the system according to enterprise procedures 3.4 Update system documentation and service catalogue systems, where required and communicate with operational teams.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates technical data, including equipment specifications during testing phase
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and likely challenges when engaging with enterprise personnel, customers and contractors using relevant language suitable to diverse audiences and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets technical documentation including software and hardware manuals, specifications and relevant enterprise policy and documentation
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including reports and recommendations, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses relevant conventions and protocols when communicating with customers, vendors or technical personnel in a range of work contexts Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify required information, test strategies and resources
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for diagnosing problems, and generating and evaluating possible solutions
Self-management	Adheres to organisational procedures and protocols when planning and undertaking work
Technology	Uses advanced features of digital systems and tools to enter, store, test and analyse data

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN608 Verify new software and hardware releases.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN619 Test new software and hardware releases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test at least two newly released software items and at least two newly released hardware items within at least two networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop at least one plan for testing new software and hardware releases, including functionality and performance under load conditions

develop a contingency plan for recognising potential causes of problems and their impact on service levels

test compatibility of software and hardware within an existing network system

analyse impact of integration of new hardware and software releases on the network and make recommendations for improvement.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, system maintenance and upgrade procedures, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

features of service catalogue systems

methods of testing newly released software and hardware

functions and features of software and hardware network contingency plans

features and operating requirements of testing routines and equipment, key performance indicators (KPIs) and service level agreements

information required to operate software and hardware according to test specifications

manufacturer requirements and specifications for equipment operation

specific organisational requirements surrounding activity and site conditions

test methods, performance and integration requirements

issues and challenges that occur with new software and hardware releases.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a system to verify compliance and compatibility of software and hardware

test equipment currently used in industry

systems manuals, vendor specifications and enterprise policy.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN620 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to specify design of the required mobile cellular general packet radio service (GPRS) and the latest two generations of network architectures.

It applies to individuals with high-level technical skills who design and operate mobile wireless systems that meet the industry implementation of wireless convergence in networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to design convergent cellular mobile networks	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Examine technical characteristics of the GPRS systems 1.3 Develop network architecture for a GPRS network, in addition to the circuit-switched domain of 2G (Generation) 1.4 Review 3G structure and identify network requirements to provide required services 1.5 Examine technical characteristics, data rates, operating frequencies and multiplexing schemes of the 3G system 1.6 Establish positioning and types of antennas, terminals, processors, required protocols and architecture, based on technical specifications and requirements
2. Design a GPRS (2.5G) cellular network	2.1 Investigate how 2.5G GPRS overlays the GSM network to transmit and receive transmission control protocol (TCP) and/or internet protocol (IP) based data to and from GPRS mobile devices
3. Design a 3G cellular network	3.1 Develop network architecture for a 3G network and explain functions of the network elements to relevant personnel 3.2 Integrate a 3G network with a wireless local area network (WLAN)
4. Research and evaluate design features of proposed 4G cellular network	4.1 Investigate how a fully IP-based 4G system can provide an end-to-end IP integrated solution for voice, data and streamed multimedia to end-users roaming anytime and anywhere 4.2 Investigate access schemes and assess design features of a 4G network according to organisational requirements 4.3 Investigate the implication for Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) in relation to 4G support of a greater number of IP-based wireless devices with applications for improved multicast, security and route minimisation capabilities 4.4 Investigate use of advanced antenna systems to enable 4G with high rate, high reliability and long-range communications
5. Produce reports for architectural design for cellular networks	5.1 Present a report on the impact of competing technologies and gain consensus on concepts from relevant personnel 5.2 Investigate potential interoperability and global roaming issues that may be faced by the latest, required cellular technologies

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates technical data, including equipment specifications during testing phase
Oral communication	Uses specific and relevant language to articulate technological issues
Reading	Comprehends and evaluates technical specifications to plan and prepare for complex cellular design work
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including reports and recommendations, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for diagnosing problems and generating and evaluating possible solutions
Technology	Considers strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes and create opportunities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN609 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN620 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce and evaluate at least two architecture designs for at least two convergent cellular mobile networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

provide detailed summaries of the client’s business domain when designing network

provide detailed summaries of industry-accepted network hardware and software products and their general features and capabilities, when designing a general packet radio service (GPRS) for the latest, required networks

design viable GPRS network solutions to meet business needs

research design features of the latest two cellular networks.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

features and capabilities of industry security products, devices and procedures

global systems for the latest mobile network designs

industry-accepted cellular mobile network protocols

technical characteristics of GPRS systems, including:

capability classes and multi-slot classes

coding schemes

data rates

management systems when evaluating roaming features

operating frequencies and modulation schemes

remote user issues when establishing siting and types of antennas, terminals, processors, required protocols and the latest network architecture, based on technical specifications and user requirements

concepts of three or more industry network developments and design methodologies used when designing networks

requirements of workplace documentation, including reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cellular mobile network structures

client requirements

expected traffic volume

information on a range of IT business solutions

technical specifications

vendors and vendor offerings and pricing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN621 Design and configure IP-MPLS networks with virtual private network tunnelling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design an internet protocol-multiprotocol label switching (IP-MPLS) network, examine MLPS data flow and configure virtual private network (VPN) tunnelling.

It applies to individuals with excellent technical skills including designers and installers of Next Generation Networks (NGN). These IP networks provide fast internet, voice over internet protocol (VoIP) and internet protocol TV (IPTV) services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and design IP- MPLS network to meet business requirements	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Determine IP-MPLS network design requirements in consultation with enterprise customer 1.3 Optimise factors affecting design 1.4 Use label stacking to route MPLS packets in the network and build MPLS services 1.5 Dimension layer-3 generation of core backbone and allow MPLS IP-VPN to provide MPLS convergence services 1.6 Obtain MPLS control plane and set up wavelengths 1.7 Produce design topology of a MPLS network to include location and types of edge label switch routers (LSR) and core LSRs in agreement with enterprise customer
2. Configure MPLS network and verify traffic engineering (TE) considerations	2.1 Configure edge and core LSRs to provide secure methods of transporting IP packets in the MPLS network using layer 2 protocols 2.2 Configure LSRs to provide toll bypass for convergence of voice and data over IP network 2.3 Classify traffic in MPLS terms and configure edge LSR to sort traffic into forward equivalent classes (FECs) 2.4 Install and remove two standardised signalling protocols for managing TE of MPLS paths 2.5 Configure MPLS-TE to provide routing on diverse paths to avoid congestion and guarantee bandwidth services
3. Configure VPN and provide a virtual private Local Area Network service (VPLS)	3.1 Configure a MPLS VPN tunnel for a customer network to provide multipoint-to-multipoint VPN connectivity 3.2 Build a content hosting server into a MPLS based VPN to produce a media network 3.3 Use (VPLS) as a VPN method for wide area network (WAN) multipoint-to-multipoint ethernet connectivity spanning multiple metropolitan areas 3.4 Produce VPLS topology using an internet protocol IP-MPLS cloud with provider edge (PE) routers connecting VPLS domains associated with an enterprise customer
4. Complete documentation	4.1 Produce a final design plan including network elements, configuration details and recommendations for design changes 4.2 Notify customer and obtain sign-off according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Engages with customers, about technical and operational matters, using clear language and active listening, observational and questioning techniques to confirm, clarify or revise understanding
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses relevant conventions and protocols when consulting or negotiating with customers
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high impact activities with strategic implications Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for diagnosing problems and generating and evaluating possible solutions
Technology	Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes and create opportunities Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and analyse data

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN610 Design and configure an IP-MPLS network with virtual private network tunnelling.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN621 Design and configure IP-MPLS networks with virtual private network tunnelling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and design at least two multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) networks that meet business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

configure and test the MPLS network according to specified guidelines

produce design topology of a MPLS network

produce design plans, including network elements, configuration details and recommendations for design changes

implement secure virtual private network (VPN) tunnelling.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

industry-accepted hardware and software products used in IP-MPLS networks

functions and features of MPLS IP-VPN network operating systems including:

transmission technologies

protocols

principles and techniques of constructing design plans

effects of the customer’s business domain, function and organisation on customer requirements and network equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a live network and networked computers

network design documentation, equipment specifications and organisational guidelines

network components, routers, switches and multi-layer switches.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN622 Produce ICT network architecture designs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to compile and evaluate business specifications from a client and produce a set of architecture design solutions to cater for present and future forecast demands.

It applies to individuals working in the field who carry out design and implementation of technical solutions of information communications technology (ICT) networks, employed by information technology networking provisioning companies specialising in integrating converging and emerging technologies of ICT networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to produce ICT network architecture design	1.1 Obtain work details, specifications and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Consult with key stakeholders to identify their requirements of the scoped network architecture design 1.3 Assess business problems, opportunities and objectives, and confirm details with relevant personnel
2. Produce preliminary ICT network architecture design	2.1 Determine hardware, software and network requirements according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 Select required software solutions 2.3 Develop preliminary physical network diagrams as a preface to architecture blueprint 2.4 Produce a document on the possible impact of the network design on the business requirements
3. Evaluate preliminary design and anticipated performance	3.1 Predict forecast traffic demands, and impact on network design, from current and future demand requirements 3.2 Benchmark design using expected performance parameters 3.3 Review likely performance profile of the design 3.4 Determine costs involved with a range of supplier products 3.5 Produce an evaluation report on predicted performance and costs of the network architecture design, addressing business specifications and recommendations
4. Finalise network architecture design and obtain approval	4.1 Review benchmarks, requirements and final design proposed 4.2 Determine support and training requirements needed 4.3 Obtain latest technical specifications and pricing by contacting possible vendors 4.4 Document network design and present documentation to required person for approval 4.5 Obtain sign off on final business solution

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information according to business requirements and specifications to evaluate possible technical design scenarios within budgetary constraints
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using clear language and active listening, observational and questioning techniques to confirm, clarify or revise understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets technical documentation and required enterprise policy and documentation
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including diagrammatic material, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify required information, test strategies and resources Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses this to propose solutions Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for diagnosing problems and generating and evaluating possible solutions
Technology	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with stakeholders in a range of work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN611 Produce an ICT network architecture design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN622 Produce ICT network architecture designs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two information communications technology (ICT) network architecture designs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adapt technologies to specified technical solutions

use site design software and hardware

evaluate client specifications against accepted industry practices

produce technical designs from business specifications

analyse feedback from client and adjust proposal

apply design concepts to business solutions

produce technical reports

make recommendations and offer optimum design solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

principles of the following technologies:

access networks

core networks

information communications technologies (ICT) network topologies

mobile cellular networks

network protocols and operating systems

optical networks and principles

radio frequency (RF) technologies and principles

radio frequency identification (RFID) hardware and software

ICT industry business processes, including software solutions and supplier costing

compatibility issues and resolution procedures

configuration of internet protocol (IP) networks

desktop applications and operating systems

security protocols, standards and data encryption

network design documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site for design work

client functional requirements

business specifications

database software

simulation software

organisational guidelines

a network or computer layout

site design software and hardware

information on a range of ICT business solutions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN623 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) network for internet protocol TV (IPTV) and manage delivery of IPTV services. This includes core and access networks for the service provider.

It applies to individuals with outstanding technical skills, including designers and installers of Next Generation Networks (NGN), IP networks providing fast internet, voice over internet protocol (VoIP), IPTV and internet TV services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Produce and evaluate design requirements for an IPTV network	1.1 Analyse major video models and the impact video challenges have on design of an IPTV network 1.2 Evaluate IPTV against other competing TV broadcast technologies to determine optimum design approach 1.3 Produce the topology of an IPTV network, showing network architecture from IPTV standards’ bodies and determine design requirements 1.4 Plan dimensioning of network parameters for multicast and unicast video delivery over broadband in a service provider network
2. Design an IPTV network for video on demand (VoD) delivery	2.1 Design the content delivery system (CDS) to cache IPTV content in each major metropolitan area for broadcast or streaming VoD models to eliminate performance variability introduced by internet transport or core peering relationships 2.2 Design a video network to provide VoD loads with network solutions using VoD design requirements 2.3 Design a VoD application to meet bandwidth requirements and quality of service (QoS) requirements for commercial viability of IPTV network
3. Design and configure an MPLS IPTV network to meet business requirements	3.1 Determine IP-MPLS network design requirements 3.2 Investigate factors that affect design considerations and ways they can be minimised 3.3 Produce the design topology of a MPLS network to provide secure methods of transporting IP packets using layer 2 protocols 3.4 Design a MPLS layer over the IP networking structure, to combine efficiency of multicast protocols with traffic engineering (TE) facilities to enable fast packet forwarding for real time video streaming applications
4. Manage delivery of IPTV services	4.1 Determine operational processes required to support IPTV by operators 4.2 Produce a plan of the management and customer support model, including strategies dealing with delivery of VoD issues 4.3 Produce a plan of a video network using video delivery strategies to deliver optimum average revenue per user (ARPU) to serve the demographic of an area and the nature of an operator’s business 4.4 Manage and monitor video across the network using a management tool

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets standards documentation to properly evaluate design requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including diagrammatic material, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Uses formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Experiments with possibilities of new systems, devices and applications before conducting a more sophisticated analysis of benefits and costs
Problem solving	Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions
Technology	Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN612 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN623 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce and evaluate design requirements for at least two internet protocol TV (IPTV) networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

design IPTV network for voice on demand (VoD) delivery

design and configure a multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) IPTV network to meet business requirements

manage delivery of IPTV services.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

competing video delivery over broadband networks

current industry-accepted IPTV hardware and software products

networking technologies including:

network operating systems

internet protocol (IP) networks

MPLS networks

IPTV transmission technologies and protocols

workplace documentation, including diagrammatic material

functions and features of:

management and customer support plans

video network plans.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

protocols, configuration documents, management tools and standards

network and demographic trends, and customer demand data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN817 Plan transmission networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse requirements and plan a new or upgraded telecommunication transmission network or convergence to Next Generation Networks (NGN).

It applies to individuals with high-level technical skills working as technical officers, supervisors and engineers working with optical, dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM), fibre networks and wireless networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope requirements to plan transmission networks	1.1 Obtain project brief and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Evaluate transmission options and select required transmission network that meets criteria outlined in project brief 1.3 Analyse limitations of transmission path characteristics and develop solutions for transmission impairments 1.4 Produce a report outlining reasons for selection of a transmission network, together with a shortlist of suitable equipment vendors and products 1.5 Obtain traffic load from network information sources or forecasts and dimension the proposed network service 1.6 Produce brief on relationship between transmission network architecture components and overall network, and their impact on the project 1.7 Evaluate equipment type and technologies, and determine availability, cost and compatibility with existing network equipment 1.8 Determine resources and equipment needed for work according to enterprise procedures and organisational requirements 1.9 Assess capacity limitation of various platforms in context of the work and optimise maximum network performance 1.10 Determine product capability and calculate allowable capacity of transmission network to allow for network growth
2. Produce link budget for transmission networks	2.1 Analyse transmission system using equipment and vendor’s specifications to produce a link budget and assess resulting margin 2.2 Document results of link budget analysis
3. Produce deployment plan for transmission networks	3.1 Conduct planning work using required equipment components in compliance with transmission network deployment rules and exemption process criteria 3.2 Produce preliminary plan on network deployment that maintains transmission network integrity 3.3 Establish a solution to unexpected situations with consideration to job specifications, safety and enterprise procedures 3.4 Review plan and confirm that it complies with required standards and codes when working on network access, and make required adjustments
4. Complete plan of transmission networks	4.1 Produce final deployment plan and recommendations agreed with the customer 4.2 Provide report on network management and performance monitoring system to be incorporated in the transmission network

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to determine business costs and conduct link budget calculations, interpret results and evaluate different types of technical data
Oral communication	Uses highly developed listening, observational and questioning skills to understand project scope and clarify and explore meaning
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets complex technical and non-technical information including legislative, enterprise and policy documentation
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including reports and recommendations, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with stakeholders in various work contexts Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, taking the lead in identifying all issues and facilitating agreement
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to understand uses and potential of technology Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments if necessary Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions
Self-management	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and protocols and legal and regulatory requirements of self and others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN801 Plan a transmission network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN817 Plan transmission networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan at least two transmission networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

scope network requirements

evaluate transmission options and select required transmission networks

analyse effects of transmission path characteristics on transmission systems

develop solutions for transmission impairments

select required testing regimes for transmission technologies

determine key multiplexing features of transmission technologies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

alternating current and transmission line theory

emerging network switching and transmission technologies

network capacity and capability management

capacity limitation of various platforms

commercial considerations of Access Network deployment

common switching and transmission support services

compatibility issues for new technologies and equipment

currency of technology and equipment under consideration

features of:

data transmission

digital multiplexing techniques and hierarchies

enterprise deployment rules

exemption process criteria

network topologies

product capability and availability that are allowable within a transmission network

aspects of networks when planning a network, including:

alarm management

bearers

performance monitoring systems

transmission

architectures and geographical categorisation

information sources

technology and equipment

cost analysis for a planned network

workplace documentation, including reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site to plan transmission network

equipment and system manuals and specifications

legislation and documentation to plan a transmission network

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN818 Align systems with product and technology strategy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop technology roadmaps and interface management systems to align and integrate systems with a product and technology strategy.

It applies to individuals with technical and task management skills according to manufacturer’s design specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop technology roadmap	1.1 Analyse market research information and determine customer needs within product and technology strategy 1.2 Evaluate enterprise and technology issues anticipated to affect system design, and translate them into system requirements 1.3 Evaluate program, product and technology needs that affect definition of the system lifecycle 1.4 Develop systems integration, verification and validation plans from design requirements 1.5 Develop and communicate key aspects on implementation of the technology roadmap to relevant personnel
2. Develop interface management of system elements	2.1 Determine system element interfaces and sources of complexity for interface management of the system 2.2 Develop a process and required techniques to be adopted for interface management of system elements 2.3 Create a control process of system element interfaces of the management system 2.4 Liaise and arbitrate conflicts in the interface’s definition process
3. Implement systems integration	3.1 Evaluate suitability of system integration, verification and validation plans for the product and technology strategy of the technology road map for a consumer product 3.2 Develop systems integration, verification and validation plans for complex systems, including method and timing for each activity 3.3 Manage system integration plan and diagnose complex faults 3.4 Document fault conditions, report to relevant person and follow up corrective actions 3.5 Prepare evidence for customer acceptance and certification of the system integration management plan for consumer product 3.6 Plan and manage a transition to operational activity of product

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using highly developed listening, observational and questioning skills to understand others' perspectives, and clarify, explore and extend meaning
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets technical documentation, software and hardware manuals, specifications and required enterprise policy
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including diagrammatic material incorporating technical language, to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with stakeholders in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, taking the lead in identifying issues and facilitating agreement
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments if necessary Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques to resolve software, hardware and logistics problems
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to plan required systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN802 Manage alignment of systems with product and technology strategy.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN818 Align systems with product and technology strategy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

align at least two systems with an organisation’s product and technology strategy.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan implementation and testing of new system requirements, including system functionality and performance under load conditions

manage interface elements of systems

implement systems integration

recognise potential causes of problems and service level impact

analyse impact of integration of system changes on network

prepare documentation for customer acceptance and certification of system integration.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

technology issues for specified enterprises

integration, verification and validation plans

methods of preparing documentation for customer acceptance and certification of system integration

functions and features of:

interface management systems

system element interfaces

system integration solutions

technology roadmaps

workplace documentation

specific workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements that impact activity in terms of safety of self and the general public

system life cycles

product and technology strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where alignment of computer support systems with a product and technology strategy may be conducted

software tools currently used in industry

vendor products, specifications, equipment and enterprise policy required for the activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN819 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, deploy, manage and optimise the entire solution life cycle via translation for an existing or new infrastructure of Next Generation Technology (NGN).

It applies to individuals with highly developed technical skills who use design software and simulation to test system performance to a manufacturer’s or design specification.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop system design requirements	1.1 Produce system requirements specifications for a complex project involving enterprise and technology issues using the simplest possible technology and making the system modular 1.2 Resolve and negotiate requirement conflicts to establish a complete and consistent requirement set 1.3 Produce and develop acceptance criteria for requirements 1.4 Design a requirements management plan with categorisations, structures and sources of complexity 1.5 Develop a process to manage requirements, enabling users to influence future improvements
2. Produce system design based on requirements	2.1 Evaluate strengths and weaknesses of required technologies in context of the design requirement and needs for systems integration 2.2 Create range of alternative interdisciplinary concepts and assess their attributes 2.3 Plan for incorporation of later life-cycle design attributes while developing design requirements 2.4 Devise a system design strategy and approach, using tools and techniques to conduct functional analysis 2.5 Produce a set of parameters to track critical aspects of the design 2.6 Use documentation, modelling and simulation tools and techniques to represent a system or system element 2.7 Use complex simulations to evaluate design concepts for a system or system element 2.8 Produce a report to evaluate and advise on risks, suitability and limitations of models and simulations 2.9 Identify underlying domain-specific issues, strategy and approach to be adopted for ensuring system robustness 2.10 Produce a robust design using domain-specific strategy and approach for platform requirements and designs
3. Verify solution design and traceability	3.1 Align specific aspects of the design to original intent 3.2 Verify and track specific aspects of current design against original intent throughout the supply chain 3.3 Compare verification requirements with system requirements 3.4 Use change control and configuration management to implement remedial actions and change control for inconsistencies

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using relevant tone and clear language to address relevant personnel Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a wide range of complex texts
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills by selecting required conventions and stylistic devices to express precise meaning
Teamwork	Collaborates and negotiates to achieve agreeable outcomes in potentially contentious situations
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for diagnosing problems and generating and evaluating possible solutions
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses this to analyse and design solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN803 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN819 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

translate at least two domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop system design requirements

evaluate design concepts for system or system element using complex simulations

produce a system design using domain specific strategy to platform requirements and design

use functional analysis tools

verify solution design and traceability.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

complex simulation techniques

enterprise platforms and system designs

design of management plans

domain and solution architectures

technological issues for a specified enterprise

information required to simulate computer system elements according to a test specification

interdisciplinary concepts and attributes

life cycle design attributes

remedial actions and select control for inconsistencies

solution design and traceability

functions and features of tools required to conduct functional analysis.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where development, deployment, management and optimisation of domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs can be conducted

documentation, modelling and simulation tools currently used in industry

tests and equipment currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN820 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse business options and design for network infrastructure service providers and implement end-to-end architectural solutions.

It applies to individuals with excellent technical, communication and planning skills working in project management roles with authority to direct installation activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate tools and techniques for architectural design	1.1 Apply principles of architectural design within the life cycle of application software 1.2 Develop a process to apply required tools and techniques for architectural design of end-to-end solutions 1.3 Evaluate and select required analysis and selection techniques to develop a partition between discipline technologies and acquire discipline-specific requirements
2. Analyse design options for optimal solutions	2.1 Analyse business options to support architectural design trade-offs for an optimal design solution 2.2 Develop alternative architectural designs traceable to the requirements 2.3 Evaluate a range of architectural solutions and justify selection of the optimum solution
3. Develop interface requirements for effective solutions across multiple domains	3.1 Evaluate system element interfaces and sources of complexity for interface management of the system across multiple domains 3.2 Develop a process and required techniques to be adopted for the interface management of system elements for end-to-end architectural solutions 3.3 Produce a control process for system element interfaces of the management system 3.4 Liaise and arbitrate between stakeholders where there are conflicts in the definition of interfaces
4. Manage end-to-end systems integration	4.1 Evaluate suitability of system integration, verification and validation plans for end-to-end architectural solutions across multiple domains 4.2 Develop systems integration, verification and validation plans for complex systems to confirm a viable integration process 4.3 Manage system integration plan and diagnose complex faults 4.4 Document fault conditions, report to required person and follow up corrective actions 4.5 Prepare evidence for customer acceptance and certification of the system integration management plan 4.6 Plan and manage a transition to operational activity for the end-to-end solution
5. Incorporate components of an architecture from a third party	5.1 Negotiate with vendor for acceptable vendor agreements and agreed roles and responsibilities of each party 5.2 Manage vendor within a clearly defined process for dealing with defects and scope changes 5.3 Plan beyond delivery of specific elements and establish requirements for ongoing maintenance and support from vendor
6. Manage requirements for the architecture solution	6.1 Negotiate minimum component costs with vendors and assess vendor component costs 6.2 Manage vendor selection process to provide high-quality solutions within required costings

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to determine best value-for-money solutions according to business requirements
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with relevant personnel, customers and contractors using required tone and clear language Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets a range of complex documentation to evaluate product and technology needs
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including reports and designs incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with customers, vendors or technical personnel in a range of work contexts Collaborates and negotiates to achieve agreeable outcomes in potentially contentious situations
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for diagnosing problems and generating and evaluating possible solutions
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to plan complex systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN804 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN820 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage at least two end-to-end architectural solutions across multiple domains.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate tools and techniques for at least two architectural designs

analyse design options for optimal solutions

develop interface requirements for effective solutions across multiple domains

incorporate components of third-party architecture.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

architectural design tools

interface management

management of end-to-end system integration

new end-to-end architecture design solutions

solutions for business options across multiple domains

system integration solution techniques

system interfaces

validation plans

importance of vendors' agreements with specific reference to roles and responsibilities of each party

methods to calculate components’ costs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where architecture solutions across multiple domains can be managed

simulation software tools currently used in industry

vendor products, specifications, equipment and enterprise policy required for the activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN821 Manage solution architecture and impacts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse business options to plan, develop and manage solution architecture systems integration across multiple architectures for a network service provider.

It applies to individuals with excellent technical, communication and planning skills working in project management roles with authority to direct installation activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop plan to support architectural design process	1.1 Prepare a plan with techniques to support the architectural design process and communicate the solution to different stakeholder groups 1.2 Analyse business options to support architectural design trade-offs for optimal design solution 1.3 Evaluate strengths and weaknesses of required technologies in context of the requirement 1.4 Assess a range of interdisciplinary concept ideas and effect their attributes would have on the design requirements 1.5 Prepare a solutions architecture plan detailing all possible solutions
2. Develop interface requirements for effective solutions across multiple architectures	2.1 Evaluate system element interfaces and sources of complexity for interface management of the system across multiple architectures 2.2 Develop a process and required techniques to be adopted for interface management of system elements for solution architecture 2.3 Produce a control process of system element interfaces of the management system 2.4 Liaise and arbitrate between stakeholders where there are conflicts in definition of interfaces
3. Manage solution architecture systems integration	3.1 Evaluate suitability of system integration, verification and validation plans for solution architecture from requirements 3.2 Develop systems integration, verification and validation plans for complex systems to confirm viable integration process 3.3 Manage system integration plan and diagnose complex faults 3.4 Document fault conditions, report to relevant person and follow up corrective actions 3.5 Prepare evidence for customer acceptance and certification of system integration management plan 3.6 Plan and manage a transition to operational activity for the solution architecture
4. Manage solution implementation and notify stakeholder groups	4.1 Produce final project management requirements against solution architecture plan and notify stakeholder groups of impending implementations 4.2 Evaluate impact of proposed project solutions on customers and enterprise 4.3 Manage solution architecture activities as part of overall project plan and monitor solution architecture risks 4.4 Manage amendments to solution architecture processes to meet needs of the project and apply necessary corrective actions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using tone and language required for the audience and environment
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets a range of complex documentation such as software and hardware manuals
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including recommendations, incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with stakeholders in a range of work contexts Collaborates and negotiates to achieve agreeable outcomes in potentially contentious situations
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, identifying and addressing issues Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques to resolve domain, technology and logistics problems Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles and their impact on customers and enterprise
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses this to prepare proposals

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN805 Manage solution architecture and impacts in line with organisational processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN821 Manage solution architecture and impacts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage solution architecture and impacts for at least two projects.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare architecture plans exploring solutions

develop interface requirements for effective solutions across multiple architectures

manage solution architecture systems integration

analyse impact of proposed project solutions on customers and enterprise

prepare evidence for customer acceptance and certification of system integration management plan

produce final project management requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

features and operating requirements of complex systems, key performance indicators (KPI) and service level agreements

information required to define solution architecture and impacts in line with organisational processes

interdisciplinary concepts across multiple architectures

issues and challenges occurring with system changes

manufacturer requirements for operation of systems equipment

required organisational policies and procedures

performance and integration requirements

solutions architecture alternatives

system element interfaces for solution architecture

system integration plans

validation plans.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where development and management of solution architecture systems integration across multiple architectures may be conducted

software tools currently used in industry

vendor products, specifications, equipment and enterprise policy required for the activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN822 Manage application layer solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, evaluate, manage, deploy and maintain application layer solutions for new solutions or existing network service.

It applies to individuals with highly developed technical skills working as network engineering staff or senior technical officers with relevant project management roles and authority to direct activities of installation staff, manufacturers and vendors.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications networks engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop application layer solutions	1.1 Produce requirements for applications layer solutions for delivery of new applications layer solutions to customers using forecasting demand data 1.2 Prepare a plan for an organisational change control process and integration of new solutions within a complete network infrastructure 1.3 Produce a test management schedule for the testing process of application product 1.4 Translate complex design and architecture requirements to traceable application characteristics according to design requirements 1.5 Develop application architecture solution specifications using an industry process according to design requirements 1.6 Develop application software resource profiling and select suitable vendor for negotiations 1.7 Translate complex requirements into software packaging 1.8 Produce software deployment mapping and version control to confirm complete integration and compatibility of application solution with existing system 1.9 Complete configuration management and provide complex input network design requirements
2. Analyse test results of application layer solutions	2.1 Use design document and integration document software to replicate issues exhibited in test environment 2.2 Certify software solution compatibility and compliance to requirements using a web-based test management tool (quality centre) to conduct performance evaluation tests 2.3 Analyse test reports to evaluate load balancing and network security issues in test environment 2.4 Resolve complex issues in interface to isolate defects
3. Manage deployment of application layer solutions	3.1 Plan and prepare evidence for customer acceptance and certification 3.2 Plan and manage transition to operation activities required for transition to operation of integrated application layer solution 3.3 Prepare installation failures procedure to make changes while maintaining service levels 3.4 Manage change implementation plan to maintain system stability
4. Maintain currency of application layer solutions	4.1 Manage ongoing monitoring activities to prolong new applications layer solution life cycle for cost-effective business reasons 4.2 Produce tuning activities to make efficient use of resources 4.3 Analyse current demands for resources to derive forecasts and future requirements 4.4 Produce a capacity plan predicting infrastructure resource needs to achieve agreed service levels

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets a range of complex technical documentation including software and hardware manuals
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including complex plans incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles and their impact on customers and enterprise
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques to resolve logistics problems
Technology	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses this to devise solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN806 Manage application layer solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN822 Manage application layer solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage at least two application layer solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce test management schedules

develop application architecture solution specifications

produce software deployment mapping and version control

analyse test results of application layer solutions

prepare evidence for customer acceptance and certification

prepare installation failure procedures

manage ongoing monitoring activities

produce tuning activities

produce capacity plans, predicting infrastructure resource needs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

installation failure procedures

important tenets of managing change

different planning documents including:

organisational change implementation plan

capacity plan

new applications layer solutions

software and hardware resources required by an application layer

system integration techniques

test management scheduling

tuning activities to maintain currency

use of forecasting demand data

use and purpose of test management tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where management of application layer solutions may be conducted

software tools currently used in industry

vendor products, specifications, equipment and enterprise policy required for the activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN823 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate new solutions to an existing network and manage change implementation.

It applies to individuals with excellent technical skills working as network engineering or senior technical staff within project management roles with authority to direct activities of installation staff, manufacturers and vendors.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop voice, data and IP network solutions	1.1 Produce requirements for voice, data and IP network solutions for delivery of new voice, data and IP networks to customers using forecasting demand data 1.2 Prepare plan for organisational change, control process and integration of new solutions within a complete network infrastructure 1.3 Produce test management schedule for testing process of network product solution 1.4 Translate complex design and architecture requirements to traceable software application characteristics according to design requirements 1.5 Develop network architecture solution specifications using industry process according to design requirements 1.6 Develop software and hardware resource profiling and select suitable vendor for negotiations 1.7 Translate complex requirements into software packaging 1.8 Produce software deployment mapping and version control to confirm complete integration and compatibility of network application solution to existing system 1.9 Complete configuration management and provide complex input network design requirements
2. Analyse test results of voice, data and IP network solutions	2.1 Use design document and integration document software to replicate issues exhibited in test environment 2.2 Certify software solution compatibility and compliance to requirements using web-based test management tool (quality centre) to conduct performance evaluation tests 2.3 Analyse test reports to evaluate load balancing and network security issues in test environment 2.4 Resolve complex issues in interface to isolate defects
3. Manage deployment of voice, data and IP network solutions	3.1 Plan and prepare evidence for customer acceptance and certification 3.2 Plan and manage transition to operation activities required for transition to operation of integrated IP network solution 3.3 Prepare installation failures procedure to make changes while maintaining service levels 3.4 Manage change implementation plan to maintain system stability
4. Maintain currency of voice, data and IP network solutions	4.1 Manage ongoing monitoring activities to prolong new IP network solution life cycle for cost-effective business reasons 4.2 Produce tuning activities to make efficient use of resources 4.3 Analyse current demand for resources to derive forecasts and future requirements 4.4 Produce a capacity plan predicting infrastructure resource needs to achieve agreed service levels

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses numerical information to interpret results, evaluate different types of technical data, take measurements and determine cost-effective outcomes
Reading	Organises, evaluates and interprets complex technical documentation, such as software and hardware manuals and design specifications
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including reports and recommendations incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, and developing and evaluating procedures for network solutions
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses this to devise solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN807 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN823 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and manage at least two voice, data and IP network solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce test management schedules

develop network architecture solution specifications

develop software and hardware resource profiling and select suitable vendor for negotiations

conduct configuration management of voice, data and IP network and provide complex input network design requirements

analyse test reports

prepare installation failures procedure

produce tuning activities to enable efficiencies

produce capacity plan predicting infrastructure resource needs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

functions and features of capacity plans

installation failure procedures

change management strategies required for the introduction of new technologies

software application characteristics

new IP network solutions

software and hardware resources required to project

system integration techniques

test management scheduling

detailed summary of tuning activities necessary to maintain currency

use of forecasting demand data

test management tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where management of voice, data and IP network solutions can be conducted

software and hardware resources suitable for developing, deploying and managing voice, data and IP network solutions

tests and equipment currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN824 Manage network testing strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and manage a test regime for evaluation of application software for a network.

It applies to individuals with high-level technical skills working as network engineers or senior technical staff within project management roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan test effort and develop test strategy for an application software	1.1 Analyse functionalities of an application software from the system design document and create test strategy for new network product lines 1.2 Produce steps for test strategy, including attributes of each step according to enterprise policy 1.3 Produce test strategy for evaluating suitability of application software for integration into networks 1.4 Analyse test strategy and identify types of risks that would hinder test performance or reality
2. Plan test strategy for regime	2.1 Produce phases of a test cycle for a test regime according to system design document 2.2 Assess a range of tests required to evaluate performance and functionality of application software and determine tests required to suit the test regime 2.3 Evaluate features of testing tool and debuggers and select a required tool to test software application and detect faults 2.4 Evaluate elements of test plan that cover testing functionality of the application software
3. Design test plan and produce test reviews	3.1 Determine forecast time, effort and cost for low and medium intensity projects to perform testing 3.2 Develop a test case or test scenario with prerequisite states based on requirements to generate expected test results for test plan 3.3 Produce test plan for specific phases based on requirements of project specifications for the application software 3.4 Produce test reporting associated with particular test phases within test plan 3.5 Analyse test reports and evaluate impact of test plan on the testing environment 3.6 Manage progress of test plan to minimise risks associated with testing and confirm test compliance with test requirements 3.7 Report any detected defects to relevant personnel, and prepare a strategy to manage defects
4. Manage test traceability	4.1 Create a traceability matrix to correlate relationship between marketing requirements and detailed requirements of software product to matching parts of design, test plan and test cases 4.2 Analyse testing metrics produced by test tool to manage tracking of defects and plan process improvements based on the metrics 4.3 Produce an evaluation report from traceability matrix to manage defects or failures from the test plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses numerical information to interpret and evaluate different types of technical data, take measurements and determine cost-effective outcomes
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a wide range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including reports and recommendations incorporating technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with relevant personnel in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high impact activities with strategic implications Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Self-management	Adheres to organisational procedures and protocols
Technology	Applies formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for resolving software, hardware and logistics problems Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses this to devise strategies

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN808 Manage network testing strategies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN824 Manage network testing strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage at least two network testing strategies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce steps in developing test strategies

produce test strategies for evaluating suitability of application software

design test plan and produce test reviews

produce test plans for specific phases

develop test scenarios

produce test reporting associated with particular test phases within test plan

create traceability matrix

produce an evaluation report from the traceability matrix to manage defects or failures from the test plan.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

applications software features and functionalities

configuration of software testing tools

creation of a traceability matrix

different elements of test plans and risks associated with implementation

features of testing tools and debuggers

identification of types of risks

how to manage software defects

management of test traceability

phases of test cycles

production of test reviews

required steps in developing test strategy

testing procedures and testing cycles for various system applications

workplace requirements for evaluation reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where planning and management of a test regime for evaluation of application software may be conducted

software tools currently used in industry

vendor products, specifications, equipment and enterprise policy required for the activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN825 Investigate applications of cloud networks in network switching

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop strategies to accommodate shortfalls in capacity and functionality for a switching network. It also covers how to develop solutions for network growth using emerging technologies, including cloud computing.

It applies to individuals with excellent technical and strategic management skills working as telecommunications planning engineers and senior technical staff.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate existing physical network infrastructure	1.1 Analyse scalability, functionality, cost, security and energy consumption of existing physical network infrastructure 1.2 Report on shortfalls and risks of existing physical infrastructure in accommodating network growth and increased functionality 1.3 Investigate capacity and functionality shortfalls of existing physical infrastructure to highlight limitations of the existing switching network 1.4 Document estimated costs and issues associated with meeting capacity and functionality shortfalls using existing physical infrastructure
2. Investigate the application of cloud networks	2.1 Analyse trends in cloud networks (infrastructure-as-a-service), technologies and multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) architectures against rapid changes in the landscape 2.2 Determine applicability of cloud networks (infrastructure- as-a-service) to meet capacity and functionality requirements of the network 2.3 Assess risks in using cloud networks to meet capacity and functionality requirements of the network 2.4 Evaluate a range of cloud network solutions and justify selection of an optimum network switching solution 2.5 Develop solution elements using a series of small project elements 2.6 Produce a cloud network alternative solution to emulate the existing core network of a service provider
3. Analyse the impact of the cloud network solution for system integration and across business domains	3.1 Prepare a plan for organisational change control processes and integration of cloud network solutions within a complete network infrastructure 3.2 Prepare a test scenario and produce a test management schedule for the testing process of system elements and interfaces using simulation 3.3 Use integration document software to replicate issues exhibited in test environment 3.4 Certify cloud network solution compatibility and compliance to requirements using the web-based test management tool (quality centre) to conduct performance evaluation tests 3.5 Analyse test reports to evaluate load balancing and network security issues in test environment 3.6 Document and resolve conflicts detected in simulation testing
4. Develop a business case for implementation of a cloud network	4.1 Prepare a cost-benefit analysis of the cloud network solution as a business case to evaluate the return on investment (RoI) 4.2 Investigate staging of the solution and timing implementation of project elements as a scenario for real life implementation 4.3 Research and report on key features of cloud network implementation in a business case study

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses numerical information to interpret results, evaluate different types of technical data, take measurements and determine cost-effective outcomes for RoI
Reading	Researches, evaluates and interprets complex technical documentation, such as software and hardware manuals and design specifications
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including reports and recommendations incorporating technical language, to communicate complex information
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify required information, test strategies and resources Uses formal, analytical and lateral thinking techniques to resolve problems or to generate ideas
Technology	Actively identifies digital systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs Actively identifies digital systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN810 Investigate the application of cloud networks in telecommunications switching.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN825 Investigate applications of cloud networks in network switching

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

investigate applications of at least two cloud networks in network switching.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate physical network capacity and functionality shortfalls

investigate application of cloud networks and plan at least two architectural designs

develop components of cloud networking solution for meeting capacity and functionality requirements of the network

assess network risks

analyse impact of integration of cloud network solution on network

prepare test plans with test scenario and produce test management schedules

use integration document and software test management tools to replicate issues exhibited in test environment

certify cloud network solution compatibility and compliance

prepare cost-benefit analyses of cloud network solutions

develop business cases for implementation of cloud networks.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

components of infrastructure-as-a-service solutions

existing digital switching technology in service provider’s core network

information required to develop architectural solutions

functions and features of:

test plans, test scenarios and test management schedules

business cases

cost-benefit analysis

return on investment

cloud network solutions

integration document software

new cloud network technologies

detailed summary of cloud networking transmission, transmitter and receiver architecture and their associated infrastructure

performance and integration requirements

technical documentation

protocols as used on multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) and infrastructure-as-a-service

detailed explanation of network components and their functions

specific organisational requirements relating to computer systems

typical issues and challenges that occur with system changes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where the application of cloud networks in network switching may be investigated

software tools currently used in industry

vendor products, specifications, equipment and enterprise policy required for the activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN826 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communication systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse, apply and simulate operation of digital signal processing (DSP) to signals in a network system.

It applies to individuals with excellent information and communications technology (ICT) and design skills working as field officers. They develop solutions in modern applications, such as internet protocol TV (IPTV), digital TV, fast broadband and internet applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Apply DSP design criteria to network system	1.1 Review DSP criteria applied to signal processing 1.2 Perform frequency domain analysis on network signals 1.3 Apply digital processing techniques to DSP baseband communications signals used in digital systems 1.4 Generate output of a comb filter in digital filtering application using convolution theorem and autocorrelation
2 Determine linear time invariant (LTI) system properties	2.1 Simulate network entities using simulation software functions 2.2 Perform calculations to find numerical approximations of the continuous-time convolution process 2.3 Simulate echo cancellation by applying simulation software using adaptive DSP algorithms and an inverse filtering method
3 Analyse digital network signals processing	3.1 Analyse the result of digitally passing a signal through a first- order recursive discrete-time filter 3.2 Determine frequency response of a simple continuous-time system using Fourier transform 3.3 Analyse amplitude modulated signals using Fourier transform
4 Analyse time and frequency forms of signals	4.1 Program a simulated software application and represent a comb filter with a signal applied from the required network system 4.2 Produce a report analysing simulated output results and relevance of a DSP filter to a network system

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs a range of complex, algorithmic calculations and analyses Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Reading	Researches, evaluates and interprets complex technical documentation
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation including reports that incorporate technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Uses different processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Technology	Uses advanced features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN812 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communications system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN826 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communication systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate and apply at least two digital signal processes to communication systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply digital signal processing (DSP) criteria to a network system

evaluate linear time invariant (LTI) system properties

analyse digital and amplitude modulated signals using DSP methods and principles

demonstrate an awareness of radio frequency issues required to DSP processes

report on finding of analysis and use of DSP in a network system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

digital communications systems

Fourier transforms

LTI

various modulation methods, amplitude (AM), frequency (FM), phase (PM) and digital formats

organisational policy and procedures for digital signal processing

common non-compliance issues and responses

workplace technical documentation and related reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a network operations site

digital communication systems

simulation software

network test equipment currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN827 Produce engineering solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and evaluate systems and networks to resolve specialised network problems.

It applies to individuals who analyse, calculate and solve complex mathematical engineering problems for advanced network systems requiring numerical simulation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use advanced engineering mathematics for a range of complex engineering solutions	1.1 Solve mathematical functions using complex trigonometric ratios 1.2 Solve mathematical functions using manipulation of matrices and determinants 1.3 Solve trigonometric functions using operations on complex numbers 1.4 Solve complex functions using integral and differential calculus 1.5 Solve mathematical functions using ordinary differential equations (ODE) 1.6 Solve mathematical equations using Laplace transforms 1.7 Solve mathematical problems using algorithmic control structures 1.8 Produce simulated calculations in required engineering solutions 1.9 Analyse results from simulated solutions and compare to derived solutions 1.10 Adjust variables in the calculation process required to improve engineering solutions
2. Design a simulation control system with queues	2.1 Design simple control systems using simulation software 2.2 Design queuing systems using simulation software 2.3 Design stochastic systems using simulation software 2.4 Document and present all numerical software simulations for the engineering problems

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses a range of advanced mathematical skills to perform a variety of complex engineering solutions and interpret complex measurement data
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates technical language to communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Uses a mix of informal and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN813 Produce engineering solutions using numerical computations and simulation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN827 Produce engineering solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

resolve at least two specialised network problems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

solve a range of complex mathematical functions

use software systems to produce simulations of mathematical solutions

analyse results of software simulations

design network systems using software simulations

document and present software solutions for engineering problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

functions using symbolic and numerical software, including operations of entering and manipulating polynomials in suitable software and then substitution of values and graphing

matrices and determinants, numerically with and without symbolic and numerical software

methods to design and debug programs using algorithmic control structures and output results to the screen, a graph and a file

methods to analyse and manipulate complex numbers numerically and with symbolic software

methods to determine and manipulate equations using advanced calculus operations of differentiation and integration numerically and with symbolic software

methods to determine and manipulate equations of the type called ordinary differential equations (ODE) met in network engineering applications numerically and with symbolic software

methods to determine and manipulate Laplace transforms met in network engineering applications numerically and with symbolic software

methods to design a simulation control system and simulate queues using software

functions and features of required technical documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

networked computers

simulation software

required documentation

a range of industry scenarios or workplace examples.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN828 Manage development and application of testing artefacts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and manage test regimes by developing testing artefacts to evaluate network application software.

It applies to individuals working as network engineers and senior technical staff within project management roles, and includes technologies in mobile phones, wireless modems, set top boxes, media centres, web applications and content servers using application software to provide network services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan the test effort and develop test strategy for software testing	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from relevant personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Analyse functionalities of application software from the system design document and create a test strategy for a new network product line 1.3 Produce steps in developing test strategy and attributes of each step according to enterprise policy 1.4 Produce a test strategy and evaluate suitability of application software for integration into the network 1.5 Assess a range of tests required to evaluate performance and functionality of application software and determine tests required to suit the test regime 1.6 Evaluate features of testing tool and debuggers, and select a required tool to test the software application and detect faults 1.7 Produce a test plan based on requirements of the project specifications, and identify testing artefacts required for model-based software testing
2. Plan the development of testing artefacts	2.1 Develop software testing strategies for uncovering evidence of defects in software systems as part of the quality assurance process 2.2 Produce a test dependency model of the relationship between the test regime and test levels in software testing for referencing and validation 2.3 Analyse software testing requirements to determine domain testing and application testing artefacts requirements to validate the software product
3. Develop and manage testing artefacts	3.1 Create reusable domain artefacts to detect early defects in domain testing 3.2 Modify domain test artefacts by binding variability to create application test artefacts to detect defects in product line applications 3.3 Produce test reporting associated with test cycle phases within the test plan 3.4 Analyse test reports and evaluate the impact of the test plan with testing artefacts on the testing environment 3.5 Manage progress of the test plan, and confirm the test complies with test requirements 3.6 Report detected defects to relevant personnel and prepare the strategy to manage defects 3.7 Analyse testing metrics produced by the test tool to manage tracking of defects, and use metrics to plan process improvements 3.8 Produce an evaluation report from the traceability matrix according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses numerical information to interpret and evaluate different types of technical data and take measurements
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a wide range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation, including reports and recommendations incorporating technical language, to communicate complex information
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with technical personnel in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an understanding of context for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses this to devise strategies

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN814 Manage development and application of testing artefacts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN828 Manage development and application of testing artefacts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage the development and application of at least three different testing artefacts for a network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce steps in developing test strategy

minimise testing risks

manage defects and failures from the test plan

produce a test strategy to evaluate suitability of application software

develop software testing strategies for uncovering evidence of defects in software systems

create reusable domain artefacts to detect early defects in domain testing

produce test reporting associated with phases of a test cycle within the test plan

produce an evaluation report from the traceability matrix.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required legislation, codes, company work practices, regulations and standards, workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements for scoped work

applications’ software features and functionalities

the configuration of software testing tools

software artefact and explain the process for testing artefacts

creation of the traceability matrix

steps in developing the test strategy and specify various tests that may be applied

domain and application testing

essential elements of test plans

features of testing tools and debuggers

the identification of types of risks

the management of:

software defects

test traceability

phases of test cycles

production of test reviews

steps in developing a test strategy

testing procedures

workplace evaluation report.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where testing artefacts can be developed and applied

software tools currently used in industry

vendor products, specifications, equipment and enterprise policy required for the activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Minor update of unit of competency. Amended typographical error in third bullet point of Knowledge Evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use an integrated development environment (IDE) to create, modify and test, simple web pages and web content, according to client requirements.

The unit applies to those who are responsible for creating and maintaining simple websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify authoring and task requirements	1.1 Select preferred integrated development environment (IDE) according to client requirements 1.2 Set preferences for IDE, including site file transfer protocol client
2. Organise required files	2.1 Create, maintain and save files in required location or directory 2.2 Access and use a range of features in IDE 2.3 Confirm use of IDE with required personnel 2.4 Maintain directory structure for site 2.5 Upload files to required folder using file transfer protocol (FTP)
3. Add content and simple navigation to web pages	3.1 Insert and format text content according to client requirements 3.2 Insert images, data tables and simple forms 3.3 Access markup language and make basic modifications to code 3.4 Create sitemap and plan navigation 3.5 Seek feedback on work performed from required personnel and amend accordingly 3.6 Create links between pages using text and images
4. Test and finalise web pages	4.1 Test elements of website content across multiple browsers and browser versions 4.2 Confirm web page meets client and web content accessibility guidelines 4.3 Evaluate test results and confirm website meets client requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets a range of technical specifications and other information and determines solutions according to client requirements
Writing	Creates files using software and applicable technical language
Self-management	Identifies and confirms own role and responsibility and complies with specific client requirements Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks within own workload Makes some critical and non-critical decisions within mostly familiar situations, to develop and test, functional websites according to client requirements Initiates connections with others through verbal or nonverbal communication and responds as required
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB302 Build simple websites using commercial programs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Minor update of unit of competency. Amended typographical error in third bullet point of Knowledge Evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a website with at least three different web pages according to client requirements using applicable features of a selected integrated development environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create and maintain files and upload them to required locations and servers

test consistency and security of created web content.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements applicable to developing simple web content

web content accessibility guidelines including The World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

web navigation functions required in supporting web content functionality, including links between pages

features of web authoring tools used for web page design

website publishing and markup languages

file transfer protocol (FTP) function

common browsers used for accessing the web

basic coding techniques

site map creation methods

website testing methodologies

organisational procedures applicable to creating web pages.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client specifications

required hardware and software components

selected integrated development environment (IDE)

web servers and browsers

storage media

required FTP client software

secure passwords and access procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and manipulate images for use in website development.

The unit applies to individuals working as web designers and content creators, who generate and apply digital images and create graphics for a website.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine client requirements	1.1 Access and interpret requirements brief 1.2 Determine and analyse client needs with regard to digital image content, quality and size 1.3 Research and source required images according to organisational and copyright requirements 1.4 Select applicable industry-standard, image-editing software
2. Source and manipulate images	2.1 Create a range of effects using features of image-editing software 2.2 Edit and resize images according to web application requirements 2.3 Create backups of assets to be used
3. Save and upload images	3.1 Save images in required formats and maintain their individual effects 3.2 Upload images to applicable server 3.3 Link images to required web pages 3.4 Save images in applicable directory structure 3.5 Check digital images meet client requirements and confirm with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical information, software and organisational documentation
Writing	Uses specific software and technical language to create, format, review, save and access web-based images
Problem solving	Makes some critical and non-critical decisions within mostly familiar situations, to produce digital images according to client needs
Self-management	Identifies and confirms own role and responsibility Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks within own workload

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB303 Produce digital images for the web.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least three different digital images for the web according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere to copyright standards and legislation

save images in required format and location.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standards and copyright legislation applicable to using digital images

digital image formats and their application

industry-standard digital image editing software

purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

organisational policies and procedures, including procedures for:

accessing client briefs

sourcing and saving digital images required web content.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

image manipulation software

industry standard hardware, digital devices and storage devices

client briefs relating to images to be produced

required image editing software

image sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and drive social media traffic to an established website using social media platforms. It involves comparing, configuring and using different types of social networking tools and applications to increase web presence.

It applies to individuals in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) roles and use social media tools and applications in business environments

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use social media tools and applications	1.1 Establish social media requirements according to business specifications 1.2 Identify and analyse characteristics of social media platforms, tools and applications 1.3 Identify issues associated with social media tools and applications according to organisational guidelines and policies 1.4 Compare and discuss purpose and effect of social media platforms, tools and applications with required personnel 1.5 Compare and review tools and features of different social media platforms, tools and applications
2. Set up and use social media tools and applications	2.1 Identify social media tools and applications according to business specifications 2.2 Initiate and configure preferred social media tools and applications for use 2.3 Establish social media interface, using text and file content 2.4 Set up accounts for required users according to organisational procedures 2.5 Initiate social networking interaction and confirm security of collaboration 2.6 Link social media and web presence and create content as required
3. Review use of social media tools and application in developing web presence	3.1 Test and evaluate tools and applications according to organisational procedures 3.2 Test and fix errors and confirm website security according to organisational procedures 3.3 Determine whether use of social media tools is effective in developing web presence according to results 3.4 Review social media work and apply required changes according to organisational procedures 3.5 Confirm work performed with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Extracts required information from technical and organisational documents
Writing	Develops content in a manner that supports and conveys information, using required structures and specialised language
Self-management	Identifies and applies legal and ethical responsibilities regarding use of social media tools Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop social networking presence and upload and link at least three different file types using social media platforms, tools and applications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate use of social media tools and application and action required changes

confirm security of social media interactions according to cyber security procedures and protocols

seek review from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic technical terminology in relation to social networking, social media applications and tools

basic methods of uploading images, text files, portable document format (PDF) files, audio files, video files and linking associated files

features and functions of social media applications

import and export software functions

different types of social media tools and applications, benefits and issues associated with their use

tagging process and facilitating collaborative folksonomy

social media applications

organisational procedures applicable to developing web presence through social media

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and its components

online resources

social media tools and applications that may be used to develop web presence through social media.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB432 Design website layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a website to client specifications, within a particular technical and human interface environment.

The unit applies to those who are responsible for the analysis, documentation and design of the human computer interface, including requirements that drive design for either internal or external clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define and gather business environment	1.1 Establish client requirements from brief 1.2 Identify applicable standards and design principles required in website development 1.3 Identify hardware and software requirements
2. Define human user interface and user experience and determine site hierarchy	2.1 Conduct user analysis and determine user profile and needs 2.2 Identify user content, operating system and requirements 2.3 Determine applicable design principles for website 2.4 Determine user experience design requirements according to user needs 2.5 Design and create page hierarchy and structure according to design protocol 2.6 Review content and confirm user content requirements are met
3. Integrate and finalise design components	3.1 Apply required information hierarchy to site design 3.2 Design and implement process flow according to client requirements 3.3 Test website layout against user needs and amend as required 3.4 Complete and document design structure

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques with clients for eliciting information and determining specific needs and requirements
Reading	Interprets, analyse and syntheses, technical and organisational information and informs decision-making in constructing and validating solutions according to work task
Writing	Develops content in a manner that supports and conveys information, using required structures, templates, software and specialised language Produces a logically sequenced text and conveys exact procedural requirements and specific and concise instruction and meaning
Problem solving	Makes routine and complex decisions and develops logical structures within website information and operation using analytical processes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to standards of industry bodies, where related to own work context Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks within own workload and delivers outcomes on time
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB432 Design website layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design a website layout using applicable tools and procedures according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify website and design structure required by conducting a user analysis

define user interface, user experience and site hierarchy test and amend website layout design document work including documentation of design structure, process notes, tests and solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

copyright and intellectual property requirements applicable to designing web layouts

customer and business liaison that is applicable to designing website layouts

internet connectivity impacts

page load times measurement tools

technical specifications documentation procedures

standards applicable to website design

website design methods and standard website structures

design and cyber security procedures and protocols

media queries relevant to designing website layouts documentation techniques applicable documenting website layout designs

performance budget applications relevant to designing website layouts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements documentation

required hardware, software and digital devices

site and web servers

industry standard operating system

applicable standards and copyright information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. Version created to correct typographical error in the knowledge evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to confirm accessibility of websites for users with auditory, visual, mobility and cognitive impairments.

The unit applies to web developers and designers who are required to adhere to international and Australian industry standards and practices to ensure that users with accessibility requirements are not disadvantaged when using websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify accessibility standards	1.1 Research and identify, specific user groups with particular accessibility requirements 1.2 Identify general legislated and industry accessibility standards and requirements 1.3 Identify web development standards 1.4 Consolidate specific and general standards and requirements, into an accessibility checklist
2. Test accessibility of pages and website	2.1 Select and run automatic testing tools and software 2.2 Check text equivalent for every non-text element is present in website where feasible 2.3 Confirm text-only pages are logical and accessible 2.4 Demonstrate document can be read without style sheets 2.5 Check and confirm information and pages are not dependent on colour and can operate in monochrome environment 2.6 Verify pages operate on text-to-speech browser 2.7 Test site with different user groups and confirm site transforms and maintains accessibility
3. Apply and document changes and obtain sign off from required personnel	3.1 Apply and document required changes to pages and website according to testing results 3.2 Check and confirm priorities identified in analysis of web development standards are met and completed 3.3 Confirm website is compliant with accessibility checklist requirements 3.4 Confirm accessibility of website is signed off by required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex texts
Writing	Formats, reviews and amends web-based documents using specific software and technical language Generates checklists that include accessibility standards criteria and other specific requirements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning to shares viewpoints, elicit information and participates in verbal exchanges with stakeholders
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to the regulatory and legislative standards related to own work context Demonstrates responsibility and ownership of tasks and makes decisions on completion parameters and need for consultation and coordination with others Plans, sequences and prioritises tasks and own workload and delivers outcomes on time
Problem-solving	Identifies areas of pages and website that are not compliant with accessibility standards through testing and applies required changes to solve issues.
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools Completes a series of diagnostic tests and tasks according to web development standards for accessibility

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB402 Confirm accessibility of websites for people with special needs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. Version created to correct typographical error in the knowledge evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

confirm a website is accessible for people with special needs and adheres to general and specific accessibility standards and requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify wider context of accessibility through research of accessibility standards

creates an accessibility checklist which incorporates accessibility standards and requirements

test accessibility of pages and website using a range of tools and tests

apply and document required changes according to testing results

obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice, applicable to access, equity and security

computing and programming standards applicable to access and equity

technical performance measurement principles

automatic testing tools and software

required programming language

Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI)

World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) and other Australian accessibility standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a website and included web pages

required hardware, software and digital devices

requirements documentation

the internet

automatic accessibility measuring tools and software

organisational requirements and applicable standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to transfer content, from a remote location to a web server, using a range of commercial information and communications technology (ICT) products. The objective of this skill is the upload of new and revised information on a website.

The unit applies to individuals who work as web developers and designers and required to update websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and configure file transfer protocol client	1.1 Identify content requiring transfer to website 1.2 Review and select file transfer protocol (FTP) client according to features and functions of content and technical environment 1.3 Enter client details, including user identity (ID), password and host name or ID, into profile fields to create a permanent profile 1.4 Choose settings including auto-detect, save profile and password, depending on organisational security and privacy policies and guidelines 1.5 Test and verify, configuration by connecting to web-hosting server
2. Plan and prepare for data transfer and establish server connection	2.1 Prepare data content and back it up on local device and server 2.2 Identify data as compressed, or uncompressed, with tools available on server 2.3 Confirm files are in required form and receiving directory structure is applicable 2.4 Log on to remote server using administrative, guest or anonymous accounts 2.5 Proceed through security layers according to organisational guidelines and cyber security protocols 2.6 Initiate file transfer protocol client program and locate destination directory
3. Transfer data to remote server	3.1 Select files to be transferred and choose mode, American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII), or binary 3.2 Download files and run antivirus software and confirm files are secure according to cyber security protocols 3.3 Move, rename, copy and delete files on server as required and as permissions allow 3.4 Store and order files according to file extensions and task requirements 3.5 Translate, decompress and de-archive downloaded files 3.6 Confirm data transfer, content functionality and close connection

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Accesses and evaluates technical information, standards and data Confirms alignment between work requirements, implementation protocols and specified outcomes
Writing	Creates, updates and enters and verifies data and information using specific standards, software and technical language, according to work requirements, implementation protocols and specified outcomes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legislative requirements and organisational policies and guidelines related to own work context Plans, sequences and prioritises tasks and own workload and delivers outcomes on time
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools Completes a series of sequential tasks required in preparing and transferring data to a website

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB403 Transfer content to a website using commercial packages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

transfer at least three files to a remote server using file transfer protocol (FTP) client, according to organisational security and privacy policies and guidelines.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select and configure a file transfer protocol (FTP) client

test configuration of FTP client

plan and prepare content to be transferred including file format, receiving directory structure, account logins and security issues

connect to server using applicable account login

follow security procedures according to cyber security protocols

transfer content to remove server

store and maintain files in required location.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the FTP server and client software

cyber security and internet protocols

content features and functions

security issues applicable to transferring content

server access security procedures and connection methods

website server architecture and operating systems

data backup and file transfer methodology

organisational security and privacy policies and guidelines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

web servers and tools

a website

content requiring transfer

required hardware and digital devices

client and login details

FTP client software

file storage location

antivirus software

server security password and access procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to track and monitor website performance and confirm maintenance of performance levels during peak traffic times and full use access.

The unit applies to individuals who use planning and analytical skills to maintain and improve website performance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Benchmark website performance	1.1 Review client performance expectations, specifications and business requirements 1.2 Identify administration and maintenance requirements, against specifications and business requirements 1.3 Establish performance benchmarks, from specifications and business requirements 1.4 Test and record measured performance benchmarks against specifications
2. Track and tune website performance	2.1 Track user activities and compare actual website performance against performance benchmarks in key areas 2.2 Record and document performance inconsistencies and incorporate learning into revised policy and procedures 2.3 Identify website faults and implement improvements using diagnostic and software tools according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Establish automatic fault reporting procedures and processes 2.5 Monitor and maintain website security measures 2.6 Document and implement administration and maintenance schedules 2.7 Complete and record fault, correction and maintenance reports
3. Initiate and monitor performance improvement	3.1 Plan and action, preventative maintenance and establish preventative indicators 3.2 Identify maintenance, administration and performance problems by establishing a client initiative capturing mechanism 3.3 Review maintenance and administration documentation, security tools and procedures, according to policy and procedures and conduct improvements 3.4 Update website, including information, links, multimedia links and back-end software 3.5 Confirm client performance expectations are met and respond to client

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Assigns numerical values to performance requirements, Informs decisions, tracks performance and establishes actions to be taken in relation to required work task using measurement data to
Reading	Examines, constructs, organises and validates relationships between discrete and interrelated, data and information
Writing	Modifies documents using on-going analysis of performance data and feedback Prepares a well-structured and cohesive document and presents analysis of evidence and actions using required format, technical language and spelling and grammar
Teamwork	Communicates with others in a specific work context using required conventions and protocols
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following, explicit and implicit, organisational policies applicable to own work
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB404 Maintain website performance.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

track, tune and monitor performance of a website’s performance according to client performance expectations, specifications and business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and rectify faults using diagnostic and software tools, where performance is not met

document faults identified and improvements made according to organisational policy and procedures

implement scheduled and non-scheduled maintenance

review and update documentation relating to maintenance and administration and security according to findings

perform website updates.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

website performance maintenance process including:

security issues

website server architecture (e.g. Linux, Windows, Unix)

website security protocols

workload (web traffic) metrics

business process design methodologies relevant to maintaining website performance

performance benchmark testing techniques

website improvement methods

documentation techniques relevant to maintaining website performance

security tools and procedures

website administration techniques including updating website content and links

organisational policies and procedures applicable to maintaining website performance.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client specifications documentation

web servers and websites

required software, hardware and digital devices

technical specifications

web traffic diagnostic tools, including timing tools to gauge website response times

organisational policies and procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and compile reports on website traffic and to compile traffic reports according to organisational requirements.

The unit applies to individuals who maintain websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to monitor website traffic	1.1 Identify and analyse available site-analysis software, according to organisational requirements and website architecture 1.2 Choose and install site-analysis software 1.3 Identify required report options according to organisational requirements and website architecture 1.4 Develop a traffic monitoring program
2. Monitor web traffic	2.1 Identify required traffic reports according to organisational requirements 2.2 Generate required traffic reports
3. Finalise and report on website traffic	3.1 Analyse reports and identify improvements to server and to site performance 3.2 Apply forecasting methodologies and predict traffic peaks 3.3 Recommend changes in site-specific hardware and software 3.4 Implement changes according to traffic reports 3.5 Continue traffic monitoring program, as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Evaluates and presents, numerical and statistical data, to inform decisions and actions
Reading	Identify, analyse and evaluate a range of organisational documents and technical information
Writing	Constructs a data collection tool, incorporating the timelines and information to be collected Prepares a technical report using punctuation, language and layout and convey investigation results and recommendations
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating in a range of familiar work contexts
Problem solving	Monitors web server and site performance and suggests improvements using analytical thinking and diagnostic processes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit organisational requirements applicable to own work
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them according to traffic monitoring requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB405 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and install a site-analysis software and an internet service provider (ISP) according to organisational and vendor requirements and website architecture

generate and analyse at least two different traffic reports.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

recommend and implement changes from traffic reports.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

problems and challenges arising with an organisation website related to:

data queues and bottlenecks

website security

website copyright and intellectual property requirements

the process of monitoring website traffic, including:

functionality of network device drivers

functionality of network operating systems

queuing systems

website architecture

workload metrics

server design and functionality

the features and functionality of commercially available drivers, software and systems, including:

log file analysis software

traffic tracking software

network device drivers

network operating systems

queuing systems

forecasting methodologies relevant to monitoring and reporting on website traffic

organisational policies and guidelines applicable to monitoring and reporting on website traffic.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

analysis software

web servers and website

required hardware, software and digital devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement procedures, which measure the performance of a website and compare these procedures to the initial design specifications.

The unit applies to individuals who may use significant judgement in planning, design, evaluation, technical or leadership and communications functions in frontline technical support roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Document and define performance criteria	1.1 Review performance specifications and determine benchmark criteria 1.2 Validate and document each performance function 1.3 Select measurement methodology 1.4 Record and document metric tools using applicable methodology 1.5 Prepare performance benchmarks and seek agreement on criteria with client
2. Validate performance measures	2.1 Design and develop inspection and test plans and validate performance measures throughout performance cycle 2.2 Test performance functions and record results according to technical documentation and organisational standards 2.3 Compare results of performance function testing to benchmarks 2.4 Redesign functions that do not meet performance benchmarks 2.5 Re-implement functions that have been redesigned during performance testing 2.6 Document performance standards and benchmarks and obtain sign-off
3. Finalise and obtain sign-off	3.1 Submit methodology and function testing document and results and obtain client approval 3.2 Review client feedback and make changes as required 3.3 Obtain website testing procedure sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Measures and evaluates performance, against established baseline numerical values
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with the client requiring active listening and responses to questions and elicits required and specific information
Reading	Evaluates, integrates and confirms authenticity of data and information and reaches an understanding of contextual and procedural nature of business solutions
Writing	Develops and documents benchmark standards, performance plans, measurements and detailed results and recommendations using required formats and writing principles in accordance with technical standards and organisational conventions
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating in a range of familiar work contexts
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit, organisational requirements applicable to own work Determines, implements and evaluates testing and validation processes using analytical thinking, systematic decision- making and diagnostic processes
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them in performing testing procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB406 Create website testing procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a website testing procedure according to client requirements and performance specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify critical performance functions requiring testing

develop and document required metrics for each function and assign benchmarked performance standards

validate performance of site against technical requirements

document results and establish performance benchmarks and obtain client sign off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards applicable to web testing including:

codes of ethics

privacy

copyright

intellectual property

naming

documentation

industry standards, organisational guidelines and technical documentation standards and techniques relevant to creating website testing procedures

client business domains, including client organisation structure and business functionality

industry standard hardware and software products

desktop applications and operating systems

standard web-testing procedures and optimisation tools

website design methodologies and standard website structures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a website

required hardware and digital devices

site design and technical requirements documentation

site-development software and tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide high-level assurance that websites can be effectively and efficiently provisioned and deployed live, in a systematic manner.

The unit applies to individuals employed as web designers and web developers who are involved in testing the effectiveness of websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare test and establish testing framework and methodology	1.1 Establish and document testing framework and schedule 1.2 Determine processes and functions requiring testing and assign quantitative and qualitative performance benchmarks to each process and function 1.3 Document page templates, style guides and expected traffic loads 1.4 Determine and document test methodology and select automatic testing software 1.5 Assemble and brief testing panel on conduct of test 1.6 Develop user and installation manuals according to user needs and requirements
2. Test individual pages and page relationships against business requirements	2.1 Test pages against style guides and templates and confirm consistency of structure and content 2.2 Apply automatic testing software 2.3 Document page statistics of confirmed test results 2.4 Test installation and examples listed in instruction manual 2.5 Assess page navigability, response time and functionality using a variety of browsers and devices against business requirements 2.6 Test software interface points, site security and privacy against business and technical requirements 2.7 Conduct load simulation testing, using single and multiple independent browsers, or automated load testing tools 2.8 Obtain and complete test sign-off sheets for applicable tests
3. Apply and document further tests	3.1 Test website’s ability to handle concurrent access 3.2 Conform to applicable privacy, accessibility and acceptable usage policy standards 3.3 Apply automatic testing software 3.4 Collect, collate and document results from sample user and data from automated test 3.5 Obtain and complete test sign-off sheets for further tests performed
4. Evaluate test results	4.1 Consolidate and compare results to benchmarks 4.2 Identify results that fail to meet benchmarks and conduct a site remedial iteration 4.3 Record and document test results as site performance baseline, against which further development and updating can be measured 4.4 Provide evaluation feedback to required personnel and obtain signoff prior to going live

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Determines, analyses and presents, numerical and statistical, data and informs decisions and actions required
Oral communication	Conveys information by participating in verbal exchanges including listening, questioning and discussing, data and information
Reading	Examines, constructs, organises and validates relationships, between both discrete and interrelated data and information
Writing	Produces a concise formal document and conveys technical information and procedures using required format, technical language and spelling and grammar
Problem solving	Develops options, resolves issues, designs and implements tests and ascertains functionality of solutions prior to full implementation Designs and refines ideas according to needs, resources and constraints using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking
Self-management	Complies with product and business requirements and protocols Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication
Technology	Creates and refines websites using a range of digitally-based technologies and software packages and hardware

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB407 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare an operational acceptance test that measures the independent and integrated structural content and technical components of the site according to business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm testing panel is aware of test conduct

develop user and installation manuals

apply automatic testing software and collect, collate and document results and tests

conduct tests on at least two browsers and at least two digital devices

evaluate results against benchmarks

provide feedback on test results to required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the client business domain

the structure, function and business organisation of the client, including business-process design

organisational policies and procedures that cover routine work processes and use of:

web optimising tools

web monitoring tools

web testing procedures

technical performance measurement

user acceptance testing methods

website accessibility and equity principles

website structures, design and testing methodologies and standards

common website security issues and risk mitigating methods

common testing software and metrics used and its application

applicable privacy, accessibility and accessible usage policy standards

organisational policies and procedures relevant to conducting operational acceptance tests of websites.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment and materials including:

web servers, browsers and website

industry standard software packages, including site server software and analysis software

required hardware, digital devices and its components

organisational requirements documentation, customer relationship model, website manuals and instructions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide basic website server and protocol security to level required by an organisation.

The unit applies to individuals employed as web maintenance staff who are required to check that a website meets basic security requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine business security requirements	1.1 Identify level of security required according to business and commercial intent of website 1.2 Identify whether password protection is required for site, or part of site 1.3 Decide on minimum and maximum password protection solutions according to business requirements
2. Confirm web server security	2.1 Confirm web server password is obscure and non-traceable 2.2 Install and maintain intrusion detection system, according to business requirements 2.3 Check and confirm user accounts only have required permissions on server 2.4 Confirm interpreters’ programs running common gateway interfaces (CGIs) are not stored in CGI-bin directory 2.5 Check web form data before passing it to server
3. Confirm protocol security	3.1 Protect fixed internet connection and internet protocol (IP) address 3.2 Protect shared network resources from intrusion, according to business requirements 3.3 Conform protocols and preferences on digital devices follow security protocols 3.4 Disable control protocol and internet protocol (TCP/IP) bindings according to task requirements 3.5 Check and confirm network basic input/output system (NetBIOS) over TCP/IP is disabled 3.6 Confirm basic security level of website is met with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Listens and asks questions in eliciting information
Reading	Identify and evaluate technical information in producing solutions according to business requirements Identify critical information and confirms accuracy through cross checks
Writing	Writes and edits, computer code and technical data and confirms syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Plans approach to work according to analysis of business needs and requirements
Problem solving	Resolves issues and implements tests and ascertains functionality of solutions prior to full implementation Utilises a combination of lateral and analytical thinking and evaluates and validates reliability and efficacy of website
Self-management	Sequences, schedules and prioritises own work activities
Technology	Uses a range of digitally-based technologies and software packages and hardware, required for interrogating vendor databases and websites

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB408 Ensure basic website security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

confirm a basic level of security for a website according to business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement password protection solutions, for the website and server

install and maintain, an intrusion detection system

implement protocol security

confirm security of website with required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the client business domain, including client organisation structure and business functionality and requirements

desktop applications and operating systems, as required

firewall functionality

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) and disk and executing monitor tools (daemons)

the range of security protocols, including:

secure socket layer (SSL)

point-to-point network tunnelling protocol (PPTP)

layer 2 tunnelling protocol (L2TP)

required security patches used to confirm basic website security

disabling control protocol and internet protocol (TCP/IP) bindings, including file and printer sharing

industry standard protection solutions

specific purpose security devices acting as bastion hosts

web-server operating systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment, materials

a website and web servers

the internet

industry-standard hardware and software packages and products

digital devices

organisational requirements documentation

website manuals and instructions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a web-authoring tool to convert text and images and create website content for a client.

The unit applies to individuals employed as web developers who are responsible for developing websites for a client.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task and use of authoring tool	1.1 Establish client website and business requirements 1.2 Discuss and confirm client scope with required personnel 1.3 Identify and select preferred web authoring tool according to client requirements 1.4 Set web-authoring tool preferences 1.5 Customise and navigate web authoring tool environment and workspace according to website and business requirements 1.6 Define and name site and root folder 1.7 Create site map and plan navigation
2. Create files and CSS	2.1 Create files with client data and save in required location and directory 2.2 Collate and format text and images according to website requirements 2.3 Create basic external cascading style sheets (CSS) according to organisational guidelines and procedures 2.4 Define styles for required tags according to business requirements 2.5 Link CSS to created files and display formatting according to organisational guidelines and procedures
3. Define library items	3.1 Identify and include recurring items in library 3.2 Format selected items according to CSS 3.3 Check tags of selected library items, according to task requirements 3.4 Update items contained in library according to business requirements
4. Develop boiler plates	4.1 Create boiler plate file and link with CSS 4.2 Format and name boiler plate according to website requirement 4.3 Place generic images in a page as required by business image 4.4 Save and modify boiler plates according to organisational procedures
5. Create simple forms and navigation	5.1 Create form and add elements 5.2 Set element properties 5.3 Insert additional fields as required 5.4 Identify availability and location of required script 5.5 Connect form to script 5.6 Test form and fix errors 5.7 Create links between pages and reflect content structure using text and images
6. Finalise task and seek feedback	6.1 Test links and website on multiple browsers and devices and fix as required 6.2 Confirm website is secure and follows cyber-security procedures and protocols 6.3 Seek feedback and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets information from technical and business documentation and completes work tasks according to business requirements and technical specifications
Writing	Creates, formats, reviews, saves and accesses web based documents, templates, diagrams and images using specific software and technical language Electronically enters data and information according to business requirements and adheres to technical requirements and specifications
Problem solving	Solves operational problems as they arise
Self-management	Prioritises and monitors own work Analyses business requirements and interprets technical aspects of implementation
Technology	Operates software applications, selects required authoring tools according to required specifications and writes and maintains hypertext markup language (HTML)

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB410 Apply web authoring tool to convert client data for websites.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a web page using web authoring tools according to website and business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create and incorporate files with required formatted text and images

confirm web pages are functional on at least browsers and at least two devices

check cyber-security of web page.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client business domains required to use web authoring tools

industry standard web authoring tools and preferences including site file transfer protocol (FTP) clients

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to using web authoring tools

vendor standards and requirements for web authoring tools

text and image formatting techniques

web page customisation and navigation techniques

standard web and CSS design principles and structures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages and vendor instructions

a website

web authoring software and tools

business expectations brief

required hardware and its components

multiple browsers and digital devices

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop interactive and engaging websites, using a range of features from various languages.

The unit applies to individuals working in web development environments who are required to produce client-side scripts as a common means of creating interactive websites. These scripts offer an effective simple means of enabling websites to provide greater interaction with clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse web document requirements	1.1 Determine dynamic functionality of web document 1.2 Identify required language according to required functionality 1.3 Engage in client discussions and determine web document requirements 1.4 Confirm level of documentation required
2. Design and produce web documents	2.1 Design web document and embedded scripts and confirm required functionality is achieved according to organisational procedures 2.2 Write a simple hypertext markup language (HTML), considering accessibility 2.3 Write and produce embedded scripts according to web document requirements
3. Test and debug scripts	3.1 Test web document against required functionality and reiterate accordingly 3.2 Test script using cyber security procedures and protocols and confirm script is secure and bug free 3.3 Complete documentation and submit to required personnel for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates using specific language applicable to technical, operational and business audiences Confirms interpretation using listening and questioning techniques
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information in various information and communications technology (ICT) languages and determines dynamic functionality of web document
Writing	Develops material and conveys explicit information for a specific audience, using detailed ICT language
Problem solving	Plans approach to work according to internet protocols and analysis of business needs and requirements Resolves issues, including design and functionality conflicts, debugging and handling errors and implements tests to ascertain functionality of solutions, prior to full implementation Designs and validates reliability and efficacy of web documents using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking and practice,
Self-management	Sequences, schedules and prioritises own work activities
Technology	Views active elements and objects across different platforms and designs and produces web documents using a range of digitally-based technologies, software packages and hardware.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and produce a script according to web document functionality requirements and organisational procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce dynamic web page documents, considering accessibility of web page

test and debug web document functionality and confirm web document is secure

document and seek approval from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles behind open platform programming

client-side scripting and its application to dynamic web page design, including:

events and event handlers

internet operation related to clients

internet protocols

simple hypertext markup language (HTML)

applicable standards

purpose and differences between server-side and client-side scripting

standards associated with programming documentation

script testing methodologies

cyber security procedures and protocols

organisational procedures relevant to producing client-side scripts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment and materials

industry standard software packages and features within

required hardware and digital devices

client requirements documentation

cyber security procedures and protocols

functionality and scope requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create interactive animated enhancements to advertisements and web pages.

The unit applies to individuals working as web designers who generate and apply advertisements for website clients, create animations to enhance a web page message and produce fully animated websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse project requirements	1.1 Identify dynamic functionality of animation within web document 1.2 Determine required language in achieving functionality 1.3 Confirm web document requirements 1.4 Research and evaluate online advertising industry requirements using major agencies and website examples
2. Design and produce web animations	2.1 Design web document and animations 2.2 Design and create gif replacements for animation according to major advertising agency requirements 2.3 Confirm advertisements meet industry standard website advertising specifications including size, number and loops, sound and buttons 2.4 Design advertisements and promote web page within website and on externally hosted paid advertising 2.5 Confirm animations add to overall professionalism and entertainment value of website 2.6 Produce web page animations and confirm suitability with required personnel
3. Test and publish animations	3.1 Test and debug scripts against required functionality and reiterate as required according to organisational and cyber security protocols and procedures 3.2 Publish animations in required web format and confirm animations are viewable on different devices and browsers 3.3 Incorporate web animations into a hypertext markup language (HTML) page 3.4 Complete documentation and submit to required personnel for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and explores, connections between ideas and methodologies Gathers and sources knowledge required in resolving technical difficulties using research techniques and extends knowledge of job requirements
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations to recurring technical features
Reading	Determines advertising, client and technical requirements by analysing and comparing industry-specific and related text
Writing	Prepares and produces, dynamic material using clear and detailed language and conveys explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload and delivers outcomes on time
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB412 Produce interactive web animation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a web animation according to functionality and web document requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine animation and online advertising requirements

design interactive animations including gif replacements

meet industry standard website advertising specifications

create web page and advertising application animations

publish animations to web environment and confirm compatibility with at least two browsers and at least two devices

confirm web animation is cyber safe and secure according to cyber security protocols and procedures

document actions performed and seek approval.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

web animation programming concepts including:

acceptable asset importing formats

component libraries

cross-browser issues

importing and exporting libraries

inserting published work to a hypertext markup language (HTML)

masking

movements and automated movements

publishing completed work to an acceptable web format

shape animation and manipulation

symbols

text manipulation

transparencies

programming control structures, object-oriented programming including:

buttons

scripting using programming language

internet technology, including selecting required scripting type

principles of web parameters analysis and animations design

methods and attributes of animation and how it enhances website

web animation testing and debugging methodologies

organisational and cyber security protocols and procedures

industry requirements in online advertising.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a development environment

the internet

required hardware and digital devices

browsers

a website

required web design software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement industry standard internet-marketing practices using search engine optimisation (SEO) techniques, including introducing web pages to search engines and monitoring search engine performance.

The unit applies to individuals who make recommendations and monitor keyword enhancements, search engine marketing (SEM) and social network marketing (SNM).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse internet-marketing requirements	1.1 Define overall SEO goals and target audiences and set objectives in accordance with business requirements 1.2 Record and analyse traffic to site using online tools, reports and web-hosting statistics 1.3 Create a keyword suggestion list through keyword research and compile and categorise keywords using online tools, considering macro and sub-keywords 1.4 Identify and discuss gaps, opportunities and areas of potential optimisation, through page and website position analysis and create recommendations accordingly
2. Prepare an internet marketing strategy report	2.1 Prepare a client recommendation report, covering differences between search engine optimisation, search engine marketing and social network marketing using detail from analysis 2.2 Make recommendations about search engines and social network media, based on volume of users 2.3 Develop action plan and timeframe, including goals, recommendations, priorities, schedules, allocation of roles and responsibility 2.4 Explain search terms to required personnel 2.5 Make recommendations on implementation of search engine optimisation, search engine marketing and search engine ranking improvement methods
3. Implement and review SEO strategy	3.1 Implement keywords, content sections and short tail and long tail keywords on pages 3.2 Implement the sections for content, and back links from quality websites 3.3 Create online profiles for updating search engine data 3.4 Introduce website to major search engines 3.5 Measure SEO performance, including website position 3.6 Evaluate traffic analysis reports and compare these with previous results 3.7 Summarise findings and make further recommendations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information relating to specific criteria and determines requirements
Writing	Records and completes organisational documents and correspondence, using plain English, required spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Convey and clarifies information and confirms interpretation using collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals
Numeracy	Measures usage and prepares client reports by interpreting statistical information and comparing information Estimates improved search engine timeframe results using mathematical calculations using mathematical calculations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload Contributes to continuous improvement of work by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Problem-solving	Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems and determines a solution by applying problem-solving processes
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB413 Optimise search engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct analysis and review two existing websites and create optimisation plans for each, according to business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse website performance

make recommendations according to analysis performed

prepare and implement, an internet search engine marketing strategy according to website analysis and business requirements

monitor search engine performance and compare these with previous results.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

internet marketing methods and practices including:

search terms

keywords

keyword density

search engine ranking

search engine methods of assessing search engine optimisation (SEO)

back links

social network media in the context of SEO

how search engines work

recommendations in optimising the following:

image search optimisation (ISO)

keyword density on web pages

keywords used in headings and heading levels meta-elements and page tiles

a website’s internet marketing strategy

performance budgets, including loading speeds and ways to optimise speed to load

keyword research methodology including

surveys

focus groups

social media listening platforms

statistical analysis

research professionals

search engine traffic sources

the differences between paid and organic searches

SEO and website metrics

mobile friendly websites.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

website files

file transfer protocol (FTP)

internet

profiling tools

required SEO software

client requirements documentation

social network marketing logins

applicable online tools, reports and web hosting statistics.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. Version created to correct typographical error in the knowledge evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to scope web page requirements and to create and implement designs according to client requirements. Clients in this instance refers to internal and external individuals.

The unit applies to individuals working as web designers and web developers, who apply a wide range of knowledge and skills in basic web development for internal and external clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify main layout sections from design specification	1.1 Identify website scope, functionality and design specifications according to business requirements 1.2 Consult with clients and confirm required sections of web page 1.3 Create web page structure according to organisational procedures
2. Layout web page according to design specification	2.1 Select and position document elements 2.2 Style web page elements according to design specifications
3. Test and validate layout	3.1 Test website in multiple browsers and devices 3.2 Debug website and confirm website is secure according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.3 Validate web pages against applicable web design industry standards 3.4 Obtain client feedback and amend layout as required 3.5 Seek confirmation with required personnel and obtain client sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and explores, connections between ideas and methodologies and extends knowledge of requirements
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information and determines and adheres to requirements
Writing	Develops clear and well-organised material for a specific audience and conveys explicit information and requirements using precise language
Numeracy	Takes measurements and performs web page layout calculations
Self-management	Identifies and acts on issues contravening applicable industry standards Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB414 Design simple web page layouts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 7.2. Version created to correct typographical error in the knowledge evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design a web page according to client design specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

lay out page elements and style accordingly

test web pages on at least two browsers and at least two devices

obtain client sign-off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

standard web design principles

principles and components used in website development:

cascading style sheets (CSS)

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

a markup language, including hypertext markup language (HTML)

web libraries

web frameworks

web design and development standards, including:

organisational standards

World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards

Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG)

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and its components

client design specifications brief

a variety of browsers and digital devices

required libraries and frameworks

website testing and debugging tools

the internet

required web design software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and integrate a website into an open-source content management system.

The unit applies to individuals working as web developers, who apply a wide range of knowledge and skills across ICT, to support small to medium enterprises (SMEs) requiring broader rather than more specialised, ICT support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse specifications and requirements	1.1 Identify required functionality of website 1.2 Determine server-side language required in website production 1.3 Establish content structure and navigation of website 1.4 Identify pre-existing restraints and standards requiring consideration when developing a website solution
2. Research solutions and create a content management system powered website	2.1 Research solutions according to website requirements, including programming language, content management system (CMS), licensing structure and hosting structure 2.2 Select content management system according to research conducted and website requirements 2.3 Fulfil website requirements using plug-ins and additions to existing content management system 2.4 Install and configure chosen CMS and required plugins 2.5 Insert and manage, website content 2.6 Back up CMS as required
3. Validate and evaluate final website	3.1 Validate final website markup against website standards 3.2 Test content management system performance in different browsers and digital devices, checking compatibility and core content management system functionality 3.3 Confirm final website is secure and bug free according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.4 Confirm website requirements have been met and obtain sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Determines client requirement solutions through research, analysis and validating information Extends knowledge by building on prior knowledge
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates industry standards, workplace instructions, online and other technical documentation and determines all business requirements
Writing	Develops clear and well-organised material for a specific audience and conveys explicit information requirements and recommendations using precise language
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit requirements for licencing policies, procedures and regulatory requirements Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision- making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining solutions
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB416 Customise content management system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a content management system (CMS) powered website using an open-source solution.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

validate CMS against standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

test compatibility of website on at least two different browsers and at least two different digital devices

confirm website is cyber safe

obtain sign off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

content management systems and additions and plugins requirements

website content structure and navigation

licensing and hosting structures

programming languages

markup languages and associated standards

server-side language and security techniques

web content accessibility guidelines, including World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards and their application to website development

content management system (front and backend) in commonly used browsers

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements and content

text editing software

browsers

required hardware, software and a range of digital devices

a website

content management system

required solutions

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and integrate social networking code into new and existing websites.

The unit applies to individuals working as web developers who apply a wide range of knowledge and skills across a range of general information and communications technology (ICT) environments and support small to medium enterprises (SMEs) requiring broader, rather than more specialised, ICT support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse specifications and requirements	1.1 Evaluate different popular social networking websites 1.2 Discuss benefits and negative aspects of social networking in websites 1.3 Identify objectives and target audience of new or existing website 1.4 Select social networking website requiring integration into website according to website analysis and client requirements 1.5 Establish goals and define successful social networking integration according to client requirements
2. Develop code and documentation	2.1 Establish methods in implementing social networking in a website and develop guidelines according to client requirements 2.2 Develop code and use pre-existing scripts and tools, according to client requirements 2.3 Integrate a social networking website into a new or existing website using developed code, pre-existing scripts and tools 2.4 Document changes made in social web technology integration process 2.5 Follow social media policies considering company reputation
3. Validate integration	3.1 Validate performance of social networking integration in different browsers and various digital devices, checking compatibility and display 3.2 Debug website according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.3 Broadcast website across various channels and build web audience using social web technologies 3.4 Evaluate audience reach and impact 3.5 Obtain client feedback and make required changes 3.6 Complete documentation and obtain sign off and approval from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data, from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements and checks accuracy and completeness
Writing	Develops clear and well-organised material for a specific audience, using precise language and conveys explicit information requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Determines and confirms client requirements using collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks using formal decision- making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems, to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB417 Integrate social web technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate a social networking website into an existing website according to website analysis and client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse integration requirements of a social networking website into a pre-existing website

confirm website functionality against programming and security standards

validate front end code markup, against standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

confirm integrated website is functional and compatible with at least two different browsers and at least two different digital devices

confirm website is cyber secure and safe

document all changes and obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

markup language and its associated standards

server-side language features

social networking websites

coding and documentation techniques applicable to integrating social web technologies

integration tools across different social media channels

social media policies relevant to integrating social web technologies

evaluation techniques of integrating social networking into websites and audience impact.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client specifications

a text editor or web authoring tool

a range of browsers and devices

the internet

required hardware, software and its components including pre-existing scripts and tools

debugging tools

application programming interface (API) documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build a basic website, consistent with the design, technical requirements and expectations, of a client’s business, using industry standard software and tools.

The unit applies to individuals working as web developers who use a wide range of knowledge and skills across a range of general information and communications technology (ICT) environments and support small to medium enterprises (SMEs) requiring broader, rather than more specialised, ICT support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse website structure and select required software and development tools	1.1 Analyse client specifications and select required development software according to business requirements 1.2 Identify website technical needs and select applicable software tools 1.3 Identify and confirm website design including structure and navigation flow and document according to organisational procedures 1.4 Review design documentation and integrate design work according to web development standards
2. Construct site	2.1 Build website using selected development software and applicable tools according to client specifications 2.2 Take action and confirm user input during website construction 2.3 Validate existing information and basic content when incorporating data on website 2.4 Apply consistent design specifications to all aspects of website 2.5 Gather feedback from user on web design, content, accessibility and structure, using feedback mechanisms
3. Complete and validate website construction and content	3.1 Undertake an evaluation of website against technical requirements and design specification 3.2 Test each function and process of website and confirm functionality on various browsers and devices 3.3 Conduct navigation tests and hypertext markup language (HTML) compliance with website standards 3.4 Test and debug website according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.5 Stress test website and confirm design criteria and user load are met 3.6 Record testing results and confirm website meets user requirements 3.7 Obtain sign-off and approval of required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information relating to specific criteria to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares and produces dynamic material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language and conveys explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts Establishes a sense of connection and builds rapport with clients and co-workers using a range of strategies
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Self-management	Accepts responsibility and ownership for task and makes decisions on completion parameters and need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and standards Elicits and provides feedback to others Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB418 Use development software and ICT tools to build a basic website.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

build a basic website using development software and ICT tools according to client specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct an assessment of specifications relating to client website requirements including technical needs and structure

select applicable software tools

validate final web design against client requirements and make changes as required

test and debug website and confirm functionality on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

document testing results and obtain client sign off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

website functionality including structure and navigation flow

website design principles issues around accessibility and equity principles

software and tools used in website development

general principles of hypertext markup language (HTML) and associated documentation standards

technical attributes specific to building basic websites using development software and ICT tools

documentation techniques applicable to building basic websites using development software and ICT tools

types of code used in website generation

testing and debugging methodologies

organisational and industry procedures and standards applicable to building websites

cyber security procedures and protocols

web development standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

basic website specifications and guidelines

website development software and tools

the internet

required hardware and its components

range of browsers and devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to confirm content for a website is in accordance with customer specifications and is compatible with required technical and infrastructure protocols.

The unit applies to individuals working in the web development area who are required to populate websites according to clear benchmarks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm content meets required standards	1.1 Identify client website requirements and applicable style standards according to specifications 1.2 Confirm text-based content meets client requirements and required style standards 1.3 Confirm multimedia-based content meets business design standards and overall look of website 1.4 Check whether mix between multimedia and text-based content, provides required level of interaction identified in client requirements 1.5 Test content and conform to client expectations and technology
2. Confirm technology supports content	2.1 Confirm availability of applicable multimedia content protocols 2.2 Check and confirm content bandwidth and content plug-ins are available 2.3 Confirm servers support content and levels of interaction 2.4 Test and confirm compression techniques support delivery of content
3. Test content	3.1 Test and confirm content displays as intended and according to business requirements in multiple browsers and devices 3.2 Confirm content encourages interaction and content interaction performs as intended through testing with beta users 3.3 Record and document results of beta user testing according to organisational requirements 3.4 Test and confirm plug-ins download with minimal steps, complication and time 3.5 Test availability of interactive tools and provide expected results 3.6 Test and debug website and confirm website is safe and secure, according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.7 Complete documentation and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Time technological processes using basic mathematical formula
Reading	Identifies and analyses online information and client specifications and confirms business requirements are met
Writing	Documents outcomes of tests using industry terminology and recognised symbols
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and specifications Improves work practices and processes and elicits feedback and provides feedback to others, Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB421 Ensure website content meets technical protocols and standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out checks and tests and confirm specifications and standards are met for a mix of website content including:

at least three multimedia items

at least three text-based content.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

check and use required streaming and compression techniques

confirm website content is support by technology, including bandwidth, servers, devices and plug-ins

manage file transfer protocols (FTPs)

test and confirm functionality and operability of content and interactive components, on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

confirm website is cyber safe and secure

document testing performed and obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

applicability of copyright, privacy and intellectual property to website development

industry standard software compression algorithms and associated technologies

file transfer protocol (FTP) software protocols

internet protocols

server access security principles and procedures

server operating systems

streaming technologies

website testing and debugging methodologies

documentation techniques, style and business design standards applicable to confirming website content meets technical protocols and standards

multimedia content protocols

organisational and cybersecurity procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client specifications document

documents detailing organisational style guide and policies and design brief

required hardware and its components and plug-ins

industry standard software and included interactive tools

compression and streaming software

the internet

a live network and its components

networked computers

technical documentation and installation manuals

multiple servers, browsers and devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply the principles of accessibility, useability, privacy and equity in the context of website development.

The unit applies to individuals who provide frontline technical support for ensuring websites are accessible and useable to end users.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify user requirements and design site user test	1.1 Identify and confirm user expectations through market analysis, business intelligence and customer feedback 1.2 Identify range of users on website and their needs and expectations 1.3 Assess website performance and establish performance potential of website from business requirements and other approved sources 1.4 Establish usability test methods according to business and website requirements and accessibility standards 1.5 Establish performance measurement and success criteria and measure actual performance against user expectations
2. Conduct user test	2.1 Document process performance indicators and benchmarks and disseminate them to a sample group of users 2.2 Assemble a full representative range of users and required technologies according to research conducted 2.3 Test site features, navigation and functions according to organisational procedures, policies and user needs 2.4 Confirm website’s intended functionality on various browsers and devices 2.5 Confirm user, legal, accessibility, privacy and equity requirements and expectations are met
3. Evaluate user test	3.1 Collate and document site useability testing performance results and measure them against performance indicators and benchmarks according to user expectations 3.2 Identify performance shortfalls and develop performance solutions according to business and user requirements 3.3 Establish evaluation feedback mechanism and provide to users
4. Document results	4.1 Discuss problems with developers and confirm solutions are continuously refined 4.2 Check and confirm proposed solutions meet user and business requirements and address user feedback 4.3 Document and implement final solutions according to organisational procedures and policies and distribute to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and analyses test and performance data and statistics
Oral communication	Confirms requirements, participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions and uses applicable, detailed and clear language and addresses key personnel and website users
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements and checks accuracy and completeness
Writing	Records information and prepares correspondence and documentation, using clear language and organisational formats and protocols
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining solutions
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others while testing usability Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB422 Ensure website access and useability.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test and evaluate a website in terms of accessibility and useability, according to business and user requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research various user needs and expectations in website

design a usability test and set benchmark metrics

facilitate test process and document results

confirm user and legal requirements are met

document and propose solutions according to user and business needs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

accessibility, privacy and equity principles in website development context

accessibility needs and requirements

market conditions for area of business

technical performance measurement of typical web site

user testing principles and techniques

features and functions of a website, including:

architecture

privacy

security

navigation

workload metrics and implications for website design

organisational policies and procedures relating to website functionality

documentation techniques applicable to confirming website access and usability.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and its components

industry standard analysis software

a website

organisational policy and procedures

user specifications

a site server and software

web servers and devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine a client’s current and future internet service providers (ISPs) needs.

The unit applies to individuals working in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) who take responsibility for comparing and evaluating internet service provider (ISP) services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify requirements and select ISP	1.1 Discuss and confirm web hosting service requirements and establish client selection criteria according to business and user needs 1.2 Review client usage and confirm email services are compliant with business needs 1.3 Review characteristics of different hosting services and assess compatibility with business needs 1.4 Evaluate optional server applications for advanced web business functions 1.5 Select ISP hosting service according to client selection criteria and business needs
2. Confirm web host meets technical requirements	2.1 Confirm web-hosting service has server performance and availability monitoring systems in place 2.2 Discuss and confirm escalation procedures and performance standards with ISP 2.3 Establish security, backup and payment procedures and technologies according to business and customer expectations and requirements 2.4 Confirm operating system supports preferred business development software, applications, extensions and databases 2.5 Check and confirm web-host servers support dynamic websites on various browsers, devices and preferred business technologies 2.6 Confirm site-analysis reports are available, flexible and meet business needs
3. Benchmark performance and test against specified criteria	3.1 Test performance of web hosting service during on and off-peak times and document outcomes according to organisational procedures 3.2 Confirm email and mailing services have backup procedures in place and are protected from damage, erasure and unwanted damage 3.3 Confirm support services perform according to business needs 3.4 Discuss and confirm performance of selected ISP against specified criteria and make required changes 3.5 Obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reads and interprets specifications, computer program interface and documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas and explores complex issues
Oral Communication	Confirms interpretation of all business requirements using listening and questioning techniques and uses detailed and clear language to address client and ISP personnel
Numeracy	Estimates data storage requirements using mathematical formulas
Interact with others	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB424 Evaluate and select a web hosting service.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate and select a web hosting service according to business and user needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assess client and business needs and establish selection criteria

identify and evaluate a range of web hosting services

confirm business and client budgetary, security and technical requirements are met

test and benchmark web hosting service with client benchmarks

obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different web hosting service provision options

web hosting service characteristics including:

support service standards

data capacity

security technologies and procedures

scripting languages

performance monitoring systems

escalation procedures

back up procedures

payment procedures

email and mailing list services

a range of hosting services and their characteristics including support service standards, data capacity and availability of security technologies and server-side languages

industry standard development software, applications, extensions and databases

internet security issues

operating systems used by ISPs

server technologies

documentation techniques used to evaluate and select a web hosting service

web hosting services and performance benchmarks

ISP performance testing methodologies

organisational procedures applicable to selecting a web hosting service.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard web hosting plans, prices and service agreements

technology underpinning ISP and services offered

a business plan outlining business requirements

user requirements

multiple browsers and devices

site analysis reports

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce structured query language (SQL) statements to work with server-side scripts, enabling web developers to interact with web server databases.

The unit applies to individuals in a range of roles who are responsible for creating server-side interaction with dynamic web pages, using SQL as a means of communicating with databases.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify database requirements	1.1 Determine information required from database 1.2 Identify tables holding this information 1.3 Identify primary keys in these tables 1.4 Identify relationships between these tables including foreign keys
2. Build and implement SQL in relational databases	2.1 Identify and build SQL statements according to task requirements 2.2 Create tables in a database using SQL statements 2.3 Create primary and foreign keys required in database table 2.4 Manipulate data in a database using SQL statements 2.5 Query database using SQL statements 2.6 Retrieve information from database using written SQL statements
3. Test and verify SQL results	3.1 Construct test data and test SQL statements according to organisational procedures 3.2 Determine expected results of SQL statements 3.3 Verify result of constructed SQL statements against expected results and document findings 3.4 Confirm task requirements are met and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Uses clear and specialised technical syntax when creating codes and interrogating databases Prepares and produces, diagrammatic models and associated documents and conveys complex relationships between data
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG425 Use structured query language and ICTWEB425 Apply structured query language to extract and manipulate data.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply structured query language (SQL) to a relational database and gather required information according to task requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

generate queries for one or more tables and provide required data

add, modify, retrieve and delete records from database tables as required test and verify SQL statements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures relating to SQL application including:

identifying SQL requirements from job specifications

testing and verifying SQL results

features and application of primary and foreign keys in database tables, aggregate functions and clause functions required in SQL application

principles of "combining and/or condition" in SQL statements and Boolean operators

IN and BETWEEN conditional operators

mathematical operators

table joins (relationships)

documentation techniques relevant to applying structured query language in relational databases

SQL statement testing methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

task specification documentation

structured query language (SQL)

industry standard software packages

an integrated development environment (IDE)

a database server

required hardware, software and its component.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a text editor to design, create and save web pages to a given specification.

The unit applies to individuals working as web designers and developers, who generate a framework for internet information using a markup language according to client briefs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse specifications and requirements	1.1 Identify uses and audience of required document 1.2 Determine required mark-up language according to document’s uses and audience 1.3 Identify and confirm required documentation according to organisational procedures 1.4 Define document structure according to organisational procedures and document requirements
2. Create document structure	2.1 Create and assign basic elements of document considering accessibility and document requirements 2.2 Markup and define sections of document and describe structure and layout according to document requirements 2.3 Confirm styling of web page meets document specifications and requirements
3. Incorporate web page components	3.1 Identify and evaluate web page components required according to document requirements3.2 Incorporate required web page components into document according to organisational procedures and guidelines
4. Validate documents	4.1 Validate markup language document against specifications and record outcomes 4.2 Validate compatibility of markup language document in different browsers and devices and record outcomes 4.3 Identify gaps between specifications and requirements and markup language document and apply changes as required, according to organisational procedures 4.4 Confirm requirements are met and finalise documentation according to organisational procedures 4.5 Obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates instructions, technical information and industry guidelines and determines client needs and business requirements
Writing	Produces documentation for a specific audience and conveys explicit information using clear and detailed language Writes, edits and proofreads documents and confirms clarity of meaning, accuracy and consistency of information
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and industry standard practices
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, create and save a document using a markup language using a text editor

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

define document structure incorporate elements as required

generate markup language document compatible with multiple web browsers and devices

confirm document requirements are met and records all outcomes

validate markup document against standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

obtain sign-off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the use of markup languages including:

hypertext markup language (HTML)

virtual reality modelling language (VRML)

extensible markup language (XML)

standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) applicable to markup language

the range of available web browsers and their accessibility

issues applicable to accessibility

documentation techniques, web page components and organisational procedures and guidelines relevant to creating a markup language document to specification

document validation procedures

browser and device compatibility.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an organisational style guide or policy

user requirements

industry standard markup languages

word processing software

a range of browsers and devices

the internet

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB453 Optimise websites for mobile devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement mobile-user functions to websites and maintain website user experience on mobile devices. It involves optimising the functionality and accessibility of websites for mobile devices.

The unit applies to individuals who may work in roles such as website developers and technical support staff, who support the management and useability of simple websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to optimise website for mobile devices	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Review user needs according to work brief 1.3 Research options for responsive website design features 1.4 Select suitable responsive design option according to work brief 1.5 Confirm that mobile optimisation meets required web content accessibility guidelines (WCAG) and standards
2. Integrate website sitemap	2.1 Analyse website structure and uniform resource locators (URLs) 2.2 Format URLs with corresponding code and extensible markup language (XML) tags 2.3 Validate URL codes according to work brief 2.4 Add sitemap file to required website root folder 2.5 Submit sitemap to search engines according to work brief 2.6 Test sitemap on search engine and rectify any issues
3. Implement responsive website design features	3.1 Test website functionality according to work brief using different screen orientations and resolutions 3.2 Review mobile view strategy according to work brief 3.3 Source and check view configuration components for serviceability 3.4 Develop mobile views according to mobile view strategy 3.5 Integrate navigation functions according to work brief 3.6 Test user control functions and rectify any issues
4. Periodically review mobile website functionality	4.1 Create periodic website testing plan and timelines 4.2 Test and debug mobile features according to work brief 4.3 Deploy website on mobile device and rectify any deployment issues 4.4 Seek and integrate feedback from required personnel on testing and debugging process 4.5 Document maintenance changes according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets a range of technical specifications and other information and determines solutions according to requirements
Writing	Develops a range of texts, codes and plans using required technical language
Planning and organising	Uses systematic processes for information gathering and evaluates research findings against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Contributes to continuous improvement of digital presence by applying basic principles of analytical thinking
Self-management	Makes some critical and non-critical decisions to develop and test functionality and accessibility of websites according to client requirements

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB453 Optimise websites for mobile devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement at least two mobile-user features to a website

test the user experience of at least two different websites using a mobile device.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

update and adhere to website testing plans and timelines

identify required website and design structures

confirm functionality and accessibility of website information architecture

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

website requirements of industry-recognised mobile devices

testing and operating procedures for user control functions, including:

text size

brightness

sound effects

functions and features of mobile view strategies, responsive designs and required configuration components

methods to test and debug website features, functionality and view options, including:

font

display view

speed

key types of code and extensible markup language (XML) tags for uniform resource locators (URLs), including:

location

last changed

changed frequency

priority of page

methods to locate sitemap files and apply to search engines

mobile website deployment operations

periodic website testing plans and timelines

web content accessibility guidelines (WCAG) and digital accessibility standards

organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

mobile devices on which websites can be loaded and used

required configuration and deployment components

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief, web standards and guidelines, and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse and design websites to meet technical requirements.

It applies to individuals working as web developers, who are responsible for the analysis, design, implementation and testing of websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define and analyse technical requirements	1.1 Identify business requirements and applicable legislative standards 1.2 Determine and document purpose, expectations and functionality of website according to organisational procedures 1.3 Analyse user interface design requirements including user needs, design principles and operating systems
2. Produce software design specifications	2.1 Produce a hierarchy of website showing navigation according to website requirements 2.2 Confirm content is logical and accessible to user according to website requirements 2.3 Produce prototype of user interface 2.4 Determine and document website architectural requirements 2.5 Design data storage requirements according to website requirements
3. Develop website to specified design	3.1 Create software components of website according to website requirements 3.2 Test components of website according to organisational procedures 3.3 Integrate components and produce web application
4. Test and finalise web application	4.1 Test website against requirements and amend accordingly 4.2 Confirm website is secure and bug free according to cyber security procedures and protocols 4.3 Test functionality of website on multiple browsers and devices and update as required 4.4 Obtain feedback from required personnel and update web site as required 4.5 Complete and document design structure according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation analysing requirements and design specifications Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using the required syntax
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations and issues
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB501 Build a dynamic website.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

build a dynamic website using code according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test the website on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

document website requirements and actions performed

comply with organisational requirements and legislative standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of analysis and design

programming control and design structures

web programming concepts, including:

authentication and web security

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

session management

stateless programming

client-side scripting and its application to dynamic website design, including:

hypertext markup language (HTML)

cascading style sheets (CSS)

documentation processes applicable to documenting website design

user-interface design requirements and production processes

website design structures, including hierarchy and navigation design

website architectural requirements

data storage requirements

website testing procedures

debugging methods

cyber security procedures and protocols

organisational and legislative procedures applicable to building dynamic websites, including web development standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements

a development environment

a server

a database server

web browsers and devices

hardware, software and its components required for building dynamic websites

libraries and frameworks required for building dynamic websites

website testing and debugging tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce both server and client-side content for web pages.

It applies to individuals working as web developers, who are responsible for creating dynamic pages to provide interaction between the user and the website. They use highly developed technical and analytical skills when developing the user-website interface.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create dynamic web pages	1.1 Obtain and review technical requirements for creating dynamic web pages 1.2 Confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to technical requirements 1.3 Identify sections of website requiring client-side dynamic content 1.4 Identify sections of website requiring server-side dynamic content 1.5 Select applicable languages and technology according to technical requirements
2. Create dynamic content	2.1 Identify and create boilerplate templates according to technical requirements 2.2 Design and create a database and organise data and content according to data storage requirements 2.3 Create page using selected languages
3. Test and finalise dynamic web pages	3.1 Debug code and confirm security of web page using cyber security protocols and procedures 3.2 Test web page functionality and content across a variety of browsers and devices 3.3 Evaluate web page functionality results and amend as required 3.4 Confirm required dynamic content functions according to task requirements 3.5 Present dynamic web page to required personnel and seek feedback 3.6 Finalise web page and obtain sign-off from required personnel, according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records and consolidates information when determining requirements
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations and issues
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB502 Create dynamic web pages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least three dynamic web pages according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

include client and server-side dynamic content in each web page

create and debug code

test web page and code on at least two different web browsers and at least two different devices

comply with organisational and legislative standards and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

web programming concepts, including:

authentication and web security

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

session management

stateless programming

types of technologies, including:

programming control structures

hypertext markup language (HTML) and markup languages

cascading style sheets (CSS)

syntax and uses of programming languages

client and server-side scripting and its application to dynamic web page design

data storage requirements

debugging methods

coding techniques

cyber security protocols and procedures

legislative and organisational procedures and standards applicable to creating dynamic web pages.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical requirements

a development environment

a server

a database server

web browsers and devices

web page testing and debugging tools required for creating dynamic web pages

hardware, software and its components required for creating dynamic web pages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop web applications.

It applies to individuals who work as web developers and have highly developed technical skills to take responsibility for implementing code required to create web applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create web application	1.1 Identify and confirm requirements and functionality of web application with required personnel 1.2 Confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to web applications 1.3 Determine hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) required 1.4 Analyse advantages and limitations of HTTP when developing web applications
2. Implement session management	2.1 Create code and handle session management 2.2 Create code and retains user interaction with website 2.3 Review and debug created code
3. Develop and finalise applications in a stateless environment	3.1 Develop web applications that keep track of data between browser requests 3.2 Document work performed in web application with reference to its management of statelessness 3.3 Seek feedback on web application with required personnel and amend as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and analyses code for syntax and accuracy
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing testing and work performed on web application succinctly Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations and issues
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB503 Create web-based programs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a web application in a stateless environment according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm user data is tracked in web application

document testing and work performed on web application

confirm web application is functional on at least two browsers and at least two devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of web analysis and design

features and functionalities of different web applications

programming control structures and applicable languages

code debugging techniques

web application development process

legislative and organisational requirements applicable to creating web applications

web programming concepts including:

authentication and web security

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

session management

stateless programming

web front end and backend languages, including:

hypertext markup language (HTML)

cascading style sheets (CSS)

JavaScript

organisational procedures applicable to creating web applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a website development environment

a server

a database server

web browsers and digital devices

hardware required to create web applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and build an extensible markup language (XML) document.

It applies to individuals who work in development roles and have highly developed technical skills in using XML documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish and analyse document specifications	1.1 Identify and confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to XML document development 1.2 Determine and document purpose, expectations and functionality of an XML document 1.3 Plan, design and build XML documentation, allowing for iterative development according to task requirements 1.4 Determine software and tools required to design an XML document 1.5 Identify and determine applicable design methodologies including the use of software engineering life cycle
2. Design and develop document	2.1 Select the document type definition (DTD) according to document specifications 2.2 Define required entities, elements and their attributes specifications 2.3 Produce XML document according to organisational requirements 2.4 Identify the DTD, required entities, elements and their attributes, including associated graphics and sounds
3. Test and finalise document	3.1 Test document offline and confirm validity of document according to document specifications 3.2 Test document online with representative audiences, where applicable 3.3 Confirm document validity and content on various browsers and devices 3.4 Analyse test results and update the XML documentation as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information when determining requirements
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations and issues
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and industry standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data, and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB504 Build a document using extensible markup language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two (extensible markup language) XML documents according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test and validate XML document on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

comply with applicable organisational policies, procedures and standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

extensible markup language

unified-modelling language

software implications for XML programming

standards impacting XML programming

design methodologies including software engineering life cycle

document type definition (DTD)

XML document components including entities, elements and their attributes

debugging methods

document validation and testing procedures

organisational policies, procedures and standards applicable to building XML documents.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the client or business requirements

an XML parser and authoring tool

web browsers and devices

hardware, software and tools required to use extensible markup language.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and create a web page layout to suit a range of browsers and devices.

It applies to individuals who work as web designers and web developers and have a highly developed understanding of design principles and applies technical skills proficiently, according to unique specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop web page layout	1.1 Identify and confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to webpage layout development 1.2 Identify main sections of web page design 1.3 Identify main sections of web page layout
2. Build, test and validate web page layout	2.1 Create web page structure according to design specifications 2.2 Position and style web page elements according to design specifications 2.3 Create cascading style sheet and web page according to design specifications 2.4 Test design and functionality of web page in various browsers and devices 2.5 Amend browser and device incompatibilities according to organisational procedures 2.6 Debug and confirm security of web page using cyber security procedures and protocols
3. Finalise web page layout	3.1 Confirm accessibility of web sections, elements and pages 3.2 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend layout as required 3.3 Obtain sign-off and confirmation from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Takes measurements and performs calculations for web page layout
Reading	Critically analyses specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information when determining requirements
Writing	Develops organised technical material for specific audiences using required language
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and industry standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data, and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB505 Develop complex web page layouts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two complex website layouts according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

lay out and style page elements to suit a variety of devices

test web page layouts in at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

validate web page layouts against industry standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of web site design and web scripting design

principles and techniques in web site design, including:

hypertext markup language (HTML)

extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML)

cascading style sheets (CSS)

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

amending browser incompatibilities

web libraries

web frameworks

industry procedures, policies and standards applicable to developing web page layouts

web page testing and debugging procedures

accessibility standards, including the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards and their application to web design

cyber security procedures and protocols applicable to developing web page layouts

organisational procedures applicable to developing web page layouts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and its components required to develop complex web pages

design specifications brief

a variety of browsers and digital devices

the internet

web page testing and debugging tools required to test complex web pages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop complex cascading style sheets (CSS) that are attached to a markup language document.

It applies to individuals working as web designers and developers, who are involved in the layout and appearance of web pages have a highly developed understanding of design principles and software languages and can apply protocols and standards proficiently.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine CSS requirements	1.1 Identify and confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to CSS development 1.2 Identify and review user style requirements 1.3 Evaluate and select applicable markup language according to technical requirements
2. Develop CSS and web pages	2.1 Create CSS according to technical requirements 2.2 Style, lay out and position document elements of web page using advanced CSS techniques 2.3 Apply style sheets to applicable web pages in a website
3. Test and validate CSS and web pages	3.1 Debug web page and CSS and confirm security using cyber security procedures and protocols 3.2 Test website in various browsers and devices 3.3 Rectify browser and device differences and confirm accessibility of website 3.4 Confirm user requirements are met and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Takes measurements and performs calculations for web page layout
Oral communication	Uses listening, questioning and summarising techniques to clarify job specifications with required personnel
Reading	Identifies and analyses technical, workplace and industry information, and confirms all job requirements are met
Writing	Develops organised technical material for specific audiences using required language
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and industry standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data, and communicate with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB506 Develop complex cascading style sheets.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a complex website, styled and formatted, using cascading style sheets (CSS) according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create a complex page layout using CSS

test web pages in at least two different browsers and on at least two different devices

comply with industry and organisational standards and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of website design

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) protocol and its application to CSS

hypertext markup language (HTML) and extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML)

CSS rules and standards impact on document styling and layout

methods in applying style sheets to web pages

website accessibility requirements, including World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards

website testing and debugging methods

techniques to amend browser incompatibilities

organisational procedures applicable to developing CSS

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and its components required to use complex CSS

design specifications brief

applicable markup language

markup language documents to have CSS applied to them

the internet

a variety of browsers and digital devices

web page testing and debugging tools required for testing web pages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and customise an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) content management system (CMS) powered website using an open source to meet client requirements.

It applies to individuals working as web developers, who have a detailed knowledge of markup languages and their associated standards and are proficient in server-side language and security techniques. Individuals in this role also have high-level understanding of server functionality.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse client specifications and requirements	1.1 Gather and identify client and business requirements 1.2 Compare and analyse different CMS functionalities, restraints and requirements against client specifications 1.3 Select CMS according to client and business requirements 1.4 Identify, discuss and confirm additional areas and functions not covered by chosen CMS with required personnel
2. Develop customisation and create CMS powered website	2.1 Plan and outline requirements of additional functionality according to technical requirements 2.2 Create and develop plug-in, extension or new functionality to CMS according to identified task requirements 2.3 Seek feedback from required personnel on created developed plug-in, extension or new functionality to CMS and amend as required 2.4 Install and configure chosen content management system 2.5 Install and integrate new CMS functionality according to vendor requirements
3. Validate and evaluate website	3.1 Validate final website markup against organisational website and security standards 3.2 Evaluate and confirm required CMS performance, compatibility and core functionality in different browsers and devices 3.3 Confirm additional functionality developed meets client requirements 3.4 Obtain sign-off on final CMS powered website from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to determine client requirements and articulate ideas using specific language applicable to audience
Reading	Analyses complex specifications, program manuals and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Creates a CMS powered website for specific audiences using required language
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and industry standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB507 Customise a complex ICT content management system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a content management system (CMS) powered website, using an open source with at least two additional custom functionalities not available from CMS, according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

perform basic content manipulation tasks on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

evaluate additional content management functionality required against programming and security standards

customise functionalities into pre-existing core CMS using programming techniques

validate front-end code markup against standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

confirm final website is cyber secure and complies with cyber security procedures and protocols.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different content management systems and their respective functionalities, restraints and requirements

different markup languages and their applicable standards

customisation creation processes, including development of plug-in’s and extensions and programming techniques

CMS vendor requirements, installation and configuration processes

client and business specifications and requirements, including:

server functionality

required functionality of website

required server-side language and application processes and hosting environment

pre-existing restraints applicable to developing website solutions

website, web accessibility, programming and security standards applicable to customising CMS

website validation processes

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client and business specifications, requirements and content

content management system required to customise complex CMS

hardware, software and its components applicable to developing and installing CMS customisations

a text editor

a range of browsers and digital devices

the internet and its connectivity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop information architecture for a complex website that meets business requirements.

It applies to individuals working as highly skilled web developers and designers and are responsible for the navigation and hierarchy of websites. They liaise with clients to adapt e-business into their corporate strategy, applying high-level knowledge of technical languages and design principles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify content needs	1.1 Identify strategic intent of website from business requirements and client expectations 1.2 Define information and content requirements according to websites intent, intended audiences, types of client interactions and the websites long and short-term goals 1.3 Collate required information and content and group into business schemes applicable to business structure and processes 1.4 Identify website security access requirements
2. Plan content structure	2.1 Cluster and document information and content in related topics 2.2 Develop a hierarchy and site map of information and content 2.3 Check data and confirm sequence of hierarchy 2.4 Confirm labels are accessible to client
3. Develop navigation system and create prototype	3.1 Build website navigation system according to business requirements 3.2 Confirm ease and accessibility of navigation on website and provide different ways of searching 3.3 Construct prototype of information architecture design
4. Test and sign off	4.1 Arrange for client and required personnel to test usability of prototype and determine if architecture meets client expectations 4.2 Confirm site content will format in business and client technical environments and different browsers and digital devices 4.3 Adjust architecture according to client feedback 4.4 Obtain sign-off prototype from required personnel and confirm business requirements are met

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to convey client requirements, and articulate complex information using specific language applicable to audience
Reading	Reads and interprets specifications, technical data and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Develops and designs information architecture for a complex website using required language according to client and business requirements Prepares correspondence using applicable language, spelling and terminology to collect and confirm information
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB508 Develop website information architecture.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and design information architecture for a complex website with at least ten pages, according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test access path to all sections of website

confirm functionality and accessibility of website information architecture on at least two different browsers and at least two different digital devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

corporate strategies related to business websites

the importance and purpose of client and business liaison

the purpose and function of cascading style sheets (CSS)

the use of hypertext markup language (HTML), extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML) and hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP), in web design

technology connectivity implications

processes for documenting technical specifications

World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards

website architecture and business process design and linkages between processes

website accessibility and security access requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a web server

client and business requirement specifications

an integrated development environment (IDE), required for creating web pages and server-side code

web development technology required to develop website information architecture.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use site server tools to host, track and monitor transactions on an e-business site.

It applies to individuals who work in a web environment and are responsible for using site server tools to maintain the integrity of an e-business site, applying detailed technical knowledge and highly developed analysis and interpretation skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define and document task requirements	1.1 Identify and confirm task and integration requirements, features and functionality of site with required personnel 1.2 Confirm platform and software related to business systems 1.3 Determine standards applicable to task and site functionality 1.4 Document the organisations current and proposed configuration according to organisational procedures 1.5 Document and validate client task requirements, performance criteria and scope of work with required personnel 1.6 Confirm available resources and budget with the client
2. Select and use server tools	2.1 Identify applicable site server tools according to task requirements 2.2 Review and evaluate tools according to task and site functionality requirements 2.3 Load and configure server tools according to vendor guidelines and client requirements 2.4 Test equipment using server tools 2.5 Maintain or update required functionality using server tools 2.6 Complete required tasks using server tools according to vendor guidelines
3. Review server tools and task requirements	3.1 Monitor, analyse and evaluate organisational procedures 3.2 Review site server configuration and tools applicable to client task requirements and adjust as required 3.3 Validate server outcomes using site-analysis software 3.4 Create and use reports and other documentation according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Accommodates business requirements by interpreting budgetary constraints and undertakes mathematical calculations with reference to available resources
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to convey client requirements, and articulate complex information using specific language applicable to audience
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria
Writing	Prepares reports and required documentation expressing ideas and scope of work, and correspondence for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Teamwork	Builds strong relationships by collaborating with others and sharing information
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures, legislative requirements and industry standards Modifies or develops organisational policies and procedures to comply with industry standards and organisation goals
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB509 Use site server tools for transaction management.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

maintain and monitor transactions on an e-business site using at least three different site server tools.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

maintain expected business performance and technical standards in an e-business environment

confirm transactions function on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

review e-business site procedures and task requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

integration requirements and different features and functionalities of sites

legislative and organisational standards and requirements applicable to task requirements

documentation processes

vendor guidelines of site server tools

e-business site procedures and requirements

devices and equipment required for a business site

configuration and validation techniques for site server tools

functions and features of site server tools applicable to:

required firewalls and proxy servers

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) servers

search engines

cyber security measures required for site

tools and products required for site construction

site-building considerations applicable to business.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

server hardware

industry standard site server tools

an existing e-business website

site-analysis software

browsers and digital devices

client and business expectations brief

required standards and legislation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse material and assign meta tags to confirm accuracy and consistent retrieval of information by users.

It applies to individuals in a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) areas that use various techniques and software to create, update and enhance meta tags according to industry guidelines and client specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify meta tag requirements	1.1 Identify the scope and use of materials, and user requirements 1.2 Determine applicable type and structure of meta tags according to identified client needs, requirements and expectations 1.3 Identify and incorporate client requirements and expectations
2. Analyse material	2.1 Perform analysis on required materials according to organisational procedures 2.2 Confirm determined subject content of material reflects expected client usage requirements 2.3 Identify significant information from minor information 2.4 Confirm concepts derived from material analysis are applicable to business requirements and intended use
3. Create meta tags	3.1 Develop meta tags using applicable software 3.2 Confirm meta tags represent concepts and align with overall purpose and intended use of the material 3.3 Confirm meta tags conform to general conventions and business requirements 3.4 Develop reference structure of descriptors and display relationships where required 3.5 Update meta tags according to identified client needs
4. Test and monitor meta tagging practices and procedures	4.1 Test meta tagging of material and make changes as required 4.2 Review meta tagging practices and procedures and confirm client needs are met 4.3 Review industry developments in meta tagging and improve practices as required 4.4 Check meta tags regularly and confirm internal consistency and compliance with established structure, rules and authorities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, program data and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information
Writing	Develops meta tags using applicable language and software according to client needs and industry developments
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures, industry standards and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new regulations
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB510 Analyse information and assign meta tags.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse information and assign at least five meta tags, according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

update meta tags in line with client needs and industry developments

use analysis and description tools, standards, precedents and techniques applicable to nature of the material.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business conventions and rules for applying meta tags

client business domain

data modelling

database management system (DBMS) fundamentals

decision support systems

document indexing and search engines

functions and features of databases

different types and structures of meta tags

metadata standards, including Dublin Core and simple hypertext markup language (HTML) ontology extensions

reference structure of descriptors and their role in assisting clients

general conventions and business requirements applicable to meta tags

meta tag testing and monitoring processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business and client information and materials

metadata software

project-related documentation

hardware required to analyse information and create meta tags

information applicable to industry developments in meta tagging.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and conduct planned and systematic actions to ensure that websites conform to applicable standards and fulfil client expectations.

It applies to individuals in the web field of work that use highly developed communication, analysis and technical skills to determine intelligent strategies for ongoing website improvement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish standards	1.1 Identify applicable regulatory, accessibility, industry and organisational compliance standards for websites 1.2 Develop and quantify measurable performance standards from those standards 1.3 Establish centralised, distributed or combined quality assurance methodology 1.4 Determine specification from which website was developed 1.5 Establish guidelines for controlling, updating and loading new content on to website 1.6 Document established quality assurance procedures and processes according to organisational procedures 1.7 Confirm standards, guidelines and quality assurance methodology with required personnel and distribute documents as required
2. Apply standards and track performance	2.1 Apply all processes as integral part of website development process 2.2 Validate site, updates and new content against performance standards using wide variety of browsers, tools and devices 2.3 Document and disseminate results to required personnel 2.4 Provide feedback to web authors, users and administrators
3. Develop and apply continuous improvement process	3.1 Provide performance standards feedback to developers, maintainers and administrators 3.2 Identify below average and unacceptable performance standards and apply required performance improvement measures 3.3 Provide channels for interaction, feedback and suggestions from site users, administrators, developers and maintainers 3.4 Respond accordingly to interaction, feedback and suggestions 3.5 Develop procedures and identify whether feedback and suggestions are applied and actioned 3.6 Conduct regular benchmark reviews based on improved performance and disseminate revised benchmarks 3.7 Document and control changes to procedures, processes and results

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses data to quantify response times and timelines when determining performance standards
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and strategies via an open line of communication using language applicable to audience and environment Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Reading	Analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing established quality assurance procedures and processes for specific audiences using succinct language according to client requirements and organisational procedures
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Initiative and enterprise	Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation and regulations Modifies and develops organisational policies and procedures to comply with legislative requirements and organisational goals Seeks to improve policies and procedures according to organisational goals Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB511 Implement quality assurance process for websites.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, establish and implement a quality assurance process for websites with at least three performance benchmarks and at least three quantitative standards.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate existing processes and procedures

determine applicable quality assurance methodology

validate a website against performance standards using at least two different browsers and on at least two different devices

comply with organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business process design and customer and business liaison

legislative and organisational requirements and compliance standards applicable to websites, including:

copyright and intellectual property

provisions of privacy legislation

website accessibility and equity legislation

methods of developing and quantifying performance standards

different quality assurance methodologies applicable to websites

documentation techniques

site validation processes

different methods and channels for interaction, feedback and suggestions

benchmark review processes

functions and features of website architecture and website security

workload metrics and technical performance measurement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

web servers

a website

analysis software

text-editing software

automatic testing software

hardware, browsers, tools and devices required to implement quality assurance process for websites

channels for interaction, feedback and suggestions

documentation for applicable regulatory, industry compliance and accessibility standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support web services for building distributed applications.

It applies to individuals working as software developers and apply specialised skills in the consumption of web services, applicable communications protocols and extensible markup language (XML) technologies used in web services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Provide information using XML	1.1 Create XML data structures from various data sources 1.2 Manipulate XML data structures using a common application programming interface (API) 1.3 Scope elements from multiple XML documents using namespaces 1.4 Validate XML data structures using a schema 1.5 Map and transform XML document from one schema to another
2. Promote web service using WDSL	2.1 Identify purpose and the three main elements of the web service description language (WSDL) 2.2 Build WSDL file according to identified purpose 2.3 Provide web access to WSDL file via a uniform resource locator (URL)
3. Identify purpose of UDDI in using web services	3.1 Determine purpose of universal description, discovery and integration (UDDI) 3.2 Identify and analyse differences between public, extra-enterprise and intra-enterprise UDDI registry deployments 3.3 Define relationship between WSDL and UDDI
4. Access web services using SOAP	4.1 Identify purpose of simple object access protocol (SOAP) 4.2 Determine relationship between UDDI and SOAP 4.3 Identify basic structure and processing of SOAP messages 4.4 Retrieve XML documents from a public web service, using SOAP
5. Implement a web service	5.1 Outline a basic web service architecture 5.2 Implement, test and publish a web service 5.3 Incorporate and test a web service into an application 5.4 Confirm web service is functional on different browsers and devices 5.5 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend web service as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reads and interprets specifications, program data and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information
Writing	Transforms and writes technical data in a logical manner using required language and protocols Develops specifications and applicable workplace documentation for specific audiences using applicable language to convey explicit information
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes, for complex situations
Technology	Confirms knowledge of computing technologies is kept up to date in order to provide and carry out activities Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB515 Implement and use web services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

transform data from at least three relational or other native data sources into an extensible markup language (XML).

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

provide access to a business functionality via a web service description language (WSDL) file

locate and retrieve at least three pieces of information about a public web service business function and include it in a website using universal description, discovery and integration (UDDI) and a simple object access protocol (SOAP)

implement a web service according to business requirements, specifications and industry standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of web development technologies

web service testing processes

purpose and uses of different web services, including XML, WDSL, UDDI and SOAP

functions and purpose of web service architecture

functions and features of XML language and data structures and validation techniques

uses of namespaces

legislative and organisational requirements applicable to the implementation and use of web services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

web service business requirement specifications

legislative requirements applicable to use of web services, including industry standards published by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

platform-specific documentation and help files describing syntax and use of proprietary technologies

digital devices simulated development environment including the following elements:

a relational database server

the integrated development environment (IDE), including related frameworks, APIs and applicable proprietary classes required to implement web services and their enabling technologies

a web server

web browsers

XML editors

XML schema

XPath testing utilities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, research and apply emerging web technologies.

It applies to individuals who are highly skilled technicians and have high-level knowledge of the principles of analysis and design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify emerging web technology	1.1 Identify needs of web application 1.2 Research and review new developments in web technology 1.3 Identify new developments in web technology that meet identified needs of web application 1.4 Evaluate and select web technology most applicable to web application needs 1.5 Identify legislative and organisational requirements and standards applicable to implementation of new technology 1.6 Discuss and confirm selection with required personnel
2. Implement new web technology	2.1 Create required code to apply web technology 2.2 Apply code to web technology according to organisational procedures 2.3 Test web application in a variety of browsers and digital devices, and rectify problems as required
3. Review and finalise web technology implementation process	3.1 Review test results and discuss findings with required personnel 3.2 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend as required 3.3 Document work performed and findings according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses complex information from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Initiative and enterprise	Investigates new and innovative ideas to improve work practices and processes
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Technology	Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB516 Research and apply emerging web technology trends.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, investigate and apply at least two emerging web technology trends to a web application, according to organisational needs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of the internet and technologies that underpin its existence

key principles of analysis and design

programming control structures and object-oriented programming applicable to implementing new web technology

web programming concepts, including:

the hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

stateless programming

session management

authentication and web security

client-side programming

latest web technology trends and their application to different clients

features, functions and requirements of different web applications

web application testing processes

sources of information regarding new and emerging trends and technologies

legislative and organisational requirements and standards applicable to implementation of new technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a development environment

a server

a database server

hardware and software applicable to implementation of new technology

the internet

browsers and digital devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct telecommunications operations near substantial safety hazards. It includes applying a risk management approach to a limited range of predictable problems when working at heights near electrical distribution infrastructure, radiation devices, or other services in confined spaces. This unit also includes the preparation of risk control measures within scope of own role that encompass job safety analysis.

It applies to telecommunications workers who perform work functions such as rigging, telecommunications installation and maintenance, and/or any other activity that requires working safely and complying with requirements and/or established procedures near live electrical apparatus.

It does not include any work that is or may be performed by other competent operatives within the defined ‘safe work zone’, which is defined by relevant state/territory regulatory agencies/bodies, local government legislation, industry bi-partite body, guidelines/codes of practice or other related requirements for safe work and access near live electrical and mechanical apparatus.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements and may require a licence/registration in relation to:

work health and safety

electricity/telecommunications/gas/water industry safety and compliance

industrial relations

anti-discrimination.

Age limits for operating certain equipment may also be covered by commonwealth, state/territory or local government legislation and regulations.

This unit does not cover legislative requirements for confined space entry, elevating work platform (EWP) operations, traffic control, or spotter/safety observation.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Workplace Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to work safely near live electrical apparatus	1.1 Receive and confirm instructions related to the work to be performed 1.2 Identify relevant requirements and established procedures to be followed and personnel to be contacted for the work to be performed 1.3 Receive and confirm work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures and technical standards relevant to the work and worksite 1.4 Collaborate with other telecommunications workers in meeting the safety requirements for working near live electrical apparatus 1.5. Identify, receive and confirm scope of responsibility and issued work permit/s according to workplace requirements and established procedures 1.6 Identify and confirm that first aid, safety observers and/or other related work safety procedures are in place to be followed in the event of an incident 1.7 Identify processes for reporting customer issues to appropriate personnel 1.8 Confirm site and work schedule according to given instructions and established procedures 1.9 Use safe approach distances and apply safe work zones
2. Conduct risk assessment	2.1 Assess risks from electrical, radiation, gas and other services in or adjacent to the worksite according to established procedures 2.2 Assess safety of the worksite, earthing arrangements, and other services and support structures using appropriate monitoring equipment and according to established procedures 2.3 Complete a job safety analysis (JSA) or similar risk assessment record specific to site and work requirements, and report safety hazards to relevant personnel 2.4 Assess potential emergency situations relevant to the site 2.5 Take measurements to assess electrical potential or charge leakage into adjoining infrastructure according to established procedures 2.6 Perform electrical and mechanical pole tests to ensure it is safe to climb 2.7 Inspect all hand and power tools, ladders, climbing and lifting equipment apparatus before use
3. Apply enterprise risk management plan	3.1 Apply enterprise procedures to manage potential hazards and risks 3.2 Communicate and confirm risk management strategies with co-workers within scope of own role 3.3 Confirm safety procedures to ensure management of emergency situations are in place 3.4 Obtain safety equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) 3.5 Delineate safe work zones and limits of approach to other services 3.6 Observe required road safety and traffic control measures according to established procedures 3.7 Implement safe strategies for working at heights and in confined spaces, according to regulatory requirements and within scope of own role
4. Complete work safely near live electrical apparatus	4.1 Report schedule and anomalies for completion and checking of work to authorised personnel, according to established procedures 4.2 Use safety equipment and PPE effectively 4.3 Use tested ladders, climbing and lifting equipment to work safely at heights, according to regulatory requirements and safety procedures 4.4 Operate hand and power tools safely at heights 4.5 Complete the work and ensure it complies with enterprise and industry earthing practices 4.6 Provide assistance in clearing worksite to ensure safety of telecommunications workers, the public and the telecommunications network 4.7 Complete work records and notify appropriate personnel that work is completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine safety requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes enterprise safety documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Uses clear language, concepts, tone and pace appropriate for the audience to communicate safety outcomes
Navigate the world of work	Understands rights and responsibilities and complies with legal and regulatory requirements Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	Uses a limited range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration; and seeks assistance in setting priorities Responds to predictable routine problems, implementing standard or logical solutions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTWHS203 Work safely near power infrastructure.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

conduct a risk assessment or simulated risk assessment for a telecommunications work site near power infrastructure

identify the safety and licensing requirements for working at heights and working in confined spaces

apply safety precautions while working at heights or in confined spaces near power infrastructure

test power pole infrastructure for electrical safety before working on the infrastructure

perform tests on the mechanical soundness of a pole in accordance with the asset (pole) owner guidelines.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

consequences of short circuits including:

arc flash

basic power industry protection schemes like reclosers

drop out fuses and their limitations for current limiting

effects of current including:

physiological effects and protection for physiological effects

basic principle by which electrical current can result in the production of heat, light and electromagnetic field

typical effects of current

definitions of terminologies including:

safe work zone

risk assessment

safe approach distances zones

safe working distances

work permit

access authorisation permits

technical standards

isolation procedures

compliance requirements

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, guidelines, enterprise requirements, certification and licensing applicable to above performance evidence and own telecommunications role when working safely up to the defined ‘safe work zone’ near energised electrical apparatus (including electrical powerlines), in particular:

electrical safety and technical knowledge relating to operating plant or vehicle near power lines including ‘step and touch potential’ and earth potential rise

safe approach distances including safe work zones that may apply for the intended work

for work near live electrical infrastructure – including AS/NZS 3000:2018 Electrical installations known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules

main components of work health and safety (WHS) that affect the work function

workplace environmental and WHS procedures including:

designation of personnel responsible for WHS

requirement for employee participation in WHS management

standard meanings of WHS symbols found on signs and labels in the workplace

raising WHS issues

recognising and reporting on hazards

responding to accidents, fires and emergencies

work operations to control risks

common road and pedestrian safety control measures appropriate to the worksite

separation and segregation between power and telecommunications cables and fittings

ground clearances, in-span clearances and attachment point clearances

test procedure for timber, steel, concrete and composite poles

techniques and precautions for undertaking different work functions and working safely up to the defined ‘safe work zone’ near energised electrical apparatus (including electrical powerlines) applicable to above performance evidence and own telecommunications role (work functions that may be performed include, vegetation control, rigging, dogging and/or any other activity that requires working safely near live electrical apparatus by a telecommunications worker)

limitations of installing telecommunications infrastructure on power assets, including installations near transformers and power substations

environmental control processes:

disposal and handling of hazardous and dangerous substances

noise pollution

waste disposal

electricity infrastructure assets, related voltages and requirements for working safely near live electrical apparatus as a telecommunications worker

how step or touch potential manifests itself

earth potential rise and how it manifests itself

weather conditions suitable for working near live electrical apparatus as a telecommunications worker

safe work zone for safe access near live electrical infrastructure for workers and operational plant

established enterprise procedures relating to working safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace, including incident management procedures

low and high aerial voltage systems.

Assessment Conditions

This unit of competency falls into the definition of high risk work and should be delivered and assessed in accordance with the national standard.

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

telecommunications site/s near power infrastructure

relevant WHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice

enterprise WHS policies and procedures

personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors of high risk units in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work effectively within the digital and telecommunications industry and to work within enterprise arrangements and requirements.

It applies to individuals directly employed within a large enterprise or preparing to work for a small sub-contractor who undertake a range of tasks under supervision.

This unit applies to people who have recently entered the digital and telecommunications industry and are beginning their career as direct employees or contractors.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan ongoing skills development	1.1 Obtain information about the various sectors of the digital and telecommunications industry 1.2 Seek advice about future career opportunities from appropriate people 1.3 Identify possible career directions in the enterprise for personal advancement 1.4 Self-assess own skills against job role to identify skills gap and plan for further skills development 1.5 Determine appropriate strategies to acquire additional skills 1.6 Identify and apply methods for keeping up-to-date with industry developments
2. Research a digital and telecommunications contractor business	2.1 Identify activities that are undertaken by a contractor business within the digital and telecommunications industry 2.2 Identify licences, permits, regulations or restrictions that apply to operating a contracting business 2.3 Identify resources available to support a contracting business 2.4 Identify costs of suitable vehicles and equipment required by a digital and telecommunications contracting business 2.5 Identify insurance requirements for operating a digital and telecommunications contracting business
3. Confirm employment arrangements	3.1 Access and read employment terms and conditions, and clarify points of concern 3.2 Access, read, negotiate and agree on work goals and objectives, according to enterprise requirements 3.3 Obtain information relevant to technical and regulatory requirements and apply at work
4. Participate in enterprise operations	4.1 Consult co-workers and team members to identify team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals, plans and objectives 4.2 Develop strategies to support shared goals and seek assistance from others, as required, to prevent conflict 4.3 Comply with industry standards, and work health and safety guidelines
5. Contribute to teamwork and performance	5.1 Give and respond to feedback to assist in meeting team and personal goals 5.2 Communicate unresolved issues to appropriate personnel
6. Follow environmental regulations	6.1 Apply enterprise environmental policies and procedures 6.2 Ask questions and seek clarification relating to environmental work requirements 6.3 Identify environmental incidents that contravene environmental procedures and report to appropriate personnel according to these procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Employs a range of approaches and investigative techniques to source the knowledge required to establish, plan, manage and evaluate skill development
Reading	Recognises and interprets text to determine key information and specific requirements and responsibilities
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Navigate the world of work	Takes steps to develop skills, obtain qualifications and/or experience relevant to current or desired work role Attempts to follow directions on the scope of responsibility within the role and begins to recognise when to involve others
Interact with others	Cooperates with team as part of familiar routine activities, and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability Seeks support from team when preventing conflict
Get the work done	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTWOR201 Work effectively in telecommunications technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

obtain information about relevant digital and telecommunications industry sectors including employment conditions

develop a list of contracting opportunities within the telecommunications industry

actively participate in a team.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

range of digital and telecommunications team roles and how these roles impact on the way a team works and what it might achieve

terms and conditions of employment common to the digital and telecommunications industry

role of contracting within the digital and telecommunications industry

legislation, codes and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

various sectors of the digital and telecommunications industry

enterprise policies, plans and procedures

sources of advice about career planning and skill development

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

environmental policies and procedures applicable to working in the digital and telecommunications industry.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

digital and telecommunications technology team

examples of resumes and career planning resources

relevant enterprise documentation such as policies, procedures and practices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to deliver all aspects of customer service relevant to the telecommunications industry. It includes creating a relationship with customers, identifying their needs, delivering services or products and processing customer feedback.

It applies to technicians who perform a range of tasks in a defined context under supervision or as part of a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workplace effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish contact with customers	1.1 Greet customer in a professional, courteous and concise manner according to enterprise requirements 1.2 Maintain personal presentation according to enterprise requirements 1.3 Communicate using appropriate interpersonal skills to facilitate accurate and relevant exchange of information 1.4 Respond appropriately to customer requests and use effective communication strategies that reflect customer support needs 1.5 Establish rapport with customer by expressing a genuine interest in customer requirements
2. Identify telecommunications installation requirements	2.1 Use active listening and questioning techniques to clarify installation requirements 2.2 Identify details of existing and proposed telecommunications and/or cabling work 2.3 Establish intended uses of equipment and associated cabling requirements 2.4 Discuss benefits and disadvantages of alternative cabling or equipment as required 2.5 Convey information respectfully and clearly
3. Identify installation locations	3.1 Assess potential locations to ensure accuracy of installation 3.3 Propose locations and confirm with customer 3.4 Review existing plans and verify that proposed locations match enterprise preferred locations 3.5 Scope activities to avoid work, health and safety (WHS) hazards
4. Deliver service/s to customers	4.1 Establish availability, security, safety and other constraints on use of existing systems 4.2 Communicate information according to enterprise code of conduct 4.3 Implement enterprise procedures to install equipment and/or cabling according to industry standards and manufacturer specifications
5. Work as a team to provide customer service	5.1 Acknowledge workplace team in providing customer service 5.2 Agree on and establish a set of team goals and procedures in providing customer service 5.3 Contribute to and support other team member goals to achieve quality customer service outcomes 5.4 Review team goals and processes, as part of the team, to ensure continuous improvement of services provided to customers
6. Process customer feedback	6.1 Seek, recognise and acknowledge customer feedback in order to improve personal performance and/or behaviour 6.2 Respond according to enterprise procedures and legislative requirements 6.3 Identify unmet needs and evaluate suitable ways to action feedback 6.4 Assist customers to contact other services according to enterprise policies and procedures
7. Finalise customer interaction	7.1 Complete all required documents promptly and accurately according to enterprise policies and procedures 7.2 File completed documentation according to enterprise policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Understands requirements in enterprise policy and procedure documents Interprets product and service information in a range of formats to provide customer advice
Writing	Records customer information according to enterprise requirements
Oral Communication	Provides information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience Asks questions and listens to gain information or confirm understanding
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check and confirm location of installation
Navigate the world of work	Follows enterprise procedures and practices relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses accepted communication practices to establish connections, build rapport and develop professional working relationships Adjusts personal communication style in response to the opinions, values and particular needs of others
Get the work done	Addresses routine problems in familiar work contexts Recognises opportunities to enhance work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

provide routine telecommunications customer services in a professional manner

document and record concerns and solutions according to enterprise guidelines and escalation procedures

identify customer needs using appropriate interpersonal skills

provide prompt service to address customer needs according to enterprise requirements

identify opportunities to increase the quality of service and products

respond to and record all customer feedback according to relevant standards, and enterprise policies and procedures.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

telecommunications customer equipment and their general features and capabilities

enterprise systems and telecommunications work environment

key provisions of relevant legislation from all forms of government that apply to providing customer service

enterprise policies and procedures relating to the customer service process

range of typical issues and challenges that can arise when providing customer service in the telecommunications industry.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

workplace documents, enterprise policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer feedback

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTXRE401 Apply augmented reality solutions in organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement augmented reality (AR) user experience (UX) solutions across organisational processes. It involves investigating extended reality technologies and developing AR UX solutions to meet business requirements.

The unit applies to individuals working in information and communications technology (ICT) roles, such as software developers, who contribute to activities required for the implementation of extended reality solutions in workplace contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Extended reality

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design AR solutions	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Research industry-recognised AR solutions according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Shortlist preferable AR solutions according to work brief 1.4 Recommend shortlisted AR solutions and gain approval from required personnel
2. Design and test AR solutions	2.1 Analyse existing system architecture and programming requirements 2.2 Create AR solution design according to work brief 2.3 Create AR implementation plan 2.4 Source AR configuration hardware, software and tools according to implementation plan and confirm component serviceability 2.5 Configure and test AR solution prototype according to design and programming requirements 2.6 Deploy AR solution across specified organisational processes
3. Support AR solutions	3.1 Research three-dimensional (3-D) technologies related to the implemented AR solution according to work brief 3.2 Seek AR technical assistance and monitor AR solution where required and according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Report on monitored AR solution to required personnel according to organisational needs
4. Analyse AR solutions	4.1 Detect any issues in post-deployment AR solutions according to work brief 4.2 Test and rectify any detected issues 4.3 Report on analysis findings according to organisational policies and procedures 4.4 Store AR solutions in required locations according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reviews complex texts with at times complex technical terms
Writing	Develops a broad range of materials using clear language in order to convey specialised information and requirements
Planning and organising	Uses formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate strategies and plan to rectify implementation issues
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical techniques to implement solutions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTXRE401 Apply augmented reality solutions in organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and deploy at least two augmented reality (AR) solutions into a virtual workspace, using at least one of the following concepts:

web design-based concepts

application design-based concepts

mobile design-based concepts.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop AR prototype using required programming language

securely and safely store AR solutions in required locations

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key functions and features of desktop, web and mobile programming language, including:

Java Script

Python

C#

C++

key functions and features of web developments and components, including:

backends

servers

application programming interfaces

application development

game development

required functions and features of:

neural networks and machine learning

three-dimensional (3-D) and animation technologies

industry-recognised types of extended reality (ER) platforms for AR

AR-enabled hands-free solutions, including:

AR headsets

smart glasses

portable devices

lens studio filters

functions and features of:

AR implementation plans

required AR configuration hardware, software and tools

AR solution integration designs

AR solution prototypes

user experience (UX) solutions

methods to confirm component serviceability

methods to configure and apply AR solutions in virtual workspaces using different concepts and technical guidelines

functions and application of testing tools and equipment to apply AR in organisations

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a virtual workspace where AR solutions are to be applied

AR technological infrastructure, including tools, hardware, software and configuration components

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTXRE402 Apply virtual reality solutions in organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to address consumer needs and fulfil organisational opportunities using virtual reality (VR). It involves investigating extended reality technologies and establishing virtual environments with VR solutions.

The unit applies to individuals working in information and communications technology (ICT) roles who contribute to activities required to implement extended reality solutions in workplace contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Extended reality

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design and implement VR solutions	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Research and report on VR solutions according to organisational criteria 1.3 Shortlist preferable VR solutions according to organisational criteria 1.4 Recommend shortlisted VR solutions and gain approval from required personnel 1.5 Create VR implementation plan and include approved VR solution 1.6 Source VR configuration hardware, software and tools according to implementation plan and confirm component serviceability
2. Design and test VR solutions	2.1 Analyse existing system architecture and programming requirements 2.2 Create VR solution integration design according to work brief 2.3 Configure VR solution prototype according to integration design and programming requirements 2.4 Confirm that VR solution prototype meets organisational requirements and gain approval to deploy VR solution 2.5 Deploy VR solution across specified organisational processes according to work brief
3. Support VR solutions	3.1 Research three-dimensional (3-D) technologies related to implemented VR solution according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Seek VR technical assistance and monitor VR solution according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Report on monitored VR solution to required personnel according to organisational needs
4. Analyse VR solutions	4.1 Analyse post deployment VR solutions according to work brief 4.2 Test and rectify any detected issues according to work brief 4.3 Report on analysis findings according to organisational policies and procedures 4.4 Store VR solutions to required locations according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reviews complex texts with at times complex technical terms
Writing	Develops a broad range of materials using clear language in order to convey specialised information and requirements
Planning and organising	Uses formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate strategies and plan to rectify implementation issues
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical techniques to implement solutions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTXRE402 Apply virtual reality solutions in organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply at least two virtual reality (VR) solutions to a virtual workspace, using at least one of the following concepts:

web design-based concepts

application design-based concepts

mobile design-based concepts.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop VR prototype using required programming language

securely and safely store VR solutions to required locations

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key functions and features of desktop, web and mobile programming language, including:

Java Script

Python

C#

C++

key functions and features of web developments and components, including:

backends

servers

application programming interfaces

app development

game development

required functions and features of:

neural networks and machine learning

three-dimensional (3-D) and animation technologies

VR-enabled solutions, including:

VR applications

console and personal computer (PC)-connected headsets

standalone headsets

VR user experience hubs and showrooms

functions and features of artificial intelligence-based diagnostic tools

methods to configure and apply VR solutions in virtual workspaces using different concepts and technical guidelines

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a virtual workspace where VR solutions are applied

VR technological infrastructure, including tools, hardware, software and configuration components

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTXRE403 Design mixed reality solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop concepts to build immersive environments in virtual workspaces. It includes integrating mixed reality (MR) solutions to enable virtual and physical objects to interact.

The unit applies to individuals working in information and communications technology (ICT) roles who contribute to design activities required for building virtual workplaces in workplace contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Extended reality

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design MR-enabled solutions	1.1 Confirm work brief and tasks according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Analyse required MR solutions and technologies in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Analyse MR hardware, software and tools according to analysis 1.4 Document MR analysis findings according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Analyse MR interaction options	2.1 Analyse existing digital architecture according to work brief 2.2 Observe organisational processes requiring MR solutions according to work brief 2.3 Research and document MR and augmented reality (AR) interaction options in required format 2.4 Select and plan MR and AR interaction solution option according to work brief 2.5 Consult with required personnel and seek feedback on MR solution plan 2.6 Seek approval for MR solution plan from required personnel
3. Make recommendations	3.1 Source and review related MR case studies from required database 3.2 Analyse technological improvements set out in MR case study 3.3 Analyse MR concept considerations and required MR solution plan according to work brief 3.4 Brainstorm and document possible MR integration solution plan according to analysis 3.5 Synthesise and present MR recommendations and MR solution plan to required personnel 3.6 Seek and implement feedback from required personnel 3.7 Store MR design documentation and virtual assets in required locations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reviews complex texts with at times complex technical terms
Writing	Develops a broad range of materials using clear language in order to convey specialised information and requirements
Planning and organising	Uses formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate strategies and plan to rectify implementation issues
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical techniques to implement solutions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTXRE403 Design mixed reality solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 8.0. Newly created unit of competency to address in-demand skills needs

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design at least two mixed reality (MR) solutions with plans for a virtual workspace, using at least one of the following concepts:

web design-based concepts

application design-based concepts

mobile design-based concepts.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

securely and safely store documentation and virtual assets in required locations

apply required organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of neural networks and machine learning

databases containing MR case studies

key types and techniques of integrating VR- and AR-enabled solutions, including:

computer vision

graphical processing power

display technology

input systems

MR-enabled solutions aligned with context considerations, including:

virtuality continuum and categorisation

environmental input

spatial sound

location and positioning in real and virtual spaces

functions and features of artificial intelligence-based diagnostic tools

key methods to configure and apply MR device components using different concepts and technical guidelines, including:

holographic devices

immersive devices

organisational formats for documentation and reports

organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements relating to work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

MR case studies where MR solution plans need to be developed

required technological infrastructure, including tools, hardware, software and configuration components

opportunities for interaction with others

work brief and organisational policies and procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

BSBCRT201 Develop and apply thinking and problem solving skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to solve problems, develop questions and respond to feedback on questions on workplace issues.

The unit applies to individuals, often working under supervision or guidance, who may be required to think critically, ask essential questions and consider answers to those questions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Investigate problem solving	1.1 Identify key features and role of problem solving in the workplace 1.2 Identify different types of questions and styles of questioning 1.3 Identify basic problem solving techniques 1.4 Collaborate with relevant stakeholders and share ideas on different types of questions, styles of questioning and applicable problem solving techniques 1.5 Identify challenges in the types of questions, styles of questioning and basic problem solving techniques
2. Prepare and ask questions	2.1 Select a basic workplace issue within job role to be resolved 2.2 Identify ways to structure questions on identified issue in consultation with relevant stakeholders 2.3 Develop questions to consolidate knowledge of selected issue 2.4 Ask prepared questions to relevant personnel
3. Solve basic workplace issues	3.1 Document responses to questions asked according to organisational requirements 3.2 Clarify responses given with further questions and comments 3.3 Apply basic problem solving techniques and document responses to workplace issue
4. Seek feedback on questions and problem solving	4.1 Consult with relevant stakeholders and identify improvements for problem solving process 4.2 Seek feedback on questions, questioning style and problem solving technique from relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain specific information and confirm understanding
Teamwork	Uses accepted practices to discuss ideas with others
Planning and organising	Develops a plan for the use of information gathered

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBCRT101 Apply critical thinking techniques.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT201 Develop and apply thinking and problem solving skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare, deliver, document and review a set of questions to consolidate understanding of a workplace issue within own job role on at least two occasions

apply basic problem solving techniques to a workplace issue on at least four occasions.

In course of doing the above, the candidate must:

use a range of different types of questions and styles of questioning

identify potential issues that may arise in problem solving processes

develop questions designed to consolidate information of selected issue

ask questions to relevant stakeholders, using further questions and comments to clarify responses provided

seek feedback on questions developed.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features and processes of critical thinking and problem solving

basic problem solving techniques

different types of questions and their relevance to different situations

effective questioning techniques

typical blockers to problem solving processes

role of critical thinking for businesses, the community and at an individual level.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to simulated challenges and situations to demonstrate the application of performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to develop the habit of thinking in a more creative way through looking at things differently, musing, testing, experimenting and challenging existing thought patterns.

It applies to individuals who need to develop and extend their critical and creative thinking skills to different issues and situations and have a range of problem solving, evaluation and analysis skills.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Creative Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Develop a questioning mindset	1.1 Develop the habit of asking questions from different perspectives 1.2 Take responsibility for exploring a variety of information sources to provide relevant answers to own questions 1.3 Sort through information and ideas to identify the central questions, issues and challenges 1.4 Challenge preconceptions and assumptions to determine actual constraints in defining a problem for resolution
2 Generate ideas and responses	2.1 Explore and use a range of creative thinking techniques to generate ideas and responses 2.2 Muse on, play around with and have fun with ideas in relation to a perceived objective 2.3 Identify and challenge blockers to creative thinking 2.4 Consider and explore realities beyond the current situation 2.5 Evaluate, and where appropriate, challenge existing boundaries to determine perceived or actual constraints 2.6 Show willingness to take risks with ideas and thought processes 2.7 Look around in familiar and unfamiliar places for new inspiration and habitually record observations, experiences, ideas and reflective thoughts to broaden personal knowledge base 2.8 Acknowledge and accept the opportunity for revelation when least expected 2.9 Identify connections and associations from things that seem unconnected
3 Challenge, test and re invent ideas	3.1 Identify, interrogate and challenge the assumptions behind ideas 3.2 Experiment with variations, and explore and challenge a range of different solutions and ideas 3.3 Consciously change perspectives, and evaluate ideas and situations in new ways 3.4 Where appropriate, involve others in ideas and how they might change or be improved
4 Enhance creative thinking skills	4.1 Consciously challenge and question own thought patterns and ways of responding to work and life situations 4.2 Identify and take opportunities to selfassess and to learn about new ideas and different ways of thinking 4.3 Take opportunities to practise and experiment with creative thinking techniques across work and life situations 4.4 Proactively talk to others about ways that new ideas and patterns of thinking can be encouraged and developed

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.2, 2.7, 4.2	Uses questioning as a strategy to expand knowledge Reflects on existing thinking and current practices to generate new ideas
Reading	1.2, 1.3	Comprehends textual information and integrates ideas and concepts from various sources
Writing	2.7	Takes notes on observations, experiences and thoughts
Oral Communication	3.4, 4.4	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Interact with others	3.4, 4.4	Collaborates with others to test, strengthen and explore new ideas and different ways of thinking
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2, 4.2, 4.3	Uses analytical techniques to identify issues and evaluate options Contributes to the design of new approaches within the immediate work environment Understands and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking to identify and select ideas

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills	BSBCRT301A Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

ask relevant questions to challenge and enhance creative thinking

use various information sources to provide answers to own questions

use a range of creative thinking techniques to generate ideas or responses to questions or issues

record ideas in response to a predetermined issue or situation.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain why it is important to consider different perspectives when asking questions

list and describe different creative thinking techniques

describe common blockers to creative thinking,

explain boundaries that need to be considered when generating ideas and responses

describe ways of extending and developing individual creative thinking skills.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to specific challenges and situations to which creative thinking may be applied.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use advanced-level critical thinking skills in a professional context. This includes using methods of analysis, synthesis and evaluation.

This unit applies to individuals who evaluate processes, products and services that may be proposed or already existing. This unit applies to individuals who are typically responsible for developing work processes, products and services that may be proposed or already existing.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Understand critical thinking in a workplace context	1.1 Identify key characteristics of concepts in a critical thinking protocol or process 1.2 Explore situations in which critical thinking concepts may be applied in the workplace 1.3 Reflect on benefits of adopting a critical thinking mindset and risks associated with failing to do so
2. Apply a systematic approach to decision making	2.1 Analyse and understand key elements of workplace processes, products or services 2.2 Identify limitations in existing or proposed workplace processes, products or services by applying critical thinking protocols or processes 2.3 Source information from a variety of different and verified sources 2.4 Compare and contrast alternative critical thinking concepts in a workplace decision making process 2.5 Apply a decision making framework to reach a defensible conclusion in a workplace context in accordance with organisational policies and procedure 2.6 Articulate and justify decision making process
3. Develop critical thinking mindset	3.1 Conduct review of effectiveness of decision making, including critical self-reflection 3.2 Seek meaningful feedback from organisational management 3.3 Identify areas for self-development 3.4 Develop plan for future process evaluations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Reflects on own performance and seeks opportunities to improve own skills and knowledge
Reading	Interprets, evaluates and extracts relevant information from a range of texts for work requirements
Writing	Documents key research findings and ideas Develops clear workplace documents appropriate to audience and context
Oral Communication	Articulates ideas and requirements clearly and persuasively using techniques appropriate to audience and environment Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning Uses a range of persuasive responses and makes comparisons which show an understanding of topics and concepts
Numeracy	Interprets and critically analyses numerical data to determine work process requirements
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and considers the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities on own work Adheres to implicit and explicit organisational procedures and policies, seeking advice from others if necessary
Interact with others	Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and/or written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channel, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience Reflects on personal values, behaviours and assumptions and considers how these might be perceived by others Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for systematically planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks according to agreed timelines Uses systematic processes to gather and analyse information required to make decisions Recognises opportunities to develop and apply new ideas and select ideas for implementation Considers the key themes and ideas to be explored and identifies ways to response to and use diverse perspectives Uses features and functions of digital tools and technologies to store and present information Contributes to creating a climate where people feel comfortable to suggest, explore, adapt and adopt new ideas as a regular part of work life Uses problem-solving skills to evaluate and challenge ideas and move towards solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes Release 1	Not applicable	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

explain critical thinking concepts and approaches, the value of applying such approaches, and how they may apply to a workplace context

use a range of critical thinking techniques to identify and address limitations in workplace processes, products or services

ask questions of self and others to broaden own knowledge and understanding

use various information sources to provide answers to own questions

develop a proposal to articulate to a broad range of workplace stakeholders a solution to an identified issue

incorporate feedback and self-reflection to critically assess performance

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role:

key features and characteristics of critical thinking concepts and approaches

key features and limitations of workplace procedures

key legislative requirements relating to workplace procedures

key sources of reliable information relevant to workplace procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to:

office equipment, technology, software and consumables required to implement internal and maintain internal control procedures

corporate governance documentation required for role

organisational operational policies and procedures required for role.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT411 Apply critical thinking to work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use advanced-level critical thinking skills in a workplace context. This includes using methods of analysis, synthesis and evaluation.

The unit applies to individuals who evaluate existing or proposed work practices. These individuals are typically responsible for reviewing or developing work processes, products or services that may be proposed or already existing.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish role of critical thinking in workplace	1.1 Identify key characteristics of critical thinking processes 1.2 Evaluate situations in which critical thinking concepts are applied in work practices 1.3 Articulate benefits of applying critical thinking practices in the workplace
2. Lead critical thinking process	2.1 Analyse existing and proposed work practices and identify limitations 2.2 Locate information on selected work practices for the development of solutions 2.3 Determine solutions for workplace limitations using critical thinking concepts 2.4 Develop a proposal for solutions using a decision-making framework according to organisational policies and procedures 2.5 Present ideas for solutions and justify decision making process to relevant stakeholders
3. Develop critical thinking mindset	3.1 Review decision making practices in the work area 3.2 Seek feedback from relevant stakeholders on use of critical thinking from relevant stakeholders 3.3 Identify areas for self-development in relation to own job role 3.4 Develop plan for future process evaluations and incorporate improvements identified

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Reflects on own performance and seeks opportunities to improve own skills and knowledge Identifies the key themes and ideas to be explored and ways to response to and use diverse perspectives
Numeracy	Interprets and critically analyses numerical data to determine work process requirements
Oral communication	Articulates ideas and requirements clearly and persuasively using techniques appropriate to audience and environment Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Reading	Interprets, evaluates and extracts relevant information from a range of texts for work requirements
Writing	Develops clear workplace documents appropriate to audience and context Selects appropriate channel, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Teamwork	Seeks to establish interpersonal connections to facilitate work with a diverse range of people
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities on own work Adheres to implicit and explicit organisational procedures and policies, seeking advice from others if necessary
Planning and organising	Uses systematic processes to gather and analyse information required to make decisions
Problem-solving	Uses problem-solving skills to evaluate and challenge ideas and move towards solutions
Technology	Uses features and functions of digital tools and technologies to store and present information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT411 Apply critical thinking to work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop solutions for two different workplace limitations using critical thinking concepts.

In the course of the above the candidate must:

use a range of critical thinking techniques to identify and address limitations in workplace practices

ask questions to broaden understanding of task requirements

use various information sources to provide answers to proposed questions

develop a proposal to articulate to a broad range of workplace stakeholders a solution to an identified issue

incorporate feedback and self-reflection to critically assess performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

critical thinking concepts and the value of applying such approaches in a work environment

key characteristics of critical thinking processes

sources of reliable information relevant to workplace practices

key components of decision- making frameworks

features and limitations of workplace practices

legislative requirements relating to workplace practices

components of self-evaluation and development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technology, software and resources required to implement and maintain internal control procedures

corporate governance documentation required for role

organisational operational policies and procedures required for role.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to originate and develop concepts for products, programs, processes or services to an operational level.

The unit applies to individuals who develop concepts for any business or community activity or process. This may include marketing and advertising campaigns, staff development programs, information technology and communication systems, radio and television programs and entertainment events. These individuals operate with a high degree of autonomy and also collaborate with others to generate ideas and refine concepts for implementation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope issue	1.1 Select issue to be explored in consultation with relevant personnel 1.2 Assess possible solutions to business issue and identify restrictions according to job role and organisational policy 1.3 Research information on possible solutions to identified issue 1.4 Assess factors affecting viability of possible solutions
2. Generate and present solutions	2.1 Brainstorm ideas for addressing issue 2.2 Evaluate ideas against identified factors affecting viability 2.3 Compare ideas with best practice examples of similar products or programs or processes or services 2.4 Select and present a solution in relevant format to stakeholders
3. Refine solutions for implementation	3.1 Seek feedback on ideas from stakeholders 3.2 Respond to questions with substantiated answers 3.3 Document feedback according to organisational requirements 3.4 Refine and finalise solution according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Reflects and evaluates methods used to develop concepts and seeks ways to improve Actively elicits views and opinions of others to develop and refine ideas
Oral communication	Expresses thoughtful and challenging opinions using engaging language and non-verbal features Elicits views and information from others using a range of active listening and questioning techniques
Reading	Interprets and evaluates a range of complex information
Writing	Documents findings and ideas using language and structure to suit the purpose Prepares proposals and plans for relevant stakeholders incorporating appropriate vocabulary and grammatical structures
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction and influencing direction Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information
Planning and organising	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations to gather and evaluate possible concepts, and select the most appropriate concept for development Monitors outcomes, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, refine and implement a solution to address a workplace issue on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

consult with stakeholders to identify workplace issue to be addressed within scope of job role and organisational policy

generate potential ideas that provide innovative solutions to identified issues

evaluate viability of ideas

present ideas and information to others and reflect on responses

refine chosen solution in response to feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

creative thinking techniques to generate innovative solutions to issues

existing products, programs, processes or services to address selected issue

factors affecting viability of possible solutions including:

commercial potential

suitability for the target audience or purpose

feasibility of implementing solution

issues and requirements to commercialise the concept

practical and operational issues to be considered in specific work or community context

practical and operational issues that determine whether a concept can be implemented

techniques for generating creative ideas and solutions, and for translating them into workable concepts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

background information required to evaluate the operational factors that will affect the implementation of concepts

opportunities to collaborate with others throughout the concept development process.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT611 Apply critical thinking for complex problem solving

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply critical thinking in order to develop solutions to complex issues arising in the workplace.

The unit applies to individuals who are required to think critically in order to develop structured and innovative solutions to overcome complex organisational issues. Individuals in these roles operate with a high degree of autonomy and may undertake non-standard work tasks involving escalated risks. These individuals are often responsible for a team or work area.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope problem solving process	1.1 Identify complex issue for resolution within scope of job role and in consultation with relevant stakeholders 1.2 Document task objectives and risks involved in pursuing identified issue 1.3 Research legislative frameworks and organisational policy or procedures applicable to identified issue 1.4 Calculate required resources and present to relevant stakeholders
2. Lead solution development process	2.1 Facilitate ideation session with relevant stakeholders 2.2 Evaluate formulated solutions for advantages and limitations using critical thinking techniques 2.3 Apply decision-making processes to select most viable solution 2.4 Prepare a brief on proposed solution according to organisational policy and present to key stakeholders
3. Refine solution for implementation	3.1 Develop a feedback register to systematically record feedback according to organisational requirements 3.2 Refine proposal based on analysis of feedback 3.3 Seek necessary approvals to implement solution

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Evaluates own performance to identify opportunities for improvement Makes a range of critical and non-critical decision in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Numeracy	Interprets, analyses and presents numeric and financial information to identify patterns and trends
Oral communication	Identifies and articulates ideas and requirements clearly and persuasively using techniques appropriate to audience and environment Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the views and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses textual information when developing the proposal and monitoring operational performance
Writing	Communicates relationships between ideas and information, matching style of writing to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options in order to monitor performance and identify opportunities for improvement
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBCRT601 Research and apply concepts and theories of creativity.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT611 Apply critical thinking for complex problem solving

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

lead the process for addressing at least one complex workplace issue up to the point of implementation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify task objectives and risks involved with pursuing identified problem

research legislative frameworks and applicable frameworks for identified problem

calculate resources required for solution development process

facilitate others in idea generation for possible solutions

present proposed solution to key stakeholders

use feedback to revise solution to achieve stakeholder approval

seek necessary approvals for the implementation of the solution.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative frameworks and organisational policy or procedures applicable to identified workplace problem

critical and creative thinking techniques applicable to performance evidence

advantages and risks in the development of solutions for identified workplace problems

decision-making processes including barriers to effective decision-making

sources of relevant information to identified issue, including desk research and stakeholder consultations

organisational requirements for development and presentation of a brief and feedback register

approval process for workplace solution.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

organisational policies and procedures

opportunities to collaborate with others throughout the concept development process

resources required to undertake research, prepare a brief and develop a feedback register.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB301 Investigate business opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify a business opportunity and its key components. This requires undertaking research to determine the viability of the opportunity, with reference to the legislative frameworks affecting the business.

The unit applies to those establishing or operating a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation. The business opportunities may relate to products and/or services offered by the business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify potential opportunities for business	1.1 Source and analyse market information for potential opportunities 1.2 Analyse information and list details of business ideas and opportunities 1.3 Identify and describe products and/or services that match business ideas 1.4 Identify and analyse available business, financial, digital technology and technical factors related to the potential opportunities 1.5 Identify customers for the products and/or services
2. Investigate market needs and factors affecting market	2.1 Collect, investigate and analyse business and market information, trends and developments from primary and secondary sources to identify market needs related to business opportunities 2.2 Identify ethical and cultural requirements of the market 2.3 Identify projected changes in population, economic activity and other macro external factors that may impact business opportunities 2.4 Review identified needs and factors and identify their potential impact on business opportunities 2.5 Investigate marketing and promotion activities and strategies for identified products and/or services
3. Finalise investigation into business opportunities	3.1 Review personal factors against business opportunities and identify their impact on opportunities 3.2 Examine options to address and minimise negative impact and strengthen positive impact of personal factors 3.3 Document outcomes of investigation into business opportunity

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and evaluates information and integrates facts and ideas
Writing	Uses information and industry-related terminology to develop required documentation
Numeracy	Extracts, evaluates and compares numerical information to determine resources and identify trends
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to access and filter data, and then extract, organise and integrate relevant information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBSMB201 Identify suitability for micro business

BSBSMB301 Investigate micro business opportunities

BSBSMB306 Plan a home based business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB301 Investigate business opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and investigate at least one business opportunity and assess the probability of success.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and analyse information from a range of sources for its potential impact on the market, products and/or services, and customers

match personal factors to business opportunities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

sources of business and market information on business ideas and potential business opportunities, including:

potential clients and past leads

competitor activities, products and services

industry trends and insights

legislative and regulatory requirements relevant to opportunities being investigated

market information, trends and developments, including:

new and emerging markets and their features

expected market growth or decline and associated risk factors

economic activity, including projected or potential movements in prices

projected changes in availability of resources

personal factors involved in choosing preferred opportunity include:

own skills and aspirations

own commitments, expectations and capabilities

criteria for determining the viability of a business opportunity, including:

market size, potential, needs and trends

financial considerations

benefits and challenges of digital technologies relevant to opportunities

resource availability

business research methods and data collection tools and software

impact of ethical and cultural requirements of market on opportunities and products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

internet access for research

source of information on potential business opportunities, including customer or supplier information

data collection tools and software

legislative and regulatory information relating to business opportunities

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source advice and specialist services to assist in addressing business compliance relating to regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research compliance requirements of new business venture	1.1 Identify regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements relevant to new business venture 1.2 Access information that assists in interpreting and explaining identified compliance requirements 1.3 Research relationships between legislation, regulations, codes of practice, associated standards and accessed information to determine compliance requirements of the business venture
2. Seek specialist advice on compliance and risk minimisation	2.1 Identify sources of specialist advice and services relevant to identified compliance requirements and business venture profile 2.2 Select and access identified specialist advice and services according to business needs, available resources, and workplace procedures 2.3 Clarify and confirm compliance requirements and their appropriateness for business, and risk minimisation needs with advisors 2.4 Review and document advice and procedures
3. Take action to support business compliance	3.1 Arrange insurance cover for the business according to business needs, available resources, and workplace procedures 3.2 Implement compliance procedures according to specialist advice received 3.3 Seek feedback on implemented compliance procedures from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets legislative and regulatory information relevant to business requirements
Oral communication	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to calculate specific business requirements Uses formal and informal mathematical language to discuss compliance
Self-management	Takes some personal responsibility for ensuring business compliance with legal and regulatory requirements
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking some responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing Determines priorities and sequences steps involved in clearly defined tasks, and identifies and assembles resources required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement procedures to address at least two different compliance requirements for a business or new business venture.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify, select and access sources of advice on compliance and risk minimisation procedures

identify regulatory, taxation and insurance compliance requirements, and risk minimisation needs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

regulatory, taxation and insurance compliance information, and specialist advice and services in relation to operation of new business ventures, including:

industry codes of practice and standards

registration and licensing

work health and safety (WHS) requirements and responsibilities

required insurances

workplace procedures that support compliance of new business venture, including for:

selecting and accessing specialist advice and services

arranging business insurance cover

key components of compliance procedures:

following taxation and industrial relations principles

updating and maintaining legal documents

investigating areas of non-compliance

monitoring provision of products and/or services

taking corrective action where necessary.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business technology, including internet access for research

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to compliance requirements described in performance evidence

workplace procedures and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and comply with legal and risk management requirements of the business or new business venture, including negotiating, creating and planning for legal contracts used within the business, where required.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify legal and risk management requirements relating to business	1.1 Identify legal structure of business using reliable sources 1.2 Identify legislative and regulatory requirements applicable to identified legal structure 1.3 Analyse identified requirements and their relationship to business and workplace practices and processes
2. Implement procedures and processes to comply with legislative and regulatory requirements	2.1 Develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with relevant legislative and regulatory requirements 2.2 Develop and implement processes and procedures for storing and maintaining legal documents and business records 2.3 Establish systems to identify areas of noncompliance and take corrective action where necessary
3. Negotiate and arrange contracts	3.1 Assess products and/or services to determine procurement rights and ensure protection of business interests 3.2 Negotiate and secure contractual procurement rights for goods and/or services as required and according to business plan and workplace procedures 3.3 Complete any contractual arrangements according to workplace procedures and business plan 3.4 Seek legal advice if required to confirm contractual rights and obligations
4. Mitigate business risks	4.1 Analyse business activities and identify applicable risk management requirements 4.2 Assess probability and impact of identified internal and external risks to business 4.3 Develop a plan to prioritise and treat risks 4.4 Implement procedures to mitigate risks according to risk treatment plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Accesses information to maintain up-to-date information on legal and risk management requirements
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and related business requirements
Writing	Prepares written plans and workplace documentation that communicate information clearly and effectively
Oral communication	Uses specific and relevant language to clearly articulate legal issues, and uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify solutions Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	Reviews, analyses and contrasts numerical data which may be embedded in documents
Self-management	Monitors adherence to workplace procedures and legislative requirements
Planning and organising	Implements actions as per plans and makes adjustments if necessary and addressing unexpected issues

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBIPR405 Protect and use intangible assets in small business

BSBSMB410 Review and implement energy efficiency in business operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

establish legal and risk management requirements for at least one business or new business venture, and implement procedures for meeting them

create at least one contract with a supplier of goods or services to business or new business venture

identify, assess and treat at least three different risks specific to business or new business venture and prioritise risks with highest probability of occurrence and greatest negative impact.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to operation of new business ventures, including:

consumer legislation

environmental requirements and responsibilities

registration and licensing

industry codes of practice and standards

work health and safety (WHS) requirements and responsibilities

insurance products and requirements, including adequate coverage

workplace procedures for:

negotiating, creating and terminating contractual arrangements, including seeking legal advice

investigating and securing procurement rights relating to products and/or services

identifying options for leasing or owning business premises

legal rights and obligations of alternative ownership structures

key features of workplace record-keeping processes and procedures that:

meet minimum legal and taxation requirements

maintain records in a secure and accessible manner

key components of compliance procedures:

following taxation and industrial relations principles and requirements

updating and maintaining legal documents

investigating areas of non-compliance

monitoring provision of products and/or services

taking corrective action where necessary

key steps in risk management process, including procedures for developing and implementing business risk treatment plan.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business technology, including internet access

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to business described in performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement operational strategies and procedures for new businesses.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review operational strategies and procedures for business or new business venture	1.1 Develop a detailed operational plan that sets out clear action points to fulfil on business goals and objectives 1.2 Identify work health and safety (WHS) and environmental issues and implement strategies to minimise risk factors 1.3 Review and evaluate, where appropriate, a quality assurance process for the business in line with industry standards, compliance requirements and cultural criteria 1.4 Develop operational key performance indicators (KPIs) that align to business plan 1.5 Align KPIs to business strategies, including utilisation of existing or new technologies, where practicable, to optimise business performance
2. Implement developed operational strategies and procedures	2.1 Implement systems to evaluate business performance and customer satisfaction, including by setting KPIs or targets 2.2 Implement systems to control stock, expenditure or cost, wastage or shrinkage and risks to health and safety according to business plan, incorporating new digital technologies where applicable 2.3 Identify and manage staffing requirements, considering a range of permanent and flexible arrangements, and adhering to budgetary constraints 2.4 Provide products and/or services according to established legal, ethical cultural and technical standards 2.5 Provide products and/or services according to time, cost and quality specifications, and customer requirements, incorporating new digital technologies where applicable 2.6 Apply quality procedures to address product and/or service and customer requirements
3. Evaluate business performance	3.1 Use digital technologies to regularly evaluate and review achievement of operational targets to ensure optimum business performance, according to business goals and objectives 3.2 Review and document systems and structures to support business performance 3.3 Investigate and analyse operating problems to establish causes and implement changes as required, as part of business quality system 3.4 Update operational policies and procedures to incorporate corrective action
4. Review business operations	4.1 Review and adjust business operations to increase business success, according to business goals and objectives 4.2 Research and implement new and emerging digital technologies into business operations according to business goals and objectives and workplace procedures 4.3 Research new business opportunities and adjust business goals and objectives as new opportunities arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate information clearly and effectively
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to manage performance information and regulate cash flow
Self-management	Evaluates adherence to workplace policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of work environment Identifies implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities for own work, with specific reference to safety Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts and applies them to own situation
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks that may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB420 Evaluate and develop small business operations.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBFRA401 Manage compliance with franchisee obligations and legislative requirements

BSBFRA402 Establish a franchise

BSBFRA403 Manage relationship with franchisor

BSBFRA404 Manage a multiple-site franchise

BSBFRA501 Establish a franchise operation

BSBFRA502 Manage a franchise operation

BSBFRA503 Manage establishment of new sites or regions

BSBFRA504 Manage relationships with franchisees

BSBFRA505 Manage closure of a franchise

BSBIPR501 Manage intellectual property to protect and grow business

BSBSMB423 Create a digital technology plan for small business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop strategies and procedures to manage operations for at least one new business or new business venture, including:

an operational plan

risk management procedures

a quality assurance process

performance measures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use existing, new and emerging digital technologies to optimise business performance

research and record business improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and standards specific to small business described in performance evidence

key features of methods for implementing operation and revenue control systems, including for controlling stock and expenditure

methods for evaluating performance and implementing improvements, including:

identifying and meeting staffing requirements

analysing and correcting business problems

reviewing and adjusting the business plan

work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards and assessing risks associated with business described in performance evidence

principles of risk management, including risk assessment

quality assurance system principles and methods

role of digital technologies and innovation in modern business

key features of systems to manage staff, stock, expenditure, services and customer service

key features of required technical or specialist skills relevant to business operations

workplace procedures for implementing new and emerging digital technologies into business operations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business equipment and resources, including business technology

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to business described in performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBINS201 Process and maintain workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to receive, process, and store workplace information and maintain information systems. It also includes the maintenance of records management systems.

The unit applies to individuals who perform a variety of routine tasks in the workplace, using a limited range of practical skills and fundamental knowledge of information and information systems in a defined context, under direct supervision or with limited individual responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical Skills – Information Services

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect information	1.1 Confirm task requirements 1.2 Collect physical and digital information items 1.3 Allocate time and date of receipt to relevant information items 1.4 Apply organisational policies and procedures relating to security and confidentiality in handling information
2. Process workplace information	2.1 Enter metadata applying to information items into relevant system according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Collate and distribute information according to task requirements
3. Manage information systems	3.1 Maintain information and relevant classification system according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Identify and dispose of inactive unpublished information items or deaccession published information items according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Create new files of unpublished information materials according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Update registration, accessioning, classification and index systems according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets textual information to complete tasks according to organisational policies and procedures
Writing	Records simple and routine content using an established format to organise information
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to clarify and adhere to requirements
Numeracy	Comprehends basic mathematical measurements relating to times and number sequences
Self-management	Follows clearly defined instructions and monitors own progress to achieve timelines
Technology	Uses digital technologies regarding data entry and retrieval

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBINM201 Process and maintain workplace information.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBINS201 Process and maintain workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

receive and process three pieces of workplace information according to organisational policies and procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

record and document information accurately

store, classify and maintain information materials.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures relating to collecting and processing workplace information

key aspects of organisational information items management systems and security and confidentiality procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

examples of workplace information systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to digitally produce word documents in a workplace context.

It applies to individuals who perform a range of routine tasks in the workplace, using a limited range of practical skills and fundamental knowledge of word processing software/applications in a defined context, under direct supervision or with limited individual responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to produce documents	1.1 Adjust workspace, furniture and equipment to suit user ergonomic environments 1.2 Ensure workspace meets organisational work health and safety requirements for digital device operation, taking into account the type of device to be used 1.3 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with relevant personnel as required 1.4 Identify organisational and task requirements for document layout and design 1.5 Select most appropriate word processing application to produce document, in accordance with available resources and organisational policies
2. Produce documents digitally	2.1 Format document using appropriate application functions to adjust layout to meet information requirements, in accordance with organisational style and presentation requirements 2.2 Use application features to identify and manipulate display options and controls 2.3 Use relevant help functions to overcome simple issues relating to document presentation and production
3. Finalise and present documents	3.1 Review and edit final document, and prepare for delivery in accordance with organisational and task requirements 3.2 Deliver document to relevant audience within designated timelines and in accordance with organisational requirements 3.3 Name and store document appropriately in accordance with organisational requirements and exit application without information loss

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises textual information within organisational and task requirements to determine work requirements
Writing	Records numerical and textual information in accordance with requirements of task
Oral Communication	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with relevant personnel in an effort to clarify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	Seeks guidance from more experienced work colleagues
Get the work done	Understands functions and features of specific digital applications and uses these to perform work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents	BSBITU201 Produce simple word processed documents	Updates to title, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

follow correct ergonomic requirements and organisational policies and procedures

produce digital documents that align to document purpose and appropriate to target audience

adhere to organisational style manual when formatting documents

use relevant help functions to rectify simple document issues

produce document in appropriate format for review

adhere to designated timelines when preparing documents.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role.

Key elements of basic formatting styles and their effect on formatting, readability and appearance of documents

Key functions of word processing applications

Key features of organisational requirements for ergonomics

Key features of organisational style and presentation guide.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT use field of work and include access to:

device user information

relevant organisational policies and procedures

relevant workplace documentation and resources including a style guide and user manuals.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills, knowledge and outcomes required to lead the performance of a team and to develop team cohesion.

The unit applies team leaders, supervisors and new emerging managers who have an important leadership role in the development of efficient and effective work teams. Leaders at this level also provide leadership for the team and bridge the gap between the management of the organisation and the team members. As such they must ‘manage up’ as well as manage their team/s.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan team outcomes	1.1 Lead team to identify and establish team objectives and work processes 1.2 Support team to document identified objectives and work processes according to organisational processes 1.3 Encourage team members to incorporate innovation and productivity measures in work plans 1.4 Lead and support team members to meet expected outcomes
2. Promote team cohesion	2.1 Provide opportunities for input of team members into planning, decision making and operational aspects of work team 2.2 Support team members to take responsibility for own work and to assist each other in undertaking required roles and responsibilities 2.3 Provide feedback to team members on their efforts and contributions 2.4 Address or refer issues, concerns and problems identified by team members 2.5 Model expected behaviours and approaches
3. Supervise team performance	3.1 Encourage team members to participate in and take responsibility for team activities and communication processes 3.2 Support team to identify and resolve problems which impede performance 3.3 Ensure own contribution to work team serves as a role model for others
4. Liaise with management	4.1 Establish open communication with line management 4.2 Communicate information from line management to the team 4.3 Communicate unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by the team to line management to action 4.4 Communicate issues raised by management to the team to action

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Writing	Prepares workplace plans that communicate intent and elicits feedback clearly and effectively
Oral communication	Engages in discussions or provides information using structure and language appropriate to the audience and situation
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with team members Adapts personal communication style to model required behaviours, build trust and positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions and values of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Planning and organising	Develops, implements and monitors plans and processes to ensure team engagement and effectiveness Uses formal analytical thinking techniques to identify issues and generate possible solutions, seeking input from others, as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBSMB407 Manage a small team.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a team development plan, that addresses:

innovation and productivity measures

team cohesion

issues management and actions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply knowledge of organisational goals, objectives and plans to work tasks

communicate with team members and management to identify and establish team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals plans and objectives and resolve problems

consult, encourage, support and provide feedback to team members

model team leadership behaviours and approaches.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

work processes, including team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals and plans

organisational escalation policies and procedures

behaviours which enhance organisational image for work team, clients and customers

processes for setting goals that contribute to team effectiveness

effects of individual behaviour on team effectiveness

innovation and productivity measures in work plans

key features of common leadership styles.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information about the organisation, including organisational structure, goals, objectives and plans.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead and manage effective workplace relationships.

The unit applies to individuals in leadership or management positions who have a prominent role in establishing and managing processes and procedures to support workplace relationships. These individuals apply the values, goals and cultural diversity policies of the organisation. They use complex and diverse methods and procedures as well as a range of problem solving and decision making strategies, which require the exercise of considerable discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish effective workplace relationship processes	1.1 Identify required processes for workplace collaboration according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Develop consultation processes for employees to contribute to issues related to their work role 1.3 Develop processes for conflict management 1.4 Develop processes for escalated issues or refer to relevant personnel
2. Manage effective workplace relationships	2.1 Delegate and confirm responsibilities for fulfilling work tasks 2.2 Collaborate and support team to perform work tasks 2.3 Identify and address issues in workplace relationships according to processes established 2.4 Monitor and communicate to employees outcomes of conflict management
3. Review management of workplace relationships	3.1 Seek feedback on management of workplace relationships from relevant stakeholders 3.2 Evaluate feedback for improvements to leadership style 3.3 Identify areas of improvement for future workplace relations leadership

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Writing	Prepares plans and policies incorporating appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and conventions
Self-management	Adapts personal communication style to model behaviours, build trust and positive working relationships, and to support others Takes responsibility for formulating, organising and implementing plans, processes and strategies that impact the workplace
Initiative and enterprise	Follows organisational policies and procedures regarding diversity and ethical conduct
Teamwork	Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating high level support and facilitation skills and ability to engage and motivate others Evaluates outcomes to identify opportunities for improvement
Planning and organising	Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to inform decisions about organisational strategies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBLDR502 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement processes to manage ideas and information on at least two occasions, including:

communicating information to support others to achieve work responsibilities

facilitating employees’ contributions to consultation on work issues

providing feedback on the outcomes of consultations

resolving issues raised or referring to relevant personnel

develop and implement processes and systems to manage difficulties on at least two occasions, including:

identifying and resolving conflicts and other difficulties according to organisational policies and procedures

planning how to address difficulties

providing guidance, counselling and support to assist co-workers in resolving their work difficulties.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

systems, policies and procedures that can support the development of effective work relationships

key aspects of work relationships, including:

interpersonal styles

communications

consultation

cultural and social sensitivity

networking

conflict resolution

legislation relevant to managing effective workplace relationships

organisational policies and procedures relevant to workplace relationships

methods to develop processes for:

consultation with employees

conflict management

task issue management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes relevant to workplace relationships

workplace documentation and resources for workplace relationships.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR601 Lead and manage organisational change

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead and manage organisational change.

The unit applies to managers with responsibilities that extend across the organisation or across significant parts of a large organisation. They may have a dedicated role in human resources management, workforce development, or work in a strategic policy or planning area.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop change management strategy	1.1 Identify major operational change requirements according to organisational objectives, performance gaps, business opportunities or threats, and management decisions 1.2 Assess risks and opportunities presented by operational change requirements 1.3 Consult stakeholders, specialists and experts to confirm the change management opportunities and process
2. Implement change management strategy	2.1 Assign resources to the project and confirm reporting protocols with relevant stakeholders 2.2 Develop communication or education plan, in consultation with relevant personnel 2.3 Arrange and manage activities for delivery of communication or education plans
3. Evaluate change management strategy	3.1 Assess performance of communication or education plan against objectives 3.2 Identify and respond to barriers to the change according to risk management plans and organisational objectives 3.3 Modify communication or education plan according to change program objectives

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets detailed information that may deal with complex ideas related to issues both within and outside the workplace context
Writing	Uses clear and precise language to develop information about objectives, requirements, activities and recommendations Develops complex plans and strategies in appropriate format for the audience and purpose
Oral Communication	Discusses and seeks information using appropriate structure and language for the audience Uses questioning and active listening to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	Interprets, analyses and presents numeric information in complex documents
Initiative and enterprise	Takes a lead role in the execution of organisational strategic goals and associated roles and responsibilities Develops new and innovative ideas through exploration and lateral thinking
Teamwork	Uses a variety of communication tools and strategies to build and maintain effective working relationships Uses inclusive and collaborative techniques to seek feedback, negotiate and consult with a range of stakeholders
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and implements activities required to achieve strategic priorities and outcomes, including consulting with others and sequencing events to minimise uncertainty for staff Uses problem-solving skills to identify and analyse issues or barriers, and develop responses

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBINN601 Lead and manage organisational change

BSBLDR805 Lead and influence change

BSBMGT615 Contribute to organisation development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR601 Lead and manage organisational change

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement a change management plan to lead and manage organisational change.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse and interpret information about the organisation’s internal and external environment and consult with stakeholders to identify requirements and opportunities for changes that support organisational objectives

prioritise opportunities for changes with input from relevant stakeholders

develop a change management project plan for the priority changes incorporating resource requirements, risk management and timelines

develop strategies to communicate or educate the changes and embed them

obtain approvals and agree reporting protocols with relevant managers and implement the plan including addressing barriers to change

review and evaluate the change management project plan and modify as needed to achieve objectives.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

events or trends that may impact on the achievement of organisational objectives

existing policies and practices to guide organisational change

methods for conducting cost-benefit analysis for high priority change requirements and opportunities

methods for conducting risk analysis, including barriers to change and relevant mitigation strategies

content of communication and education plans, including:

promotion of benefits of organisational change

change management processes or cycles and strategies for communicating and embedding change

organisational behaviour and how the external environment can impact on change strategies

components of a change management project plan.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation and resources relevant to organisational change management.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS201 Work effectively in business environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work effectively in business environments. It includes identifying and working to organisational standards, managing workload and working as part of a team.

The unit applies to those who work in a broad range of settings. These individuals typically work under some supervision and guidance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the business context	1.1 Identify organisational requirements and responsibilities and confirm understanding with relevant personnel 1.2 Identify legal rights and responsibilities of employees and employers 1.3 Identify requirements for duty of care and organisational objectives, standards and values 1.4 Identify and distinguish between roles and responsibilities of staff within organisational structure 1.5 Identify own role and task requirements within a team
2. Work in a team	2.1 Identify and follow requirements for a safe work environment 2.2 Communicate and collaborate with relevant personnel in a courteous and nondiscriminatory manner 2.3 Complete allocated tasks according to organisational requirements 2.4 Use questioning techniques to clarify instructions and responsibilities 2.5 Seek assistance when difficulties arise and escalate issues to team leaders, as required
3. Develop effective work habits	3.1 Identify work and personal priorities 3.2 Apply time management strategies to work duties 3.3 Communicate workload issues to team leaders in a timely manner 3.4 Seek and act upon feedback from relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reviews documentation to identify relevant information for requirements of job role and organisation
Writing	Completes documentation necessary for work tasks and reporting requirements using clear, concise and accurate grammar and language
Oral communication	Clarifies requirements and responsibilities of job role and organisation by using effective questioning and listening techniques to seek advice, information and feedback Contributes to an effective working environment by communicating with others, behaving courteously and using non-discriminatory language
Enterprise and initiative	Follows clear instructions within defined level of responsibility, seeking clarification when required Identifies and accepts responsibility for working within common work frameworks Identifies organisational expectations and follows explicit protocols and procedures
Teamwork	Identifies common differences in other people and implements basic strategies to address own reaction to these differences Uses basic communication strategies to implement and complete work tasks including seeking advice when required
Planning and organising	Follows clearly defined instructions and sequencing, and monitors own progress for tasks, seeking assistance when necessary

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBIND201 Work effectively in a business environment.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBFRA301 Work within a franchise

BSBIND301 Work effectively in an educational environment

BSBIND302 Work effectively in the international education services industry

BSBWOR302 Work effectively as an off-site worker.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS201 Work effectively in business environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

complete at least four tasks in a business environment, including:

working to organisational standards

managing workload

working as part of a team.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with legal responsibilities, and organisational requirements

escalate issues and seek assistance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures that apply to employer and employee rights in a business environment

organisational documents relating to effective business operations, including:

work health and safety policy

code of conduct policy

style guide

duty of care

roles, responsibilities and conditions of employment contract for own work role.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

codes of practice relevant to performance evidence

organisational policies and procedures

workplace documentation and resources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS202 Engage with customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to participate effectively in customer engagement, including complying with organisational requirements and using a variety of communication methods.

The unit applies to those who perform a range of mainly routine tasks, using limited practical skills and fundamental operational knowledge and who work under some supervision and guidance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish customer demands	1.1 Identify personal targets and key performance indicators (KPIs) for customer engagement according to organisational policy and procedures 1.2 Identify and confirm customer requirements 1.3 Identify options to meet customer expectations according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Adapt options to customer requirements according to organisational policies
2. Provide customer service	2.1 Select product or service in consultation with customer 2.2 Explain relevant information and actions to customer and confirm all details 2.3 Action customer orders and escalate queries that cannot be immediately satisfied according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Record details of engagement according to organisational policy
3. Finalise customer engagement	3.1 Supply followup information to customer according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Evaluate compliance with organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Seek customer feedback and identify opportunities to enhance service on future engagements 3.4 Record and report opportunities for continuous improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and evaluates a range of texts to determine product information, performance standards and guidelines, and business requirements
Writing	Prepares clear and specific information which conveys an understanding of service requirements, outcomes and alternatives for customers and workplace personnel
Oral communication	Articulates clearly, using industry-specific language suitable to audience to convey requirements and listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Enterprise and initiative	Identifies organisational expectations and follows explicit protocols and procedures, regulations and standards in performance of job role
Teamwork	Follows accepted communication practices and protocols in the provision of customer service Adjusts communication style in response to differences in customer profile, expectations and requirements
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine customer service tasks and related workload, making limited decisions on sequencing and timing with support as required from relevant personnel Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate customer service options Identifies difficulties that might present continuous improvement opportunities
Technology	Identifies key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them effectively to manage customer communication

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBCUE203 Conduct customer engagement

BSBCUE205 Prepare for work in a customer engagement environment

BSBCUE302 Deploy customer service field staff

BSBCUE307 Work effectively in customer engagement.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS202 Engage with customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

engage with at least three different customers, by:

providing customer service according to organisational standards and guidelines

using communication equipment and systems efficiently and effectively

adapting communication techniques to suit customer profile and requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

operational environment, including customer base and products and services of the organisation

organisational performance standards and customer service expectations

organisational policies, procedures, protocols for customer engagement

relevant product or service details

equipment and systems to manage customer engagement

customer service in different contexts and customer behaviour in different contexts

sources of information to develop customer service skills including relevant organisational personnel

follow-up considerations for customer queries, including:

engagement escalation policy

business rules and practices

customer expectations

principles of customer service

continuous improvement methods including customer retention strategies

procedures for the operation of telecommunication equipment and systems, relevant to customer service.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace information and data

performance management records and data and quality assurance guidelines

customer engagement policies and procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS203 Deliver a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to deliver aspects of customer service at an introductory level. It includes creating a relationship with customers, identifying their needs, delivering services or products, and processing customer feedback.

The unit applies to those who perform a range of routine tasks in the workplace using a limited range of practical skills and fundamental knowledge of customer service in a defined context under direct supervision or with limited individual responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish contact with customers	1.1 Greet customers according to organisational requirements 1.2 Share relevant information with customers 1.3 Identify and respond to specific customer requirements 1.4 Express interest in customer needs and develop rapport with customer
2. Identify customer needs	2.1 Ask questions to identify customer needs 2.2 Assess customer needs for urgency and identify priorities for service delivery 2.3 Provide customer with information about available options 2.4 Assess limitations in addressing customer needs and seek assistance from designated persons, where required
3. Provide service to customers	3.1 Confirm details of service and delivery with customer according to organisational requirements 3.2 Convey information regarding problems and delays, and followup within appropriate timeframes, where required 3.3 Identify opportunities to enhance the quality of service and products, and take action to improve the service
4. Process customer feedback	4.1 Seek customer feedback and handle according to organisational and legislative requirements 4.2 Record feedback and communication between customer and the organisation according to organisational requirements 4.3 Identify any unmet customer needs and discuss suitability of alternative products or services 4.4 Encourage customers to maintain contact with organisation for future needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies requirements from organisational policy and procedure documents Interprets product and service information in a range of formats to provide customer advice
Writing	Records customer information according to organisational requirements
Oral communication	Provides information and advice using structure and language to suit the audience Asks questions and listens to gain information and confirm understanding
Planning and organising	Follows organisational procedures and practices relevant to own role
Teamwork	Uses accepted communication practices to establish connections, build rapport and develop professional working relationships Adjusts personal communication style in response to the opinions, values and needs of others
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies opportunities to enhance work practices and outcomes
Problem solving	Addresses routine problems in familiar work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS203 Deliver a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deliver a service to at least three different customers.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

greet the customer and establish rapport according to organisational requirements

identify customer needs using interpersonal skills

provide prompt service to address customer needs

identify and follow up opportunities to increase the quality of service and products

respond to and record all customer feedback according to organisational standards, policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key provisions of customer service legislation and consumer law

requirements for responding to the needs of customers from a diverse background

workplace organisational policies and procedures relating to customer service and the customer service process.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documents, and organisational policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to advise, carry out and evaluate customer service strategies.

The unit applies to individuals who have well developed skills and a broad knowledge of customer service strategies for addressing customer needs and problems. Individuals may provide guidance or delegate work related tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Advise on customer service needs	1.1 Identify organisational customer service objectives and customer needs 1.2 Assess and clarify customer requirements 1.3 Identify and diagnose problems with service delivery 1.4 Develop options to improve customer service delivery according to organisational requirements 1.5 Provide recommendations to promote improvement of customer service delivery
2. Support implementation of customer service strategies	2.1 Consult with relevant stakeholders to develop customer service strategies 2.2 Assess customer service strategies and opportunities against customer service objectives 2.3 Identify and allocate available budget resources to fulfil customer service objectives 2.4 Action procedures to resolve customer difficulties and complaints according to organisational requirements
3. Evaluate and report on customer service	3.1 Review stakeholder satisfaction with service delivery according to organisational requirements 3.2 Identify and report changes necessary to meet customer service objectives 3.3 Prepare conclusions and recommendations on future directions of client service strategies 3.4 Monitor systems, records and reporting procedures for changes to customer satisfaction

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reviews textual information and comprehends details that relate to the interests or requirements of the client and organisation
Writing	Creates a range of formal texts using structure, grammar and clear and specialised language to describe customer needs, maintain information and support a particular position
Oral communication	Uses pace, intonation, intelligible pronunciation and listening and questioning techniques to interact effectively with others
Numeracy	Recognises and interprets numerical information and performs calculations on familiar mathematical information
Enterprise and Initiative	Recognises and applies organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own work
Teamwork	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers Collaborates with others contributing knowledge and skills to achieve joint outcomes
Planning and organising	Applies formal and logical processes when planning and implementing tasks Applies standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within own work context
Technology	Uses digital technologies to access, organise, present and store information relevant to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCUS401 Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBCUS402 Address customer needs

BSBCUS403 Implement customer service standards

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement at least two strategies to improve customer service delivery.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

respond to and report on customer feedback and complaints

review client satisfaction using verifiable data

consult and communicate effectively with relevant people

develop and implement strategies and methods to improve customer service delivery, including:

budgeting

promotion to staff

documentation and follow up.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

customer communication techniques

principles of customer service

sources of verified client information

techniques for identifying customer needs and reviewing customer satisfaction

organisational business structure, products and services related to customer service

techniques for drawing insights from verifiable evidence to develop recommendations and conclusions

product and service standards and best practice models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback

client satisfaction data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPEF201 Support personal wellbeing in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to advocate for and feel empowered about personal wellbeing in the workplace. It involves developing and applying basic knowledge of factors that may influence wellbeing, both positively and negatively.

The unit applies to those in a range of industry and workplace contexts, who work under direct supervision. It may also apply to learners who are preparing to enter the workforce.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Personal Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Recognise factors that impact personal wellbeing	1.1 Identify personal factors that may impact on wellbeing 1.2 Identify workplace factors that may impact on wellbeing 1.3 Recognise relationship between personal wellbeing and identified workplace factors relevant to own role
2. Plan communication with supervisor	2.1 Select appropriate communication approach 2.2 Identify appropriate method for communication about wellbeing 2.3 Plan relevant content for communication including strategy for dealing with a negative response
3. Communicate with supervisor	3.1 Arrange communication with supervisor 3.2 Conduct communication according to developed plan 3.3 Review effectiveness of communication
4. Investigate available wellbeing resources	4.1 Identify and review wellbeing resources 4.2 Select appropriate wellbeing resources applicable to own workplace 4.3 Document method for accessing selected resources

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information to determine job role and requirements
Oral communication	Participates in discussions using clear language and features appropriate to audience Uses listening and questioning techniques to request assistance and confirm understanding
Enterprise and initiative	Identifies own responsibilities and performs role requirements
Teamwork	Establishes relationship with relevant personnel
Planning and organising	Plans and organises tasks to achieve outcome within timeframes Uses analytical skills to decide on effective techniques to support own wellbeing
Problem Solving	Uses problem solving skills to address a range of issues, seeking advice of others, where necessary

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBWOR201 Manage personal stress in the workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF201 Support personal wellbeing in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a plan for communication with supervisor

identify and access one formal and one informal wellbeing resource.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop a plan to communicate with supervisor, including:

factors that may impact on own wellbeing, both positively and negatively

appropriate style of communication

appropriate method of communication

strategy to deal with negative response.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common personal and workplace factors that may impact on wellbeing

advantages and disadvantages of different communication styles, including:

passive

assertive

aggressive

methods for communicating with a supervisor

key features of Employee Assistance Programs (EAPs)

common workplace resources for addressing wellbeing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

challenges and situations to demonstrate the application of performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement time management processes to organise and complete work tasks. It also addresses skills and knowledge to seek and review feedback for performance improvement regarding time management and use technology appropriate to the task.

The unit applies to individuals working under direct supervision. These individuals apply basic skills and knowledge in a broad range of work settings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Personal Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise work schedule	1.1 Discuss and agree on work goals and plans with assistance from relevant personnel 1.2 Identify relationship between own work goals and plans, and organisational goals and plans 1.3 Research time management techniques and strategies 1.4 Plan and prioritise work tasks within allocated timeframes
2. Complete work tasks	2.1 Perform tasks according to designated timelines and instructions 2.2 Seek assistance from colleagues when difficulties arise in achieving allocated tasks 2.3 Identify factors affecting work plan 2.4 Communicate progress on work plan to relevant personnel according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Review work performance	3.1 Seek feedback on time management from relevant personnel 3.2 Record changes to time management approach according to task instructions 3.3 Identify and plan opportunities for improvement in discussion with colleagues

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information to determine and adhere to organisational and task requirements
Writing	Completes required documents using organisational formats
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to seek information and confirm understanding Participates in verbal interactions using language and features suitable to audience and context
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information related to timeframes
Enterprise and initiative	Complies with organisational policies, procedures and standards
Planning and organising	Prioritises work and completes activities within designated timeframes Identifies and solves routine problems
Technology	Selects and uses appropriate digital tools to complete tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBWOR202 Organise and complete daily work activities.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement at least one time management plan with support of relevant personnel.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

complete each work task within specified timeframe, seeking opportunities to use digital tools where applicable

seek and use feedback from others to monitor and improve work performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

time management techniques and strategies

features of a time management plan

organisational standards, policies and procedures relevant to own work role

relationship between own work goals and plans and organisation’s goals and plans

factors affecting work progress and performance improvement techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to challenges and situations to demonstrate application of performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and prioritise own work tasks. It also addresses the skills and knowledge to monitor and obtain feedback on personal work performance.

The unit applies to individuals who are required to design their own work schedules and work plans and to establish priorities for their work. They will typically hold some responsibilities for the work of others and have some autonomy in relation to their own role.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Personal Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan personal work schedule	1.1 Identify task requirements 1.2 Identify own accountabilities in line with task requirements 1.3 Assess barriers for performance of personal accountabilities 1.4 Develop a personal work schedule
2. Implement personal work schedule	2.1 Communicate personal work schedule to relevant personnel 2.2 Monitor own performance according to personal work schedule 2.3 Document variations between expected and actual work performance according to task requirements and communicate to relevant personnel
3. Review personal work priorities	3.1 Seek and evaluate feedback from relevant stakeholders on own work performance 3.2 Analyse variations between expected and actual work performance 3.3 Update personal work schedule according to internal and external feedback and changes in circumstances

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Develops strategies to reflect on own performance and obtain feedback
Reading	Identifies and applies textual information from relevant sources to understand organisation’s policies and practices
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information related work accountabilities
Enterprise and initiative	Identifies and understands roles and responsibilities in relation to organisational objectives, policies and procedures
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and implements tasks to meet organisational requirements Uses the main features and functions of digital technologies and tools to complete work tasks efficiently and effectively

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBSMB408 Manage personal, family, cultural and business obligations

BSBWOR424 Develop a time management plan.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, implement and review one personal work schedule.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify personal responsibilities and barriers to their fulfilment according to task requirements

prepare a personal work schedule

communicate work schedule to relevant personnel

monitor personal work performance to identify variations between expected and actual work performance

review own work performance against workgroup objectives through self-assessment and seeking and acting on feedback from internal and external stakeholders.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

content of work plans including:

resource requirements

stakeholder needs

workgroup targets

business technology applications to schedule tasks and plan work

methods of personal work performance review including:

self-assessment

feedback from others

techniques to prepare personal plans and establish priorities

methods to elicit, analyse and interpret feedback.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to challenges and situations to demonstrate the application of performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG430 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake a minor project or a section of a larger project. It covers developing a project plan, administering and monitoring the project, finalising the project and reviewing the project to identify lessons learned for application to future projects.

The unit applies to individuals who play a significant role in ensuring a project meets timelines, quality standards, budgetary limits and other requirements set for the project.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish project parameters	1.1 Identify project scope 1.2 Define project stakeholders 1.3 Seek clarification from delegating authority of issues related to project and project parameters 1.4 Identify responsibilities of relevant stakeholders and reporting requirements 1.5 Clarify relationship of project to other projects and to the objectives of the organisation 1.6 Identify availability and access of resources for undertaking the project
2. Develop project plan	2.1 Identify risks and develop a risk management plan for project, including Work Health and Safety (WHS) 2.2 Develop project budget and timeframe and seek approval from relevant stakeholders 2.3 Consult team members and apply their views in planning the project 2.4 Identify and access appropriate project management tools 2.5 Develop project plan according to project parameters and deliverables 2.6 Finalise project plan and gain necessary approvals to commence project according to documented plan
3. Administer and monitor project	3.1 Communicate to project team members their responsibilities and project requirements 3.2 Establish and maintain required recordkeeping systems throughout the project 3.3 Implement and monitor plans for managing the project 3.4 Undertake risk management as required
4. Finalise and review project	4.1 Complete financial recordkeeping associated with project and confirm according to agreed budget 4.2 Complete project documentation and obtain sign-offs for concluding project 4.3 Review project outcomes and processes against the project scope and plan 4.4 Document feedback and suggested improvements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Develops plans, reports and recommendations using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text Establishes and maintains records according to organisational requirements
Numeracy	Uses formal and some informal, oral and written mathematical language and representation to prepare and communicate budgetary and financial information
Oral communication	Participates in verbal discussions using clear language and appropriate features to present or seek information Using listening and questioning skills to seek information and confirm understanding
Self-management	Identifies and responds to organisational and legislative/regulatory requirements
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate communication protocols and practices to ensure shared understanding of project roles and expectations Uses collaborative techniques to engage stakeholders in consultations and negotiations
Planning and organising	Develops and implements plans to manage projects that involve diverse stakeholders with potentially competing demands Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to make informed decisions Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement
Technology	Uses digital technologies and applications to access, organise and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBPMG522 Undertake project work.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBADM407 Administer projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG430 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

undertake project work on a minor project or a section of a larger project.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm the quality of project outcomes according to expectations of the organisation

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to generate input and engagement in planning, implementing and reviewing the project

provide support to team members to enable them to achieve deliverables and to transition them as appropriate at completion of the project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project management tools

types of documents and other sources of information commonly used in defining the parameters of a project

mission, goals, objectives and operations of the organisation

relevant legislation and regulations, including work health and safety (WHS) requirements, for project planning

project management processes according to policies and procedures of the organisation and including:

lines of authority and approvals

quality assurance

human resources

budgets and finance

risk management

recordkeeping

reporting.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG530 Manage project scope

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and manage project scope. It involves obtaining project authorisation, developing a scope management plan, and managing the application of project scope controls.

The unit applies to individuals responsible for managing and leading a project in an organisation, business or as a consultant.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Conduct project authorisation activities	1.1 Develop and confirm procedures for project authorisation with an appropriate authority 1.2 Obtain authorisation to expend resources 1.3 Confirm project delegations and authorities in project governance arrangements
2. Define project scope	2.1 Identify and negotiate project boundaries with relevant stakeholders 2.2 Establish measurable project benefits, outcomes and outputs 2.3 Establish a shared understanding of desired project outcomes with relevant stakeholders 2.4 Document scope management plan
3. Manage project scope control process	3.1 Implement agreed scope management procedures and processes 3.2 Monitor impact of scope changes within established time, cost and quality constraints according to change control procedures 3.3 Identify and document scope management issues and recommend improvements for future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Develops project documentation and procedures using formats and language appropriate to context
Oral Communication	Participates in discussions and negotiations using clear language and appropriate non-verbal features Uses active listening and questioning to elicit views and opinions of others
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to determine project timelines and measure outcomes against project scope
Initiative and enterprise	Adheres to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of work environment
Teamwork	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse stakeholders Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in negotiating and facilitating agreement
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communications Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account Uses experience to reflect on ways variables impact outcomes and identify future improvements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBPMG511 Manage project scope.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBPMG602 Direct the scope of a project program.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG530 Manage project scope

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage project scope on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collaborate with stakeholders to produce a scope-management plan

review and document scope-management implementation and recommend improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

components of a project scope-management plan

factors likely to impact the project scope

formal change-control processes

methods for measuring work outcomes and progress against plans

methods for segmenting and documenting a work breakdown structure

problem areas likely to be encountered in scope management

procedures for reporting scope change

project life cycle and the significance of scope management

project management tools used for managing scope

roles and responsibilities of project manager in relation to project planning

types of project initiation documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation used to document and manage project scope

examples of feedback from project stakeholders regarding management of project scope.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG532 Manage project quality

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage quality within projects. It involves determining quality requirements, implementing quality control and assurance processes, and using review and evaluation to make quality improvements in current and future projects.

The unit applies to individuals responsible for managing and leading a project in an organisation, business, or as a consultant.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine quality requirements	1.1 Identify quality objectives and standards with input from relevant stakeholders 1.2 Develop quality metrics for the project and any product output in a quality management plan 1.3 Select quality management methods and tools for resolving quality issues 1.4 Consult with project team and stakeholders on quality requirements
2. Implement quality processes	2.1 Perform quality assurance audit of project processes for compliance with agreed plans 2.2 Assess quality control of project and product output according to agreed quality specifications 2.3 Identify causes of variance to quality metrics and undertake remedial action 2.4 Maintain a quality management system for timely recording of quality audit data
3. Implement project quality improvements	3.1 Review processes and implement agreed changes continually throughout the project life cycle 3.2 Review project outcomes against performance requirements 3.3 Identify and document lessons learned and recommended improvements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and assesses textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to requirements
Writing	Develops and documents quality requirements for project plan Records results of quality audits according to organisational requirements
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using clear language and appropriate non-verbal features to provide and seek relevant information Uses active listening and questioning techniques to elicit views and opinions of others
Numeracy	Interprets information to determine measurable objectives Interprets numerical information to measure outcomes against objectives Uses analytical skills to review and evaluate process and decide on future improvements
Self-management	Takes responsibility for identifying and following policies, procedures and standards
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate communication practices in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to foster shared understanding of quality requirements
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors actions against goals, adjusting plans and resources where necessary
Technology	Uses digital applications to access, organise, integrate and share relevant information in effective ways

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBPMG513 Manage project quality.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBPMG605 Direct quality management of a project program.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG532 Manage project quality

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage project quality on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document a quality-management plan

implement quality control and assurance processes for a defined project using a range of tools and methodologies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

quality management theory

relevant project quality standards that apply in the organisation

quality assurance and control techniques, key tools and methodologies

roles and responsibilities of quality management personnel

methods for managing continuous improvement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project documentation including quality criteria, evidence of quality monitoring and improvement practices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG536 Manage project risk

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage risks that may impact achievement of project objectives. It involves identifying, analysing, treating and monitoring project risks, and assessing risk management outcomes.

The unit applies to individuals responsible for managing and leading a project in an organisation, business, or as a consultant.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify project risks	1.1 Identify risk objectives and standards, with input from stakeholders 1.2 Identify project risk context to inform risk management processes 1.3 Identify project risks using valid and reliable risk identification methods
2. Analyse project risks	2.1 Identify risk analysis classification criteria and apply to agreed risk ranking system 2.2 Use risk analysis processes, within delegated authority, to analyse and qualify any risks, threats and opportunities 2.3 Identify risk priorities in agreement with project client and other stakeholders 2.4 Document risk analysis outcomes for inclusion in risk register and risk management plan
3. Establish risk treatments and controls	3.1 Identify and document existing risk controls 3.2 Analyse risk treatment options using agreed consultative methods 3.3 Record and implement agreed risk treatments 3.4 Update risk plans and allocate risk responsibilities to project team members
4. Monitor and control project risks	4.1 Establish risk review processes 4.2 Monitor risk environment and identify changed circumstances impacting project risks 4.3 Evaluate risk responses to changed environment 4.4 Implement agreed risk responses and modify plans
5. Assess risk management outcomes	5.1 Review project outcomes for effectiveness of risk-management processes and procedures 5.2 Develop recommended improvements for application in future projects 5.3 Identify and document risk management issues and recommended improvements for application to future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied according to organisational requirements
Writing	Documents risk analysis and risk controls using required formats and structure Modifies and updates workplace documentation according to requirements
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using clear language to provide and seek information Uses active listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Analyses numerical data to identify project risk levels and rank risks according to agreed system of classification
Self-management	Identifies and adheres to organisational policies and standards Considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of work environment
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Identifies and develops approaches to risk management and implements complex tasks to achieve outcomes Analyses information to make decisions, involving others when appropriate Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of decisions and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBPMG517 Manage project risk.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG536 Manage project risk

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage project risk on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct effective risk management processes for a project of sufficient complexity

apply risk management techniques, strategies and tools.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project risks in a range of risk categories

key components of a risk management plan

relevant project risk controls

industry sector risk classifications and different risk contexts

organisational and industry standard risk frameworks

project risk-management processes and procedures

characteristics, techniques and applications of quantitative and qualitative risk management techniques and approaches.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation and resources

feedback from project stakeholders about how risks were managed.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG537 Manage project procurement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake procurement in projects.

The unit applies to individuals responsible for managing and leading a project in an organisation, business, or as a consultant.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine procurement requirements and processes	1.1 Identify project objectives, needs and budget 1.2 Identify procurement requirements 1.3 Establish agreed procurement management plan 1.4 Identify potential suppliers 1.5 Obtain information from potential suppliers capable of fulfilling procurement requirements 1.6 Determine selection processes and selection criteria, and communicate to suppliers 1.7 Obtain approvals from relevant stakeholders for procurement processes to be used
2. Conduct procurement activities	2.1 Communicate agreed proposals and specifications to potential suppliers and confirm understanding of project objectives 2.2 Seek supplier responses and evaluate according to proposal requirements 2.3 Select preferred supplier according to legal requirements and agreed selection criteria 2.4 Negotiate with preferred supplier and agree on terms and conditions of supply
3. Monitor procurement	3.1 Implement procurement management plan and arrange regular meetings with supplier to track progress 3.2 Maintain procurements records and documentation according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Monitor completion of task against agreed terms and conditions 3.4 Review progress and manage agreed variations 3.5 Identify and report procurement management challenges and implement agreed remedial actions
4. Manage procurement finalisation procedures	4.1 Conduct finalisation activities and confirm deliverables meet contracted requirements 4.2 Review project outcomes using procurement records and information and determine effectiveness of procurement processes and procedures 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback from relevant stakeholders on management of project procurement 4.4 Document lessons learned and recommended improvements for future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Develops plans using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text Creates documents for internal and external use, using vocabulary and structure suitable for audience and context Drafts requests for approvals using organisational formats
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using clear language to seek and provide information, or request approvals Uses active listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Recognises cost parameters and interprets numerical information accordingly Calculates changes to timelines resulting from changes to plan
Self-management	Identifies responsibilities and boundaries of own role
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Uses interpersonal skills to negotiate acceptable outcomes
Planning and organising	Plans and organises complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Resolves problems and makes decisions based on analysis of options against set criteria and targets

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBPMG609 Direct procurement and contracting for a project program.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG537 Manage project procurement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage project procurement on at least two occasions.

In the course of above, the candidate must:

determine procurement requirements and produce a procurement management plan

carry out procurement and contracting activities according to agreed processes

monitor activities across a project’s life cycle and resolve issues that could affect achievement of project objectives

create and maintain procurement records and documentation according to requirements of project and organisation

document a review of procurement management processes and procedures

identify and act according to probity and project governance constraints.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project objectives, needs and budget

procurement management plan

vendor selection criteria

legal obligations

probity and project governance constraints that relate to project procurement in a project and industry context

selection processes and selection criteria

project life cycle

conflict resolution and management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation and resources relevant to procurement and contracts.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG539 Manage project governance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and implement project governance. It involves identifying, applying, monitoring and reviewing project governance.

It applies to individuals responsible for managing and leading a project in an organisation, business or as a consultant.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify project governance structure	1.1 Identify project scope, timeline, resources and budget 1.2 Identify stakeholders required for project governance and decision-making 1.3 Assign governance roles and responsibilities to relevant stakeholders and establish delegated authorities 1.4 Develop and communicate governance plan to relevant stakeholders
2. Develop relevant documents and apply project governance	2.1 Create a decision-making framework 2.2 Provide information on governance planning to team 2.3 Identify potential risks and develop risk management plan 2.4 Plan for any change and establish change management processes 2.5 Develop processes to manage budget and resources 2.6 Develop relevant documents related to communication, conflict management and stakeholder management 2.7 Seek approval from relevant stakeholders on all project documentation
3. Monitor project governance	3.1 Develop knowledge management systems to capture progress, insights and experiences 3.2 Track progress against established timeline and budget and confirm deadlines are being met 3.3 Communicate to organisation and project authorities on performance and issues arising from governance arrangements
4.Review project governance	4.1 Analyse and review project governance impact on achieving project objectives 4.2 Seek feedback from relevant stakeholders on project governance 4.3 Document lessons learned, identified improvements and recommendations to assist future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied according to organisational requirements
Writing	Develops plans, reports and recommendations using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text
Oral Communication	Participates in a range of verbal exchanges using clear and detailed language to provide relevant information Uses active listening and questioning to confirm understanding
Self-management	Recognises and responds to explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction and agreement
Problem-solving	Manages conflict in workplace through recognising contributing factors and implementing resolution strategies Recognises and addresses complex problems involving multiple variables
Planning and organising	Organises time and effort around priorities and results, focusing beyond immediate tasks to consider work performance of group Uses experience to reflect on how variables impact decision outcomes, and to gain insights into effective decision-making in different contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBPMG520 Manage project governance.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG539 Manage project governance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage project governance on at least one occasion.

In the course of above, the candidate must:

develop and implement a governance plan

demonstrate effective team leadership

monitor and evaluate project governance structure.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project scope, timeline, resources and budget

escalation and issues management models

frameworks for authority delegations

organisation or industry governance models in context of the project

project governance plans

methods to moderate and solve conflicts in context of project management

decision-making framework

communication plan

risk management plan

conflict management strategies

project management plan

stakeholder management plan

knowledge management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

examples of project governance documentation

records of governance implementation in stakeholder and team activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, induct, train and develop staff members to enhance business operations within the parameters of all relevant legislative requirements.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that stands alone, or is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role have a good knowledge of industrial relations and team management and use effective, responsive and supportive communication in workplace interactions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop staffing plan	1.1 Determine staffing requirements to allow the business to run effectively, in accordance with requirements outlined in the business plan 1.2 Identify and compare existing skills of owner/s and staff with business requirements to identify any gaps 1.3 Develop policies and procedures for owner/s and staff, in accordance with the business plan
2. Recruit, induct, train and retain team	2.1 Develop job or position descriptions, competencies required and selection criteria to meet business’ needs 2.2 Judge information obtained from each candidate against specified selection criteria, and select according to business needs and legal requirements 2.3 Induct new staff members in accordance with policies and procedures of the business 2.4 Make team members aware of their responsibilities and performance requirements as soon as practicable, and take opportunities to coach team members who are unfamiliar with procedures of the business 2.5 Develop and implement a staff development program and career paths based on requirements of business and staff competencies 2.6 Advertise staff vacancies appropriately in accordance with staffing plan
3. Comply with industrial relations obligations	3.1 Clarify workplace rights and obligations of employers and employees, in accordance with legal requirements and codes of practice 3.2 Counsel staff, if required, in a positive and constructive manner and record outcomes accurately
4. Maintain staff records	4.1 Develop staff records system to provide timely and accurate information, in accordance with confidentiality, legal and taxation requirements 4.2 Monitor and accurately maintain system for recording and retrieving personnel and payroll information, and seek specialist advice where required
5. Manage staff	5.1 Regularly review contribution and skills of self and other team members to ensure performance is in line with agreed performance measures 5.2 Monitor and adjust staffing requirements to respond to any changes in tasks and functions required by the business 5.3 Support and encourage staff, and acknowledge and reward their contribution 5.4 Regularly provide opportunities for staff to discuss work related issues 5.5 Develop contingency plans to cope with unexpected or extreme situations and take appropriate corrective action as required
6. Review team performance	6.1 Develop positive and constructive relationships with and between team members 6.2 Review and update team objectives in support of business goals on a regular basis in consultation with team members 6.3 Identify strengths and weaknesses of team against current and expected work requirements 6.4 Schedule time, on a regular basis, for team members to review work operations to maintain and improve operational efficiency 6.5 Encourage team members to monitor their own performance, suggest improvements and identify professional development needs, in accordance with personal and business requirements 6.6 Monitor and review staff turnover rate

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 4.1, 5.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 5.5, 6.1-6.3, 6.5	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.2-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding Participates in verbal negotiations and coaching using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	6.4	Uses basic mathematical formulas to review staff performances within available work schedules
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.2. 3.1, 4.1	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities and is extending understanding of general legal principles across work contexts Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	2.4, 2.6, 5.3, 6.1, 6.5	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Actively identifies important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and context to suit purpose and audience, and monitors impact
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.5, 6.3, 6.6	Uses digital technologies and systems safely, legally and ethically when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of ideas and reflect on outcomes Recognises and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, actively looking for early warning signs and implementing contingency plans

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB407 Manage a small team Release 2	BSBSMB407 Manage a small team Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use the business plan to:

determine staffing requirements

coordinate skill-gap training where required

develop human resource policies and procedures

develop job descriptions and selection criteria

determine induction processes

implement staff development program

adhere to legal requirements and codes of practice

develop staff records system

conduct ongoing performance measures

communicate effectively with staff members

develop contingency plans

develop strategies to review team performance

monitor and review staff.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss all government legislative requirements relating to staffing the business operation

explain work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards

summarise relevant industry awards or enterprise agreements

outline staff development pathways

identify training course options for staff development

summarise staff counselling, grievance and disciplinary procedures

identify unfair dismissal legislation and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSTR601 Manage innovation and continuous improvement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to sustain and develop an environment in which continuous improvement, innovation and learning are promoted and rewarded.

The unit applies to individuals with managerial responsibilities who aim to build a better and more effective work environment. Continuous improvement and innovation have links with the model of the learning organisation and people working at this level play an important role in building the culture, values and attitudes of the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking and Problem Solving – Business Strategy

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish ways of working within team	1.1 Identify relevant team members and communicate ways of working objectives, expectations and desired outcomes 1.2 Identify and establish strategies to monitor and evaluate performance and sustainability of key systems and processes 1.3 Consult and seek advice from stakeholders, to identify opportunities for improvement 1.4 Communicate with and mentor team members on ways of working that contribute to continuous improvement 1.5 Communicate with and coach team members how they can be innovative
2. Identify improvements	2.1 Analyse performance reports and variance from organisational plans within workplace 2.2 Identify and analyse changing trends and opportunities relevant to the workplace 2.3 Collect data and analyse areas for improvement in supply chains, and operational and service systems 2.4 Conduct a gap analysis of supply chains, and operational and service systems and identify improvement needs and opportunities 2.5 Communicate with and agree on team members identified improvement needs and opportunities 2.6 Identify learning opportunities for team members
3. Implement innovative processes	3.1 Confirm objectives, timeframes, measures and communication plans are in place to manage implementation 3.2 Address the impact of change and consequences for people and implement transition plans 3.3 Implement contingency plans in the event of non-performance 3.4 Follow up failure by investigation and analysis of causes and manage emerging challenges and opportunities 3.5 Confirm that learnings from activities are captured and managed using relevant knowledge management system
4. Develop workplace culture and tools for continuous improvement, innovation and learning	4.1 Evaluate continuous improvement systems and processes and innovation on a regular basis 4.2 Identify and communicate with stakeholders costs and benefits of innovations and improvements 4.3 Establish rewards for continuous improvement, innovation and learning 4.4 Seek and respond to feedback from relevant stakeholders’ systems and processes for continuous improvement, innovation and learning

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses, evaluates and integrates facts and ideas to construct meaning from a range of text types
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a range of sources, utilising appropriate support materials Communicates complex relationships between ideas and information, matching style of writing to purpose and audience
Numeracy	Selects and interprets mathematical information to analyse performance Performs calculations required to establish timeframes, cost-benefits and measures for continuous improvement and innovation processes
Initiative and enterprise	Adheres to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment Recognises the importance of taking audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why and how
Self-management	Plans and implements strategies to review and improve own performance
Teamwork	Recognises the importance of building rapport to establish positive and effective working relationships Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in encouraging innovation and facilitating effective group interaction
Problem solving	Applies problem-solving processes to identify risks, evaluate options and determine solutions Uses lateral and analytical thinking to evaluate options against needs, resources and constraints before making decisions Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and or future needs
Planning and organising	Plans, organises, implements or reviews organisational strategies, systems and processes
Initiative and enterprise	Recognises that the current way is only one way of doing something and explores possibilities that challenge current approaches Facilitates a climate in which creativity and innovation are accepted as an integral part of achieving outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBMGT608 Manage innovation and continuous improvement.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBMGT619 Identify and implement business innovation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSTR601 Manage innovation and continuous improvement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage and promote innovation and continuous improvement for an organisation or work area on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify opportunities for improvement

consult with stakeholders

promote the value of creativity, innovation and sustainability and recognising successes

support testing and trialling of new ideas

undertake risk management and cost-benefit analysis for options

plan for and implement improvements using organisation’s processes for approvals, project management and change management

facilitate contributions to and communications about continuous improvement and innovation

capture insights, experiences and ideas for improvements and incorporate them into the organisation’s knowledge management systems and future planning.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

cost-benefit analysis methods

knowledge management systems

continuous improvement systems and processes

creativity and innovation theories and concepts

organisational learning principles

quality management and continuous improvement theories

relevant risk management concepts

key aspects of supply chains, and operational, product and service systems

method for conducting gap analysis

changing trends and opportunities in workplace.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation and resources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS211 Participate in sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, support and find opportunities to improve the sustainability of work practices.

The unit applies to individuals, working under supervision or guidance, who are required to follow workplace procedures and instructions. These individuals work in an environmentally sustainable manner within scope of competency, authority and own level of responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Measure sustainable work practices	1.1 Identify sustainable work practices in own work role 1.2 Measure current usage of resources in own work role 1.3 Record and file resource usage documents 1.4 Identify resource inefficiencies from gathered information
2. Support sustainable work practices	2.1 Identify and comply with workplace sustainability procedures 2.2 Identify workplace environmental hazards according to environmental regulations and standards 2.3 Report any breaches and potential breaches to organisational personnel
3. Seek opportunities to improve sustainable work practices	3.1 Identify areas of improvement to work practices in own work area 3.2 Consult with colleagues and management to assess potential to improve sustainability of identified work practices 3.3 Make suggestions for improvements to workplace practices in own work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Calculates basic metric measurements to determine resource usage
Reading	Recognises and interprets textual information to establish job requirements
Writing	Completes documents using required formats
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers in range of work contexts Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Initiative and enterprise	Implements actions according to requirements, taking some responsibility for sequencing and timing of tasks Analyses current practices to identify opportunities for improvement
Self-management	Understands and adheres to legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS211 Participate in sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

participate in at least three sustainable work practices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify benefits of sustainable work practices and areas of improvement for sustainable practices in the workplace

identify and apply sustainability legislation and organisational sustainability policies and procedures

participate in and support discussions for improved resource efficiency processes

identify, measure and document usage of resources

collaborate with team members to develop suggestions for improving workplace sustainability practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

environmental and resource hazards and risks

Australian and international standards for corporate social sustainability

sustainability regulations and codes of practice applicable to own role

organisational sustainability policies and procedures

reporting channels and procedures to report breaches and potential issues

advantages of sustainable practices in the workplace.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documentation, information and resources on workplace environmental and resource efficiency

sustainability legislation, regulations and standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to better align unit to AQF level.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively analyse the workplace in relation to environmentally sustainable work practices and to implement improvements and monitor their effectiveness.